Althauser, Robert P. 1989. 'Internal Labor Markets ...



Abell, Peter. 1987. The Syntax of Social Life: The Theory and Method of Comparative Narratives. New York: Oxford University Press.

Abell, Peter. 1989 “Games in Networks: A Sociological Theory of Voluntary Associations.” Rationality and Society 1:259-282.

Abell, Peter. 1993. “Some Aspects of Narrative Method.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 18(2-3):93-134.

Abell, Peter. 1995. “The New Institutionalism and Rational Choice Theory.” Pp 3-14 in The Institutional Construction of Organizations: International and Longitudinal Studies, edited by W. Richard Scott and Soren Christensen. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Abell, Peter. 2001. “Causality and Low-Frequency Complex Events: The Role of Comparative Narratives.” Sociological Methods and Research 30:57-80.

Abell, Peter. 2003. “The Role of Rational Choice and Narrative Action Theories in Sociological Theory: The Legacy of Coleman’s Foundations.” Revue francaise de Sociologie 44:255-273.

Abenaty, Francis K. “Family and Social Networks among St Lucian Migrants in Britain: The Birmingham Connection.” Community, Work & Family, 2003. 6, 1, Apr, 17-27.

Abid, Fathi; Zouari, Anis. “Predicting Corporate Financial Distress: A New Neural Networks Approach.” Finance India 16(2): 2002. 601-12.

Abolafia, Mitchell. 1996. Making Markets: Opportunism and Restraint on Wall Street. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Abraham, Katherine G. 1990. “Restructuring the Employment Relationship: The Growth of Market-Mediated Work Arrangements.” Pp. 85-119 in New Developments in the Labor Market: Toward a New Institutional Paradigm, edited by Katherine G. Abraham and Robert B. McKersie. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Abrahamson, E. and Rosenkopf, L. 1997. “Social Network Effects on the Extent of Innovation Diffusion: A Computer Simulation.” Organization Science 8:289-309.

Abrahamson, Eric and Charles J. Fombrun. 1992. “Forging the Iron Cage: Interorganizational Networks and the Production of Macro-Culture.” Journal of Management Studies 29:175-194.

Abrahamson, Eric and Charles J. Fombrun. 1994. “Macrocultures: Determinants and Consequences.” Academy of Management Review 19:728 755.

Abrahamson, Eric and Lori Rosenkopf. 1997. “Social Network Effects on the Extent of Innovation Diffusion: A Computer Simulation.” Organization Science 8(3):289-309.

Abrahamson, Eric. 1997. “The Emergence and Prevalence of Employee Management Rhetorics: The Effects of Long Waves, Labor Unions, and Turnover, 1875 to 1992.” Academy of Management Journal 40:491-533.

Abzug, Rikki and Joseph Galaskiewicz, “Nonprofit Boards: Crucibles of Expertise or Symbols of Local Identities?” Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly 30 (2001): 51-73.

Acemoglu, Daron and Fabrizio Zilibotti. 2001. “Productivity Differences.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 116:563-606.

Acemoglu, Daron and Jörn-Steffen Pischke. 1998. “Why Do Firms Train? Theory and Evidence.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 113:79-119.

Acemoglu, Daron and Jörn-Steffen Pischke. 1999. “Beyond Becker: Training in Imperfect Labor Markets.” Economic Journal 109:F112-142.

Acemoglu, Daron and Jörn-Steffen Pischke. 1999. “The Structure of Wages and Investment in General Training.” Journal of Political Economy 107:539-572.

Acemoglu, Daron. Forthcoming. “Technical Change, Inequality, and the Labor Market.” Journal of Economic Literature.

Acs, Zoltan J., Bo Carlsson and Charlie Karlsson (eds.). 1999. Entrepreneurship, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises and the Macroeconomy. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Adams, Alayne M., Sangeetha Madhavan and Dominique Simon. 2002. “Women's Social Networks and Child Survival in Mali.” Social Science & Medicine Jan 15:165-178.

Adams, James D. 1999. “The Structure of Firm R&D, the Factor Intensity of Production, and Skill Bias.” Review of Economics and Statistics 81:499-510.

Adams, Paul R. 2001. “Making Strategic Alliance Work in the Healthcare Industry.” International Journal of Medical Marketing 1:252-265.

Adams, Rebecca G. “Secondary Friendship Networks and Psychological Well-Being among Elderly Women.” Activities, Adaptation and Aging, 1986, 8, 2, Mar, 59-72.

Adams, Rebecca G; Torr, Rachel. “Factors Underlying the Structure of Older Adult Friendship Networks.” Social Networks, 1998, 20, 1, Jan, 51-61.

Addis, Elisabetta; Villa, Paola. 2003. “The Editorial Boards of Italian Economics Journals: Women, Gender, and Social Networking.” Feminist Economics 9:75-91.

Adger, W. Neil. 2003. “Social Capital, Collective Action, and Adaptation to Climate Change.” Economic Geography 79:387-404.

Adler, Paul S. (ed.). 1992. Technology and the Future of Work. New York: Oxford University Press.

Adler, Paul S. 1986. “New Technologies, New Skills.” California Management Review 29(Fall):9-28.

Adler, Paul S. 1990. “Marx, Machines and Skill.” Technology and Culture 31:780-812.

Adler, Paul S. 1993. “The ‘Learning Bureaucracy’: New United Motor Manufacturing, Inc.” Research in Organizational Behavior 15:111-194.

Adler, Paul S. 1993. “Time and Motion Regained.” Harvard Business Review (Jan.-Feb.):.

Adler, Paul S. and Bryan Borys. 1996. “Two Types of Bureaucracy: Enabling and Coercive.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:61-89.

Adler, Paul S. and Seok-Woo Kwon. 2002. “Social Capital: Prospects For A New Concept.” Academy of Management Review 27:17-40.

Adler, Paul S., Thomas A. Kochan, John Paul MacDuffie, Frits K. Pil and Saul Rubinstein. 1997. “United States: Variations on a Theme.” Pp. 61-83 in After Lean Production: Evolving Employment Practices in the World Auto Industry, edited by Thomas A. Kochan, Russell D. Lansbury, John Paul MacDuffie. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Adobor, Henry; Mcmullen, Ronald S. “Strategic Partnering in E-Commerce: Guidelines For Managing Alliance. Business Horizons 2002. Vol. 45 Issue 2, P67, 10p;

Agadjanian, Victor. “Informal Social Networks and Epidemic Prevention in a Third World Context: Cholera and HIV/AIDS Compared.” Advances in Medical Sociology, 2002. 8, 201-221.

Aghion, Philippe and Jean Tirole. 1997. “Formal and Real Authority in Organizations.” Journal of Political Economy 105:1-29.

Agnew, Christopher R; Loving, Timothy J; Drigotas, Stephen M. 2001. “Substituting the Forest for the Trees: Social Networks and the Prediction of Romantic Relationship State and Fate.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 81:1042-1057.

Agranoff, Robert and Michael McGuire. 1998. “Multinetwork Management: Collaboration and the Hollow State in Local Economic Policy.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 8:67-91.

Agranoff, Robert; McGuire, Michael. “Managing in network settings. Policy Studies Review, Spring98, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p18, 24p;

Agre, Philip E. 2002. “Real-Time Politics: The Internet and the Political Process.” Information Society 18(5):311-331.

Aguilar, Salvador. “Social Movements and Social Change. One or Various Logics of Collective Action?” Revista Internacional de Sociologia 2001. 30, Sept-Dec, 29-62.

Aguilera, Michael B.; Massey, Douglas S. “Social Capital and the Wages of Mexican Migrants: New Hypotheses and Tests. Social Forces, Dec2003. Vol. 82 Issue 2, p671, 31p.

Aguilera, Michael Bernabe. 2002. “The Impact of Social Capital on Labor Force Participation: Evidence from the 2000 Social Capital Benchmark Survey.” Social Science Quarterly 83:853-874.

Ahern, Melissa M; Hendryx, Michael S. “Social Capital and Trust in Providers.” Social Science & Medicine, 2003, 57, 7, Oct, 1195-1203.

Ahrne, Goran. 1990. Agency and Organization: Towards an Organizational Theory of Society. London: Sage Publications.

Ahrne, Goran. 1992. “Outline of an Organizational Theory of Society.” Protosoziologie 3:52-60.

Ahrne, Goran. 1994. “The Organization of Civil Society.” Sociologisk Forskning 31(2):38-45.

Ahrne, Goran. 1996. “Civil Society and Civil Organizations.” Organization 3:109-120.

Ahrne, Goran. 1998. “Civil Society and Uncivil Organizations.” Pp. 84-95 Real Civil Societies: Dilemmas of Institutionalization, edited by. Jeffrey C. Alexander. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Ahuja, G. and Lampert, C.M. 2001. Entrepreneurship in the large corporation: A longitudinal study of how established firms create breakthrough inventions. Strategic Management Journal, 22: 521-543.

Ahuja, Gautam. 2000. “Collaborative Networks, Structural Holes, and Innovation: A Longitudinal Study.” Administrative Science Quarterly 45:425-455.

Ahuja, Gautam. 2000. “The Duality of Collaboration: Inducements and Opportunities in the Formation of Interfirm Linkages.” Strategic Management Journal 21:317-343.

Ahuja, Manju K. 1999. “Network Structure in Virtual Organizations.” Organization Science 10:741-.

Ahuja, Manju K.; Galletta, Dennis F.; Carley, Kathleen M. “Individual Centrality and Performance in Virtual R&D Groups: An Empirical Study. Management Science, Jan2003. Vol. 49 Issue 1, p21, 18p.

Ahwireng-Obeng, F.; Egunjobi, O.O. “Performance Determinants of Large-Small Business Strategic Alliances in South Africa. South African Journal of Business Management 2001. Vol. 32 Issue 3, P41, 10p;

Aiken, Michael and Jerald Hage. 1968. “Organizational Interdependence and Intraorganizational Structure.” American Sociological Review 33:912-930.

Akami, Tomoko. “Between the State and Global Civil Society: Non-official Experts and Their Network in the Asia-Pacific, 1925-45.” Global Networks 2(1): 2002. 65-81.

Akard, Patrick J. 1992. “Corporate Mobilization and Political Power: The Transformation of U.S. Economic Policy in the 1970s.” American Sociological Review 57:597-615.

Akhigbe, Aigbe, Jeff Madura and Alan L. Tucker. 1997. “Long-term valuation effects of shareholder activism.” Applied Financial Economics 7:567-573.

Akiyama, Hiroko; Antonucci, Toni. “Gender Differences in Depressive Symptoms: Insights from a Life Span Perspective on Life Stages and Social Networks.” Advances in Medical Sociology, 2002. 8, 343-358.

Akkermans, H A; van der Horst, H. “ Managing IT Infrastructure Standardisation in the Networked Manufacturing Firm.” International Journal of Production Economics 75(1-2): 2002. 213-28.

Alajoutsijarvi, Kimmo; Tikkanen, Henrikki. “ Competence-Based Business Processes within Industrial Networks: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis.” Getting better at sensemaking. 2000. 1-49.

Alba, Richard D. 1981. “From Small Groups to Social Networks: Mathematical Approaches to the Study of Group Structure.” American Behavioral Scientist 24:681-694.

Alba, Richard D. and Charles Kadushin. 1976. “The Intersection of Social Circles: A New Measure of Social Proximity in Networks.” Sociological Methods and Research 5:77-102.

Alba, Richard D. and Grew Moore. “Elite Social Circles.” Sociological Methods and Research: 7: 167-188. 1978.

Albeck, Shulamith; Kaydar, Dania. “Divorced Mothers: Their Network of Friends Pre- and Post-Divorce.” Journal of Divorce and Remarriage, 2002, 36, 3-4, 111-138.

Albeck, Shulamith; Kaydar, Dania. “Divorced Mothers: Their Network of Friends Pre- and Post-Divorce.” Journal of Divorce and Remarriage, 2002. 36, 3-4, 111-138.

Albors, Jose G. “Networking and Technology Transfer in the Spanish Ceramic Tiles Cluster: Its Role in the Sector Competitiveness.” Journal of Technology Transfer, vol. 27, no. 3, June 2002, pp. 263-73.

Albors, Jose G. “Networking and Technology Transfer in the Spanish Ceramic Tiles Cluster: Its Role in the Sector Competitiveness.” Journal of Technology Transfer 27(3): 2002. 263-73.

Albrecht, Gloria H. 2003. “How Friendly are Family Friendly Policies?” Business Ethics Quarterly 13:177-192.

Albrecht, T. L. and Ropp, V. A. 1982. “The Study of Network Structuring in Organizations Through the Use of Method Triangulation.” Western Journal of Speech Communication 46:162-178.

Albrecht, Terrance L. and Hall, Bradford. 1991. “Relational and Content Differences between Elites and Outsiders in Innovation Networks.” Human Communication Research 17, 4, June, 535-561.

Albrecht, Terrance L. and Hall, Bradford. 1991. “Relational and Content Differences between Elites and Outsiders in Innovation Networks.” Human Communication Research 17, 4, June, 535-561.

Alchian, Armen A. and Harold Demsetz. 1972. “Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization.” American Economic Review 62:777-795.

Alderman, Neil. 2001. “Distributed Knowledge in Complex Engineering Project Networks: Implications for Regional Innovation Systems.” Knowledge, complexity and innovation systems. pp. 209-27.

Alderman, Neil. 2001. “Distributed Knowledge in Complex Engineering Project Networks: Implications for Regional Innovation Systems.” Knowledge, complexity and innovation systems. pp. 209-27.

Aldrich, Howard E. 1972. “Technology and Organization Structure: A Reexamination of the Findings of the Aston Group.” Administrative Science Quarterly 17:26-43.

Aldrich, Howard E. 1979. Organizations and Environments. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Aldrich, Howard E. 1989. “Networking Among Women Entrepreneurs.” Pp. 13-32 in Women-Owned Businesses, edited by Oliver Hagen, Carol Rivchun and Donald Sexton. New York: Praeger.

Aldrich, Howard E. 1990. “Using an Ecological Perspective to Study Organizational Founding Rates.” Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice 14 (Spring):7-24.

Aldrich, Howard E. 1999. “Introduction and Themes” and “The Evolutionary Approach.” Pp. 1-41 in Organizations Evolving by Howard E. Aldrich. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Aldrich, Howard E. 1999. Organizations Evolving. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Aldrich, Howard E. and C. Marlene Fiol. 1994. “Fools Rush In? The Institutional Context of Industry Creation.” Academy of Management Review 19:645-70.

Aldrich, Howard E. and Catherine Zimmer. 1986. “Entrepreneurship Through Social Networks.” Pp. 3-23 in The Art and Science of Entrepreneurship, edited by Donald Sexton and Raymond Smiler. New York: Ballinger.

Aldrich, Howard E. and David Whetten. 1981. “Organization-sets, Action-sets, and Networks: Making the Most of Simplicity.” Pp. 385-408 in Handbook of Organizational Design, volume 1, edited by Paul C. Nystrom and William H. Starbuck. NewYork: Oxford University Press.

Aldrich, Howard E. and Ellen Auster. 1986. “Even Dwarfs Started Small: Liabilities of Age and Size and Their Strategic Implications.” Pp. 33-66 in The Evolution and Adaptation of Organizations, edited by L.L. Cummings and Barry Staw. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Aldrich, Howard E. and Gabriele Wiedenmayer. 1993. “From Traits to Rates: An Ecological Perspective on Organizational Foundings.” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth 1:145-195.

Aldrich, Howard E. and Herker, Diane. 1977. “Boundary Spanning Roles and Organizational Structure.” Academy of Management Review 2:217-230.

Aldrich, Howard E. and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 1976. “Environments of Organizations.” Annual Review of Sociology 2:79-105.

Aldrich, Howard E. and Martha Argelia Martinez. 2001. “Many are Called, but Few are Chosen: An Evolutionary Perspective for the Study of Entrepreneurship.” Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice 25 (Summer):41-56.

Aldrich, Howard E. and Peter V. Marsden. 1988. “Environments and Organizations.” Pp. 361-92 in Handbook of Sociology, edited by Neil Smelser. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Aldrich, Howard E. and Susan Mueller. 1982. “The Evolution of Organizational Forms: Technology, Coordination and Control.” Research in Organizational Behavior 4:33-87.

Aldrich, Howard E. and Udo Staber. 1988. “Organizing Business Interests: Patterns of Trade Association Foundings, Transformations, and Death.” Pp. 111-126 in Ecological Models of Organizations, edited by Glenn Carroll. New York: Ballinger.

Aldrich, Howard E., Udo Staber, Catherine Zimmer and John J. Beggs. 1990. “Minimalism and Organizational Mortality: Patterns of Disbanding Among U.S. Trade Associations, 1900-1983.” Pp. 21-52 in Organizational Evolution: New Directions, edited by Jitendra V. Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Aldrich, Howard E., Udo Staber, Catherine Zimmer and John J. Beggs. 1994. “Minimalism, Mutualism, and Maturity: The Evolution of the American Trade Association Population in the Twentieth Century.” Pp. 223-238 in Evolutionary Dynamics of Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum and Jitendra V. Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Aldrich, Mark. 1997. Safety First: Technology, Labor, and Business in the Building of American Work Safety, 1870-1939. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Alexander, Cheryl, Marina Piazza, Debra Mekos and Thomas Valente. 2001. “Peers, Schools, and Adolescent Cigarette Smoking.” Journal of Adolescent Health 29, 1, July, 22-30.

Alexander, Cheryl, Marina Piazza, Debra Mekos and Valente, Thomas. 2001. “Peers, Schools, and Adolescent Cigarette Smoking.” Journal of Adolescent Health 29, 1, July, 22-30.

Alexander, Jeffrey A. and Michael A. Morrisey. 1989. “A Resource-Dependence Model of Hospital Contract Management.” Health Services Research 24:259-284.

Alexander, Jeffrey A; Comfort, Maureen E; Weiner, Bryan J. “Governance in Public-Private Community Health Partnerships: A Survey of the Community Care Network[superscript SM] Demonstration Sites.” Nonprofit Management and Leadership, vol. 8, no. 4, Summer 1998, pp. 311-32.

Alexander, Jeffrey C. (ed.). 1998. Real Civil Societies: Dilemmas of Institutionalization. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Alexander, Malcolm. “Boardroom Networks among Australian Company Directors, 1976 and 1996.” Journal of Sociology, 2003. 39, 3, Sept, 231-251.

Alexander, Victoria. 1996. Museums and Money. Indiana University Press.

Alexeev, V M. “On the Formalism of Object Relations, or a Critique of Social Network Analysis.” Sotsiologicheskie Issledovaniya, 2002. 28, 2, 98-105.

Alford, Andrew, Paul Healy and Ng Kah Hwa. 1998. “The Performance of International Joint Ventures: A Study of the Merchant Banking Industry in Singapore.” Journal of Corporate Finance 4:31-52.

Alford, Robert P. and Roger Friedland. 1985. Powers of Theory: Capitalism, the State, and Democracy. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Alicia Glenane-Antoniadis; Gregory Whitwell; Simon J. Bell; Bulent Menguc. “Extending the Vision of Social Marketing through Social Capital Theory: Marketing in the Context of Intricate Exchange and Market Failure. Marketing Theory, Sep2003. Vol. 3 Issue 3, p323, 21p;

Aliouat, Boualem. “Entrepreneurship Culture and Technological Strategic Alliances Between Competitors: From Saving Transaction Costs to Common Knowledge Dynamics.” Journal of Enterprising Culture 2000. Vol. 8 Issue 3, P271, 20p;

Allen, Chris. 2001. “‘They Just Don’t Live and Breathe the Policy Like We Do . . .’: Policy Intentions and Practice Dilemmas in Modern Social Policy and Implementation Networks.” Policy Studies 22(3-4):149-66.

Allen, David. 1992. “Business and Government between Innovation and Standardization: Delivering the Promise of Network Evolution.” The economics of information networks. pp. 411-18.

Allen, David. 1992. “Business and Government between Innovation and Standardization: Delivering the Promise of Network Evolution.” The economics of information networks. pp. 411-18.

Allen, Jeffrey W.; Phillips, Gordon M. “Corporate Equity Ownership, Strategic Alliances, and Product Market Relationships. Journal of Finance 2000. Vol. 55 Issue 6, P2791, 25p;

Allen, Michael Patrick. “Elite Social Movement Organizations and the State: The Rise of the Conservative Policy-Planning Network.” Research in Politics and Society 1992. 4, 87-109.

Allen, T.J. 1977. Managing the flow of technology: Technology transfer and the dissemination of technological information within the R&D organization. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.

Allen, Thomas J. and Michael S. Scott Morton (eds). 1994. Information Technology and the Corporation in the 1990s: Research Studies.

Allen, W David. 2000. “Social Networks and Self-Employment.” Journal of Socio-Economics 29(5):487-501.

Allison, Paul D. 1984. Event History Analysis. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Alm, Alvin L. and Robert J. Weiner (eds.). 1984. Oil Shock: Policy Response and Implementation. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Almeida, Paul; Song, Jaeyong; Grant, Robert M. “Are Firms Superior to Alliances and Markets? an Empirical Test of Cross-Border Knowledge Building. Organization Science: A Journal of the Institute of Management Sciences 2002. Vol. 13 Issue 2, P147, 15p;

Alphandery, Pierre; Fortier, Agnes. “Can a Territorial Policy Be Based on Science Alone? The System for Creating the Natura 2000 Network in France.” Sociologia Ruralis, 2001. 41, 3, July, 311-328.

Alt, Rainer; Fleisch, Elgar; Osterle, Hubert. “Business Networking: Introduction: Chances and Challenges in Business Networking.” Business networking: Shaping enterprise relationships on the Internet. 2000. 1-13.

Alt, Rainer; Puschmann, Thomas; Reichmayr, Christian. “Strategies for Business Networking.” Business networking: Shaping enterprise relationships on the Internet. 2000. 95-116.

Alter, Catherine and Jerald Hage. 1993. Organizations Working Together. Newbury Park CA: Sage Publications.

Althauser, Robert P. 1989. “Internal Labor Markets.” Annual Review of Sociology 15:143-161.

Althauser, Robert P. and Arne L. Kalleberg. 1981. “Firms, Occupations, and the Structure of Labor Markets: A Conceptual Analysis.” Pp. 119-149 in Sociological Perspectives on Labor Markets, edited by Ivar Berg. New York: Academic Press.

Alvarez, Sharon A. “How Entrepreneurial Firms Can Benefit From Alliances With Large Partners. Academy of Management Executive 2001. Vol. 15 Issue 1, P139, 10p;

Alvesson, Mats. 1987. “Organizations, Culture, and Ideology.” International Studies of Management & Organization 17:4-18.

Alvesson, Mats. 1990. “On the Popularity of Organizational Culture.” Acta Sociologica 33:31-49.

Amaturo, Enrica. “Social Capital and Network Analysis: A Methodological Puzzle.” Inchiesta, 2003. 33, 139, Jan-Mar, 18-23.

Amburgey, Terry L. and Anne S. Miner. 1992. “Strategic momentum: The effects of repetitive, positional, and contextual momentum on merger activity.” Strategic

Amburgey, Terry L. and Hayagreeva Rao. 1996. “Organizational Ecology: Past, Present, and Future Directions.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1265-1286.

Amburgey, Terry L. and Jitendra V. Singh. 2002. “Organizational Evolution.” Pp. 327-343 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Amburgey, Terry L. and Tina Dacin. 1994. “As the left foot follows the right? The dynamics of strategic and structural change.” Academy of Management Journal, 37:1427-1452.

Amburgey, Terry L., Dawn Kelly and William P. Barnett. 1993. “Resetting the Clock: The Dynamics of Organizational Failure.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:51-73.

Amdam, Rolv Petter and Ove Bjarnar,. 1997. “Regional Business Networks and the Diffusion of American Management and Organisational Models to Norway 1945-65.” Business History, vol. 39, no. 1, January pp. 72-90.

Amdam, Rolv Petter and Ove Bjarnar,. 1999. “Networks and the Diffusion of Knowledge: The Norwegian Industry Committee in New York during the Second World War.” Business and Economic History, vol. 28, no. 1, Fall pp. 32-43.

Amdam, Rolv Petter and Ove Bjarnar. 1997. “Regional Business Networks and the Diffusion of American Management and Organisational Models to Norway 1945-65.” Business History, vol. 39, no. 1, January pp. 72-90.

Amdam, Rolv Petter and Ove Bjarnar. 1999. “Networks and the Diffusion of Knowledge: The Norwegian Industry Committee in New York during the Second World War.” Business and Economic History, vol. 28, no. 1, Fall pp. 32-43.

American Electronics Association. 2000. “About AEA.” < > (May 16, 2000)

Amin, Ash and Nigel Thrift (eds.). 1994. Globalization, Institutions, and Regional Development in Europe. New York: Oxford University Press.

Amin, Ash. 1989. “A Model of the Small Firm in Italy.” Pp. 111-122 in Small Firms and Industrial Districts in Italy, edited by Edward Goodman and Julia Bamford. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Amin, Ash. 1993. “The Globalization of the Economy: An Erosion of Regional Networks?” Pp. 278-295 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socio-economics of Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. London:Routledge.

Anand, Bharat N. and Tarun Khanna. 2000. “Do Firms Learn to Create Value? The Case of Alliances.” Strategic Management Journal 21:295-315.

Anand, Bharat N. and Tarun Khanna. 2000. “Do Firms Learn to Create Value? The Case of Alliances.” Strategic Management Journal 21:295-315.

Anand, Vikas; Glick, William H.; Manz, Charles C. “Thriving on the knowledge of outsiders: Tapping organizational social capital. Academy of Management Executive, Feb2002. Vol. 16 Issue 1, p87, 15p

Ancona, D. G. and Caldwell, D. F. 1992. “Bridging the Boundary: External Activity and Performance in Organizational Teams.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:634-

Andersen, Poul Houman. “The Embeddedness of Selfish Routines: How Routines Are Replicated in Business Networks.” Industry and Innovation 10(2): 2003. 159-77.

Anderson, Alistair R. and Claire J. Miller. “‘Class Matters’: Human and Social Capital in the Entrepreneurial Process. Journal of Socio-Economics 2003. V32 I1 P17(20)

Anderson, Alistair R; Jack, Sarah, L. 2002. “The Articulation of Social Capital in Entrepreneurial Networks: A Glue or a Lubricant? “ Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 14(3):193-210.

Anderson, C. Leigh; Locker, Laura; Nugent, Rachel. “Microcredit, Social Capital, and Common Pool Resources.” World Development, Jan2002. Vol. 30 Issue 1, p95, 11p.

Anderson, J.C. and Gerbing, D.W. (1988). Structural modeling in practice: A review and recommended two-step approach. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 3, 411-23.

Anderson, James G. 1991. “Stress and Burnout Among Nurses: A Social Network Approach.” Journal of Social Behavior and Personality 6: 251-172.

Anderson, James G. and Stephen J. Jay. 1985. “The Diffusion of Medical Technology: Social Network Analysis and Policy Research.” Sociological Quarterly 26:49-64.

Anderson, Kay E., Philip M. Doyle and Albert E. Schewnk. 1990. “Measuring Union-Nonunion Earnings Differences.” Monthly Labor Review 113:26-38.

Anderson, Kym. “Lobbying Incentives and the Pattern of Protection in Rich and Poor Countries.” Economic Development and Cultural Change, vol. 43, no. 2, January 1995, pp. 401-23.

Anderson, Philip and Michael Tushman. 1990. “Technological Discontinuities and Dominant Designs: A Cyclical Model of Technological Change.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:604-633.

Anderson, Philip. 1999. “Collective Interpretation and Collective Action in Population-Level Learning: Technological Choice in the American Cement Industry.” Advances in Strategic Management 16:277-307.

Anderson, Stella E., Betty S. Coffey and Robin T. Byerly. 2002. “Formal Organizational Initiatives and Informal Workplace Practices: Links to Work-Family Conflict and Job-Related Outcomes.” Journal of Management 28:787-810.

Andersson, A. E. “Creation, Innovation and Diffusion of Knowledge: General and Specific Economic Impacts.” Technological change, economic development and space. 1995, pp. 13-33.

Andersson, David E. “Emerging Knowledge Networks in Eastern Asia.” Asia-Pacific transitions. 2001, pp. 269-76.

Andersson, David E. “Emerging Knowledge Networks in Eastern Asia.” Asia-Pacific transitions. 2001. 269-76.

Andersson, David E. “The Role of Institutions and Self-Organizing Networks in the Economic History of Regions.” Gateways to the global economy. 2000. 365-80.

Andersson, U., Forsgren, M. and Holm, U. 2002. The strategic impact of external networks: subsidiary performance and competence development in the multinational corporation. Strategic Management Journal, 23: 979-996.

Andersson, Ulf. 2001. “Subsidiary embeddedness and competence development in MNCs: A multi-level analysis.” Organization Studies 22:1013-1034.

Andersson, Ulf; Kock, Soren; Thilenius, Peter. “Moving from a Domestic to a Foreign Social Network--The Case of Finnish Business Professionals in California.” Liiketaloudellinen Aikakauskirja, vol. 45, no. 2, 1996, pp. 141-53.

Andics, Jeno and Tamas Rozgonyi. 1977. “Some Thoughts on the Marxist Interpretation of the Concept of Organizations.” Szociologia 1:42-56.

Andreotti, Alberta; Barbieri, Paolo. “Networks and Social Capital.” Inchiesta, 2003. 33, 139, Jan-Mar, 1-4.

Andreou, A S; Zombanakis, G A. “A Neural Network Measurement of Relative Military Security--The Case of Greece and Cyprus.” Defence and Peace Economics 12(4): 2001. 303-24.

Andress, Hans-Jürgen. 1989. “Recurrent Unemployment—The West German Experience: An Exploratory Analysis Using Count Data Models with Panel Data.” European Sociological Review 5:275-297.

Andrews, Kenneth R. 1971. The Concept of Corporate Strategy. Homewood, Ill: Dow-Jones Irwin.

Andrews, Steven B; Basler, Carleen R; Coller, Xavier. “Networks, Culture, and Identity in Organizations.” Revista Espanola de Investigaciones Sociologicas 2002. 97, Jan-Mar, 31-56.

Andrews, Steven B; Basler, Carleen R; Coller, Xavier. “Networks, Culture, and Identity in Organizations.” Revista Espanola de Investigaciones Sociologicas, 2002. 97, Jan-Mar, 31-56.

Andrus, Deborah L. and Stephen T. Parkinson,. 1999. “Meeting the Challenges of New Frontiers: Networks in Canadian Technological Innovation.” International marketing and purchasing. pp. 227-41.

Andrus, Deborah L. and Stephen T. Parkinson. 1999. “Meeting the Challenges of New Frontiers: Networks in Canadian Technological Innovation.” International marketing and purchasing. pp. 227-41.

Angelusz, Robert and Robert Tardos. 2001. “Change and Stability in Social Network Resources: The Case of Hungary under Transformation.” Pp. 297-323 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald S. Burt. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Angle, John. 1979. “Work and Earnings: Cumulative Experience Method of Analysis of Longitudinal Surveys.” Sociological Methods and Research 8:209-232.

Anheier, Helmut and Jeremy Kendall. 2002. “Interpersonal Trust and Voluntary Associations: Examining Three Approaches.” British Journal of Sociology 53:343-362.

Anheier, Helmut K. and Jeremy Kendall (eds.). 2001. Third Sector Policy at the Crossroads: An International Nonprofit Analysis. London: Routledge.

Anheier, Helmut K. and Lester M. Salamon (eds.). 1998. The Nonprofit Sector in the Developing World. Manchester, UK: Manchester University Press.

Anheier, Helmut K. and Lester M. Salamon. 1999. “Volunteering in Cross-National Perspective: Initial Comparisons.” Law and Contemporary Problems 62:43-66.

Anheier, Helmut K., Jurgen Gerhards and Frank P. Romo. 1995. “Forms of Capital and Social Structure in Cultural Fields: Examining Bourdieu’s Social Topography.” American Journal of Sociology 100: 859-903.

Anheier, Helmut K., Jürgen Gerhards and Frank P. Romo. 1995. “Forms of Capital and Social Structure in Cultural Fields: Examination of Bourdieu's Social Topography.” American Journal of Sociology 100:859-903.

Anheier, Helmut K; Romo, Frank P. 1992. “Models of Structural Failure in Policy Networks.” Journal für Sozialforschung 32:33-60.

Annen, Kurt. 2003. “Social Capital, Inclusive Networks, and Economic Performance.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 50(4):449-63.

Ansell, Christopher K. 1997. “Symbolic Networks: The Realignment of the French Working Class, 1887-1894.” American Journal of Sociology 103:359-390.

Ansell, Christopher K. 2000. “The Networked Polity: Regional Development in Western Europe.” Governance 13:303-333.

Ansell, Christopher K., Craig A. Parsons and Keith A. Darden. 1997. “Dual Networks in European Regional Development Policy.” Journal of Common Market Studies 35:347-375.

Antel, John J. 1986. “Human Capital Investment Specialization and the Wage Effects of Voluntary Labor Mobility.” Review of Economics and Statistics 68:477-83

Antonelli, Cristiano (ed.). 1992. The Economics of Information Networks. Amsterdam: North Holland.

Antonelli, Cristiano. “Localized Knowledge Percolation Processes and Information Networks.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics, vol. 6, no. 3, August 1996, pp. 281-95.

Antonelli, Cristiano. “Localized Technological Change in the Network of Networks: The Interaction between Regulation and the Evolution of Technology in Telecommunications.” Industrial and Corporate Change, vol. 4, no. 4, 1995, pp. 737-54.

Antonelli, Cristiano. “The Network of Networks: Localized Technological Change in Telecommunications and Productivity Growth.” Information Economics and Policy, vol. 8, no. 4, December 1996, pp. 317-35.

Antonucci, Toni C., Jennifer E. Lansford, Lynne Schaberg, Jacqui Smith, Margret Baltes, Hiroko Akiyama, Keiko Takahashi, Rebecca Fuhrer and Jean-Francois Dartigues. 2001. “Widowhood and Illness: A Comparison of Social Network Characteristics in France, Germany, Japan, and the United States.” Psychology and Aging 16:655-665.

Aoki, M. 1986, Horizontal vs. Vertical information structure of the firm. The American Economic Review, 76:5: pp. 971-983.

Aoki, Masahiko, Bo Gustafson and Oliver Williamson (eds.). 1990. The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties. London: Sage Publications.

Aoki, Masahiko. 1990. “The Participatory Generation of Information Rents and the Theory of the Firm.” Pp. 26-52 in The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, edited by Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafson and Oliver Williamson. London: Sage Publications.

Aoyama, Yuko. “Networks, Keiretsu, and Locations of the Japanese Electronics Industry in Asia.” Environment and Planning A 32(2): 2000. 223-44.

Aoyama, Yuko. 1999. “Policy Interventions for Industrial Network Formation: Contrasting Historical Underpinnings of the Small Business Policy in Japan and the United States.” Small Business Economics 12:217-31.

Applebaum, Eileen and Rosemary Batt. 1994. The New American Workplace: Transforming Work Systems in the United States. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Applebaum, Eileen, Thomas Bailey, Peter Berg and Arne L. Kalleberg. 2000. Manufacturing Advantage: Why High-Performance Work Systems Pay Off. Ithaca and London: Cornell University Press, ILR Press.

Applebaum, Eileen. 1992. “Structural Change and the Growth of Part-Time and Temporary Work.” Pp. 1-14 in New Policies for the Part-Time and Contingent Workforce. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Appold, Stephen J. 1998. “Agglomeration, Interorganizational Networks, and Competitive Performance in the U.S. Metalworking Sector.” Economic Geography 71:27-54.

Araujo, Angela Maria Carneiro; Amorim, Elaine Regina Aguiar. “Undercontracting Networks and Household Labor in the Clothing Industry: A Study of the Campinas Region.” Cadernos pagu, 2001-2002. 17-18, 267-310.

Arbaugh, J. B.; Benbunan-Fich, Raquel. “In Defense of Using Quantitative Approaches to Research Networked Management Learning. Management Learning, Jun2004. Vol. 35 Issue 2, p117, 8p;

Arbuckle, J.L. (1999). Amos 4.0 user’s guide. SmallWaters Corporation.

Archibugi, Daniele and Jonathan Michie. 1997. “Technological Globalisation and National Systems of Innovation: An Introduction.” Pp. 1-23 in Technology, Globalisation, and Economic Performance, edited by D. Archibugi and J. Michie. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Argote, Linda and Ron Ophir. 2002. “Intraorganizational Learning.” Pp. 181-207 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Argote, Linda and Ron Ophir. 2002. “Intraorganizational Learning.” Pp. 181-207 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Argote, Linda, Bill McEvily and Ray Reagans. 2003. “Managing Knowledge in Organizations: An Integrative Framework and Review of Emerging Themes.” Management Science 49:571-582.

Argote, Linda, Sara L. Beckman and Dennis Epple. 1990. “The Persistence and Transfer of Learning in Industrial Settings.” Management Science 36:140-154.

Argote, Linda. 1999. Organizational Learning: Creating, Retaining, and Transferring Knowledge. Boston, MA: Kluwer Academic.

Argyris, Chris and Donald A. Schon. 1996. Organizational Learning II: Theory, Method, and Practice. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Argyris, Chris and Donald Schön. 1978. Organizational Learning: A Theory of Action Perspective. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Arias, Enrique Desmond. “Faith in Our Neighbors: Networks and Social Order in Three Brazilian Favelas.” Latin American Politics and Society 46(1): Spring 2004. 1-38.

Arino, Africa and Doz, Yves. 2000. “Rescuing Troubled Alliances…Before It’s Too Late. European Management Journal.” Vol. 18 Issue 2, P173, 10p;

Ariño, Africa. 2003. “Measures of Strategic Alliance Performance: An Analysis of Construct Validity.” Journal of International Business Studies V34 I1 P66, 14p

Arita, Tomokazu; Fujita, Masahisa. “Local Agglomeration and Global Networks of the Semiconductor Industry: A Comparative Study of U.S. and Japanese Firms.” Review of Urban and Regional Development Studies 13(2): 2001. 85-109.

Arita, Tomokazu; Mccann, Philip. “Industrial Alliances and Firm Location Behaviour: Some Evidence From the US Semiconductor Industry. Applied Economics, 09/15/2000, Vol. 32 Issue 11, P1391, 13p;

Arlandis, Jacques; et al. “Governing the Information Society: Collective Action and European Interest.” Communications and Strategies, vol. 0, no. 37, 1st Quarter 2000. pp. 155-67.

Armour, H.O. and David J. Teece. 1978. “Organization Structure and Economic Performance: A Test of the Multidivisional Hypothesis.” Bell Journal of Economics 9:106-122.

Armstrong, D. J., Cole, P. 2002. Managing distances and differences in geographically distributed work groups. In Hinds, P., Kiesler, S. (Ed.). Distributed Work. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.

Armstrong, M. Jocelyn. 2000. “Older Women's Organization of Friendship Support Networks: An African American-White American Comparison.” Journal of Women & Aging 12:93-108.

Arndt, Sven W. “Production Networks in an Economically Integrated Region.” ASEAN Economic Bulletin 18(1): 2001. 24-34.

Arnold Corinna and Kerry Breen. 1997. “Investor Activism Goes Worldwide.” Corporate Board 18(103):7.

Arnoldi, Jakob. 2003. “Actor Network Theory: A Modern [Sociological?] Theory.” Dansk Sociologi 14(3):9-23.

Arogyaswamy, Bernard and Charles M. Byles. 1987. “Organizational Culture: Internal and External Fits.” Journal of Management Winter 13:647-658.

Aronson, Jonathan. 2002. “Global Networks and Their Impact.” Pp. 39-62 in Information Technologies and Global Politics: The Changing Scope of Power and Governance, edited by James N. Rosenau and J.P. Singh. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.

Arora, Ashish and Alfonso Gambardella. 1990. “Complementarity and External Linkages: The Strategies of Large Firms in Biotechnology.” Journal of Industrial Economics 38:361-379.

Arquilla, John and David Ronfeldt (ed.). 2001. Networks and Netwars: The Future of Terror, Crime, and Militancy. Santa Monica, CA: Rand.

Arquilla, John and David Ronfeldt. 2001. “The Advent of Netwar (Revisited).” Pp. 1-25 in Networks and Netwars: The Future of Terror, Crime, and Militancy, edited by John Arquilla and David Ronfeldt. Santa Monica, CA: Rand.

Arrighetti, A., R. Bachmann and S. Deakin. 1997. “Contract Law, Social Norms and Inter-firms Cooperation.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 21(2):171-195.

Arrow, K. 1962. Economic welfare and the allocation of resources for inventions. In R. Nelson (Ed.), The Rate and Direction of Innovative Activity. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Arrow, Kenneth. 1974. The Limits of Organization. NY: Norton.

Arrow, Kenneth. 1996. The Rational Foundations of Economic Behavior. NY: MacMillan.

Arsenault, Jane. 1998. Forging Nonprofit Alliances. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Arthur, Jeffrey B. 1994. “Effects of Human Resource Systems on Manufacturing Performance and Turnover.” Academy of Management Journal 37:670-687.

Arthur, Jeffrey B. and Gregory S. Jelf. 1999. “The Effects of Gainsharing on Grievance Rates and Absenteeism over Time.” Journal of Labor Research 20:133-145.

Arthur, Michael B. and Denise M. Rousseau (eds.). 1996. Boundaryless Career: A New Employment Principle for a New Organizational Era. New York: Oxford University Press.

Arthur, W. Brian. 1989. “Competing Technologies, Increasing Returns and Lock-in by Historical Events.” Economic Journal 99:116-131.

Asheim, Bjorn T. and Philip Cooke,. 1998. “Localized Innovation Networks in a Global Economy: A Comparative Analysis of Endogenous and Exogenous Regional Development Approaches.” Comparative Social Research 17 199-240.

Asheim, Bjorn T. and Philip Cooke,. 1999. “Local Learning and Interactive Innovation Networks in a Global Economy.” Making connections: Technological learning and regional economic change. pp. 145-78.

Asheim, Bjorn T. and Philip Cooke. 1998. “Localized Innovation Networks in a Global Economy: A Comparative Analysis of Endogenous and Exogenous Regional Development Approaches.” Comparative Social Research 17 199-240.

Asheim, Bjorn T. and Philip Cooke. 1999. “Local Learning and Interactive Innovation Networks in a Global Economy.” Making connections: Technological learning and regional economic change. pp. 145-78.

Asheim, Bjorn T; Cooke, Philip. “Boosting innovation: The cluster approach.” Making connections: Technological learning and regional economic change. 1999, pp. 145-78.

Ashkanasy, Neal M., Celeste P.M. Wilderom and Mark F. Peterson (eds.). 2000. Handbook of Organizational Culture and Climate. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Ashkenas, R., D. Ulrich, T. Jick and S. Kerr. 1995. The Boundaryless Organization: Breaking the Chains of Organizational Structure. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Asquith, Daniel and J. Fred Weston.1994. “Small Business, Growth Patterns and Jobs.” Business Economics 29(3):31-34.

Assaad, Ragui. “Kinship Ties, Social Networks, and Segmented Labor Markets: Evidence from the Construction Sector in Egypt.” Journal of Development Economics, vol. 52, no. 1, February 1997, pp. 1-30.

Assaad, Ragui. “Kinship ties, social networks, and segmented labor markets: Evidence from the construction sector.” Journal of Development Economics, Feb97, Vol. 52 Issue 1, p1, 30p

Assenza, F. & Walsh, P. 1995. “EDIMI - EDI for Maritime Imports - Final Project Report” Tradegate Australia Limited, Sydney, December 1995

Assimakopoulos; Everton, Sean; Tsutsui, Kiyoteru. “The semiconductor community in the Silicon Valley: a network analysis of the SEMI genealogy chart (1947-1986). International Journal of Technology Management, 2003. Vol. 25 Issue 1/2, p181, 19p.

Astley, W. Graham and Andrew Van de Ven. 1983. “Central Perspectives and Debates in Organizational Theory.” Administrative Science Quarterly 28:245-73.

Astley, W. Graham and Brahm, R. A. 1989. “Organizational designs for postindustrial strategies, the role of interorganizational collaboration”, In. C. C. Snow (Ed.), Strategy, Organization Design and Human Resource Management, pp. 233-270, JAI Press, Greenwich CT.

Astley, W. Graham and Charles J. Fombrun. 1983. “Collective Strategy, Social Ecology of Organizational Environments.” Academy of Management Review 8:576-587.

Astley, W. Graham and Edward J. Zajac. 1991. “Intraorganizational Power and Organizational Design: Reconciling Rational and Coalitional Models of Organization.” Organization Science 2:399-411.

Astley, W. Graham. 1985. “The Two Ecologies: Population and Community Perspectives on Organizational Evolution.” Administrative Science Quarterly 30:224-241.

Athanassiou, Nicholas and Douglas Nigh. “The Impact of the Top Management Team's International Business Experience On the Firm's Internationalization: Social Networks At Work.” Management International Review 2002. V42 I2 P157(25)

Athanassiou, Nicholas; Nigh, Douglas. “The Impact of the Top Management Team's International Business Experience on the Firm's Internationalization: Social Networks at Work.” Management International Review (MIR), 2002 2nd Quarter, Vol. 42 Issue 2, p157, 25p.

Atkinson, Michael M. and William D. Coleman. 1985. “Corporatism and Industrial Policy.” Pp. in Organized Interests and the State: Studies in Meso-Corporatism, edited by Alan Cawson. London: Sage Publications.

Atkinson, Michael M. and William D. Coleman. 1989. “Strong States and Weak States: Sectoral Policy Networks in Advanced Capitalist Economies.” British Journal of Political Science 19:47-67.

Atkinson, Michael M. and William D. Coleman. 1992. “Policy Networks, Policy Communities and the Problems of Governance.” Governance 5(2):154-180.

Atkinson, Michael M. and William D. Coleman. 1995. “Strong States and Weak States: Sectoral Policy Networks in Advanced Capitalist Economies.” Industrial Policy. Pp. 38-58.

Atkinson, Sue; Swain, Shurlee. “A Network of Support: Mothering across the Koorie Community in Victoria, Australia.” Women’s History Review, 1999, 8, 2, 219-230.

Attride-Stirling, Jennifer. “Thematic Networks: An Analytic Tool for Qualitative Research.” Qualitative Research, 2001. 1, 3, Dec, 385-405.

Aubel, Judi; Toure, Ibrahima; Diagne, Mamadou; Lazin, Kalala; Sene, El Hadj Alioune; Faye, Yirime; Tandia, Mouhamadou. “Strengthening Grandmother Networks to Improve Community Nutrition: Experience from Senegal.” Gender and Development, 2001, 9, 2, July, 62-73.

Aubel, Judi; Toure, Ibrahima; Diagne, Mamadou; Lazin, Kalala; Sene, El Hadj Alioune; Faye, Yirime; Tandia, Mouhamadou. “Strengthening Grandmother Networks to Improve Community Nutrition: Experience from Senegal.” Gender and Development, 2001. 9, 2, July, 62-73.

Aubin, Jean-Pierre. “Regulation of the Evolution of the Architecture of a Network by Tensors Operating on Coalitions of Actors.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics 13(2): 2003. 95-124.

Aubin, Jean-Pierre; Foray, Dominique. “The Emergence of Network Organizations in Processes of Technological Choice: A Viability Approach.” The economics of networks: Interaction and behaviours. 1998. Pp. 283-90.

Aubin, Jean-Pierre; Foray, Dominique. “The Emergence of Network Organizations in Processes of Technological Choice: A Viability Approach.” The economics of networks: Interaction and behaviours. 1998, pp. 283-90.

Audretsch, David B. 1989. “The Determinants of Conglomerate Mergers.” American Economist 33:52-60.

Audretsch, David B. 1999. “Entrepreneurship and Economic Restructuring: An Evolutionary View.” Pp. 79-96 in Entrepreneurship, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises and the Macroeconomy, edited by Zoltan J. Acs, Bo Carlsson and Charlie Karlsson. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Audretsch, David B. and Maryann P. Feldman. 1996. “Innovative Clusters and the Industry Life Cycle.” Review of Industrial Organization 11:253-273.

Audretsch, David B. and Paula Stephan. 1996. “Company-Scientist Locational Links: The Case of Biotechnology.” American Economic Review 86:641-652.

Audretsch, David; Feldman, Maryann. 2003. “Small-Firm Strategic Research Partnerships: the Case of Biotechnology. Technology Analysis & Strategic Management Vol. 15 Issue 2, P273, 16p;

Auer, Klaus; Norris, Tim. “‘Arrieros Alife’ a Multi-Agent Approach Simulating the Evolution of a Social System: Modeling the Emergence of Social Networks with ‘Ascape’.” Journal of Artificial Societies and Social Simulation, 2001. 4, 1, Jan.

Auerbach, Alan J. (ed.) 1988. Corporate Takeovers: Causes and Consequences. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Auerbach, Alan J. (ed.) 1988. Mergers and Acquisitions. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Auerbach, John G. and Ross Kerber. 1998. “Despite Digital Deal, Massaxhusetts Rises Again.” Wall Street Journal January 30:A2.

Aulakh, Preet S., Masaaki Kotabe and Aarvind Sahay. 1996. “Trust and Performance in Cross-Border Marketing Partnerships: A Behavioral Approach.” Journal of International Business Studies 27:1005-1032.

Auletta, Ken. 1997. “American Keiretsu.” New Yorker October 20-27:225-227.

Auletta, Ken. 1997. The Highway Men: Warriors of the Information Superhighway. New York: Random House.

Ault, Richard W. and Robert B. Ekelund, Jr. 1988. “Habits in Economic Analysis: Veblen and the Neoclassicals.” History of Political Economy 20:431-445.

Austen-Smith, David. 1995. “Campaign Contributions and Access.” American Political Science Review 89:566-581.

Austen-Smith, David; Wright, John R. “Competitive Lobbying for a Legislator's Vote.” Social Choice and Welfare, vol. 9, no. 3, July 1992, pp. 229-57.

Auster, Ellen R. 1990. “The Interorganizational Environment: Network Theory, Tools and Applications.” Pp. 63-89 in Technology Transfer: A Communcation Perspective, edited by Frederick Williams and David Gibson. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Auster, Ellen R. 1994. “Macro and Strategic Perspectives on Interorganizational Linkages: A Comparative Analysis and Review with Suggestions for Reorientation.” Advances in Strategic Management 10B:3-40.

Autio, E. 1997. “New, Technology-Based Firms in Innovation Networks Symplectic and Generative Impacts.” Research Policy, vol. 26, no. 3, October pp. 263-81.

Autio, E. 1997. “New, Technology-Based Firms in Innovation Networks Symplectic and Generative Impacts.” Research Policy, vol. 26, no. 3, October pp. 263-81.

Autry, R. and M.M. Colodny. 1990. “The Fortune 500: Hangig Tough in a Rough Year.” Fortune 121(April):338-345.

Auyero, Javier. “Poor People’s Politics: Peronist Survival Networks and the Legacy of Evita.” Durham, NC: Duke U Press, 2001.

Avalos, Ignacio; Rengifo, Rafael. “From Sector to Networks: The Venezuelan CONICIT Research Agendas.” Technology in Society, 2003. 25, 2, Apr, 183-192.

Axelsson, Björn and Geoffrey Easton (eds.). 1992. Industrial Networks: A New View of Reality. London: Routledge.

Axford, Barrie. “Enacting Globalization: Transnational Networks and the Deterritorialization of Social Relationships in the Global System.” Protosociology, 2001. 15, 119-146.

Ayios, Angela. “Competence and Trust Guardians as Key Elements of Building Trust in East-West Joint Ventures in Russia. Business Ethics: A European Review 2003. Vol. 12 Issue 2, P190, 13p;

Azfar, Omar. “The Logic of Collective Action.” The Elgar companion to public choice. 2001. pp. 59-82.

Baaijens Joan M.J. 2004. (forthcoming) De Netwerkscorekaart. Een voorstel voor een instrument.

Baake, Pio; Boom, Anette. “Vertical Product Differentiation, Network Externalities, and Compatibility Decisions.” International Journal of Industrial Organization 19(1-2): 2001. 267-84.

Baba, Yasunori and Imai, Ken-ichi. “A Network View of Innovation and Entrepreneurship: The Case of the Evolution of the VCR Systems.” International Social Science Journal 1993. 45, 1(135), Feb, 23-34.

Baba, Yasunori and Imai, Ken-ichi. “A Network View of Innovation and Entrepreneurship: The Case of the Evolution of the VCR Systems.” International Social Science Journal 1993. 45, 1(135), Feb, 23-34.

Baba, Yasunori and Imai, Ken-ichi. “Systemic Innovation and Cross-Border Networks: The Case of the Evolution of the VCR Systems.” Entrepreneurship, technological innovation, and economic growth: Studies in the Schumpeterian tradition. 1992. pp. 141-51.

Baba, Yasunori and Imai, Ken-ichi. “Systemic Innovation and Cross-Border Networks: The Case of the Evolution of the VCR Systems.” Entrepreneurship, technological innovation, and economic growth: Studies in the Schumpeterian tradition. 1992. pp. 141-51.

Babovic, Marija. 1999. “‘Political Mode’ of Work Organization: Jeffrey Pfeffer’s Point of View.” Sociologija 41:17-46.

Bacharach, Samuel B, Peter Bamberger and Bryan Mundell. 1995. “Strategic and Tactial Logics of Decision Justification: Power and Decision Criteria in Organizations.” Human Relations 48(5):467-488.

Backlund, Ann-Katrin; Sandberg, Ake. , 2002. “New Media Industry Development: Regions, Networks and Hierarchies--Some Policy Implications.” Regional Studies 36:87-91.

Backlund, Ann-Katrin; Sandberg, Ake. “New Media Industry Development: Regions, Networks and Hierarchies--Some Policy Implications.” Regional Studies 36(1): 2002. 87-91.

Badaracco, Joseph L. 1991. The Knowledge Link: How Firms Compete Through Strategic Alliances. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Bae, J. and Gargiulo, M. 2003. Local action and efficient alliance strategies in the telecommunications industry. INSEAD working paper #2003/20/0B.

Baecker, Dirk. “Managing Corporations in Networks.” Thesis Eleven, 2001. 66, Aug, 80-98.

Baerveldt, Chris; Van Rossem, Ronan; Vermande, Marjolijn. “Pupils’ Delinquency and Their Social Networks: A Test of Some Network Assumptions of the Ability and Inability Models of Delinquency.” The Netherlands’ Journal of Social Sciences, 2003. 39, 2, 107-125.

Bagchi, Aditi. 2003 “Unions and the Duty of Good Faith in Employment Contracts.” Yale Law Journal 112:1881-1910.

Bagchi, Ann D. 2001. “Migrant Networks and the Immigrant Professional: An Analysis of the Role of Weak Ties.” Population Research and Policy Review 20:9-31.

Bagchi, Ann D. 2001. “Migrant Networks and the Immigrant Professional: An Analysis of the Role of Weak Ties.” Population Research and Policy Review 20(1-2): 9-31.

Bagchi, Ann D. 2001. Making connections: a study of networking among immigrant professionals. New York: LFB Scholarly.

Baggott, Rob. 1995. Pressure Groups Today. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Bailey, Thomas. 1990. Changes in the Nature and Structure of Work: Implications for Skill Requirements and Skill Formation. Berkeley, CA: National Center for Research in Vocational Education.

Bailey, William R. and Albert E. Schwenk. 1980. “Wage Rate Variation by Size of Establishment.” Industrial Relations 19:192-198.

Baily, Martin N., Eric J. Bartelsman and John Haltiwanger. 1994. “Downsizing and Productivity Growth: Myth of Reality?” Washington: Bureau of the Census Center for Economic Studies Working Paper 94-4.

Bailyn, Lotte. 1992. “Changing the Conditions of Work: Responding to Increasing Work Force Diversity and New Family Patterns.” Pp. 188-201 in Transforming Organizations, edited by Thomas A. Kochan and Michael Useem. New York: Oxford University Press.

Bain, Alastair. 1998. “Social Defenses Against Organizational Learning.” Human Relations 51:413-429.

Bain, Alastair. 1998. “Social Defenses Against Organizational Learning.” Human Relations 51:413-429.

Bainbridge, Stephen M. 1996. “Participatory Management Within a Theory of the Firm.” Iowa Journal of Corporation Law 21:657-730.

Bainbridge, William Sims; Stark, Rodney. “Friendship, Religion, and the Occult: A Network Study.” Review of Religious Research, 1981, 22, 4, June, 313-327.

Bakardjieva, Maria and Richard Smith. 2001. “The Internet in Everyday Life: Computer Networking from the Standpoint of the Domestic User.” New Media & Society 3:67-83.

Baker, Wayne E, Robert R. Faulkner and Gene A. Fisher. 1998. “Hazards of the Market: Continuity and Dissolution of Interorganizational Market Relationships.” American Sociological Review 63:147-177.

Baker, Wayne E. 1984. “The Social Structure of a National Securities Market.” American Journal of Sociology 89:775-811.

Baker, Wayne E. 1990. “Market Networks and Corporate Behavior.” American Journal of Sociology 96:589-625.

Baker, Wayne E. 1992. “The Network Organization in Theory and Practice.” Pp. 397-429 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Baker, Wayne E. 1994. Networking Smart: How to Build Relationships for Personal and Organizational Success. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Baker, Wayne E. and Robert R. Faulkner. 1991. “Role as Resource in the Hollywood Film Industry.” American Journal of Sociology 97:279-309.

Baker, Wayne E. and Robert R. Faulkner. 1991. “Strategies for Managing Suppliers of Professional Services.” California Management Review 33(4):33-45.

Baker, Wayne E. and Robert R. Faulkner. 1993. “The Social Organization of Conspiracy: Illegal Networks in the Heavy Electrical Equipment Industry.” American Sociological Review 58:837-860.

Baker, Wayne E. and Robert R. Faulkner. 2002. “Interorganizational Networks.” Pp. 520-540 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Baker, Wayne. 2000. Achieving Success Through Social Capital: Tapping the Hidden Resources in Your Personal and Business Networks. Jossey Bass. San Francisco.

Bala, Venkatesh; Goyal, Sanjeev. 2000. “A Noncooperative Model of Network Formation.” Econometrica 68(5): 1181-1229.

Balakrishan, Srinivasan and Mitchell P. Koza. 1993. “Information Asymmetry, Adverse Selection and Joint-Ventures: Theory and Evidence.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 20:99-117.

Balchin, Cassandra. 2002. “The Network ‘Women Living Under Muslim Laws’: Strengthening Local Struggles through Cross-Boundary Networking.” Development 45(1):126-31.

Balconi, Margherita; Breschi, Stefano; Lissoni, Francesco. 2004. “Networks of Inventors and the Role of Academia: An Exploration of Italian Patent Data.” Research Policy 33(1):127-145.

Baldi, Stephane and Hargens, Lowell L. “Re-Examining Price’s Conjectures on the Structure of Reference Networks: Results from the Special Relativity, Spatial Diffusion Modeling and Role Analysis Literatures.” Social Studies of Science 1997. 27, 4, Aug, 669-687.

Baldi, Stephane and Hargens, Lowell L. “Re-Examining Price’s Conjectures on the Structure of Reference Networks: Results from the Special Relativity, Spatial Diffusion Modeling and Role Analysis Literatures.” Social Studies of Science 1997. 27, 4, Aug, 669-687.

Baldwin, Fred D. 1984. Conflicting Interests: Corporate-Governance Controversies. Lexington, MA: D.C. Heath.

Baldwin, John R., Timothy Dunne and John Haltiwanger. 1994. “Job Change in the Manufacturing Sectors of Canada and the United States,” forthcoming in The Dynamics of Industrial Competition edited by John R. Baldwin. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Baldwin, John, Timothy Dunne and John Haltiwanger. 1994. “A Comparison of Job Creation and Job Destruction in Canada and the United States.” Washington: U.S. Census Bureau Center for Economic Studies 94-2.

Balkin, David B. and Brendan D. Bannister. 1993. “Explaining Pay Forms for Strategic Employee Groups in Organizations: A Resource Dependence Perspective.” Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology 66:139-151.

Ball, Richard E. “Family and Friends: A Supportive Network for Low-Income American Black Families.” Journal of Comparative Family Studies, 1983, 14, 1, spring, 51-65.

Ball, Richard E; Warheit, George J; Vandiver, Joseph S; Holzer,Charles E , III. “Friendship Networks: More Supportive of Low-Income Black Women?”“Ethnicity, 1980, 7, 1, Mar, 70-77.

Balling, Morten, Elizabeth Hennessy and Richard O’Brien (eds.). 1998. Corporate Governance, Financial Markets and Global Convergence. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Balme, Richard. “Rational Collective Action in Olson’s Paradigm.” L’Annee Sociologique 1990. 40, 1, June, 263-285.

Bamber, G.J. and R.D. Lansbury (eds.). 1998. International and Comparative Employment Relations, 3rd Ed.Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Banaszak-Holl, Jane; Allen, Susan; Mor, Vincent; Schott, Thomas. “Organizational Characteristics Associated with Agency Position in Community Care Networks.” Journal of Health and Social Behavior 1998. 39, 4 368-385.

Bane, Mary Jo and David T. Ellwood. 1986. “Slipping Into and Out of Poverty: The Dynamics of Spells.” Journal of Human Resources 21:1-23.

Barabási, A. L., Jeong, H., Néda, Z., Ravasz, E., Schubert, A. and Vicsek, T. 2002. Evolution of the Social Network of Scientific Collaboration. Physica A, 311: 590-614.

Barabasi, A.L. 2002. Linked: The new science of networks. New York, NY: Perseus Publishing.

Barabási, Albert-László. 2003. Linked: how everything is connected to everything else and what it means for business, science, and everyday life. New York: Plume.

Barbieri, Paolo. 2003. “Social Capital and Self-Employment: A Network Analysis Experiment and Several Considerations.” International Sociology 18:681-701.

Barboza, David. 1999. “Heinz to Shed Units and Jobs In an Overhaul.” New York Times February 18:C1.

Bardach, Eugene and Cara Lesser. 1996. “Accountability in Human Services Collaboratives - For What? And to Whom?” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:197-224.

Bardach, Eugene and Cara Lesser. 1996. “Accountability in Human Services Collaboratives - For What? And to Whom?” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:197-224.

Barkema, Harry G., Oded Shenkar, Freek Vermeulen and John H. J. Bell. 1997. “Working Abroad, Working with Others: How Firms Learn to Operate International Joint Ventures.” Academy of Management Journal 40:426-442.

Barkema, Harry G., Oded Shenkar, Freek Vermeulen and John H. J. Bell. 1997. “Working Abroad, Working with Others: How Firms Learn to Operate International Joint Ventures.” Academy of Management Journal 40:426-442.

Barker, David C. “The Talk Radio Community: Nontraditional Social Networks and Political Participation.” Social Science Quarterly, vol. 79, no. 2, June 1998, pp. 261-72.

Barker, David C. “The Talk Radio Community: Nontraditional Social Networks and Political Participation.” Social Science Quarterly, 1998, 79, 2, June, 261-272.

Barker, David C. 1998. “The Talk Radio Community: Nontraditional Social Networks and Political Participation.” Social Science Quarterly 79:261-72.

Barker, David S. “The talk radio community: Nontraditional social networks and political participation.” Social Science Quarterly Jun98, Vol. 79 Issue 2, p261, 12p

Barker, James R. 1993. “Tightening the Iron Cage: Concertive Control in Self-Managing Teams.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:408-37.

Barker, James R. 1999. The Discipline of Teamwork: Participation and Concertive Control. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Barker, Kathleen and Kathleen Christensen (eds.). 1998. Contingent Work: American Employment Relations in Transition. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Barkey, Karen and Ronan Van Rossem. 1997. “Networks of Contention: Villages and Regional Structure in the Seventeenth Century Ottoman Empire.” American Journal of Sociology 102:1345-1382.

Barkman, Joseph. 1994. “The Structure of Silicion Valley Start-Ups.” UCLA Law Review 41:1737-1768.

Barley, Stephen R. 1988. “Technology, Power, and the Social Organization of Work: Towards a Pragmatic Theory of Skilling and Deskilling.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 6:33-80.

Barley, Stephen R. 1988. “Technology, Power, and the Social Organization of Work: Towards a Pragmatic Theory of Skilling and Deskilling.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 6:33-80.

Barley, Stephen R. 1990. “The Alignment of Technology and Structure Through Roles and Networks.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:61-103.

Barley, Stephen R. 1992. “The New Crafts: The Rise of the Technical Labor Force and its Implication for the Organization of Work.” Philadelphia: National Center on the Educational Quality of the Workforce.

Barley, Stephen R. 1996. “Technicians in the Workplace: Ethnographic Evidence for Bringing Work into Organization Studies.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:404-441.

Barley, Stephen R. and Gideon Kunda. 1992. “Design and Devotion: Surges of Rational and Normative Ideologies of Control in Managerial Discourse.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:363-399.

Barley, Stephen R. and Gideon Kunda. 2001. “Bringing Work Back In.” Organization Science 12:76-95.

Barley, Stephen R. and Pamela Tolbart. 1997. “Institutionalization and Structuration: Studying the Links between Action and Institution.” Organization Studies 18(1):93-117.

Barley, Stephen R., John Freeman and R.C. Hybels. 1992. “Strategic Alliances in Commercial Biotechnology.” Pp. 311-47 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Barman, Emily A. 2002. “Asserting Difference: The Strategic Response of Nonprofit Organizations to Competition.” Social Forces 80:1191-1222.

Barnard, Chester L. 1938. The Functions of the Executive. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Barnes, George R; Cerrito, Patricia B; Levi, Inessa. “Construction of Well Separated Interaction Semigroups to Refine the Modeling of Social Networks.” Social Networks, 2003. 25, 2, May, 161-174.

Barnes, Roy C. and Emily R. Ritter. 2001. “Networks of Corporate Interlocking: 1962-1995.” Critical Sociology 27(2):192-220.

Barnes, Susan B. 2001. Online Connections: Internet Interpersonal Relationships. Creskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Barnet, R. J., and J. Cavanagh. 1994. Global Dreams, Imperial Corporations and the New World Order. New York, NY: Simon & Schuster.

Barnett, George A. 2001. “A Longitudinal Analysis of the International Telecommuncation Network, 1978-1996.” American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1638-1655.

Barnett, Tim, Daniel S.Cochran and G. Stephen Taylor. 1993. “The Internal Disclosure Policies of Private-sector Employers: An Initial Look at Their Relationship to Employee Whistleblowing.” Journal of Business Ethics 12:127-36.

Barnett, William P. 1990. “The Organizational Ecology of a Technological System.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:31-60.

Barnett, William P. 1994. “The Liability of Collective Action: Growth and Change Among Early Telephone Companies.” Pp. 337-354 in Evolutionary Dynamics of Organizations, edited by J.A.C. Baum and J.V. Singh. NY: Oxford University Press.

Barnett, William P. 1997. The dynamics of competitive intensity.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 42: 128-160.

Barnett, William P. and Glenn R. Carroll. 1995. “Modeling Internal Organizational Change.” Annual Review of Sociology 21:217-36.

Barnett, William P. and John Freeman. 2001. “Too Much of a Good Thing? Product Proliferation and Organizational Failure.” Organization Science 12:539-559.

Barnett, William P. and Morten T. Hansen. 1996. “The Red Queen in Organizational Evolution.” Strategic Management Journal 17:139-157.

Barnett, William P. and Robert A. Burgelman. 1996. “Evolutionary Perspectives on Strategy.” Strategic Management Journal 17:5-19.

Barnett, William P., Henrich Greve, and Douglas Y. Park. 1994. “An evolutionary model of organizational performance.” Strategic Management Journal, 15 (Special Issue): 11-28.

Barney, Darin. “Prometheus wired: The hope for democracy in the age of network technology.” Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Vancouver: UBC Press. 2000. pp. ix, 340.

Barney, Darin. “Prometheus wired: The hope for democracy in the age of network technology.” Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Vancouver: UBC Press, 2000. ix, 340.

Barney, Jay B. “Dimensions of Informal Social Network Structure: Toward a Contingency Theory of Informal Relations in Organizations.” Social Networks, 1985, 7, 1 1-46.

Barney, Jay B. 1986. “Organizational Culture: Can It Be a Source of Sustained Advantage?” Academy of Management Review 11:656-665.

Barney, Jay B. 1990. “The Debate Between Traditional Management Theory and Organizational Economics: Substantive Difference or Intergroup Conflict?” Academy of Management Review 15:382-393.

Barney, Jay B. 1991. “Firm Resources and Sustained Competitive Advantage.” Journal of Management 17:99-120.

Barney, Jay B. 1992. “Integrating Organizational Behavior and Strategy Formulation Research: A Resource-Based Analysis.” Advances in Strategic Management 8:39-61.

Barney, Jay B. 1997. Gaining and Sustaining Competitive Advantage. Reading, MA: Addison Wesley.

Barney, Jay B. and M.J. Hansen. 1994. “Trustworthiness as a Source of Competitive Advantage.” Strategic Management Journal 17:175-190.

Barney, Jay B. and Ouchi William G. (eds.). 1986. Organizational Economics. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Barney, Jay B., Mike Wright and David J. Ketchen Jr. 2001. “The Resource-Based View of the Firm: Ten Years after 1991.” Journal of Management 27:625-641.

Barney, Jay. B. 1986. “Strategic Factor Markets: Expectations, Luck, and Business Strategy.” Management Science 32:1231-1241.

BarNir, Anat and Ken A. Smith. 2002. “Interfirm Alliances in the Small Business: The Role of Social Networks.” Journal of Small Business Management 40:219-232.

Baron, James N. 1984. “Organizational Perspectives on Stratification.” Annual Review of Sociology 10:37-69.

Baron, James N. and David M. Kreps. 1999. “Consistent Human Resource Practices.” California Management Review 41(3):29-53.

Baron, James N. and William T. Bielby. 1980. “Bringing Firms Back In: Stratification, Segmentation, and the Organization of Work.” American Sociological Review 45:737-765.

Baron, James N. and William T. Bielby. 1984. “The Organization of Work in a Segmented Economy.” American Sociological Review 49:454-473.

Baron, James N., Frank R. Dobbin and P. Devereux Jennings. 1986. “War and Peace: The Evolution of Modern Personnel Administration in U.S. Industry.” American Journal of Sociology 92:350-383.

Baron, James N., M. Diane Burton, Michael T. Hannan. 1996. “The Road Taken: Origins and Evolution of Employment Systems in Emerging Companies.” Industrial and Corporate Change 5:239-275.

Baron, James N., Michael T. Hannan and M. Diane Burton. 1999. “Building the Iron Cage: Determinants of Managerial Intensity in the Early Years of Organizations.” American Sociological Review 64:527-547.

Baron, James N., Michael T. Hannan, M. Diane Burton. 2001. “Labor Pains: Organizational Change and Employee Turnover in Young, High-Tech Firms.” American Journal of Sociology 106:960-1012.

Baron, Robert A.; Markman, Gideon D. “Beyond social capital: the role of entrepreneurs' social competence in their financial success. Journal of Business Venturing, Jan2003. Vol. 18 Issue 1, p41, 20p;

Baron, Stephen, John Field and Tom Schuller. (eds.) 2000. Social Capital: Critical Perspectives. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Barozet, Emmanuelle. “Mobilization of Resources and Social Networks in Neopopulisms: A Working Hypothesis for the Chilean Case.” Revista de Ciencia Politica, 2003. 23, 1, 39-54.

Barrett, Alan and Philip J. O’Connell. 2001. “Does Training Generally Work? The Returns to In-Company Training.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54:647-662.

Barron, David N., Elizabeth West and Michael T. Hannan. 1994. “A Time to Grow and a Time to Die: Growth and Mortality of Credit Unions in New York City, 1914-1990.” American Journal of Sociology 100:381-421.

Barron, John M. and John Bishop. 1985. “Extensive Search, Intensive Search, and Hiring Costs: New Evidence on Employer Hiring Activity.” Economic Inquiry 23:363-382.

Barron, John M., John Bishop and William C. Dunkelberg. 1985. “Employer Search: The Interviewing and Hiring of New Employees.” Review of Economic and Statistics 67:43-52.

Barron, John M., Mark C. Berger and Dan A Black. 1999. “Do Workers Pay for On-the-Job Training?” Journal of Human Resources 34:235-252.

Barros, Edval de Souza. “Clientele Networks, Royal Bureaucracy and Wealth Appropriation during the Portuguese Empire (16th-18th Centuries).” Revista de Sociologia e Politica, 2001. 17, Nov, 127-146.

Barrow, Clyde W. 1993. Critical Theories of the State: Marxist, Neo-Marxist, Post-Marxist. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Barrow, Clyde W. 1998. “State Theory and the Dependency Principle: An Institutionalist Critique of the Business Climate Concept.” Journal of Economic Issues 32:107-144.

Barry, C.B. 1994 “New Directions in Research on Venture Capital Fiannce.” Financial Management 23:3-15.

Barshefsky, Charlene. “Trade Policy for a Networked World.” Foreign Affairs 80(2): March- 2001. 134-46.

Bartel, Ann P. 1994. “Productivity Gains from Implementation of Employee Training Programs.” Industrial Relations 33:411-25.

Bartel, Ann P. 1995. “Training, Wage Growth and Job Performance: Evidence from a Company Database.” Journal of Labor Economics 13:401-425.

Bartel, Ann P. 2000. “Measuring the Employer’s Return on Investments in Training: Evidence from the Literature.” Industrial Relations 39:502-524.

Bartlett, C. A., and S. Ghoshal. 1990. “Managing Innovation in Transnational Corporations.” in Managing the Global Firm, edited by C. A. Bartlett, Y. Doz, and G. Hedlund. London, UK: Routledge.

Bartlett, Christopher A. and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1989. Managing Across Borders: The Transnational Solution. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Bartlett, Christopher A. and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1995. “Changing the Role of Top Management: Beyond Structure to Process.” Harvard Business Review Jan.-Feb. 86-96.

Bartlett, Christopher A. and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1995. “Changing the Role of Top Management: Beyond Systems to People.” Harvard Business Review May-June 132-42.

Barton, Sidney L. and Paul J. Gordon. 1987. “Corporate Strategy: Useful Perspective for the Study of Capital Structure?” Academy of Management Review 12(1):67-75.

Barzel, Yoram. 1989. Economic Analysis of Property Rights. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Basberg, B.L. 1987 Patents and the measurement of technological change: A survey of the literature. Research Policy, 16:131-141.

Basle, Louis. “Markets, Organizations, Networks: The Economy of Society in Relation to Communism and Postcommunism. A Few Thoughts from a Luhmannian Perspective.” Revue d’Etudes Comparatives Est-Ouest, 2002. 33, 2, June, 197-235.

Basle, Louis. 2002. “Markets, Organizations, Networks: The Economy of Society in Relation to Communism and Postcommunism. A Few Thoughts from a Luhmannian Perspective.” Revue d’Etudes Comparatives Est-Ouest 33:197-235.

Bassi, Laurie J. 1995. “Upgrading the U.S. Workplace: Do Reorganization, Education Help?” Monthly Labor Review 118(5):37-47.

Bassi, Laurie J. and Jens Ludwig. 2000. “School-to-Work Programs in the United States: A Multi-firm Case Study of Training, Benefits, and Costs.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 53:219-239.

Batagelj, Vladimir and Andrej Mrvar. 1998. “Pajek: Program for Large Network Analysis.” Connections 21:47-57.

Batchelder, Ece. “Comparing Three Simultaneous Measurements of a Sociocognitive Network.” Social Networks, 2002. 24, 3, July, 261-277.

Bate, Paul. “Changing the Culture of a Hospital: From Hierarchy to Networked Community.” Public Administration, 2000, 78, 3, fall, 485-512.

Bate, Paul. 2000. “Changing the Culture of a Hospital: From Hierarchy to Networked Community.” Public Administration 78:485-512.

Bate, S.P. 1997. “Whatever Happened to Organizational Anthropology? A Review of the Field of Organizational Ethnography and Anthropological Studies.” Human Relations 50:1147-1175.

Bates, James. 1994. “Eisner Earns $203 Million But No Bonus.” Los Angeles Times January 4:D1.

Bates, James. 2000. “No Bonuses for Eisner, 3 Other Disney Execs.” Los Angeles Times January 20:C1.

Bates, Myra Jo; Kennedy, Patricia F. “Social networks: Influence and information concerns for single divorced mothers. Advances in Consumer Research, 1996, Vol. 23 Issue 1, p440, 6p.

Bates, R. H. 1988. “Contra Contractarianism: Some Reflections on the New Institutionalism.” Politics and Society 16:387-401.

Bates, Timothy. 1994. “Social Resources Generated by Group Support Networks May Not Be Beneficial to Asian Immigrant-Owned Small Businesses.” Social Forces 72:671-689.

Batjargal, Bat; Liu, Mannie. “Entrepreneurs' Access to Private Equity in China: The Role of Social Capital. Organization Science Mar/Apr2004. Vol. 15 Issue 2, p159, 14p

Batt, Rosemary. 1999. “Work Organization, Technology, and Performance in Customer Service and Sales.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 52:539-563.

Batteau, Allen W. 2000. “Negations and Ambiguities in the Cultures of Organization.” American Anthropologist 102:726-.

Battelle Memorial Institute. 2000. “Forecast Predicts Significant Increase in R&D Spending for Year 2000.”

Batten, David F. “Co-evolutionary Learning on Networks.” Knowledge and networks in a dynamic economy: Festschrift in honor of Ake E. Andersson. 1998, pp. 311-32.

Batten, David F. “Network Cities: Creative Urban Agglomerations for the 21st Century.” Urban Studies, vol. 32, no. 2, March 1995, pp. 313-27.

Batten, David F. “The Complexity of Self-Organizing East Asian Networks.” Asia-Pacific transitions. 2001. 171-88.

Batten, David F. 1995. “Network Cities: Creative Agglomerations for the 21st Century.” Urban Studies 32:313-327.

Batten, David F; Kobayashi, Kiyoshi; Andersson, Ake E. “Knowledge, Nodes and Networks: An Analytical Perspective.” Knowledge and industrial organization. 1989, pp. 31-46.

Batterbury, Simon. “Environmental Activism and Social Networks: Campaigning for Bicycles and Alternative Transport in West London.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 590: 2003. 150-69.

Batygin, G S; Gradoselskaya, G V. “Networks in the Russian Sociological Community: A Technique of Content Analysis of Biographies.” Sotsiologicheskiy Zhurnal, 2001, 1, 88-109.

Batygin, G S; Gradoselskaya, G V. “Networks in the Russian Sociological Community: A Technique of Content Analysis of Biographies.” Sotsiologicheskiy Zhurnal, 2001. 1, 88-109.

Baum, Joel A. C. (ed.). 2002. The Blackwell Companion to Organizations. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Baum, Joel A. C. 1995. “The changing basis of competition in organizational populations: The Manhattan hotel industry, 1898-1990.” Social Forces, 74: 177-205.

Baum, Joel A. C. 1996. “Organizational Ecology.” Pp. 76-114 in The Handbook of Organization Studies, edited by Stewart R. Clegg, Cynthia Hardy and Walter R. Nord. London: Sage Publications.

Baum, Joel A. C. and Christine Oliver. 1996. “Toward an Institutional Ecology of Organizational Founding.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1378-1427.

Baum, Joel A. C. and Heather A. Haveman. 1997. “Love Thy Neighbor? Differentiation and Agglomeration in the Manhattan Hotel Industry, 1898-1990.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:304-338.

Baum, Joel A. C. and Jane E. Dutton 1996. “Introduction: The Embeddedness of Strategy.” Advances in Strategic Management 13:1-15.

Baum, Joel A. C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1994. “Organizational Niche Overlap and the Dynamics of Organizational Mortality.” American Journal of Sociology 100: 346-380.

Baum, Joel A. C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1996. “Dynamics of Organizational Response to Competition.” Social Forces 74:1261-1297.

Baum, Joel A. C. and Terry L. Amburgey. 2002. “Organizational Ecology.” Pp. 204-326 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Baum, Joel A. C., A. Shipilov and T. Rowley. 2003. “Where Do Small Worlds Come From?” Industrial and Corporate Change March 12:597-725.

Baum, Joel A. C., and Helaine J. Korn. 1996. “Competitive dynamics of rivalry.” Academy of Management Journal, 39: 255-291.

Baum, Joel A. C., Tony Calabrese and Brian S. Silverman. 2000. “Don’t Go It Alone: Alliance Network Composition and Startups’ Performance in Canadian Biotechnology.” Strategic Management Journal 21:267-294.

Baum, Joel A.C. 1997. “Whole-part coevolutionary competition in organizations.” In J.A.C. Baum and B. McKelvey (eds.) Variations in Organization Science: In honor of Donald T. Campbell. Sage. In press.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Bill McKelvey (eds.). 1999. Variations in Organizational Science: Essays in Honor of Donald T. Campbell. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Christine Oliver. 1991. “Institutional Linkages and Organizational Mortality.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:187-218.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Christine Oliver. 1992. “Institutional Embeddedness and the Dynamics of Organizational Populations.” American Sociological Review 57:540-559.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1994. “Organizational Hierarchies and Evolutionary Processes: Some Reflections on a Theory of Organizational Evolution.” Pp. 3-20 in Evolutionary Dynamics of Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum and Jitendra V. Singh. New York: Oxord University Press.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1994. “Organization-Environment Coevolution.” Pp. 379-401 in Organizational Evolution: New Directions, edited by Jitendra V. Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Jitendra V. Singh. 1994. Evolutionary Dynamics of Organizations. New York: Oxord University Press.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Paul Ingram. 1998. “Survival-Enhancing Learning in the Manhattan Hotel Industry, 1989-1980.” Management Science 44:996-1016.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Paul Ingram. 1998. “Survival-Enhancing Learning in the Manhattan Hotel Industry, 1989-1980.” Management Science 44:996-1016.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Stephen J. Mezias. 1992. “Localized Competition and Organizational Failure in the Manhattan Hotel Industry, 1898-1990.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:580-605.

Baum, Joel A.C. and Walter W. Powell. 1995. “Cultivating an Institutional Ecology of Organizations.” American Sociological Review 60:529-538.

Baumgartner, Frank and Bryan Jones. 1993. Agendas and Instability in American Politics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Baumgartner, Frank R. 1996. “Public Interest Groups in France and the United States.” Governance 9:1-22.

Baumgartner, Frank R. and Beth L. Leech. 1998. Basic Interests: The Importance of Groups in Politics and in Political Science. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Baumgartner, Frank R. and Jack L. Walker. 1989. “Educational Policymaking and the Interest Group Structure in France and the United States.” Comparative Politics 21:273-288.

Baumol, W. J. l996. “Entrepreneurship: Productive, Unproductive, and Destructive.” Journal of Business Venturing, Vol. 11, No. 3, pp 3-22.

Baumol, William J. and Kenneth McLennan (eds.). 1985. Productivity, Growth, and U.S. Competitiveness. New York: Oxford University Press.

Baumol, William J., Sue Anne Batey Blackman and Edward N. Wolff. 1989. Productivity and American Leadership: The Long View. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Baxter, Leslie A; Dun, Tim; Sahlstein, Erin. “Rules for Relating Communicated among Social Network Members.” Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 2001. 18, 2, Apr, 173-199.

Baysinger, Barry and Robert E. Hoskisson. 1990. “The Composition of Boards of Directors and Strategic Control: Effects on Corporate Strategy.” Academy of Management Review 15:72-87.

Bazzoli, Gloria J. et al. 2000. “The Financial Performance of Hospitals Belonging to Health Networks and Systems.” Inquiry 37(3):234-52.

Beall, Jo. “From Social Networks to Public Action in Urban Governance: Where Does Benefit Accrue?” Journal of International Development 13(7): 2001. 1015-21.

Beall, Jo. “Valuing Social Resources or Capitalizing on Them? Limits to Pro-poor Urban Governance in Nine Cities of the South. International Planning Studies, Nov2001. Vol. 6 Issue 4, p357, 19p;

Bear, Marca Marie. “How Japanese Partners Help US Manufacturers to Raise Productivity. Long Range Planning, Dec98, Vol. 31 Issue 6, P919, 8p;

Bearden, James; Mintz, Beth. “The Structure of Class Cohesion: The Corporate Network and Its Dual.” Intercorporate relations: The structural analysis of business. 1987, pp. 187-207.

Bearman, Peter S. 1991. “The Social Structure of Suicide.” Sociological Forum 6:501-524.

Bearman, Peter S. and Kevin Djo Everett,. “The Structure of Social Protest, 1961-1983.” Social Networks, 1993, 15, 2, June, 171-200.

Bearman, Peter, Robert Faris and James Moody. 1999. “Blocking the Future: New Solutions for Old Problems in Historical Social Science.” Social Science History 23:501-533.

Bearman, Peter. 1997. “Generalized Exchange.” American Journal of Sociology 102:1383-1415.

Beatty, Randolph P. and Edward J. Zajac. 1994. “Managerial Incentives, Monitoring and Risk bearing: A Study of Compensation, Ownership, and Board Structure in Intitial Public Offerings.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:313-335.

Beatty, Randolph P., and Edward J. Zajac. 1994. “Managerial incentives, monitoring and risk-bearing: A study of executive compensation, ownership and board structure in initial public offerings.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 39: 313-335.

Beaumont, P.B. 1995. The Future of Employment Relations. London: Sage Publications.

Beaverstock, J V. “Subcontracting the Accountant! Professional Labour Markets, Migration, and Organisational Networks in the Global Accountancy Industry.” Environment and Planning A, vol. 28, no. 2, February 1996, pp. 303-26.

Beaverstock, J V; Doel, M A; Hubbard, P J; Taylor, P J. “Attending to the World: Competition, Cooperation and Connectivity in the World City Network.” Global Networks, 2002. 2, 2, Apr, 111-132.

Becattini, Giacomo. 1989. “Sectors and.or Districts: Some Remarks on the Conceptual Foundations of Industrial Districts.” Pp. 123-135 in Small Firms and Industrial Districts in Italy, edited by Edward Goodman and Julia Bamford. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Becattini, Giacomo. 1990. “The Marshallian Industrial District as a Socioeconomic Notion.” Pp. XXX in Industrial Districts and Inter-Firm Co-operation in Italy, edited by Frank Pyke, G. Becattini and W. Sengenberger (eds.). Geneva: International Labor Office.

Beck, E. M., Patrick Horan and Charles Tolbert. 1980. “Industrial Segmentation and Labor Market Problems.” Social Problems 28:113-130.

Becker, Brian E. and Mark A. Huselid. 1998. “High Performance Work Systems and Firm Performance: A Synthesis of Research and Managerial Implications.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 16:53-101.

Becker, Gary S. 1962. “Investment in Human Capital: A Theoretical Analysis.” Journal of Political Economy 70(5):9-49.

Becker, Gary S. 1964. Human Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with Special Reference to Education. New York: National Bureau of Economic Research.

Becker, Gary S. 1975. Human Capital Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with Special Reference to Education. 2nd Ed. New York: National Bureau of Economic Research.

Becker, Gary S. 1993. Human Capital Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis with Special Reference to Education. 3nd Ed.Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Becker, Gary S. and Guity Nashat Becker. 1997. The Economics of Life: From Baseball to Affirmative Action to Immigration, How Real-World Issues Affect Our Everyday Life. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Beckert, J. 1999. Agency, Entrepreneurs, and Institutional Change. The Role of Strategic Choice and Institutional Practices in Organizations. Organization Studies, 20(5): 777-799.

Beckert, Jens. 1996. “What Is Sociological about Economic Sociology? Uncertainty and the Embeddedness of Economic Action.” Theory and Society 25:803-840.

Beckman, C. and Haunschild, P. 2002. Network learning: The effects of partner’s heterogeneity of experience on corporate acquisitions. Administrative Science Quarterly, 47:92-1724.

Beckman, Christine M. and Pamela Haunschild. 2002. “Network Learning: The Effects of Partners’ Heterogeneity of Experience on Corporate Acquisitions.” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:92-124.

Beckman, Christine M. and Pamela Haunschild. 2002. “Network Learning: The Effects of Partners’ Heterogeneity of Experience on Corporate Acquisitions.” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:92-124.

Beckman, Christine M. and Pamela Haunschild. 2002. “Network Learning: The Effects of Partners’ Heterogeneity of Experience on Corporate Acquisitions.” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:92-124.

Beckman, Sara L. 1996. “Evolution of Management Roles in a Networked Organization: An Insider’s View of the Hewlett-Packard Company.” Pp. 155-184 in Broken Ladders: Managerial Careers in the New Economy, edited by Paul Osterman. New York: Oxford University Press.

Beckmann, Martin J. “Interurban Knowledge Networks.” Learning, innovation and urban evolution. 2000, pp. 127-35.

Beckmann, Martin J. “On Knowledge Networks in Science: Collaboration among Equals.” Annals of Regional Science, vol. 28, no. 3, September 1994, pp. 233-42.

Beckmann, Martin J; et al , eds. “Knowledge and networks in a dynamic economy: Festschrift in honor of Ake E. Andersson.” Heidelberg and New York: Springer, 1998, pp. ix, 421.

Beckmann, Martin. “Knowledge Networks: The Case of Scientific Interaction at a Distance.” Annals of Regional Science, vol. 27, no. 1, 1993, pp. 5-9.

Beckwith, Karen. “Gender Frames and Collective Action: Configurations of Masculinity in the Pittston Coal Strike.” Politics and Society 2001. 29, 2, June, 297-330.

Bee, Ed. “Knowledge Networks and Technical Invention in America’s Metropolitan Areas: A Paradigm for High-Technology Economic Development.” Economic Development Quarterly 17(2): 2003. 115-31.

Bee, Ed. “Knowledge Networks and Technical Invention in America's Metropolitan Areas: A Paradigm for High-Technology Economic Development.” Economic Development Quarterly, vol. 17, no. 2, May 2003, pp. 115-31.

Beeby, Mick; Booth, Charles. “Networks and Inter-Organizational Learning: A Critical Review.” Learning Organization; v7 n2 p75-88 2000.

Beggs, John J. and Jeanne S.Hurlbert. 1997. “The Social Context of Men’s and Women’s Job Search Ties: Membership in Voluntary Organizations, Social Resources, and Job Search Outcomes.” Sociological Perspectives 40:601-622.

Beggs, John J; Haines, Valerie A; Hurlbert, Jeanne S. “The Effects of Personal Network and Local Community Contexts on the Receipt of Formal Aid during Disaster Recovery.” International Journal of Mass Emergencies and Disasters, 1996, 14, 1, Mar, 57-78.

Behrman, Jere R., Hans-Peter Kohler and Susan Cotts Watkins. “Social Networks and Changes in Contraceptive Use Over Time: Evidence From A Longitudinal Study in Rural Kenya. Demography 2002. V39 I4 P713(26)

Behrman, Jere R; Kohler, Hans-Peter; Watkins, Susan Cotts. “Social Networks and Changes in Contraceptive Use over Time: Evidence from a Longitudinal Study in Rural Kenya.” Demography 39(4): 2002. 713-38.

Belderbos, Rene A. 1998. Japanese Electronics Multinationals and Strategic Trade Policies. New York: Oxford University Press.

Bell, David C.; Richard, Alan J.; Montoya, Isaac D.; Elwood, William N.; Goush, Soumen N.; Matta, Benjamin N. “Social network utility and the economics of risk: The case of HIV. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, Jan98, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p195, 11p;

Bell, Duran. 2000. “Guanxi: A Nesting of Groups.” Current Anthropology 41:132-138.

Bell, Geoffrey G., J. Robert Oppenheimer and Andre Bastien. “Trust Deterioration in an International Buyer-Supplier Relationship.” Journal of Business Ethics 2002. P65(14)

Bell, Richard; Walker, Henry A; Willer, David. “Power, Influence, and Legitimacy in Organizations: Implications of Three Theoretical Research Programs.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 2000. 17, 131-177.

Bell, Robert A. “Gender, Friendship Network Density, and Loneliness.” Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 1991, 6, 1, Mar, 45-56.

Bell, Stephanie A. and John F. Henry. 2001. “Are Employment Relations Undergoing a Fundamental Change that Threatens the Future of Capitalism? A Critique of Hodgson's View of the Labor Contract.” Journal of Economic Issues June 35:335-343.

Bellair, Paul E. “Social Interaction and Community Crime: Examining the Importance of Neighbor Networks.” Criminology, 1997, 35, 4, Nov, 677-703.

Bellandi, Marco. 1989. “The Industrial District in Marshall.” Pp. 136-152 in Small Firms and Industrial Districts in Italy, edited by Edward Goodman and Julia Bamford. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Belleflamme, Paul. “Adoption of Network Technologies in Oligopolies.” International Journal of Industrial Organization, vol. 16, no. 4, July 1998, pp. 415-44.

Belliveau, Maura A., Charles A. O’Reilly and James B. Wade. 1996. “Social Capital at the Top: Effects of Social Similarity and Status on CEO Compensation.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1568-1593.

Bellman, Beryl; Tindimubona, Alex; Arias, Armando, Jr. “Technology Transfer in Global Networking: Capacity Building in Africa and Latin America.” Global networks: Computers and international communication. 1993, pp. 237-54.

Belous, Richard S. 1989. The Contingent Economy: The Growth of the Temporary, Part-time, and Subcontracted Workforce. Washington: National Planning Association.

Belussi, Fiorenza. 1989. “Benetton Italy: Beyond Fordism and Flexible Specialization to the Evolution of the Network Firm Model.” Pp. 73-91 in Computer-aided Manufacturing and Women’s Employment: The Clothing Industry in Four EC Countries, edited by Swasti Mitter. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Benassi, Mario. 1993. “Organizational Perspectives of Strategic Alliances: External Growth in the Computer Industry.” Pp. 95-115 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socioeconomics of Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. New York: Routledge.

Benassi, Mario. 1995. “Governance Factors in a Network Process Approach.” Scandinavian Management Journal 11:269-281.

Bendapudi, Venkat; Magnum, Stephen L.; Tansky, Judith W.; Fisher, Max M. “The Roles of Public Policy and Social Capital in Contingent Work: Implications of the Typology. Human Resource Planning, 2003. Vol. 26 Issue 1, p34, 7p;

Bendor, Jonathan, Terry M. Moe, and Kenneth W. Shotts. 2001. “Recycling the Garbage Can: An Assessment of the Research Program.” American Political Science Review 95:169-190.

Bendor, Jonathan; Mookherjee, Dilip. “Institutional Structure and the Logic of Ongoing Collective Action.” American Political Science Review, vol. 81, no. 1, March 1987. pp. 129-54.

Benford, Robert D. and David A. Snow. 2000. “Framing Processes and Social Movements: An Overview and Assessment.” Annual Review of Sociology 26.611-639.

Bengtsson-Tops, Anita; Hansson, Lars. “Quantitative and Qualitative Aspects of the Social Network in Schizophrenic Patients Living in the Community Relationship to Sociodemographic Characteristics and Clinical Factors and Subjective Quality of Life.” The International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 2001, 47, 3, autumn, 67-77.

Bengtsson-Tops, Anita; Hansson, Lars. “Quantitative and Qualitative Aspects of the Social Network in Schizophrenic Patients Living in the Community Relationship to Sociodemographic Characteristics and Clinical Factors and Subjective Quality of Life.” The International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 2001. 47, 3, autumn, 67-77.

Bennedsen, Morten; Feldmann, Sven E. “Lobbying and Legislative Organization: The Effect of the Vote of Confidence Procedure.” Business and Politics, vol. 4, no. 2, August 2002, pp. 187-203.

Bennedsen, Morten; Feldmann, Sven E. “Lobbying Legislatures.” Journal of Political Economy, vol. 110, no. 4, August 2002, pp. 919-46.

Ben-Ner, Avner and Benedetto Gui (eds.). 1993. The Nonprofit Sector in the Mixed Economy. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

Benner, Chris. “Learning Communities in a Learning Region: The Soft Infrastructure of Cross-Firm Learning Networks in Silicon Valley.” Environment and Planning A, vol. 35, no. 10, October 2003, pp. 1809-30.

Benner, Chris. “Learning Communities in a Learning Region: The Soft Infrastructure of Cross-Firm Learning Networks in Silicon Valley.” Environment and Planning A 35(10): 2003. 1809-30.

Bennett, R J; Robson, P J A; Bratton, W J A. “Government Advice Networks for SMEs: An Assessment of the Influence of Local Context on Business Link Use, Impact and Satisfaction.” Applied Economics 33(7): 2001. 871-85.

Bennett, Robert J; Krebs, Gunter. 1994. “Local Economic Development Partnerships: An Analysis of Policy Networks in EC-LEDA Local Employment Development Strategies.” Regional Studies 28:119-140.

Bennett, W Lance. “Communicating Global Activism: Strengths and Vulnerabilities of Networked Politics.” Information, Communication & Society, 2003. 6, 2, 143-168.

Ben-Porath, Yoram. 1967. “The Production of Human Capital and the Life-Cycle of Earnings.” Journal of Political Economy 75:352-365.

Ben-Porath, Yoram. 1980. “The F-Connection: Families, Friends, and Firms and the Organization of Exchange.” Population and Development Review 6:1-29.

Bensaou, M. and N. Venkatraman. 1995. “Configurations of Interorganizational Relationships: A Comparison Between Japanese and U.S. Automakers.” Management Science 41:1471-1492.

Benson, J. Kenneth. 1975. “Interorganizational Networks as Political Economy.” Administrative Science Quarterly 20:229-249.

Benson, J. Kenneth. 1977. “Organizations: A Dialectical View.” Administrative Science Quarterly 22:1-21.

Benson, Paul R; Fisher, Gene A; Diana, Augusto; Simon, Lorna; Gamache, Gail; Tessler, Richard C; McDermeit, Melissa. “A State Network of Family Support Services: The Massachusetts Family Support Demonstration Project.” Evaluation and Program Planning, 1996, 19, 1, Feb, 27-39.

Benz, Arthur and Burkard Eberlein. 1999. “The Europeanization of Regional Policies: Patterns of Multi-level Governance.” Journal of European Public Policy 6:329-348.

Benz, Arthur. 1995. “Politiknetzwerke in der horizontalen Politikverflechtung.” Pp. 185-204 in Netzwerke und Politikproduktion: Konzepte, Methoden, Perspektiven, edited by Dorothea Jansen and Klaus Schubert. Marburg, Germany: Schüren.

Bereczkei, Tamas. “Kinship Network, Direct Childcare, and Fertility among Hungarians and Gypsies.” Evolution and Human Behavior, 1998, 19, 5, Sept, 283-298.

Berenbeim, R.E. 1986. Company Progroms to Ease the Impact of Shutdowns. New York: Conference Board.

Berger, J., N.G. Noorderhaven and B. Nooteboom. 1995. “Determinants of Supplier Dependendence.” Pp. XXX in On Economic Institutions, edited by John Groenewegen, C. Pitelis and S.E. Sjostrand. Aldershot, UK: Edward Elgar.

Berger, Mark C. 1988. “Predicted Future Earnings and Choice of College Major.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 41:418-429.

Bergesen, Albert and John Sonnett. 2001. “The Global 500: Mapping the World Economy at Century’s End.” American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1602-1615.

Bergman, E., G. Maier, and F. Todtling. 1992. Regions Reconsidered: Economic Networks, Innovation and Local Development in Industralised Countries.

Bergman, E., G. Maier, and F. Todtling. 1992. Regions Reconsidered: Economic Networks, Innovation and Local Development in Industralised Countries.

Bergquist, William H. 1995. Building Strategic Alliances: How to Extend Your Organization’s Reach Through Partnerships, Alliances, and Joint Ventures. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Berk, Richard A. 1983. “An Introduction to Sample Selection Bias in Sociological Data.” American Sociological Review 48:386-398.

Berkman, LF and S.L. Syme. 1979. “Social Networks, Host Resistance, and Mortality: a Nine-year Follow-up Study of Alameda County Residents.” American Journal of Epidemiology 109(2): 186-204

Berkowitz, S. D. 1982. An Introduction to Structural Analysis: The Network Approach to Social Research. Toronto: Butterworths.

Berle, Adolf Jr. and Gardiner C. Means. 1932. The Modern Corporation and Private Property. New York: Macmillan.

Berman, Eli, John Bound and Stephen Machin. 1997. “Implications of Skill-Biased Technological Change: International Evidence.” London School of Economics, Center for Economic Performance Discussion Paper No. 367.

Berman, Evan M. 1998. Productivity in Public and Nonprofit Organizations: Strategies and Techniques. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Berman, Evan M. and Jonathan P. West. 1998. “Productivity Enhancement Efforts in Public and Nonprofit Organizations.” Public Productivity and Management Review 207-.

Berndt, Ernst R, Pindyck, Robert S and Azoulay, Pierre. “Network Effects and Diffusion in Pharmaceutical Markets: Antiulcer Drugs.” National Bureau of Economic Research, Inc, NBER Working Papers: 7024 1999.

Berndt, Ernst R, Pindyck, Robert S and Azoulay, Pierre. “Network Effects and Diffusion in Pharmaceutical Markets: Antiulcer Drugs.” National Bureau of Economic Research, Inc, NBER Working Papers: 7024 1999.

Bernstein, Irving. 1971. The Turbulent Years. New York: Houghton-Mifflin.

Bernstein, Jules. 1980. “Union-Busting: From Benign Neglect to Malignant Growth.” University of California, Davis Law Review 3:17-36.

Bernstein, Michael A. and David E. Adler (eds.). 1994. Understanding American Economic Decline. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Bernstein, Susan R. 1991. Managing Contracted Services: Administrating Ethical and Political Issues in Nonprofit Agencies. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Berra, Mariella. “Civic Networks Linking Community and Market [1997].” Quaderni di Sociologia, 2001, 45, 26-27, 59-90.

Berra, Mariella. “Civic Networks Linking Community and Market [1997].” Quaderni di Sociologia, 2001. 45, 26-27, 59-90

Berra, Mariella. “Civic Networks Linking Community and Market.” Quaderni di Sociologia, 1997, 41, 13, 5-32.

Berry, Jeffrey M. 1977. Lobbying for the People: The Political Behavior of Public Interest Groups. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Berry, Jeffrey M. 1977. Lobbying for the People: The Political Behavior of Public Interest Groups. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Berry, Jeffrey M. 1984. The Interest Group Society. Boston: Little, Brown.

Berteit, Herbert. “Innovation Networks and Industrial Research in the New Federal States: Perspectives of Economy and Structural Policy.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 223-42.

Berteit, Herbert. “Innovation Networks and Industrial Research in the New Federal States: Perspectives of Economy and Structural Policy.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 223-42.

Berteit, Herbert. “Innovation Networks and Industrial Research in the New Federal States: Perspectives of Economy and Structural Policy.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. 223-42.

Berthoin Antal A., M. Dierkes, l. Marz, 1999. Organizational learning in China, Germany and Israel. Journal of General Management, 25/1: pp. 63-88.

Bertrand, Marianne; Luttmer, Erzo F P; Mullainathan, Sendhil. “Network Effects and Welfare Cultures.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 115(3): 2000. 1019-55.

Beshers, James M; Laumann, Edward O. “Social Distance, A Network Approach.” American Sociological Review, 1967, 32:225-236.

Besley, Timothy; Coate, Stephen. “Lobbying and Welfare in a Representative Democracy.” Review of Economic Studies, vol. 68, no. 1, January 2001, pp. 67-82.

Best, Michael. 1990. The New Competition: Institutions of Industrial Restructuring. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Bhagat, Sanjai and Bernard Black. 1999. “The Uncertain Relationship Between Board Composition and Firm Performance.” The Business Lawyer 54:921-963

Bhagat, Sanjai, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny. 1990. “Hostile Takeovers in the 1980s: The Return to Corporate Specialization.” Pp. 1-84 in Brookings Papers on Economic Activity: Microeconomics 1990, edited by M. N. Baily and C. Winston. Washington: Brookings Institution.

Bhagat, Sanjai, Dennis C.Carey and Charles M. Elson. 1999. “Director Ownership, Corporate Performance, and Management Turnover.” The Business Lawyer 54:885-919.

Bhattacharya, Patralekha; Mehta, Krishna Kumar. “Socialization in Network Marketing Organizations: Is It Cult Behavior?” Journal of Socio-Economics 29: 4 2000. pp. 361-74.

Bhattacharya, Patralekha; Mehta, Krishna Kumar. “Socialization in Network Marketing Organizations: Is It Cult Behavior?” Journal of Socio-Economics 29(4): 2000. 361-74.

Bian, Yanjie and Soon Ang. 1997. “Guanxi Networks and Job Mobility in China and Singapore.” Social Forces 75:981-1005.

Bian, Yanjie. 1997. “Bringing Strong Ties Back In: Indirect Ties, Bridges, and Job Search in China.” American Sociological Review 62:366-385.

Bian, Yanjie. 1997. “Getting a Job Through a Network of Guanxi in China.” Pp. 255-277 in Networks in the Global Village, edited by Barry Wellman. Boulder, CO: Westview.

Bian, Yanjie. 2001. “Guanxi Capital and Social Eating in Chinese Cities: Theoretical Models and Empirical Analyses.” Pp. 275-295 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald S. Burt. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Bidault, F., and Cummings, Th. 1994. Innovating through alliances: Expectations and limitations. RandD Management, 24 (1): 33-45.

Bidault, Francis. “Apprentissage et reseaux. (Learning and Networks. With English summary.).” Economies et Societes, vol. 27, no. 5, May 1993, pp. 79-101.

Biddle, Frederic M. 1998. “British Airways Moves Closer to Being ‘Virtual Airline.’” Wall Street Journal June 25:B4.

Biddle, Jesse; Milor, Vedat. “Economic Governance in Turkey: Bureaucratic Capacity, Policy Networks, and Business Associations.” Business and the state in developing countries. 1997. Pp. 277-309.

Bielby, D.D. 1992. “Commitment to Work and Family.” Annual Review of Sociology 18:281-302.

Bielby, William T. and Denise D. Bielby. 1999. “Organizational mediation of project-based labor markets: Talent agencies and the careers of screenwriters.” American Sociological Review 64: 64-85.

Bielby, William T. and James N. Baron. 1986. “Men and Women at Work: Sex Segregation and Statistical Discrimination.” American Journal of Sociology 91:759-799.

Biemans, Wim G. 1992. Marketing Innovations Within Networks. London: Routledge.

Bien, W., J. Marbach and F Neyer. 1991). “Using Egocentered Networks in Survey Research: A Methodological Preview on an Application of Social Network Analysis in the Area of Family Research. Social Networks 13:75-90.

Bienenstock, Elisa Jayne; Bonacich, Phillip. “Game-Theory Models for Exchange Networks: Experimental Results.” Sociological Perspectives 1993. 36, 2, summer, 117-135.

Bienenstock, Elisa Jayne; Bonacich, Phillip. “Network Exchange as a Cooperative Game.” Rationality and Society 1997. 9, 1, Feb, 37-65.

Biewener, Judith. 1997. “Downsizing and the New American Workplace: Rethinking the High Performance Paradigm.” Review of Radical Political Economics 29:1-22.

Bigarelli, D. and P. Crestanello. 1994. “An Analysis of the Changes in the Knitwear/Clothing District of Capi During the 1980s.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 6:127-144.

Biggart, Nicole Woolsey and Mauro Guillén 1999. “Developing Difference: Social Organization and the Rise of the Automotive Industry in Taiwan, South Korea, Spain and Argentina.” American Sociological Review 64:722-747.

Biggs, Tyler; Raturi, Mayank; Srivastava, Pradeep. “Ethnic Networks and Access to Credit: Evidence from the Manufacturing Sector in Kenya.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 49(4): 2002. 473-86.

Bills, David B. 1987. “Costs, Commitment, and Rewards: Factors Influencing the Design and Implementation of Internal Labor Markets.” Administrative Science Quarterly 32:202-221.

Bingham, Richard D. “The Diffusion of Innovation among Local Governments.” Urban Affairs Quarterly 1977, 13, 2, Dec, 223-232.

Bingham, Richard D. “The Diffusion of Innovation among Local Governments.” Urban Affairs Quarterly 1977, 13, 2, Dec, 223-232.

Binner, Jane M., Gazely, Alicia M and Chen, Shu-Heng. “Financial Innovation and Divisia Monetary Indices in Taiwan: A Neural Network Approach.” European Journal of Finance, vol. 8, no. 2, June 2002. pp. 238-47.

Binner, Jane M., Gazely, Alicia M and Chen, Shu-Heng. “Financial Innovation and Divisia Monetary Indices in Taiwan: A Neural Network Approach.” European Journal of Finance, vol. 8, no. 2, June 2002. pp. 238-47.

Binshan Lin; John Darling. “An Analysis of the Formulation of Strategic Alliances: A Focus On the Pharmaceutical Industry. Industrial Management & Data Systems, 1999. Vol. 99 Issue 3, P121, 7p;

Birch, David L. 1987. Job Creation in America: How Our Smallest Companies Put the Most People to Work. New York: Free Press.

Birch, David L. 1989. “Change, Innovation, and Job Generation.” Journal of Labor Research 10:33-38.

Birch, David L., A. Haggerty and Wayne Parsons. 1993. Who’s Creating Jobs? Cambridge, MA: Cognetics Inc.

Birkinshaw, Julian and Peter Hagström (eds.). 2000. The flexible firm: capability management in network organizations. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Birkland, Thomas A. 1997. After Disaster: Agenda Setting, Public Policy, and Focusing Events. Washington: Georgetown University Press.

Birkland, Thomas A. 1998. “Focusing Events, Mobilization, and Agenda Setting.” Journal of Public Policy 18(3):53-74.

Birley, S., S. Cromie and A. Myers. 1991. “Entrepreneurial Networks: Their Emergence in Ireland and Overseas.” Internal Small Business Journal 13:11-34.

Birley, Sue. 1985. “The Role of Networks in the Entrepreneurial Process.” Journal of Business Venturing 6:107-118.

Bishop, John H. “Job Performance, Turnover, and Wage Growth.” Journal of Labor Economics 8:363-386.

Bitran, Iain; Bitran, Joseph; Conn, Steffen; Nagel, Arie; Nicholls, Harry. “SMART: System For the Development, Management and Support of Strategic Alliances. International Journal of Production Economics, 11/1/2002. Vol. 80 Issue 1, P3, 8p;

Björklund and Robert Moffitt. 1987. “The Estimation of Wage Gains and Welfare Gains in Self-Selection Models.” Review of Economics and Statistics 69:42-49.

Bjørnskov, Christian. 2003. “The Happy Few: Cross-Country Evidence on Social Capital and Life Satisfaction. Kyklos 56:3-16.

Blaas, Eddy; Nijkamp, Peter. “New Technology and Regional Development in the European Snowbelt towards a New Emerging Network?” Patterns of a network economy. 1994, pp. 275-91.

Black, Bernard S. 1998. “Does Shareholder Activism Improve Corporate Performance?” Corporate Board 19(109):1.

Black, Sandra E. and Lisa M. Lynch. 1996. “Human-Capital Investments and Productivity.” American Economic Association 86:263-267.

Blackshaw, Tony; Long, Jonathan. “A Critical Examination of the Advantages of Investigating Community and Leisure from a Social Network Perspective.” Leisure Studies, 1998, 17, 4, Oct, 233-248.

Blackshaw, Tony; Long, Jonathan. “A critical examination of the advantages of investigating community and leisure from a social network perspective.” Leisure Studies, Sep1998. Vol. 17 Issue 4, p233, 16p;

Blaine, Michael; Roche, Edward Mozley. “Structural Transformations: Information Systems and Organizational Networks.” Euro-Pacific investment and trade: Strategies and structural interdependencies. 1997. Pp. 69-95.

Blair, Helen. “Winning and Losing in Flexible Labour Markets: The Formation and Operation of Networks of Interdependence in the UK Film Industry.” Sociology, 2003. 37, 4, Nov, 677-694.

Blair, Margaret M. (ed.) 1993. The Deal Decade: What Takeovers and Leveraged Buyouts Mean for Corporate Governance. Washington: Brookings Institution.

Blair, Margaret M. 1995. Ownership and Control: Rethinking Corporate Governance for the Twenty-First Century. Washington: Brookings Institution.

Blair, Margaret M. 1998. “Whose Interests Should Corporations Serve?” Pp. 47-69 in The Corporation and Its Stakeholders: Classic and Contemporary Readings, edited by Max B.E. Clarkson. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Blair, Margaret M. 1998. “Whose Interests Should Corporations Serve?” Pp. 47-69 in The Corporation and Its Stakeholders: Classic and Contemporary Readings, edited by Max B.E. Clarkson. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Blair, Margaret M. and Thomas A., Kochan (eds.). 2000. The new relationship: Human capital in the American corporation. Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution Press

Blair-Loy, Mary and Amy S. Wharton. 2002. “Employees’ Use of Work-Family Policies and the Workplace Social Context.” Social Forces 80:813-845.

Blasi, Joseph, Michael Conte and Douglas Kruse. 1996. “Employee Stock Ownership and Corporate Performance among Public Companies.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 50:60-79.

Blau, Francine D. and Andrea H. Beller. 1988. “Trends in Earnings Differentials by Gender, 1971-1981.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 41:513-529.

Blau, Judith R. 1991. “The Disjunctive History of U.S. Museums, 1869-1980.” Social Forces 70:87-95.

Blau, Judith R. 1993. Social Contracts and Economic Markets. New York: Plenum.

Blau, Judith R. 1996. “Organizations as Overlapping Jurisdictions: Restoring Reason in Organizational Accounts.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:172-179.

Blau, Judith R. 1996. “The Toggle Switch of Institutions: Religion and Art in the U.S. in the Nineteenth and Early Twentieth Centuries.” Social Forces 74:1159-1177.

Blau, Judith R. and Richard D. Alba. 1982. “Empowering Nets of Participation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 27:363-379.

Blau, Peter M. 1955. Dynamics of Bureaucracy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Blau, Peter M. 1964. Exchange and Power in Social Life. New York: Wiley.

Blau, Peter M. 1977. Inequality and Heterogeneity: A Primitive Theory of Social Structure. New York: Free Press.

Blau, Peter M. and Otis Dudley Duncan. 1967. The American Occupational Structure. New York: Wiley.

Blau, Peter M. and Richard Schoenherr. 1971. The Structure of Organizations. New York: Basic Books.

Blau, Peter M. and W. Richard Scott. 1962. Formal Organizations: A Comparative Approach. San Francisco: Chandler.

Blaug, Mark. 1976. “Human Capital Theory: A Slightly Jaundiced Survey.” Journal of Economic Literature 14:827-855.

Blaxter, Mildred. “Understanding health inequalities: From ‘Transmitted Deprivation’ to ‘Social Capital’.” International Journal of Social Research Methodology, Feb2004. Vol. 7 Issue 1, p55, 5p

Bleeke, Joel and David Ernst (eds.). 1993. Collaborating to Compete: Using Strategic Alliances and Acquisitions in the Global Marketplace. New York: Wiley.

Bleeke, Joel and David Ernst. 1991. “The Way to Win in Cross-Border Alliances.” Harvard Business Review 69(6):127-135.

Bleeke, Joel and David Ernst. 1993. “The Way to Win in Cross-Border Alliances.” Pp. 17-34 in Collaborating to Compete: Using Strategic Alliances and Acquisitions in the Global Marketplace, edited by Joel Bleek and David Ernst. New York: Wiley.

Bleeke, Joel and David Ernst. 1995. “Is Your Strategic Alliance Really a Sale?” Harvard Business Review 73(January):97-105.

Blinder, Alan S. 1976. “On Dogmatism in Human Capital Theory.” Journal of Human Resources 11:8-22.

Blinder, Alan S. and Yoram Weiss. 1976. “Human Capital and Labor Supply: A Synthesis.” Journal of Political Economy 84:449-472.

Bloch, Francis. 2002. “Coalitions and Networks in Industrial Organization.” Manchester School 70:36-55.

Block, Alan A.; Griffin, Sean Patrick. “Transnational Financial Crime. Journal of Contemporary Criminal Justice, Nov2002. Vol. 18 Issue 4, p381, 13p;

Block, Fred. 1977. “The Ruling Class Does Not Rule: Notes on the Marxist Theory of the State.” Socialist Revolution 7:6-28.

Block, Fred. 1987. Revising State Theory. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

Blois, K.J. “Vertical Quasi-Integration.” Journal of Industrial Economics 20(3):253-272.

Blokland, Talja. “Bricks, Mortar, Memories: Neighbourhood and Networks in Collective Acts of Remembering.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, 2001. 25, 2, June, 268-283.

Blokland, Talja. “Bricks, Mortar, Memories: Neighbourhood and Networks in Collective Acts of Remembering.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 25(2): 2001. 268-83.

Blokland, Talja. “Bricks, Mortar, Memories: Neighbourhood and Networks in Collective Acts of Remembering. International Journal of Urban & Regional Research, Jun2001. Vol. 25 Issue 2, p268, 16p;

Blokland, Talja; Savage, Mike. “Networks, Class and Place. International Journal of Urban & Regional Research, Jun2001. Vol. 25 Issue 2, p221, 6p

Blokland, Talja; Savage, Mike. “Networks, Class and Place.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, 2001. 25, 2, June, 221-226.

Blokland, Talja; Savage, Mike. “Networks, Class and Place.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 25(2): 2001. 221-26.

Blomfield, Brian P., Rod Coombs, David Knights and Dale Littler. 1997. Information Technology and Organizations: Strategies, Networks, and Integration. New York: Oxford University Press.

Blommestein, Hans J. 1997. Institutional Investors, Pension Reform and Emerging Securities Markets. Paris: OECD.

Blommestein, Hans J. 1998. “Impact of Institutional Investors on Financial Markets.” Pp. 29-106 in OECD Proceedings Institutional Investors in the New Financial Landscape. Paris: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.

Bloom, David E. and Richard B. Freeman. 1992. “The Fall of Private Pension Coverage in the United States.” American Economic Review 82:539-545.

Bloor, Geoffrey and Patrick Dawson. 1994. “Understanding Professional Culture in Organizational Context.” Organization Studies 15:275-295.

Bluedorn, Allen C. and Earl F. Lundgren. 1993. “A Culture-Match Perspective for Strategic Change.” Research in Organizational Change and Development 7:137-79.

Blum, Hunter C. 1997. “ESOP’s Fables: Leveraged ESOPs and Their Effect on Managerial Slack, Employee Risk and Motivation in the Public Corporation.” University of Richmond Law Review 31:1539-1570.

Blumenthal, Marjory S. “Realizing the Information Future: Technology, Economics, and the Open Data Network.” Toward a competitive telecommunication industry: Selected papers from the 1994 Telecommunications Policy Research Conference. 1995, pp. 275-87.

Blumentritt, Timothy P. and Douglas Nigh. 2002. “The Integration of Subsidiary Political Activities in Multinational Corporations.” Journal of International Business Studies 33:57-77.

Blundel, Richard. “Network Evolution and the Growth of Artisanal Firms: A Tale of Two Regional Cheese Makers.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 14(1): 2002. 1-30.

Blyler, Maureen and Russell W. Coff. 2003. “Dynamic Capabilities, Social Capital, and Rent Appropriation: Ties That Split Pies.” Strategic Management Journal 24:677-686.

Boari, Cristina; Lipparini, Andrea. “Networks within Industrial Districts: Organising Knowledge Creation and Transfer by Means of Moderate Hierarchies.” Journal of Management and Governance, vol. 3, no. 4, 1999, pp. 339-60.

Bodenhorn, Howard. “Making the Little Guy Pay: Payments-System Networks, Cross-Subsidization, and the Collapse of the Suffolk System.” Journal of Economic History 62(1): 2002. 147-69.

Boeker, Warren. 1989. “The Development and Institutionalization of Subunit Power in Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 34:388-410.

Bohren, Oyvind. 1998. “The Agent’s Ethics in the Principal-Agent Model.” Journal of Business Ethics 17:745-755.

Boies, John and Harland Prechel. 1998. “Capital Dependence, Business Political Behavior and Change to the Multilayered Subsidiary Form: A Response to Global Competition.” San Francisco: Paper presented to the American Sociological Association meetings.

Boiset, Max H. 1986. “Markets and Hierarchies in a Cultural Perspective.” Organization Studies 7:135-138.

Boisot, Max, 1998.Knowledge Assets. Securing competitive advantage in the information economy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Boivin, Caroline; Vencatachellum, Desire. “R&D in Markets with Network Externalities.” Economics Bulletin 12(9): 2002. 1-8.

Boje, David M. 1995. “Stories of the Storytelling Organization: A Postmodern Analysis of Disney as ‘Tamara-land’.” Academy of Management Journal 38:997-1035.

Boje, David M. and David A. Whetten. 1981. “Effects of Organizational Strategies and Contextual Constraints on Centrality and Attributions of Influence in Interorganizational Networks.” Administrative Science Quarterly 26:378-395.

Bok, Derek Curtis. 1993. The Cost of Talent: How Executives and Professionals Are Paid and How It Affects America. New York: Free Press.

Boland R.J., Hirschheim, R.R (eds). 1987. “Critical Issues in Information Systems Research” John Wiley & Sons, 1987

Boland, R.J., Tenkasi R.V., 1995, Perspective making and perspective taking in communities of knowing, Organization Science, Vol. 6: 350-372

Boles, Elson E. “Critiques of World-Systems Analysis and Alternatives: Unequal Exchange and Three Forms of Class and Struggle in the Japan-US Silk Network, 1880-1890.” Journal of World-Systems Research, 2002. 8, 2, spring, 150.

Boles, Janet K. “Local Feminist Policy Networks in the Contemporary American Interest Group System.” Policy Sciences, 1994, 27, 2-3, 161-178.

Boli, John and George M. Thomas (eds.). 1999. Constructing World Culture: International Nongovernmental Organizations Since 1875. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Boli, John and George M. Thomas. 1997. “World Culture in the World Polity: A Century of International Non-Governmental Organization.” American Sociological Review 62:171-190.

Bolino, Mark C., William H. Turnley and James M. Bloodgood. 2002. “Citizenship Behavior and the Creation of Social Capital in Organizations.” Academy of Management Review 27:505-522.

Bolland, Eric J. and Charles W. Hofer. 1998. Future Firms: How America’s High Technology Companies Work. New York: Oxford University Press.

Bolland, Eric J. and Charles W. Hofer. 1998. Future Firms: How America’s High Technology Companies Work. New York: Oxford University Press.

Bollier, David. 1998. Work and Future Society: Where Are the Economy and Technology Taking Us? Washington: Aspen Institute.

Bollier, David. 1998. Work and Future Society: Where Are the Economy and Technology Taking Us? Washington: Aspen Institute.

Bollobas, B. 1985. Random graphs. London: Academic Press.

Bollobas, Bela and Fan R. K. Chung. 1988. “The Diameter of A Cycle Plus A Random Matching.” SIAM Journal of Discrete Mathematics 1 (3): 328-33.

Bollobas, Bela. 1985. Random Graphs. London: Academic Press.

Bolt, Mikkel; Visby, Morten. “Network or Delusion-Empire as Communist Theory or Cybernetic Ideology.” Distinktion - skandinavisk tidsskrift for samfundsteori, 2003. 6, 47-60.

Bolton, Michele Kremen. 1993. “Organizational Innovation and Substandard Performance: When Is Necessity the Mother of Innovation?” Organization Science 4:57-75.

Bolton, P. and Dewatripont, M. 1994. “The Firm as a Communication Network.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 109:809-839.

Bomberg, Elizabeth. “Policy Networks on the Periphery: EU Environmental Policy and Scotland.” Regional Politics & Policy 1994. 4:45-61.

Bonaccorsi, Andrea; Giuri, Paola. “Network Structure and Industrial Dynamics: The Long-Term Evolution of the Aircraft-Engine Industry.” Structural Change and Economic Dynamics 12(2): 2001. 201-33.

Bonacich, Philip. 1987. “Power and Centrality: A Family of Measures.” American Journal of Sociology 92:1170-1182.

Bonacich, Phillip, Amalya Oliver, and Tom A B. Snijders. 1998. “Controlling for Size in Centrality Scores.” Social Networks 20:135-141.

Bonacich, Phillip. “A Behavioral Foundation for a Structural Theory of Power in Exchange Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 1998. 61, 3, Sept, 185-198.

Bonacich, Phillip. “An Algebraic Theory of Strong Power in Negatively Connected Exchange Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1999. 23, 3, 203-224.

Bonacich, Phillip. “An Algebraic Theory of Strong Power in Negatively Connected Exchange Networks.” Riron to Hoho/Sociological Theory and Methods, 2003. 18, 1(33), Mar, 33-52.

Bonacich, Phillip. “Cellular Automata for the Network Researcher.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2003. 27, 4, Oct-Dec, 263-278.

Bonacich, Phillip. “Communication Networks and Collective Action.” Social Networks, 1987. 9, 4, Dec, 389-396.

Bonacich, Phillip. “Four Kinds of Social Dilemmas within Exchange Networks.” Current Research in Social Psychology, 1995, 1, 1, 26 Sept, 1-7.

Bonacich, Phillip. “Patterns of Coalitions in Exchange Networks: An Experimental Study.” Rationality and Society 2000. 12, 3, Aug, 353-373.

Bonacich, Phillip. “Patterns of Coalitions in Exchange Networks: An Experimental Study.” Rationality and Society 2000. 12, 3, Aug, 353-373.

Bonacich, Phillip. 2001. “The Evolution of Exchange Networks: A Simulation Study.” Journal of Social Structure 2(5):-.

Bond, Jason, Lee Ann Kaskutas and Constance Weisner. “The Persistent Influence of Social Networks and Alcoholics Anonymous On Abstinence.” Journal of Studies on Alcohol 2003. V64 I4 P579(10)

Bond, Katherine C. and Valente, Thomas W. and Kendall, Carl. “Social Network Influences on Reproductive Health Behaviors in Urban Northern Thailand.” Social Science and Medicine 1999. 49, 12, Dec, 1599-1614.

Bond, Katherine C. and Valente, Thomas W. and Kendall, Carl. “Social Network Influences on Reproductive Health Behaviors in Urban Northern Thailand.” Social Science and Medicine 1999. 49, 12, Dec, 1599-1614.

Bond, Matthew. “Social influences on corporate political donations in Britain. British Journal of Sociology, Mar2004. Vol. 55 Issue 1, p55, 23p.

Boneva, Bonka; Kraut, Robert; Frohlich, David. “Using E-Mail for Personal Relationships: The Difference Gender Makes. American Behavioral Scientist, Nov2001. Vol. 45 Issue 3, p530, 20p;

Bonzanini, Angelo. “The System of Instruction: An Organization between Network and Segments.” La Critica Sociologica 1992. 103:1-32.

Boonstra, Jaap J. and Kilian M. Bennebroek Gravenhorst. 1998. “Power Dynamics and Organizational Change: A Comparison of Perspectives.” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 7(2):97-120.

Boorman Scott A. and Harrison White C. 1976. “Social Structure from Multiple Networks, II: Role Structures.” American Journal of Sociology 81:1384-1446.

Booth, Alan. “Personal Influence Networks and Member Participation in Professional Association Activities.” The Public Opinion Quarterly, 1970, 33, 4, WIN, 611-614.

Booth, Douglas E. “Collective Action, Marx’s Class Theory, and the Union Movement.” Journal of Economic Issues, vol. 12, no. 1, Symposium: Part 2, March 1978, pp. 163-85.

Booth, Nan; Owen, Eugene. “The Relevance of Formal and Informal Networks for Community Development: Lessons Learned from Three Cases.” Research in Rural Sociology and Development, 1985, 2, 159-172.

Booth, Nan; Owen, Eugene. “The Relevance of Formal and Informal Networks for Community Development: Lessons Learned from Three Cases.” Research in Rural Sociology and Development, 1985, 2, 159-172.

Bordieu, P., 1986, The forms of capital. In J.G. Richardson (ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education: 241-258, New York, GreenWood

Bordieu, Pierre. 1980. “Le Capital Social: Notes Provisoires.” Actes de la Recherche en Sciences Sociales 3:2-3.

Bordieu, Pierre. 1986. “The Forms of Capital.” Pp. 241-258 in Handbook of Theory and Research for the Sociology of Education, edited by John G. Richardson. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Borgatti, Stephen P. 1997. “Structural Holes: Unpacking Burt’s Redundancy Measures.” Connections 20:35-38.

Borgatti, Stephen P. and Martin G. Everett. 1991. “Notions of Position in Social Network Analysis.” Sociological Methodology 22:1-35.

Borgatti, Stephen P. and Martin G. Everett. 1992. “The Notion of Position in Social Network Analysis.” Sociological Methodology 22:1-35.

Borgatti, Stephen P. and Martin G. Everett. 1999. “Models of Core/Periphery Structures.” Social Networks 21:375-395. (August 6, 2004)

Borgatti, Stephen P. and Rob Cross. “A Relational View of Information Seeking and Learning in Social Networks.” Management Science 2003. V49 I4 P432(14)

Borgatti, Stephen P. and Rob Cross. 2003. “A Relational View of Information Seeking and Learning in Social Networks.” Management Science 49:432-445.

Borgatti, Stephen P. and Rob Cross. 2003. “A Relational View of Information Seeking and Learning in Social Networks.” Management Science 49:432-445.

Borgatti, Stephen P., Candace Jones and Everett, Martin G. 1998. “Network Measures of Social Capital.” Connections 21(2):27-36.

Borgatti, Stephen P., Martin Everett and Linton C. Freeman. 2002. UCINET for Windows: Software for Social Network Analysis. Cambridge, MA: Analytic Technologies.

Borgatti, Stephen P.; Cross, Rob. “A Relational View of Information Seeking and Learning in Social Networks.” Management Science, Apr2003. Vol. 49 Issue 4, p432, 14p.

Borgatti, Stephen P; Everett, Martin G. “Graph Colorings and Power in Experimental Exchange Networks.” Social Networks 1992. 14, 3-4, Sept-Dec, 287-308.

Borgatti, Stephen P; Molina, Jose Luis. 2003. “Ethical and Strategic Issues in Organizational Social Network Analysis.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 39:337-349.

Borgatti, Steven P. 1998. “Structural Holes: Unpacking Burt’s Redundancy Measures.” Connections 20(1):35-38.

Borges, Marcelo J. “Network Migration, Marriage Patterns, and Adaptation in Rural Portugal and among Portuguese Immigrants in Argentina, 1870-1980.” The History of the Family, 2003. 8, 3, 445-479.

Borges, Vera. “Networked Artists or Artists without a Net? Thoughts about the Theater in Portugal.” Sociologia - Problemas e Praticas, 2002. 40, Sept-Dec, 87-106.

Borgida, Eugene; Sullivan, John L; Oxendine, Alina; Jackson, Melinda S; Riedel, Eric. “Civic Culture Meets the Digital Divide: The Role of Community Electronic Networks.” The Journal of Social Issues, 2002, 58, 1, spring, 125-141.

Borgida, Eugene; Sullivan, John L; Oxendine, Alina; Jackson, Melinda S; Riedel, Eric. “Civic Culture Meets the Digital Divide: The Role of Community Electronic Networks.” Journal of Social Issues, 2002. 58, 1, spring, 125-141.

Borgman, Christine L. “From Gutenberg to the global information infrastructure: Access to information in the networked world.” Digital Libraries and Electronic Publishing series. Cambridge and London: MIT Press, 2000. xviii, 324.

Borjas, George J. 1979. “Job Satisfaction, Wages, and Unions.” Journal of Human Resources 14:21-40.

Borland, Jeff and Jurgen Eichberger. 1998. “Organizational Form Outside the Principal-Agent Paradigm.” Bulletin of Economic Research 50(3):201-226.

Borland, Jeff and Jurgen Eichberger. 1998. “Organizational Form Outside the Principal-Agent Paradigm.” Bulletin of Economic Research 50(3):201-226.

Bornschier, Volker. “Social Cohesion and the Capacity for Building Social Capital-Determinants of Generalized Trust in an Explorative Comparison of Democratic Market Societies.” Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Soziologie/Revue Suisse de sociologie, 2001, 27, 3, 441-473.

Borsch, O. 1994. “The Process of Relational Contracting: Developing Trust-Based Strategic Alliances Among Small Business Enterprises.” Advances in Strategic Management 10:113-136.

Borum, Finn and Peer Hull Kristensen (eds.). 1992. “Technological Innovation and Organizational Change-Danish Patterns of Knowledge, Networks and Culture.”

Borum, Finn and Peer Hull Kristensen (eds.). 1992. “Technological Innovation and Organizational Change-Danish Patterns of Knowledge, Networks and Culture.”

Borys, Bryan and David B. Jemison. 1989. “Hybrid Arrangements as Strategic Alliances: Theoretical Issues in Organizational Combinations.” Academy of Management Review 14:234-249.

Borzeda, Cecile; Rizopoulos, Yorgos. “Networks and Trust in Transition.” The dynamics of industrial collaboration: A diversity of theories and empirical approaches. 2001, pp. 138-55.

Borzeda, Cecile; Rizopoulos, Yorgos. “Networks and Trust in Transition.” The dynamics of industrial collaboration: A diversity of theories and empirical approaches. 2001. 138-55.

Börzel, Tanja A. 1998. “Organizing Babylon: On the Different Conceptions of Policy Networks.” Public Administration 76:253-273.

Börzel, Tanja A. 1998. “Organizing Babylon: On the Different Conceptions of Policy Networks.” Public Administration 76:253-273.

Bosch, Gerhard, Juliet Webster and Hans-Jurgen Weissbach. 2000. “New Organizational Forms in the Information Society.” Pp. 99-117 in The Information Society in Europe: Work and Life in an Age of Globalization, edited by Ken Ducatel, Juliet Webster and Werner Herrmann. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Boschen, John F. and Kimberly J. Smith. 1995. “You Can Pay Me Now and You Can Pay Me Later: The Dynamic Response of Executive Compensation to Fim Performance.” Journal of Business 68:577-608.

Bosco, Fernando J. 2001. “Place, Space, Networks, and the Sustainability of Collective Action: The Madres de Plaza de Mayo.” Global Networks 1:307-329.

Bost, Kelly K; Cox, Martha J; Burchinal, Margaret R; Payne, Chris. “Structural and Supportive Changes in Couples’ Family and Friendship Networks across the Transition to Parenthood.” Journal of Marriage and the Family, 2002, 64, 2, May, 517-531.

Bost, Kelly K; Cox, Martha J; Burchinal, Margaret R; Payne, Chris. “Structural and Supportive Changes in Couples’ Family and Friendship Networks across the Transition to Parenthood.” Journal of Marriage and the Family, 2002. 64, 2, May, 517-531.

Boston, Thomas D. 1990. “Segmented Labor Markets: New Evidence from a Study of Four Race-Gender Groups.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 44:99-115.

Boswell, Wendy R., Lisa M. Moynihan, Mark V. Roehling and Marcie A. Cavanuagh. 2001. “Responsibilities in the ‘New Employment Relationship’: An Empirical Test of an Assumed Phenomenon.” Journal of Managerial Issues 13:307-.

Bott, Elizabeth. 1957. Family and Social Network: Roles, Norms, and External Relationships in Ordinary Urban Families. London: Tavistock.

Bouckaert, Luk and JanVandenhove. 1998. “Business Ethics and the Management of Non-profit Institutions.” Journal of Business Ethics 17:1073-1082.

Bouckaert, Luk and JanVandenhove. 1998. “Business Ethics and the Management of Non-profit Institutions.” Journal of Business Ethics 17:1073-1082.

Bouckaert, Luk and JanVandenhove. 1998. “Business Ethics and the Management of Non-profit Institutions.” Journal of Business Ethics 17:1073-1082.

Bound, J., Cummins, C., Griliches, Z., Hall, B.H. and Jaffe, A. 1984. Who does R&D and who patents?, in Z. Griliches (Ed), R&D patents, and productivity. Chicago: University of Chicago Press for the National Bureau of Economic Research

Bound, John and George Johnson. 1992. “Changes in the Structure of Wages in the 1980s: An Evaluation of Alternative Explanations.” American Economic Review, Vol. 82, No. 3 (June), pp. 371-92.

Bovasso, G. 1992. “A Structural Analysis of the Formation of a Network Organization.” Group and Organization Management 17:86-106.

Bovasso, Gregory. “A Network Analysis of Social Contagion Processes in an Organizational Intervention.” Human Relations 1996. 49, 11 1419-1435.

Bowen, John. “Network Change, Deregulation, and Access in the Global Airline Industry.” Journal of Regional Analysis and Policy 30(1): 2000. 43-59.

Bowie, Norman E. and R. Edward Freeman (eds.). 1992. Ethics and Agency Theory: An Introduction. New York: Oxford University Press.

Bowles, Samuel, Maurizio Franzini and Ugo Pagano (eds.). 1999. The Politics and Economics of Power. London: Routlledge.

Bowles, Samuel. 1985. “The Production Process in a Competitive Economy: Walrasian, Neo-Hobbesian, and Marxian Models.” American Economic Review 75:16-36.

Box, Louk. “The Toils and the Spoils: Agricultural Knowledge Networks, Professionals and Practitioners.” Learning in development co-operation. 2000, pp. 104-19.

Box, Louk. “The Toils and the Spoils: Agricultural Knowledge Networks, Professionals and Practitioners.” Learning in development co-operation. 2000, pp. 104-19.

Boxman, Ed A.W., Nan Dirk De Graaf and Hendrik Derk Flap. 1991. “The Impact of Social and Human Capital on the Income Attainment of Dutch Managers.” Social Networks 13:51-73.

Boyce, Gordon. “A Professional Association as Network and Communicating Node: The Pharmaceutical Society of Australasia, 1857-1918.” Australian Economic History Review, vol. 39, no. 3, November 1999, pp. 258-83.

Boyce, Gordon. “Network Knowledge and Network Routines: Negotiating Activities between Shipowners and Shipbuilders.” Business History, vol. 45, no. 2, April 2003, pp. 52-76.

Boyce, Gordon. “Network Knowledge and Network Routines: Negotiating Activities between Shipowners and Shipbuilders.” Business History 45(2): 2003. 52-76.

Boyd, Brian. 1990. “Corporate Linkages and Organizational Environment: A Test of the Resource Dependence Model.” Strategic Management Journal 11(6):419-430.

Boyd, John P. 1990. Social Semigroups: A Unified Theory of Scaling and Blockmodeling as Applied to Social Networks. Fairfax, VA: George Mason University Press.

Boyd, John P. 1992. “Relational Homomorphisms.” Social Networks 14:163-186.

Boyd, John P. 2000. “Social Networks and Semigroups.” Politica y Sociedad 33:105-112

Boyd, Robert and Peter J. Richerson. 1988. “The Evolution of Reciprocity in Sizable Groups.” Journal of Theoretical Biology 132:337-56.

Boyett, Joseph H. and Henry P. Conn. 1991. Workplace 2000: The Revolution Reshaping American Business. New York: Dutton.

Boyett, Joseph H. with Jimmie T. Boyett. 1995. Beyond Workplace 2000: Essential Strategies for the New American Corporation. New York: Dutton.

Boyett, Joseph H., Stephen Schwartz, Laurence Osterwise and Roy Bauer. 1993. The Quality Journey: How Winning the Baldrige Sparked the Remaking of IBM. New York: Dutton.

Boylan, Richard T. “An Optimal Auction Perspective on Lobbying.” Social Choice and Welfare, vol. 17, no. 1, January 2000, pp. 55-68.

Boylan, Richard T. “Private Bills: A Theoretical and Empirical Study of Lobbying.” Public Choice, vol. 111, no. 1-2, March 2002, pp. 19-47.

Bozeman, Barry and Gordon Kingsley. 1998. “Risk Culture in Public and Private Organizations.” Public Administration Review 58(2):109-118.

Bozeman, Barry and Stuart Bretschneider. 1994. “The ‘Publicness Puzzle’ in Organization Theory: A Test of Alternative Explanations of Differences Between Public and Private Organizations.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 4(2):197-223.

Bozeman, Barry; Dietz, James S.; Gaughan, Monica. “Scientific and technical human capital: an alternative model for research evaluation. International Journal of Technology Management, 2001. Vol. 22 Issue 7/8, p716, 25p

Bradach, Jeffrey L. and Robert G. Eccles. 1989. “Price, Authority, and Trust: From Ideal Types to Plural Forms.” Annual Review of Sociology 15:97-118.

Bradshaw, Patricia. 1998. “Power as Dynamic Tension and Its Implications for Radical Organizational Change.” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 7(2):121-143.

Bradshaw-Camball, Patricia. 1989. “The Implications of Multiple Perspectives on Power for Organization Development.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 25:31-44.

Bradsher, Keith. 1999. “ Labor’s Peace With G.M. Unraveling at Saturn.” New York Times July 22:A1.

Brainard, S Lael; Verdier, Thierry. “Lobbying and Adjustment in Declining Industries.” European Economic Review, vol. 38, no. 3-4, April 1994, pp. 586-95.

Brajkovich, Leo F. “Sources of Social Structure in a Start-Up Organization: Work Networks, Work Activities, and Job Status.” Social Networks 1994. 16:191-212.

Brajkovich, Leo F. 1994. “Sources of Social Structure in a Start-Up Organization: Work Networks, Work Activities, and Job Status.” Social Networks 16:191-212.

Bramanti, Donatella. “Elderly People, Family and Friendship Networks: A Way to Improve Solidarity? An Empirical Study in Lecco.” Studi di Sociologia, 1985, 23, 4, Oct-Dec, 371-382.

Brammer, Stephen and Andrew Millington. 2003. “The effect of stakeholder preferences, organizational structure and industry type on Corporate Community Involvement.” Journal of Business Ethics 45:213-226.

Bran, Sergio; Gonzalez, Luis Armando; Martel, Roxana. “Power Networks in the Town of Santa Mari Ostuma.” Estudios Centroamericanos, 2001. 56, 635, Sept, 801-813.

Brancato, Carolyn Kay. 1996. Institutional Investors and Corporate Governance. New York: Conference Board.

Brandenburger, A. M. and B. J. Nalebuff 1996. Coopetition. New York: Doubleday.

Brandes U and D. Wagner. Visone. Analysis and Visualization of Social Networks. Paper 2003

Brandes, Ulrik, Jörg Raab and Dorothea Wagner. 2001. “Exploratory Network Visualization: Simultaneous Display of Actor Status and Connections.” Journal of Social Structure 2(4).

Brandes, Ulrik, Patrick Kenis, Jörg Raab, Volker Schneider, and Dorothea Wagner. 1999. “Explorations into the Visualization of Policy Networks.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 11:75-106.

Brandes, Ulrik; Raab, Jorg; Wagner, Dorothea. 2001. “Exploratory Network Visualization: Simultaneous Display of Actor Status and Connections.” Journal of Social Structure 2, 4.

Brass, Daniel J. 1981. “Structural Relationships, Job Characteristics, and Worker Satisfaction and Performance.” Administrative Science Quarterly 26:331-348.

Brass, Daniel J. 1984. “Being in the Right Place: A Structural Analysis of Individual Influence in an Organization.” Administrative Science Quarterly 29:519-539.

Brass, Daniel J. 1985. “Men’s and Women’s Networks: A Study of Interaction Patterns and Influence in an Organization.” Academy of Management Journal 28:327-343.

Brass, Daniel J. 1992. “Power in Organizations: A Social Network Perspective.” Research in Politics and Society 4:295-323.

Brass, Daniel J. 1995. “A Social Network Perspective on Human Resources Management.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 13:39-79.

Brass, Daniel J. 1995. “Creativity: It’s All in Your Social Network.” Pp. 94-99 in Creativity Action in Organizations, edited by C.M. Ford and D.A. Gioia. London: Sage Publications.

Brass, Daniel J. 2002. “Intraorganizational Power and Dependence.” Pp. 138-157 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Brass, Daniel J. and David Krackhardt. 1999. “The Social Capital of 21st Century Leaders.” Pp. 179-194 in Out-of-the-Box Leadership, eidted by J.G. Hunt, G.E. Dodge, and L. Wong. Stamford, CT: JAI Press.

Brass, Daniel J. and Marlene E. Burkhardt. 1992. “Centrality and Power in Organizations.” Pp. 191-215 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Brass, Daniel J. and Marlene E. Burkhardt. 1993. “Potential Power and Power Use: An Investigation of Structure and Behavior.” Academy of Management Journal 36:441-470.

Brass, Daniel J., Kenneth D. Butterfield, and Bruce C. Skaggs. 1998. “Relationships and Unethical Behavior: A Social Network Perspective.” Academy of Management Review 23:14-31.

Bratton, William W. 1989. “The New Economic Theory of the Firm: Critical Perspectives From History.” Stanford Law Review 41:1471-1527.

Braun, Boris; et al. “Regional Networking of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises in Japan and Germany: Evidence from a Comparative Study.” Environment and Planning A 34(1): 2002. 81-99.

Braun, Denny. 1991. The Rich Get Richer: The Rise of Income Inequality in the United States and the World. Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

Braun, Helga. 2001. “A Virtual Feminist Networking Project on the Internet.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen 14(2):114-118.

Braunerhjelm, Pontus. “Knowledge capital and the "new economy": Firm size, performance and network production.” Economics of Science, Technology and Innovation, vol. 20. Boston; Dordrecht and London: Kluwer Academic. 2000. pp. vi, 116.

Braunerhjelm, Pontus. “Knowledge capital and the “new economy”: Firm size, performance and network production.” Economics of Science, Technology and Innovation 20. Boston; Dordrecht and London: Kluwer Academic, 2000. vi, 116.

Braverman, Harry. 1974. Labor and Monopoly Capital: The Degradation of Work in the Twentieth Century. New York: Monthly Review Press.

Breggren, Christian. 1992. Alternatives to Lean Production: Work in the Swedish Auto Industry. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Brehm, J. and Wendy Rahn. 1997. “Individual-Level Evidence for the Causes and Consequences of Social Capital.” American Journal of Political Science 41(3):999-1023.

Breiger, Ronald L. 1974. “The Duality of Persons and Groups.” Social Forces 53:181-190.

Breiger, Ronald L. 1976. “Career Attributes and Network Structure: A Blockmodel Study of Biomedical Research Specialty.” American Sociological Review 41:117-135.

Breiger, Ronald L. 1979. “Toward an Operational Theory of Community Elite Structures.” Quality and Quantity 13:21-57.

Breiger, Ronald L. 1981. “Structures of Economic Interdependence Among Nations.” Chapter 12 in Continuities in Structural Inquiry, edited by Peter Blau and Robert Merton. New York: Free Press.

Breiger, Ronald L. 1990. “Social Control and Social Networks: A Model from Georg Simmel.” Pp. 453- 476 in Craig Calhoun, Marshall W. Meyer and W. Richard Scott (eds.), Structures of Power and Constraint: Papers in Honor of Peter M. Blau. Cambridge University Press.

Breiger, Ronald L. 1990. Social Mobility and Social Structure. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Breiger, Ronald L. 1991. Explorations in Structural Analysis: Dual and Multiple Networks of Social Interaction. New York: Garland.

Breiger, Ronald L. 1995. “Social Structure and the Phenomenology of Attainment.” Annual Review Sociology 21:115-136.

Breiger, Ronald L. 2000. “A Tool Kit for Practice Theory.” Poetics 27: 91-115.

Breiger, Ronald L. 2000. “Social Control and Social Networks: A Model from Georg Simmel.” Politica y Sociedad 33:57-72.

Breiger, Ronald L. 2002. “The Analysis of Social Networks.” Pp. in Handbook of Data Analysis, edited by Melissa Hard and Alan Bryman. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. (August 6, 2004)

Breiger, Ronald L. and Harrison C. White. 1975. “Pattern Across Networks.” Trans-Action 12(5):68-73.

Breiger, Ronald L. and James G. Ennis. 1979. “Personae and Social Roles: The Network Structure of Personality Types in Small Groups.” Social Psychology Quarterly 42:262-270.

Breiger, Ronald L. and James G. Ennis. 1997. “Generalized Exchange in Social Networks: Statistics and Structure.” L’Annee sociologique 47:73-88.

Breiger, Ronald L. and John M. Roberts, Jr. “Solidarity and Social Networks.” Pp. 239-262 in The Problem of Solidarity: Theories and Models, edited by Patrick Doreian and Thomas J. Fararo. New York: Gordon and Breach. 1997.

Breiger, Ronald L. and John M. Roberts, Jr. 1998. “Solidarity and Social Networks.” Pp. 239-262 in The Problem of Solidarity: Theory and Models, edited by Patrick Doreian and Thomas Fararo. Amsterdam: Gordon and Breach.

Breiger, Ronald L. and Philippa E. Pattison. 1978. “The Joint Role Structure of Two Communities’ Elites.” Sociological Methods & Research 7:213-226.

Breiger, Ronald L. and Philippa E. Pattison. 1986. “Cumulated Social Roles: The Duality of Persons and Their Algebras.” Social Networks 8:215-256.

Breiger, Ronald L; Ennis, James G. 1979. “Personae and Social Roles: The Network Structure of Personality Types in Small Groups.” Social Psychology Quarterly 42:262-270.

Bresnahan, Timothy F., Erik Brynjolfsson and Lorin M. Hitt. 1999. “Information Technology, Workplace Organization, and the Demand for Skilled Labor: Firm-Level Evidence.” National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper: 7136

Bresser, R. K. F. (1988), “Matching collective and competitive strategies”, Strategic Management Journal, Vol. 9, pp. 375-385.

Bresser, R. K. F., and Harl, J. E. 1986. Collective strategy: Vice or virtue? Academy of Management Review, 11: 408-427.

Bressers, Hans Th A; O’Toole, Laurence J , Jr. “The Selection of Policy Instruments: A Network-Based Perspective.” Journal of Public Policy 1998. 18:213-239.

Bretherton, Charlotte. 2003. “Movements, Networks, Hierarchies: A Gender Perspective on Global Environmental Governance.” Global Environmental Politics 3(2):103-119.

Bretherton, Phil. “The Rationale For Strategic Alliances: An Empirical Study. Journal of Euromarketing, 2003. Vol. 13 Issue 1, P73, 21p;

Bretschger, Lucas. “International Trade, Knowledge Diffusion, and Growth.” International Trade Journal, vol. 11, no. 3, Fall 1997, pp. 327-48.

Bretschger, Lucas. “Knowledge Diffusion and the Development of Regions.” Annals of Regional Science, vol. 33, no. 3, August 1999, pp. 251-68.

Brett, Jeanne M. and Linda K. Stroh. 1997. “Jymping Ship: Who Benefits from an External Labor Market Career Strategy.” Journal of Applied Psychology 82:331-341.

Brettell, Caroline B. “Theorizing Migration in Anthropology: The Social Construction of Networks, Identities, Communities, and Globalscapes.” Migration theory: Talking across disciplines. 2000. 97-135.

Brettell, Caroline B; Callier-Boisvert, Colette. “Portuguese Immigrants in France: Familial and Social Networks and the Structuring of "Community".” Studi Emigrazione/Etudes Migrations, 1977, 14, 46, June, 149-203.

Breuer, Stefan. 1994. “Society of Individuals, Society of Organizations: A Comparison of Norbert Elias and Max Weber.” History of the Human Sciences 7(4):41-60.

Brewer, Devon D; Webster, Cynthia M. “Forgetting of Friends and Its Effects on Measuring Friendship Networks.” Social Networks, 1999, 21, 4, Oct, 361-373.

Brewer, Gene A. “Building Social Capital: Civic Attitudes and Behavior of Public Servants. Journal of Public Administration Research & Theory, Jan2003. Vol. 13 Issue 1, p5, 21p

Bridge, Gary; Watson, Sophie. “Lest Power Be Forgotten: Networks, Division and Difference in the City.” The Sociological Review, 2002. 50, 4, Nov, 505-524.

Bridges, Amy Beth. 1973. “Nicos Poulantzas and the Marxist Theory of the State.” Politics and Society 2:161-190.

Bridges, William P. and Wayne J. Villemez. 1986. “Informal Hiring and Income in the Labor Market.” American Sociological Review 51:574-582.

Bridges, William P. and Wayne J. Villemez. 1991. “Employment Relations and the Labor Market: Integrating Institutional and Market Perspectives.” American Sociological Review 56:748-764.

Bridges, William P. and Wayne J. Villemez. 1994. The Employment Relationship: Causes and Consequences of Modern Personnel Administration. New York: Plenum.

Briggs, Harold E; Koroloff, Nancy M. 1995. “Enhancing Family Advocacy Networks: An Analysis of the Roles of Sponsoring Organizations.” Community Mental Health Journal 31:317-333.

Briggs, Thomas W. 1994. “Shareholder Activism and Insurgency Under the New Proxy Rules.” Business Lawyer 50:99-149.

Brines, Julie. 1994. “Economic Dependency, Gender, and the Division of Labor at Home.” American Journal of Sociology 100:652-88.

Brinig, Margaret F; Holcombe, Randall G; Schwartzstein, Linda. “The Regulation of Lobbyists.” Public Choice, vol. 77, no. 2, October 1993, pp. 377-84.

Brinkerhoff, Derick W. “Coordination Issues in Policy Implementation Networks: An Illustration from Madagascar’s Environmental Action Plan.” World Development 24 9, Special Issue 1996. Pp. 1497-1510.

Brinkerhoff, Jennifer M. “Partnership as a Social Network Mediator for Resolving Global Conflict: The Case of the World Commission on Dams.” International Journal of Public Administration, 2002. Vol. 25 Issue 11, p1281, 30p;

Brinton, Mary C. and Victor Nee. 1998. The New Institutionalism in Sociology. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Brissette, Ian; Scheier, Michael F; Carver, Charles S. “The Role of Optimism in Social Network Development, Coping, and Psychological Adjustment during a Life Transition.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2002. 82, 1, Jan, 102-111.

Britton, John N H. “Network Structure of an Industrial Cluster: Electronics in Toronto.” Environment and Planning A 35(6): 2003. 983-1006.

Broad William J. 1985. “The Secret Behind Star Wars.” New York Times. August 11: 6:32.

Broadbent, Jeffrey P. 2000. “Social Capital and Labor Politics in Japan: Cooperation or Cooptation?” Policy Sciences 33:307-321.

Broadbent, Jeffrey. 1998. Environmental Politics in Japan: Networks of Power and Protest. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Brocker, Johannes. “Trans-European Effects of “Trans-European Networks”: Results from a Spatial CGE Analysis.” Advances in behavioral economics: Essays in honor of Horst Todt. 2001. 141-57.

Brockner, Joel, Steven Grover, Michael N. O’Malley, Thomas F. Reed, and Mary Ann Glynn. 1993. “Threat of Future Layoffs, Self-Esteem and Survivors’ Reactions: Evidence from the Laboratory and the Field.” Strategic Management Journal 14:153-66.

Bromiley, Philip and Lawrence L. Cummings. 1995. “Transaction Costs in Organizations with Trust.” Research on Negotiations in Organizations 5:19-247.

Bromiley, Philip and Lawrence L. Cummings. 1995. “Transaction Costs in Organizations with Trust.” Research on Negotiations in Organizations 5:19-247.

Bronder, Chr. und R. Pritzl (1991), Leitfaden für strategische Allianzen, Harvard Manager, 1, pp. 44-53.

Bronfenbrenner, Kate. 1997. “The Role of Union Strategies in NLRB Certification Elections.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 50:195-212.

Bronfenbrenner, Kate. 1997. “The Role of Union Strategies in NLRB Certification Elections.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 50:195-212.

Bronfenbrenner, Kate. 1997. “The Role of Union Strategies in NLRB Certification Elections.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 50:195-212.

Brostek, Micahel. 1997. “Alternative Dispute Resolution: Employers’ Experiences with ADR in the Workplace.” Washington: Government Accounting Office Report GAO/GGD-97-157.

Brou, Daniel; Ruta, Michele. “Lobbying, Bargaining and EU Enlargement.” Rivista di Politica Economica, vol. 93, no. 1-2, Jan.-Feb. 2003, pp. 195-211.

Brousseau, Eric and Bertrand Quelin. 1996. “Asset Specificity and Organizational Arrangements: The Case of the New Telecommunications Services Market.” Industrial and Corporate Change 5:1205-1230.

Brouwer, Maria. “Deregulation of Network Industries--Theory and Dutch Experiences. (In Bulgarian. With English summary.).” Economic Studies 10(1): 2001. 3-27.

Brown, C., M Reich and D Stern. 1993. “Becoming a High-Performance Work Organization: The Role of Security, Employee Involvement and Trainging.” International Journal of Human Resource Management 4(2):247-275

Brown, Charles, James Hamilton and James Medoff. 1990. Employers Large and Small. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Brown, Clair and Ben Campbell. 2001. “Technical Change, Wages, and Employment in Semiconductor Manufacturing.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54:450-465.

Brown, David L. “Migration and Community: Social Networks in a Multilevel World.” Rural Sociology, 2002, 67, 1, Mar, 1-23.

Brown, Deborah Wright and Alison M. Konrad. “Job-Seeking in a Turbulent Economy: Social Networks and the Importance of Cross-Industry Ties to an Industry Change.” Human Relations 2001. 54:1015-1044.

Brown, Donald J; Stowe, Charles R B. 1991. “A Note on Venture Capital Networks: Promise and Performance.” Journal of Small Business Finance 1:75-87.

Brown, J. S., and Duguid, P. 1991. Organizational Learning and Communities-of-Practice: Toward a Unified View of Working, Learning, and Innovation. Organization Science, 2(1): 40-57.

Brown, John R. “‘Whiskey’s fer Drinkin’; Water’s fer Fightin’!’ Is It? Resolving a Collective Action Dilemma in New Mexico.” Natural Resources Journal, vol. 43, no. 1, Winter 2003. pp. 185-221.

Brown, John S. and Paul Duguid. 1991. “Organizational Learning and Communities-of-Practice: Toward a Unified View of Working, Learning, and Innovation.” Organization Science 2:40-57.

Brown, Lawrence A. 1984. Innovation Diffusion: A New Perspective.

Brown, Lawrence A. and Philliber, Susan Gustavus. “The Diffusion of a Population-Related Innovation: The Planned Parenthood Affiliate.” Social Science Quarterly 1977, 58, 2, Sept, 215-228.

Brown, Mary Helen and Jill J. McMillan. 1991. “Culture as Text: The Development of an Organizational Narrative.” Southern Communication Journal 57:49-60.

Brown, Nancy G. and Ramona E. Douglass. 1996. “Making the Invisible Visible: The Growth of Community Network Organizations.” Pp. 323-340 in The Multiracial Experience: Racial Borders as the New Frontier, edited by Maria P. Root. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Brown, R. Khari; Brown, Ronald E. “Faith and Works: Church-Based Social Capital Resources and African American Political Activism. Social Forces, Dec2003. Vol. 82 Issue 2, p617, 25p

Brown, Ralph B; Nylander, Albert B , III. “Community Leadership Structure: Differences between Rural Community Leaders’ and Residents’ Informational Networks.” Journal of the Community Development Society, 1998, 29, 1, 71-89.

Brown, Shona and Kathleen M. Eisenhardt. 1997. “The Art of Continuous Change: Linking Complexity Theory and Time-Paced Evolution in Relentlessly Shifting Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:1-34.

Brown, Thomas M; Miller, Charles E. 2000. “Communication Networks in Task-Performing Groups: Effects of Task Complexity, Time Pressure, and Interpersonal Dominance.” Small Group Research 31:131-157.

Browne, William P. 1989. “Access and Influence in Agriculture and Rural Affairs: Congressional Staff and Lobbyist Perceptions of Organized Interests.” Rural Sociology 54:365-381.

Browne, William P. 1990. “Organized Interests and Their Issue Niches: A Search for Pluralism in a Policy Domain.” Journal of Politics 52:477-509.

Browne, William P. 1998. Groups, Interests, and U.S. Public Policy. Washington: Georgetown University Press.

Browning, Larry D., Janice M. Beyer, and Judy C. Shetler. 1995. “Building Cooperation in a Competitive Industry: SEMATECH and the Semiconductor Industry.” Academy of Management Journal 38:113-151.

Bruce, M., Leverick, F., Littler, D., and Wilson, D. 1995. “Success Factors for Collaborative Product Development: A Study of Suppliers of Information and Communication Technology.” R&D Management 25:33-44.

Bruck, Connie. 1988. The Predators’ Ball: The Junk Bond Raiders and the Men Who Staked Them. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Bruderer, Erhard and Jitendra V. Singh. 1996. “Organizational Evolution, Learning, and Selection: A Genetic-Algorithm-Based Model.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1322-1349.

Bruderer, Erhard and Jitendra V. Singh. 1996. “Organizational Evolution, Learning, and Selection: A Genetic-Algorithm-Based Model.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1322-1349.

Brüderl, Josef and Peter Preisendörfer. 1997. “Network Support and the Success of Newly Founded Business.” Journal of Small Business Economics 9:1-13.

Brüderl, Josef and Rudolf Schussler. 1990. “Organizational Mortality: The Liabilities of Newness and Adolescence.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:530-547.

Brüderl, Josef and Rudolf Schussler. 1990. “Organizational Mortality: The Liabilities of Newness and Adolescence.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:530-547.

Brüderl, Josef, Peter Preisendorfer and Rolf Ziegler. 1992. “Survival Chances of Newly Founded Business Organizations.” American Sociological Review 57:227-242.

Brüderl, Josef, Peter Preisendorfer and Rolf Ziegler. 1992. “Survival Chances of Newly Founded Business Organizations.” American Sociological Review 57:227-242.

Bruner, Robert F. 1999. “An Analysis of Value Destruction and Recovery in the Alliance and Proposed Merger of Volvo and Renault.” Journal of Financial Economics 51:125-166.

Bruni, Luigino; Sugden, Robert. “Moral Canals: Trust and Social Capital in the Work of Hume, Smith and Genovesi.” Economics and Philosophy, vol. 16, no. 1, April 2000, pp. 21-45.

Bruno, A.V. and A.C. Cooper. 1982. “Patterns of Development and Acquisition for Silicon Valley Start-ups.” Technovation 1:15-37.

Brunsting, Suzanne; Postmes, Tom. “Social Movement Participation in the Digital Age: Predicting Offline and Online Collective Action.” Small Group Research 2002. 33, 5, Oct, 525-554.

Brusco, Sabastiano. 1982. “The Emilian Model: Productive Decentralization and Social Integration.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 6:167-184.

Brush, Candida G.; Carter, Nancy M.; Greene, Patricia G.; Hart, Myra M.; Gatewood, Elizabeth. “The role of social capital and gender in linking financial suppliers and entrepreneurial firms: a framework for future research. Venture Capital, Oct2002. Vol. 4 Issue 4, p305, 19p;

Bryan, Laura; Fitzpatrick, Jacki; Crawford, Duane; Fischer, Judith. “The Role of Network Support and Interference in Women’s Perception of Romantic, Friend, and Parental Relationships.” Sex Roles, 2001, 45, 7-8, Oct, 481-499.

Bryan, Laura; Fitzpatrick, Jacki; Crawford, Duane; Fischer, Judith. “The Role of Network Support and Interference in Women’s Perception of Romantic, Friend, and Parental Relationships.” Sex Roles, 2001. 45, 7-8, Oct, 481-499.

Bryant, Carol Anne. “The Impact of Kin, Friend and Neighbor Networks on Infant Feeding Practices: Cuban, Puerto Rican and Anglo Families in Florida.” Social Science and Medicine, 1982, 16, 20, 1757-1765.

Bryman, A., M. Bresnen, A.D. Beardswirth, J. Ford and E.T. Keil. 1987. “The Concept of the Temporary System: The Case of the Construction Project.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 6:253-283.

Bryson, John R. “'Trading' Business Knowledge between Countries: Consultants and the Diffusion of Management Knowledge.” Trading services in the global economy. 2002, pp. 175-90.

Buchanan, Mark. 2002. Nexus: Small Worlds and the Groundbreaking Science of Networks. New York: Norton.

Buck, Daniel. “Growth, Disintegration, and Decentralization: The Construction of Taiwan’s Industrial Networks.” Environment and Planning A 32(2): 2000. 245-62.

Buckley, Peter J. and Malcolm Chapman. 1997. “The Perception and Measurement of Transaction Costs.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 21:127-145.

Budros, Art. 1997. “The New Capitalism and Organizational Rationality: The Adoption of Downsizing Programs, 1979-1994.” Social Forces 76:229-250.

Budros, Art. 1999. “A Conceptual Framework for Analyzing Why Organizations Downsize.” Organization Science 10:69-73.

Bueno de Mesquita, Bruce and A. F. K. Organski. 1994. “Policy Outcomes and Policy Interventions: An Expected Utility Analysis.” Pp. 131-160 in European Community Decision Making: Models, Applications, and Comparisons, edited by Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Frans N. Stokman. New Haven. CT: Yale University Press.

Bueno de Mesquita, Bruce and Frans N. Stokman (eds.). 1994. European Community Decision Making: Models, Applications, and Comparisons. New Haven. CT: Yale University Press.

Bueno de Mesquita, Bruce and Frans N. Stokman. 1994. “Models of Exchange and of Expected Utility Maximization: A Comparison of Accuracy.” Pp. 214-228 in European Community Decision Making: Models, Applications, and Comparisons, edited by Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Frans N. Stokman. New Haven. CT: Yale University Press.

Bueno de Mesquita, Bruce. “Ruminations on Challenges to Prediction with Rational Choice Models.” Rationality and Society 2003. 15, 1, Feb, 136-147.

Bueno de Mesquita, Bruce. 1981. The War Trap. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Bueno de Mesquita, Bruce. 1994. “Political Forecasting: An Expected Utility Method.” Pp. 71-104 in European Community Decision Making: Models, Applications, and Comparisons, edited by Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Frans N. Stokman. New Haven. CT: Yale University Press.

Bueno de Mesquita, Bruce; Morrow, James D; Zorick, Ethan R. 1997. “Capabilities, Perception, and Escalation.” American Political Science Review 91:15-27.

Buffalo News. 1999. “They Don’t Want Your Input, They Just Want Your Name: Astroturf Lobbying Creates Phony ‘Grass Roots’.” Buffalo News December 31:F6.

Bulder, B., F. Leeuw and H. Flap. 1996. “Networks and Evaluating Public-Sector Reforms.” Evaluation 2:261-276.

Bulkeley, Harriet. “Discourse Coalitions and the Australian Climate Change Policy Network.” Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 18(6): 2000. 727-48.

Bulkeley, Harriet. 2000. “Discourse Coalitions and the Australian Climate Change Policy Network.” Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 18:727-48.

Bull, Ida. “Merchant Households and Their Networks in Eighteenth-Century Trondheim.” Continuity and Change, 2002. 17, 2, Aug, 213-231.

Bullers, Susan, M. Lynne Cooper and Marcia Russell. “Social Network Drinking and Adult Alcohol Involvement: A Longitudinal Exploration of the Direction of Influence. Addictive Behaviors 2001. V26 I2 P181(1)

Bullis, Connie; Bach, Betsy Wackernagel. “An Explication and Test of Communication Network Content and Multiplexity as Predictors of Organizational Identification.” Western Journal of Speech Communication 1991. 55:180-197.

Bulmer, Martin. “The Rejuvenation of Community Studies? Neighbours, Networks and Policy.” Sociological Review, 1985, 33, 3, Aug, 430-448.

Buono, Anthony F. and James L. Bowditch. 1989. The Human Side of Mergers and Acquisitions: Managing Collisions Between People, Cultures, and Organizations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Burawoy, Michael. 1979. Manufacturing Consent: Changes in the Labor Proces under Monopoly Capital. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Burawoy, Michael. 1985. The Politics of Production: Factory Regimes Under Capitalism and Socialism. London: Verso.

Burawoy, Michael. 1990. “Marxism as Science: Historical Challenges and Theoretical Growth.” American Sociological Review 55:775-793.

Burawoy, Michael. 1998. “The Extended Case Method.” Sociological Theory 16:4-33.

Burawoy, Michael. 2000. “Marxism after Communism.” Theory and Society 29(2):151-174.

Burawoy, Michael. 2001. “Manufacturing the Global.” Ethnography 2(2):147-159.

Burchell, B. and F. Wilkinson. 1997. “Trust, Business Relationships and the Contractual Environment.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 21(2):217-237.

Burchell, B., D. Ladipo and F. Wilkinson. 2002. Job Insecurity and Work Intensification. London: Routledge.

Bureth, Antoine; Heraud, Jean-Alain. “Institutions of Technological Infrastructure (ITI) and the Generation and Diffusion of Knowledge.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001, pp. 69-91.

Burgelman, R.A. 1983. “A Model of the Interaction of Strategic Behavior, Corporate Context, and the Concept of Strategy,” Academy of Management Review, 8: 61-70

Burgelman, Robert A. 1991. “Intraorganizational Ecology of Strategy Making and Organizational Adaptation: Theory and Field Research.” Organization Science 2(3):239-62.

Burgelman, Robert A. 1994. “Fading Memories: A Process Theory of Strategic Business Exit in Dynamic Environments.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:24-56.

Burgelman, Robert A. 2002. “Strategy as Vector and the Inertia of Coevolutionary Lock-in.” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:325-368.

Burgmer, Inge Maria. “Lobbying at the Interface between Business and Politics.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 2003, 16, 3, Sept, 56-.

Burke, Thomas P. and John D. Morton. 1990. “How Firm Size and Industry Affect Employee Benefits.” Monthly Labor Review 113,6:35-43.

Burkhardt, Marlene E. and Daniel J. Brass. 1990. “Changing Patterns or Patterns of Change: The Effects of a Change in Technology on Social Network Structure and Power.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:104-27.

Burkins, Glenn. 2000. “Labor Union Membership Increases Second Year in Row to 16.48 Million.” Wall Street Journal January 20:A2.

Burns, Lawton R. and Douglas R. Wholey. 1993. “Adoption and Abandonment of Matrix Management Programs: Effects of Organizational Characteristics and Interorganizational Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 36:106-138.

Burns, Thomas J; Kick, Edward L; Davis, Byron L. “Theorizing and Rethinking Linkages between the Natural Environment and the Modern World-System: Deforestation in the Late 20th Century.” Journal of World-Systems Research, 2003, 9, 2, summer, 357-390.

Burns, Thomas J; Kick, Edward L; Murray, David A; Murray, Dixie A. “Demography, Development and Deforestation in a World-System Perspective.” International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 1994, 35, 3-4, Sept-Dec, 221-239.

Burns, Tom and George M. Stalker. 1961. The Management of Innovation. London: Tavistock.

Burns, Tom and George M. Stalker. 1961. The Management of Innovation. London: Tavistock.

Burns, Tom R; Carson, Marcus. “European Union, Neocorporatist and Pluralist Governance Arrangements: Lobbying and Policy-Making Patterns in Comparative Perspective.” Sociologia - Problemas e Praticas, 2003, 42, May-Aug, 161-197.

Burrell, Gibson and Gareth Morgan. 1979. Sociological Paradigms and Organizational Analysis. London: Heinemann.

Burrell, Gibson and Gareth Morgan. 1979. Sociological Paradigms and Organizational Analysis. London: Heinemann.

Burris, Beverly. 1998. “Computerization of the Workplace.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:

Burris, Val. 1992. “Elite Policy-Planning Networks in the United States.” Research in Politics and Society 4:111-134.

Burritt, Chris. 1999. “Driver’s License Photo Sales Stir Scrap in S.C.” Atlanta Journal and Constitution February 25:1B.

Burroughs, Bryan and John Hellyar. 1990. Barbarians at the Gate. New York: Harper and Row.

Burstein, M L. “Diffusion of Knowledge-Based Products: Applications to Developing Economies.” Technology transfer and business enterprise. 1994, pp. 151-72.

Burstein, Meyer Louis. “Diffusion of Knowledge-based Products.” Studies in banking theory, financial history and vertical control. 1988, pp. 210-31.

Burstein, Paul and April Linton Eaton. 2000. “The Impact of Political Parties, Interest Groups, and Social Movement Organizations on Public Policy: Some Recent Evidence and Theoretical Concerns.” Paper presented to American Sociological Association meetings, Washington, DC.

Burstein, Paul. 1985. Discrimination, Jobs, and Politics: The Struggle for Equal Employmnet Opportunity in the United States Since the New Deal. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Burstein, Paul. 1991. “Policy Domains: Organization, Culture, and Policy Outcomes.” Annual Review of Sociology 17:327-350.

Burstein, Paul. 1998. “Interest Organizations, Political Parties and the Study of Democratic Policies.” Pp. 39-56 in Social Movements and American Political Institutions, edited by Anne Costain and Andrew McFarland. Boulder, CO: Rowman and Littlefield.

Burt Ronald S. and Michael J. Minor (eds.). 1983. Applied Network Analysis. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Burt, Eleanor and John Taylor. 2001. “Advanced Networked Technologies in the UK Voluntary Sector.” Voluntas: International Journal of Voluntary and Nonprofit Organizations 12, 4, Dec, 313-326.

Burt, Ronald S. “Bandwidth and Echo: Trust, Information, and Gossip in Social Networks.” Networks and markets. 2001, pp. 30-74.

Burt, Ronald S. “Innovation as a Structural Interest: Rethinking the Impact of Network Position on Innovation Adoption.” Social Networks 1980, 2, 4, 15 Dec, 327-355.

Burt, Ronald S. 1976. “Positions in Networks.” Social Forces 55: 93-122.

Burt, Ronald S. 1979. “Disaggregating the Effect on Profits in Manufacturing Industries of Having Imperfectly Competitive Consumers and Suppliers.” Social Science Research 8:120-143.

Burt, Ronald S. 1980. “Autonomy in a Social Topology.” American Journal of Sociology 85:892-925.

Burt, Ronald S. 1980. “Innovation as a Structural Interest: Rethinking the Impact of Network Position on Innovation Adoption.” Social Networks 2:327-355.

Burt, Ronald S. 1980. “Models of Network Structure.” Annual Review of Sociology 6:79-141.

Burt, Ronald S. 1982. Toward a Structural Theory of Action. New York: Academic Press.

Burt, Ronald S. 1983. Corporate Profits and Cooptation. New York: Academic Press.

Burt, Ronald S. 1987. “Social Contagion and Innovation: Cohesion Versus Structural Equivalent.” American Journal of Sociology 92:1287-1335.

Burt, Ronald S. 1987. “Social Contagion and Innovation: Cohesion Versus Structural Equivalence.” American Journal of Sociology 92:1287-1335.

Burt, Ronald S. 1988. “The Stability of American Markets.” American Journal of Sociology 94:356-395.

Burt, Ronald S. 1992. Structural Holes: The Social Structure of Competition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Burt, Ronald S. 1997. “A Note on Social Capital and Network Content.” Social Networks 19:355-373.

Burt, Ronald S. 1997. “The Contingent Value of Social Capital.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:339-365.

Burt, Ronald S. 1998. “Partitioning the American Economy for Organizational Research.” Chicago: University of Chicago Graduate School of Business and Department of Sociology manuscript.

Burt, Ronald S. 1998. “The Gender of Social Capital.” Rationality and Society 9:5-46.

Burt, Ronald S. 1999. “Entrepreneurs, Distrust and Third Parties.” Pp. 213-243 in Shared Cognition in Organizations, edited by Leigh Thompson, John Levine and David Messick. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Burt, Ronald S. 1999. “The Social Capital of Opinion Leaders.” Annals 566:37-54.

Burt, Ronald S. 2000. “The Network Structure of Social Capital.” Research in Organizational Behavior 22:345-423.

Burt, Ronald S. 2001. “Attachment, Decay, and Social Network.” Journal of Organizational Behavior 22:619-643.

Burt, Ronald S. 2001. “Bandwidth and Echo: Trust, Information and Gossip in Social Networks.” Pp. 30-74 in Networks and Markets: Contributions from Economics and Sociology, edited by Alessandra Casella and James E. Rauch. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Burt, Ronald S. 2001. “Structural Holes versus Network Closure as Social Capital.” Pp. 31-56 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen S. Cook, and Ronald S. Burt. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Burt, Ronald S. and Ilan Talmud 1993. “Market Niche.” Social Networks 15:133-149.

Burt, Ronald S. and Marc Knez. 1995. “Kinds of Third-Party Effects on Trust.” Rationality and Society 7:255-292.

Burt, Ronald S. and Marc Knez. 1996. “Trust and Third-Party Gossip.” Pp. 68-89 in Trust in Organizations: Frontiers of Theory and Research, edited by Roderick M. Kramer and Tom R. Tyler. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Burt, Ronald S. and N. Celotto. 1992. “The Network Structure of Management Roles in a Large Matrix Firm.” Evaluation and Program Planning 15:303-326.

Burt, Ronald S., Joseph E. Jannotta, and James T. Mahoney. 1998. “Personality Correlates of Structural Holes.” Social Networks 20:63-87.

Burt, Ronald S., Marc Knez and Walter W. Powell. 1997. “Trust and Third-Party Ties.” Chicago: University of Chicago mimeo.

Burt, Ronald S., Miguel Guilarte, Holly J. Raider and Yuki Yasuda. 1999. “Competition, Contingency, and the External Structure of Markets.” Chicago: Univeristy of Chicago Graduate School of Business and Department of Sociology manuscript.

Burt, Ronald S., Robin M. Hogarth and Claude Michaud. 2000. “The Social Capital of French and American Managers.” Organization Science 11:123-147.

Burt, Ronald S., Shaul M. Gabbay, Gerhard Holt and Peter Moran. 1994. “Contingent Organization as a Network Theory: The Culture-Performance Contingency Function.” Acta Sociologica 37:345-370.

Burt, Ronald. 1993. “The Social Structure of Competition.” Pp. 65-103 in Explorations in Economic Sociology, edited by Richard Swedberg. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Burtless, Gary. 1994. “Meeting the Skill Demands of the New Economy.” Pp. 59-81 in Labor Markets, Employment Policy and Job Creation, edited by Lewis C. Solmon and Alec R. Levenson. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Burton, Daniel F, Jr. “The Networked Economy.” Back to shared prosperity: The growing inequality of wealth and income in America. 2000. 141-48.

Busch, Lawrence; Juska, Arunas. “Beyond Political Economy: Actor Networks and the Globalization of Agriculture.” Review of International Political Economy 1997. 4:688-708.

Bush, John B., Jr. and Alan L. Frohman. 1991. “Communication in a ‘Network’ Organization.” Organizational Dynamics 20(2):23-36.

Busken, Vincent. 2002. Social Networks and Trust. London: Kluwer.

Buskens, Vincent and Joeren Weesie. 1998. “An Experiment on the Effects of Embeddedness in Trust Situations: Buying a Used Car.” Rationality and Society 12:227-253.

Buskens, Vincent and Kazuo Yamaguchi. 1999. “A New Model for Information Diffusion in Heterogeneous Social Networks.” Sociological Methodology 29:281-325.

Buskens, Vincent. 1998. “The Social Structure of Trust.” Social Forces 20:265-289.

Butcher, Leo. 1988. Accidental Millionaire: The Rise and Fall of Steve Jobs at Apple Computer. New York: Paragon House.

Buttery, E. and Buttery, A. 1995. The Dynamics of the Network Situation. AusIndustry, Canberra.

Butts, Carter T. “Network Inference, Error, and Informant (In)Accuracy: A Bayesian Approach.” Social Networks, 2003. 25, 2, May, 103-140.

Butts, Carter T. “The Complexity of Social Networks: Theoretical and Empirical Findings.” Social Networks, 2001. 23, 1, Jan, 31-71.

Butts, Carter T. 2001. “The Complexity of Social Networks: Theoretical and Empirical Findings.” Social Networks 23:31-71.

Buysse, Kristel and Alain Verbeke. 2003. “Proactive Environmental Strategies: Stakeholder Management Perspective.” Strategic Management Journal 24:453-470.

Bygrave, William D. 1988. “The Structure of Investment Networks of Venture Capital Firms.” Journal of Business Venturing 3:137-157.

Bygrave, William D. 1995. “Mom-and-Pops, High-Potential Startups, and Intrapreneurship: Are They Part of the Same Entrepreneurship Paradigm?” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth 2:1-19.

Byrne, David. 1998. “Chaos, Complexity and Sociology: Myths, Models and Theories.” British Journal of Sociology 49:501.

Byrne, Dennis M., Steven C. Myers and Randall H. King. 1991. “Short Term Labour Market Consequences of Teenage Pregnancy.” Applied Economics 23:1819-1827.

Byrne, John A. 200. “The Best & the Worst Boards.” Business Week January 24:142.

Cadima, Nuno, Pita Barros, Pedro Luis. “The Impact of Mobile Phone Diffusion on the Fixed-Link Network.” C.E.P.R. Discussion Papers, CEPR Discussion Papers: 2598 2000.

Cadima, Nuno, Pita Barros, Pedro Luis. “The Impact of Mobile Phone Diffusion on the Fixed-Link Network.” C.E.P.R. Discussion Papers, CEPR Discussion Papers: 2598 2000.

Cairns, Robert B; Leung, Man-Chi; Buchanan, Lisa; Cairns, Beverley D. “Friendships and Social Networks in Childhood and Adolescence: Fluidity, Reliability, and Interrelations.” Child Development, 1995, 66, 5, Oct, 1330-1345.

Cakravastia, Andi; Toha, Isa S; Nakamura, Nobuto. “A Two-Stage Model for the Design of Supply Chain Networks.” International Journal of Production Economics 80(3): 2002. 231-48.

Calavita, K., R. Tillman and H. N. Pontell. 1997. “The Savings and Loan Debacle, Financial Crime, and the State.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:

Caldwell, Cam and Stephen E. Clapham. “Organizational Trustworthiness: An International Perspective. Journal of Business Ethics 2003. V47 I4 P349(16)

Callaghan, Polly and Heidi Hartmann. 1991. Contingent Work: A Chart Book on Part-Time and Temporary Employment. Washington: Economic Policy Institute.

Callaghy, Thomas M. Ronald Kassimir and Robert Latham. 2001. Intervention and Transnationalism in Africa: Global-Local Networks of Power. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Callister, Ronda Roberts and James A. Wall Jr. 2001. “Conflict Across Boundaries: Managed Care Organizations Versus Health Care Providers.” Journal of Applied Psychology 86:754-.

Callon, M., and Latour, B. (1981). Unscrewing the big Leviathan: How actors macro-structure reality and how sociologists help them to do so. In K. Knorr-Cetina and A. Cicourel, V. (Eds.), Toward an integration of micro- and macro- sociologies (pp. 277-303). Boston, London and Henley: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Callon, Michael. 1999. “Actor-Network Theory-The Market Test.” Pp. 181-195 in Actor Network Theory And After, edited by John Law and John Hassard. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Callon, Michel. “From Science as an Economic Activity to Socioeconomics of Scientific Research: The Dynamics of Emergent and Consolidated Techno-economic Networks.” Science bought and sold: Essays in the economics of science. 2002. 277-317.

Calloway, Michael, Joseph P. Morrisey and Robert I. Paulson. 1993. “Accuracy and Reliability of Self-Reported Data in Interorganizational Networks.” Social Networks 15:377-398.”

Calloway, Michael, Joseph P. Morrisey and Robert I. Paulson. 1993. “Accuracy and Reliability of Self-Reported Data in Interorganizational Networks.” Social Networks 15:377-398.”

Calo-Armengol, Antoni and Matthew O. Jackson. 2004. “The effects of social networks on employment and inequality.” American Economic Review 94:426-454.

CalPERS. 1999. Corporate Governance Program. (April 29, 1999).

Calvo-Armengol, Antoni “Job Contact Networks.” Journal of Economic Theory 115(1): 2004. 191-206.

Calvo-Armengol, Antoni. 2001. “Bargaining Power in Communication Networks.” Mathematical Social Sciences 41:69-87.

Calvo-Armengol, Antoni. 2003. “Stable and Efficient Bargaining Networks.” Review of Economic Design 7:411-28.

Camagni R., 1991, Innovation Networks: Spatial Perspectives, London: Belhaven-Pinter.

Camagni, Roberto P. “Technological Change, Uncertainty and Innovation Networks: Towards a Dynamic Theory of Economic Space.” Regional science: Retrospect and prospect. 1991. pp. 211-49.

Camagni, Roberto P. “Technological Change, Uncertainty and Innovation Networks: Towards a Dynamic Theory of Economic Space.” Regional science: Retrospect and prospect. 1991. pp. 211-49.

Camagni, Roberto. 1993. “Inter-Firm Industrial Networks: The Costs and Benefits of Cooperative Behaviour.” Journal of Industry Studies 1(1):1-15.

Cambini, Carlo. “Competition between Vertically Integrated Networks.” Information Economics and Policy 13(2): 2001. 137-65.

Cambridge; New York and Melbourne: Cambridge University Press, 2000. xvii, 383. Klier, Thomas H. “Does “Just-in-Time” Mean “Right-Next-Door”? Evidence from the Auto Industry on the Spatial Concentration of Supplier Networks.” .

Cameron J. & Jeacle P. (1995) “EXTEDI - EDI for Maritime Exports - Final Project Report” Tradegate Australia Limited, Sydney, December 1995.

Cameron J. (1995b) “Qualitative Research Questionnaire Related to the Development of a Project Management Methodology for Multi-Organisational Co-operative Networks” Working Paper, Department of Commerce, Australian National, University, June 1995.

Cameron J. (1995c) “Collective Project Management Theory and Methodology” Working Paper, Department of Commerce, Australian National, University, December 1995.

Cameron J. (1996) “A Process and Methodology Appropriate to Collective Projects comprising Small and Medium-Sized Entreprises: Findings of a Research Study” Working Paper, Department of Commerce, Australian National, University, January 1996

Cameron J. 1995. “Project Management Methodology for Multi-Organisational Co-operative Networks: Literature Search Report” Working Paper, Department of Commerce, Australian National, University, March 1995

Cameron, Samuel and Alan Collins. 1997. “Transaction Costs and Partnerships: The Case of Rock Bands.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 32:171-183.

Camp, L Jean. “The Shape of the Network.” Governance amid bigger, better markets. 2001. 138-66.

Camp, Roderic A. “Informal and Formal Networking among Elite Mexican Capitalists and Politicians.” Comparative Sociology, 2003. 2, 1, 135-154.

Campbell John P. and Deirdre J. Knapp (eds.). 2001. Exploring the Limits of Personnel Selection and Classification. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Campbell, A. J. and D. T. Wilson, 1996, ‘Managed Networks: Creating Strategic Advantage’, in Networks in Marketing, D. Iacobucci (Ed), Sage Publications, London.

Campbell, Alexandra; Verbeke, Alain. “The Multinational Management of Multiple External Networks.” Globalization and the small open economy. 2001. 193-209.

Campbell, Catherine; Gillies, Pamela. “Conceptualizing ‘social capital’ for health promotion in small local communities: a micro-qualitative study. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology, Sep/Oct2001. Vol. 11 Issue 5, p329, 18p;

Campbell, Catherine; McLean, Carl. “Ethnic Identities, Social Capital and Health Inequalities: Factors Shaping African-Caribbean Participation in Local Community Networks in the UK.” Social Science and Medicine, 2002, 55, 4, Aug, 643-657.

Campbell, Catherine; McLean, Carl. “Ethnic Identities, Social Capital and Health Inequalities: Factors Shaping African-Caribbean Participation in Local Community Networks in the UK.” Social Science and Medicine, 2002. 55, 4, Aug, 643-657.

Campbell, Donald T. 1969. “Variation, Selection, and Retention in Sociocultural Systems.” General Systems 16:69-85.

Campbell, Donald T. 1994. “How Individual and Face-to-Face Group Selection Undermine Firm Selection in Organizational Evolution.” Pp. 23-38 in Evolutionary Dynamics of Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum and Jitendra V. Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Campbell, J. L. 1997. “Mechanisms of Evolutionary Change in Economic Governance: Interaction, Interpretation, and Bricolage.” In Evolutionary Economics and Path Dependency, edited by L. Magnusson and J. Ottoson. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Campbell, J.L. and L.N. Lindberg. 1990. “Property Rights and the Organization of Economic Activity by the State.” American Sociological Review 55:634-647.

Campling, John T. and Grant Michelson. 1998. “A Strategic Choice-Resource Dependence Analysis of Union Mergers in the British and Australian Broadcasting and Film Industries.” Journal of Management Studies 35:579-600.

Camuffo, Arnaldo. “Transforming Industrial Districts: Large Firms and Small Business Networks in the Italian Eyewear Industry.” Industry and Innovation, vol. 10, no. 4, December 2003, pp. 377-401.

Camuffo, Arnaldo. “Transforming Industrial Districts: Large Firms and Small Business Networks in the Italian Eyewear Industry.” Industry and Innovation 10(4): 2003. 377-401.

Cangelosi, V. E., W. R. Dill. 1965. Organizational learning: Observations toward a theory. Administrative Science Quarterly 10 175-203.

Caniglia, Beth Schaefer. “Informal Alliances vs Institutional Ties: The Effects of Elite Alliances on Environmental TSMO Networks.” Mobilization, 2001. 6, 1, spring, 37-54.

Cannon, Kimble C. nd Patrick J. Tangney. 1995. “Protection of Minority Shareholder Rights under Delaware Law: Reinforcing Shareholders as Residual Claimants and Maximizing Long-Term Share Value by Restricting Directorial Discretion.” 1995 Columbia Business Law Review 725-784.

Canter, David and Laurence Alison (eds.). 2000. The social psychology of crime: groups, teams, and networks. Aldershot, Hants, UK: Ashgate.

Cantwell, John. 1989. Technological Innovation and the Multinational Corporation. Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell.

Cantwell, John. 1992. “The Internationalisation of Technological Activity and its Implications for Competitiveness.” Pp. 75-95 in Technology Management and International Business: Internationalization of R&D and Technology, edited by O. Granstrand, L. Håkanson, and S. Sjölander. Chichester, UK: Wiley.

Cantwell, John. 1993. “Corporate Technological Specialization in International Industries.” in Industrial Concentration and Economic Inequality, edited by M. C. Casson and J. Creedy. Aldershot, UK: Edward Elgar.

Cantwell, John. 1997. “The Globalization of Technology: What Remains of the Product Cycle Model?” Pp. 215-240 in Technology, Globalization and Economic Performance, edited by D. Archibugi and J. Michie. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Cantwell, John; Santangelo, Grazia D. “The Frontier of International Technology Networks: Sourcing Abroad the Most Highly Tacit Capabilities.” Information Economics and Policy, vol. 11, no. 1, March 1999, pp. 101-23.

Capello, Roberta. “The City Network Paradigm: Measuring Urban Network Externalities.” Urban Studies 37(11): 2000. 1925-45.

Capello, Roberta; Williams, Howard. “Computer Network Trajectories and Organizational Dynamics: A Cross-National Review.” The economics of information networks. 1992. Pp. 347-62.

Capineri, Cristina and Romei, Patrizia. “Telecommunication and Territorial Innovation: The Experience of the Metropolitan Area Network and High Technology Network in Tuscany.” Network developments in economic spatial systems: New perspectives. 1999. pp. 193-214.

Capineri, Cristina and Romei, Patrizia. “Telecommunication and Territorial Innovation: The Experience of the Metropolitan Area Network and High Technology Network in Tuscany.” Network developments in economic spatial systems: New perspectives. 1999. pp. 193-214.

Caplow, Theodore. “Christmas Gifts and Kin Networks.” American Sociological Review, 1982, 47, 3, June, 383-392.

Capowich, George E., Paul Mazerolle and Alex Piquero. “General Strain Theory, Situational Anger, and Social Networks an Assessment of Conditioning Influences.” Journal of Criminal Justice 2001. V29 I5 P445

Cappelli, Peter and David Neumark. 2001. “Do ‘High Performance’ Work Practices Improve Establishment-Level Outcomes?” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54:737-775.

Cappelli, Peter and K.C. O’Shaugnessy. 1993. “Skill and Wage Change in Corporate Headquarters, 1986-1992.” Philadelphia: National Center on the Educational Quality of the Workforce (EQW)

Cappelli, Peter and K.C. O’Shaugnessy. 1993. “What’s Behind the Skills Gap?” Industrial Relations Research Association.

Cappelli, Peter and Nicolai Rogovsky. 1994. “New Work Systems and Skill Requirements.” International Labor Review 133(2):205-220.

Cappelli, Peter Daniel Shapiro, and Nichole Shumanis. 1998. “Employer Participation in School-to-Work Programs.” The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 559 (September): 109-124.

Cappelli, Peter, Laurie Bassi, Harry Katz, David Knoke, Paul Osterman and Michael Useem. 1997. Change at Work. New York: Oxford University Press.

Cappelli, Peter. “Why Do Employers Retrain At-Risk Workers? The Role of Social Capital. Industrial Relations, Apr2004. Vol. 43 Issue 2, p421, 27p

Cappelli, Peter. 1993. “Are Skill Requirements Rising? Evidence from Production and Clerical Jobs.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 46:515-30.

Cappelli, Peter. 1994. “Forces Driving the Restructuring of Employment.” Looking Ahead 16,2-3:5-11.

Cappelli, Peter. 1995. “Rethinking Employment.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 33:563-602.

Cappelli, Peter. 1999. The New Deal at Work: Managing the Market-Driven Workforce. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Capussotti, Enrica. “Italian Cyberpunk: A Networked Community [1997].” Quaderni di Sociologia, 2001, 45, 26-27, 91-113.

Capussotti, Enrica. “Italian Cyberpunk: A Networked Community [1997].” Quaderni di Sociologia, 2001. 45, 26-27, 91-113.

Capussotti, Enrica. “Italian Cyberpunk: A Networked Community.” Quaderni di Sociologia, 1997, 41, 13, 59-77.

Caputo, David A. “Network Perspectives and Policy Analysis: A Skeptical View.” Networks of power: Organizational actors at the national, corporate, and community levels. 1989. Pp. 111-17.

Caraca, Joao. “The Globalisation of Knowledge: Why Trees become Networks.” Foresight, vol. 6, no. 1. 2004. pp. 10-12.

Carayannis, Elias G.; Kassicieh, Suleiman K. “Strategic Alliances as a Source of Early-Stage Seed Capital in New Technology-Based Firms. Technovation 2000. Vol. 20 Issue 11, P603, 13p;

Carbonara, Nunzia. “New Models of Inter-firm Networks within Industrial Districts.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 14(3): 2002. 229-46.

Carbonara, Nunzia. 2002. “New Models of Inter-firm Networks within Industrial Districts.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 14(3):229-246.

Carbonaro, William J. 1999. “Opening the Debate on Closure and Schooling Outcomes: Comment on Morgan and Sorensen.” American Sociological Review, 64:682-686.

Carey, Jane M; Kacmar, Charles J. “The Impact of Communication Mode and Task Complexity on Small Group Performance and Member Satisfaction.” Computers in Human Behavior, 1997, 13, 1, Jan, 23-49.

Carillo, Maria Rosaria and Alberto Zazzaro. 2000. “Innovation, human capital destruction and firms’ investment in training.” Manchester School v. 68 no3 (June) p. 331-48

Carley, Kathleen and Michael Palmquist. “Exacting, Representing and Analyzing Mental Models.” Social Forces 70: 601-636. 1992.

Carley, Kathleen M. 1999. “On the Evolution of Social and Organizational Networks.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 16:3-30.

Carley, Kathleen M. and David Krackhardt. 1996. “Cognitive Inconsistencies and Non-symmetric Friendship.” Social Networks 18:1-27.

Carley, Kathleen M. and David M. Svoboda. 1996. “Can Organizations Learn If They Restructure: Complexity in Complexity.” Paper presented to the American Sociological Association.

Carley, Kathleen M. and David M. Svoboda.1996. “Modeling Organizational Adaptation as a Simulated Annealing Process.” Sociological Methods and Research 25:138-168.

Carley, Kathleen M. and David M. Svoboda.1996. “Modeling Organizational Adaptation as a Simulated Annealing Process.” Sociological Methods and Research 25:138-168.

Carley, Kathleen M. and John R. Harrald. 1997. “Organizational Learning Under Fire: Theory and Practice.” American Behavioral Scientist 40(3):313-332.

Carley, Kathleen. “An Approach for Relating Social Structure to Cognitive Structure.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 12: 137-189. 1986.

Carley, Kathleen. 1991. “A Theory of Group Stability.” American Sociological Review 56: 331-54.

Carley, Kathleen. 1993. “Extracting Culture through Textual Analysis.” Poetics 22: 291-312.

Carlisle, J.A. and R.C. Parker. 1989. Beyond Negotiation: Customer Supplier Relationships. London: Wiley.

Carlton, Dennis W. and Jeffrey M. Perloff. 1994. Modern Industrial Organization. Second Ed. New York: HarperCollins.

Carlton, Dennis W. and Steven C. Salop. 1995. “You Keep On Knocking But You Can’t Come In: Evaluating Restrictions on Access to Input Joint Ventures.” Working Paper 111. University of Chicago Center for the Study of the Economy and the State.

Carlton, Jim. 1996. “Apple Posts Big Loss, Plans More Layoffs.” Wall Street Journal April 18:B9.

Carlton, Jim. 1997. Apple. New York: Times Books.

Carmin, JoAnn and Barbara Hicks. 2002. “International Triggering Events, Transnational Networks, and the Development of Czech and Polish Environmental Movements.” Mobilization 7(3):305-324.

Carnevale, Anthony Patrick. 1991. America and the New Economy: How New Competitive Standards Are Radically Changing American Workplaces. San Frnacisco: Jossey-Bass.

Carnoy, Martin; Castells, Manuel. 2001. “Globalization, the Knowledge Society, and the Network State: Poulantzas at the Millennium.” Global Networks 1(1):1-18.

Caron, Francois. “The Birth of a Network Technology: The First French Railway System.” Technological revolutions in Europe: Historical perspectives. 1998, pp. 275-91.

Carpenter, Daniel, Kevin Esterling and David Lazer. 2003. “The Strength of Strong Ties: A Model of Contact-Making in Policy Networks with Evidence from U.S. Health Politics. “ Rationality and Society 15: 411-440.

Carpenter, Jeffrey P.; Daniere, Amrita G.; Takahashi, Lois M. “Social capital and trust in South-East Asian cities.” Urban Studies, Apr2004. Vol. 41 Issue 4, p853, 22p;

Carpenter, Mason A. 2001. “The Strategic Context of External Network Ties: Examining the Impact of Director Appointments on Board Involvement in Strategic Decision Making.” Academy of Management Journal 44:639-660.

Carpenter, Mason A.; Westphal, James D. 2001. “The Strategic Context of External Network Ties: Examining the Impact of Director Appointments on Board Involvement in Strategic Decision Making.” Academy of Management Journal 44:639-650.

Carpentier, Normand and Deena White. 2002. “Cohesion of the Primary Social Network and Sustained Service Use Before the First Psychiatric Hospitalization.” Journal of Behavioral Health Services & Research 29:404-418.

Carpentier, Normand and Francine Ducharme. 2003. “Care-Giver Network Transformations: The Need for an Integrated Perspective.” Ageing & Society 23:507-525.

Carr, Chris. “Globalisation, Strategic Alliances, Acquisitions and Technology Transfer.” R & D Management 1999. Vol. 29 Issue 4, P405, 17p;

Carree, Martin and Luuk Klomp. 1996. “Small Business and Job Creation: A Comment.” Small Business Economics 8:317-22.

Carroll, Glenn and Michael T. Hannan. 1989. “Density Dependence in the Evolution of Populations of Newspaper Organizations.” American Sociological Review 54:524-541.

Carroll, Glenn and Michael T. Hannan. 1989. “Density Dependence in the Evolution of Populations of Newspaper Organizations.” American Sociological Review 54:524-541.

Carroll, Glenn and Michael T. Hannan. 2000. “Demographic Data Sources.” Pp. 163-189 in The Demography of Corporations and Industries, by Glenn Carroll and Michael T. Hannan. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Carroll, Glenn and Michael T. Hannan. 2000. “The Demographic Perspective” and “Toward a Corporate Demography.” Pp. 17-58 in The Demography of Corporations and Industries. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Carroll, Glenn and Michael T. Hannan. 2000. The Demography of Corporations and Industries. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Carroll, Glenn and Michael T. Hannan. 2000. The Demography of Corporations and Industries. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Carroll, Glenn R. 1993. “A sociological perspective on why firms differ.” Strategic Management Journal, 14:237-250.

Carroll, Glenn R. 1993. “A Sociological View on Why Firms Differ.” Strategic Management Journal 14(4):237-249.

Carroll, Glenn R. 1993. “A Sociological View on Why Firms Differ.” Strategic Management Journal 14(4):237-249.

Carroll, Glenn R. and A.C. Teo. 1996. “On the Social Networks of Managers.” Academy of Management Journal 39:421-440.

Carroll, Glenn R. and Anand Swaminathan. 1991. “Density Dependent Organizational Evolution in the American Brewing Industry from 1633 to 1988.” Acta Sociologica 34(3):155-175.

Carroll, Glenn R. and Anand Swaminathan. 1991. “Density Dependent Organizational Evolution in the American Brewing Industry from 1633 to 1988.” Acta Sociologica 34(3):155-175.

Carroll, Glenn R. and J. Richard Harrison. 1993. “Evolution Among Competing Organizational Forms.” World Futures 37(2-3):91-110.

Carroll, Glenn R. and J. Richard Harrison. 1993. “Evolution Among Competing Organizational Forms.” World Futures 37(2-3):91-110.

Carroll, Glenn R. and J. Richard Harrison. 1994. “On the Historical Efficiency of Competition Between Organizational Populations.” American Journal of Sociology 100:720-749.

Carroll, Glenn R. and J. Richard Harrison. 1994. “On the Historical Efficiency of Competition Between Organizational Populations.” American Journal of Sociology 100:720-749.

Carroll, Glenn R. and J. Richard Harrison. 1998. “Organizational Demography and Culture: Insights from a Formal Model and Simulation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:637-.

Carroll, Glenn R. and James Wade. 1991. “Density Dependence in the Organizational Evolution of the American Brewing Industry Across Different Levels of Analysis.” Social Science Research 20:271-302.

Carroll, Glenn R. and James Wade. 1991. “Density Dependence in the Organizational Evolution of the American Brewing Industry Across Different Levels of Analysis.” Social Science Research 20:271-302.

Carroll, Glenn R. and Michael T. Hannan (eds.). 1995. Organizations in Industry: Strategy, Structure, and Selection. New York: Oxford University Press.

Carroll, Glenn R. and Michael T. Hannan (eds.). 1995. Organizations in Industry: Strategy, Structure, and Selection. New York: Oxford University Press.

Carroll, Glenn R. and Michael T. Hannan. 1989. “Density Delay in the Evolution of Organizational Populations: A Model and Five Empirical Tests.” Administrative Science Quarterly 34:411-430.

Carroll, Glenn R. and Michael T. Hannan. 1989. “Density Delay in the Evolution of Organizational Populations: A Model and Five Empirical Tests.” Administrative Science Quarterly 34:411-430.

Carroll, Glenn R.; Teo, Albert C. “On the social networks of managers. Academy of Management Journal, Apr96, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p421, 20p.

Carroll, Glenn. 1984. “Organizational Ecology.” Annual Review of Sociology 10:71-93.

Carroll, Glenn. 1984. “Organizational Ecology.” Annual Review of Sociology 10:71-93.

Carroll, Glenn. 1985. “Concentration and Specialization: Dynamics of Niche Width in Populations of Organizations.” American Journal of Sociology 90:1262-1283.

Carroll, Glenn. 1985. “Concentration and Specialization: Dynamics of Niche Width in Populations of Organizations.” American Journal of Sociology 90:1262-1283.

Carroll, Michael C.; Stanfield, James Ronald. “Social Capital, Karl Polanyi, and American Social and Institutional Economics.” Journal of Economic Issues, Jun2003. Vol. 37 Issue 2, p397, 8p;

Carroll, Paul. 1993. Big Blues: The Unmaking of IBM. New York: Crown.

Carroll, William K. 2002. “Does Disorganized Capitalism Disorganize Corporate Networks?” Canadian Journal of Sociology 27:339-371.

Carroll, William K. and Carson, Colin. 2003. “Forging a New Hegemony? The Role of Transnational Policy Groups in the Network and Discourses of Global Corporate Governance.” Journal of World-Systems Research 9:67-102.

Carroll, William K. and Colin Carson. 2003. “The Network of Global Corporations and Elite Policy Groups: A Structure for Transnational Capitalist Class Formation?” Global Networks 3(1):29-57.

Carter, A. P. 1989. Knowhow trading as economic exchange. Research Policy, 18: 155-163.

Carter, Michael; Wright, Julian. “Asymmetric Network Interconnection.” Review of Industrial Organization 22(1): 2003. 27-46.

Carter, Prudence L. “‘Black’ Cultural Capital, Status Positioning, and Schooling Conflicts For Low-Income African American Youth. Social Problems 2003. V50 I1 P136(20)

Caruso, R.E. 1992. Mentoring and the Business Environment: Asset or Liability? Vermont: Dartmouth.

Casas, Rosalba; de Gortari, Rebeca; Santos, M Josefa. “The Building of Knowledge Spaces in Mexico: A Regional Approach to Networking.” Research Policy, vol. 29, no. 2, February 2000, pp. 225-41.

Casas, Rosalba; de Gortari, Rebeca; Santos, M Josefa. “The Building of Knowledge Spaces in Mexico: A Regional Approach to Networking.” Research Policy 29(2): 2000. 225-41.

Casaus Arzu, Marta Elena. “The Theosophy Networks of Women in Guatemala: The Society Gabriela Mistral, 1920-1940.” Revista complutense de historia de america, 2001. 27, 219-255.

Cashore, Benjamin; Vertinsky, Ilan B. “Policy Networks and Firm Behaviours: Governance Systems and Firm Responses to External Demands for Sustainable Forest Management.” Policy Sciences 33(1): 2000. 1-30.

Cashore, Benjamin; Vertinsky, Ilan B. 2000. “Policy Networks and Firm Behaviours: Governance Systems and Firm Responses to External Demands for Sustainable Forest Management.” Policy Sciences 33:1-30.

Cassidy, John. 1993. “Who Killed the Middle Class?” New Yorker October 16:113-124.

Cassidy, John. 1998. “The Comeback.” New York Feb 23 & Mar 2, 1998: 122-127.

Casson, Mark and Howard Cox. 1997. “An Economic Model of Inter-firm Networks.” Pp. 174-196 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Casson, Mark, ed. 1991. Global Research Strategy and International Competitiveness. Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell.

Casson, Mark, R.D. Pearce, and S. Songh. 1992. “Business Culture and Internationalization Technology: Research Managers’ Perceptions of Recent Changes in Corporate R&D.” Pp. 117-135 in Technology Management and International Business. Internationalization of R&D and Technology, edited by O. Grandstrand, L. Håkanson, and S. Sjölander. Chichester, UK: John Wiley and Sons.

Casson, Mark. 2000. Enterprise and leadership: Studies on firms, markets and networks. Cheltenham, UK: Elgar.

Castellani, Brian, John Castellani, and S. Lee Spray. 2003. “Grounded Neural Networking: Modeling Complex Quantitative Data.” Symbolic Interaction 26:577-589.

Castellani, Davide; Zanfei, Antonello. “Choosing International Linkage Strategies in the Electronics Industry: the Role of Multinational Experience. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization 2004. Vol. 53 Issue 4, P447, 29p;

Castells, Manuel. 1996. The Rise of the Network Society. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.

Castells, Manuel. 2000. “Materials for an Exploratory Theory of the Network Society.” British Journal of Sociology 51:5-24.

Castells, Manuel. 2000. “The Contours of the Network Society.” Foresight 2(2):151-57.

Castells, Manuel. 2001. “Proposals for a Theory of the Network Society.” Berliner Journal fur Soziologie 11:423-439.

Castells, Manuel. 2001. The Internet Galaxy: Reflections on the Internet, Business, and Society, Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Castilla, Emilio J. “Networks of venture capital firms in Silicon Valley. International Journal of Technology Management, 2003. Vol. 25 Issue 1/2, p113, 23p.

Castle, Emery N. “Social Capital: An Interdisciplinary Concept. Rural Sociology 2002. V67 I3 P331(19)

Castle, Emery N. “The Social Capital Paradigm: Bridging across Disciplines—An Overview. American Journal of Agricultural Economics, Dec2003. Vol. 85 Issue 5, p1208, 3p

Castree, Noel. “False Antitheses? Marxism, Nature and Actor-Networks.” Antipode, 2002. 34, 1, Jan, 111-146.

Castro, Miguel, Roger S. Foster, Kevin Gunn, Edward B. Roberts. “Managing R&D Alliances Within Government: the “Virtual Agency” Concept. IEEE Transactions On Engineering Management 2003. V50 I3 P297(10)

Castro, Roberto; Erviti, Joaquina. “Social Networks in the Abortion Experience: A Case Study Involving Women from Cuernavaca [Mexico].” Estudios Sociologicos, 2003. 21, 63, Sept-Dec, 585-611.

Catherine Casey. 1999. “‘Come, Join Our Family’: Discipline and Integration in Corporate Organizational Culture.” Human Relations 52:155-178.

Cattell, Vicky. 2001. “Poor People, Poor Places, and Poor Health: The Mediating Role of Social Networks and Social Capital.” Social Science and Medicine 52:1501-1516.

Caulkins, Douglas. “Community, Subculture, and Organizational Networks in Western Norway.” Journal of Voluntary Action Research, 1980, 9, 1-4, Jan-Dec, 35-44.

Caulkins, Douglas. 1980. “Community, Subculture, and Organizational Networks in Western Norway.” Journal of Voluntary Action Research 9(1-4):35-44.

Caulkins, Douglas. 1995. “Are Norwegian Voluntary Organizations Homogeneous Moralnets? Reflections on Naroll's Selection of Norway as a Model Society.” Cross-Cultural Research 29:43-57.

Caver, Paul. 1996. “Employee-Owned Airlines: The Cure for an Ailing Industry?” Journal of Air Law and Commerce 61:639-681.

Cavestro, W; Durieux, C. “Firmes, reseaux et apprentissage. (Firms, Networks and Processes of Learning by Doing. With English summary.).” Economies et Societes, vol. 34, no. 9, September 2000, pp. 87-110.

Cawson, Alan (ed.). 1985. Organized Interests and the State. London, UK: Sage Publications.

Center for Responsive Politics. 1999. Influence Inc.: The Bottom Line on Washington Lobbying. Washington: Center for Responsive Politics.

Cerf, V. G., D. D. Cowan, R. C. Mullin and R. G. Stanton. 1974. “A Lower Bound On the Average Shortest Path Length in Regular Graphs.” Networks 4:335-42.

Cerny, Philip G. “Globalization and the Changing Logic of Collective Action.” Theory and structure in international political economy. 1999. pp. 111-41.

Cevolini, Alberto. 2001. “Social Responsibility in the Organizations of Civil Society.” Studi di Sociologia 39:465-478.

Chacko, Mani; Mitchell, Will. “Growth Incentives to Invest in a Network Externality Environment. Industrial & Corporate Change, Dec98, Vol. 7 Issue 4, P731, 14p;

Chaison, Gary N. and Dileep G. Dhavale. 1990. “A Note on the Severity of the Decline in Union Organizing Activity.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 43:366-373.

Chalaby, Jean K. “Television for a New Global Order: Transnational Television Networks and the Formation of Global Systems.” Gazette, 2003. 65, 6, Dec, 457-472.

Chamberlin, John R. “A Diagrammatic Exposition of the Logic of Collective Action.” Public Choice, vol. 26, no. 26, Sum. 1976, pp. 59-74.

Chan, Su Han, John W. Kensinger, Arthur J. Keown and John D. Martin. 1997. “Do Strategic Alliances Create Value?” Journal of Financial Economics 46:199-221.

Chandler, Alfred D., Jr. 1962. Strategy and Structure: Chapters in the History of Industrial Enterprise. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Chandler, Alfred D., Jr. 1964. Giant Enterprise: Ford, General Motors, and the Automobile Industry. New York: Harcourt, Brace and World.

Chandler, Alfred D., Jr. 1977. The Visible Hand: The Managerial Revolution in American Business. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.

Chandler, Alfred D., Jr. 1990. Scale and Scope: The Dynamics of Industrial Capitalism. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press.

Chandler, Alfred D., Jr., Peter Hagström and Örjan Sövell (eds.). 1998. The Dynamic Firm: The Role of Regions, Technology, Strategy, and Organization. New York: Oxford University Press.

Chandler, Gaylen N. Chalon Keller and Douglas W. Lyon. 2000. “Unraveling the Determinants and Consequences of an Innovation-Supportive Organizational Culture.” Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice 25:59-.

Chang, Shao-Chi Sheng-Syan Chen. “The Wealth Effect of Domestic Joint Ventures: Evidence From Taiwan. Journal of Business Finance and Accounting 2002. V29 I1-2 P201(22)

Chang, Yoon S., Harris C. Makatsoris and Howard D. Richards (eds.). Evolution of supply chain management: symbiosis of adaptive value networks and ICT. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers. 2004.

Chan-Olmsted, Silvia and Mark Jamison. 2001. “Rivalry through Alliances: Competitive Strategy in the Global Telecommunications Market.” European Management Journal 19:317-331.

Chan-Olmsted, Sylvia M. “Mergers, Acquisitions, and Convergence: the Strategic Alliances of Broadcasting, Cable Television, and Telephone Services. Journal of Media Economics, 1998. Vol. 11 Issue 3, P33, 14p;

Chapman, Christopher S. “Accountants in Organisational Networks. Accounting, Organizations & Society, Nov98, Vol. 23 Issue 8, p737, 30p;

Chapple, Karen. “‘I Name It and I Claim It--In the Name of Jesus, This Job Is Mine’: Job Search, Networks, and Careers for Low-Income Women.” Economic Development Quarterly 16(4): 2002. 294-313.

Charan, Ram. 1991. “How Networks Reshape Organizations—For Results.” Harvard Business Review 69 (September-October):104-115.

Chase-Dunn, Christopher; Jorgenson, Andrew K. “Interaction Networks and Structural Globalization: A Comparative World-Systems Perspective.” Society in Transition, 2003, 34, 2, 206-220.

Chaserant, Camille. “Cooperation, Contracts and Social Networks: From a Bounded to a Procedural Rationality Approach.” Journal of Management and Governance 7(2): 2003. 163-86.

Chaston, Ian. 1999. “Existing Propensity to Cooperate: An Antecedent Influencing the Potential Performance of Small-Business Networks?” Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 17:567-576.

Chatman, Jennifer A. and Karen A. Jehn. 1994. “Assessing the Relationship Between Industry Characteristics and Organizational Culture: How Different Can You Be?” Academy of Management Journal 37:522-553.

Chatman, Jennifer A. and Sigal G. Barsade. 1995. “Personality, Organizational Culture, and Cooperation: Evidence from a Business Simulation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:423-443.

Chatman, Jennifer A., Jeffrey T. Polzer, Sigal G. Barsade and Margaret A. Neale. 1998. “Being Different Yet Feeling Similar: The Influence of Demographic Composition and Organizational Culture on Work Processes and Outcomes.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:749-769.

Chatson, I. 1995. “Danish Technological Institutes SME Sector Networking Model: Implementing Broker Competencies.” Journal of European Industrial Training 19:10-17.

Chaudhuri, Prabal Ray. 1995. “Technological Asymmetry and Joint Product Development.” International Journal of Industrial Organization 13:23-39.

Chaves, Mark. 1996. “Ordaining Women: The Diffusion of an Organizational Innovation.” American Journal of Sociology 101:840-73.

Chaves, Mark. 1996. “Ordaining Women: The Diffusion of an Organizational Innovation.” American Journal of Sociology 101:840-73.

Chell, Elizabeth; Baines, Susan. “Networking, Entrepreneurship and Microbusiness Behaviour.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 12(3): 2000. 195-215.

Chen, Chung-Jen. “The Effects of Environment and Partner Characteristics On the Choice of Alliance Forms. International Journal of Project Management 2003. Vol. 21 Issue 2, P115, 10p;

Chen, Dung-Sheng; Chen, Duan-Rung. “Political Discussion Network Formation in Taiwan.” Taiwanese Sociology, 2002. 4, Dec, 119-157.

Chen, Dung-Sheng; Chen, Duan-Rung. 2002. “Political Discussion Network Formation in Taiwan.” Taiwanese Sociology 4:119-157.

Chen, Fisher Chia-Yu; Chen, Chialin. “The Effects of Strategic Alliances and Risk Pooling On the Load Factors of International Airline Operations. Transportation Research: Part E 2003. Vol. 39 Issue 1, P19, 16p;

Chen, Homin; Chen, Tain-Jy. “Asymmetric Strategic Alliances: A Network View. Journal of Business Research 2002. Vol. 55 Issue 12, P1007, 7p;

Chen, Homin; Chen, Tain-Jy. “Governance Structures in Strategic Alliances: Transaction Cost Versus Resource-Based Perspective. Journal of World Business, Spring2003. Vol. 38 Issue 1, P1, 14p;

Chen, Ming-Jer. 1996. “Competitor analysis and interfirm rivalry: Toward a theoretical integration.” Academy of Management Review, 21:100-134.

Chen, Shin-Horng. “Global Production Networks and Information Technology: The Case of Taiwan.” Industry and Innovation, vol. 9, no. 3, December 2002, pp. 249-65.

Chen, Shin-Horng. “Global Production Networks and Information Technology: The Case of Taiwan.” Industry and Innovation 9(3): 2002. 249-65.

Chen, Shin-Horng. “Taiwanese IT Firms’ Offshore R&D in China and the Connection with the Global Innovation Network.” Research Policy, vol. 33, no. 2, March 2004. pp. 337-49.

Chen, Shin-Horng. “Taiwanese IT Firms’ Offshore R&D in China and the Connection with the Global Innovation Network.” Research Policy, vol. 33, no. 2, March 2004. pp. 337-49.

Chen, Tain-Jy. “E-Commerce to Protect the Network Relationships: The Case of Taiwan’s PC Industry.” The Information Society, 2003. 19, 1, Jan-Mar, 59-67.

Chen, Xiangming. “Regional Integration, Networked Production, and Technological Competition: The Greater China Economic Circle through and beyond 1997.” Science, technology, and innovation policy: Opportunities and challenges for the knowledge economy. 2000, pp. 459-71.

Chen, Zhiqi and Thomas W. Ross. 2000. “Strategic Alliances, Shared Facilities, and Entry Deterrence.” RAND Journal of Economics 31:326-344.

Chen, Zhiqi. 2003. “A Theory of International Strategic Alliance.” Review of International Economics 11:758-769.

Chen, Zhiqi; Ross, Thomas W. “Strategic Alliances, Shared Facilities, and Entry Deterrence. RAND Journal of Economics, Summer2000, Vol. 31 Issue 2, P326, 19p;

Cheng, Yu-Ting and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1996. “Learning the Innovation Journey: Order Out of Chaos?” Organization Science 7:593-614.

Cheng, Yu-Ting and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1996. “Learning the Innovation Journey: Order Out of Chaos?” Organization Science 7:593-614.

Chesborough, Henry W. and David J. Teece. 1996. “When is Virtual Virtuous? Organizing for Innovation.” Harvard Business Review (Jan-Feb): 65-73.

Chesbrough Henry W. “Making Sense of Corporate Venture Capital.” Harvard Business Review 2002. V80 I3 P90(10)

Cheshire, Jenny. “The Telling or the Tale? Narratives and Gender in Adolescent Friendship Networks.” Journal of Sociolinguistics, 2000, 4, 2, May, 234-262.

Chesnais, Francois. “Technological Agreements, Networks and Selected Issues in Economic Theory.” Technological collaboration: The dynamics of cooperation in industrial innovation. 1996, pp. 18-33.

Chesnais, François. 1992. “National Systems of Innovation, Foreign Direct Investment and the Operations of Multinational Enterprises.” Pp. 265-295 in National Systems of Innovation, edited by B.-Å. Lundvall. London, UK: Pinter Publishers.

Chetty, Sylvie; Blankenburg Holm, Desiree. “The Role of Business Networks in the Internationalization of Manufacturing Firms: A Longitudinal Case Study.” Developments in Australasian marketing. 2000. 205-22.

Chi Cui, C.; Ball, D.F.; Coyne, J. “Working Effectively in Strategic Alliances through Managerial Fit Between Partners: Some Evidence From Sino–British Joint Ventures and the Implications For R&D Professionals. R & D Management 2002. Vol. 32 Issue 4, P343, 15p;

Chia R., 1996, Organizational Analysis as Deconstructive Practice, NY: de Gruyter.

Chiam, Vivien. “E-Commerce Technologies and Networking Strategies for Asian Women Entrepreneurs.” Second OECD conference on women entrepreneurs in SMEs: Realising the benefits of globalisation and the knowledge-based economy. 2001, pp. 199-209.

Chiang-Nan Chao, Steven W.; Mockler, Robert J.; Dologite, Dorothy G. 2003. “building Strategic Partnership Between Multinational Corporations And Their Chinese Counterparts -- A Preliminary Survey With Focus On Equity Joint Ventures.” Advances in International Marketing Issue 14, P125, 15p;

Chichilnisky, Graciela. “Network Evolution and Coalition Formation.” Private networks, public objectives. 1996. pp. 117-33.

Chichilnisky, Graciela. “The Evolution of a Global Network: A Game of Coalition Formation.” Journal of International and Comparative Economics, vol. 4, no. 3, 1995, pp. 179-97.

Chichilnisky, Graciela. “The Evolution of a Global Network: A Game of Coalition Formation.” Journal of International and Comparative Economics, vol. 4, no. 3 1995. pp. 179-97.

Chiesa, V. and R. Manzini. 1996. “Profiting from the Virtual Organization of Technological Innovation: Suggestions from an Empirical Study.” Proceedings of the 6th International Forum on Technology Management 211-227.

Chiesa, Vittorio and Toletti, Giovanni. “Network of Collaborations for Innovation: The Case of Biotechnology.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 16, no. 1, March 2004. pp. 73-96.

Chiesa, Vittorio and Toletti, Giovanni. “Network of Collaborations for Innovation: The Case of Biotechnology.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 16, no. 1, March 2004. pp. 73-96.

Chiesa, Vittorio; Toletti, Giovanni. “Network of Collaborations for Innovation: The Case of Biotechnology Technology Analysis and Strategic Management 16(1): 2004. 73-96.

Child, John and David Faulkner. 1998. Strategies of Cooperation: Managing Alliances, Networks and Joint Ventures. New York: Oxford University Press.

Child, John and Yanni Yan. “Predicting the Performance of International Joint Ventures: An Investigation in China. Journal of Management Studies 2003. V40 I2 P283

Child, John et al. (eds.). 1993. Societal Change Between Market and Organization. Aldershot.

Child, John. 1972. “Organization Structure and Strategies of Control: A Replication of the Aston Study.” Administrative Science Quarterly 17:163-177.

Child, John. 1972. “Organization Structure, Environment, and Performance: The Role of Strategic Choice.” Sociology 6:1-22.

Child, John. 1973. “Predicting and Understanding Organization Structure.” Administrative Science Quarterly 18:168-185.

Child, John. 1973. “Strategies of Control and Organizational Behavior.” Administrative Science Quarterly 18:1-17.

Chiles, Todd H. and John F. McMackin. 1996. “Integrating Variable Risk Preferences, Trust and Transaction Cost Economics.” Academy of Management Review 21:73-99.

Chiles, Todd H. and John F. McMackin. 1996. “Integrating Variable Risk Preferences, Trust and Transaction Cost Economics.” Academy of Management Review 21:73-99.

Chimbos, Peter; Agocs, Carol. “Kin and Hometown Networks as Support Systems for the Immigration and Settlement of Greek Canadians.” Canadian Ethnic Studies/Etudes Ethniques au Canada, 1983, 15, 2, 42-56.

Chin, George Jr., James Myers and David Hoyt. “Social Networks in the Virtual Science Laboratory: Communicating Scientists' Behavior, as Well as Their Ideas, Computer-Supported Cooperative Work Technology Fosters Virtual Social Networks of Far-Flung Collaborators Pursuing Mutual Interests and Experiments. Communications of the ACM 2002. V45 I8 P87(6)

Chiplin, Brian and Mike Wright. 1987. The Logic of Mergers: The Competitive Market in Corporate Control in Theory and Pratice.London: Institute of Economic Affairs.

Chisholm, Donald. 1989. Coordination Without Hierarchy: Informal Structures in Multiorganizational Systems. Berkeley:

Chisholm, Rupert F.. 1998. Developing network organizations: learning from practice and theory. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Chisholm, Rupert. 1998. Developing Network Organizations: Learning from Practice and Theory. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Cho, D.S., S. Nam and L. Tung. 1998. Korean Chaebols. New York: Oxford University Press.

Choi, Jay Pil. “Irreversible Choice of Uncertain Technologies with Network Externalities.” RAND Journal of Economics, vol. 25, no. 3, Autumn 1994, pp. 382-401.

Choi, Jay Pil; Thum, Marcel. “Market Structure and the Timing of Technology Adoption with Network Externalities.” European Economic Review, vol. 42, no. 2, February 1998, pp. 225-44.

Choi, Syngjoo; Gale, Douglas; Kariv, Shachar. “Learning in Networks: An Experimental Study.” UCLA Department of Economics, Levine's Bibliography, 2004.

Chor, Dora; Griep, Rosane Harter; Lopes, Claudia S; Faerstein, Eduardo. “Social Network and Social Support Measures from the Pro-Saude Study: Pretests and Pilot Study.” Cadernos de Saude Publica, 2001. 17, 4, July-Aug, 887-896.

Chou, Chung-Hui; Wu, Dachrahn. “Compatibility Choices and Network Product Markets.” Taiwan Economic Review 30(2): 2002. 229-45.

Christensen, Clayton M; Rosenbloom, Richard S. “Explaining the Attacker's Advantage: Technological Paradigms, Organizational Dynamics, and the Value Network.” Innovation, evolution of industry and economic growth. Volume 3. 2000, pp. 125-49.

Christensen, Kathleen. 1998. “Countervailing Human Resource Trends in Family-Sensitive Firms.” Pp. 103-125 in Contingent Work: American Employment Relations in Transition, edited by Kathleen Barker and Kathleen Christensen. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Christensen, Søren and Jan Molin. 1995. “Origin and Transformation of Organizations:

Christopherson, Susan and Michael Storper. 1986. “The City as Studio: The World as a Back Lot: The Impact of Visual Disintegration on the Location of the Motion Picture Industry.” Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 4:305-320.

Christopherson, Susan and Michael Storper. 1989. “The Effects of Flexible Specialization on Industrial Politics and the Labor Market: The Motion Picture Industry.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 42:331-347.

Chumbler, Neale R. and James W. Grimm. 2001. “Using Social Network Principles to Structure Linkages between Providers and Patients.” Research in the Sociology of Health Care 19:59-80.

Chung, Fan R. K. 1986. “Diameters of Communications Networks.” Pp. 1-18 in Mathematics of Information Processing, Vol. 34 in Proceedings of Symposia in Applied Mathematics. Providence, R.I.: American Mathematical Society.

Chung, L.H. and P.T. Gibbons. 1997. “Corporate Entrepreneurship: The Roles of Ideology and Social Capital.” Group and Organization Management 22:10-30.

Chung, Seungwha (Andy). 1996. “Performance Effects of Cooperative Strategies Among Investment Banking Firms: A Loglinear Analysis of Organizational Exchange Networks.” Social Networks 18:121-148.

Chung, Sunyang. “Knowledge Diffusion in Korean Society.” Intangibles in competition and cooperation: Euro-Asian perspectives. 2001, pp. 239-58.

Chung, Walter W C; Yam, Anthony Y K; Chan, Michael F S. 2004. “Networked Enterprise: A New Business Model for Global Sourcing International Journal of Production Economics 87(3): Special Issue 267-280.

Church, Allan H. 2001. “Is There a Method to Our Madness? The Impact of Data Collection Methodology on Organizational Survey Results.” Personnel Psychology 54:937-969.

Church, Jeffrey; Gandal, Neil. “Complementary Network Externalities and Technological Adoption.” International Journal of Industrial Organization, vol. 11, no. 2, June 1993, pp. 239-60.

Chwe, Michael Suk-Young. “Structure and Strategy in Collective Action.” American Journal of Sociology 1999. 105, 1, July, 128-156.

Chwe, Michael Suk-Young. 2000. “Communication and Coordination in Social Networks.” Review of Economic Studies 67(1):1-16.

Ciborra, Claudio U. 1992. “Innovation, Networks and Organizational Learning.” Pp. 91-102 in The economics of information networks.

Cigler, Allan and Mark R. Joslyn. “The Extensiveness of Group Membership and Social Capital: the Impact On Political Tolerance Attitudes. Political Research Quarterly 2002. V55 I1 P7(19)

Cigler, Allan J. and Burdett A. Loomis (eds). 1995. Interest Group Politics. Washington: CQ Press.

Cimoli, M. and Giovanni Dosi. 1995. “Technological Paradigms, Patterns of Learning and Development: An Introductory Roadmap.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics 5:243-268.

Cimoli, M. and Giovanni Dosi. 1995. “Technological Paradigms, Patterns of Learning and Development: An Introductory Roadmap.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics 5:243-268.

Cimoli, Mario and Constantino, Roberto. “Systems of Innovation, Knowledge and Networks: Latin America and Its Capability to Capture Benefits.” Knowledge flows in national systems of innovation: A comparative analysis of sociotechnical constituencies in Europe and Latin America. 2000. pp. 56-82.

Cimoli, Mario; Constantino, Roberto. “Systems of Innovation, Knowledge and Networks: Latin America and Its Capability to Capture Benefits.” Knowledge flows in national systems of innovation: A comparative analysis of sociotechnical constituencies in Europe and Latin America. 2000, pp. 56-82.

Claggett, E. Taylor. 1991. “Capital Structure: Convergent and Pecking Order Evidence.” Review of Financial Economics 1 (Fall):35-48.

Clark, A. W. 1968. “The Personality and Social Network Adjustment Scale: Its Use In The Evaluation of Treatment in a Therapeutic Community.” Human Relations 21:85-95.

Clark, Don. 1996. “Software Firm Fights to Remake Business After Ill-Fated Merger.” Wall Street Journal. January 12:A1.

Clark, Don. 1997. “Intel’s Tumble Underscores the Debate Over Coming Changes in PC Hardware.” Wall Street Journal August 25:B8.

Clark, Gordon L. 1993. Pensions and Corporate Restructuring in American Industry: A Crisis of Regulation. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Clark, Hugh R. “Community, trade, and networks: Southern Fujian province from the third to the thirteenth century.” Cambridge Studies in Chinese History, Literature and Institutions. Cambridge; New York and Melbourne: Cambridge University Press, 1991, pp. xii, 266.

Clark, Janine A. 2004. Islam, Charity, and Activism: Middle-Class Networks and Social Welfare in Egypt, Jordan, and Yemen. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Clark, Robert C. 1991. “Agency Costs Versus Fiduciary Duties.” Pp. 55-79 in Principles and Agents: The Structure of Business, edited by John W. Pratt and Richard J. Zeckhauser. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Clarke, Arthur C. 1958. Profiles of the Future: An Inquiry into the Limits of the Possible. New York: Harper & Row.

Clarke, Gerard. 1998. “Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) and Politics in the Developing World.” Political Studies 46:36-52.

Clarke, Lee, and Carroll Estes. 1992. “Sociological and Economic Theories of Markets and Nonprofits: Evidence from Home Health Organizations.” American Journal of Sociology 97:945-969.

Clarke, Peter & Staunton, Neil (1989) “Innovation in Technology and Organisation”, Routledge, London, 1989, Chapter 8

Clarke, Simon. 1977. “Marxism, Sociology, and Poulantzas’ Theory of the State.” Capital and Class 2 (Summer):1-31.

Clark-Ibanez, Marisol and Diane Felmlee. 2004. “Interethnic Relationships: The Role of Social Network Diversity.” Journal of Marriage and Family 66:293-305.

Clarkson, Max B.E. (ed.). 1998. The Corporation and Its Stakeholders: Classic and Contemporary Readings. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Clarkson, Max B.E. (ed.). 1998. The Corporation and Its Stakeholders: Classic and Contemporary Readings. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Clarkson, Max B.E. 1995. “A Stakeholder Framework forAnalyzing and Evaluating Corporate Social Performance.” Academy of Management Review 20:92-117.

Clarkson, Max B.E. 1995. “A Stakeholder Framework forAnalyzing and Evaluating Corporate Social Performance.” Academy of Management Review 20:92-117.

Clarysse, Bart; Debackere, Koenraad; Van Dierdonck, Roland. “Research Networks and Organisational Mobility in an Emerging Technological Field: The Case of Plant Biotechnology.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 4, no. 2, 1996, pp. 77-96.

Clawson, Dan and Alan Neustadtl. 1989. “Interlocks, PACS, and Corporate Conservatism.” American Journal of Sociology 94:749-773.

Clawson, Dan, Alan Neustadtl and Denise Scott. 1992. Money Talks: Corporate PACs and Political Influence. New York: Basic Books.

Clawson, Dan, Alan Neustadtl and Mark Weller. 1998. Dollars and Votes: How Business Campaign Contributions Subvert Democracy. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Clawson, Dan; Su, Tie-ting; Neustadtl, Alan. “Shift Happens: Corporations and the Struggle over American Politics, 1976-1986.” Social Science Quarterly, vol. 77, no. 4, December 1996, pp. 928-31.

Clawson, J. 1980. “Mentoring in Managerial Careers.” Pp. 144-165 in Work, Family and the Career, edited by C.B. Derr. New York: Praeger.

Cleak, Helen and Judith L. Howe. 2003. “Social Networks and Use of Social Supports of Minority Elders in East Harlem.” Social Work in Health Care 38:19-38.

Clegg, Stewart R. 1989. “Radical Revisions: Power, Discipline and Organizations.” Organization Studies 10:97-115.

Clegg, Stewart R. 1990. Modern Organizations: Organization Studies in the Postmodern World. London: Sage Publications.

Clegg, Stewart R. 1994. “New Organizational Forms.” Pp. 109-113 in Managing Strategic Action: Mobilizing Change, Concepts, Readings and Cases, edited by Cynthia Hardy. London: Sage Publications.

Clegg, Stewart R., Cynthia Hardy and Walter R. Nord (eds.). 1996. The Handbook of Organization Studies. London: Sage Publications.

Clegg, Stewart R., Cynthia Hardy and Walter R. Nord (eds.). 1996. The Handbook of Organization Studies. London: Sage Publications.

Clemens, Elisabeth S. 1993. “Organizational Repertoires and Institutional Change: Women’s Groups and the Transformation of U.S. Politics, 1890-1920.” American Journal of Sociology 98:755-798.

Clemens, Elisabeth S. 1997. The People’s Lobby: Organizational Innovation and the Rise of Interest Group Politics in the United States, 1890-1925. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Clemens, Elisabeth S. 1997. The People’s Lobby: Organizational Innovation and the Rise of Interest Group Politics in the United States, 1890-1925. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Clemens, Elisabeth S. and James M. Cook. 1999. “Politics and Institutionalism: Explaining Durability and Change.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:441-466.

Cliggett, Lisa. “Survival Strategies of the Elderly in Gwembe Valley, Zambia: Gender, Residence and Kin Networks.” Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology, 2001. 16, 4, Dec, 309-332.

Clinton, Angela. 1997. “Flexible Labor: Restructuring the American Work Force.” Montly Labor Review August:3-27.

Coase, Ronald H. 1937. “The Nature of the Firm.” Economica 4:386-405.

Coase, Ronald H. 1937. “The Nature of the Firm.” Economica 4:386-405.

Coase, Ronald H. 1952. “The Nature of the Firm.” Pp. 386-405 in Readings in Price Theory, edited by George J. Stigler and Kenneth E. Boulding. Homewood, IL: Richard D. Irwin.

Cobb, S C. “The Role of Corporate, Professional, and Personal Networks in the Provision of Offshore Financial Services.” Environment and Planning A, vol. 31, no. 10, October 1999, pp. 1877-92.

Coe, Neil M and Bunnell, Timothy G. 2003. “‘Spatializing’ Knowledge Communities: Towards a Conceptualization of Transnational Innovation Networks.” Global Networks 3:437-456.

Coe, Neil M and Bunnell, Timothy G. 2003. “‘Spatializing’ Knowledge Communities: Towards a Conceptualization of Transnational Innovation Networks.” Global Networks 3:437-456.

Coe, Neil M; Bunnell, Timothy G. “‘Spatializing’ Knowledge Communities: Towards a Conceptualization of Transnational Innovation Networks.” Global Networks 3(4): 2003. 437-56.

Coe, Rodney M; Wolinsky, Fredric D; Miller, Douglas K; Prendergast, John M. “Elderly Persons without Family Support Networks and Use of Health Services.” Research on Aging, 1985, 7, 4, Dec, 617-622.

Coffee, John C. Jr. 1988 “The Uncertain Case for Takeover Reform: An Essay on Stockholders, Shareholders and Bust-Ups.” Wisconsin Law Review 435.

Coffee, John C. Jr. 1988. “Shareholders Versus Managers: The Strain in the Corporate Web.” Pp. 78-134 in Knights, Raiders, and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover, edited by John C. Coffee Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman. New York: Oxford University Press.

Coffee, John C. Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman (eds.). 1988. Knights, Raiders, and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover. New York: Oxford University Press.

Cohan, Peter S. 1997. The Technology Leaders: How America’s Most Profitable High-tech Companies Innovate Their Way to Success. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Cohany, Sharon R., Steven F. Hipple, Thomas J. Nardone, Anne E. Polivka and Jay C. Stewart. 1998. “Counting the Workers: Results of a First Survey.” Pp. 41-68 in Contingent Work: American Employment Relations in Transition, edited by Kathleen Barker and Kathleen Christensen. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Cohen, Arthur M. 1962. “Changing Small-Group Communication Networks.” Administrative Science Quarterly 6:443-462.

Cohen, Don and Laurence Prusak. 2001. In Good Company: How Social Capital Makes Organizations Work. Boston: Harvard Business School Press. 

Cohen, G. A. 1978. Karl Marx’s Theory of History: A Defence. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Cohen, Jean L. 1983. Class and Civil Society: The Limits of Marxian Critical Theory. Amherst, MA: University of Massachusetts Press.

Cohen, Lisa E., Joseph P. Broschak and Heather A. Haveman. 1998. “And Then There Were More? The Effect of Organizational Sex Composition on the Hiring and Promotion of Managers.” American Sociological Review 63:711-727.

Cohen, Michael D. and Lee S. Sproull (eds.). 1996. Organizational Learning. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Cohen, Michael D. and Lee S. Sproull (eds.). 1996. Organizational Learning. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Cohen, Michael D., James G. March and Johan P. Olsen. 1972. “A Garbage Can Model of Organizational Choice.” Administrative Science Quarterly 17:1-25.

Cohen, Miriam Alfie. “Alliances and Challenges: Groups and Environmentalists Defense Networks in the Mexico-United States Border.” Revista Europea de Estudios Latinoamericanos y del Caribe/European Review of Latin American and Caribbean Studies, 2002. 73, Oct, 23-42.

Cohen, S., I. Brissette, W.J. Doyle and D.P. Skoner. 2000. ”Social Integration and Health: The Case of the Common Cold.” Journal of Social Structure 1(3).

Cohen, Sheldon; Doyle, William J.; Turner, Ronald; Alper, Cuneyt M.; Skoner, David P. 2003. “Sociability and susceptibility to the common cold.” Psychological Science 14:389-395.

Cohen, Wesley and Daniel Levinthal. 1989. “Innovation and Learning: The Two Faces of R and D.” Economic Journal 99:569-596.

Cohen, Wesley and Daniel Levinthal. 1989. “Innovation and Learning: The Two Faces of R and D.” Economic Journal 99:569-596.

Cohen, Wesley and Daniel Levinthal. 1990. “Absorptive Capacity: A New Perspective on Learning and Innovation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:128-152.

Cohen, Wesley and Daniel Levinthal. 1990. “Absorptive Capacity: A New Perspective on Learning and Innovation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:128-152.

Cohen, Wesley and Daniel Levinthal. 1990. “Absorptive Capacity: A New Perspective on Learning and Innovation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:128-152.

Cohen, Wesley M. and Richard C. Levin. 1989. “Empirical Studies of Innovation and Market Structure.” Pp. 1060-1107 in Handbook of Industrial Organization, vol. II, edited by R. Schmalensee and R. D. Willig: Elsevier Science Publishers.

Cohen, Wesley M., Richard R. Nelson and John P. Walsh. 2002. “Links and Impacts: The Influence of Public Research on Industrial R&D.” Management Science 48:1-23.

Cohen, Wesley. 1995. “Empirical Studies of Innovative Activity.” Pp. 182-264 in Handbook of the Economics of Innovation and Technological Change, edited by Paul Stoneman. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.

Cohen, Yinon and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 1984. “Employment Practices in the Dual Economy.” Industrial Relations 23:58-72.

Cohen, Yinon and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 1986. “Organizational Hiring Standards.” Administrative Science Quarterly 31: 1-24.

Cohendet, Patrick; et al. “Knowledge Coordination, Competence Creation and Integrated Networks in Globalised Firms.” Cambridge Journal of Economics, vol. 23, no. 2, March 1999, pp. 225-41.

Cohill, Andrew Michael and Andrea L. Kavanaugh (eds.). 2000. Community Networks: Lessons from Blacksburg, Virginia. 2nd ed. Boston, MA: Artech House.

Colander, David. 1991. Why Aren’t Economists as Important as Garbagemen? Armonk, NY: Sharpe Publishers.

Colander, David. 1991. Why Aren’t Economists as Important as Garbagemen? Armonk, NY: Sharpe Publishers.

Colander, David. 1996. “New Institutionalism, Old Institutionalism, and Distribution Theory.” Journal of Economic Issues 30:433-442.

Colander, David. 2000. “New Millennium Economies: How Did It Get This Way, and What Way Is It?” Journal of Economic Perspectives 14:121-132.

Colander, David. 2000. “New Millennium Economies: How Did It Get This Way, and What Way Is It?” Journal of Economic Perspectives 14:121-132.

Colander, David. 2000. “The Death of Neoclassical Economies.” Journal of the History of Economic Thought 22(2):127-144.

Colander, David. 2000. “The Death of Neoclassical Economies.” Journal of the History of Economic Thought 22(2):127-144.

Colander, David. 2003. “Are Institutionalists an Endangered Species?” Journal of Economic Issues 37:111-122.

Cole, Alistair; John, Peter. 1995. “Local Policy Networks in France and Britain: Policy Co-Ordination in Fragmented Political Sub-Systems.” West European Politics 18:89-109.

Cole, Kenneth. 1999. “Lobby Firm is Global: U.S. and Foreign Carmakers Team Up to Tackle Industry Issues.” Detroit News January 8:B1.

Cole, Michael S., William S. Schaninger Jr. and Stanley G. Harris. “The Workplace Social Exchange Network: A Multilevel, Conceptual Examination.” Group & Organization Management 2002. V27 I1 P142(26)

Cole, Robert E. 1999. Managing Quality Fads: How American Business Learned to Play the Quality Game. New York: Oxford University Press.

Coleman, James S. 1972. “Systems of Social Exchange.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 2:145-163.

Coleman, James S. 1973. “Loss of Power.” American Sociological Review 38:1-17.

Coleman, James S. 1973. The Mathematics of Collective Action. Chicago: Aldine.

Coleman, James S. 1974. Power and the Structure of Society. New York: Norton.

Coleman, James S. 1983. “Recontracting, Trustworthiness, and the Stability of Vote Exchanges.” Public Choice 40:89-94.

Coleman, James S. 1986. “Norms as Social Capital.” Pp. 133-155 in Economic Imperialism: The Economic Approach Applied Outside the Field of Economics, edited by Gerard Radnitzky and Peter Bernholz. New York: Paragon House.

Coleman, James S. 1986. “Social Theory, Social Research, and a Theory of Action.” American Journal of Sociology 91:1309-1335.

Coleman, James S. 1988. “Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital.” American Journal of Sociology 94:S95-S121.

Coleman, James S. 1990. “Norm-Generating Structures.” Pp. XX-XX in The Limits of Rationality, edited by Karen S. Cook and Margaret Levi. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Coleman, James S. 1990. “Social Capital.” Pp. 300-321 in Foundations of Social Theory. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Coleman, James S. 1990. Foundations of Social Theory. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Coleman, James S. 1996. “The Asymmetric Society: Organizational Actors, Corporate Power, and the Irrelevance of Persons.” Pp. 51-60 in Corporate and Governmental Deviance: Problems of Organizaationaal Behavior in Contemporary Society, edited by, M. David Ermann and Richard J. Lundman, New York: Oxford University Press.

Coleman, James S., Elihu Katz, and Herbert Manzel. 1966. Medical Innovation: A Diffusion Study. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.

Coleman, James S., Elihu Katz, and Herbert Manzel. 1966. Medical Innovation: A Diffusion Study. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.

Coleman, William D. 1988. Business and Politics: A Study of Collective Action. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.

Coles, Nigel. “It’s Not What You Know-It’s Who You Know That Counts: Analysing Serious Crime Groups as Social Networks.” British Journal of Criminology, 2001. 41, 4, autumn, 580-594.

Colin Clarke-Hill; Huaning Li; Barry Davies. “The Paradox of Co-Operation and Competition in Strategic Alliances: Towards A Multi-Paradigm Approach. Management Research News, 2003. Vol. 26 Issue 1, P1, 20p;

Coll, Steve. 1986. The Deal of the Century: The Breakup of AT&T. New York: Atheneum.

Collins, Christopher J.; Clark, Kevin D. “Strategic Human Resource Practices, Top Management Team Social Networks, and Firm Performance: The Role of Human Resource Practices in Creating Organizational Competitive Advantage.” Academy of Management Journal, Dec2003. Vol. 46 Issue 6, p740, 12p.

Collins, N. 1983. Professional Women and Their Mentors. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.

Collins, Neil. “Agricultural Policy Networks of the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland.” Political Studies 1995. 43:664-682.

Collins, Neil; Louloudis, Leonidas. “Protecting the Protected: The Greek Agricultural Policy Network.” Journal of European Public Policy 1995. 2:95-114.

Collins, Randall. “Networks across Generations: Why Philosophers’ Personal Relations Are Important.” Sotsiologicheskiy Zhurnal, 2001. 4, 90-114.

Collins, Randall. 1979. The Credential Society: An Historical Sociology of Educational and Stratification. New York: Academic Press.

Collins, Randall. 2003. “A Network-Location Theory of Culture.” Sociological Theory 21:69-73.

Collinson, Simon. “Knowledge Networks for Innovation in Small Scottish Software Firms.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, vol. 12, no. 3, July-Sept. 2000. pp. 217-44.

Collinson, Simon. “Knowledge Networks for Innovation in Small Scottish Software Firms.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, vol. 12, no. 3, July-Sept. 2000. pp. 217-44.

Collinson, Simon. “Knowledge Networks for Innovation in Small Scottish Software Firms.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 12(3): 2000. 217-44.

Collinson, Simon. 1999. “Knowledge Management Capabilities for Steel Markers: A British-Japanese Corporate Alliance for Organizational Learning.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management 11:337-358.

Collinson, Simon. 1999. “Knowledge Management Capabilities for Steel Markers: A British-Japanese Corporate Alliance for Organizational Learning.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management 11:337-358.

Collis, David J. 1991. “A Resource Based Analysis of Global Competition.” Strategic Management Journal 12(1):49-68.

Collis, David J. 1994. “How Valuable are Organizational Capabilities?” Strategic Management Journal 15:143-152.

Collyer, Fran M. “Theorising Privatisation: Policy, Network Analysis, and Class.” Electronic Journal of Sociology 2003. 7:-.

Collyer, Fran M. “Theorising Privatisation: Policy, Network Analysis, and Class.” Electronic Journal of Sociology, 2003. 7, 3, Nov.

Colombo, Massimo G. “Alliance From: A Test Of The Contractual And Competence Perspectives.” Strategic Management Journal 2003. Vol. 24 Issue 12, P1209, 21p;

Colombo, Massimo G., RoccoMosconi, 1995, Complementarity and cumulative learning effects in the early diffusion of multiple technologies. The Journal of Industrial Economics, 43:1, pp. 13-48.

Colwell, Mary. 1993. Private Foundation and Public Policy. New York: Garland.

Comanor, W.S. and Scherer, F.M. 1969. Patent statistics as a measure of technical change. Journal of Political Economy, 77:392-398.

Commons, John R. 1924. Legal Foundations of Capitalism. New York: Macmillan.

Commons, John R. 1931. “Institutional Economics.” American Economic Review 21:648-657.

Commons, John R. 1934. Institutional Economics: Its Place in Political Economy. New York: Macmillan.

Commons, John R. 1965. A Sociological View of Sovereignty. New York: Augustus Kelley.

Comstock, Donald E. 1982. “Power in Organizations: Toward a Critical Theory.” Pacific Sociological Review 25:139-162.

Conference Board. 1996. The New Deal in Employment Relationships: A Council Report No. 1162-96-CR. New York: Conference Board.

Congleton, Roger D. “Evaluating Rent-Seeking Losses: Do the Welfare Gains of Lobbyists Count?.” The economic analysis of rent seeking. 1995, pp. 365-68.

Conley, Timothy; Udry, Christopher. “Social Learning through Networks: The Adoption of New Agricultural Technologies in Ghana.” American Journal of Agricultural Economics 83(3): 2001. 668-73.

Conlisk, John; Gong, Jyh-Chyi; Tong, Ching H. “Actions Influenced by a Social Network.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics 11(3): 2001. 277-305.

Conlon, John K; Giovagnoli, Melissa. “The power of two: How companies of all sizes can build alliance networks that generate business opportunities.” San Francisco: Jossey-Bass 1998.

Connell, R. W. 1977. Ruling Class, Ruling Culture. Cambridge, UK.: Cambridge University Press.

Conner, Kathleen R. and C.K. Prahalad. 1991. “A Resource-Based Theory of the Firm: Knowledge versus Opportunism.” Organizations Science 7:477-501.

Conner, Kathleen. 1991. “A Historical Comparison of Resource-Based Theory and Five Schools of Thought Within Industrial-Organization Economics: Do We Have a New Theory of the Firm?” Journal of Management 17(1):121-154.

Considine, Mark; Lewis, Jenny M. “Bureaucracy, Network, or Enterprise? Comparing Models of Governance in Australia, Britain, the Netherlands, and New Zealand.” Public Administration Review 63(2): March- 2003. 131-40.

Contractor, F. and P. Lorange (1988), Why Should Firms Cooperate?, in: Contractor and Lorange (eds.), Cooperative Strategies in International Business, Lexington, pp. 321-331.

Contractor, F. J. and Lorange, P. (1988), “Why should firms cooperate? The strategy and economic basis for cooperative ventures”, In F. J. Contractor and P. Lorange (Eds.), Cooperative Strategies in International Business, pp. 3-28, Lexington Books, Lexington MA.

Contractor, Farok and Peter Lorange (eds.). 1988. Cooperative Strategies in International Business: Joint Ventures and Technology Partnerships Between Firms. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.

Conybeare, John A C; Murdoch, James C; Sandler, Todd. “Alternative Collective-Goods Models of Military Alliances: Theory and Empirics.” Economic Inquiry, vol. 32, no. 4, October 1994, pp. 525-42.

Cook, Anthony E. 1995.Corporate governance: the changing roles of officers, directors and shareholders. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Law School National Practice Institute.

Cook, Karen S. (ed.). 2001. Trust in Society. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Cook, Karen S. 1977. “Exchange and Power in Networks of Interorganizational Relations.” Sociological Quarterly 18:62-82.

Cook, Karen S. and Richard M. Emerson. 1984. “Exchange Networks and the Analysis of Complex Organizations.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 3:1-30.

Cook, Karen S. and Russell Hardin. 2001. “Norms of Cooperativeness and Networks of Trust.” Pp. 327-347 in Social Norms, edited by Michael Hechter and Karl-Dieter Opp. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Cook, Karen S. and Toshio Yamagishi. 1992. “Power in Exchange Networks: A Power-Dependence Formulation.” Social Networks 14:245-65.

Cook, Karen S., Richard M. Emerson, Marry R. Gilmore, and Toshio Yamagishi. 1983. “The Distribution of Power in Exchange Networks: Theory and Experimental Results.” American Journal of Sociology, 87:275-305.

Cook, Karen S., Toshio Yamagishi and Motoki Watabe. 1998. “Uncertainty, Trust and Commitment Formation in the U.S. and Japan.” American Journal of Sociology 104: 165-194.

Cook, Karen S; Hardin, Russell. “Norms of Cooperativeness and Networks of Trust.” Social Norms, Hechter, Michael, & Opp, Karl-Dieter [Eds], New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 2001, pp 327-347.

Cooke, Philip and Kevin Morgan. 1993. “The Network Paradigm: New Departures in Corporate and Regional Development.” Environment and Planning D: Society and Space 11:543-564.

Cooke, Philip and Kevin Morgan. 1994. “Growth Regions Under Duress: Renewal Strategies in Baden Württemberg and Emilia-Romagna.” Pp. 91-117 in Globalization, Institutions, and Regional Development in Europe, edited by Ash Amin and Nigel Thrift. New York: Oxford University Press.

Cooke, Philip and Kevin Morgan. 1998. The Associational Economy: Firms, Regions, and Innovation. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Cooke, Philip. “The New Wave of Regional Innovation Networks: Analysis, Characteristics and Strategy.” Small Business Economics, vol. 8, no. 2, April 1996. pp. 159-71.

Cooke, Philip. “The New Wave of Regional Innovation Networks: Analysis, Characteristics and Strategy.” Small Business Economics, vol. 8, no. 2, April 1996. pp. 159-71.

Cooke, Philip; Davies, Clare; Wilson, Rob. “Urban Networks and the New Economy: The Impact of Clusters on Planning for Growth.” Urban competitiveness: Policies for dynamic cities. 2002. 233-56.

Cooke, Robert A. and Janet L. Szumal. 1993. “Measuring Normative Beliefs and Shared Behavioral Expectations in Organizations: The Reliability and Validity of the Organizational Culture Inventory.” Psychological Reports 72:1299-1330.

Coombs, Joseph E.; Deeds, David L. “International Alliances as Sources of Capital: Evidence from the Biotechnology Industry.” Journal of High Technology Management Research, Autumn 2000. Vol. 11 Issue 2, P235, 19p;

Coombs, Rod et al. “Technological Collaboration and Networks of Alliances in the Innovation Process.” Technological collaboration: The dynamics of cooperation in industrial innovation. 1996. pp. 1-17.

Coombs, Rod et al. “Technological Collaboration and Networks of Alliances in the Innovation Process.” Technological collaboration: The dynamics of cooperation in industrial innovation. 1996. pp. 1-17.

Coombs, Rod, David Knights and Hugh C. Willmott. 1992. “Culture, Control and Competition; Towards a Conceptual Framework for the Study of Information Technology in Organizations.” Organization Studies 13:51-72.

Corcoran, Elizabeth. 1998. “AOL Closes Deal to Buy Netscape for $4.2 Billion.” Washington Post November 25:A1.

Corcoran, Mary and Greg Duncan. 1979. “Work History, Labor Force Attachment, and Earnings Differences between the Races and Sexes.” Journal of Human Resources 14:3-20.

Corcoran, Mary, Greg J. Duncan and Michael Ponza. 1983. “A Longitudinal Analysis of White Women’s Wages.” Journal of Human Resources 18:497-520.

Cordes, Joseph J. and Burton A. Weisbrod. 1998. “Differential Taxation of Nonprofits and the Commercialization of Nonprofit Revenues.” Journal of Policy Analysis & Management 17:195-214.

Cordes, Joseph, Jeffrey R. Henig and Eric C. Twombly. 2001. “Nonprofit Human Service Providers in an Era of Privatization: Toward a Theory of Economic and Political Response.” Policy Studies Review 18:91-110.

Cordes, Sam; Allen, John; Bishop, Richard C.; Lynne, Gary D.; Robison, Lindon J.; Ryan, Vernon D.; Shaffer, Ron. “Social Capital, Attachment Value, and Rural Development: A Conceptual Framework and Application of Contingent Valuation.” American Journal of Agricultural Economics, Dec2003. Vol. 85 Issue 5, p1201, 7p;

Coriat, B. 1995. “Variety, Routines and Networks: The Metamorphosis of Fordist Firms.” Industrial and Corporate Change 4:205-228.

Corin, Ellen; Tremblay, Jacques; Sherif, Teresa; Bergeron, Luc. “Between Professional Services and Social Networks: Strategies of Existence for the Elderly.” Sociologie et Societes, 1984, 16, 2, Oct, 89-104.

Cornwell, Benjamin; Curry, Timothy J; Schwirian, Kent P. “Revisiting Norton Long’s Ecology of Games: A Network Approach.” City & Community, 2003. 2, 2, June, 121-142.

Cortazar, Rene. “Non-redundant Groups, the Assurance Game and the Origins of Collective Action.” Public Choice, vol. 92, no. 1-2, July 1997. pp. 41-53.

Costa, D.L.; Kahn, M.E. “Understanding the American Decline in Social Capital, 1952–1998. Kyklos, 2003. Vol. 56 Issue 1, p17, 30p;

Costa, Dora L. and Matthew E. Kahn. “Understanding the American Decline in Social Capital, 1952-1998. KYKLOS Spring 2003. V56 I1 P17(30)

Costenbader, Elizabeth and Valente, Thomas W. “The Stability of Centrality Measures When Networks Are Sampled.” Social Networks 2003. 25, 4, Oct, 283-307.

Costenbader, Elizabeth and Valente, Thomas W. “The Stability of Centrality Measures When Networks Are Sampled.” Social Networks 2003. 25, 4, Oct, 283-307.

Costenbader, Elizabeth; Valente, Thomas W. “The Stability of Centrality Measures When Networks Are Sampled.” Social Networks, 2003. 25, 4, Oct, 283-307.

Cottrill, Charlotte A. and Rogers, Everett M. and Mills, Tamsy. “Co-Citation Analysis of the Scientific Literature of Innovation Research Traditions: Diffusion of Innovations and Technology Transfer.” Knowledge 1989. 11, 2, Dec, 181-208.

Cottrill, Charlotte A. and Rogers, Everett M. and Mills, Tamsy. “Co-Citation Analysis of the Scientific Literature of Innovation Research Traditions: Diffusion of Innovations and Technology Transfer.” Knowledge 1989. 11, 2, Dec, 181-208.

Cousins, Paul D.; Crone, Michael J. “Strategic Models For the Development of Obligation Based Inter-Firm Relationships: A Study of the UK Automotive Industry. International Journal of Operations & Production Management, 2003. Vol. 23 Issue 11, P1447, 28p;

Coutard, Olivier. “‘Premium Network Spaces’: A Comment.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, 2002. 26, 1, Mar, 166-174.

Cova, B., and Salle, R. 2000. Rituals in Managing Extrabusiness Relationships in International Project Marketing: A Conceptual Framework. International Business Review, 9(6): 669-685.

Covizzi, Ilaria; Lucchini, Mario; Maretti, Claudio; Sarti, Simone. “Social Networks and Neural Networks. New Method of Segmentation of Social Capital.” Inchiesta, 2003. 33, 139, Jan-Mar, 55-64.

Cowan, Robin and Jonard, Nicolas. “Network Structure and the Diffusion of Knowledge.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, vol. 28, no. 8, June 2004. pp. 1557-75.

Cowan, Robin and Jonard, Nicolas. “Network Structure and the Diffusion of Knowledge.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, vol. 28, no. 8, June 2004. pp. 1557-75.

Cowan, Robin; Foray, Dominique. “The Economics of Codification and the Diffusion of Knowledge.” Industrial and Corporate Change, vol. 6, no. 3, September 1997, pp. 595-622.

Cowan, Robin; Jonard, Nicolas. “Network Structure and the Diffusion of Knowledge.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control 28(8): 2004. 1557-75.

Cowan, Robin; Jonard, Nicolas. “Network structure and the diffusion of knowledge. Journal of Economic Dynamics & Control, Jun2004. Vol. 28 Issue 8, p1557, 19p;

Cowhey, Peter F. and Johnathan D. Aronson. 1993. Managing the World Economy: The Consequences of Corporate Alliances. New York: Council on Foreign Relations Press.

Cox, Andrew and Noel O’Sullivan (eds.). 1988. The Corporate State: Corporatism and the State Tradition in Western Europe. Hants, UK: Edward Elgar.

Cox, Andrew. 1988. “Neocorporatism Versus the Corporatist State.” Pp. 27-47 in The Corporate State: Corporatism and the State Tradition in Western Europe, edited by Andrew Cox and Noel O’Sullivan. Hants, UK: Edward Elgar.

Cox, Howard. “Learning to Do Business in China: The Evolution of BAT's Cigarette Distribution Network, 1902-41.” Business History, vol. 39, no. 3, July 1997, pp. 30-64.

Cox, W. Michael and Richard Alm. 1999. Myths of Rich and Poor: Why We’re Better Off Than We Think. New York: Basic Books.

Coy, Robert, Rubinstein, Saul and Shay, Michael. “Collaborative Restructuring Efforts: Textile and Apparel Labor-Management Innovation Network, Lehigh Valley, Pennsylvania.” Economic restructuring and emerging patterns of industrial relations. 1993. pp. 91-107.

Coy, Robert, Rubinstein, Saul and Shay, Michael. “Collaborative Restructuring Efforts: Textile and Apparel Labor-Management Innovation Network, Lehigh Valley, Pennsylvania.” Economic restructuring and emerging patterns of industrial relations. 1993. pp. 91-107.

Coyle-Shapiro, Jacqueline A.-M. and Ian Kessler. 2003. “The Employment Relationship in the UK Public Sector: A psychological Contract Perspective.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 13:213-230.

Cragan, John F; Shields, Donald C; Wright, David W. “Revitalizing the Study of Small Group Communication: A Thematic Critique.” Communication Studies, 1994, 45, 1, spring, 92-96.

Cragan, John F; Wright, David W. “Small Group Communication Research of the 1980s: A Synthesis and Critique.” Communication Studies, 1990, 41, 3, fall, 212-236.

Cragan, John F; Wright, David W. “Small Group Communication Research of the 1970's: A Synthesis and Critique.” Central States Speech Journal, 1980, 31, 3, fall, 197-213.

Cragg, Wesley. 2002. “Business Ethics and Stakeholder Theory.” Business Ethics Quarterly 12:113-142.

Cramer, James C; McDonald, Katrina Bell. “Kin Support and Family Stress: Two Sides to Early Childbearing and Support Networks.” Human Organization, 1996, 55, 2, summer, 160-169.

Cramer, Lori A; Riley, Pamela J; Kiger, Gary. “Support and Antagonism in Social Networks: Effects of Community and Gender.” Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 1991, 6, 4, Dec, 991-1005.

Crane, D. 1972. Invisible Colleges: Diffusion of Knowledge in Scientific Communities. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Cravens, D., and N. Piercy. 1994. Relationship Marketing and Collaborative Networks In-Service Organizations. International Journal of Service Industry Management, 5(5), 39-53.

Cravens, D., N. Piercy and S.H. Shipp. 1996. “New Organizational Forms for Competing in Highly Dynamic Environments: The Network Paradigm.” British Journal of Management 7:203-218.

Cravens, Karen; Goad Oliver, Elizabeth; Ramamoorti, Sridhar. “The Reputation Index: Measuring and Managing Corporate Reputation. European Management Journal 2003. Vol. 21 Issue 2, P201, 12p;

Cravens, Karen; Piercy, Nigel. “Assessing the Performance of Strategic Alliances: Matching Metrics to Strategies. European Management Journal 2000. Vol. 18 Issue 5, P529, 13p;

Creedy, John and Vance L. Martin (eds.). 1994. Chaos and Non-linear Models in Economics: Theory and Applications. Aldershot, UK: Elgar.

Crenson, Matthew A. 1978. “Social Networks and Political Processes in Urban Neighborhoods.” American Journal of Political Science 22:578-594.

Creti, Anna. 2001. “Firms’ Organization and Efficient Communication Networks.” Manchester School 69:77-102.

Creti, Anna. 2001. “Network Technologies, Communication Externalities and Total Factor Productivity.” Structural Change and Economic Dynamics 12:1-28.

Crewe, Louise. “Material Culture: Embedded Firms, Organizational Networks and the Local Economic Development of a Fashion Quarter.” Regional Studies 30: 3 1996. Pp. 257-72.

Cropf, Robert A; Casaregola, Vincent. “Community and Information Networks in Hypermedia Culture: Constructing a New Social Epistemology.” Bulletin of Science, Technology and Society, 1996, 16, 3, 157-166.

Crosby, L.A. and N. Stephens. 1987. “Effects of Relationship Marketing on Satisfaction, Retention, and Prices in the Life Insurance Industry.” Journal of Marketing Research 24:404-411.

Cross R. and A. Parker. The Hidden Power of Social Networks. Harvard Business School Press, Boston 2004

Cross, Rob, Andrew Parker and Lisa Sasson. 2003. Networks in the Knowledge Economy. New York: Oxford University Press.

Cross, Rob, Stephen P. Borgatti and Andrew Parker. “Making Invisible Work Visible: Using Social Network Analysis to Support Strategic Collaboration.” California Management Review 2002. V44 I2 P25(22)

Cross, Rob; Borgatti, Stephen P; Parker, Andrew. “Beyond Answers: Dimensions of the Advice Network.” Social Networks, 2001. 23, 3, July, 215-235.

Cross, Rob; Nohria, Nitin; Parker, Andrew. “Six Myths About Informal Networks -- and How to Overcome Them. MIT Sloan Management Review, Spring2002. Vol. 43 Issue 3, p67, 8p

Cross, Rob; Parker, Andrew; Prusak, Laurence; Borgatti, Stephen P. “Supporting Knowledge Creation and Sharing in Social Networks. Organizational Dynamics, Nov2001. Vol. 30 Issue 2, p100, 21p.

Crowell, Linda F. “Weak ties: a mechanism for helping women expand their social networks and increase their capital. Social Science Journal, Jan2004. Vol. 41 Issue 1, p15, 14p;

Croxson, Bronwyn. “From Private Club to Professional Network: An Economic History of the Health Economists’ Study Group, 1972-1997.” Health Economics, vol. 7, no. 0, Supplement 1 August 1998, pp. S9-45.

Crozier, Michel. 1964. “Power and Organization.” Archives Europeennes de Sociologie 5:52-64.

Crozier, Michel. 1964. The Bureaucratic Phenomenon. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Crystal, Graef S. and David Kirkpatrick. 1988. “The Wacky, Wacky World of CEO Pay.” Fortune 117(12) June 6:68.

Crystal, Graef. 1991. “CEO Compensation: The Case of Michael Eisner.” Pp. 353-365 in Executive Compensation: A Strategic Guide for the 1990s, edited by Fred K. Foulkes Boston: Harvard Business School Press.

Crystal, Graef. 1992. In Search of Excess: The Overcompensation of American Executives. New York: Norton.

Cullen, John B.; Johnson, Jean L.; Sakano, Tomoaki. “Success through Commitment and Trust: the Soft Side of Strategic Alliance Management. Journal of World Business, Fall2000, Vol. 35 Issue 3, P223, 18p;

Cully, Mark, Andrew O’Reilly, Neil Millward, John Forth, Stephen Woodland, Gill Dix and Alex Bryson. 1998. The 1998 Workplace Employee Relations Survey: First Findings. London: Department of Trade and Industry.

Cummings, Jonathon N. “Work Groups, Structural Diversity, and Knowledge Sharing in a Global Organization. Management Science, Mar2004. Vol. 50 Issue 3, p352, 13p.

Cummings, L.L. and Barry Staw (eds.). 1986. The Evolution and Adaptation of Organizations. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Cummings, L.L. and Barry Staw (eds.). 1986. The Evolution and Adaptation of Organizations. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Cummings, T. 1991. Innovation through alliances: Archimedes’ Hall of Mirrors. European Management Journal, 9:284-287.

Cummings, T.G. 1984. “Transorganizational Development.” Research in Organizational Behavior 6:367-422.

Cunningham, M T; Culligan, K. “Competitiveness through Networks of Relationships in Information Technology Product Markets.” New perspectives on international marketing. 1991, pp. 251-75.

Curan, J., R. Jarvis, R.A. Blackburn and S. Black. 1993. “Networks and Small Firms: Constructs, Methodological Strategies and Some Findings.” International Small Business Journal 11:13-16.

Curme, Michael A., Barry T. Hirsch, and David A. MacPherson. 1990. “Union Membership and Contract Coverage in the United States, 1983-1988.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 44:5-29.

Currah, Andrew and Neil Wrigley. 2004. “Networks of Organizational Learning and Adaptation in Retail TNCs.” Global Networks 4:1-23.

Currall, Steven C. and Andrew C. Inkpen. “A Multilevel Approach to Trust in Joint Ventures. Journal of International Business Studies Fall 2002. V33 I3 P479(17)

Curran, Sara R; Rivero-Fuentes, Estela. “Engendering Migrant Networks: The Case of Mexican Migration.” Demography 40(2): 2003. 289-307.

Curwen, Peter. 1999. “Survival of the Fittest: Formation and Development of International Alliances in Telecommunications.” Info 1:141-58.

Cusumano, Michael A. and Richard W. Selby. 1995. Microsoft Secrets. New York: Free Press.

Cusumano, Michael A., Yiorgos Mylonadis and Richard S. Rosenbloom. 1992. “Strategic Maneuvering and Mass-Market Dynamics: The Triumph of VHS over Beta.” Business History Review 66:51-94.

Cyert, Richard and James G. March. 1963. A Behavioral Theory of the Firm. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.

Cyert, Richard and James G. March. 1992. A Behavioral Theory of the Firm. 2nd Ed. New York: Blackwell.

Czarniawska, Barbara. 1997. Narrating the Organization: Dramas of Institutional Identity. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Czarniawska, Barbara. 1998. A Narrative Approach to Organization Studies. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

D’Amour, Danielle; Sicotte, Claude; Levy, Ron. “Collective Action within Interprofessional Teams in Health Services.” Sciences Sociales et Sante 1999. 17, 3, Sept, 68-94.

D’Aubeterre Buznego, Maria Eugenia. “Gender, Kinship and Feminine Migratory Networks.” Alteridades, 2002. 12, 24, July-Dec, 51-60.

Dabholkar, Pratibha A., Wesley J. Johnston and Amy S. Cathey. 1994. “The Dynamics of Long-term Business-to-Business Exchange Relationships.” Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science 22(2):130-145.

Daboub, Anthony J. “Strategic Alliances, Network Organizations, and Ethical Responsibility. S.A.M. Advanced Management Journal (1984), Fall2002. Vol. 67 Issue 4, P40, 10p;

Daboub, Anthony J. 2002. “Strategic Alliances, Network Organizations, and Ethical Responsibility.” SAM Advanced Management Journal 67(4):40-49.

Daboub, Anthony J. and Jerry M. Calton. “Stakeholder Learning Dialogues: How to Preserve Ethical Responsibility in Networks. Journal of Business Ethics 2002. P85(14)

Dacin, M. Tina, Jerry Goodstein and W. Richard Scott. 2002. “Institutional Theory and Institutional Change: Introduction to the Special Research Forum.” Academy of Management Journal 45:45-57.

Dacin, M. Tina, Michael A. Hitt and Edward Levitas. 1997. “Selecting Partners for Successful International Alliances: Examination of U.S. and Korean Firms.” Journal of World Business 32:3-16.

Dacin, M.T., Mark J. Ventresca, and B. D. Beal. 1999. “The Embeddedness of Organizations: Dialogue and Directions.” Journal of Management, 25(3):317-56.

Daft, Richard L. 1995. Organization Theory and Design. Fifth Ed. Minneapolis-St.Paul: West Publishing.

Daft, Richard L. and Ari Y. Lewin. 1993. “Where Are the Theories for the ‘New’ Organizational Forms? An Editorial Essay.” Organization Science 4:i-v.

Daft, Richard L. and Arie Y. Lewin. 1990. “Can Organization Studies Begin to Break Out of the Normal Science Straightjacket? An Editorial Essay.” Organization Science 1:1-9.

Daft, Richard L. and Arie Y. Lewin. 1990. “Can Organization Studies Begin to Break Out of the Normal Science Straightjacket? An Editorial Essay.” Organization Science 1:1-9.

Dahl, Robert. 1956. A Preface to Democratic Theory. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Dahlstrom, Robert; Ingram, Rhea. “Social networks and the adverse selection problem in agency relationships. Journal of Business Research, Sep2003. Vol. 56 Issue 9, p767, 9p;

Dakhli, Mourad; De Clercq, Dirk. “Human capital, social capital, and innovation: a multi-country study. Entrepreneurship & Regional Development, Mar2004. Vol. 16 Issue 2, p107, 22p;

Daley, John A; McCroskey, James C; Richmond, Virginia P. “Relationships between Vocal Activity and Perception of Communicators in Small Group Interaction.” Western Journal of Speech Communication, 1977, 41, 3, summer, 175-187.

Dalla, Rochelle L. 2001. “Et Tu Brute?: A Qualitative Analysis of Streetwalking Prostitutes’ Interpersonal Support Networks.” Journal of Family Issues 22:1066-1085.

Dalton, D.H. and M.G. Serapio, Jr. 1998. Globalzing Industrial Research and Development. Washington: U.S. Department of Commerce Technology Administration.

Dalton, Kathleen, Marisa Elena Domino, Scott Stewart and Joseph Morrissey. 2003. “Developing Capacity for Integrated Trauma-Related Behavioral Health Services for Women: Start-Up Costs from Five Community Sites.” Women & Health 38(4):111-126.”

Dalton, Melville. 1959. Men Who Manage. New York: Wiley.

Damania, R. “When the Weak Win: The Role of Investment in Environmental Lobbying.” Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, vol. 42, no. 1, July 2001, pp. 1-22.

Damania, Richard. “Influence in Decline: Lobbying in Contracting Industries.” Economics and Politics, vol. 14, no. 2, July 2002, pp. 209-23.

Damania, Richard. “Protectionist Lobbying and Strategic Investment.” Economic Record, vol. 79, no. 244, March 2003, pp. 57-69.

Damania, Richard; Fredriksson, Per G. “On the Formation of Industry Lobby Groups.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, vol. 41, no. 4, April 2000, pp. 315-35.

Damania, Richard; Fredriksson, Per G. “Trade Policy Reform, Endogenous Lobby Group Formation, and Environmental Policy.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, vol. 52, no. 1, September 2003, pp. 47-69.

Damanpour, Fariborz, and Shanthi Gopalakrishnan, 1998. Theories of organizational structure and innovation adoption: the role of environmental change. Journal of Engineering and Technology Management, 15:1, pp. 1-24.

Dana, Leo Paul. “Networks, Internationalization & Policy.” Small Business Economics 16(2): 2001. 57-62.

Dana, Leo Paul. 2001. “Networks, Internationalization and Policy.” Small Business Economics 16(2):57-62.

Daniel B. Cornfield. 2001. Working in Restructured Workplaces: Challenges and New Directions for the Sociology of Work. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Daniere, Amrita, Lois M. Takahashi and Anchana Naranong. “Social Capital, Networks, and Community Environments in Bangkok, Thailand. Growth and Change 2002. V33 I4 P453(32)

Daniere, Amrita; Takahashi, Lois M; NaRanong, Anchana. “Social Capital, Networks, and Community Environments in Bangkok, Thailand.” Growth and Change, vol. 33, no. 4, Fall 2002, pp. 453-84.

Daniere, Amrita; Takahashi, Lois M; NaRanong, Anchana. “Social Capital, Networks, and Community Environments in Bangkok, Thailand.” Growth and Change 33(4): Fall 2002. 453-84.

Dannin, E. 1997. Working Free: The Origins and Impact of New Zealand’s Employment Contracts Act. Wellington: Auckland University Press.

Danziger, Sheldon and Peter Gottschalk. 1993. Uneven Tides: Rising Inequality in America. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Darr, Asaf. “Gifting Practices and Interorganizational Relations: Constructing Obligation Networks in the Electronics Sector.” Sociological Forum, 2003. 18, 1, Mar, 31-51.

Darre, Jean-Pierre. 1984. “The Production of Norms within Professional Networks: The Example of a Group of Cattle Raisers.” Sociologie du Travail 26:141-156.

Darves, Derek; Dreiling, Michael. “Corporate Political Networks and Trade Policy Formation.” Humanity and Society, 2002, 26, 1, Feb, 5-27.

Darves, Derek; Dreiling, Michael. “Corporate Political Networks and Trade Policy Formation.” Humanity and Society, 2002. 26, 1, Feb, 5-27.

Darves, Derek; Dreiling, Michael. 2002. “Corporate Political Networks and Trade Policy Formation.” Humanity and Society 26:5-27.

Darwiche, Nawla. “Women in Arab NGOs: A Publication of the Arab Network for Non-Governmental Organizations, December 1999.” Feminist Review, 2001. 69, winter, 15-20.

Das, S., P.K. Sen and S. Sengupta. 1998. “Impact of Strategic Alliances on Firm Evaluation.” Academy of Management Journal 41:27-41.

Das, T. K.; Bing-Sheng Teng. 1999. “Managing Risks in Strategic Alliances.” Academy of Management Executive 13(4):50-62.

Das, T. K.; Bing-Sheng Teng. 2000. “Instabilities of Strategic Alliances: An Internal Tensions Perspective. Organization Science: A Journal of the Institute of Management Sciences, Vol. 11 Issue 1, P77, 25p;

Das, T. K.; Teng, Bing-Sheng. 2001. “Relational Risk and Its Personal Correlates In Strategic Alliances.” Journal of Business & Psychology, Vol. 15 Issue 3, P449, 17p;

Das, T.K. and Bing-Sheng Teng. 1998. “Between Trust and Control: Developing Confidence in Partner Cooperation in Alliances.” Academy of Management Review 23:491-512.

Das, T.K. and Bing-Sheng Teng. 2002. “Alliance Constellations: A Social Exchange Perspective.” Academy of Management Review 27:445-456

Das, T.K. and Bing-Sheng Teng. 2002. “The Dynamics of Alliance Conditions in the Alliance Development Process.” Journal of Management Studies 39:725-746.

Das, T.K., and Teng, B.S. 2000. A resource-based theory of strategic alliances. Journal of Management 26: 31-61.

Das, T.K.; Bing-Sheng Teng. 2001. “Trust, Control, and Risk in Strategic Alliances. Organization Studies Vol. 22 Issue 2, P251, 33p;

Das, T.K.; Rahman, Noushi. 2001 “Partner Misbehaviour in Strategic Alliances: Guidelines For Effective Deterrence. Journal of General Management Vol. 27 Issue 1, P43, 28p;

Das, T.K.; Teng, Bing-Sheng. 2003. “Partner Analysis and Alliance Performance. Scandinavian Journal of Management Vol. 19 Issue 3, P279, 30p;

Dasgupta, Partha and Ismail Serageldin (eds.). 2000. Social Capital: A Multifaceted Perspective. Washington, DC: World Bank.

Daugbjerg, Carsten. 1999. “Reforming the CAP: Policy Networks and Broader Institutional Structures.” Journal of Common Market Studies 37:407-28.

Daugbjerg, Carsten. 2000. “Explaining Why the Swedes But Not the Danes Tax Fertilizers: A Comparison of Policy Networks and Political Parties.” Market-based instruments for environmental management: Politics and institutions. Pp. 129-147 in

Davern, Michael. “Social networks and economic sociology: A proposed..” American Journal of Economics & Sociology, Jul97, Vol. 56 Issue 3, p287, 16p.

Davern, Michael. “Social Networks and Prestige Attainment: New Empirical Findings. American Journal of Economics & Sociology, Oct99, Vol. 58 Issue 4, p843, 22p;

David C. Hammack. 2002. “Nonprofit Organizations in American History: Research Opportunities and Sources.” American Behavioral Scientist 45:1638-1674.

David, Paul A and Foray, Dominique. “Dynamics of Competitive Technology Diffusion through Local Network Structures: The Case of EDI Document Standards.” Evolutionary economics and chaos theory: New directions in technology studies. 1994. pp. 63-78.

David, Paul A. “Standardization Policies for Network Technologies: The Flux between Freedom and Order Revisited.” Standards, innovation and competitiveness: The politics and economics of standards in natural and technical environments. 1995, pp. 15-35.

David, Paul A. 1985. “Clio and the Economics of QWERTY.” American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings 75:332-337.

David, Paul A. 1985. “Clio and the Economics of QWERTY.” American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings 75:332-337.

David, Paul A. and Foray, Dominique. “Dynamics of Competitive Technology Diffusion through Local Network Structures: The Case of EDI Document Standards.” Evolutionary economics and chaos theory: New directions in technology studies. 1994. pp. 63-78.

David, Paul A; Bunn, Julie Ann. “Gateway Technologies and the Evolutionary Dynamics of Network Industries: Lessons from Electricity Supply History.” Evolving technology and market structure: Studies in Schumpeterian economics. 1990, pp. 121-56.

David, Paul A; Bunn, Julie Ann. “The Economics of Gateway Technologies and Network Evolution: Lessons from Electricity Supply History.” Information Economics and Policy, vol. 3, no. 2, 1988, pp. 165-202.

Davidow, William H. and Michael S. Malone. 1992. The Virtual Corporation: Structuring and Revitalizing the Corporation for the 21st Century. New York: Harper Collins.

Davids, Ronn S. 1995. “Constituency Statutes: An Appropriate Vehicle for Addressing Transition Costs?” Columbia Journal of Law and Social Problems 28:145-147.

Davidsson, Per, Leif Lindmark and Christer Olofsson. 1998. “The Extent of Overestimation of Small Firm Job Creation: An Empirical Examination of the Regression Bias.” Small Business Economics 11:87-100.

Davis, Benjamin; Stecklov, Guy; Winters, Paul. “Domestic and International Migration from Rural Mexico: Disaggregating the Effects of Network Structure and Composition.” Population Studies 56(3): 2002. 291-309.

Davis, Benjamin; Stecklov, Guy; Winters, Paul. 2002. “Domestic and International Migration from Rural Mexico: Disaggregating the Effects of Network Structure and Composition.” Population Studies 56:291-309.

Davis, Benjamin; Winters, Paul. “Gender, Networks and Mexico-US Migration.” Journal of Development Studies 38(2): 2001. 1-26.

Davis, Byron L; Kick, Edward L; Kiefer, David. “The World-System, Militarization, and National Development.” War in the world-system. 1989, pp. 27-45.

Davis, Charles R. 1996. “The Administrative Rational Model and Public Organization Theory.” Administration & Society 28:39-60.

Davis, Charles R. 1996. “The Administrative Rational Model and Public Organization Theory.” Administration & Society 28:39-60.

Davis, David E; Wilson, Wesley W. “ Wages in Rail Markets: Deregulation, Mergers, and Changing Networks Characteristics.” Southern Economic Journal 69(4): 2003. 865-85.

Davis, Gerald F. “American Cronyism: How Executive Networks Inflated the Corporate Bubble.” Contexts, 2003. 2, 3, summer, 34-40.

Davis, Gerald F. 1991. “Agents Without Principles? The Spread of the Poison Pill Takeover Defense Through the Intercorporate Network.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:583-613.

Davis, Gerald F. 1991. “Agents Without Principles? The Spread of the Poison Pill Takeover Defense Through the Intercorporate Network.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:583-613.

Davis, Gerald F. 1991. “Agents without principles? The spread of the poison pill through the intercorporate network.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 36: 583-613.

Davis, Gerald F. 1994. “The Corporate Elite and the Politics of Corporate Control.” Current Perspectives in Social Theory, Supplement 1:215-38.

Davis, Gerald F. and Henrich R. Greve. 1997. “Corporate Elite Networks and Governance Changes in the 1980s.” American Journal of Sociology 103:1-37.

Davis, Gerald F. and Mark S. Mizruchi. 1999. “The Money Center Cannot Hold: Commercial Banks in the U.S. System of Corporate Governance.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:215-239.

Davis, Gerald F. and Suzanne K. Stout. 1992. “Organization Theory and the Market for Corporate Control: A Dynamic Analysis of the Characteristics of Large Takeover Targets, 1980-1990.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:605-633.

Davis, Gerald F. and Tracy A. Thompson. 1994. “A Social Movement Perspective on Corporate Control.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:141-73.

Davis, Gerald F. and Walter W. Powell. 1992. “Organization-Environment Relations.” Pp. 315-375 in Handbook of Industrial and Organizational Psychology Vol. 3, edited by Marvin D. Dunnette and Leaetta M. Hough. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

Davis, Gerald F., Kristina A. Diekmann and Catherine H. Tinsley. 1994. “The Decline and Fall of the Conglomerate Firm in the 1980s: The Deinstitutionalization of an Organizational Form.” American Sociological Review 59:547-70.

Davis, James A. 1967. “Clustering and Structural Balance in Graphs.” Human Relations 20:181-87.

Davis, Steven J. and John Haltiwanger. 1990. “Gross Job Creation and Destruction: Microeconomic Evidence and Macroeconomic Implications,” NBER Macroeconomics Annual 5, 123-68.

Davis, Steven J. and John Haltiwanger. 1991. “The Distribution of Employees by Establishment Size: Patterns of Change and Comovement in the United States, 1962-85,” Working Paper.

Davis, Steven J. and John Haltiwanger. 1992. “Gross Job Creation, Gross Job Destruction, and Employment Reallocation.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 107:819-63

Davis, Steven J., John Haltiwanger and Scott Schuh. 1990. “Published Versus Sample Statistics from the ASM: Implications for the LRD.” Proceedings of the American Statistical Association, Business and Economics Statistics Section: 52-61.

Davis, Steven J., John Haltiwanger and Scott Schuh. 1994. “Small Business and Job Creation: Dissecting the Myth and Reassessing the Facts.” Pp. 169-199 in Labor Markets, Employment Policy and Job Creation, edited by Lewis C. Solmon and Alec R. Levenson. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Davis, Steven J., John Haltiwanger and Scott Schuh. 1994. Job Creation and Job Destruction in U.S. Manufacturing: 1972-88, U.S. Census Bureau Monograph.

Davis, Steven J., John Haltiwanger and Scott Schuh. 1996. “Small Business and Job Creation: Dissecting the Myth and Reassessing the Facts.” Small Business Economics 8:297-315.

Davis-Blake, Alison and Brian Uzzi. 1993. “Determinants of Employment Externalization: A Study of Temporary Workers and Independent Contractors.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:195-223.

Dayan, Joelle, Anna-Beth Doyle and Markiewicz, Dorothy. 2001. “Social Support Networks and Self-Esteem of Idiocentric and Allocentric Children and Adolescents.” Journal of Social and Personal Relationships 18:767-784.

Daymont, Thomas and Ronald D’Amico. 1979. Dictionary of Occupational Titles Variables for 1960 Occupational Titles. [MRDF] Columbus, OH: Center for Human Resource Research, Ohio State University.

De Bijl, Paul W J; Goyal, Sanjeev. “Technological Change in Markets with Network Externalities.” International Journal of Industrial Organization, vol. 13, no. 3, September 1995, pp. 307-25.

de Figueiredo, John M; de Figueiredo, Rui J P, Jr. “The Allocation of Resources by Interest Groups: Lobbying, Litigation and Administrative Regulation.” Business and Politics, vol. 4, no. 2, August 2002, pp. 161-81.

de Figueiredo, John M; Tiller, Emerson H. “The Structure and Conduct of Corporate Lobbying: How Firms Lobby the Federal Communications Commission.” Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, vol. 10, no. 1, Spring 2001, pp. 91-122.

De Graaf, Nan Dirk and Hendrik Derk Flap. 1988. “With a Little Help From My Friends.” Social Forces 67:452-72.

de la Mothe, John and Link, Albert N, eds. “Networks, alliances and partnerships in the innovation process.” Economics of Science, Technology and Innovation, vol. 28. Boston; Dordrecht and London: Kluwer Academic 2002. pp. xiv, 312.

de la Mothe, John and Link, Albert N, eds. “Networks, alliances and partnerships in the innovation process.” Economics of Science, Technology and Innovation, vol. 28. Boston; Dordrecht and London: Kluwer Academic 2002. pp. xiv, 312.

de la Mothe, John; Link, Albert N, eds. “Networks, alliances and partnerships in the innovation process.” Economics of Science, Technology and Innovation 28. Boston; Dordrecht and London: Kluwer Academic, 2002. xiv, 312.

De Laat, P. B. In press. Dangerous liaisons: Sharing knowledge within research and development alliances. In Anna Grandori (Ed.), The Game of Network, London: Routledge.

De Laat, Paul B. (2001), Open source software: A new Mertonian ethos?, in Anton Vedder (ed.), Ethics and the Internet, Antwerpen, Groningen, Oxford: Intersentia: 33-48.

de Laat, Paul B. (2004), Evolution of open source networks in industry, The Information Society, 23(4), forthcoming.

de Laat, Paul B. 1997. “Research and Development Alliances: Ensuring Trust by Mutual Commitments.” Pp. 146-173 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

de Laat, Paul B. 1997. “Systemic Innovation and the Virtues of Going Virtual: The Case of the Digital Video Disc.” Technology Analysis & Strategic Management 11(2):159-180.

de Leeuw, Evelyne. “Investigating Policy Networks for Health: Theory and Method in a Larger Organizational Perspective.” Evaluation in health promotion: Principles and perspectives. 2001. Pp. 185-206.

de Leeuw, Evelyne. “Investigating Policy Networks for Health: Theory and Method in a Larger Organizational Perspective.” Evaluation in health promotion: Principles and perspectives. 2001. 185-206.

De Liso, Nicola; Lubritto, Carmine; Filatrella, Giovanni. “Increasing Returns, Learning-by-Doing and Neural Networks.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 10, no. 4. 2001. pp. 325-37.

De Liso, Nicola; Lubritto, Carmine; Filatrella, Giovanni. “Increasing Returns, Learning-by-Doing and Neural Networks.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology 10(4): 2001. 325-37.

De Munck, Victor C. “A Micro-, Meso-, and Macro-Level Descriptive Analysis of Disputes within a Social Network: A Study of Household Relations in a Sri Lankan Community.” Anthropos, 1994, 89, 1-3, 85-94.

De Sola Pool, Ithiel and Manfred Kochen. 1978. “Contacts and Influence.” Social Networks 1:5-51.

Dea, Data; Scoones, Ian. “Networks of Knowledge: How Farmers and Scientists Understand Soils and Their Fertility: A Case Study from Ethiopia.” Oxford Development Studies, vol. 31, no. 4, Special Issue Dec. 2003, pp. 461-78.

Deakin, S. C. Lane and F. Wilkinson. 1994. “Trust of Law: Towards an Integrated Theory of Contractual Relations Between Firms.” Journal of Law and Society 21(3):329-349.

Deal, Terrence E. and Allan A. Kennedy. 1982. Corporate Cultures: The Rites and Rituals of Corporate Life. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Dean, Alfred, Nan Lin and Walter M. Ensel. 1981. “The Epidemiological Significance of Social Support Systems in Depression.” Research in Community and Mental Health 2:77-109.

Deardorff, Alan V. “Trade and Welfare Implications of Networks.” Journal of Economic Integration 16(4): 2001. 485-99.

Deaux, Kay; Martin, Daniela. “Interpersonal Networks and Social Categories: Specifying Levels of Context in Identity Processes.” Social Psychology Quarterly, 2003. 66, 2, June, 101-117.

DeBresson, Chris and Fernand Amesse. 1991. “Networks of Innovators: A Review and Introduction to the Issue.” Research Policy 20:363-379.

DeBresson, Chris; Amesse, Fernand. “Networks of Innovators: A Review and Introduction to the Issue.” Systems of innovation: Growth, competitiveness and employment. Volume 2. 2000. 34-50.

Decades

Dechert, W. Davis (ed.). 1996. Chaos Theory in Economics: Methods, Models and Evidence. Cheltenham,UK: Elgar.

Deckop, John R. 1988. “Determinants of Chief Executive Compensation.” Industrial and Labor Rlations Review 41:215-226.

Deeds, D.L. and Hill, C.W.L. 1996. Strategic alliances and the rate of new product development: An empirical study of entrepreneurial firms. Journal of Business Venturing, 11:41-55.

Deeds, David L.; Rothaermel, Frank T. “Honeymoons and Liabilities: the Relationship Between Age and Performance in Research and Development Alliances. Journal of Product Innovation Management 2003. Vol. 20 Issue 6, P468, 17p;

Deere, Donald R. 1987. “Labor Turnover, Job-Specific Skills, and Efficiency in a Search Model.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 102:815-833.

DeFillippi, R. J., and Arthur, M. B. 1998. Paradox in Project-Based Enterprise: The Case of Film-Making. California Management Review, 40(2): 1-15.

Degenne A. and M.Forse. Introducing Social networks. Sage 1999

Degenne, Alain and Michel Forsé. 1999. Introducing Social Networks. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Degot, Vincent. 1987. “Corporate Culture and the Concept of Rationality in Corporate Models.” International Studies of Management & Organization 17(3):19-39.

DeGregori, Thomas R. 1987. “Resources Are Not; They Become: An Institutional Theory.” Journal of Economic Issues 21(September): 35:1241-1263.

Dei Ottati, Gabi. 1994. “Trust, Interlinking Transactions and Credit in the Industrial District.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 18:529-546.

Dekker, David; Franses, Philip Hans; Krackhardt, David. “An Equilibrium-Correction Model for Dynamic Network Data.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2003. 27, 2-3, Apr-Sept, 193-215.

Dekker, Henri C. “Control of Inter-Organizational Relationships: Evidence On Appropriation Concerns and Coordination Requirements. Accounting, Organizations & Society 2004. Vol. 29 Issue 1, P27

Dekker, Paul and Eric M. Uslaner(eds.). 2001. Social Capital and Participation in Everyday Life. London: Routledge.

DeLamarter, Richard T. 1986. Big Blue: IBM’s Use and Abuse of Power. New York: Dodd, Mead.

Delapierre, M; Zimmermann, J B. “From Scale to Network Effects in the Computer Industry: Implications for an Industrial Policy.” The impact of globalisation on Europe’s firms and industries. 1993. Pp. 76-84.

Delapierre, Michel; Mytelka, Lynn Krieger. “Blurring Boundaries: New Inter-firm Relationships and the Emergence of Networked, Knowledge-Based Oligopolies.” The changing boundaries of the firm: Explaining evolving inter-firm relations. 1998, pp. 73-94.

Delechat, Corinne. “International Migration Dynamics: The Role of Experience and Social Networks.” Labour, 2001. 15, 3, Sept, 457-486.

Delechat, Corinne. “International Migration Dynamics: The Role of Experience and Social Networks.” Labour 15(3): 2001. 457-86.

Deléchat, Corinne. “International Migration Dynamics: The Role of Experience and Social Networks. LABOUR: Review of Labour Economics & Industrial Relations, Sep2001. Vol. 15 Issue 3, p457, 30p;

Deligonul, Z. Seyda and S. Tamer Cavusgil. 1997. “Does the Comparative Advantage Theory of Competition Really Replace the Neoclassical Theory of Perfect Competition?” Journal of Marketing 61(October):65-73.

Delruelle-Vosswinkel, Nicole; Georges, Robert. 1980. “Social Networks in Large Organizations: Balance Sheet of a Study Carried Out on Behalf of the National Social Science Research Program.” Revue de l'Institut de Sociologie (Solvay) 2:357-369.

DeMarzo, P.M., Vayanos, D. and Zwiebel, J. 2003. Persuasion bias, social influence, and unidimensional opinions. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118:909-968.

Demchak, Chris C. 1996. “Numbers or Networks: Social Constructions of Technology and Organizational Dilemmas in IDF Modernization.” Armed Forces & Society 23:179-208.

Deming, W. Edwards. 1986. Out of the Crisis. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Demsetz, Harold and Kenneth Lehn. 1985. “The Structure of Corporate Ownership: Causes and Consequences.” Journal of Political Economy 93:1155-1177.

Demsetz, Harold. 1982. Economic, Legal and Political Dimensions of Competition. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

Demsetz, Harold. 1983. “The Structure of Ownership and the Theory of the Firm.” Journal of Law and Economics 26:375-390.

Demsetz, Harold. 1983. “The Structure of Ownership and the Theory of the Firm.” Journal of Law and Economics 26:375-390.

Demsetz, Harold. 1988. “The Theory of the Firm Revisited.” Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 4:141-162.

Demsetz, Harold. 1988. Ownership, Control and the Firm. London: Basil Blackwell.

Demsetz, Harold. 1995. The Economics of the Business Firm. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Demsetz, Harold. 1995. The Economics of the Business Firm. New York: Cambridge University Press.

den Butter, Frank A G; Mosch, Robert H J. “The Dutch Miracle: Institutions, Networks, and Trust.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 159(2): 2003. 362-91.

Denis, David J. and Diane K. Denis. 1995. “Performance Changes Following Top Management Dismissals.” Journal of Finance 1:1029-1057.

Denison, Daniel R. “Toward a Process-Based Theory of Organizational Design: Can Organizations Be Designed around Value Chains and Networks?” Organizational learning and strategic management. 1997. Pp. 1-44.

Denison, Daniel R. 1996. “What is the Difference Between Organizational Culture and Organizaional Climate? A Native’s Point of View on a Decade of Paradigm Wars.” Academy of Management Revoew 21:619-654.

Denison, Daniel R. 1997. “Toward a Process-Based Theory of Organizational Design: Can Organizations be Designed Around Value Chains and Networks?” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:1-44.

Denison, Daniel R. and Aneil K. Mishra. 1995. “Toward a Theory of Organizational Culture and Effectiveness.” Organization Science 6:204-223.

Denkers, Adriaan. “Factors Affecting Support After Criminal Victimization: Needed and Received Support From the Partner, the Social Network, and Distant Support Providers. Journal of Social Psychology, Apr99, Vol. 139 Issue 2, p191, 11p

Denner, Jill, Douglas Kirby, Karin Coyle and Claire Brindis. “The Protective Role of Social Capital and Cultural Norms in Latino Communities: A Study of Adolescent Births. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences 2001. V23 I1 P3

Dennis, William J., Jr., Bruce D. Phillips and Edward Starr.1994. “Small Business Job Creation: The Findings and Their Critics.” Business Economics 29(3):23-30.

Dent, Mike. “Managing Doctors and Saving a Hospital: Irony, Rhetoric and Actor Networks.” Organization, 2003. 10, 1, Feb, 107-127.”

Deroian, Frederic. “Formation of Social Networks and Diffusion of Innovations.” Research Policy, vol. 31, no. 5, July 2002. pp. 835-46.

Deroian, Frederic. “Formation of Social Networks and Diffusion of Innovations.” Research Policy, vol. 31, no. 5, July 2002. pp. 835-46.

Deroian, Frederic. “Formation of Social Networks and Diffusion of Innovations.” Research Policy 31(5): 2002. 835-46.

Deroian, Frederic. “Formation of social networks and diffusion of innovations. Research Policy, Jul2002. Vol. 31 Issue 5, p835, 14p.

Deroian, Frederic. “Morphogenesis of Social Networks and Coexistence of Technologies.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 10, no. 6. 2001. pp. 427-48.

Deroian, Frederic. “Morphogenesis of Social Networks and Coexistence of Technologies.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology 10(6): 2001. 427-48.

Deroian, Frederic. 2003. “Farsighted Strategies in the Formation of a Communication Network.” Economics Letters 80(3):343-49.

Derolan, Frederic. “Morphogenesis of Social Networks and Coexistence of Technologies.” Economics of Innovation & New Technology, Dec2001. Vol. 10 Issue 6, p427, 22p.

Deroy-Pineau, Francoise; Bernard, Paul. “Mystical Design, Social Networks and Resource Mobilization: The Passage in New France of Marie de l’Incarnation in 1639.” Archives de sciences sociales des religions, 2001. 46, 113, Jan-Mar, 61-91.

Dertouzos, Michael L. 1997. What Will Be: How the New World of Information Will Change Our Lives. San Francisco: HarperEdge.

Dertouzos, Michael L. 1999. “The Future of Computing.” Scientific American August 281:52-55.

Dertouzos, Michael, Robert Solow and Richard Lester. 1989. Made in America. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Derudder Ben, Peter J. Taylor, Frank Witlox and Gilda Catalano. 2003. “Hierarchical Tendencies and Regional Patterns in the World City Network: A Global Urban Analysis of 234 Cities.” Regional Studies 37:875-886.

Derudder, Ben. “Beyond the State: Mapping the Semi-Periphery through Urban Networks.” Capitalism, Nature, Socialism, 2003. 14, 4(56), Dec, 91-119.

DeSanctis, Gerardine and Janet Fulk (eds.). 1999. Shaping Organizational Form: Communciation, Connection and Community. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

DeSanctis, Gerardine and Peter Monge. 1999. “Communication Processes for Virtual Organizations.” Organization Science 10:693-703.

Desmond Ng. “The social dynamics of diverse and closed networks. Human Systems Management, 2004. Vol. 23 Issue 2, p111, 12p;

Dess, Gregory G. and Jason D. Shaw. 2001. “Voluntary Turnover, Social Capital, and Organizational Performance.” Academy of Management Review 26:446-456.

Devens, Richard M., Jr. “Gains in job security.” Monthly Labor Review v. 121 no3 (Mar. ‘98) p. 74-5.

Devine, Fiona. 2004. Class Practices: How Parents Help Their Children Get Good Jobs. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Dewar, Helen. 1999. “Civic, Business Leaders Back ‘Soft Money’ Ban.” Washington Post October 5:A6.

Dewey, John. 1926. “The Historic Background of Corporate Legal Personality” Yale Law Journal 35:655-678.

Dewick, Paul; Miozzo, Marcela. “Networks and innovation: sustainable technologies in Scottish social housing. R & D Management, Jun2004. Vol. 34 Issue 3, p323, 11p;

DeWitt, Rocki-Lee. 1993. “The Structural Consequences of Downsizing.” Organization Science 4:30-40.

DeWitt, Rocki-Lee. 1998. “Firm, Industry, and Strategy Influences on Choice of Downsizing Approach.” Strategic Management Journal 19:59-79.

Dhanda, Kanwalroop Kathy; Nagurney, Anna; Ramanujam, Padma. “Environmental networks: A framework for economic decision-making and policy analysis.” New Horizons in Environmental Economics. Cheltenham, UK: Elgar. 1999.

Di Nicola, Paola. “Service Networks: Network Perspective in Reordering Social Intervention by the Collectivity.” Sociologia e Politiche Sociali, 1998, 1, 1, 79-94.

Di Noia, Carmine. “Competition and Integration among Stock Exchanges in Europe: Network Effects, Implicit Mergers and Remote Access.” European Financial Management 7(1): 2001. 39-72.

Diamond, Daniel E. and Hrach Bedrosian. 1972. “Job Performance and the New Credentialism.” California Management Review 14:21-28.

Diani, Mario and Doug McAdam (eds.). 2003. Social Movements and Networks: Relational Approaches to Collective Action. New York: Oxford University Press.

Diani, Mario. 2000. “Simmel to Rokkan and Beyond: Towards a Network Theory of (New) Social Movements.” European Journal of Social Theory 3:387-406.

Diani, Mario. 2000. “Social Movement Networks Virtual and Real Information.” Communication and Society 3:386-401.

Diani, Mario. 2002. “Network Analysis.” Pp. 173-200 in Methods of Social Movement Research, edited by Bert Klandermans and Suzanne Staggenborg. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.

Dicken, P., M. Forsgren and A. Malmberg. 1995. “The Local Embeddedness of Transnational Corporations.” Pp. XXX in Globalization, Institutions, and Regional Development in Europe, edited by A. Amin ad N. Thrift. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Dicken, Peter; et al. “Chains and Networks, Territories and Scales: Towards a Relational Framework for Analysing the Global Economy.” Global Networks 1(2): 2001. 89-112.

Dicken, Peter; Hassler, Markus. “Organizing the Indonesian Clothing Industry in the Global Economy: The Role of Business Networks.” Environment and Planning A 32(2): 2000. 263-80.

Dicken, Peter; Kelly, Philip F; Olds, Kris; Yeung, Henry Wai-Chung. “Chains and Networks, Territories and Scales: Towards a Relational Framework for Analysing the Global Economy.” Global Networks, 2001. 1, 2, Apr, 89-112.

Dickens, William T. and Kevin Lang. 1984. “A Test of Dual Labor Market Theory.” American Economic Review 74:792-805.

Dickens, William T. and Kevin Lang. 1988. “The Reemergence of Segmented Labor Market Theory.” American Economic Review 78:129-134.

Dickerson, Marla. 1996. “Baptists Urge Disney Boycott Over Values.” Los Angeles Times June 13:D1.

Dickson, Martin. 1992. “GM’s Revolution Devours Its Creator.” Financial Times October 27:25.

Dickson, Pat H. and K. Mark Weaver. 1997. “Environmental Determinants and Individual-Level Moderators of Alliance Use.” Academy of Management Journal 40:404-425.

Dickson, Peter. 1996. “The Static and Dynamic Mechanics of Competition: A Comment on Hunt and Morgan’s Comparative Advantage Theory.” Journal of Marketing 60(October):103-106.

DiDonato, Donna; Glasberg, Davita Silfen; Mintz, Beth; Schwartz, Michael. “Theories of Corporate Interlocks: A Social History.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations, 1988, 6, 135-157.

Diebold, Francis X., David Neumark, Daniel Polsky. 1993. “Changes in the Permanence of Jobs in the United States. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania mimeo.

Dierkes, Meinolf, Ariane Berthoin Anthal, John Child, Ikujiro Nonaka, 2001. Handbook of organizational learning and knowledge. Oxford, Oxford University Press

Dietrich, Michael. 1994. Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond: Towards a New Economics of the Firm. London: Routledge.

Dietrich, Michael. 1994. Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond: Towards a New Economics of the Firm. London: Routledge.

Dijksterhuis, Marjolijn S., Frans A.J. Van den Bosch and Henk W. Volberda. 1999. “Where Do New Organizational Forms Come From? Management Logics as a Source of Coevolution.” Organization Science 10(5):569-584.

Dijksterhuis, Marjolijn S., Frans A.J. Van den Bosch and Henk W. Volberda. 1999. “Where Do New Organizational Forms Come From? Management Logics as a Source of Coevolution.” Organ. Sci. 10(5):569-584.

Diken, Bulent; Laustsen, Carsten Bagge. “From 7-Eleven to 9.11-Terrorism in the Network Society.” Distinktion - skandinavisk tidsskrift for samfundsteori, 2003. 6, 123-136.

Dillon, Michael. “Network Society, Network-Centric Warfare and the State of Emergency.” Theory, Culture & Society, 2002. 19, 4, Aug, 71-79.

Dilworth-Anderson, Peggye. “Extended Kin Networks in Black Families.” Generations, 1992, 16, 3, summer, 29-32.

DiMaggio, Paul and Helmut K. Anheier. 1990. “The Sociology of Nonprofit Organizations and Sectors” Annual Review of Sociology 16:137-159.

DiMaggio, Paul and Hugh Louch. 1998. “Socially Embedded Consumer Transactions: For What Kinds of Purchases do People Most Often Use Networks?” American Sociological Review, 63:619-637.

DiMaggio, Paul and Walter Powell (eds.). 1991. The New Institutionalism. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

DiMaggio, Paul and Walter Powell. 1983. “The Iron Cage Revisited: Institutional Isomorphism and Collective Rationality in Organizational Fields.” American Sociological Review 48:147-160.

DiMaggio, Paul and Walter Powell. 1991. “Introduction.” Pp. 1-38 in The New Institutionalism, edited by Walter Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

DiMaggio, Paul J. 1987. Managers of the Arts: The Careers and Opinions of Administrators of U.S. Resident Theatres, Art Museums, Orchestras, and Community Arts Agencies. Washington: Seven Locks Press.

DiMaggio, Paul J. 1991. “Constructing an Organizational Field as a Professional Project: U.S. Art Museums, 1920-1940.” Pp. 267-292 in The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis, edited by Walter W. Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

DiMaggio, Paul J. 1995. “Comments on ‘What Theory Is Not’.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:391-397.

DiMaggio, Paul J. 1995. “Comments on ‘What Theory Is Not’.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:391-397.

DiMaggio, Paul J. 1997. “Culture and Cognition.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:263-287.

DiMaggio, Paul J. 1998. “The New Institutionalisms Avenues of Collaboration.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 154:696-705.

DiMaggio, Paul J. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1990. “The Sociology of Nonprofit Organizations and Sectors.” Annual Review of Sociology 16:137-159.

DiMaggio, Paul J. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1990. “The Sociology of Nonprofit Organizations and Sectors.” Annual Review of Sociology 16:137-159.

DiMaggio, Paul J. Forthcoming. “Measuring the Impact of the Nonprofit Sector on Society is Probably Impossible but Possibly Useful: A Sociological Perspective.” Pp. in Measuring the Impact of the Not-For-Profit Sector within Society, edited by Virginia Hodgkinson. New York: Plenum.

DiMaggio, Paul J., Janet A Weiss and Charles T. Clotfelter. 2002. “Data to Support Scholarship on Nonprofit Organizations.” American Behavioral Scientist 45:1474-1492.

DiMaggio, Paul, Eszter Hargittai, W. Russell Neuman and John P. Robinson. 2001. “Social Implications of the Internet.” Annual Review of Sociology 27:307-336.

DiMaggio, Paul. 1982. “Cultural Capital and School Success: The Impact of Status-Culture Participation on the Grades of U.S. High School Students.” American Sociological Review 47:189-201.

DiMaggio, Paul. 1983. “State Expansion and Organizational Fields.” Pp. XX-XX in Organizational Theory and Public Policy, edited by Richard H. Hall and Robert E. Quinn. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

DiMaggio, Paul. 1986. “Structural Analysis of Organizational Fields: A Blockmodel Approach.” Research in Organizational Behavior 8:335-370.

DiMaggio, Paul. 1988. “Interest and Agency in Institutional Theory.” Pp. 3-22 in Institutional Patterns and Organizations, edited by Lynne Zucker. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

DiMaggio, Paul. 1991. “Constructing an Organizational Field as a Professional Project: U.S. Art Museums 1920-1940.” Pp.267-92 in The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis, edited by W. W. Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

DiMaggio, Paul. 1994. “Culture and Economy.” Pp. 27-57 in Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by N. J. Smelser and R. Swedberg. New York: Russell Sage.

Dimanescu, D. and J. Botkin. 1986. The New Alliance: America’s RandD Consortia. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Dimitriadis, Greg. 2001. “Border Identities, Transformed Lives, and Danger Zones: The Mediation of Validated Selves, Friendship Networks, and Successful Paths in Community-Based Organizations.” Discourse 22:361-374.

DiNatale, Marisa. 1999. “Characteristics of and Performance for Alternative Work Arrangements.” Monthly Labor Review v124, n3 (March 2001): 28-49

Dinelli, Serena. “Between the Real and Virtual: The Contexts of Computer Society. From the "Community of Programmers" to the Civilian Network.” Inchiesta, 2002, 32, 135, Jan-Mar, 43-52.

Dinelli, Serena. “Between the Real and Virtual: The Contexts of Computer Society. From the “Community of Programmers” to the Civilian Network.” Inchiesta, 2002. 32, 135, Jan-Mar, 43-52.

Dinello, Natalia. “Clans For Market Or Clans For Plan: Social Networks in Hungary and Russia.” East European Politics and Societies Fall 2001. V15 I3 P589(36)

Diodati, Consuelo. “Technological Innovation and Processes of Globalization in Local Networks.” Sociologia 2002. 36, 1, 113-126.

Diodati, Consuelo. “Technological Innovation and Processes of Globalization in Local Networks.” Sociologia 2002. 36, 1, 113-126.

Diodati, Consuelo. “Technological Innovation and Processes of Globalization in Local Networks.” Sociologia, 2002. 36, 1, 113-126.

Dion, Stephane. 1982. “Power and Conflicts in Organizations: Strengths and Limits of the Model of Michel Crozier.” Canadian Journal of Political Science 15:85-101.

DiPrete, Thomas A. 1989. The Bureaucratic Labor Market: The Case of the Federal Civil Service. New York: Plenum.

Dirks, Kurt T.; Shah, Priti Pradhan; Chervany, Norman. “The Impact of Friendship Networks on Team Performance: A Story of Equifinality.” Academy of Management Proceedings, 2001. pE1, 5p

Dirks, Robert. “Network, Groups And Adaptation In An Afro-Caribbean Community.” Man, 1972, 7, 4, DEC, 565-585.

Dixon, Marc and Vincent J. Roscigno. 2003. “Status, Networks, and Social Movement Participation: the Case of Striking Workers.” American Journal of Sociology 108:1292-1327.

Doane, Donna L. “Cooperation, technology, and Japanese development: Indigenous knowledge, the power of networks, and the state.” Transitions: Asia and Asian America series. Boulder and Oxford: HarperCollins, Westview Press, 1998, pp. xviii, 226.

Dobbin, Frank and John R. Sutton. 1998. “The Strength of a Weak State: The Rights Revolution and the Rise of Human Resources Management Divisions.” American Journal of Sociology 104:441-476.

Dobbin, Frank, John Sutton, John W. Meyer and W. Richard Scott. 1993. “Equal Opportunity Law and the Construction of Internal Labor Markets.” American Journal of Sociology 99:396-429.

Dobers, P., and Söderholm, A. 2003. Translation and Inscription in Development Projects. Journal of Organizational Change Management, Forthcoming.

Dobrev, Stanislav D., Tai-Young Kim and Glenn R. Carroll. 2002. “The Evolution of Organizational Niches: U.S. Automobile Manufacturers, 1885-1981.” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:233-265.

Dobrev, Stanislav D., Tai-Young Kim and Glenn R. Carroll. 2002. “The Evolution of Organizational Niches: U.S. Automobile Manufacturers, 1885-1981.” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:233-265.

Dobrev, Stanislav D., Tai-Young Kim and Michael T. Hannan. 2001. “Dynamics of Niche Width and Resource Partitioning.” American Journal of Sociology 106:1299-1337.

Dobrev, Stanislav D., Tai-Young Kim and Michael T. Hannan. 2001. “Dynamics of Niche Width and Resource Partitioning.” American Journal of Sociology 106:1299-1337.

Dobrzynski, Judith H. 1996. “Small Companies, Big Problems.” New York Times February 6:D1.

Dockery, Alfred Michael. “The New Enterprise Incentive Scheme: An Evaluation and a Test of the Job Network.” Australian Journal of Labour Economics 5(3): 2002. 351-71.

Dodd, E. Merrick Jr. 1932. “For Whom are Corporate Managers Trustees?” Harvard Law Review 45:1145-1148.

Dodd, Sarah Drakopoul. “Social network membership and activity rates.” International Small Business Journal, Jul-Sep97, Vol. 15 Issue 4, p80, 8p

Dodds, Peter Sheridan Duncan J. Watts and Charles F. Sabel. “Information Exchange and the Robustness of Organizational Networks.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States Oct 14, 2003. V100 I21 P12516(6)

Dodds, Peter Sheridan, Roby Muhamad and Duncan J. Watts. “An Experimental Study of Search in Global Social Networks.” Science August 8, 2003. V301 I5634 P827(3)

Dodgson, M.and R. Rothwell (eds.). 1994. The Handbook of Industrial Innovation. Aldershot, UK: Edward Elgar.

Dodgson, Mark. 1993. “Learning, Trust, and Technological Collaboration.” Human Relations 46:77-95.

Dodgson, Mark. 1993. “Learning, Trust, and Technological Collaboration.” Human Relations 46:77-95.

Dodgson, Mark. 1993. “Organizational Learning: A Review of Some Literatures.” Organization Studies 14:375-393.

Dodgson, Mark. 1993. “Organizational Learning: A Review of Some Literatures.” Organization Studies 14:375-393.

Dodgson, Mark. 1993. “Organizational Learning: A Review of Some Literatures.” Organization Studies 14:375-393.

Dodgson, Mark. 1993. Technological Collaboration in Industry: Strategy, Policy and Internationalization in Innovation. London: Routledge.

Dodgson, Mark. 1993. Technological Collaboration in Industry: Strategy, Policy and Internationalization in Innovation. London: Routledge.

Dodgson, Mark. 1993. Technological Collaboration in Industry: Strategy, Policy and Internationalization in Innovation. London: Routledge.

Doeringer, Peter and Michael Piore. 1971. Internal Labor Markets and Manpower Analysis. Lexington, MA: D.C. Heath.

Doeringer, Peter B. (ed.). 1991. Turbulence in the American Workplace. New York: Oxford University Press.

Doern, G Bruce and Levesque, Richard. “The National Research Council in the innovation policy era: Changing hierarchies, networks, and markets.” Institute of Public Administration of Canada Series in Public Management and Governance. Toronto; Buffalo and London: University of Toronto Press 2002. pp. x, 179.

Doern, G Bruce and Levesque, Richard. “The National Research Council in the innovation policy era: Changing hierarchies, networks, and markets.” Institute of Public Administration of Canada Series in Public Management and Governance. Toronto; Buffalo and London: University of Toronto Press 2002. pp. x, 179.

Doern, G Bruce; Levesque, Richard. “The National Research Council in the innovation policy era: Changing hierarchies, networks, and markets.” Institute of Public Administration of Canada Series in Public Management and Governance. Toronto; Buffalo and London: University of Toronto Press, 2002. x, 179.

Doern, G Bruce; Levesque, Richard. 2002. “The National Research Council in the innovation policy era: Changing hierarchies, networks, and markets.” Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Dohse, Dirk. “Knowledge Creation, Knowledge Diffusion and Regional Growth.” Spatial change and interregional flows in the integrating Europe: Essays in honour of Karin Peschel. 2001, pp. 131-42.

Dolfsma, Wilfred; Dannreuther, Charlie. “Subjects and Boundaries: Contesting Social Capital-Based Policies. Journal of Economic Issues, Jun2003. Vol. 37 Issue 2, p405, 9p

Dollinger, M. J. 1990. “The Evolution of Collective Strategies in Fragmented Industries.” Academy of Management Review 15:266-285.

Dollinger, M. J. 1990. “The Evolution of Collective Strategies in Fragmented Industries.” Academy of Management Review 15:266-285.

Dollinger, Marc J., Peggy A. Golden and Todd Saxton. 1997. “The Effect of Reputation on the Decision to Joint Venture.” Strategic Management Journal 18:127-140.

Domberger, Simon. 1998. The Contracting Organization: A Strategic Guide to Outsourcing. New York: Oxford University Press.

Domhoff, G. William. 1970. The Higher Circles: The Governing Class in America. New York: Vintage Books.

Domhoff, G. William. 1978. The Powers That Be: Processes of Ruling-Class Domination of America. New York: Vintage Books.

Domhoff, G. William. 1983. Who Rules America Now? A View for the ‘80s. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Domhoff, G. William. 1984. “Social Clubs, Policy-Planning Groups, and Corporations: A Network Study of Ruling-Class Cohesiveness.” BMS, Bulletin de Methodologie Sociologique 2:17-29.

Domhoff, G. William. 1986. “State Autonomy and the Privileged Position of Business: An Empirical Attack on a Theoretical Fantasy.” Journal of Political and Military Sociology 14:149-162.

Domhoff, G. William. 1990. The Power Elite and the State: How Policy is Made in America. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Domhoff, G. William. 1991. “American State Autonomy via the Military? Another Counterattack on a Theoretical Delusion.” Critical Sociology 18(3):9-56.

Domhoff, G. William. 1993. “Class Conflict or State Autonomy in New Deal Agricultural Policy? Yet Another Counterattack on a Theoretical Delusion.” Political Power and Social Theory 8:45-78.

Domhoff, G. William. 1996. State Autonomy or Class Dominance? Case Studies on Policy Making in America. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Domhoff, G. William. 1999. “State and Ruling Class in Corporate America.” Critical Sociology 25(2-3):260-277.

Dominguez, Silvia and Celeste Watkins. 2003. “Creating Networks For Survival and Mobility: Social Capital Among African-American and Latin-American Low-Income Mothers.” Social Problems 50:111-135.

Donaldson, Andrew; Lowe, Philip; Ward, Neil. “Virus-Crisis-Institutional Change: The Foot and Mouth Actor Network and the Governance of Rural Affairs in the UK.” Sociologia Ruralis, 2002. 42, 3, July, 201-214.

Donaldson, Lex. 1990. “The Ethereal Hand: Organization Economics and Management Theory.” Academy of Management Journal 15(3):369-381.

Donaldson, Lex. 1995. American Anti-Management Theories of Organization: A Critique of Paradigm Proliferation. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Donaldson, Lex. 2001. The Contingency Theory of Organizations. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Donaldson, T. and L.E. Preston. 1995. “The Stakeholder Theory of the Corporation: Concepts, Evidence, and Implications.” Academy of Management Review 20:65-91.

Donaldson, T. and L.E. Preston. 1995. “The Stakeholder Theory of the Corporation: Concepts, Evidence, and Implications.” Academy of Management Review 20:65-91.

Donath, J., Karahalios, K., Viegas, F., 1999. Visualizing Conversations. In Proceedings of the 32nd Hawaii International conference on system sciences, IEEE Press, Hawaii

Donati, Pierpaolo. 1984. “The Civil Society Facing the Crisis of the Welfare State: Theory and Social Policy Prospects.” Sociologia e Ricerca Sociale 5(15)7-46.

Dooley, Kevin J. and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1997. “The Nonlinear Dynamics of Innovation.” Society for Chaos Theory in Psychology and the Life Sciences 4:3-4.

Dooley, Kevin J. and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1999. “Explaining Complex Organizational Dynamics.” Organization Science 3:358-372.

Dooley, Kevin J. and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1999. “Explaining Complex Organizational Dynamics.” Organization Science 3:358-372.

Dooley, Peter C. 1969. “The Interlocking Directorate.” American Economic Review 48:147-160.

Dopfer, Kurt, ed. “The global dimension of economic evolution: Knowledge variety and diffusion in economic growth and development.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics, Vol. 5, no. 3, 1995. Heidelberg: Physica, 1996, pp. vi, 159.

Dopfer, Kurt. “The Global Dimension of Economic Evolution: Knowledge Variety and Diffusion in Economic Growth and Development: Introduction.” The global dimension of economic evolution: Knowledge variety and diffusion in economic growth and development. 1996, pp. 1-7.

Dorai, Mohamed Kamel. “Palestinian Emigration from Lebanon to Northern Europe: Refugees, Networks, and Transnational Practices.Refuge: Canada’s Periodical on Refugees, 2003. 21, 2, Feb, 23-31.”

Doreian, Patrick and Katherine L. Woodard. 1999. “Local and Global Institutional Processes.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 16:59-83.

Doreian, Patrick, Roman Kapuscinski, David Krackhardt and Janusz Szczypula. 1996. “A Brief History of Balance through Time.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 21:113-131.

Doreian, Patrick. “Causality in Social Network Analysis.” Sociological Methods and Research, 2001. 30, 1, Aug, 81-114.

Doreian, Patrick. “Event Sequences as Generators of Social Network Evolution.” Social Networks, 2002. 24, 2, May, 93-119.

Doreian, Patrick. 1986. “Measuring Relative Standing in Small Groups and Bounded Social Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 49:247-259.

Doreian, Patrick. 1999. “An Intuitive Introduction to Blockmodeling with Examples.” BMS: Bulletin de méthodologie sociologique 61:5-34.

Doreian, Patrick. 1999. “Organizational Standing as Corporate Social Capital.” Pp. 134-147 in Corporate Social Capital and Liability, edited by Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. and Shaul M. Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Doreian, Patrick; Krackhardt, David. “Pre-Transitive Balance Mechanisms for Signed Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2001. 25, 1, 43-67.

Doremus, Paul N., William W. Keller, Louis W. Pauly, and Simon Reich. 1998. The Myth of the Global Corporation. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Dorronsoro, Gilles. “Pakistan and the Taliban: State Policy, Religious Networks and Political Connections.” Pakistan: Nationalism Without a Nation? Jaffrelot, Christophe [Ed], London: Zed Books, 2002. pp 161-178.

Dosi, G., 1988, The nature of the innovation process. In: Dosi, G., Freeman, C., Nelson, R., Silverberg, G., Soete, L. (eds.) Technical change and economic theory. London: Pinter Publishers, pp. 221-39.

Dosi, Giovanni, Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (eds.). 2000. The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities. New York: Oxford University Press.

Doty, D. Harold, William H. Glick and George P. Huber, 1993. “Fit, Equifinality, and Organizational Effectiveness:A Test of Two Configurational Theories.” Academy of Management Journal 36:1196-1250.

Doucouliagos, Chris. 1995. “Worker Participation and Productivity in Labor-Managed and Participatory Capitalist Firms: A Meta-analysis.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 49:58-77.

Dougherty, Deborah. 2002. “Grounded Research Methods.” Pp. 849-866 in Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Dow, Gregory K. “The Organization as an Adaptive Network.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 14: 2 1990. Pp. 159-85.

Dowding, Keith. 1995. “Model or Metaphor? A Critical Review of the Network Approach.” Political Studies 43:136-158.

Dowding, Keith. 1995. “Model or Metaphor? A Critical Review of the Network Approach.” Political Studies 43:136-158.

Dowding, Keith. 2002. “There Must Be an End to the Confusion: Policy Networks, Intellectual Fatigue, and the Need for Political Science Methods Courses in British Universities.” Political Studies 49:89-105.

Dowley, Kathleen M.; Silver, Brian D. “Social Capital, Ethnicity and Support for Democracy in the Post-Communist States. Europe-Asia Studies, Jun2002. Vol. 54 Issue 4, p505, 23p;

Downs, Buck. 1999. National Trade and Professional Associations of the United States. 34th Edition. Washington: Columbia Books.

Downs, Stephen J. “Asynchronous Transfer Mode and Public Broadband Networks: The Policy Opportunities.” Telecommunications Policy, vol. 18, no. 2, March 1994, pp. 114-36.

Doz, Y.L. (1992), The Role of Partnerships and Alliances in the European Industrial Restructuring, in: K. Cool, D. Namien and I. Walter (eds.), European Industrial Restructuring in the 1990s, London: Macmillan.

Doz, Yves and Hamel, G. 1997. The Use of Alliances in Implementing Technology Strategies. In Tushman, M.L. and Anderson, P. Managing Strategic Innovation and Change. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Doz, Yves L. 1996. “The Evolution of Cooperation in Strategic Alliances: Initial Conditions or Learning Processes?” Strategic Management Journal 17:55-83.

Doz, Yves L. 1996. “The Evolution of Cooperation in Strategic Alliances: Initial Conditions or Learning Processes?” Strategic Management Journal 17:55-83.

Doz, Yves L. and Gary Hamel. 1999. Alliance Advantage: The Art of Creating Value Through Partnering. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Doz, Yves L., 1996, The evolution of cooperation in strategic alliances: Initial conditions or learning processes? Strategic Management Journal, 17: 55-83.

Doz, Yves L., Olk, P. M., and Ring, P. S. (2000). Formation processes of R&D consortia: which path to take? Where does it lead? Strategic Management Journal, 21(3), 239-266.

Doz, Yves L., Paul M.Olk and Peter Smith Ring. 2000. “Formation Processes of R&D Consortia: Which Path to Take? Where Does it Lead?” Strategic Management Journal 21:239-266.

Drago, Robert and Mark Wooden. 1991. “The Determinants of Participatory Management.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 29:177-204.

Drakopoulou Dodd, Sarah; Patra, Eleni. “National Differences in Entrepreneurial Networking.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 14(2): -June 2002. 117-34.

Dranove, David; Gandal, Neil. “The DVD-vs.-DIVX Standard War: Empirical Evidence of Network Effects and Preannouncement Effects.” Journal of Economics and Management Strategy 12(3): Fall 2003. 363-86.

Drazin, R., L. Sandelands (1992) Autogenesis: a perspective on the process of organizing. Organization Sciences 3(2): 230-249.

Drazin, Robert and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1985 “Alternative Forms of Fit in Contingency Theory.” Administrative Science Quarterly 30:514-539.

Drazin, Robert and Hayagreeva Rao. 2002. “Harnessing Managerial Knowledge to Implement Product-Line Extensions: How Do Mutual Fund Families Allocate Portfolio Managers to Old and New Funds?” Academy of Management Journal 45:609-619.

Dreher, G.F. and R.A. Ash. 1990. “A Comparative Study of Mentoring Among Men and Women in Managerial, Professional and Technological Positions.” Journal of Applied Psychology 75:539-546.

Dreyfus, Simone. 1992. “Native Political Networks in Western Guyana and Changes during the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries.” L’Homme 32(2-4):75-98.

Droege, Scott B. and Jenny M. Hoobler. “Employee Turnover and Tacit Knowledge Diffusion: A Network Perspective. Journal of Managerial Issues 2003. V15 I1 P50(16)

Droege, Scott B.; Anderson, Jonathan R.; Bowler, Matthew. “Trust And Organizational Information Flow.” Journal of Business & Management, Winter2003. Vol. 9 Issue 1, p45, 15p;

Drucker, Peter F. 1995. “The Network Society.” Wall Street Journal March 29:A15.

Dubbs, Nicole L. et al. 2004. “Reexamining Organizational Configurations: An Update, Validation, and Expansion of the Taxonomy of Health Networks and Systems.” Health Services Research 39:207-20.

Dubini, P. and Howard E. Aldrich. 1991. “Personal and Extended Networks Are Central to the Entrepreneurial Process.” Journal of Business Venturing 6:305-313.

Dubois, Anna and Håkan Håkansson. 1997. “Relationships as Activity Links.” Pp. 43-65 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Duck, Steve. (ed.). 1993. Social context and relationships. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Dudley, Geoffrey and Jeremy Richardson. 1998. “Arenas Without Rules and the Policy Change Process: Outsider Groups and British Roads Policy.” Political Studies 46:727-747.

Dugger, William M. 1983. “The Transaction Cost Analysis of Oliver E. Williamson: A New Synthesis?” Journal of Economic Issues 17:95-114.

Dugger, William M. 1983. “The Transaction Cost Analysis of Oliver E. Williamson: A New Synthesis?” Journal of Economic Issues 17:95-114.

Dugger, William M. 1993. “Transaction Cost Economics and the State.” Pp. 188-216 in Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies, edited by Christos Pitelis. Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell.

Dugger, William M. 1993. “Transaction Cost Economics and the State.” Pp. 188-216 in Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies, edited by Christos Pitelis. Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell.

Dugger, William M. 1995. “Douglass C. North’s New Institutionalism.” Journal of Economic Issues 29:453-458.

Dugger, William M. and Howard J. Sherman. 1994. “Comparison of Institutionalism and Marxism.” Journal of Economic Issues 28:101-128.

Dugger, William M. and Howard J. Sherman. 1997. “Institutionalist and Marxist Theories of Evolution.” Journal of Economic Issues 31:991-1010.

Dugger, William M. and Howard J. Sherman. 1997. “Institutionalist and Marxist Theories of Evolution.” Journal of Economic Issues 31:991-1010.

Dugger, William M. and Howard J. Sherman. 2000. Reclaiming Evolution. New York: Routledge.

Dugger, William M. and Howard J. Sherman. 2000. Reclaiming Evolution. New York: Routledge.

Duke R.D. and J.L.Geurts. Policy games for strategic management. Pathways into the unknown. Dutch University Press 2004

Duke, Chris. “Networks and Managerialism: Field-Testing Competing Paradigms.” Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management 23(1): 2001. 103-18.

Dumont, Michel; Meeusen, Wim. “The Network of Joint Research Projects and Alliances.” The national innovation system of Belgium. 2000. 137-72.

Dumoulin, David. “Local Knowledge in the Hands of Transnational NGO Networks: A Mexican Viewpoint.” International Social Science Journal, 2003. 55, 4(178), 593-605.

Dunbar, R I M; Spoors, M. “Social Networks, Support Cliques, and Kinship.” Human Nature, 1995, 6, 3, 273-290.

Duncan, Greg J. and D. Leigh. 1980. “Wage Determination in the Union and Nonunion Sectors: A Sample Selectivity Approach.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 34:24-34.

Duncan, Greg J. and Frank P. Stafford. 1980. “Do Union Members Receive Compensating Wage Differentials?” American Economic Review 70:355-371.

Duncan, R. (1972), ‘Characteristics of Organizational Environments and Perceived Environmental Uncertainty’. Administrative Science Quarterly, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 313-327.

Duncan, W Jack. “Perceived Humor and Social Network Patterns in a Sample of Task-Oriented Groups: A Reexamination of Prior Research.” Human Relations, 1984, 37, 11, Nov, 895-907.

Dunford, M.F., A. Fernandes, B. Musyck, B. Sadowski, M.R. Cho and S. Tsenkova. 1993. “The Organization of Production and Territory: Small Firm Systems.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 17:132-136.

Dunford, Richard. 1987. “The Suppression of Technology as a Strategy for Controlling Resource Dependence.” Administrative Science Quarterly 32:512-525.

Dunk, Alan S.; Kilgore, Alan. “Financial Factors in R&D Budget Setting: the Impact of Interfunctional Market Coordination, Strategic Alliances, and the Nature of Competition. Accounting & Finance 2004. Vol. 44 Issue 2, P123, 16p,

Dunlop, John T. 1994. “Organizations and Human Resources: Internal and External Markets.” Pp. 375-400 in Labor Economics and Industrial Relations: Markets and Institutions, edited by Clark Kerr and Paul D. Staudohar. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Dunlop, John T. and David Weil. 1996. “Diffusion and Performance of Modular Production in the U.S. Apparel Industry.” Industrial Relations 35:334-355.

Dunlop, R.G. 1996. “The Tobacco Wars: Wigand’s Credibility.” Lousiville Courier-Journal: March 28:1A.

Dunn, Lucia F. 1980. “The Effects of Firm and Plant Size on Employee Well-Being.” Pp. 348-358 in The Economics of Firm Size, Market Structure, and Social Performance, edited by John J. Siegfried. Washington: Bureau of Economics, Federal Trade Commission.

Dunn, Lucia F. 1984. “The Effects of Firm Size on Wages, Fringe Benefits, and Work Disutility.” Pp. 5-58 in The Impact of the Modern Corporation, edited by Betty Bock, Harvey J. Goldschmid, Ira M. Millstein, and F.M. Scherer. New York: Columbia University Press.

Dunn, William N; Ginsberg, Ari. 1986. “A Sociocognitive Network Approach to Organizational Analysis.” Human Relations 39:955-975.

Dunne, Timothy, Mark J. Roberts and Larry Samuelson. 1989. “Plant Turnover and Gross Employment Flows in the U.S. Manufacturing Sector.” Journal of Labor Economics 7: 48-71.

Dunne, Timothy, Mark J. Roberts and Larry Samuelson. 1989. “The Growth and Failure of U.S. Manufacturing Plants.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 104:671-698.

Dunning, J. H. 1994. “Multinational Enterprises and the Globalization of Innovatory Capacity.” Research Policy 23:67-88.

Dunning, John H. (ed.). 1997. Governments, Globalization, and International Business. New York: Oxford University Press.

Dunning, John H. 1992. “Multinational Enterprises and the Globalization of Innovation Capacity.” Pp. 19-51 in Technology Management and International Business: Internationalization of R&D and Technology, edited by O. Granstrand, L. Håkanson, and S. Sjölander. Chichester, UK: Wiley.

Dunworth, Terence; Rogers, Joel. 1996. “Corporations in Court: Big Business Litigation in U.S. Federal Courts, 1971-1991.” Law & Social Inquiry 21:497-592.

Durlauf, Steven N. 2002 “On the Empirics of Social Capital.” Economic Journal 112(483):459-479.

Durrington, Vance A.; Repman, Judi; Valente, Thomas W. “Using Social Network Analysis to Examine the Time of Adoption of Computer-Related Services among University Faculty. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, Fall2000, Vol. 33 Issue 1, p16, 12p.

Dussauge, Pierre and Bernard Garrette. 1998. “Anticipating the Evolutions and Outcomes of Strategic Alliances between Rival Firms.” International Studies of Management and Organization 27(4):104-126.

Dussauge, Pierre; Garrette, Bernard. “Learning From Competing Partners: Outcomes and Durations of Scale and Link Alliances in Europe. Strategic Management Journal 2000. Vol. 21 Issue 2, P99, 28p;

Dutta, Bhaskar; Jackson, Matthew O, eds. “Networks and groups: Models of strategic formation.” Studies in Economic Design. Heidelberg and New York: Springer, 2003. viii, 496.

Dutta, Bhaskar; Jackson, Matthew O. 2000. “The Stability and Efficiency of Directed Communication Networks.” Review of Economic Design 5(3):251-72.

Dutton, Jane and Joel Baum (eds.). 1996. The Embeddedness of Strategy: Advances in Strategy Management. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Dutton, Jane E. and Susan E. Jackson. 1987. “Categorizing strategic issues: Link to organizational action.” Academy of Management Review, 12: 76-90.

Dutton, William H, Sweet, Patrick L and Rogers, Everett M. “Socioeconomic Status and the Early Diffusion of Personal Computing in the United States.” Social Science Computer Review 1989. 7, 3, fall, 259-271.

Dutton, William H, Sweet, Patrick L and Rogers, Everett M. “Socioeconomic Status and the Early Diffusion of Personal Computing in the United States.” Social Science Computer Review 1989. 7, 3, fall, 259-271.

Dutton, William H; Nainoa, Frank. “Say Goodbye...Let’s Roll: The Social Dynamics of Wireless Networks on September 11.” Prometheus, 2002. 20, 3, Sept, 237-245.

Duve, Christian. 1999. “Dispute Resolution in Globalization Context.” New York Law Journal April 12:9.

Duysters, G.M. and Hagedoorn, J., 2002. External appropriation of innovative capabilities: the choice between strategic partnering and mergers and acquisitions. Journal of Management Studies, 39.

Duysters, Geert; Hagedoorn, John. “Core Competences and Company Performance in the World-Wide Computer Industry. Journal of High Technology Management Research 2000, Vol. 11 Issue 1, P75, 17p;

Duysters, Geert; Hagedoorn, John. “Do Company Strategies and Structures Converge in Global Markets? Evidence From the Computer Industry. Journal of International Business Studies, 2001. 2nd Quarter, Vol. 32 Issue 2, P347, 10p;

Duysters, Geert; Hagedoorn, John. “Strategic Groups and Inter-Firm Networks in International High-Tech Industries. Journal of Management Studies, May95, Vol. 32 Issue 3, P359, 23p;

Duysters, Geert; Hagedoorn, John. “Technological Convergence in the IT Industry: the Role of Strategic Technology Alliances and Technological Competencies. International Journal of the Economics of Business 1998. Vol. 5 Issue 3, P355, 14p;

Dwyer, F. Robert, Robert Dahlstrom and Theresa DiNovo. 1995. “Buyer-Seller Relationships: Theoretical Perspectives.” Pp. 71-109 in Business Marketing: An Interaction and Network Perspective, edited by Kristian Möller and David Wilson. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Dye, Thomas R. 1995. Who’s Running America?: The Clinton Years. Sixth Edition. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Dye, Thomas R. 2001. Who’s Running America? The Bush Restoration, Seventh Edition. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Dyer, J. H. 1997. Effective Interfirm Collaboration: How Firms Minimize Transaction costs and Maximize Transaction Value. Strategic Management Journal, 18: 535-556.

Dyer, J.H., and Chu, W. 2003. The role of trustworthiness in reducing transaction costs and improving performance: Empirical evidence from the United States, Japan, and Korea. Organization Science, 14: 57-68.

Dyer, J.H., and Singh, H. 1998. The relational view: Cooperative strategy and sources of interorganisational competitive advantage. Academy of Management Review, 23: 660-679.

Dyer, Jeffrey H. 1996. “How Chrysler Created an American Keiretsu.” Harvard Business Review 74(July-August):42-56.

Dyer, Jeffrey H. 1996. “Specialized Supplier Networks as a Source of Competitive Advantage: Evidence from the Auto Industry.” Strategic Management Journal 17:271-291.

Dyer, Jeffrey H. 1997. “Effective Interfirm Collaboration: How Firms Minimize Transaction Costs and Maximize Transaction Value.” Strategic Mangement Journal 18:535-556.

Dyer, Jeffrey H. and Harbir Singh. 1998. “The Relational View: Cooperative Strategy and Sources of Interorganizational Competitive Advantage.” Academy of Management Review, 23:660-79.

Dyer, Jeffrey H.; Kale, Prashant; Singh, Harbir. “How to Make Strategic Alliances Work. MIT Sloan Management Review, Summer2001. Vol. 42 Issue 4, P37, 7p;

Dynes, Russell R. “Working Sociologists as Globetrotters: Utilizing Disaster Research and Policy Networks.” Journal of Applied Sociology 1995. 12:11-21.

Dzidonu, Clement K; Rodrigues, Tony; Okot-Uma, Rogers. “The Emerging Global Electronic Messaging and Networking Technologies: An Analysis of Their Potential Developmental Impact in Africa.” African Development Review/Revue Africaine de Developpement, vol. 10, no. 1, June 1998, pp. 189-210.

Earl, Peter E. 1992. “The Evolution of Cooperative Strategies: Three Automotive Industry Case Studies.” Human Systems Management 11:89-100.

Easterbrook, Frank and Daniel Fischel. 1983. “Voting in Corporate Law.” Journal of Law and Economics 26:418-26.

Easterbrook, Frank H. and Daniel R. Fischel. 1991. The Economic Structure of Corporate Law. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Easterby-Smith, Mark, Luis Araujo and John Burgoyne (eds.). 1999. Organizational Learning and the Learning Organization: Developments in Theory and Practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Easterby-Smith, Mark, Luis Araujo and John Burgoyne (eds.). anizational Learning and the Learning Organization: Developments in Theory and Practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Easterby-Smith, Mark, Luis Araujo and John Burgoyne (eds.). anizational Learning and the Learning Organization: Developments in Theory and Practice. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Easton, G. 1992. “Industrial Networks: A Review.” Pp. 1-27 in Industrial Networks: A New View of Reality, edited by B. Axelsson and G. Easton. London: Routledge.

Easton, G. and L. Araujo. 1986. “Networks, Bonding and Relationships in Industrial Markets.” Industrial Marketing and Purchasing 1:8-25.

Easton, G. and L. Araujo. 1993. “Language, Metaphors and Networks.” Industrial Networks 5:67-85.

Easton, G. and L. Araujo. 1996. “Characterizing Resources as an Organizational Competence: An Industrial Networks Approach.” Pp. 183-207 in Dynamics of Competence Based Competition: Theory and Practice in the New Strategic Management, edited by R. Sanchez, A. Heene and H. Thomas. New York: Pergamon Press.

Easton, G. and Lundgren, A. (1992), “Changes in industrial networks as flow through nodes”, In B. Axelsson and G. Easton (Eds.), Industrial Networks. A New View of Reality, pp. 88-104, Routledge, London.

Easton, Geoffrey. 1996. “The Social Psychological Impact of Gender Images in Media: A Multi-Level Analysis of Girls, Peer Networks, and Media Organizations.” Organization 3:291-310.

Easton, George S. and Sherry L. Jarrell. 1998. “The Effects of Total Quality Management on Corporate Performance: An Empirical Investigation.” Journal of Business 71:253-307.

Ebaugh, Helen Rose. “Fictive Kin as Social Capital in New Immigrant Communities.” Sociological Perspectives, Summer2000, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p189, 21p;

Ebeling, H. and L. Doorley. 1983. “A Strategic Approach to Acquisitions.” Journal of Business Strategy 3:44-55.

Ebers, Mark (ed.). 1997. The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ebers, Mark and José Carlos Jarillo. 1998. “The Construction, Forms and Consequences of Industry Networks.” International Studies in Management and Organization 27(4):3-21.

Ebers, Mark. 1997. “Explaining Inter-organizational Network Formation.” Pp. 3-40 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Eccles, Robert G. and Dwight B. Crane. 1988. “Managing Through Networks in Investment Banking.” California Management Review 30(1):176-195.

Eccles, Robert G. and Dwight B. Crane. 1988. Doing Deals: Investment Banks at Work. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Eccles, Robert G. and Harrison C. White. 1988. “Price and Authority in Inter-Profit Center Transactions.” American Journal of Sociology 94:S17-51.

Eccles, Robert G. and Nitin Nohria with James D. Berkley. 1992. Beyond the Hype: Rediscovering the Essence of Management. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Eccles, Robert. 1981. “Bureaucratic Versus Craft Administration: The Relationship of Market Structure to the Construction Firm.” Administrative Science Quarterly 26:449-469.

Eccles, Robert. 1981. “The Quasifirm in the Construction Industry.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 2:335-357.

Eccles, Robert. 1985. The Transfer Pricing Problem: A Theory for Practice. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.

Echeverri-Carroll, Elsie L and Brennan, William. “Are Innovation Networks Bounded by Proximity?” Innovation, networks and localities. 1999. pp. 28-49.

Echeverri-Carroll, Elsie L and Brennan, William. “Are Innovation Networks Bounded by Proximity?” Innovation, networks and localities. 1999. pp. 28-49.

Economic Geography 78(4): 2002. 425-39.

Edelman, Lauren B. 1990. “Legal Environments and Organizational Governance: The Expansion of Due Process in the American Workplace.” American Journal of Sociology 95:1401-1440.

Edelman, Lauren B. 1992. “Legal Ambiguity and Symbolic Stuctures: Organizational Mediation of Law.” American Journal of Sociology 97:1531-1573.

Edelman, Lauren B. and Mark C. Suchman. 1997. “The Legal Environments of Organizations.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:479-515.

Edelman, Lauren B. and Mark C. Suchman. 1999. “When the ‘Haves’ Hold Court: Speculations on the Organizational Internalization of Law.” Law & Society Review 33:941-991.

Edelman, Lauren B. and Stephen M. Petterson. 1999. “Symbols and Substance in Organizational Response to Civil Rights Law.” Research in Social Stratification and Mobility 17:107-135.

Edelman, Lauren B., Christopher Uggen and Howard S. Erlanger. 1999. “The Endogeneity of Legal Regulation: Grievance Procedures as Rational Myth.” American Journal of Sociology 105:406-454.

Edelman, Lauren B., Howard S. Erlanger and J. Lande. 1993. “Employers’ Handling of Discrimination Complaints: The Transformation of Rights in the Workplace.” Law and Society Review 27:497-534.

Edelman, Lauren B., Howard S. Erlanger and John Lande. 1993. “Dispute Resolution: The Transformation of Civil Rights in the Workplace.” Law & Society Review August 27:497-534.

Edelman, Lauren B., Sally Riggs Fuller and Iona Mara-Drita. 2001. “Diversity Rhetoric and the Managerialization of Law.” American Journal of Sociology 106:1589-1641.

Edelman, Lauren B., Stephen Petterson, Elizabeth Chambliss and Howard S. Erlanger. 1991. “Legal Ambiguity and the Politics of Compliance: Affirmative Action Officers’ Dilemma.” Law & Policy 13:73-97.

Edelman, Linda F., Mike Bresnen, Sue Newell, Harry Scarbrough and Jacky Swan. 2004 “The Benefits and Pitfalls of Social Capital: Empirical Evidence from Two Organizations in the United Kingdom.” British Journal of Management Supplement 15:59-69.

Eder, Donna. “The Cycle of Popularity: Interpersonal Relations among Female Adolescents.” Sociology of Education, 1985, 58, 3, July, 154-165.

Eder, Donna; Hallinan, Maureen T. “Sex Differences in Children’s Friendships.” American Sociological Review, 1978, 43, 2, Apr, 237-250.

Eder, Donna; Kinney, David A. “The Effect of Middle School Extracurricular Activities on Adolescents’ Popularity and Peer Status.” Youth and Society, 1995, 26, 3, Mar, 298-324.

Edme R , Dominguez. “Continental Transnational Activism and Women Workers’ Networks within NAFTA.” International Feminist Journal of Politics, 2002. 4, 2, Aug, 216-239.

Edmondson, Ricca. 2003. “Social Capital: A Strategy For Enhancing Health?” Social Science & Medicine 57:1723-1733.

Edquist, C. (ed.). 1997. Systems of Innovation, Technologies, Institutions and Organizations. London: Pinter.

Edwards, Morris. 1996. “Standards for C Hard Choices Ahead.” Communications News 33(9):72.

Edwards, Paul; et al. “Public Policy, the Performance of Firms, and the ‘Missing Middle’: The Case of the Employment Regulations, and a Role for Local Business Networks.” Policy Studies 23(1): 2002. 5-20.

Edwards, Paul; et al. 2002. “Public Policy, the Performance of Firms, and the ‘Missing Middle’: The Case of the Employment Regulations, and a Role for Local Business Networks.” Policy Studies 23:5-20.

Edwards, Richard. 1978. “The Social Relations of Production at the Point of Production.” Insurgent Sociologist 8(2-3):109-125.

Edwards, Richard. 1979. Contested Terrain: The Transformation of the Workplace in the Twentieth Century. New York: Basic Books.

Edwards, Richard. 1984. “Work Incentives and Worker Responses in Bureaucratic Enterprises: An Empirical Study.” Research in Social Stratification and Mobility 3:3-26.

Edwards, Rosalind. “Present and absent in troubling ways: families and social capital debates. Sociological Review, Feb2004. Vol. 52 Issue 1, p1, 21p;

Eerola, Essi; Määttänen, Niku. “Strategic Alliances, Joint Investments, and Market Structure. International Journal of Industrial Organization 2004. Vol. 22 Issue 2, P241, 11p

Egan, Michelle. 1997. “Modes of Business Governance: European Management Styles and Corporate Cultures.” West European Politics 20(2)1-21.

Eggertsson, Thrainn. 1990. Economic Behavior and Institutions. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Eggertsson, Thrainn. 1997. “The Old Theory of Economic Policy and the New Institutionalism.” World Development 25:1187-1203.

Eicher, Theo S. 1996. “Interaction Between Endogenous Human Capital and Technological Change.” Review of Economic Studies 63:127-144.

Eisenberg, E. 1990. Jamming: Transcendence through Organizing. Human Communication Research, 17, 139-164.

Eisenberg, E.M., P.R. Monge and K.I. Miller. 1984. “Involvement in Communication Networks as a Predictor of Organizational Commitment.” Human Communication Research 10:179-201.

Eisenberg, Melvin A. 1976. The Structure of the Corporation: A Legal Analysis. Boston: Little, Brown.

Eisenhardt, K.M. 1993. High reliability organizations meet high velocity environments: common dilemmas in nuclear power plants, aircraft carriers, and microcomputer firms. In Roberts, K.H. (Ed.) New Challenges to Understanding Organizations: 117-135. New York, MacMillan.

Eisenhardt, K.M., and Tabrizi, B.N., 1995, Accelerating adaptive processes: product innovation in the global computer industry. Administrative Science Quarterly, 40(1): 84-110.

Eisenhardt, Kathleen M. 1989. “Agency Theory: An Assessment and Review.” Academy of Management Review 14:57-74.

Eisenhardt, Kathleen M. 1989. “Agency Theory: An Assessment and Review.” Academy of Management Review 14:57-74.

Eisenhardt, Kathleen M. 1989. “Building Theories from Case Study Research.” Academy of Management Review 14:532-550.

Eisenhardt, Kathleen M. and Claudia Bird Schoonhoven. 1996. “Strategic Alliance Formation in Entrepreneurial Firms: Strategic Needs and Social Opportunities for Cooperation.” Organization Science 7:136-150.

Eisenhardt, Kathleen M., and Claudia B. Schoonhoven 1990. “Organizational growth: Linking founding team, strategy, environment, and growth among U.S. semiconductor ventures, 1978-1988. Administrative Science Quarterly, 35: 504-529.

Eisenhardt, Kathleen, and M.J. Zzbaracki. 1992. “Strategic decision making.” Strategic Management Journal (Special Issue), 13: 17-37.

Elander, Ingemar. 1995. “Policy Networks and Housing Regeneration in England and Sweden.” Urban Studies 32:913-934.

El-Bassel, Nabila and Duan-Rung Chen. 1998. “Social Support and Social Network Profiles among Women on Methadone.” Social Service Review 72:379-402.

Elfring, Tom; Hulsink, Willem. “Networks in Entrepreneurship: The Case of High-Technology Firms.” Small Business Economics, vol. 21, no. 4, December 2003, pp. 409-22.

Elfring, Tom; Hulsink, Willem. “Networks in Entrepreneurship: The Case of High-Technology Firms.” Small Business Economics 21(4): 2003. 409-22.

Elg, U and Johansson, U. (1996) Networking when National Boundaries Dissolve: The Swedish Food-sector. European Journal of Marketing, vol 30:2; pp 61-74.

Elg, U. and Johansson, U. (1993), “The institutions of industrial governance, a network perspective on the Swedish food industry”, International Studies of Management and Organization, Vol. 23, pp. 29-46.

Elg, Ulf and Ulf Johansson. 1997. “Decision Making in Inter-firm Networks as a Political Process.” Organization Studies 18:361-384.

Eliasson, Gunnar. “Gateway Technologies and the Evolutionary Dynamics of Network Industries: Lessons from Electricity Supply History: Commentary.” Evolving technology and market structure: Studies in Schumpeterian economics. 1990, pp. 157-63.

Elixmann, Dieter; Schimmel, Ulrike. 2003. “‘Next Generation Networks’ and Challenges for Future Competition Policy and Regulation.” Communications and Strategies 50:239-268.

Ellis, Paul. “Social Ties and Foreign Market Entry. Journal of International Business Studies, 2000 3rd Quarter, Vol. 31 Issue 3, p443, 27p

Ellrich, Lutz; Funken, Christiane; Meister, Martin. “Cultivating Mistrust. Building a Society of Strategic Networks.” Sociologia Internationalis, 2001. 39, 2, 191-234.

Elmuti, Dean and Yunus Kathawala. 2001. “An Overview of Strategic Alliances.” Management Decision 39(3):205-17.

Elsbach, K. D., Sutton, R. I., and Whetten, D. A. 1999. Perspectives on developing management theory, 1999: Moving from shrill monologues to (relatively) tame dialogues. Academy of Management Review, 26(4): 627-633

Elsbach, Kimberly D. 1994. “Managing Organizational Legitimacy in the California Cattle Industry: The Construction and Effectiveness of Verbal Accounts.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:57-88.

Elsdon, Ron. 2003. Affiliation in the workplace: value creation in the new organization. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Embeddedness of Strategy: 163-186. Greenwich CT: JAI Press.

Emerson, Michael O.; Kimbro, Rachel Tolbert; Yancey, George. “Contact Theory Extended: The Effects of Prior Racial Contact on Current Social Ties. Social Science Quarterly, Sep2002. Vol. 83 Issue 3, p745, 17p

Emerson, Richard M. 1962. “Power-Dependence Relations.” American Sociological Review 27:31-41.

Emirbayer, Mustafa and Anne Mische. 1998. “What is Agency?” American Journal of Sociology 103:962-1023.

Emirbayer, Mustafa and Jeff Goodwin. 1994. “Network Analysis, Culture, and the Problem of Agency.” American Journal of Sociology 99:1411-1454.

Emirbayer, Mustafa and Jeff Goodwin. 1996. “Symbols, Positions, Objects: Toward a New Theory of Revolutions and Collective Action.” History and Theory 35:358-374.

Emirbayer, Mustafa. 1997. “Manifesto for a Relational Sociology.” American Journal of Sociology 103:281-317.

Emmelheinz, Margaret (1990) “Electronic Data Interchange - Total Management Guide” Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York NY, 1990

Enchautegui, Maria E. “Household Members and Employment Outcomes of Recent Immigrants: A Network Approach.” Social Science Quarterly, 2002. 83, 2, June, 594-611.

Enchautegui, Maria E. “Household Members and Employment Outcomes of Recent Immigrants: A Network Approach.” Social Science Quarterly 83(2): 2002. 594-611.

Engelsman, E C; van Raan, A F J. “Mapping of technology: A first exploration of knowledge diffusion amongst fields of technology.” Beleidsstudies Technologie Economie, no. 15. The Hague: Ministerie van Economische Zaken, 1991, pp. 71.

England, Paula, George Farkas, Barbara Stanek Kilbourne and Thomas Dou. 1988. “Explaining Occupational Sex Segregation and Wages: Findings from a Model with Fixed Effects.” American Sociological Review 53:544-558.

England, Paula, M. Chessie, and L. McCormack. 1982. “Skill Demands and Earnings in Female and Male Occupations.” Social Science Research 66:147-168.

Ennett, Susan T; Bauman, Karl E. 1993. “Peer Group Structure and Adolescent Cigarette Smoking: A Social Network Analysis.” Journal of Health and Social Behavior 34:226-236.

Ennis, Sean F. “Mergers in Network Industries.” Communications and Strategies 50(2): 2003. 51-68.

Epstein, David; O'Halloran, Sharyn. “A Theory of Strategic Oversight: Congress, Lobbyists, and the Bureaucracy.” Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, vol. 11, no. 2, October 1995, pp. 227-55.

Epstein, Gil S; Hefeker, Carsten. “Lobbying and Concessions: Comparing Nash to Stackelberg Games.” Public Choice, vol. 109, no. 1-2, October 2001, pp. 175-81.

Epstein, Gil S; Hefeker, Carsten. “Lobbying Contests with Alternative Instruments.” Economics of Governance, vol. 4, no. 1, 2003, pp. 81-89.

Erdos, P. and Renyi, A. 1959. On random graphs. Pulicationes Mathematicae, 6:290-297.

Erens, F., R Stoffelen, F. van de Ven and L. Wildeman. 1996. “Alliances and Networks: The Next Generation.” Proceedings of the 6th International Forum on Technology Management. 77-91.

Erickson, Bonnie H. “In the Mirrors’ House: Distorted Visions of Profession and Gender in Social Networks.” Inchiesta, 2003, 33, 139, Jan-Mar, 47-54.

Erickson, Bonnie H. “In the Mirrors’ House: Distorted Visions of Profession and Gender in Social Networks.” Inchiesta, 2003. 33, 139, Jan-Mar, 47-54.

Erickson, Bonnie H. 1996. “Culture, Class and Connections.” American Journal of Sociology, 102: 217-251.

Erickson, Bonnie H. 1996. “Culture, Class, and Connections.” American Journal of Sociology 102:217-251.

Erickson, Bonnie H. 2001. “Good Networks and Good Jobs: The Value of Social Capital to Employers and Employees.” Pp. 127-158 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald S. Burt. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Erickson, Bonnie. “Social Networks.” Blackwell Companion To Sociology, Blau, Judith R. [Ed], Malden, MA: Blackwell, 2001. pp 314-326.

Erickson, Bonnie. “Social Networks: The Value of Variety.” Contexts, 2003. 2, 1, winter, 25-31.

Erickson, Bonnie. 1988. “The Relational Basis of Attitudes.” Pp. XXX-XXX in Social Structures: A Network Approach, edited by Barry Wellman and S.D. Berkowitz. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Erickson, Bonnie. 2001. “Good Networks and Good Jobs: The Value of Social Capital to Employers and Employees.” Pp. 127-158 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald Burt. New York: Aldine De Gruyter.

Erickson, Christopher L. and Sanford M. Jacoby. “2003. The Effect of Employer Networks on Workplace Innovation and Training.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 56:203-223.

Erickson, Christopher L. and Sanford M. Jacoby. “2003. The Effect of Employer Networks on Workplace Innovation and Training.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 56:203-223.

Erickson, Christopher L.; Jacoby, Sanford M. “The Effect of Employer Networks on Workplace Innovation and Training.” Industrial & Labor Relations Review, Jan2003. Vol. 56 Issue 2, p203, 21p;

Erickson, Christopher L; Jacoby, Sanford M. 2003. “The Effect of Employer Networks on Workplace Innovation and Training.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 56(2): 203-223.

Eriksson, Göran. 1991. “Human Capital Investments and Labor Mobility.” Journal of Labor Economics 9:236-254.

Ernst and Young. 1994. Mergers and Acquisitions. Second Ed. New York: Wiley.

Ernst, Dieter and Kim, Linsu. 2002. “Global Production Networks, Knowledge Diffusion, and Local Capability Formation.” Research Policy 31(8-9):147-153.

Ernst, Dieter and Linsu Kim. 2002. “Global Production Networks, Knowledge Diffusion, and Local Capability Formation.” Research Policy 31(8-9):1417-1429.

Ernst, Dieter and Linsu Kim. 2002. “Global Production Networks, Knowledge Diffusion, and Local Capability Formation.” Research Policy 31(8-9): 1417-1429.

Ernst, Dieter et al. “New Challenges for Industrial Clusters and Districts: Global Production Networks and Knowledge Diffusion.” The global challenge to industrial districts: Small and medium-sized enterprises in Italy and Taiwan. 2001. pp. 131-44.

Ernst, Dieter et al. “New Challenges for Industrial Clusters and Districts: Global Production Networks and Knowledge Diffusion.” The global challenge to industrial districts: Small and medium-sized enterprises in Italy and Taiwan. 2001. pp. 131-44.

Ernst, Dieter. “Global Production Networks and the Changing Geography of Innovation Systems: Implications for Developing Countries.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 11, no. 6, December 2002. pp. 497-523.

Ernst, Dieter. “Global Production Networks and the Changing Geography of Innovation Systems: Implications for Developing Countries.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 11, no. 6, December 2002. pp. 497-523.

Ernst, Dieter. 2002. “Global Production Networks and the Changing Geography of Innovation Systems: Implications for Developing Countries.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology 11(6): 497-523.

Ernst, Dieter; et al. “New Challenges for Industrial Clusters and Districts: Global Production Networks and Knowledge Diffusion.” The global challenge to industrial districts: Small and medium-sized enterprises in Italy and Taiwan. 2001, pp. 131-44.

Ernst, Dieter; et al. “New Challenges for Industrial Clusters and Districts: Global Production Networks and Knowledge Diffusion.” The global challenge to industrial districts: Small and medium-sized enterprises in Italy and Taiwan. 2001, pp. 131-44.

Ernst, Dieter; et al. 2001. “New Challenges for Industrial Clusters and Districts: Global Production Networks and Knowledge Diffusion.” The global challenge to industrial districts: Small and medium-sized enterprises in Italy and Taiwan. 131-44.

Ernst, Dieter; Kim, Linsu. “Introduction: Global Production Networks, Information Technology and Knowledge Diffusion.” Industry and Innovation, vol. 9, no. 3, December 2002, pp. 147-53.

Ernst, Dieter; Kim, Linsu. “Introduction: Global Production Networks, Information Technology and Knowledge Diffusion.” Industry and Innovation 9(3): 2002. 147-53.

Erramilli, M. Krishna,Sanjeev Agarwal, Chekitan S. “Choice Between Non-Equity Entry Modes: An Organizational Capability Perspective. Dev. Journal of International Business Studies Summer 2002. V33 I2 P223(20)

Erridge, Andrew and Jonathan Greer. “Partnerships and Public Procurement: Building Social Capital through Supply Relations.” Public Administration 2002. V80 I3 P503(20)

Espinoza, Vicente. 1999. “Social Networks Among the Urban Poor: Inequalities and Integration in a Latin American City.” Pp. 147-184 in Networks in the Global Village, edited by Barry Wellman. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Espwall, Majen and Niclas Olofsson. 2002. “Legitimacy Aspects of Social Network Relations in a Group of Women with Undefined Musculoskeletal Disorder.” Women and Health 36(4):85-101.

Esser, Frank; D’Angelo, Paul. “Framing the Press and the Publicity Process: A Content Analysis of Meta-Coverage in Campaign 2000 Network News.” American Behavioral Scientist, 2003. 46, 5, Jan, 617-641.

Estades, Jacqueline; Ramani, Shyama V. “Technological Competence and the Influence of Networks: A Comparative Analysis of New Biotechnology Firms in France and Britain.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 10, no. 4, December 1998, pp. 483-95.

Estanque, Elisio. “Collective Action, Community and Social Movements: Toward a Study of Public Protest Movements.” Revista Critica de Ciencias Sociais 1999. 55, Nov, 85-111.

Esteban, Joan; Ray, Debraj. “Collective Action and the Group Size Paradox.” American Political Science Review, vol. 95, no. 3, September 2001. pp. 663-72.

Esteban, Joan; Ray, Debraj. “Wealth Constraints, Lobbying and the Efficiency of Public Allocation.” European Economic Review, vol. 44, no. 4-6, May 2000, pp. 694-705.

Estevao, Marcello and Saul Lach. 1999. “The Evolution of the Demand for Temporary Help Supply Employment in the United.” Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System Finance and Economics Discussion Paper Series: 99/58.

Estrada, Baldomero. “Socioeconomic Networks and Urban Markets: The Italian Community in Valparaiso at the Turn of the Century.” Estudios Migratorios Latinoamericanos, 1997, 12, 35, Apr, 153-186.

Etemad, Hamid; Lee, Yender. “The Knowledge Network of International Entrepreneurship: Theory and Evidence.” Small Business Economics, vol. 20, no. 1, February 2003, pp. 5-23.

Etemad, Hamid; Lee, Yender. “The Knowledge Network of International Entrepreneurship: Theory and Evidence.” Small Business Economics 20(1): 2003. 5-23.

Ettlinger, Nancy. “Cultural Economic Geography and a Relational and Microspace Approach to Trusts, Rationalities, Networks, and Change in Collaborative Workplaces.” Journal of Economic Geography 3(2): 2003. 145-71.

Ettore, Barbara. 1996. “Changing the rules of the board game; boards of directors.” Management Review 85(4):13-.

Ettorre, Barbara. 1996. “When Patience is a Corporate Virtue.” Management Review November 85(11):28-

Etzioni, Amatai. 1975. A Comparartive Analysis of Complex Organizations. New York: Free Press.

Etzioni, Amatai. 1975. A Comparative Analysis of Complex Organizations. New York: Free Press.

Etzioni, Amitai. 1961. A Comparative Analysis of Complex Organizations. New York: Free Press.

Etzkowitz, Henry and Loet Leydesdorff (eds.). 1997. Universities in the Global Economy: The Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government Relations. London: Cassell Academic.

Etzkowitz, Henry and Loet Leydesdorff. 2000. The Dynamics of Innovation: From National Systems and ‘Mode 2’ to a Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government Relations.” Research Policy 29:109-123.

Etzkowitz, Henry and Loet Leydesdorff. 2000. The Dynamics of Innovation: From National Systems and ‘Mode 2’ to a Triple Helix of University-Industry-Government Relations.” Research Policy 29:109-123.

Etzkowitz, Henry, Carol Kemelgor, Brian Uzzi and Michael Neuschjatz. 1997. Social Capital and Career Dynamics in the Hard Sciences. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Eulau, Heinz; Rothenberg, Lawrence. 1986. “Life Space and Social Networks as Political Contexts.” Political Behavior 8:130-157.

Evan, William M. 1966. “The Organizational Set: Toward a Theory of Interorganizational Relations.” Pp. 173-188 in Approaches to Organizational Design, edited by James D. Thompson. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.

Evan, William M. 1978. Organization Theory. NY: Wiley.

Evan, William M. 1978. Organization Theory. NY: Wiley.

Evan, William M. and Edward R. Freeman. 1988. “A Stakeholder Theory of the Modern Corporation: Kantian Capitalism.” Pp. 75-93 in Ethical Theory and Business, edited by T. Beauchamp, N. Bowie. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Evan, William M. and Paul M. Olk. 1990. “R&D Consortia: A New U.S. Organizational Form.” Sloan Management Review 31(3):37-46.

Evan, William M. and R. Edward Freeman. 1988. “A Stakeholder Theory of the Modern Corporation: Kantian Capitalism.” Pp. 75-93 in Ethical Theory and Business, edited by T. Beauchamp, N. Bowie. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Evans, David S. and Linda S. Leighton. 1989. “Why Do Smaller Firms Pay Less?” Journal of Human Resources 24:299-318.

Evans, Peter. 1996. “Government Action, Social Capital and Development: Reviewing the Evidence on Synergy.” World Development 24:1119-1132.

Evans, Peter. 2000. “Fighting Marginalization with Transnational Networks: Counter-Hegemonic Globalization.” Contemporary Sociology 29:230-241.

Evenett, Simon J. 2003. “Do All Networks Facilitate International Commerce? US Law Firms and the International Market for Corporate Control.” Journal of the Japanese and International Economies 17(4)(Special Issue):520-537.

Everard, Andrea; Henry, Raymond. “A social network analysis of interlocked directorates in electronic commerce firms.” Electronic Commerce Research & Applications, Summer2002. Vol. 1 Issue 2, p225, 10p;

Everett, James L. 1994. “Communication and Sociocultural Evolution in Organizations and Organizational Populations.” Communication Theory 4(2):93-110.

Everett, Martin G. and Stephen P. Borgatti. 1999. “Peripheries of Cohesive Subgroups.” Social Networks 21:397-407.

Everett, Martin G. and Stephen P. Borgatti. 1999. “Peripheries of Cohesive Subgroups.” Social Networks 21:397-407.

Everett, Martin G. and Stephen P. Borgatti. 1999. “The Centrality of Groups and Classes.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 23(3):181-201.

Exter, Thomas G. 1996. The Official Guide to American Incomes. Second Edition. Ithaca, NY: New Strategist Publications.

Eyler, Amy A; Matson-Koffman, Dyann; Vest, Joshua R; Evenson, Kelly R; Sanderson, Bonnie; Thompson, Janice L; Wilbur, JoEllen; Wilcox, Sara; Young, Deborah Rohm. “Environmental, Policy, and Cultural Factors Related to Physical Activity in a Diverse Sample of Women: The Women’s Cardiovascular Health Network Project-Introduction and Methodology.” Women and Health, 2002. 36, 2, 1-15.

Faber, Ashley D. and Stanley Wasserman. 2002. “Social Support and Social Networks: Synthesis and Review.” Advances in Medical Sociology 8:29-72.

Faber, Jan. “On Bounded Rationality and the Framing of Decisions in International Relations: Towards a Dynamic Network Model of World Politics.” Journal of Peace Research, 1990, 27, 3, Aug, 307-319.

Fabrikant, Geraldine. 1997. “Cooperation Counts.” New York Times (December 15):D12.

Fafchamps, Marcel and Bart Minten. “Returns to Social Network Capital Among Traders.” Oxford Economic Papers 2002. V54 I2 P173(34)

Fafchamps, Marcel. “Ethnicity and Networks in African Trade.” Contributions to Economic Analysis and Policy 2(1): 2003. na.

Fafchamps, Marcel. 2001. “Networks, Communities and Markets in Sub-Saharan Africa: Implications for Firm Growth and Investment.” Journal of African Economies 10(Supplement 2):109-42.

Fafchamps, Marcel; Minten, Bart. “Returns to Social Network Capital among Traders.” Oxford Economic Papers 54(2): 2002. 173-206.

Falch, Morten; Henten, Anders. “Digital Denmark: From Information Society to Network Society.” Telecommunications Policy 24(5): 2000. 377-94.

Fallick, Bruce C. 1999. “Part-time Work and Industry Growth.” Monthly Labor Review 122(3): 22-29.

Falzon, Lucia. 2000. “Determining Groups from the Clique Structure in Large Social Networks.” Social Networks 22:159-172.

Fama, Eugene F. and Michael C. Jensen. 1983. “Agency Problems and Residual Claims.” Journal of Law and Economics 26:1-21.

Fama, Eugene F. and Michael C. Jensen. 1983. “Agency Problems and Residual Claims.” Journal of Law and Economics 26:1-21.

Fama, Eugene F. and Michael C. Jensen. 1983. “Separation of Ownership and Control.” Journal of Law and Economics 26:301-325.

Fama, Eugene. 1980. “Agency Problems and Theory of the Firm.” Journal of Political Economy 88:288-306.

Farah, Douglas. Blood from Stones: the Secret Financial Network of Terror. Broadway

Faraj, S., Sproull, L. (2000). Coordinating expertise in software development teams. Management Science, 46, 1554-1568.

Fararo, Thomas J. and M. Sunshine. 1964. A Study of A Biased Friendship Net. Syracuse, N.Y.: Syracuse University Press.

Farber, Henry S. 1995. “Are Lifetime Jobs Disappearing? Job Duration in the United States: 1973-1993

Farhi, Paul. 1997. “Disney Chief May Reap $771 Million From Stock Options.” Washington Post February 22:D1.

Faria, Joao Ricardo. “Scientific, Business and Political Networks in Academia.” Research in Economics 56(2): 2002. 187-98.

Faria, Joao Ricardo. 2002. “Scientific, Business and Political Networks in Academia.” Research in Economics 56(2):187-98.

Farkas, George, Paula England and Margaret Barton. 1988. “Structural Effects on Wages: Sociological and Economic Views.” Pp. 93-112 in Industries, Firms, and Jobs: Sociological and Economic Approaches, edited by George Farkas and Paula England. New York: Plenum.

Farr, C.M. and W.A. Fischer. 1992. “Managing International High Technology Cooperative Projects.” R&D Management 22:55-67.

Farrell, Henry; Knight, Jack. “Trust, Institutions, and Institutional Change: Industrial Districts and the Social Capital Hypothesis.” Politics and Society, 2003, 31, 4, Dec, 537-566.

Farrell, Joseph. “Integration and Independent Innovation on a Network.” American Economic Review, vol. 93, no. 2, May 2003. pp. 420-24.

Farrell, Joseph. “Integration and Independent Innovation on a Network.” American Economic Review, vol. 93, no. 2, May 2003. pp. 420-24.

Farrell, Joseph. “Integration and Independent Innovation on a Network.” American Economic Review 93(2): 2003. 420-24.

Fast, Howard. 1975. “Tomorrow’s Wall Street Journal.” Pp. 45-55 in Time and the Riddle: Thirty-One Zen Stories. Pasadena, CA: Ward Ritchie Press.

Faulhaber, Gerald. “Network Effects and Merger Analysis: Instant Messaging and the AOL-Time Warner Case.” Telecommunications Policy 26(5-6): 2002. 311-33.

Faulkner, R. R., Anderson, A.B. 1987. Short term projects and emergent careers: evidence from Hollywood. American Journal of Sociology, 92, 879-909.

Faulkner, Robert R. 1987. Music on Demand: Composers and Careers in the Hollywood Film Industry. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Faulkner, Robert R. and Andy Anderson. 1987. “Short-Term Projects and Emergent Careers: Evidence from Hollywood.” American Journal of Sociology 92:879-909.

Faust, Katherine and John Skvoretz. 2002. “Comparing Networks Across Space and Time, Size and Species.” Sociological Methodology 32:267-299.

Faust, Katherine,Karin E. Willert, David D. Rowlee and John Skvoretz. 2002. “Scaling and Statistical Models for Affiliation Networks: Patterns of Participation among Soviet Politicians During the Brezhnev Era.” Social Networks 24:231-59.

Favereau, Olivier and Emmanuel Lazega (eds.). 2002. Conventions and Structures in Economic Organization: Markets, Networks and Hierarchies. New Horizons in Institutional and Evolutionary Economics. Cheltenham, UK: Elgar.

Fayol, Henri. 1949. General and Industrial Management. London: Pitman.

Federal Election Commission. 1999. “Campaign Finance Reports and Data.” (August 25, 1999)

Federal Election Commission. 2000. “Campaign Finance Reports and Data.” (May 16, 2000)

Feeley, Thomas H. and George A. Barnett. 1997 “Predicting Employee Turnover from Communication Networks.” Human Communication Research 23:370-87.

Fehner, Terrence R. and Jack M. Holl. 1994. “The United States Department of Energy, 1977-1994: A Summary History.” Washington: Department of Energy (Decmber 1, 2002).

Feigenbaum, Harvey, Jeffrey Henig and Chris Hamnett. 1998. Shrinking the State: The Political Underpinnings of Privatization. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Feiring, Candice. “Other-Sex Friendship Networks and the Development of Romantic Relationships in Adolescence.” Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 1999, 28, 4, Aug, 495-512.

Feld, Scott L. “A Reconceptualization of the Problem of Collective Decisions.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 1977, 5, 2, 257-271.

Feld, Scott L. “Social Structural Determinants of Similarity among Associates.” American Sociological Review, 1982, 47, 6, Dec, 797-801.

Feld, Scott L. “The Structured Use of Personal Associates.” Social Forces, 1984, 62, 3, Mar, 640-652.

Feld, Scott L. 1981. “The Focused Organization of Social Ties.” American Journal of Sociology 86:1015-1035.

Feld, Scott L. 1991. “Why Your Friends Have More Friends than You Do.” American Journal of Sociology 96:1464-1477.

Feld, Scott L. 1997. “Structural Embeddedness and Stability of Interpersonal Relations.” Social Networks 19:91-95.

Feld, Scott L; Carter, William C. “Detecting Measurement Bias in Respondent Reports of Personal Networks.” Social Networks, 2002. 24, 4, Oct, 365-383.

Feld, Scott L; Elmore, Richard. “Patterns of Sociometric Choices: Transitivity Reconsidered.” Social Psychology Quarterly, 1982, 45, 2, June, 77-85.

Feld, Scott L; Grofman, Bernard. “Collectivities as Actors: Consistency of Collective Choices.” Rationality and Society 1990. 2, 4, Oct, 429-448.

Feldman, M.P. 1999. The new economics of innovation, spillovers, and agglomeration: A review of empirical studies. Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 8: 5-25.

Feldman, Steven P. 1999. “The Leveling of Organizational Culture: Egalitarianism in Critical Postmodern Organization Theory.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 35:228-244.

Feller, Irwin and Menzel, Donald C. “Diffusion Milieus as a Focus of Research on Innovation in the Public Sector.” Policy Sciences 1977, 8, 1, Mar, 49-68.

Feller, Irwin and Menzel, Donald C. “Diffusion Milieus as a Focus of Research on Innovation in the Public Sector.” Policy Sciences 1977, 8, 1, Mar, 49-68.

Felling, Albert J A. “Community Power Structure: A Social Network Approach.” Sociologia Neerlandica, 1975, 11, 1, 1-20.

Fellman, Susanna. “The Role of Internal Labour Markets and Social Networks in the Recruitment of Top Managers in Finnish Manufacturing Firms, 1900-1975.” Business History 45(3): 2003. 1-21.

Fellman, Susanna. “The Role of Internal Labour Markets and Social Networks in the Recruitment of Top Managers in Finnish Manufacturing Firms, 1900-1975. Business History, Jul2003. Vol. 45 Issue 3, p1, 21p

Fellman, Susanna. “The Role of Internal Labour Markets and Social Networks in the Recruitment of Top Managers in Finnish Manufacturing Firms, 1900-1975. Business History 2003. V45 I3 P1(22

Felmlee, Diane H. “No Couple Is an Island: A Social Network Perspective on Dyadic Stability.” Social Forces, 2001. 79, 4, June, 1259-1287.

Felmlee, Diane H. “No Couple Is an Island: A Social Network Perspective On Dyadic Stability.” Social Forces 2001. V79 I4 P1259

Felmlee, Diane H. “Social Norms in Same- and Cross-Gender Friendships.” Social Psychology Quarterly, 1999, 62, 1, Mar, 53-67.

Felmlee, Diane H. 1976. “Women’s Job Mobility Processes Within and Between Employers.” American Sociological Review 47:142-151.

Felmlee, Diane H; Greenberg, David F. “A Dynamic Systems Model of Dyadic Interaction.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 1999, 23, 3, 155-180.

Felmlee, Diane; Hallinan, Maureen T. “The Effect of Classroom Interaction on Children’s Friendships.” Journal of Classroom Interaction; v14 n2 p1-8 Sum 1979.

Felmlee, Diane; Sprecher, Susan; Bassin, Edward. “The Dissolution of Intimate Relationships: A Hazard Model.” Social Psychology Quarterly, 1990, 53, 1, Mar, 13-30.

Felton, Barbara J; Berry, Carolyn. “Groups as Social Network Members: Overlooked Sources of Social Support.” American Journal of Community Psychology, 1992, 20, 2, Apr, 253-261.

Feng-Chuan Pan, Someswar. “Selecting Consumer Oriented Alliance Partner to Assure Customer Satisfaction in International Markets. Journal of American Academy of Business, Cambridge 2004. Vol. 4 Issue 1/2, P278, 7p;

Fennell, Mary L. and Warnecke, Richard B. 1989. “The Diffusion of Medical Innovation. An Applied Network Analysis.

Fennell, Mary L. and Warnecke, Richard B. 1989. The Diffusion of Medical Innovation. An Applied Network Analysis.

Fennema, Meindert. 1989. “Dutch Policy Networks in the Decolonization of Indonesia.” Connections, 12:25-31.

Fennema, Meindert; Tillie, Jean. “Political Participation and Political Trust in Amsterdam: Civic Communities and Ethnic Networks.” Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies 1999. 25:703-726.

Fenton, E. 1996. “The Internal Network Organisation: A Review.” University of Warwick: Centre for Corporate Strategy and Change.

Ferber, Marianne A. and Joe L. Spaeth. 1984. “Work Characteristics and the Male-Female Earnings Gap.” American Economic Review 74:260-264.

Ferlie, Ewan and Andrew M. Pettigrew. 1996. “Managing Through Networks: Some Issues and Implciations for the NHS.” British Journal of Management 7, Special Issue S81-99.

Ferman, Louis A., Michele Hoyman, Joel Crutcher-Gershenfeld and Ernst J. Savoie (eds.). 1991. Joint Training Programs: A Union-Management Approach to Preparing Workers for the Future. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Fernandez Roberto M. and Doug McAdam. 1988. “Social Networks and Social Movements: Multiorganizational Fields and Recruitment to Mississippi Freedom Summer.” Sociological Forum 3:357-382.

Fernandez Roberto M. and Doug McAdam. 1989. “Multiorganizational Fields and Recruitment to Social Movements.” International Social Movement Research 2:315-343.

Fernandez, Roberto M. 1991. “Structural Bases of Leadership in Intraorganizational Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 54:36-53.

Fernandez, Roberto M. and Emilio J. Castilla. 2001. “How Much is that Network Worth? Social Capital in Employee Referral Networks.” Pp. 85-104 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald S. Burt. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Fernandez, Roberto M. and Nancy Weinberg. 1997. “Sifting and Sorting: Personal Contacts and Hiring in a Retail Bank.” American Sociological Review 62:883-902.

Fernandez, Roberto M. and Roger V. Gould. 1994. “A Dilemma of State Power: Brokerage and Influence in the National Health Policy Domain.” American Journal of Sociology 99: 1455-1491.

Fernandez, Roberto M., Emilio J. Castilla and Paul Moore. 2000. “Social Capital at Work: Networks and Employment at a Phone Center.” American Journal of Sociology 105: 1288-1356.

Ferner, Anthony and Paul Edwards. 1995. “Power and the Diffusion of Organizational Change within Multinational Enterprises.” European Journal of Industrial Relations 1:229-257.

Ferrary, Michel. “Managing the disruptive technologies life cycle by externalising the research: social network and corporate venturing in the Silicon Valley. International Journal of Technology Management, 2003. Vol. 25 Issue 1/2, p165, 16p;

Ferrary, Michel. “Trust and Social Capital in the Regulation of Lending Activities.” Journal of Socio-Economics, 2003, 31, 6, 673-699.

Ferrary, Michel. 2001. “Toward a Theory of Exchange in Social Networks: An Essay on the Gift in the Industrial Networks of Silicon Valley.” Cahiers Internationaux de Sociologie 111:261-290.

Ferrary, Michel. 2003. “The Gift Exchange in the Social Networks of Silicon Valley.” California Management Review 45:120-138.

Ferrary, Michel. 2003. “Trust and Social Capital in the Regulation of Lending Activities.” Journal of Socio-Economics 31:673-999.

Ferris, James M. and Elizabeth Graddy. 1997. “New Public Management Theory: Lessons from Institutional Economics and Government Contracting.” Advances in International Comparative Management 89-104.

Ferris, James M. and Elizabeth Graddy. 1997. “New Public Management Theory: Lessons from Institutional Economics and Government Contracting.” Advances in International Comparative Management 89-104.

Fichman, M. and D. Levinthal. 1991. “Honeymoons and the Liability of Adolesence: A New Perspective on Duration Dependence in Social and Organizational Relationships.” Academy of Management Review 16:442-468.

Fichman, M. and D. Levinthal. 1991. “Honeymoons and the Liability of Adolesence: A New Perspective on Duration Dependence in Social and Organizational Relationships.” Academy of Management Review 16:442-468.

Fichman, M. and P. Goodman. 1996. “Customer-Supplier Ties in Interorganizational Relations.” Research in Organizational Behavior 18:285-329.

Field, Alexander James. 1981. “The Problem with Neoclassical Institutional Economics: A Critique with Special Reference to the North/Thomas Model or Pre-1500 Europe.” Explorations in Economic History 18(April):174-198.

Field, John. 2003. Social Capital. London: Routledge.

Fienberg, Stephen E; Lee, S Keith. 1975. “On Small World Statistics.” Psychometrika 40:219-228.

Fiet, J. O. 1991. “Network Reliance by Venture Capital Firms and Business Angels: An Empirical and Theoretical Test.” Pp. 445-503 in Frontiers of Entrepreneurial Research. Wellesley, MA: Boston College.

Fihser, Susan Reynolds and Margaret A. White 2000. “Downsizing in a Learning Organization: Are There Hidden Costs?” Academy of Management Review 25:244-.

Filatotchev, Igor, Claudio Piga and Natalya Dyomina. 2003. “Network Positioning and R&D Activity: A Study of Italian Groups.” R&D Management 33:37-48.

Filippi, Maryline. “Les systemes localises de production et d’innovation: Une approeche en terme de reseaux. (Localized Innovation and Production Systems: A Network Approach. With English summary.).” Revue d’Economie Regionale et Urbaine, vol. 0, no. 4 1996. pp. 727-41.

Fine, Gary Alan and Sherryl Kleinman, “Network and Meaning: An Interactionist Approach to Structure,” Symbolic Interaction 6 (1983): 97-110.

Finkelstein, Sydney and Donald Hambrick. 1989. “Chief Executive Compensation: A Study of the Intersection of Markets and Political Processes.” Strategic Management Journal 10:121-134.

Finkelstein, Sydney. 1992. “Power in Top Management Teams: Dimensions, Measurement, and Validation.” Academy of Management Journal 35:505-538.

Finkelstein, Sydney. 1992. “Power in top management teams: Dimensions, measures and validation.” Academy of Management Journal, 35:505-538.

Finkelstein, Sydney. 1997. “Interindustry Merger Patterns and Resource Dependence: A Replication and Extension of Pfeffer (1972).” Strategic Management Journal 18:787-810.

Fink-Hafner, Danica. “Policy Network Research.” Teorija in Praksa 1998. 35:816-829.

Finneran, Lisa; Kelly, Morgan. “Social networks and inequality. Journal of Urban Economics, Mar2003. Vol. 53 Issue 2, p282, 18p;

Finneran, Lisa; Kelly, Morgan. “Social Networks and Inequality.” Journal of Urban Economics 53(2): 2003. 282-99.

Fiol, C. Marlene, Edward J. O’Connor and Herman Aguinis. 2001. “All for One and One for All? The Development and Transfer of Power Across Organizational Levels.” Academy of Management Review 26:224-242.

Fiol, C. Marlene. 1991. “Managing Culture as a Competitive Resource: An Identity-Based View of Sustainable Competitive Advantage.” Journal of Management 17:191-211.

Fiol, C.M., M.A. Lyles, 1985, Organizational learning. Academy of Management Review, 10: 803-813.

Fiorito, Jack, Paul Jarley and John Thomas Delaney. 1995. “National Union Effectiveness in Organizing: Measures and Influences.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 48.613-635.

Fisch. Jill E. 1997. “Corporate Governance: Taking Boards Seriously.” Cardozo Law Review 19:265-290.

Fischer, Claude. 1982. To Dwell Among Friends: Personal Networks in Town and City. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Fischer, Manfred M and Johansson, Borje. “Networks for Process Innovation by Firms: Conjectures from Observations in Three Countries.” Patterns of a network economy. 1994. pp. 261-74.

Fischer, Manfred M and Johansson, Borje. “Networks for Process Innovation by Firms: Conjectures from Observations in Three Countries.” Patterns of a network economy. 1994. pp. 261-74.

Fischer, Manfred M and Suarez-Villa, Luis. “Innovation, Networks and Localities: An Introduction.” Innovation, networks and localities. 1999. pp. 1-7.

Fischer, Manfred M and Suarez-Villa, Luis. “Innovation, Networks and Localities: An Introduction.” Innovation, networks and localities. 1999. pp. 1-7.

Fischer, Manfred M. “The Innovation Process and Network Activities of Manufacturing Firms.” Innovation, networks and localities. 1999. pp. 11-27.

Fischer, Manfred M. “The Innovation Process and Network Activities of Manufacturing Firms.” Innovation, networks and localities. 1999. pp. 11-27.

Fischer, Manfred M., Suarez-Villa, Luis and Steiner, Michael. “Innovation, Networks and Localities: Concluding Remarks.” Innovation, networks and localities. 1999. pp. 318-22.

Fischer, Manfred M., Suarez-Villa, Luis and Steiner, Michael. “Innovation, Networks and Localities: Concluding Remarks.” Innovation, networks and localities. 1999. pp. 318-22.

Fischler, Hersch. “Monopolies, Market Interdependencies and the Logic of Collective Action: Some Critical Comments on Mancur Olson’s Group Theory.” Public Choice, vol. 35, no. 2, 1980, pp. 191-95.

Fishe, Raymond P.H., Robert P. Trost and Philip M. Lurie. 1981. “Labor Force Earnings and College Choice of Young Women: An Examination of Selectivity Bias and Comparative Advantage.” Economics of Education Review 1:169-191.

Fisher J. (1995) “SME Electronic Commerce Study for Telstra and CSIRO” Centre for Electronic Commerce, Monash University - Gippsland, November 1995

Fisher, William H., et al. “How Managed Care Organizations Develop Selective Contracting Networks for Psychiatric Inpatient Care: A Massachusetts Case Study.” Inquiry 35: 4, Winter 1998-99. Pp. 417-31.

Fishman, Arthur; Gandal, Neil. “Experimentation and Learning with Network Effects.” Economics Letters, vol. 44, no. 1-2, 1994, pp. 103-108.

Flache, Andreas and Michael W. Macy. 1996. “The Weakness of Strong Ties: Collective Action Failure in a Highly Cohesive Group.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 21:3-28

Flache, Andreas. 2001. “Individual Risk Preferences and Collective Outcomes in the Evolution of Exchange Networks.” Rationality and Society 13:304-348.

Flament, Catherine. “Association Networks and Networks of Associations: A Formal Approach to the Study of Network Organization.” Societes Contemporaines 1991. 5 67-74.

Flannery, Thomas P., David A. Hofrichter and Paul E. Platten. 1996. People, Performance, and Pay: Dynamic Compensation for Changing Organizations. New York: Free Press.

Flap, Hendrik Derk. 1988. Conflict, loyalty, and violence: the effects of social networks on behaviour. Frankfurt am Main, Germany: P. Lang.

Flap, Henk and Beate Völker (eds.). 2004. Creation and Returns of Social Capital: A New Research Program. London: Routledge. 

Flap, Henk and Beate Volker. 2001. “Goal Specific Social Capital and Job Satisfaction: Effects of Different Types of Networks on Instrumental and Social Aspects of Work.” Social Networks 23:297-320.

Flap, Henk D. 1991. “Social Capital in the Reproduction of Inequality.” Comparative Sociology of Family, Health and Education 20:1173-92.

Flap, Henk D. and Ed Boxman. 1999. “Getting a Job as a Manager.” Pp. 196-216 in Corporate Social Capital and Liability, edited by Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. and Shaul M. Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Flap, Henk D. and Nan Dirk De Graaf. 1986. “Social Capital and Attained Occupational Status.” Netherlands Journal of Sociology 22:145-161.

Flap, Henk D., Beate Völker and Bert Bulder. 1998. “Networks at the Workplace and Job Satisfaction.” Paper presemted to 17th Sunbelt and 5th European Social Network Conference. Sitges, Spain.

Flap, Henk D., Bert Bulder and Beate Völker. 1998. “Intra-organizational Networks and Performance: A Review.” Computational and Mathematical Organization Theory 4(2):109-147.

Flap, Henk D., Patrick Flerackers and Frits van Uxem. 1998. “The Success of Small Business Foundings in the Netherlands: Effects of Human and Social Capital and the Liabilities of Newness and Smallness.” University of Utrecht mimeo.

Flap, Henk. 1999. “Creation and Returns of Social Capital: A New Research Program.” The Tocqueville Review 20(1):5-26.

Fleisch, Elgar; Osterle, Hubert. “Business Networking: A Process-Oriented Framework.” Business networking: Shaping enterprise relationships on the Internet. 2000. 55-91.

Fleisch, Elgar; Osterle, Hubert. “The Networked Enterprise.” Business networking: Shaping collaboration between enterprises. 2001. 55-86.

Fleisch, Elgar; Osterle, Hubert; Betts, Robert. “Business Networking Lessons Learned: Supply Chain Management at Riverwood International.” Business networking: Shaping collaboration between enterprises. 2001, pp. 111-19.

Fleisch, Elgar; Osterle, Hubert; Betts, Robert. “Business Networking Lessons Learned: Supply Chain Management at Riverwood International.” Business networking: Shaping collaboration between enterprises. 2001. 111-19.

Fleisher Craig, S. (1991) “Using an Agency Based Approach to Analyse Collaborative Interorganisational Relationships” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science Vol 27 Issue 1 (March 1991) pp116-130

Fleming, L. 2001. Recombinant uncertainty in technological search. Management Science, 47:117-132.

Fletcher, Joyce K. 1999. Disappearing Acts: Gender, Power, and Relational Practice at Work. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Fletcher, Michael A. 2000 “Cultures Converge in Public Hospitals; Social Fabric of American Health Care Can Be a Challenge for Foreign Doctors.” Washington Post February 21:A3.

Fligstein, Neil and Alec Stone Sweet. 2002. “Constructing Polities and Markets.” American Journal of Sociology 107:1206-1243.

Fligstein, Neil and Alec Stone Sweet. 2002. “Constructing Polities and Markets: An Institutionalist Account of European Integration.” American Journal of Sociology 107:1206-1244.

Fligstein, Neil and Frederic Merand. 2002. “Globalization or Europeanization? Evidence on the European Economy since 1980.” Acta Sociologica 45:7-22.

Fligstein, Neil and Iona Mara-Drita. 1996. “How to Make a Market: Reflections on the European Union’s Single Market Program.” American Journal of Sociology 102:1-34.

Fligstein, Neil and Kent Dauber. 1989. “Structural Change in Corporate Organization.” Annual Review of Sociology 15:73-96.

Fligstein, Neil and Linda Markowitz. 1993. “The Finance Conception of the Corporation and the Causes of the Financial Reorganization of Large Corporations, 1979-89.” Pp. 185-206 in Sociology and Social Policy, edited by William Julius Wilson. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Fligstein, Neil and Peter Brantley. 1992. “Bank Control, Owner Control, or Organizational Dynamics: Who Controls the Large Corporation?” American Journal of Sociology 98:280-307.

Fligstein, Neil and Robert Freeland. 1995. “Theoretical and Comparative Perspectives on Corporate Organization.” Annual Review of Sociology 21:21-43.

Fligstein, Neil, and Peter Brantley. 1992. Bank control, owner control, or organizational dynamics: Who controls the large modern corporation? American Journal of

Fligstein, Neil. 1985. “The Spread of the Multidivisional Form, 1919-79.” American Sociological Review 50:377-91.

Fligstein, Neil. 1987. “The Intraorganizational Power Struggle: The Rise of Finance Presidents in Large Corporations, 1919-79.” American Sociological Review 52:44-58.

Fligstein, Neil. 1990. “Organizational, Demographic, and Economic Determinants of the Growth Patterns of Large Firms.” Comparative Social Research 12:19-44.

Fligstein, Neil. 1990. The Transformation of Corporate Control. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Fligstein, Neil. 1991. “The Structural Transformation of American Industry: An Institutional Account of the Causes of Diversification in the Largest Firms.” Pp. 311-36 in The New Institutionalism, edited by Walter Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Fligstein, Neil. 1995. “Networks of Power or the Finance Conception of Control?” American Sociological Review 60:500-4.

Fligstein, Neil. 1996. “Markets as Politics: A Political-Cultural Approach to Market Institutions.” American Sociological Review 61:656-673.

Fligstein, Neil. 1996. “The Economic Sociology of the Transitions from Socialism.” American Journal of Sociology 101:281-90.

Fligstein, Neil. 1997. “Social Skill and Institutional Theory.” American Behavioral Scientist 40:397-405.

Flores, Fabian Claudio. “Social Networks and Religious Space: From the German-Russian Colony to the Adventist Village [Puiggari, Argentina, 1870-1920].” Estudios Migratorios Latinoamericanos, 2001. 16, 49, Dec, 623-640.

Florida, Richard and Martin Kenney. 1988. “Venture Capital and High Technology Entrepeneurship.” Journal of Business Venturing 3:301-319.

Florida, Richard and Martin Kenney. 1990. “Silicon Valley and Route 128 Won’t Save Us.” California Management Review 32 (Fall):68-87

Florida, Richard; Cushing, Robert; Gates, Gary. “When Social Capital Stifles Innovation. Harvard Business Review, Aug2002. Vol. 80 Issue 8, p20

Florin, Juan; Lubatkin, Michael; Schulze, William. “A Social Capital Model of High-Growth Ventures.” Academy of Management Journal, Jun2003. Vol. 46 Issue 3, p374, 11p

Floyd, Christiana (1986) “A Comparative Evaluation of System Development Methods” in Olle, Sol et al., 1986

Floyd, Steven W. “Knowledge creation and social networks in corporate enterpreneurship: The renewal of organizational capability. Entrepreneurship: Theory & Practice, Spring99, Vol. 23 Issue 3, p123, 21p

Flynn, Joe. 1998. “Taylor to TQM: 100 years of Production Management.” IIE Solutions 30(10):22-28.

Flynn, Joe. 1998. “Taylor to TQM: A Century of Manufacturing Systems.” IIE Solutions 30(11):30-35.

Flynn, Julia. 1998. “Bosses under Fire.” Business Week November 30:22.

Flynn, Roderick and Preston, Paschal. “The Long-Run Diffusion and Techno-economic Performance of National Telephone Networks: A Case Study of Ireland 1922-1998.” Telecommunications Policy, vol. 23, no. 5, June 1999. pp. 437-57.

Flynn, Roderick and Preston, Paschal. “The Long-Run Diffusion and Techno-economic Performance of National Telephone Networks: A Case Study of Ireland 1922-1998.” Telecommunications Policy, vol. 23, no. 5, June 1999. pp. 437-57.

Foa, Uriel G. (ed.). 1993. Resource theory: explorations and applications. San Diego: Academic Press.

Fombrun, Charles and Mark Shanley. 1990. “What’s in a Name? Reputation Building and Corporate Strategy.” Academy of Management Journal 33:233-58.

Fombrun, Charles J. 1982. “Strategies for Network Research in Organizations.” Academy of Management Review 7:280-291.

Fombrun, Charles J. 1983. “Attributions of Power Across a Social Network.” Human Relations 36:493-508.

Fombrun, Charles J. 1996. Reputation: Realizing Value from the Corporate Image. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Fombrun, Charles J., and Edward J. Zajac. 1987. “Structural and perceptual influences on intraindustry stratification.” Acxademy of Management Journal, 30: 33-50.

Fong, Shiaw-Chian. 2002. “New Institutionalism and Guanxi in the Explanation of Chinese Rural Enterprises: The Niche of Sociology.” Taiwanese Journal of Sociology 29(December):181-212.

Fontes, Breno Augusto Souto Maior; Eichner, Klaus. “On the Structuring of Social Networks in Voluntary Associations: An Empirical Study on Nongovernmental Organizations in the City of Recife.” Sociedade e Estado 2001. 16, 1-2, Jan-Dec, 186-221.

Fontes, Breno Augusto Souto Maior; Eichner, Klaus. “On the Structuring of Social Networks in Voluntary Associations: An Empirical Study on Nongovernmental Organizations in the City of Recife.” Sociedade e Estado, 2001. 16, 1-2, Jan-Dec, 186-221.

Foot, Kirsten A. “Cultural-Historical Activity Theory as Practice Theory: Illuminating the Development of a Conflict-Monitoring Network.” Communication Theory, 2001. 11, 1, Feb, 56-83.

Forgren, M. and J. Johanson (eds.). 1996. Managing Networks in International Business. Philadelphia: Gordon & Breach.

Form, William. 1995. Segmented Labor, Fractured Politics: Labor Politics in American Life. New York: Plenum.

Fornahl, Dirk and Brenner, Thomas, eds. “Cooperation, networks and institutions in regional innovation systems.” Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, Mass.: Elgar; distributed by American International Distribution Corporation, Williston, Vt. 2003. pp. x, 362.

Fornahl, Dirk and Brenner, Thomas, eds. “Cooperation, networks and institutions in regional innovation systems.” Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, Mass.: Elgar; distributed by American International Distribution Corporation, Williston, Vt. 2003. pp. x, 362.

Fornahl, Dirk; Brenner, Thomas, eds. “Cooperation, networks and institutions in regional innovation systems.” Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, Mass.: Elgar; distributed by American International Distribution Corporation, Williston, Vt., 2003. x, 362.

Forrest, J.E. and M.J.C. Martin. 1992. “Strategic Alliances Between Large and Small Research Intensive Organizations: Experiences in the Biotechnology Industry.” R&D Management 22:41-53.

Forsgren, Mats. 1995. Firms in Networks: A New Perspective on Competitive Power. Upssala, Sweden: Almqvist and Wiksell.

Foss, Nicolai J. 1993. “Theories of the Firm: Contractual and Competence Perspectives.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics 3:127-144.

Foss, Nicolai J. 1993. “Theories of the Firm: Contractual and Competence Perspectives.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics 3:127-144.

Foster, Caxton C., Anatol Rapoport and Carol J. Orwant. 1963. “A Study of Large Sociogram: Estimation of Free Parameters.” Behavioral Science 8:56-65.

Foulkes, Fred K. (ed.). 1991. Executive Compensation: A Strategic Guide for the 1990s. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.

Fox, Adrienne. 1998. “Tight Labor Market Is For Real.” Investor’s Business Daily, May 11, 1998) (September 1, 2001).

Fox, Alan (1974), Beyond Contract: Work, Power, and Trust Relations, London: Faber and Faber.

Frable, Deborrah E S; Wortman, Camille; Joseph, Jill. “Predicting Self-Esteem, Well-Being, and Distress in a Cohort of Gay Men: The Importance of Cultural Stigma, Personal Visibility, Community Networks, and Positive Identity.” Journal of Personality, 1997, 65, 3, Sept, 599-624.

Francisco CA, Ballinger.

Franco, April Mitchell; Filson, Darren. “Knowledge diffusion through employee mobility.” Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, Staff Report: 272, 2000.

Franicevic, Vojmir; Bartlett, Will. “Small Firm Networking and Economies in Transition: An Overview of Theories, Issues and Policies.” Zagreb International Review of Economics and Business 4(1): 2001. 63-89.

Frank, Kenneth A. 1995. “Identifying Cohesive Subgroups.” Social Networks 17: 27-56.

Frank, Kenneth A. 1996. “Mapping Interactions Within and Between Cohesive Subgroups.” Social Networks 18: 93-119.

Frank, Kenneth A. and Jeffrey Y. Yasumoto. 1998. “Linking Action to Social Structure with a System: Social Capital within and between Subgroups.” American Journal of Sociology 104:642-686.

Frank, Kenneth A. and Kyle Fahrbach. 1999. “Organization Culture as a Complex System: Balance and Information in Models of Influence and Selection.” Organization Science 10:253-279.

Frank, Ove. “Statistical Estimation of Co-Offending Youth Networks.” Social Networks, 2001. 23, 3, July, 203-214.

Frank, Ove. “Using Centrality Modeling in Network Surveys.” Social Networks, 2002. 24, 4, Oct, 385-394.

Frank, Ove. 1991. “Statistical Analysis of Change in Networks.” Statistica Neerlandica 3:283-293.

Frank, Robert H. 1994. “Talent and the Winner-Take-All Society.” The American Prospect 17(Spring):97-107

Frank, Robert H. and Philip J. Cook. 1995. The Winner-Take-All Society. New York: Free Press.

Franklin, Bob; Richardson, John E. “Priming the Parish Pump: Political Marketing and News Management in Local Political Communications Networks.” Journal of Political Marketing 2002. 1:117-147.

Franklin, Bob; Richardson, John E. “Priming the Parish Pump: Political Marketing and News Management in Local Political Communications Networks.” Journal of Political Marketing, 2002. 1, 1, 117-147.

Franklin, Sekou. “Black Organizational Development and the Black Student Leadership Network.” National Political Science Review, 2001. 8, 206-220.

Franklin, Sekou. 2001. “Black Organizational Development and the Black Student Leadership Network.” National Political Science Review 8:206-220

Fransman, Martin. 1998. Visions of Innovation: The Firm and Japan. New York: Oxford University Press.

Franzen, Axel. 2003. “Social Capital and the Internet: Evidence from Swiss Panel Data.” Kyklos 56:341-360.

Franzoni, Flavia; Grazioli, Patrizia. “Public and Private Actors in Network Organizations of Services for Elderly Persons: The Home Care Experience in Three Municipalities of Emilia-Romagna.” Sociologia del Lavoro 1995. 57, 102-109.

Fraser, Jim, Edward Kick and Kim Barber. 2002. “Organizational Culture as Contested Ground in an Era of Globalization: Worker Perceptions and Satisfaction in the USPS.” Sociological Spectrum 22:445-471.

Frazier, G.L., R.E. Spekman and C.R. O’Neal. 1988. “Just-in-Time Exchange Relationships in Industrial Markets.” Journal of Marketing 52:52-67.

Frazis, Harley J., Diane E. Herz and Michael W. Horrigan. 1995. “Employer-Provided Training: Results from a New Survey.” Monthly Labor Review 118(5): 3-17.

Frazis, Harley, Maury Gittleman, Michael Horrigan and Mary Joyce. 1998. “Results from the 1995 Survey of Employer-Provided Training.” Monthly Labor Review 121(3):3-13.

Fredericksen, Patricia and Rosanne. 2000. “Disconnect in the Hollow State: The Pivotal Role of Organizational Capacity in Community-Based Development Organizations.” Public Administration Review 60:230-.

Fredericksen, Patricia and Rosanne. 2000. “Disconnect in the Hollow State: The Pivotal Role of Organizational Capacity in Community-Based Development Organizations.” Public Administration Review 60:230-.

Frederickson, H George, Johnson, Gary Alan and Wood, Curtis. “The Changing Structure of American Cities: A Study of the Diffusion of Innovation.” Public Administration Review, vol. 64, no. 3, May-June 2004. pp. 320-30.

Frederickson, H George, Johnson, Gary Alan and Wood, Curtis. “The Changing Structure of American Cities: A Study of the Diffusion of Innovation.” Public Administration Review, vol. 64, no. 3, May-June 2004. pp. 320-30.

Fredriksson, Per G; Gaston, Noel. “Environmental Governance in Federal Systems: The Effects of Capital Competition and Lobby Groups.” Economic Inquiry, vol. 38, no. 3, July 2000, pp. 501-14.

Freedman, Russell. 1994. Kids at Work: Lewis Hine and the Crusade Against Child Labor. New York: Clarion Books.

Freedman, Warren. 1989. The Employment Contract: Rights and Duties of Employers and Employees. Westport, CT, Greenwood Press.

Freel, Mark S. “Sector Specific Patterns of Innovation-Related Networking in Small Manufacturing Firms.” Wirtschaftspolitische Blatter, vol. 50, no. 3 2003. pp. 321-30.

Freel, Mark S. “Sector Specific Patterns of Innovation-Related Networking in Small Manufacturing Firms.” Wirtschaftspolitische Blatter, vol. 50, no. 3 2003. pp. 321-30.

Freel, Mark S. “Sector Specific Patterns of Innovation-Related Networking in Small Manufacturing Firms.” Wirtschaftspolitische Blatter 50(3): 2003. 321-30.

Freel, Mark S. “Sectoral Patterns of Small Firm Innovation, Networking and Proximity.” Research Policy, vol. 32, no. 5, May 2003. pp. 751-70.

Freel, Mark S. “Sectoral Patterns of Small Firm Innovation, Networking and Proximity.” Research Policy, vol. 32, no. 5, May 2003. pp. 751-70.

Freel, Mark S. “Sectoral Patterns of Small Firm Innovation, Networking and Proximity.” Research Policy 32(5): 2003. 751-70.

Freeland, Robert F. 1996. “The Myth of the M-Form? Governance, Consent, and Organizational Change.” American Journal of Sociology 102:483-526.

Freeman, C. 1991. Networks of innovators: A synthesis of research issues. Research Policy, 20: 499-514.

Freeman, Chris; Hagedoorn, John. “Catching Up Or Falling Behind: Patterns in International Interfirm Technology Partnering.” World Development, May94, Vol. 22 Issue 5, P771, 10p;

Freeman, Christopher and L. Soete (eds.). 1990. New Explorations in the Economics of Technical Change. Lodon: Pinter.

Freeman, Christopher. 1987. Technology and Economic Performance: Lessons from Japan. London, UK: Pinter Publishers.

Freeman, Christopher. 1987. Technology Policy and Economic Performance: Lessons from Japan. London: Pinter.

Freeman, Christopher. 1991. “Networks of Innovators: A Synthesis of Research Issues.” Research Policy 20:499-514.

Freeman, Edward R. 1984. Strategic Management: A Stakeholder Approach. Marshfield, MA: Pitman.

Freeman, Edward R. 1994. “A Stakeholder Theory of the Modern Corporaion,” Pp. 66-76 in Ethical Theory and Business, edited by Tom L. Beauchamp and Norman E. Bowie. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Freeman, John. 1986. “Organizational Life Cycles and Natural Selection Processes.” Pp. 1-32 in The Evolution and Adaptation of Organizations, edited by L.L. Cummings and Barry Staw. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Freeman, Linton C. 1977. “A Set of Measures of Centrality Based on Betweenness.” Sociometry 40:35-41.

Freeman, Linton C. 1979. “Centrality in Social Networks: I. Conceptual Clarification.” Social Networks 1:215-239.

Freeman, Linton C. 1982. “Centered Graphs and the Structure of Ego Networks.” Mathematical Social Sciences 3:291-304.

Freeman, Linton C. 1992. “The Sociological Concept of ‘Group’: An Empirical Test of Two Models.” American Journal of Sociology 98:55-79.

Freeman, Linton C. 1996. “Some Antecedents of Social Network Analysis.” Connections 19:39-42. (August 6, 2004)

Freeman, Linton C. 2000. “Centrality in Social Networks. A Conceptual Clarification.” Politica y Sociedad 33:131-148

Freeman, Linton C. 2000. “Visualizing Social Networks.” Journal of Social Structure (July 24, 2002).

Freeman, R. Edward. 1984. Strategic Management: A Stakeholder Approach. Marshfield, MA: Pitman.

Freeman, R. Edward. 1994. “A Stakeholder Theory of the Modern Corporaion,” Pp. 66-76 in Ethical Theory and Business, edited by Tom L. Beauchamp and Norman E. Bowie. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Freeman, R.B. and J. Rogers. 1999. What Workers Want. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Freeman, Richard B. 1976. “Individual Mobility and Union Voice in the Labor Market.” American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings 66:361-77.

Freeman, Richard B. 1996. “Toward an Apartheid Economy?” Harvard Business Review Sept-Oct 114-26.

Freeman, Richard B. 1997. “Spurts in Union Growth: Defining Moments and Social Processes.” Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper No. 6012.

Freeman, Richard B. and James L. Medoff. 1984. What Do Unions Do? New York: Basic Books.

Freeman, Richard B. and Morris M. Kleiner. 1990. “Employer Behavior in the Face of Union Organizing Drives.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 43:351-365.

Freeman, Robert B. 1979. “The Effect of Demographic Factors on Age-Earnings Profiles.” Journal of Human Resources 14:289-318.

Freeman, Robert B. 1981. “The Effect of Unionism on Fringe Benefits.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 34:489-509.

Freeman, S. J., and K S. Cameron. 1993. “Organizational Downsizing: A Convergence and Reorientation Framework.” Organization Science 4:10-29.

Freeman, Sarah J. 1999. “The Gestalt of Organizational Downsizing: Downsizing Strategies as Packages of Change.” Human Relations 52:1505-.

Freeman, Sarah J. and Kim S. Cameron. 1993. “Organizational Downsizing: A Convergence and Reorientation Framework.” Organization Science 4:10-29.

Freidheim, Jr., Cyrus F. 1999. “The Battle of the Alliances.” Management Review 88(8):47-52.

Freitag, Markus. “Social Capital in Switzerland: Comparative Assessment of Trust and Social Integration.” Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Politikwissenschaft, 2001, 7, 4, winter, 87-117.

French, John R. P., Jr. and Bertram Raven. 1959. “The Bases of Social Power.” Pp. 150-167 om Studies in Social Power, edited by Dorwin P. Cartwright. Ann Arbor, MI: Institute for Social Research.

Frenkel, Stephen and Sarosh Kuruvilla. 2002. “Logics of Action, Globalization, and Changing Employment Relations in China, India, Malaysia, and the Philippines.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 55:387-412.

Frenken, Koen. “A Complexity Approach to Innovation Networks. The Case of the Aircraft Industry (1909-1997).” Research Policy, vol. 29, no. 2, February 2000. pp. 257-72.

Frenken, Koen. “A Complexity Approach to Innovation Networks. The Case of the Aircraft Industry (1909-1997).” Research Policy, vol. 29, no. 2, February 2000. pp. 257-72.

Frenken, Koen. “A Complexity Approach to Innovation Networks. The Case of the Aircraft Industry (1909-1997).” Research Policy 29(2): 2000. 257-72.

Frenzen, Jonathan. “Experiments with social networks and social boundaries. Advances in Consumer Research, 1995, Vol. 22 Issue 1, p497, 1p;

Frey, Klaus. “Local Sustainable Development in the Network Society: The Potential of New Information and Communications Technologies.” Revista de Sociologia e Politica, 2003. 21, Nov, 165-185

Fried, Bruce J., Matthew C. Johnsen, Barbara Starrett, Michael O. Calloway and Joseph P. Morrissey. 1998. “An Empirical Assessment of Rural Community Support Networks for Individuals with Severe Mental Disorders.” Community Mental Health Journal 34:39-56.”

Fried, V.H. and R.D. Hirsch. 1995. “The Venture Capitalist: A Relationship Investor.” California Management Review 37:101-113.

Friedkin, Noah E. 1982. “Information Flow Through Strong and Weak Ties in Interorganizational Networks.” Social Networks 3:273-285.

Friedkin, Noah E. 1990. “Social Networks in Structural Equation Models.” Social Psychology Quarterly 53 (4): 316-28.

Friedkin, Noah E. 1991. “Theoretical Foundations for Centrality Measures.” American Journal of Sociology 96 (6): 1478-1504.

Friedkin, Noah E. 1998. A Structural Theory of Social Influence. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Friedkin, Noah E. 1999. “Choice Shift and Group Polarization.” American Sociological Review 64:856-875.

Friedkin, Noah E. 2001. “Norm Formation in Social Influence Networks.” Social Networks 23:167-189.

Friedkin, Noah E. and Eugene C. Johnsen. 2003. “Attitude Change, Affect Control, and Expectation States in the Formation of Influence Networks.” Advances in Group Processes 20:1-29.

Friedkin, Noah E. and Michael R. Slater. 1994. “School Leadership and Performance: A Social Network Approach.” Sociology of Education 67:139-57.

Friedkin, Noah. 1992. “An Expected Value Model of Social Power: Predictions for Selected Exchange Networks.” Social Networks 14:213-229.

Friedman, Andrew L. and Samantha Miles. 2002. “Developing Stakeholder Theory.” Journal of Management Studies 39:1-21.

Friedman, David D. 2000. Law’s Order: What Economics Has To Do With Law and Why It Matters. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Friedman, Milton. 1970. “The Social Responsibility of Business Is to Increase Its Profits.” New York Times Magazine September 13:33.

Friedman, Milton. 1970. “The Social Responsibility of Business Is to Increase Its Profits.” New York Times Magazine September 13:33.

Friedman, Monroe. 1996. “Grassroots Groups Confront the Corporation: Contemporary Strategies in Historical Perspective.” Journal of Social Issues 52:153-167.

Friedman, Ray; Kane, Melinda; Cornfield, Daniel B. 1998. “Social Support and Career Optimism: Examining the Effectiveness of Network Groups among Black Managers.” Human Relations 51:1155-1177.

Friedman, Robert A. 1996. “Defining the Scope and Logic of Minority and Female Network Groups: Can Separation Enhance Integration.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 14:307-349.

Friedman, Samuel R. 2002. Social Networks, Drug Injectors’ Lives, and HIV/AIDS. New York: Kluwer Academic.

Friedman, Samuel R. and Sevgi Aral. 2001. “Social Networks, Risk-Potential Networks, Health, and Disease.” Journal of Urban Health 78:411-418.

Friesen, Jane. 1997. “The Dynamic Demand for Part-time and Full-time Labour.” Economica 64:495-507.

Fritsch, Michael. “Innovation by Networking: An Economic Perspective.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 25-34.

Fritsch, Michael. “Innovation by Networking: An Economic Perspective.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 25-34.

Fritsch, Michael. “Innovation by Networking: An Economic Perspective.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. 25-34.

Fromhold-Eisebith, Martina. “Bangalore: A Network Model for Innovation-Oriented Regional Development in NICs?” Making connections: Technological learning and regional economic change. 1999. pp. 231-60.

Fromhold-Eisebith, Martina. “Bangalore: A Network Model for Innovation-Oriented Regional Development in NICs?” Making connections: Technological learning and regional economic change. 1999. pp. 231-60.

Frooman, Jeff. 1999. “Stakeholder Influence Strategies.” Academy of Management Review 24:191-.

Frouws, Jaap; Van Tatenhove, Jan. “Agriculture, Environment and the State: The Development of Agro-Environment Policy-Making in the Netherlands.” Sociologia Ruralis 1993. 33:220-239.

Fruin, W. Mark. 1992. The Japanese Enterprise System. New York: Oxford University Press.

Fruin, W. Mark. 1998. Networks and Markets: Pacific Rim Strategies. New York: Oxford University Press.

Frumkin, Peter. 2002. On Being Nonprofit: A Conceptual and Policy Primer. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Fryxell, Gerald E., Robert S. Dooley and Maria Vryza. “After the Ink Dries: the Interaction of Trust and Control in US-Based International Joint Ventures.” Journal of Management Studies 2002. V39 I6 P865-886

Fu, Yang-Chih. “Structural Principles behind the Strength of Ties among Alters in Personal Networks.” Taiwanese Sociology, 2002. 3, June, 163-209.

Fuchs, Gerhard. “The Multimedia Industry: Networks and Regional Development in a Globalized Economy.” Economic and Industrial Democracy 23(3): 2002. 305-33.

Fuchs, Stephan. “Networks and Systems. Talcott Parsons Today: His Theory and Legacy in Contemporary Sociology.” Trevino, A. Javier [Ed], Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield, 2001. pp 129-139.

Fuchs, Stephan. “Networks.” Soziale Systeme, 2001. 7, 1, 125-155.

Fukuyama, Francis. 1996. Trust: The Social Virtues and the Creation of Prosperity. New York: Free Press.

Fukuyama, Francis. 2001. “Social Capital, Civil Society and Development.” Third World Quarterly 22:7-20.

Fulk, Janet and Brian Boyd. 1991. “Emerging Theories of Communication in Organizations.” Journal of Management 17:407-446.

Fulk, Janet and Chales W. Steinfield. 1990. Organizations and Communication Technology. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Fulk, Janet and Gerardine DeSanctis (eds.). 1995. “Electronic Communication Technology and Organizational Forms.” Organization Science 6: 337-349.

Fulk, Janet. 2001. “Global Network Organizations: Emergence and Future Prospects.” Human Relations 54:91-99.

Fuller, Douglas; Akinwande, Akintunde; Sodini, Charles. “Leading, Following or Cooked Goose? Innovation Successes and Failures in Taiwan's Electronics Industry. Industry & Innovation, Jun2003. Vol. 10 Issue 2, p179, 18p;

Fung, Helene H., Laura L. Carstensen and Frieder R. Lang. 2001. “Age-Related Patterns in Social Networks among European Americans and African Americans: Implications for Socioemotional Selectivity across the Life Span.” International Journal of Aging and Human Development 52(3):185-206.

Furlong, Mary S. “An Electronic Community for Older Adults: The Senior Network.” Journal of Communication, 1989, 39, 3, summer, 145-153.

Furlong, Scott R. 1997. “Interest Group Influence on Rule Making.” Administration & Society 29:325-347.

Furubotn, Erik G. and Rudolf Richter (eds.). 1991. The New Institutional Economics. College Station, TX: Texas A & M University Press.

Fusaro, Maria. “The English and the Greeks. A Commercial Network of Cooperation in the Venetian Mediterranean.” Annales, 2003. 58, 3, May-June, 605-625.

Futemma, Celia; De Castro, Fabio; Silva-Forsberg, Maria Clara; Ostrom, Elinor. “The Emergence and Outcomes of Collective Action: An Institutional and Ecosystem Approach.” Society and Natural Resources 2002. 15, 6, July, 503-522.

Fuxman, Leonora. 1999. “Teamwork and Productivity Improvments in Mixed-Model Assembly Lines.” Journal of Applied Business Research 15:31-47

Gabbay, Shaul M; Leenders, Roger Th A J. “Creating Trust through Narrative Strategy.” Rationality and Society, 2003, 15, 4, Nov, 509-539.

Gabbay, Shaul. 1997. Social Capital in the Creation of Financial Capital: The Case of Network Marketing. Champaign, IL: Stipes Publishing.

Gabriel, Yiannis. 1991. “Turning Facts into Stories and Stories into Facts: A Hermeneutic Exploration of Organizational Folklore.” Human Relations 44:857-875.

Gachter, Simon; Fehr, Ernst. “Collective Action as a Social Exchange.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, vol. 39, no. 4, August 1999. pp. 341-69.

Gadde, Lars-Erik and Håkan Håkansson. 1992. “Analysing Change and Stability in Distribution Channels: A Network Approach.” Pp. 166-79 in Industrial Networks: A New View of Reality, edited by Björn Axelsson and Geoffrey Easton. London: Routledge.

Gadde, Lars-Erik and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1987. “Stability and Change in Network Relationships.” International Journal of Research in Marketing 4:29-41.

Gaddie, Ronald Keith and James L. Regens. 1997. “Economic Interest Group Allocations in Open-Seate Senate Elections.” American Politics Quarterly 25:347-362.

Gaddie, Ronald Keith. 1995. “Investing in the Future: Economic Political Action Committee Contributions to Open-Seat House Candidates.” American Politics Quarterly 23:339-354.

Gaddis, John Lewis. 1982, Strategies of Containment: A Critical Appraisal of Postwar American National Security. New York: Oxford University Press.

Gais, Thomas, Mark Peterson and John Walker. 1984. “Interest Groups, Iron Triangles, and Representative Institutions in American National Government.” British Journal of Political Science 14:161-185.

Gais, Thomas. 1996. Improper Influence: Campaign Finance Law, Political Interest Groups, and the Problem of Equality. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

Galambos, Louis. “Networks of innovation: Vaccine development at Merck, Sharp & Dohme, and Mulford, 1895-1995.” With Jane Eliot Sewell. Cambridge; New York and Melbourne: Cambridge University Press 1995. pp. xi, 273.

Galambos, Louis. “Networks of innovation: Vaccine development at Merck, Sharp & Dohme, and Mulford, 1895-1995.” With Jane Eliot Sewell. Cambridge; New York and Melbourne: Cambridge University Press 1995. pp. xi, 273.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Aks Zaheer. 1999. “Networks of Competitive Advantage.” Pp. 237-61 in Research in the Sociology of Organizations, Vol 16 edited by Andrews and David Knoke. CT: JAI Press.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Deborah Shatin. 1981. “Leadership and Networking among Neighborhood Human Service Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 26:434-448.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Ronald S. Burt. 1991. “Interorganizational Contagion in Corporate Philanthropy.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:88-105.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Stanley Wasserman. 1989. “Mimetic Processes Within an Interorganizational Field: An Empirical Test.” Administrative Science Quarterly 34:454-79.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Wolfgang Bielefeld. 1998. “Environmental and Embeddedness Effects on Organizational Tactics.” Pp. 125-162 in Nonprofits in an Age of Uncertainty: A Study of Organizational Change. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Wolfgang Bielefeld. 1998. “Niche Analysis.” Pp. 251-267 in Nonprofits in an Age of Uncertainty: A Study of Organizational Change. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph and Wolfgang Bielefeld. 1998. Nonprofit Organizations in an Age of Uncertainty. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph J. “Professional Networks and the Institutionalization of a Single Mind Set.” American Sociological Review, 1985, 50, 5, Oct, 639-658.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph, Stanley Wasserman, Barbara Rauschenbach, Wolfgang Bielefeld, and Patti Mullaney. 1985. “The Influence of Corporate Power, Social Status, and Market Position on Corporate Interlocks in a Regional Network.” Social Forces 64:403-31.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1979. “The Structure of Community Organizational Networks.” Social Forces 57: 1346-1364.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1979. Exchange Networks and Community Politics. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1985. “Interorganizational Relations.” Annual Review of Sociology 11:281-304.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1985. “Professional Networks and the Institutionalization of a Single Mind Set.” American Sociological Review 50:639-658.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1985. Social Organization of an Urban Grants Economy: A Study of Business Philanthropy and Nonprofit Organizations. Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1995. “The ‘New Network Analysis’ and Its Application to Organizational Theory and Behavior.” Pp. 19-31 in Networks in Marketing, edited by Dawn Iacobucci. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Galaskiewicz, Joseph. 1997. “An Urban Grants Economy Revisited: Corporate Charitable Contributions in the Twin Cities, 1979-81, 1987-89.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:445-471.

Galbraith, Jay R. 1973. Designing Complex Organizations. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Galbraith, Jay R. and Robert K. Kazanjian. 1988. “Strategy, Technology, and Emerging Organizational Forms.” Pp. 29-41 in Futures of Organizations, edited by Jerald Hage. Lexington MA: Lexington Books.

Galbraith, Jay; Downey, Diane; Kates, Amy. “How Networks Undergird the Lateral Capability of an Organization--Where the Work Gets Done.” Journal of Organizational Excellence, Spring2002. Vol. 21 Issue 2, p67, 12p.

Galbraith, John Kenneth. 1969. The New Industrial State. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Gale, Douglas; Kariv, Shachar. “Bayesian Learning in Social Networks.” Games and Economic Behavior, vol. 45, no. 2, Special Issue Nov. 2003, pp. 329-46.

Gale, Douglas; Kariv, Shachar. 2003. “Bayesian Learning in Social Networks.” Games and Economic Behavior 45(2)(Special Issue):329-346.

Galenson, Walter.1960. The CIO Challenge to the AFL. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Galinzky, Ellen, James T. Bond and Dana E. Friedman. 1993. The Changing Workforce. New York: Families and Work Institute.

Gallagher, Leigh. 2000. “Help Wanted! The Woes of a Tight Labor Market” Forbes December 11, 166(15):332-335.

Gallie, Duncan, Michael White, Yuan Cheng and Mark Tomlinson. 1998. Restructuring the Employment Relationship. New York: Oxford University Press.

Gallivan, Michael J. (2001), Striking a balance between trust and control in a virtual organization: A content analysis of open source software case studies, Info Systems Journal, 11, 277-304.

Gamba, Michelle; Kleiner, Brian H. “The Old Boys’ Network Today.” The International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy, 2001. 21, 8-10, 101-107.

Gambetta, Diego. 1988. Trust: Making and Breaking Corporate Relations. New York: Blackwell.

Gamble, John E. 1998. “ESOPs: Financial Performance and Federal Tax Incentives.” Journal of Labor Research 19: 529-41.

Gamir, Agustin; Mendez, Ricardo. “Business Networks and New Distribution Methods: The Spread of Franchises in Spain.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 24(3): 2000. 653-74.

Gamm, Larry D; Benson, Keith J. “The Influence of Governmental Policy on Community Health Partnerships and Community Care Networks: An Analysis of Three Cases.” Journal of Health Politics, Policy and Law, vol. 23, no. 5, October 1998, pp. 771-94.

Gamm, Larry D; Benson, Keith J. 1998. “The Influence of Governmental Policy on Community Health Partnerships and Community Care Networks: An Analysis of Three Cases.” Journal of Health Politics, Policy and Law 23:771-794.

Gandal, Neil. 2002. “Compatibility, Standardization, and Network Effects: Some Policy Implications.” Oxford Review of Economic Policy 18:80-91.

Gang-Li, Zhang; Chun-Lin, Yu. “Managerial and Organizational Aspects of Emergency Medical Services: A Case Study on the Harbin City Emergency Network, People's Republic of China.” International Journal of Mass Emergencies and Disasters 1990. 8, 1 61-64.

Gant, Jon; Ichniowski, Casey; Shaw, Kathryn. “Social Capital and Organizational Change in High-Involvement and Traditional Work Organizations. Journal of Economics & Management Strategy, Summer2002. Vol. 11 Issue 2, p289, 40p;

Gao, Ting. “Ethnic Chinese Networks and International Investment: Evidence from Inward FDI in China.” Journal of Asian Economics 14(4): 2003. 611-29.

Garai, Gabor. “Leveraging the Rewards of Strategic Alliances. Journal of Business Strategy 1999. Vol. 20 Issue 2, P40, 4p;

Garcia, D Linda. “The Architecture of Global Networking Technologies.” Global Networks, Linked Cities, Sassen, Saskia [Ed], New York: Routledge, 2002. pp 39-69.

Garcia, D Linda. 1995. “Networking and the Rise of Electronic Commerce: The Challenge for Public Policy.” Business Economics 30(4):7-14.

Gardarsdottir, Olof. “Naming Practices and the Importance of Kinship Networks in Early Nineteenth-Century Iceland.” History of the Family, 1999, 4, 3, 297-314.

Gardner, Andrew M. “The Long Haul from Deregulation: Truck Drivers and Social Capital in the Louisiana Oilpatch. Human Organization, Winter2002. Vol. 61 Issue 4, p390, 11p.

Garen, John E. 1984. “The Returns to Schooling: A Selectivity Bias Approach with a Continuous Choice Variable.” Econometrica 52:1199-1218.

Garen, John E. 1985. “Worker Heterogeneity, Job Screening, and Firm Size.” Journal of Political Economy 93:715-739.

Garen, John E. 1988. “Empirical Studies of the Job Matching Hypothesis.” Research in Labor Economics 9:187-224.

Garen, John E. 1994. “Executive Compensation and Principal-Agent Theory.” Journal of Political Economy 102:1175-1199.

Gargiulo, Martin and Mario Benassi. 2000. “Trapped in Your Own Net? Network Cohesion, Structural Holes, and the Adaptation of Social Capital.” Organization Science 11:183-196.

Gargiulo, Martin and Mario Bermassi. 1999. “The Dark Side of Social Capital.” Pp. 298-322 in Corporate Social Capital and Liability, edited by Roger Th. A. J. Leenders and Shaul M. Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer.

Gargiulo, Martin. 1993. “Two-Step Leverage: Managing Constraint in Organizational Politics.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:1-19.

Garmaise, Mark J; Moskowitz, Tobias J. “ Informal Financial Networks: Theory and Evidence.” Review of Financial Studies 16(4): Winter 2003. 1007-40.

Garmaise, Mark J; Moskowitz, Tobias J. “ Informal Financial Networks: Theory and Evidence.” National Bureau of Economic Research, Inc, NBER Working Papers: 8874, 2002.

Garrette, Bernard and Pierre Dussauge. 1995. “Patterns of Strategic Alliances between Rival Firms.” pp. 51-74 in International joint ventures: Economic and organizationalperspectives. Chatterjee, KalyanGray, Barbara, eds. Boston; Dordrecht and London: Kluwer Academic.

Garrod, Susan A R. “Strategic Networked Information Technology Applications: Empirical Results of Competitive Behavior.” Industrial and Corporate Change, vol. 7, no. 4, December 1998, pp. 637-61.

Garrone, Paola. “The Adoption of Technological Innovations: Dynamic and Cumulative Effects in Telecommunications Networks.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 4, no. 1, 1995, pp. 1-15.

Garrouste, Pierre; Gonzalez, Sylvie. “Information, processus d'apprentissage, et evolution d'un reseau: Le cas du GBM. (Information, Learning Process and Network Dynamics: A Case Study. With English summary.).” Economies et Societes, vol. 29, no. 9, September 1995, pp. 119-38.

Garrow, David J. (ed.). 1989. We Shall Overcome: The Civil Rights Movement in the United States in the 1950’s and 1960’s. Brooklyn, NY: Carlson.

Garskova, I M; Leonard, C S. “A Virtual Community in Transition, a Russian Social Science and Humanities Network.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 12, no. 1, February 2003, pp. 61-76.

Gartner, W. B. and Bird, B. J. and Starr, J. A. l992 Acting 'As If': Differentiating Entrepreneurial from Organizational Behavior” Entrepreneneurship Theory and Practice. Spring, pp 13-31.

Garud, R., and Karnøe, P. 2001. Path Creation as a Process of Mindful Deviation. In R. Garud, and P. Karnoe (Eds.), Path Dependence and Creation: 1-38. New York: Earlbaum.

Garud, Raghu and Arun Kumaraswamy. 1993. “Changing Competitive Dynamics in Network Industries: An Exploration of Sun Microsystems’ Open Systems Strategy.” Strategic Management Journal 14:351-369.

Garud, Raghu; Jain, Sanjay; Phelps, Corey. “Organizational Linkages and Product Transience: New Strategic Imperatives in Network Fields.” Disciplinary roots of strategic management research. 1998. Pp. 205-37.

Gasche, Hermann; Tanret, Michel; Cole, Steven W; Verhoeven, Kris. “Rivers of Time, Rivers of Life: Permanence and Instability of the Fluvial Network of Babylonia between 2500 and 1500 BC.” Annales, 2002. 57, 3, May-June, 531-544.

Gates, Bill. 1997. “Why the Justice Department is Wrong.” Wall Street Journal November 10:A22.

Gatignon, Hubert, Michael L. Tushman, Wendy Smith and Philip Anderson. 2002. “A Structural Approach to Assessing Innovation: Construct Development of Innovation Locus, Type, and Characteristics.” Management Science 48:1103-1122.

Gatti, Frank; Coleman, Cathy. “Community Network Therapy: An Approach to Aiding Families with Troubled Children.” American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 1976, 46, 4, Oct, 608-617.

Gatti, Frank; Coleman, Cathy. “Community Network Therapy: An Approach to Aiding Families with Troubled Children.” American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 1976, 46, 4, Oct, 608-617.

Gaunt, Thomas P. “Communication, Social Networks, and Influence in Citizen Participation.” Journal of the Community Development Society, 1998, 29, 2, 276-297.

Gavious, Arieh; Mizrahi, Shlomo. “Continuous Time Models of Collective Action and Political Change.” Constitutional Political Economy, vol. 11, no. 2, June 2000. pp. 181-98.

Gawande, Kishore. “Stigler-Olson Lobbying Behavior in Protectionist Industries: Evidence from the Lobbying Power Function.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, vol. 35, no. 4, May 1998, pp. 477-99.

Geary, Herb. 2003. “Facilitating an Organizational Culture of Healing in an Urban Medical Center. Nursing Administration Quarterly 27:231-240.

Gebrekidan, Desalegn Abraha; Awuah, Gabriel Baffour. “Interorganizational Cooperation: A New View of Strategic Alliances the Case of Swedish Firms in the International Market. Industrial Marketing Management 2002. Vol. 31 Issue 8, P679, 15p;

Geerlings, Harry; Nijkamp, Peter; Rietveld, Piet. “Towards a New Theory on Technological Innovations and Network Management: The Introduction of Environmental Technology in the Transport Sector.” Innovative behaviour in space and time. 1997, pp. 384-407.

Gelb, Joyce; Estevez-Abe, Margarita. “Political Women in Japan: A Case Study of the Seikatsusha Network Movement.” Social Science Japan Journal 1998. 1:263-279.

Gelsing, Lars. “Innovation and the Development of Industrial Networks.” National systems of innovation: Towards a theory of innovation and interactive learning. 1992. pp. 116-28.

Gelsing, Lars. “Innovation and the Development of Industrial Networks.” National systems of innovation: Towards a theory of innovation and interactive learning. 1992. pp. 116-28.

Gemünden, Hans Georg, Thomas Ritter and Achim Walter (eds.). 1997. Relationships and Networks in International Markets. Oxford, UK: Pergamon.

Gemünden, Hans Georg, Thomas Ritter and Achim Walter (eds.). 1997. Relationships and Networks in International Markets. Oxford: Elsevier Science.

Genereux, Anne and David Knoke. 1999. “Identifying Strategic Alliances in the Global Information Sector, 1989-1998.” Paper presented to EGOS Colloquium, Warwick, UK

Genieys, William; Ballart, Xavier; Valarie, Pierre. “From ‘Great’ Leaders to Building Networks: The Emergence of a New Urban Leadership in Southern Europe?” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 28(1): 2004. 183-99.

Genieys, William; Ballart, Xavier; Valarie, Pierre. “From ‘Great’ Leaders to Building Networks: The Emergence of a New Urban Leadership in Southern Europe?” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 28(1): 2004. 183-99.

Genosko, Joachim. “Regional Innovation Networks: Some Theoretical Remarks.” Spatial change and interregional flows in the integrating Europe: Essays in honour of Karin Peschel. 2001. pp. 101-15.

Genosko, Joachim. “Regional Innovation Networks: Some Theoretical Remarks.” Spatial change and interregional flows in the integrating Europe: Essays in honour of Karin Peschel. 2001. pp. 101-15.

Gensemera, Susan and Kiridaran Kanagaretnam. “Alliances and Cost Declaration.” Managerial & Decision Economics. 2004. Vol. 25 Issue 3, P121, 16p; DOI: 10.1002/Mde.1141;

Gentile, Mary C. (ed.). 1992. Differences That Work: Organizational Excellence Through Diversity. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Gentilini, Maurizio. “Local Archives in Network: Toward the Reconstruction of the History of Catholics in the Politics of Republican Italy [1944-1994].” Sociologia, 2002. 36, 2, 77-102.

George, Gerard; Wood, D Robley, Jr; Khan, Raihan. “Networking Strategy of Boards: Implications for Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 13(3): 2001. 269-85.

George, Gerard; Zahra, Shaker A.; Wheatley, Kathleen K.; Khan, Raihan. “The Effects of Alliance Portfolio Characteristics and Absorptive Capacity On Performance A Study of Biotechnology Firms. Journal of High Technology Management Research, Autumn2001. Vol. 12 Issue 2, P205, 22p;

George, Thomas P; Hartmann, Donald P. “Friendship Networks of Unpopular, Average, and Popular Children.” Child Development, 1996, 67, 5, Oct, 2301-2316.

Gerbing, D.W., and Anderson, J.G. 1985. The effects of sampling error and model characteristics on parameter estimation for maximum likelihood confirmatory factor analysis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 20: 255-271.

Gereffi, Gary and Miguel Kornzeniewicz (eds.). 1994. Commodity Chains and Global Capitalism and Global Capitalism. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Gerhart, Barry, Charlie O. Trevor and Mary E. Graham. 1996. “New Directions in Compensation Research: Synergies, Risk, and Survival.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 14:143-203.

Geringer, J. Michael and Louis Hebert. 1989. “Control and Performance of International Joint Ventures.” Journal of International Business Studies 20:235-254.

Gerlach, Michael L. 1992. “The Japanese Corporate Network: A Blockmodel Analysis.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:105-39.

Gerlach, Michael L. 1992. Alliance Capitalism: The Social Organization of Japanese Business. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Gersick, C. J. G. 1991. “Revolutionary Change Theories: A Multilevel Exploration of the Punctuated Equilibrium Paradigm.” Academy of Management Review 16:10-36.

Gersick, C. J. G. 1991. “Revolutionary Change Theories: A Multilevel Exploration of the Punctuated Equilibrium Paradigm.” Academy of Management Review 16:10-36.

Gersick, Connie J.G. (1988), Time and transition in work teams: Toward a new model of group development, Academy of Management Journal, 31(1), 9-41.

Gersick, Connie J.G. 1994. “Pacing strategic change: The case of a new venture.” Academy of Management Journal, 37: 9-45.

Gersick, Connie, J.G. 1991. “Revolutionary change theories: A multilevel exploration of the punctuated equilibrium paradigm.” Academy of Management Review, 16:10-37.

Gertz, Dwight L. and Joao P.A. Baptista. 1995. Grow to Be Great: Breaking the Downsizing Cycle. New York: Free Press.

Gerwin, Donald. “Coordinating New Product Development In Strategic Alliances.” Academy of Management Review 2004. Vol. 29 Issue 2, P241, 17p;

Gerwin, Donald; Meister, Darren. “Coordinating New Product Development in an International Joint Venture. International Journal of Technology Management, 2002. Vol. 24 Issue 1, P27, 17p;

Gessat-Anstett, Elisabeth. “From Collective to Community. On Family Networks in Post-Soviet Russia.” L’Homme, 2001, 157, Jan-Mar, 115-136.

Gessat-Anstett, Elisabeth. “From Collective to Community. On Family Networks in Post-Soviet Russia.” L’Homme, 2001. 157, Jan-Mar, 115-136

Gest, Scott D; Graham-Bermann, Sandra A; Hartup, Willard W. “Peer Experience: Common and Unique Features of Number of Friendships, Social Network Centrality, and Sociometric Status.” Social Development, 2001, 10, 1, 23-40.

Gest, Scott D; Graham-Bermann, Sandra A; Hartup, Willard W. “Peer Experience: Common and Unique Features of Number of Friendships, Social Network Centrality, and Sociometric Status.” Social Development, 2001. 10, 1, 23-40.

Getz, Kathleen A. 1993. “Selecting Corporate Political Tactics.” Pp. 242-267 in Corporate Political Agency: The Construction of Competition in Public Affairs, edited by Barry M. Mitnick. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Getz, Kathleen A. 1997. “Research in Corporate Political Action: Integration and Assessment.” Business and Society 36:32-72.

Geurts, Daisy; van der Zee, Han. “Does Alliance Management Differ from Network Management?” The allianced enterprise: Global strategies for corporate collaboration. 2001. 41-49.

Geurts, Daisy; van der Zee, Han. 2001. “Does Alliance Management Differ from Network Management?” Pp. 41-49 in The allianced enterprise: Global strategies for corporate collaboration.

Ghani, Jawaid Abdul; Khan, Jamshed Hassan. “Network Relationships and Asset Specificity in Pakistan’s Automotive Industry Journal of the Asia Pacific Economy 9(1): 2004. 85-100.

Ghemawat, P., Porter, M. E. and Rawlinson, R. A. (1986), “Patterns of international coalition activity”, In M. E. Porter (Ed.), Competition in Global Industries, pp. 345-365, Harvard Business School Press, Boston .

Gherardi, Silvia. 2001. “From Organizational Learning to Practice-Based Knowing.” Human Relations 54:131-139.

Ghils, Paul. 1992. “International Civil Society: International Non-Governmental Organizations in the International System.” International Social Science Journal 44:417-431.

Ghoshal, Sumantra and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1990. “The Multinational Corporation as an Interorganizational Network.” Academy of Management Review 15:603-625.

Ghoshal, Sumantra and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1994. “Changing the Role of Top Management: Beyond Strategy to Purpose.” Harvard Business Review Nov.-Dec. 79-88.

Ghoshal, Sumantra and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1994. “Linking Organizational Context and Managerial Action: The Dimensions of Quality of Management.” Strategic Management Journal 15:91-112.

Ghoshal, Sumantra and Peter Moran. 1996. “Bad for Practice: A Critique of Transaction Cost Theory.” Academy of Management Review 21:13-47.

Ghoshal, Sumantra and Peter Moran. 1996. “Bad for Practice: A Critique of Transaction Cost Theory.” Academy of Management Review 21:13-47.

Ghoshal, Sumantra, Peter Moran and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1997. “Employment Security, Employability and Sustainable Competitive Advantage.” INSEAD Working Papers 97/20/SM.

Ghoshal, Sumantra, Peter Moran and Christopher A. Bartlett. 1999. “A New Manifesto for Management.” Sloan Management Review 40(3):9-30.

Ghoshl, Sumantra. 2001. “A New Social Contract.” (September 1, 2001)

Giarchi, George Giacinto. “Caught in the Nets: A Critical Examination of the Use of the Concept of ‘Networks’ in Community Development Studies.” Community Development Journal, vol. 36, no. 1, January 2001, pp. 63-71.

Giarchi, George Giacinto. “Caught in the Nets: A Critical Examination of the Use of the Concept of ‘Networks’ in Community Development Studies.” Community Development Journal 36(1): 2001. 63-71.

Giard, Vincent. “Technological Needs and Networks.” The dynamics of industrial collaboration: A diversity of theories and empirical approaches. 2001, pp. 208-27.

Gibbs, David. “Trust and Networking in Inter-firm Relations: The Case of Eco-industrial Development.” Local Economy 18(3): 2003. 222-36.

Gibbs, W. Wayt. 1997. “Taking Computers to Task.” Scientific American 277(July):82-89.

Gibson, David V; Stiles, Christopher E. “Technopoleis, Technology Transfer, and Globally Networked Entrepreneurship.” Science, technology, and innovation policy: Opportunities and challenges for the knowledge economy. 2000, pp. 195-207.

Gibson, David V; Stiles, Christopher E. “Technopoleis, Technology Transfer, and Globally Networked Entrepreneurship.” Science, technology, and innovation policy: Opportunities and challenges for the knowledge economy. 2000. 195-207.

Gibson, James L. “Social Networks, Civil Society, and the Prospects for Consolidating Russia's Democratic Transition. American Journal of Political Science, Jan2001. Vol. 45 Issue 1, p51, 18p

Gibson, James L. “Social Networks, Civil Society, and the Prospects For Consolidating Russia's Democratic Transition. American Journal of Political Science 2001. V45 I1 P51

Gibson, Richard. 1997. “Worried McDonald’s Plans Dramatic Shift and Big Price Cuts.” Wall Street Journal February 26:A1.

Giddens, A. 1984. The Constitution of Society. Outline of a Theory of Structuration. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Gidron, Benjamin, Ralph M. Kramer and Lester M. Salamon (eds.). 1992. Government and the Third Sector: Emerging Relationships in Welfare States. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Gidwani, Vinay. “New Theory Or New Dogma? A Tale of Social Capital and Economic Development From Gujarat, India. Journal of Asian and African Studies 2002. V37 I2 P85(31)

Giering, Claus. “Lobbying in the EU. Policy Consulting and Policy Influence.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 2003, 16, 3, Sept, 86-88.

Giesecke, Susanne. 2000. “The Contrasting Roles of Government in the Development of Biotechnology Industry in the US and Germany.” Research Policy 29:205-223.

Gifford, Sharon. 1997. “Limited Attention and the Role of the Venture Capitalist.” Journal of Business Venturing 12:.

Gil, Maria Jose Alvarez; De La Fe, Pedro Gonzalez. “Strategic Alliances, Organisational Learning and New Product Development: the Cases of Rover and Seat. R & D Management 1999. Vol. 29 Issue 4, P391, 14p;

Gilbert, Nigel, Pyka, Andreas and Ahrweiler, Petra. “Innovation Networks-A Simulation Approach.” Journal of Artificial Societies and Social Simulation 2001. 4, 3, June.

Gilbert, Nigel, Pyka, Andreas and Ahrweiler, Petra. “Innovation Networks-A Simulation Approach.” Journal of Artificial Societies and Social Simulation 2001. 4, 3, June.

Gilbert, Nigel; Pyka, Andreas; Ahrweiler, Petra. “Innovation Networks-A Simulation Approach.” Journal of Artificial Societies and Social Simulation, 2001. 4, 3, June.

Gilchrist, Alison. “The Well-Connected Community: Networking to the ‘Edge of Chaos.’.” Community Development Journal, vol. 35, no. 3, July 2000, pp. 264-75.

Gilchrist, Alison. “The Well-Connected Community: Networking to the ‘Edge of Chaos’.” Community Development Journal, 2000, 35, 3, July, 264-275.

Gilchrist, Alison. “The Well-Connected Community: Networking to the ‘Edge of Chaos.’.” Community Development Journal 35(3): 2000. 264-75.

Gilchrist, Alison. 2004. The Well-Connected Community: A Networking Approach to Community Development. Bristol: Policy.

Gill, Paramjit S.; Swartz, Tim B. “Bayesian analysis of directed graphs data with applications to social networks. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society: Series C (Applied Statistics), Apr2004. Vol. 53 Issue 2, p249, 12p

Gillan, Stuart L. and Laura T. Starks. 2000 forthcoming. “Corporate Governance Proposals and Shareholder Activism: The Role of Institutional Investors.” Journal of Financial Economics

Gillespie, D.F. and Perry R.W. 1975. “The Influence of an Organizational Environment on Interorganizational Relation.” American Journal of Economics and Sociology 34

Gillespie, Dair L; Krannich, Richard S; Leffler, Ann. “The Missing Cell: Amiability, Hostility, and Gender Differentiation in Rural Community Networks.” Social Science Journal, 1985, 22, 2, Apr, 17-30.

Gilroy, Bernard Michael. 1993. Networking in Multinational Enterprises: The Importance of Strategic Alliances. Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina Press.

Gilson, Ronald J. and Bernard S. Black. 1996. “Venture Capital and the Structure of Capital Markets: Banks versus Stock Markets.” Unpublished manuscript, Columbia University Law School.

Gimeno, Javier, and Woo, Carolyn. 1996. “Economic Multiplexity: The Structural Embeddedness of Cooperation in Multiple Relations of Interdependence.” Advances in Strategic Management 13:323-361.

Gimeno, Javier, Timothy B. Folta, Arnold C. Cooper and Carolyn Y. Woo. 1997. “Survival of the Fittest? Entrepreneurial Human Capital and the Persistence of Underperforming Firms.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:750-783.

Gimeno, Javier, Timothy B. Folta, Arnold C. Cooper and Carolyn Y. Woo. 1997. “Survival of the Fittest? Entrepreneurial Human Capital and the Persistence of Underperforming Firms.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:750-783.

Ginsberg, Ari, and Joel A. C. Baum. 1994. “Evolutionary processes and patterns of core business change.” In J.A.C. Baum and J.V. Singh (eds.) Evolutionary Dynamics of

Ginsberg, Ari, Eric R. Larsen and Alessandro Lomi. 1999. “The Organizational Ecology of Strategic Interaction.” Advances in Strategic Management 16:81-112.

Ginsberg, Ari. 1990. “Connecting diversification to performance: A socio-cognitive approach.” Academy of Management Review, 15:514-535.

Ginsberg, Ari. 1994. “Minding the competition: From mapping to mastery.” Strategic Management Journal, 15:153-174.

Gioia, Dennis A. and James B. Thomas. 1996. “Identity, Image, and Issue Interpretation: Sensemaking during Strategic Change in Academia.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:370-403.

Girard, M., and Stark, D. 2002. Distributing Intelligence and Organizing Diversity in New-Media Projects. Environment and Planning A, 34(11): 1927-1949.

Gittleman, Maury, Michael Horrigan and Mary Joyce. 1998. “‘Flexible’ Workplace Practices: Evidence from a Nationally Representative Survey.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 52:99-115.

Giuffre, Katherine. “Mental Maps: Social Networks and the Language of Critical Reviews.” Sociological Inquiry, 2001. 71, 3, summer, 381-393.

Giullari, Susanna. “Support or (In)dependence? Kinship Networks and Single Mothers.” Inchiesta, 2000, 30, 128, Apr-June, 91-98.

Glaeser, Edward L., David Laibson and Bruce Sacerdote. 2002. “An Economic Approach to Social Capital.” Economic Journal 112:4370458.

Glaister, Keith W. and Peter J. Buckley. 1996. “Strategic Motives for International Alliance Formation.” Journal of Management Studies 33:301-332.

Glass, Jennifer L. and Sarah Beth Estes. 1997. “The Family Responsive Workplace.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:289-313.

Glassman, Ronald M. and William H. Swatos, Jr. (eds.). 1986. Charisma, History and Social Structure. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Glazer, Amihai; Konrad, Kai A. “Strategic Lobbying by Potential Industry Entrants.” Economics and Politics, vol. 7, no. 2, July 1995, pp. 167-79.

Gleason, Kimberly C.; Mathur, Ike; Wiggins, III, Roy A. “Evidence On Value Creation in the Financial Services Industries through the Use of Joint Ventures and Strategic Alliances. Financial Review 2003. Vol. 38 Issue 2, P213, 22p;

Gleick, James. 1987. Cahos: Making a New Science. New York: Viking.

Glick, William H. 1985. “Conceptualizing and Measuring Organizational and Psychological Climate: Pitfalls in Multilevel Research.” Academy of Management Review 10:601-616.

Gloor, Peter, Heckman, Carey and Makedon, Fillia (2004), Ethical issues in virtual communities of innovation, ETHICOMP Conference Proceedings.

Glynn, Mary Ann and Rikki Abzug. 2002. “Institutionalizing Identity: Symbolic Isomorphism and Organizational Names.” Academy of Management Journal 45:267-280.

Glynn, Mary Ann, T.K. Lant and F.J. Milliken. 1994. “Mapping Learning Processes in Organizations: A Multi-Level Framework Linking Learning and Organizations.” Advances in Managerial Cognition and Organizational Information Processing 5:48-83.

Glynn, Mary Ann, T.K. Lant and F.J. Milliken. 1994. “Mapping Learning Processes in Organizations: A Multi-Level Framework Linking Learning and Organizations.” Advances in Managerial Cognition and Organizational Information Processing 5:48-83.

Glynn, Mary Ann, T.K. Lant and F.J. Milliken. 1994. “Mapping Learning Processes in Organizations: A Multi-Level Framework Linking Learning and Organizations.” Advances in Managerial Cognition and Organizational Information Processing 5:48-83.

Gnyawali, Devi R. and Ravindranath Madhavan. 2001. “Cooperative Networks and Competitive Dynamics: A Structural Embeddedness Perspective.” Academy of Management Review 26:431-445.

Godard, John and John T. Delaney. 2000. “Reflections on the ‘High Performance’ Paradigm’s Implications for Industrial Relations as a Field.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 53: 482-502.

Godard, John. 2001. “High Performance and the Transformation of Work? The Implications of Alternative Work Practices for the Experience and Outcomes of Work.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54: 776-805.

Goddeeris, John H. and Burton A. Weisbrod. 1998. “Conversion from Nonprofit to For-Profit Legal Status: Why Does It Happen and Should Anyone Care?” Journal of Policy Analysis & Management 17:215-233.

Godley, Jenny. “Kinship Networks and Contraceptive Choice in Nang Rong, Thailand.” International Family Planning Perspectives, 2001, 27, 1, Mar, 4-10, 41.

Godley, Jenny. “Kinship Networks and Contraceptive Choice in Nang Rong, Thailand.” International Family Planning Perspectives, 2001. 27, 1, Mar, 4-10, 41.

Goel, Rajeev K. 1994. “Research Joint Ventures and Uncertain Innovation.” Economic Notes 23:266-274.

Goes, James B. and Seung Ho Park. 1997. “Interorganizational Links and Innovation: The Case of Hospital Services.” Academy of Management Journal 40:673-696.

Goidel, Robert K., Donald A. Gross and Todd G. Shields. 1999. Money Matters: Consequences of Campaign Finance Reform in U.S. House Elections. Lanham, MA: Rowman and Littlefield.

Golbe, Devra L. and White, Lawrence J. 1988. “Mergers and Acquisitions in the U.S. Economy: An Aggregate and Historical Overview.” Pp. 25-47 in Mergers and Acquisitions, edited by Alan J. Auerbach. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Gold, Andrew H. 2001. “Knowledge management: An organizational capabilities perspective.” Journal of Management Information Systems 18:185-214.

Gold, David A., Clarence Y. H. Lo and Erik Olin Wright. 1975. “Recent Developments in Marxist Theories of the Capitalist State, Part I.” Monthly Review 27(5):29-43.

Gold, Gerald L. “The Changing Criteria of Social Networks in a Cajun Community.” Ethnos, 1980, 45, 1-2, 60-81.

Gold, Steven J. “Gender, Class, and Network: Social Structure and Migration Patterns among Transnational Israelis.” Global Networks 1(1): 2001. 57-78.

Goldberg, A.I.; Cohen, G.; Fiegenbaum, A. “Reputation Building: Small Business Strategies For Successful Venture Development. Journal of Small Business Management 2003. Vol. 41 Issue 2, P168, 19p;

Goldberg, Beverly & Sifonis, John (1994) “An Alliance of Business and Technology” Management Review Journal Vol 83 (February 1994) pp20-5

Goldberg, Kalman, Jannett Highfill and Michael McAsey. “Technology Choice: The Output and Employment Tradeoff.” American Journal of Economics and Sociology 57:27-46.

Golden, Brian R. and Edward J. Zajac. 2001. “When Will Boards Influence Strategy? Inclination × Power = Strategic Change.” Strategic Management Journal 22: 1087-1111.

Golden, James R. “Economics and national strategy in the information age: Global networks, technology policy, and cooperative competition.” Westport, Conn. and London: Greenwood, Praeger. 1994.

Golden, James R. “Economics and national strategy in the information age: Global networks, technology policy, and cooperative competition.” Westport, Conn. and London: Greenwood, Praeger, 1994, pp. xix, 301.

Golden, James R. “Economics and National Strategy: Convergence, Global Networks, and Cooperative Competition.” Order and disorder after the cold war. 1995, pp. 289-311.

Golden, James R. 1994. Economics and National Strategy in the Information Age: Global Networks, Technology Policy, and Cooperative Competition. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Goldfield, Michael. 1987. The Decline of Organized Labor in the United States. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Goldman, Howard H., Joseph P. Morrissey and M. Susan Ridgely. 1994. “Evaluating the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Program on Chronic Mental Illness.” Milbank Quarterly 72:37-47.

Goldman, Paul and Donald R. Van Houten. 1977. “Managerial Strategies and the Worker: A Marxist Analysis of Bureaucracy.” Sociological Quarterly 18:108-125.

Goldman, Paul. 1973. “The Organization Caste System and the New Working Class.” Insurgent Sociologist 3(2):41-51.

Goldman, Paul. 1978. “Sociologists and the Study of Bureaucracy: A Critique of Ideology and Practice.” Insurgent Sociologist 8(1):21-30.

Goldman, Paul. 1983. “The Labor Process and the Sociology of Organizations.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 2:49-81.

Goldstein, Joshua R. “Kinship Networks That Cross Racial Lines: The Exception or the Rule?”“Demography, 1999, 36, 3, Aug, 399-407.

Gollbach, Jochen; Schulten, Thorsten. “Cross-Border Collective Bargaining Networks in Europe.” European Journal of Industrial Relations 6(2): 2000. 161-79.

Gomes-Casseres, B. (1994), Group vs. Group: How Alliance Networks Compete, Harvard Business Review, July- August, S. 62-74.

Gomes-Casseres, Benjamin. “Group versus Group: How Alliance Networks Compete.” World view: Global strategies for the new economy. 2000. 127-41.

Gomes-Casseres, Benjamin. 1994. “Group Versus Group: How Alliance Networks Compete.” Harvard Busines Review 72(July-August):62-74.

Gomes-Casseres, Benjamin. 1996. The Alliance Revolution: The New Shape of Business Rivalry. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Gomes-Casseres, Benjamin. 1997. “Alliance Strategies of Small Firms.” Small Business Economics 9:33-44.

Gomes-Casseres, Benjamin. 2000. “Group versus Group: How Alliance Networks Compete.” Pp. 127-41 in World view: Global strategies for the new economy.

Gomez, Daniel; et al. “Centrality and Power in Social Networks: A Game Theoretic Approach.” Mathematical Social Sciences, vol. 46, no. 1, August 2003. pp. 27-54.

Gomez, Daniel; et al. “Centrality and Power in Social Networks: A Game Theoretic Approach.” Mathematical Social Sciences 46(1): 2003. 27-54.

Gomez-Mejia, Luis and Robert M. Wiseman. 1997. “Reframing Executive Compensation: An Assessment and Outlook.” Journal of Management 23:291-374.

Gomez-Mejia, Luis. 1994. “Executive Compensation: A Reassessment and Future Research Agenda.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 12:161-222.

Gompers, Paul A. 1999. “Resource Allocation, Incentives and Control: The Importance of Venture Capital in Financing Entrepreneurial Firms.” Pp. 206-235 in Entrepreneurship, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises and the Macroeconomy, edited by Zoltan J. Acs, Bo Carlsson and Charlie Karlsson. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Gongaware, Timothy B. “Nurturers and Keepers of Culture: The Influence of Native American Women on the Development of Collective Action Frames.” Research in Social Movements, Conflicts and Change 2003. 24, 409-441.

Goodman, Edward and Julia Bamford (eds.). 1989. Small Firms and Industrial Districts in Italy. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Goodman, Edward. 1989. “Introduction: The Political Economy of the Small Firm in Italy.” Pp. 1-30 in Small Firms and Industrial Districts in Italy, edited by Edward Goodman and Julia Bamford. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Goodman, P. S., Lawrence, B. S., Ancona, D. G., and Tushman, M. L. 2001. Introduction to Special Issue on Time and Organizational Research. Academy of Management Review, 26(4): 507-511.

Goodman, Richard A. (ed.). 1999. Modern Organizations and Emerging Conundrums: Exploring the Postindustrial Subculture of the Third Millenium. Lanham, MD: Lexington.

Goodrick, Elizabeth, and Gerald R. Salancik. 1996. “Organizational Discretion in Responding to Institutional Practices: Hospitals and Cesarean Births.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:1-28.

Goody, Jack. “Literacy and the Diffusion of Knowledge Across Cultures and Times.” Creation and transfer of knowledge: Institutions and incentives. 1998, pp. 167-77.

Goolsbee, Austan and Klenow, Peter J. “Evidence on Learning and Network Externalities in the Diffusion of Home Computers.” Journal of Law and Economics, vol. 45, no. 2, Part 1 Oct. 2002. pp. 317-43.

Goolsbee, Austan and Klenow, Peter J. “Evidence on Learning and Network Externalities in the Diffusion of Home Computers.” Journal of Law and Economics, vol. 45, no. 2, Part 1 Oct. 2002. pp. 317-43.

Goolsbee, Austan; Klenow, Peter J. “ Evidence on Learning and Network Externalities in the Diffusion of Home Computers.” Journal of Law and Economics 45(2): 2002. 317-43.

Gordon, David M. 1996. Fat and Mean: The Corporate Squeeze of Working Americans and the Myth of Managerial “Downsizing.” New York: Free Press.

Gordon, Ian R; McCann, Philip. “Industrial Clusters: Complexes, Agglomeration and/or Social Networks?” Urban Studies 37(3): 2000. 513-32.

Gordon, Richard. “Industrial Districts and the Globalization of Innovation: Regions and Networks in the New Economic Space.” Wealth from diversity: Innovation, structural change and finance for regional development in Europe. 1996. pp. 103-34.

Gordon, Richard. “Industrial Districts and the Globalization of Innovation: Regions and Networks in the New Economic Space.” Wealth from diversity: Innovation, structural change and finance for regional development in Europe. 1996. pp. 103-34.

Gore, A P. and Lavaraj, U A. “Innovation Diffusion in a Heterogeneous Population.” Technological Forecasting and Social Change 1987, 32, 2, Sept, 163-167.

Gore, A P. and Lavaraj, U A. “Innovation Diffusion in a Heterogeneous Population.” Technological Forecasting and Social Change 1987, 32, 2, Sept, 163-167.

Gorman, Sean P. and Edward J. Malecki. 2000. “The Networks of the Internet: An Analysis of Provider Networks in the USA.” Telecommunications Policy 24(2):113-134.

Gorman, Sean P. and Edward J. Malecki. 2002. “Fixed and Fluid: Stability and Change in the Geography of the Internet.” Telecommunications Policy 26(7-8):389-413.

Gormley, William T., Jr. 1996. “Regulatory Privatization: A Case Study.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:243-260.

Gormley, William T., Jr. 1996. “Regulatory Privatization: A Case Study.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:243-260.

Goss, Ernest Preston and George S. Vozikis. 2002. “Improving Health Care Organizational Management through Neural Network Learning.” Health Care Management Science 5(3):221-227.

Gosselin, Peter G. and Paul Jacobs. 2000. “Clinton, Blair to Back Access to Genetic Code.” Los Angeles Times March 14:C1.

Gottinger, Hans-Werner. “Economies of network industries.” Studies in Business Organizations and Networks 24. London and New York: Routledge, 2003. xvii, 227.

Gottinger, Hans-Werner. 2003. Economies of network industries. New York: Routledge.

Gottlieb, Benjamin H. “Social Networks and Social Support: An Overview of Research, Practice, and Policy Implications.” Health Education Quarterly, 1985, 12:spring, 5-22.

Gottlieb, Marvin R. 1995. Managing the Workplace Survivors: Organizational Downsizing and the Commitment Gap. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.

Gould, Roger V. “The Origins of Status Hierarchies: A Formal Theory and Empirical Test.” American Journal of Sociology, Mar2002. Vol. 107 Issue 5, p1143, 36p.

Gould, Roger V. 1991. “Multiple Networks and Mobilization in the Paris Commune, 1871.” American Sociological Review 56: 716-729.

Gould, Roger V. 1993. “Collective Action and Network Structure.” American Sociological Review 58:182-96.

Gould, Roger V. 1996. “Patron-Client Ties, State Centralization, and the Whiskey Rebellion.” American Journal of Sociology 102: 400-429.

Gould, Roger V. and Roberto M. Fernandez. 1989. “Structures of Mediation: A Formal Approach to Brokerage in Transaction Networks.” Pp. 89-126 in Sociological Methodology 1989. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Gouldner, Alvin W. 1954. Patterns of Industrial Bureaucracy. Glencoe, IL: Free Press.

Gouran, Dennis S. “The Future of Small Group Communication Research: Revitalization or Continued Good Health?.” Communication Studies, 1994, 45, 1, spring, 29-39.

Govindasamy, Subra; Nambiar, Mohana. “Social Networks: Applicability to Minority Communities in Multilingual Settings.” International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 2003. 161, 25-45.

Gowrisankaran, Gautam; Stavins, Joanna. “Network externalities and technology adoption: lessons from electronic payments.” Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, Working Papers: 99-5, 1999.

Goyal, Sanjeev; Joshi, Sumit. “Networks of Collaboration in Oligopoly.” Games and Economic Behavior 43(1): 2003. 57-85.

Goyal, Sanjeev; Moraga-Gonzalez, Jose Luis. “Firms, Networks and Markets: A Survey of Recent Research.” Revue d’Economie Industrielle 103(Special Issue 2nd-3rd Trimesters): 2003. 207-32.

Goyal, Sanjeev; Moraga-Gonzalez, Jose Luis. “R&D Networks.” RAND Journal of Economics 32(4): Winter 2001. 686-707.

Grabher, G. 2002a. The Project Ecology of Advertising: Tasks, Talents and Teams. Regional Studies, 36(3): 245-262.

Grabher, G. 2002b. Cool Projects, Boring Institutions: Temporary Collaboration in Social Context. Regional Studies, 36: 205-214.

Grabher, Gernot (ed.). 1993. The Embedded Firm: On the Socioeconomics of Industrial Networks. New York: Routledge.

Grabher, Gernot and David Stark (eds.). 1997. Restructuring Networks in Post-Socialism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Grabher, Gernot. “Locating Economic Action: Projects, Networks, Localities, Institutions.” Environment and Planning A 33(8): 2001. 1329-31.

Grabher, Gernot. 1993. “The Weakness of Strong Ties: The Lock-in of Regional Development in the Ruhr area.” Pp. 255-277 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socio-economics of Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. London:Routledge.

Grabowski, Richard. “Market Evolution and Economic Development: The Evolution of Impersonal Markets. American Journal of Economics & Sociology, Oct99, Vol. 58 Issue 4, p699, 14p

Graham, Julie and Don M. Shakow. 1990. “Labor Market Segmentation and Job-Related Risk: Differences in Risk and Compensation between Primary and Secondary Labor Markets.” American Journal of Economics and Sociology 49:307-323.

Graham, Margaret B. W. 1996. “Changes in Information Technology, Changes in Work.” Technology in Society,18:373-385.

Graham, Stephen and Simon Marvin. 2001. Splintering Urbanism: Networked Infrastructures, Technological Mobilities, and the Uurban Condition. London: Routledge.

Graham, Stephen. “Global Grids of Glass: On Global Cities, Telecommunications and Planetary Urban Networks.” Urban Studies, vol. 36, no. 5-6, May 1999, pp. 929-49.

Gramm, Cynthia L. and John F. Schnell. 2001. “The Use of Flexible Staffing Arrangements in Core Production Jobs.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54:245-258.

Granados, Francisco J. and David Knoke. 2003. “Organized Interest Groups and Policy Networks.” Forthcoming in Handbook of Political Sociology, edited by Thomas Janoski, Robert Alford, Alexander M. Hicks, and Mildred A. Schwartz. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Granados, Francisco J. and David Knoke. Forthcoming 2004. “Organized Interest Groups and Policy Networks.” in Handbook of Political Sociology, edited by Thomas Janoski, Robert Alford, Alexander M. Hicks and Mildred A. Schwartz. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Grande, Edgar; Peschke, Anke. 1999. “Transnational Cooperation and Policy Networks in European Science Policy-Making.” Research Policy 28:43-61.

Grandi, Alessandro; Grimaldi, Rosa. “Exploring the Networking Characteristics of New Venture Founding Teams.” Small Business Economics 21(4): 2003. 329-41.

Grandi, Alessandro; Grimaldi, Rosa. 2003. “Exploring the Networking Characteristics of New Venture Founding Teams.” Small Business Economics 21:329-341.

Grandinetti R., Micelli S., Rullani E. (1995), “The internationalization of industrial districts: the role of leader firms and meta-organizers”, paper presented at the Conference on “Distretti industriali ed economia globale: il caso italiano”, Journal of Industry Studies and Dipartimento di Scienze Economiche, Università di Udine, Udine December 15-16.

Grandori Anna. 1997. “An Organizational Assessment of Interfirm Coordination Modes.” Organization Studies 18:897-925.

Grandori, Anna (ed.). 1997. The Game of Network. London: Routledge.

Grandori, Anna (ed.). 1998. The Organizational Texture of Inter-firm Relations. Special Issue of Organization Studies 19:549-741.

Grandori, Anna (ed.). 1999. Interfirm networks: organization and industrial competitiveness. London New York: Routledge.

Grandori, Anna and Giuseppe Soda. 1995. “Inter-firm Networks: Antecedents, Mechanisms and Forms.” Organization Science 16:183-214.

Grandori, Anna. 1993. “Notes on the Use of Power and Efficiency Constructs in the Economics and Sociology of Organizations.” Pp. 61-78 in Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Organization Studies, edited by Siegwart M. Lindenberg and Hein Schreuder. Oxford, UK: Pergamon Press.

Grandori, Anna. 1997. Perspectives on Organization Theory. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Grandori, Anna. 2001. Organization and Economic Behaviour. London: Routledge.

Grandstrand, O., L. Håkanson, and S. Sjölander (eds.). 1992. Technology Management and International Business: Internationalization of R&D and Technology. Chichester: Wiley.

Grandstrand, Ove, and Sören Sjölander. 1992. “Internationalization and Diversification of Multi-technology Corporations.” Pp. 181-207 in Technology Management and International Business: Internationalization of R&D and Technology, edited by O. Granstrand, L. Håkanson, and S. Sjölander. Chichester, UK: Wiley.

Grandstrand, Ove, Lars Håkanson, and Sören Sjölander (eds.). 1992. Technology Management and International Business: Internationalization of R&D and Technology. Chichester: Wiley.

Grandstrand, Ove, Lars Håkanson, and Sören Sjölander 1993. “Internationalization of R&D: A Survey of Some Recent Research.” Research Policy 22:413-430.

Granfield, Robert; Koenig, Thomas. “Pathways into Elite Law Firms: Professional Stratification and Social Networks.” Research in Politics and Society, 1992, 4, 325-351.

Granovetter, M. S., 1992, Problem of explanation in economic sociology. In N. Nohria, and R. G. Eccles (Eds.), Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form, and Action: 25-56. Boston Massachusetts: Harvard Business School Press.

Granovetter, M., and R. Swedberg. 1992. The Sociology of Economic Life. Boulder: Westview Press.

Granovetter, M.S. 1992. Problems of explanation in economic sociology. In N.Nohria and R. Eccles (Eds.), Networks and organizations: Structure, form, and action, 25-56. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.

Granovetter, Mark. 1973. “The Strength of Weak Ties.” American Journal of Sociology 78:1360-80.

Granovetter, Mark. 1974. Getting a Job: A Study of Contacts and Careers. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Granovetter, Mark. 1981. “Toward a Sociological Theory of Income Differences.” Pp. 11-47 in Sociological Perspectives on Labor Markets, edited by Ivar Berg. New York: Academic Press.

Granovetter, Mark. 1982. “The Strength of Weak Ties Revisited: A Network Theory Revisited.” Pp. 105-130 in Social Structure and Network Analysis, edited by P. Marsden and N. Lin. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Granovetter, Mark. 1984. “Small is Bountiful: Labor Markets and Establishment Size.” American Sociological Review 49:323-34.

Granovetter, Mark. 1985. “Economic Action and Social Structure: The Problem of Embeddedness.” American Journal of Sociology 91:481-510.

Granovetter, Mark. 1988. “The Sociological and Economic Approaches to Labor Market Analysis: A Social Structural View.” Pp. 187-216 in Industries, Firms, and Jobs: Sociological and Economic Approaches, edited by George Farkas and Paula England. New York: Plenum.

Granovetter, Mark. 1990. “The Old and New Economic Sociology: A History and Agenda.” Pp. 89-112 in Beyond the Marketplace: Rethinking Economy and Society, edited by Roger Friedland and A.F. Robertson. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Granovetter, Mark. 1993. “The Nature of Economic Relationships.” Pp. 3-41 in Exploration in Economic Sociology, edited by Richard Swedberg. New York: Russell Sage.

Granovetter, Mark. 1994. “Business Groups.” Pp. 453-475 in The Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by Neil Smelser and Richard Swedberg. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Granovetter, Mark. 1995. “Coase Revisited: Business Groups in the Modern Economy.” Industrial and Corporate Change 1:93-130.

Grant R.M., 1996, Toward a Knowledge-based Theory of the Firm, Strategic Management Journal, 17: 109-122.

Grant, R.M. 1996. Prospering in dynamically-competitive environments: Organizational capability as knowledge integration. Organization Science, 7: 375-386.

Grant, Robert M. 1991. “The Resource-Based Theory of Competitive Advantage: Implications for Strategy Formulation.” California Management Review 33:114-133.

Grant, Robert M.; Baden-Fuller, Charles. “A Knowledge Accessing Theory of Strategic Alliances. Journal of Management Studies 2004. Vol. 41 Issue 1, P61, 24p;

Grantham, George and Mary MacKinnon (eds.). 1994. Labour Market Evolution: The Economic History of Market Integration, Wage Flexibility and the Employment Relation. London: Routledge.

Gray B., 1985, Conditions Facilitating Interorganizational Collaboration, Human Relations, 38/10: 911-936.

Gray B., 1989, Collaborating: Finding Common Ground for Multiparty Problems, Jossey-Bass, San Francisco

Gray B., 1990, Building Interorganizational Alliances: Planned Change in a Global Environment, Research in Organizational Change and Development 4

Gray, B. & Wood, D. (1991a) “Collaborative Alliances: Moving From Practice to Theory - Preconditions, Process and Outcomes” Journal of Applied Behavioural Science Vol 27 Issue 1 (March 1991), pp.3-16

Gray, B. & Wood, D. (1991b) “Collaborative Alliances: Moving from Practice to Theory - Towards a Comprehensive Theory Of Collaboration” Journal of Applied Behavioural Science Vol 27 Issue 2 (June 1991) pp.146-160

Gray, Virginia and David Lowery. 1996. The Population Ecology of Interest Representation: Lobbying Communities in the American States. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

Gray, Virginia and David Lowery. 1997. “Reconceptualizing PAC Formation: It’s Not a Collective Action Problem, and It May be an Arms Race.” American Politics Quarterly 25:319-346.

Greaney, Theresa M. “Reverse importing and asymmetric trade and FDI: a networks explanation. Journal of International Economics, Dec2003. Vol. 61 Issue 2, p453, 13p;

Green, Francis. 1999. “Training the Workers.” In The State of Working Britain, edited by P. Gregg and J. Wadsworth. Manchester University Press.

Green, Francis. 2000. “The Impact of Company Human Resource Policies on Social Skills: Some Implications for Training Sponsorship, Quit Rates and Efficiency Wages.” Scottish Journal of Political Economy 47:251-272.

Green, Laura R., Deborah S. Richardson, Tania Lago and Elizabeth C. Schatten-Jones. 2001. “Network Correlates of Social and Emotional Loneliness in Young and Older Adults.” Health, Risk & Society 3:281-287.

Green, Paul E. Frank J. Carmone Jr. and Scott M. Smith. 1989. Multidimensional Scaling: Concepts and Applications. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Greenblat, Milton, Rosina Becerra and E. A. Serafetinides. 1982. “Social Networks and Mental Health: An Overview.” American Journal of Psychiatry 139: 977-984.

Greening, Daniel W. and Barbara Gray. 1994. “Testing a Model of Organizational Response to Social and Political Issues.” Academy of Management Journal 37:467-498.

Greenwald, Amy; Friedman, Eric J; Shenker, Scott. “Learning in Network Contexts: Experimental Results from Simulations.” Games and Economic Behavior, vol. 35, no. 1-2, April-May 2001, pp. 80-123.

Greenwald, Amy; Friedman, Eric J; Shenker, Scott. “Learning in Network Contexts: Experimental Results from Simulations.” Games and Economic Behavior 35(1-2): 2001. 80-123.

Greenwood, Justin and Mark Aspinwall (eds.). 1998. Collective Action in the European Union: Interests and the New Politics of Associability. London: Routledge.

Greenwood, Royston and C.R. Hinings. 1993. “Understanding Strategic Change: The Contribution of Archetypes.” Academy of Management Journal 36:1052-1081.

Greenwood, Royston and C.R. Hinings. 1996. “Understanding Radical Organizational Change: Bringing Together the Old and New Institutionalism.” Academy of Management Review 21:1022-1054.

Greenwood, Royston, and C.R. Hinings. 1993. “Understanding strategic change: The contribution of archetypes.” Academy of Management Journal, 36: 1052-1081.

Greenwood, Royston, Roy Suddaby and C. R. Hinings. 2002. “Theorizing Change: The Role of Professional Associations in the Transformation of Institutionalized Fields.” Academy of Management Journal 45:58-80.

Greer, Alan. “Policy Networks and State-Farmer Relations in Northern Ireland, 1921-72.” Political Studies 1994. 42:396-412.

Greer, Ann Lennarson. “Advances in the Study of Diffusion of Innovation in Health Care Organizations.” Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly/Health and Society 1977, 55, 4, fall, 505-532.

Greer, Ann Lennarson. “Advances in the Study of Diffusion of Innovation in Health Care Organizations.” Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly/Health and Society 1977, 55, 4, fall, 505-532.

Greider, William. 1997. One World, Ready or Not: The Manic Logic of Global Capitalism. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Greiner, Larry E. 1972. “Evolution and Revolution as Organizations Grow.” Harvard Business Review July-August 37-46.

Greiner, Larry E. 1972. “Evolution and Revolution as Organizations Grow.” Harvard Business Review July-August 37-46.

Grenzke, Janet M. 1989. “Shopping in the Congressional Supermarket: The Currency is Complex.” American Political Science Review 33:1-24.

Gretschmann, Klaus; Kenis, Patrick. 1990. “Political Exchange: A Theoretical Reconsideration and Some Empirical Evidence from Taxation.” Pp. 147-69 in Governance and generalized exchange: Self-organizing policy networks in action.

Greve, Arent and Janet W. Salaff. “Social Networks and Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice 2003. V28 I1 P1(22)

Greve, Arent; Salaff, Janet W. “Social Networks and Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship: Theory & Practice, Fall2003. Vol. 28 Issue 1, p1, 22p;

Greve, Henrich R. 1995. “Jumping Ship: The Diffusion of Strategy Abandonment.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:444-473.

Greve, Henrich R. 1995. “Jumping Ship: The Diffusion of Strategy Abandonment.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:444-473.

Greve, Henrich R. 1995. “Jumping Ship: The Diffusion of Strategy Abandonment.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:444-473.

Greve, Henrich R. 1996. “Patterns of Competition: The Diffusion of a Market Position in Radio Broadcasting.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:29-60.

Greve, Henrich R. 1996. “Patterns of Competition: The Diffusion of a Market Position in Radio Broadcasting.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:29-60.

Greve, Henrich R. 2002. “Interorganizational Evolution.” Pp. 557-578 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Greve, Henrich. 1995 “Jumping ship: The diffusion of strategy abandonment.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 40: 444-473.

Greve, Henrich. 1995 “Jumping ship: The diffusion of strategy abandonment.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 40: 444-473.

Greve, Henrich. 2002. “An Ecological Theory of Spatial Evolution: Local Density Dependence in Tokyo Banking, 1894-1936.” Social Forces 80:847-480.

Grieco, M.S. 1988. “Birth-Marked? A Critical View on Analyzing Organizational Culture.” Human Organization 47:84-87.

Grier, Kevin B., Michael C. Munger and Brian E. Roberts. 1994 “The Determinants of Industry Political Activity, 1978-1986.” American Political Science Review 88:911-26.

Grier, Kevin, Michael C. Munger and Brian E. Roberts. 1994. “The Determinants of Industry Political Activity, 1978-1986.” American Political Science Review 88:911-926.

Griliches, Z. 1979. Issues in assessing the contribution of research and development to productivity growth. Bell Journal of Economics, 10: 92-116.

Griliches, Z. 1990. Patent statistics as economic indicators: A survey. Journal of Economics Literature, 28: 1661-1707.

Griliches, Z. 1992. The search for R&D spillovers. Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 94(Suppl.): 29-47.

Griliches, Zvi and Adonis Yatchew. 1981. “Sample Selection Bias and Endogeneity in the Estimation of a Wage Equation: An Alternative Specification.” Annales de l’Insee 43:35-46.

Griliches, Zvi and William M. Mason. 1972. “Education, Income and Ability.” Journal of Political Economy

Griliches, Zvi, Bronwyn H. Hall, and Jerry A. Hausman. 1978. “Missing Data and Self-Selection in Large Panels.” Annales de l’Insee 30-31:137-176.

Griliches, Zvi. 1990. “Patent Statistics as Economic Indicators: A Survey.” Journal of Economic Literature 28:1661-1707.

Grimm, Curtis M. and John M. Holcomb. 1987. “Choices Among Encompassing Organizations: Business and the Budget Deficit.” Pp. 105-118 in Business Strategy and Public Policy: Perspectives from Industry and Academia, edited by Alfred A. Marcus, Allen M. Kaufman and D.R. Bream. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.

Grimshaw, Damian, Kevin G. Ward, Jill Rubery and Huw Beynon. 2001. “Organisations and the Transformation of the Internal Labour Market.” Work, Employment and Society 15:25-54.

Grimsley, Kirstin Downey and Frank Swoboda. 1997. “Mitsubishi Managers Blamed for Environment at Plant; EEOC Says Supervisors Created, Tolerated ‘Sexually Hostile and Abusive’ Situation.” Washington Post September 16; C1.

Grimsley, Kirstin Downey and Warren Brown. 1996. “Mitsubishi Workers March on EEOC.” Washington Post. April 23:A1.

Grimsley, Kirstin Downey. 1996. “Auto Plant Sexual Harassment Case Divides Community.” Washington Post. April 17: A1.

Grimsley, Kirstin Downey. 1998. “Community Still Split in Aftermath of Mitsubishi Settlement.” Washington Post. June 15:A9.

Grindley, P.C. and D.J. Teece. 1997. “Managing Intellectual Capital: Licensing and Cross-Licensing in Semiconductors and Electronics.” California Management Review 39(2):8-41.

Grindley, Peter C. and David J. Teece. 1997. “Managing Intellectual Capital: Licensing and Cross-Licensing in Semiconductors and Electronics.” California Management Review 38(2):8-41.

Grindley, Peter. 1995. Standards Strategy and Policy: Cases and Stories. New York: Oxford University Press.

Groen, Aard J.; de Weerd–Nederhof, Petra C.; Kerssens–van Drongelen, Inge C.; Badoux, Rob A.J.; Olthuis, Gerard P.H. “Creating and Justifying Research and Development Value: Scope, Scale, Skill and Social Networking of R&D. Creativity & Innovation Management, Mar2002. Vol. 11 Issue 1, p2, 15p;

Groenewegen, John (ed.). 1996. Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Groenewegen, John (ed.). 1996. Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Groenewegen, John and Paul R. Beije. 1989. “The French Communication Industry Defined and Analyzed Through the Social Fabric Matrix, the Filiere Approach, and Network Analysis.” Journal of Economic Issue 23:1059-1074.

Groenewegen, John.1997. “Institutions of Capitalism: American, European and Japanese Systems Compared.” Journal of Economic Issues 31:333-347.

Grofman, Bernard; Landa, Janet. “The Development of Trading Networks among Spatially Separated Traders as a Process of Proto-Coalition Formation: The Kula Trade.” Social Networks, 1983, 5, 4, Dec, 347-365.

Grofman, Bernard; Owen, Guillermo. “A Game Theoretic Approach to Measuring Degree of Centrality in Social Networks.” Social Networks, 1982, 4, 3, Sept, 213-224.

Gronau, Reuben. 1988. “Sex-related Wage Differentials and Women’s Interrupted Labor Careers—the Chicken or the Egg.” Journal of Labor Economics 6:277-301.

Gronbjerg, Kirsten A. 1990. “Poverty and Nonprofit Organizational Behavior.” Social Service Review 64(2):208-243.

Gronbjerg, Kirsten A. 1990. “Poverty and Nonprofit Organizational Behavior.” Social Service Review 64(2):208-243.

Gronbjerg, Kirsten A. 2002. “Evaluating Nonprofit Databases.” American Behavioral Scientist 45:1741-1777.

Gronbjerg, Kirsten A; Never, Brent. “The Role of Religious Networks and Other Factors in Types of Volunteer Work Nonprofit Management and Leadership 14(3): Spring 2004. 263-89.

Gronbjerg, Kristen. 1993. Understanding Nonprofit Funding Managing Revenues in Social Services and Community Development Organizations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Groshen, Erica L. 1991. “The Structure of the Female/Male Wage Differential: Is It Who You Know, What You Do, or Where You Work?” Journal of Human Resources 26:457-472.

Gross Stein, Janice et al. “Networks of knowledge: Collaborative innovation in international learning.” Institute of Public Administration of Canada Series in Public Management and Governance. Toronto; Buffalo and London: University of Toronto Press 2001. pp. xii, 175.

Gross Stein, Janice et al. “Networks of knowledge: Collaborative innovation in international learning.” Institute of Public Administration of Canada Series in Public Management and Governance. Toronto; Buffalo and London: University of Toronto Press 2001. pp. xii, 175.

Gross Stein, Janice; et al. “Networks of knowledge: Collaborative innovation in international learning.” Institute of Public Administration of Canada Series in Public Management and Governance. Toronto; Buffalo and London: University of Toronto Press. 2001. pp. xii, 175.

Gross Stein, Janice; et al. “Networks of knowledge: Collaborative innovation in international learning.” Institute of Public Administration of Canada Series in Public Management and Governance. Toronto; Buffalo and London: University of Toronto Press, 2001. xii, 175.

Gross, James A. 1995. Broken Promises: The Subversion of U.S. Labor Relations Policy, 1947-1994. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Grosser, Kerry. “Human Networks in Organizational Information Processing.” Annual Review of Information Science and Technology; v26 p349-402 1991.

Grossman, Glenn M. 1992. “U.S. Workers Receive a Wide Range of Employee Benefits.” Monthly Labor Review September:36-39.

Grossman, Jerry W. and Patrick D. F. Ion. 1995. “On A Portion of the Well-Known Collaboration Graph.” Congressus Numeratium 108:129-31.

Grosz, B.J., Weinstein S, Joshi, A.K., 1995, Centering: a framework for modelling the local coherence of a discourse, Computational Linguistics, 21, 203-225

Grotevant, Harold D. “Openness in Adoption: Research with the Adoption Kinship Network.” Adoption Quarterly, 2000, 4, 1, 45-65.

Grotevant, Harold D; Ross, Nicole M; Marchel, Mary Ann. “Adaptive Behavior in Adopted Children: Predictors from Early Risk, Collaboration in Relationships within the Adoptive Kinship Network, and Openness Arrangements.” Journal of Adolescent Research, 1999, 14, 2, Apr, 231-247.

Grotz, Reinhold; Braun, Boris. “Territorial or Trans-territorial Networking: Spatial Aspects of Technology-Oriented Co-operation within the German Mechanical Engineering Industry.” Regional Studies, vol. 31, no. 6, August 1997, pp. 545-57.

Groves, David L; Groves, Saundra L. 1980. “A Communications Network: An Organizational, Structural Element in Program Management and Continuity.” Man-Environment Systems 10:41-52.

Groves, Martha. 1998. “Mentor Program Adds Diversity to Corporate Climb.” Los Angeles Times: March 4:Business, Part D:1.

Grun, Roberto. “The Promise of "Instigating Professional Insertion" in the Network Society: The Imposition of Meaning and Its Sociology.” Dados, 2003, 46, 1, 5-37.

Grun, Roberto. “The Promise of “Instigating Professional Insertion” in the Network Society: The Imposition of Meaning and Its Sociology.” Dados, 2003. 46, 1, 5-37.

Grunberg, Leon and Edward S. Greenberg. 1997. “On the Lingering Effects of Downsizing: The Job Attitudes of Survivors.” Paper presented at annual meetinsg of the American Sociological Association.

Grundfest, Joseph A. 1990. “Subordination of American Capital.” Journal of Financial Economics 27:89-114.

Guare, J. 1990. Six degrees of separation: A play. New York: Vintage Books.

Guare, John. 1990. Six Degrees of Separation: A Play. New York: Vintage Books.

Guercio, Diane Del and Jennifer Hawkins.1999. “The Motivation and Impact of Pension Fund Activism.” Journal of Financial Economics 52: 293-340.

Guest, David and Neil Conway. 1999. “Peering into the Black Hole: The Downside of the New Employment Relations in the UK.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 37:367-.

Gugliotta, Guy. 2000. “Gene-Altered Rice May Help Fight Vitamin A Deficiency Globally.” Washington Post January 14:A6.

Guilhon, Bernard, ed. “Technology and markets for knowledge: Knowledge creation, diffusion and exchange within a growing economy.” Economics of Science, Technology and Innovation, vol. 22. Boston; Dordrecht and London: Kluwer Academic. 2001. pp. xx, 206.

Guillen, Mauro F. “Experience, Imitation, and the Sequence of Foreign Entry: Wholly Owned and Joint-Venture Manufacturing by South Korean Firms and Business Groups in China, 1987-1995. Journal of International Business Studies 2003. V34 I2 P185(14)

Guillen, Mauro F. 1990. “Professional and Bureaucracy: Deprofessionalization, Proletarization, and Professional Power in Complex Organizations.” Revista Espanola de Investigaciones Sociologicas 51:35-51.

Guillen, Mauro F. Models of Management: Authority and Organization in a Comparative Perspective. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Gulalp, Haldun. 1996. “State and Class in Capitalism: Marx and Weber on Modernity.” Current Perspectives in Social Theory 16:53-70.

Gulati, R. 1998. Alliances and networks. Strategic Management Journal, 19: 293-317.

Gulati, R. 1998. Alliances and networks. Strategic Management Journal, 19: 293-317.

Gulati, R. and Gargiulo, M. 1999. Where do interorganizational networks come from? American Journal of Sociology, 104: 1439-1493.

Gulati, R., 1998. Alliances and networks. Strategic Management Journal, 19: 293-317.

Gulati, R., and Garguilo, M. (1998). Where do interorganizational networks come from? American Journal of Sociology, 104(5), 1439-1493.

Gulati, Ranjay and Harbir Singh. 1998. “The Architecture of Cooperation: Managing Coordination Costs and Appropriation Concerns in Strategic Alliances.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:781-814.

Gulati, Ranjay and James D. Westphal. 1999. “Cooperative or Controlling? The Effects of CEO-board Relations and the Content of Interlocks on the Formation of Joint Ventures.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 44: 473-506.

Gulati, Ranjay and Martin Gargiulo. 1999. “Where Do Networks Come From?’ American Journal of Sociology 104:1439-1493.

Gulati, Ranjay and Monica C. Higgins. “Which Ties Matter When? the Contingent Effects of Interorganizational Partnerships On IPO Success. Strategic Management Journal 2003. V24 I2 P127-18

Gulati, Ranjay, Dania A. Dialdin and Lihua Wang. 2002. “Organizational Networks.” Pp. 281-303 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Gulati, Ranjay, Nitin Nohria and Akbar Zaheer. 2000. “Strategic Networks.” Strategic Management Journal. 21:203-215.

Gulati, Ranjay, Norhria, N., and Zaheer, A. 2000. Strategic networks. Strategic Management Journal, 21: 203-215.

Gulati, Ranjay, T. Khanna, and Nitin Nohria. 1994. “Unilateral Commitments and the Importance of Process in Alliances.” Sloan Management Review 35(3):61-69.

Gulati, Ranjay. 1994. “Unilateral Commitments and the Importance of Process in Alliances.” Sloan Management Review 35(3):61-69.

Gulati, Ranjay. 1995. “Does Familiarity Breed Trust? The Implications of Repeated Ties for Contractual Choices in Alliances.” Academy of Management Journal 38:85-112.

Gulati, Ranjay. 1995. “Social Structure and Alliance Formation Patterns: A Longitudinal Analysis.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:619-652.

Gulati, Ranjay. 1995. “Social structure and alliance formation patterns.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 40: 619-652.

Gulati, Ranjay. 1998. “Alliances and Networks.” Strategic Management Journal 19:293-317.

Guler, Isin; Guillén, Mauro F.; Macpherson, John Muir. “Global Competition, Institutions, and the Diffusion of Organizational Practices: The International Spread of ISO 9000 Quality Certificates. Administrative Science Quarterly, Jun2002. Vol. 47 Issue 2, p207, 26p;

Gulick, Luther and Lyndall Urwick (eds.). 1937. Papers on the Science of Administration. New York: Institute of Public Administration.

Gulick, Luther and Lyndall Urwick (eds.). 1937. Papers on the Science of Administration. New York: Institute of Public Administration.

Gummer, Burton. 2002. “It’s Not What You Know or Who You Know, It’s Where You Are: Organizational Networks and Career Success.” Administration in Social Work 26:79-99.

Gunatilleke, Godfrey. “The Role of Networks and Community Structures in International Migration from Sri Lanka.” Emigration dynamics in developing countries. Volume 2. South Asia. 1998, pp. 71-112.

Gupta, A.K. and L. J. Lad. 1983. “Industry Self-Regulation: An Economic, Organizational, and Political Analysis.” 40:619-52.

Gupta, Anil K, Kothari, Brij and Patel, Kirit. “Knowledge Network for Recognizing Respecting and Rewarding Grassroots Innovation.” Information and communication technology in development: Cases in India. 2000. pp. 115-31.

Gupta, Anil K, Kothari, Brij and Patel, Kirit. “Knowledge Network for Recognizing Respecting and Rewarding Grassroots Innovation.” Information and communication technology in development: Cases in India. 2000. pp. 115-31.

Gupta, Anil K. “The Honey Bee Network: Linking Knowledge-Rich Grassroots Innovations.” Development, vol. 40, no. 4, December 1997, pp. 36-40.

Gupta, Atul and Lalatendu Misra. 2000. “The Value of Experiential Learning by Organizations: Evidence from International Joint Ventures.” Journal of Financial Research 23:77-102.

Gupta, Atul and Lalatendu Misra. 2000. “The Value of Experiential Learning by Organizations: Evidence from International Joint Ventures.” Journal of Financial Research 23:77-102.

Gupta, Atul and Lalatendu Misra. 2000. “The Value of Experiential Learning by Organizations: Evidence from International Joint Ventures.” Journal of Financial Research 23:77-102.

Gutelius, David P V. “The Path Is Easy and the Benefits Large: The Nasiriyya, Social Networks and Economic Change in Morocco, 1640-1830.” Journal of African History, 2002. 43, 1, 27-49.

Guthrie, James P. 2001. “High-Involvement Work Practices, Turnover, and Productivity: Evidence from New Zealand.” Academy of Management Journal 44:180-190.

Gutierrez Sanin, Francisco; Ramirez, Luisa. “Families, Networks and Factions.” Revista de Estudios Sociales, 2002. 11, Feb, 17-25.

Guttag, John V. 1999. “Communication Chameleons.” Scientific American August

Haas, Stephen. 2002. “Social Support as Relationship Maintenance in Gay Male Couples Coping with HIV or AIDS.” Journal of Social & Personal Relationships 19:87-111.

Hachen, David S., Jr. 1990. “Three Models of Job Mobility in Labor Markets.” Work and Occupations 17:320-354.

Hachen, David S., Jr. 1992. “Industrial Characteristics and Job Mobility Rates.” American Sociological Review 57:39-55.

Hacker, Andrew. 1997. Money: Who Has How Much and Why. New York: Scribner.

Hackman, J. Richard and G. R. Oldham. 1976. “Motivation Through the Design of Work: Test of a Theory.” Organizational Behavior and Human Performance 16:250-279.

Hackman, J. Richard and Ruth Wageman. 1995. “Total Quality Management: Empirical, Conceptual, and Practical Issues.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:309-342.

Hadlock, Charles J. and Gerald B. Lumer. 1997. “Compensation, Turnover, and Top Management Incentives: Historical Evidence.” Journal of Business 70(2):153-187.

Hadlock, P., Hecker, D. and Gannon, J. 1991. High technology employment: Another view. Monthly Labor Review, July:26-30.

Hagan, Jacqueline M. 1998. “Social Networks, Gender, and Immigrant Incorporation: Resources and Constraints.” American Sociological Review 63:55-67.

Hagan, Jacqueline Maria. “Social networks, gender, and immigrant incorporation: Resources and constraints. American Sociological Review, Feb98, Vol. 63 Issue 1, p55, 13p.

Hagan, John, Ross MacMillan, and Blair Wheaton. 1996. “New Kid in Town: Social Capital and the Life Course Effects of Family Migration on Children.” American Sociological Review 61:368-385.

Hage, Jerald (ed.). 1998. Innovation and Organization. New York: Wiley.

Hage, Jerald. 1980. Theories of Organizations: Forms, Processes, and Transformation. New York: Wiley.

Hage, Per and Frank Harary. 1996. Island Networks: Communication, Kinship, and Classification Structures in Oceania. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Hagedoorn J. & Schakenraad J. (1992) “Leading Companies and Networks of Strategic Alliances in IT” Journal of Research Policy Vol 21 Issue 2 (April 1992) pp163-90

Hagedoorn, J. (1996), Trends and Patterns in Strategic Technology Partnering since the early Seventies, Review of Industrial Organization, Vol. 11, No. 5, October, pp. 601-616.

Hagedoorn, J. “Sharing Intellectual Property Rights--An Exploratory Study of Joint Patenting Amongst Companies. Industrial & Corporate Change 2003. Vol. 12 Issue 5, P1035, 16p;

Hagedoorn, J. and J. Schakenraad (1990), Strategic Partnering and Technological Co-Operation, in B. Dankbar et al. (eds.), Perspectives in Industrial Organization, Kluwer. pp. 171-191.

Hagedoorn, J., 1993, Understanding the rationale of strategic technology partnering: Interorganizational modes of cooperation and sectoral differences. Strategic Management Journal, 14: 371-385.

Hagedoorn, J., Link, A. N., and Vonortas, N. 2000. Research Partnerships. Research Policy, 29: 567-586.

Hagedoorn, John (1993) “Understanding the Rationale of Strategic Technical Partnering: Interorganisational Modes of Cooperation and Sectorial Differences” Strategic Management Journal Issue 4 No 5 (July 1993) pp371-85

Hagedoorn, John “The Effect of Strategic Technology Alliances On Company Performance.; Schakenraad, Jos. Strategic Management Journal, May94, Vol. 15 Issue 4, P291, 19p;

Hagedoorn, John and Bert Sadowski. 1999. “The Transition from Strategic Technology Alliances to Mergers and Acquisitions: An Exploratory Study.” Journal of Management Studies 36:87-107.

Hagedoorn, John and Hans Van Kranenburg. “Growth Patterns in R&D Partnerships: An Exploratory Statistical Study. International Journal of Industrial Organization 2003. Vol. 21 Issue 4, P517, 15p;

Hagedoorn, John and Jos Schakenraad. 1990. “Inter-firm Partnerships and Co-operative Strategies in Core Technologies.” Pp. 3-37 in New Explorations in the Economics of Technical Change, edited by Christopher Freeman and L. Soete. London: Pinter.

Hagedoorn, John and Jos Schakenraad. 1990. “Strategic Partnering and Technological Co-operation.” Pp. 171-87 in Perspectives in Industrial Organization, edited by B. Dankbaar, John Groenewegen and H. Schenk. Dordrect, The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Hagedoorn, John and Jos Schakenraad. 1992. “Leading Companies and Networks of Strategic Alliances in Information Technologies.” Research Policy 21:163-190.

Hagedoorn, John and Jos Schakenraad. 1994. “The Effect of Strategic Technology Alliances on Company Performance.” Strategic Management Journal 15:291-309.

Hagedoorn, John and R. Narula. 1996. “Choosing Organizational Modes of Strategic Technology Partnering: International Sectoral Differences.” Journal of International Business Studies 27:265-284.

Hagedoorn, John, Albert N. Link and Nicholas S. Vonortas. 2000. “Research Partnerships.” Research Policy 29:567-586.

Hagedoorn, John. “A Note On International Market Leaders and Networks of Strategic Technology Partnering. Strategic Management Journal, Mar95, Vol. 16 Issue 3, P241, 10p;

Hagedoorn, John. “Innovation and Entrepreneurship: Schumpeter Revisited. Industrial & Corporate Change, 1996, Vol. 5 Issue 3, P883, 14p;

Hagedoorn, John. “Understanding the Rationale Of Strategic Technology Partnering: Interorganizational Modes Of Cooperation And Sectoral Differences.” Strategic Management Journal, Jul93, Vol. 14 Issue 5, P371, 15p;

Hagedoorn, John. 1990. “Inter-firm Partnerships and Co-operative Strategies in Core Technologies.” Pp. 3-37 in New Explorations in the Economics of Technical Change, edited by Christopher Freeman and L. Soete. London: Pinter.

Hagedoorn, John. 1993. “Strategic Technology Alliances and Modes of Cooperation in High-Technology Industries.” Pp. 116-137 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socioeconomics of Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. New York: Routledge.

Hagedoorn, John. 1993. “Strategic Technology Partnering During the 1980s: Trends, Networks, and Corporate Patterns in Non-core Technologies.” Research Policy 24:207-231.

Hagedoorn, John. 1993. “Understanding the Rationale of Strategic Technology Partnering: Interorganizational Modes of Cooperation and Sectoral Differences.” Strategic Management Journal 14:371-385.

Hagedoorn, John. 1995. “A Note on International Market Leaders and Networks of Strategic Technology Partnering.” Strategic Management Journal 16:241-250.

Hagedoorn, John. 1996. “Trends and Patterns in Strategic Technology Partnering Since the Early Seventies.” Review of Industrial Organization 11:S601-616.

Hagedoorn, John. 2002. “Inter-Firm R&D Partnerships: An Overview of Major Trends and Patterns Since 1960.” Research Policy 31:477-492.

Hagedoorn, John; Carayannis, Elias; Alexander, Jeffrey. “Strange Bedfellows in the Personal Computer Industry: Technology Alliances Between IBM and Apple. Research Policy 2001. Vol. 30 Issue 5, P837, 13p;

Hagedoorn, John; Cloodt, Myriam. “Measuring Innovative Performance: Is There an Advantage inUsing Multiple Indicators? Research Policy 2003. Vol. 32 Issue 8, P1365, 15p;

Hagedoorn, John; Duysters, Geert “External Sources of Innovative Capabilities: the Preferences For Strategic Alliances Or Mergers and Acquisitions. Journal of Management Studies 2002. Vol. 39 Issue 2, P167, 22p;

Hagedoorn, John; Duysters, Geert. “Learning in Dynamic Inter-Firm Networks: the Efficacy of Multiple Contacts. Organization Studies 2002. Vol. 23 Issue 4, P525, 24p;

Hagedoorn, John; Duysters, Geert. “The Effect of Mergers and Acquisitions On the Technological Performance of Companies in A High-Tech Environment. Technology Analysis & Strategic Management 2002. Vol. 14 Issue 1, P67, 19p;

Hagedoorn, John; Link, Albert N. “Research Partnerships. Research Policy 2000. Vol. 29 Issue 4/5, P567, 20p;

Hagedoorn, John; Narula, Rajneesh. “Choosing Organizational Modes of Strategic Technology Partnering: International and Sectoral. Journal of International Business Studies, 1996. Vol. 27 Issue 2, P265, 20p;

Hagedoorn, John; Sadowski, Bert “The Transition From Strategic Technology Alliances to Mergers and Acquisitions: An Exploratory Study. Journal of Management Studies 1999. Vol. 36 Issue 1, P87, 21p;

Hagedoorn, John; Schackenraad, Jos. “A Comparison of Private and Subsidized R&D Partnerships in the European Information Technology. Journal of Common Market Studies, Sep93, Vol. 31 Issue 3, P373, 18p;

Hagedoorn, John; Van Kranenburg, Hans; Osborn, Richard N. “Joint Patenting Amongst Companies—Exploring the Effects of Inter-Firm R&D Partnering and Experience. Managerial & Decision Economics 2003. Vol. 24 Issue 2/3, P71, 14p;

Hagen, J. and S. Choe. 1998. “Trust in Japanese Interfirm Relations: Institutional Sanctions Matter.” Academy of Management Review 23:589-600.

Hägg, Ingemund and Jan Johanson. 1983. Firms in Networks: A New View of Competitive Power. Stockholm: Business and Social Research Institute.

Haines, Valerie A. and Linda J. Henderson. 2002. “Targeting Social Support: A Network Assessment of the Convoy Model of Social Support.” Canadian Journal on Aging 21:243-256.

Haines, Valerie A., John J. Beggs and Jeanne S. Hurlbert. 2002. “Exploring the Structural Contexts of the Support Process: Social Networks, Social Statuses, Social Support, and Psychological Distress.” Advances in Medical Sociology 8:269-292.

Haines, Valerie A; Hurlbert, Jeanne S; Beggs, John J. “Exploring the Determinants of Support Provision: Provider Characteristics, Personal Networks, Community Contexts, and Support following Life Events.” Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 1996, 37, 3, Sept, 252-264.

Håkansson, Håkan (ed.). 1987. Corporate Technological Behavior: Cooperation and Networks. London: Croom Helm.

Håkansson, Håkan (ed.). 1987. Industrial Technological Behavior: A Network Approach. London: Croom Helm.

Håkansson, Håkan and Ivan Snehota (eds.). 1995. Developing Relationships in Business Networks. London: Routledge.

Håkansson, Håkan and Ivan Snehota. 1989. “No Business is an Island: The Network Concept of Business Strategy.” Scandinavian Journal of Management 5:187-200.

Håkansson, Håkan and Jan Johanson (eds.). 2001. Business network learning. New York: Pergamon.

Håkansson, Håkan and Jan Johanson 1993. “The Network as Governance Structure: Interfirm Cooperation Beyond Markets and Hierarchies.” Pp. 35-51 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socioeconomics of Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. London: Routledge.

Håkansson, Håkan and Jan Johanson J. 1988. “Formal and Informal Cooperation Strategies in International Industrial Networks.” Pp. 369-379 in Cooperative Strategies in International Business, edited by F. J. Contractor and P. Lorang. Lexington MA: Lexington Books.

Håkansson, Håkan and Jan Johanson. 1992. “A Model of Industrial Networks.” Pp. 28-34 in Industrial Networks: A New View of Reality, edited by Björn Axelsson and Geoffrey Easton. London: Routledge.

Håkansson, Håkan. 1990. “Technological Collaboration in Industrial Networks.” Engineering Management Journal 8:371-379.

Hakkinen, Paivi Maarit Hannele. “Neural Network Used to Analyze Multiple Perspectives concerning Computer-Based Learning Environments.” Quality and Quantity. 2000. 34, 3, Aug, 237-258.

Halal, W.E. 1994. “From Hierarchy to Enterprise: Internal Markets Are the New Foundation of Management.” Academy of Management Executive 8(4):69-83.

Halbfinger, David M. 1998. “In Deal, LIPA and Utility End Clash Over Pay To Ex-Officers.” New York Times December 22:B1.

Hale and Dorr LLP. 2000. “The National and Regional IPO Market.” March 31, 2000.

Haley, George. “Chinese Network Management: An Alternative Strategic Management Model.” The Asian economic catharsis: How Asian firms bounce back from crisis. 2000. 253-72.

Haley, William J. 1976. “Estimation of Earnings Profiles from Optimal Human Capital Accumulation.” Econometrica 44:1223-1238.

Halfmann, Jost; Japp, Klaus P. “Modern Social Movements as Active Risk Observers: A Systems-Theoretical Approach to Collective Action.” Social Science Information/Information sur les Sciences Sociales 1993. 32, 3, Sept, 427-446.

Hall, John (ed.). 1995. Civil Society: Theory, History, Comparison. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Hall, Peter A. and Roemary C. R. Taylor. 1996. “Political Science and the Three New Institutionalisms.” Political Studies 44:936-957.

Hall, Richard L. and Frank W. Wayman. 1990. “Buying Time: Moneyed Interests and the Mobilization of Bias in Congressional Committees.” American Political Science Review 84:797-820.

Hall, William. 1987. “Employee Ownership 4: ESOPs Win Their Spurs.” Financial Times April 13:32.

Halliday, Terence C., Michael J. Powell and Mark W. Granfors. 1993. “After Minimalism: Transformations of State Bar Associations from Market Dependence to State Reliance, 1918 to 1950.” American Sociological Review 58:515-535.

Halliday, Terence C; Powell, Michael J; Granfors, Mark W. 1987. “Minimalist Organizations: Vital Events in State Bar Associations, 1870-1930.” American Sociological Review 52:456-471.

Halliday, Terence C; Powell, Michael J; Granfors, Mark W. 1993. “After Minimalism: Transformations of State Bar Associations from Market Dependence to State Reliance, 1918 to 1950.” American Sociological Review 58:515-535.

Hallikas, Jukka; Virolainen, Veli-Matti; Tuominen, Markku. “Risk Analysis and Assessment in Network Environments: A Dyadic Case Study.” International Journal of Production Economics 78(1): 2002. 45-55.

Hallinan, Maureen T. “Friendship Patterns in Open and Traditional Classrooms.” Sociology of Education, 1976, 49, 4, Oct, 254-265.

Hallinan, Maureen T. “Structural Effects on Children’s Friendships and Cliques.” Social Psychology Quarterly, 1979, 42, 1, Mar, 43-54.

Hallinan, Maureen T. “The Process of Friendship Formation.” Social Networks, 1978, 1, 2, Nov, 193-210.

Hallinan, Maureen T. and Warren N. Kubitschek. 1999. “Conceptualizing and Measuring School Social Networks: Comment on Morgan and Sorensen.” American Sociological Review, 64:687-693.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Kubitschek, Warren N. “The Effects of Individual and Structural Characteristics on Intransitivity in Social Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly, 1988, 51, 2, June, 81-92.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Kubitschek, Warren N. “The Formation of Intransitive Friendships.” Social Forces; v69 n2 p505-19 Dec 1990.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Smith, Stevens S. “Classroom Characteristics and Student Friendship Cliques.” Social Forces, 1989, 67, 4, June, 898-919.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Smith, Stevens S. “The Effects of Classroom Racial Composition on Students’ Interracial Friendliness.” Social Psychology Quarterly, 1985, 48, 1, Mar, 3-16.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Sorensen, Aage B. “Ability Grouping and Student Friendships.” American Educational Research Journal, 1985, 22, 4, winter, 485-499.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Teixeira, Ruy A. “Opportunities and Constraints: Black-White Differences in the Formation of Interracial Friendships.” Child Development; v58 n5 p1358-71 Oct 1987.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Teixeira, Ruy A. “Students’ Interracial Friendships: Individual Characteristics, Structural Effects, and Racial Differences.” American Journal of Education, 1987, 95, 4, Aug, 563-583.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Tuma, Nancy Brandon. “Classroom Effects on Change in Children’s Friendships.” Sociology of Education, 1978, 51, 4, Oct, 270-282.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Williams, Richard A. “Interracial Friendship Choices in Secondary Schools.” American Sociological Review; v54 n1 p67-78 Feb 1989.

Hallinan, Maureen T; Williams, Richard A. “The Stability of Students’ Interracial Friendships.” American Sociological Review, 1987, 52, 5, Oct, 653-664.

Hallock, Kevin F. 1998. “Layoffs, Top Executive Pay, and Firm Performance.” American Economic Review 88:711-723.

Haltiwanger, John, Scott Schuh and Stephen J. Davis. 1994. “Gross Job Flows in U.S. Manufacturing.” Washington, DC: U.S. Bureau of the Census.

Haltiwanger, John. 1999. “Job Creation and Destruction by Emnployer Size and Age: Cyclical Dynamics.” Pp. 239-285 in Entrepreneurship, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises and the Macroeconomy, edited by Zoltan J. Acs Bo Carlsson and Charlie Karlsson. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hambrick, Donald C., and Phyllis A. Mason. 1984. “Upper Echelon: The organization as a reflection of its top managers.” Academy of Management Review, 9: 193-206.

Hambrick, Donald C., Theresa Cho, and Ming-Jer Chen. 1996. “The influence of top management team heterogeneity on firms’ competitive moves.” Administrative Science

Hamel, G. 1991. Competition for competence and inter-partner learning within international strategic alliances. Strategic Management Journal, 12(summer special issue): 83-103.

Hamel, G. Y.L. Doz und C.K. Prahalad (1989), Mit Marktrivalen zusammenarbeiten - und dabei gewinnen, Harvard Manager, 11, S. 87-94; siehe auch BG95, S. 459-467.

Hamel, G., 1991, Competition for competence and inter-partner learning within international strategic alliances. Strategic Management Journal, 12: 83-103.

Hamel, Gary and C.K. Prahalad. 1994. Competing for the Future. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Hamel, Gary, Doz, Y. L., and Prahalad, C. K. 1989. “Collaborate with Your Competitors—and Win.” Harvard Business Review 67(1):133-139.

Hamel, Gary. 1991. “Competition for Competence and Inter-Partner Learning Within International Strategic Alliances.” Strategic Management Journal 12:83-103.

Hamel, Gary. 1991. “Competition for Competence and Inter-Partner Learning Within International Strategic Alliances.” Strategic Management Journal 12:83-103.

Hamel, Pierre; Maheu, Louis; Vaillancourt, Jean-Guy. “Rethinking the Institutional Challenges of Collective Action.” Politique et Societes 2000. 19, 1, 3-25.

Hamilton, David. 1999. Evolutionary Economies: A Study of Change in Economic Thought. Piscataway, NJ: Transaction.

Hamilton, David. 1999. Evolutionary Economies: A Study of Change in Economic Thought. Piscataway, NJ: Transaction Publishers.

Hamilton, Gary and Nicole Biggart. 1988. “Market, Culture, and Authority: A Comparative Analysis of Management and Organization in the Far East.” American Journal of Sociology S94:52-94.

Hamilton, Gary G. (ed.). 1991. Business Networks and Economic Development in East and Southeast Asia. Hawthorne, NY: Walter de Gruyter.

Hamilton, Gary G. (ed.). 1996. Asian Business Networks. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

Hamilton, Gary G. and Nicole Woolsey Biggart. 1985. “Why People Obey: Theoretical Observations on Power and Obedience in Complex Organizations.” Sociological Perspectives 28:3-28.

Hamilton, Martha M. 1996. “Labor Gets a Young Look.” Washington Post September 1:H1.

Hamilton, Walton H. 1919. “The Institutional Approach to Economic Theory.” American Economic Review 9:309-318.

Hamm, Keith E; Weber, Andrew R; Anderson, R Bruce. “The Impact of Lobbying Laws and Their Enforcement: A Contrasting View.” Social Science Quarterly, vol. 75, no. 2, June 1994, pp. 378-81.

Hammack, David C. 1998. Making the Nonprofit Sector in the United States: A Reader. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Hammami, A; Burlat, P; Campagne, J P. “Evaluating Orders Allocation within Networks of Firms.” International Journal of Production Economics 86(3): 2003. 233-49.

Hampshire, Kate. “Networks of Nomads: Negotiating Access to Health Resources among Pastoralist Women in Chad.” Social Science and Medicine, 2002. 54, 7, Apr, 1025-1037.

Hampton, Keith and Barry Wellman. 2003. “Neighboring in Netville: How the Internet Supports Community, Social Support and Social Capital in a Wired Suburb.” City and Community, Forthcoming.

Hampton, Keith N. “Grieving for a Lost Network: Collective Action in a Wired Suburb. Information Society, Nov2003. Vol. 19 Issue 5, p417, 12p;

Hampton, Keith N.; Wellman, Barry. “Netville Online and Offline. American Behavioral Scientist, Nov99, Vol. 43 Issue 3, p475, 18p;

Hampton, Keith. 2003. “Grieving For a Lost Network: Collective Action in a Wired Suburb.” The Information Society 19(5). Forthcoming.

Hampton, Keith; Wellman, Barry. “Long Distance Community in the Network Society: Contact and Support beyond Netville.” American Behavioral Scientist, 2001. 45, 3, Nov, 476-495.

Hamrick, Natalie, Sheldon Cohen and Mario S. Rodriguez. 2002. “Being Popular Can Be Healthy Or Unhealthy: Stress, Social Network Diversity, and Incidence of Upper Respiratory Infection. Health Psychology 21:294-298.

Han, Shin-Kap. 1996. “Structuring Relations in On-the-Job Networks.” Social Networks 18:47-67.

Hancock, David J. “The Emergence of a Network Economy [1640-1815]. Madeira Wine.” Annales, 2003. 58, 3, May-June, 649-672.

Handel, Michael J. 2000. “Is There a Skills Crisis? Trends in Job Skill Requirements, Technology, and Wage Inequality in the United States.” Jerome Levy Economics Institute Working Paper No. 295.

Handlin, Oscar and Mary F. Handlin. 1945. “The Origins of the American Business Corporation.” Journal of Economic History 5:1-23.

Handy, C. 1995. “Trust and the Virtual Organization.” Harvard Business Review 73(May-June):40-50.

Handy, Charles (1995), Trust and the virtual organization, Harvard Business Review, 73(3), 40-50.

Hanisch, Kathy A. and Charles L. Hulin. 1991. “General Attitudes and Organizational Withdrawal: An Evaluation of a Casual Model.” Journal of Vocational Behavior 39:110-128.

Hannan, Michael T. 1998. “Rethinking Age Dependence in Organizational Mortality: Logical Formalizations.” American Journal of Sociology 104:126-164.

Hannan, Michael T. and Glenn Carroll. 1992. Dynamics of Organizational Populations: Density, Legitimation, and Competition. New York: Oxford University Press.

Hannan, Michael T. and Glenn Carroll. 1995. “Theory Building and Cheap Talk About Legitimation: Reply to Baum and Powell.” American Sociological Review 60:539-544.

Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1977. “The Population Ecology of Organizations.” American Journal of Sociology 82:929-964.

Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1984. “Structural Inertia and Organizational Change.” American Sociological Review 49:149-164.

Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1988. “Setting the Record Straight on Organizational Ecology: Rebuttal to Young.” American Journal of Sociology 95:425-438.

Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1988. “The Ecology of Organizational Mortlity: American Labor Unions, 1836-1985.” American Journal of Sociology 94:25-52.

Hannan, Michael T. and John Freeman. 1989. Organizational Ecology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Hannan, Michael T., Glenn Carroll, Elizabeth A. Dundon and John C. Torres. 1995. “Organizational Evolution in a Multinational Context; Entries of Automobile Manufacturers in Belgium, Britain, France, Germany, and Italy.” American Sociological Review 60:509-528.

Hanne, Thomas. “Decision Support for MCDM That Is Neural Network-Based and Can Learn.” Multicriteria analysis: Proceedings of the XIth International Conference on MCDM, 1-6 August 1994, Coimbra, Portugal. 1997, pp. 401-10.

Hanneman, Gerhard J, Carroll, Tom W, Rogers, Everett M., Stanfield , J David and Lin, Nan. “Computer Simulation of Innovation Diffusion in a Peasant Village.” American Behavioral Scientist 1969, 12, 6, JUL-AUG, 36-46.

Hanneman, Gerhard J, Carroll, Tom W, Rogers, Everett M., Stanfield , J David and Lin, Nan. “Computer Simulation of Innovation Diffusion in a Peasant Village.” American Behavioral Scientist 1969, 12, 6, JUL-AUG, 36-46.

Hanoteau, Julien A. “Lobbying for Emissions Allowances: A New Perspective on the Political Economy of the US Acid Rain Program.” Rivista di Politica Economica, vol. 93, no. 1-2, Jan.-Feb. 2003, pp. 289-311.

Hansell, Saul. 2000. “Media Megadeal.” New York Times January 11:A1.

Hansell, Stephen. “Adolescent Friendship Networks and Distress in School.” Social Forces, 1985, 63, 3, Mar, 698-715.

Hansell, Stephen. “Ego Development and Peer Friendship Networks.” Sociology of Education, 1981, 54, 1, Jan, 51-63.

Hansen, John Mark. 1991. Gaining Access: Congress and the Farm Lobby, 1919-1981. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Hansen, Morten T. 1999. “The Search-Transfer Problem: The Role of Weak Ties in Sharing Knowledge across Organization Subunits.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:82-111.

Hansen, Morten T. 2002. “Knowledge Networks: Explaining Effective Knowledge Sharing in Multiunit Companies.” Organization Science 13:232-249.

Hansen, Niles. “Knowledge Workers, Communication, and Spatial Diffusion.” Theories of endogenous regional growth: Lessons for regional policies. 2001, pp. 315-29.

Hansen, Niles; Echeverri-Carroll, Elsie. “The Nature and Significance of Network Interactions for Business Performance and Exporting to Mexico: An Analysis of High-Technology Firms in Texas.” Review of Regional Studies, vol. 27, no. 1, Summer 1997, pp. 85-99.

Hansmann, Henry. 1990. “When Does Worker Ownership Work? ESOPs, Law Firms, Codetermination, and Economic Democracy.” Yale Law Journal 99:1749-1816.

Hanssen-Bauer, Jon; Snow, Charles C. “Responding to Hypercompetition: The Structure and Processes of a Regional Learning Network Organization.” Organization Science, 1996, 7, 4, July-Aug, 413-427.

Hanvanich, Sangplet; Çavuşgil, S. Tamer. “Stock Market Reactions to International Joint Venture Announcement: An Event Analysis. International Business Review 2001. Vol. 10 Issue 2, P139, 16p;

Harary, Frank. 1959. “Graph Theoretic Methods in the Management Sciences.” Management Science 5:387-403.

Harary, Frank. 1959. “Status and Contrastatus.” Sociometry 22:23-43.

Harbison, John R. and Peter Pekar Jr. 1998. Smart Alliances: A Practical Guide to Repeatable Success. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Harcourt, Wendy; Rabinovich, Lila; Alloo, Fatma. “Women’s Networking and Alliance Building: The Politics of Organizing in and around Place.” Development, 2002. 45, 1, Mar, 42-47.

Harcourt, Wendy; Rabinovich, Lila; Alloo, Fatma. “Women’s Networking and Alliance Building: The Politics of Organizing In and Around Place.” Development 45(1): 2002. 42-47.

Harcourt, Wendy; Rabinovich, Lila; Alloo, Fatma. 2002. “Women's Networking and Alliance Building: The Politics of Organizing In and Around Place.” Development 45:42-47.

Hardwick, Peter J. “Families and the Professional Network: An Attempted Classification of Professional Network Actions Which Can Hinder Change.” Journal of Family Therapy, 1991, 13, 2, May, 187-205.

Hardy, Cynthia, Nelson Phillips and T. Lawrence. 1998. “Distinguishing Trust and Power in Interorganizational Relations: Forms and Facades of Trust.” Pp. 64-87 in Trust Within and Between Organizations: Conceptual Issues and Empirical Applications, edited by Christel Lane and Reinhard Bachmann. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hargadon, A. and Fanelli, A. 2002. Action and possibility: Reconciling dual perspectives of knowledge in organizations. Organization Science, 13:290-302.

Hargadon, A. B. 1998. Firms as Knowledge Brokers: Lessons in Pursuing Continuous Innovation. California Management Review. 40 (3): 209-227.

Hargadon, A., and Sutton, R. 1997. Technology brokering and innovation in a product development firm. Administrative Science Quarterly, 42(4), 716-749.

Hargadon, A., and Sutton, R. I. 1997. Technology brokering and innovation in a product development firm. Administrative Science Quarterly, 42(2): 716-749.

Harland, C.M. 1996. “Supply Chain Management: Relationships, Chains and Networks.” British Journal of Management 7:63-80.

Harland, C.M. 1996. “Supply Network Strategies: The Case of Health Supplies.” European Journal of Purchasing and Supply Management 2(4):183-192.

Harlow, Elizabeth and Jeff Hearn. 1995. “Cultural Constructions: Contrasting Theories of Organizational Culture and Gender Construction.” Gender, Work and Organization 2:180-191.

Harmon, Roy L. 1992. Reinventing the Factory II: Managing the World Class Factory. New York: Free Press.

Harpaz, Itzhak and Ilan Meshoulam. 1997. “Intraorganizational Power in High Technology Organizations.” Journal of High Technology Management Research 8:107-128.

Harper, Sarah. “The Kinship Network of the Rural Aged: A Comparison of the Indigenous Elderly and the Retired Inmigrant.” Ageing and Society, 1987, 7, 3, Sept, 303-327.

Harrigan, Katheine R. 1988. “Joint Ventures and Competitive Strategy.” Strategic Management Journal 9:141-158.

Harrigan, Katherine R. 1985. Strategies for Joint Ventures. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.

Harrigan, Katherine R. 1988. “Strategic Alliances and Partner Asymmetries.” Pp. 205-226 in Cooperative Strategies in International Business, edited by F. J. Contractor and P. Lorange. Lexington Books, Lexington MA.

Harrington, L. Katharine. 1996. “Ethics and Public Policy Analysis: Stakeholders’ Interests and Regulatory Policy.” Journal of Business Ethics 15:373-382.

Harris, Lisa, Coles, Anne-Marie and Dickson, Keith. “Building Innovation Networks: Issues of Strategy and Expertise.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 12, no. 2, June 2000. pp. 229-41.

Harris, Lisa, Coles, Anne-Marie and Dickson, Keith. “Building Innovation Networks: Issues of Strategy and Expertise.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 12, no. 2, June 2000. pp. 229-41.

Harris, Lisa; Coles, Anne-Marie; Dickson, Keith. “Building Innovation Networks: Issues of Strategy and Expertise.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management 12(2): 2000. 229-41.

Harris, Lisa; Coles, Anne-Marie; Dickson, Keith. “Building Innovation Networks: Issues of Strategy and Expertise. Technology Analysis & Strategic Management 2000. Vol. 12 Issue 2, P229, 13p;

Harris, M. and A. Raviv. “The Theory of Capital Structure.” Journal of Finance 46(2):297-352.

Harris, R.C., R.C. Insigna, J. Morone and M.J. Werle. 1996. “The Virtual R&D Laboratory.” Research Technology Management 39(2):32-36.

Harrison, Bennett, Maryellen R. Kelley and Jon Gant. 1996. “Innovative Firm Behavior and Local Milieu: Exploring the Intersection of Agglomeration, Firm Effects, and Technological Change.” Economic Geography 72:233-258.

Harrison, Bennett. 1994. Lean and Mean: The Changing Landscape of Corporate Power in the Age of Flexibility. New York: Basic Books.

Harrison, Bennett. 1997. Lean and Mean: The Changing Landscape of Corporate Power in the Age of Flexibility. 2nd Edition. New York: Guilford Press.

Harrison, Kathryn and George Hoberg. 1991. “Setting the Environmental Agenda in Canada and the United States: The Cases of Dioxin and Radon.” Canadian Journal of Political Science 24:3-27.

Harrisson, Denis, Laplante, Normand and St-Cyr, Louis. “Cooperation and Resistance in Work Innovation Networks.” Human Relations 2001. 54, 2, Feb, 215-255.

Harrisson, Denis, Laplante, Normand and St-Cyr, Louis. “Cooperation and Resistance in Work Innovation Networks.” Human Relations 2001. 54, 2, Feb, 215-255.

Harrisson, Denis; Laplante, Normand; St-Cyr, Louis. “Cooperation and Resistance in Work Innovation Networks.” Human Relations, 2001. 54, 2, Feb, 215-255.

Hart, David M. and David G. Victor. 1993. “Scientific Elites and the Making of US Policy for Climate Change Research, 1957-74.” Social Studies of Science 23:643-680.

Hart, Oliver and John Moore. 1990. “Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm.” Journal of Political Economy 98:1119-1158.

Hart, Oliver and John Moore. 1990. “Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm.” Journal of Political Economy 98:1119-1158.

Hart, Oliver D. 1995. Firms, Contracts, and Financial Structure. New York: Oxford University Press.

Hartman, Roseanne L. and David J. Johnson. 1989. “Social Contagion and Multiplexity: Communication Networks as Predictors of Commitment and Role Ambiguity.” Human Communications Research 15:523-548.

Hartman, Roseanne L. and David J. Johnson. 1990. “Formal and Informal Group Communication Structures: An Examination of Their Relationship to Role Ambiguity.” Social Networks 12:127-151.

Harzing, Anne-Wil and Geert Hofstede. 1996. “Planned Change in Organizations: The Influence of National Culture.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 14:297-340.

Hasell, Mary Joyce; Scanzoni, John H. “Social Networks and Network-Friendly Housing in the U.S.” International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 1997, 38, 3-4, Dec, 289-296.

Hassan, Robert. “Network Time and the New Knowledge Epoch.” Time & Society, 2003. 12, 2-3, Sept, 225-241.

Hassard, John and Michael Rowlinson. 2001. “Marxist Political Economy, Revolutionary Politics, and Labor Process Theory.” International Studies of Management & Organization 30(4):85-111.

Hassard, John, John Hogan and Michael Rowlinson. 2001. “From Labor Process Theory to Critical Management Studies.” Administrative Theory & Praxis 23(3): 339-362.

Hassler, Markus. “The Global Clothing Production System: Commodity Chains and Business Networks.” Global Networks 3(4): 2003. 513-31.

Hastings, Colin. 1993. The New Organization: Growing the Culture of Organizational Networking. London: McGraw-Hill.

Hatch, Mary Jo. 1993. “The Dynamics of Organizational Culture.” Academy of Management Review 18:657-693.

Hatch, Mary Jo. 1997. Organization Theory: Modern, Symbolic, and Postmodern Perspectives. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hatch, Mary Jo. 2000. “The Cultural Dynamics of Organizing and Change.” Pp. 245-260 in Handbook of Organizational Culture and Climate, edited by Neal M. Ashkanasy, Celeste Wilderom and Mark F. Peterson. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Hattiangadi, Anita U. 2000. “Upgrading Workplace Skills: Businesses’ $300 Billion Annual Investment.” Employment Policy Foundation Issue Backgrounder: April 10.

Haubrich, Jospeh G. 1994. “Risk Aversion, Performance Pay, and the Principal-Agent Problem.” Journal of Political Economy 102:258-276.

Haubrich, Jospeh G. and Ivilina Popova1998. “Executive Compensation: A Calibration Approach.” Economic Theory 12:561-581.

Haugland, Sven. 1999. “Factors Influencing the Duration of International Buyer-Seller Relatioships.” Journal of Business Research 46:273-28.

Haunschild P.R., Miner A.S., 1997. Modes of Interorganizational Imitation: the Effects of Outcome Salience and Uncertainty. Administrative Science Quarterly, 42. 472-500.

Haunschild, Pamela R. 1993. “Interorganizational Imitation: The Impact of Interlocks on Corporate Acquisition Activity.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:564-92.

Haunschild, Pamela R. 1993. “Interorganizational imitation: The impact of interlocks on corporate acquisition activity.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 38: 564-592.

Haunschild, Pamela R. 1994. “How Much is That Company Worth? Interorganizational Relationships, Uncertainty, and Acquisition Premiums.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:391-411.

Haunschild, Pamela R. 1994. “How much is that company worth? Interorganizational relationships, uncertainty, and acquisition premiums.” Administrative Science

Haunschild, Pamela R. and Anne S. Miner. 1997. “Modes of Interorganizational Imitation: The Effects of Outcome Salience and Uncertainty.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:472-500.

Haunschild, Pamela R. and Christine M. Beckman. 1998. “When Do Interlocks Matter? Alternate Sources of Information and Interlock Influence.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:815-844.

Haunschild, Pamela R., and Anne S. Miner. 1997 “Modes of interorganizational imitation: The effects of outcome salience and uncertainty.” Administrative Science

Hausman, J. 1978. Specification tests in econometrics. Econometrica, 46:1251-1271.

Hausman, Jerry and William Taylor. 1981. “Panel Data and Unobservable Individual Effects.” Econometrica 49:1377-1398.

Haveman, Heather A, Michael V. Russo and Alan D. Meyer. 2001. “Organizational Environments in Flux: The Impact of Regulatory Punctuations on Organizational Domains, CEO Succession, and Performance.” Organization Science 12(3):253-275.

Haveman, Heather A. 1993. “Ghosts of Managers Past: Managerial Succession and Organizational Mortality.” Academy of Management Journal 36:864-881.

Haveman, Heather A. 1995. “The Demographic Metabolism of Organizations: Industry Dynamics, Turnover, and Tenure Distributions.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:586-618.

Haveman, Heather A. and Hayagreeva Rao 1997. “Institutional and Organizational Coevolution in the Thrift Industry.” American Journal of Sociology, 102: 1606-1651.

Haveman, Heather A. and Hayagreeva Rao 1997. “Structuring a Theory of Moral Sentiments: Institutional and Organizational Coevolution in the Thrift Industry.” American Journal of Sociology 102:1606-1651.

Haveman, Heather A. and Lisa E. Cohen. 1994. “The Ecological Dynamics of Careers: The Impact of Organizational Founding, Dissolution, and Merger on Job Mobility.” American Journal of Sociology 100:104-152.

Haveman, Heather. 1992. “Between a Rock and a Hard Place: Organizational Change and Performance Under Conditions of Fundamental Environmental Transformation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:48-75.

Haveman, Heather. 1993. “Follow the Leader: Isomorphism and Entry into New Markets.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:593-627.

Haveman, Heather. 1993. “Organizational Size and Change: Diversification in the Savings and Loan Industry After Deregulation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:20-50.

Haveman, Heather. 2000. “The Future of Organizational Sociology: Forging Ties among Paradigms.” Contemporary Sociology 29:476-477.

Havnes, Pers-Anders; Senneseth, Knut. “A Panel Study of Firm Growth among SMEs in Networks.” Small Business Economics 16(4): 2001. 293-302.

Hawkins, Peter. 1997. “Organizational Culture: Sailing Between Evangelism and Complexity.” Human Relations 50:417-440.

Hawley, James P. 1995. “Political Voice, Fiduciary Activism, and the Institutional Ownership of U.S. Corporations: The Role of Public and Noncorporate Pension Funds.” Sociological Perspectives 38:415-435.

Hawley, Willis D. and Beryl A. Radin. 1988. Politics of Federal Reorganization: Creating the U.S. Department of Education. Oxford: Elsevier.

Hayashi, Takayuki. “Effect of R&D Programmes on the Formation of University-Industry-Government Networks: Comparative Analysis of Japanese R&D Programmes.” Research Policy 32(8): 2003. 1421-42.

Hayden, F Gregory. “Policymaking Network of the Iron-Triangle Subgovernment for Licensing Hazardous Waste Facilities.” Journal of Economic Issues 36(2): 2002. 477-84.

Hayden, F Gregory; Bolduc, Steven R. “Contracts and Costs in a Corporate/Government System Dynamics Network: A United States Case.” Industrial policies after 2000. 2000. 235-84.

Hayes, Robert H. and Gary P. Pisano. 1994. “Beyond World-Class: The New Manufacturing Strategy.” Harvard Business Review Jan.-Feb. 77-86.

Hayghe, Howard. 1988. “Employers and Child Care: What Roles Do They Play?” Monthly Labor Review 111:38-44.

Haynie, Dana L. “Delinquent Peers Revisited: Does Network Structure Matter?” American Journal of Sociology, 2001. 106, 4, Jan, 1013-1057.

Hays, Laurie. 1995. “The Outsider’’s New In Crowd: Five IBM Lifers.” Wall Street Journal January 12:B1.

Haythornthwaite, Caroline and Barry Wellman. 1998. “Work, Friendship and Media Use for Information Exchange in a Networked Organization.” Journal of the American Society for Information Science 49(12):1101-1114.

Haythornthwaite, Caroline. “Exploring Multiplexity: Social Network Structures in a Computer-Supported Distance Learning Class. Information Society, Jul-Sep2001. Vol. 17 Issue 3, p211, 16p.

Haythornthwaite, Caroline. 2002. “Strong, Weak, and Latent Ties and the Impact of New Media.” The Information Society 18(5):385-401.

Hayward, D J ; et al. “Networking, Technology, and Governance: Lessons from New Zealand Horticulture.” Environment and Planning A, vol. 30, no. 11, November 1998, pp. 2025-40.

Head, Keith; Ries, John; Spencer, Barbara J. “Vertical Networks and US Auto Parts Exports: Is Japan Different? Journal of Economics and Management Strategy 13(1): Special Issue Spring 2004. 37-67.

Healy, Marilyn; Perry, Chad. “Structures and Processes of the International Networks of Australian Small Business.” Developments in Australasian marketing. 2000. 223-34.

Heanue, Kevin; Jacobson, David. “Organizational Proximity and Institutional Learning. International Studies of Management & Organization, Winter2002/2003. Vol. 32 Issue 4, p56, 17p;

Hearn, Francis. 1978. “Rationality and Bureaucracy: Maoist Contributions to a Marxist Theory of Bureaucracy.” Sociological Quarterly 19:37-54.

Hearn, Jeff and Wendy Parkin. 1995. ‘Sex’ at ‘Work’: The Power and Paradox of Organization Sexuality. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Hechter, Michael. “Cooperation and Rationality: Notes on the Collective Action Problem and Its Solutions: Comment: On the Inadequacy of Game Theory for the Solution of Real-World Collective Action Problems.” The limits of rationality. 1990. pp. 240-49.

Hechter, Michael. “The Insufficiency of Game Theory for the Resolution of Real-World Collective Action Problems.” Rationality and Society 1992. 4, 1, Jan, 33-40.

Heckathorn, Douglas D. “A Formal Theory of Social Exchange: Process and Outcome.” Current Perspectives in Social Theory, 1984, 5, 145-180.

Heckathorn, Douglas D. “Collective Action and the Second-Order Free-Rider Problem.” Rationality and Society, 1989. 1, 1, July, 78-100.

Heckathorn, Douglas D. “Collective Action, Social Dilemmas and Ideology.” Rationality and Society 1998. 10, 4, Nov, 451-479.

Heckathorn, Douglas D. “Extensions of Power-Dependence Theory: The Concept of Resistance.” Social Forces, 1983, 61, 4, June, 1206-1231.

Heckathorn, Douglas D. “The Anatomy of Social Network Linkages.” Social Science Research, 1979, 8, 3, Sept, 222-252.

Heckathorn, Douglas D. “The Dynamics and Dilemmas of Collective Action.” American Sociological Review 1996. 61, 2, Apr, 250-277.

Heckathorn, Douglas D; Broadhead, Robert S; Anthony, Denise L; Weakliem, David L. “AIDS and Social Networks: HIV Prevention through Network Mobilization.” Sociological Focus 1999. 32, 2, May, 159-179.

Heckathorn, Douglas D; Rosenstein, Judith E. “Group Solidarity as the Product of Collective Action: Creation of Solidarity in a Population of Injection Drug Users.” Advances in Group Processes 2002. 19, 37-66.

Hecker, D. 1999. High technology employment: A broader view. Monthly Labor Review, June, 18-28.

Heckerman, David. “Bayesian Networks for Knowledge Discovery.” Advances in knowledge discovery and data mining. 1996, pp. 273-305.

Heckman, J. 1981. Heterogeneity and state dependence. In Studies of Labour Markets, by S. Rosen, ed. NBER, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Heckman, James J. 1976. “A Life Cycle Model of Earnings, Learning, and Consumption.” Journal of Political Economy 84:S11-44.

Heckman, James J. 1976. “The Common Structure of Statistical Models of Truncation, Sample Selection and Limited Dependent Variables and a Simple Estimator for Such Models.” Annals of Economic and Social Measurement 5:.

Heckman, James J. 1978. “Dummy Endogenous Variables in a Simultaneous Equation System.” Econometrica 46:931-959.

Heckman, James J. 1979. “Sample Selection Bias as a Specification Error.” Econometrica 47:153-161.

Heckman, James J. 1980. “Sample Selection Bias as a Specification Error with an Application to the Estimation of Labor Supply Functions.” Pp. 206-248 in Female Labor Supply: Theory and Estimation, edited by James P. Smith. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Heckman, James J. and Guilherme Sedlacek. 1985. “Heterogeneity, Aggregation, and Market Wage Functions: An Empirical Model of Self-Selection in the Labor Market.” Journal of Political Economy 93:1077-1125.

Heckman, James J. and Gulherme L. Sedlacek. 1990. “Self-Selection and the Distribution of Hourly Wages.” Journal of Labor Economics 8:S329-S363.

Heckman, James J. and Richard Robb. 1985. “Alternative Methods for Evaluating the Impact of Interventions.” Pp. in Longitudinal Analysis of Labor Market Data, edited by James J. Heckman and Burton Singer. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Heckman, James J. and Richard Robb. 1986. “Alternative Identifying Assumptions for Evaluating the Impact of Interventions.” Pp. 243-287 in Advances in Econometrics: Innovations in Quantitative Economics, edited by D. Slottje. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Heckman, James J. and V. Joseph Hotz. 1986. “An Investigation of the Labor Market Earnings of Panamanian Males: Evaluating the Sources of Inequality.” Journal of Human Resources 21:507-542.

Heckman, James J., Joseph Hotz and Marcelo Dabos. 1987. “Do We Need Experimental Data to Evaluate the Impact of Manpower Training on Earnings?” Evaluation Review 11:395-427.

Heckscher, Charles. 1995. White-Collar Blues: Management Loyalties in an Age of Corporate Restructuring. New York: Basic Books.

Heclo, Hugh. 1978. ““Issue Networks and the Executive Establishment.” Pp. 87-124 in The New American Political System, edited by Anthony King. Washington: American Enterprise Institute.

Hedstrom, Peter, Rickard Sandell and Charlotta Stern. 2000. “Mesolevel Networks and the Diffusion of Social Movements: The Case of the Swedish Social Democratic Party.” American Journal of Sociology 106:145-172.

Hedstrom, Peter. “Diffusion Processes and the Logic of Collective Action: On the Spatial Distribution of the Swedish Trade Union Movement, 1890-1940.” Sociologisk Forskning 1992. 29, 4, 3-22.

Hegtvedt, Karen A., Jody Clay-Warner and Elizabeth D. Ferrigno. 2002. “Reactions to Injustice: Factors Affecting Workers’ Resentment Toward Family-Friendly Policies.” Social Psychology Quarterly 65:386-400.

Heide, J. B. 1994. “Interorganizational Governance in Marketing Channels.” Journal of Marketing 58:71-85.

Heide, J. B. and John, G. (1988), “The role of dependence balancing in safeguarding transaction-specific assets in conventional channels”, Journal of Marketing, Vol. 52, pp. 20-35.

Heide, J.B. and George John. 1990. “Alliances in Industrial Purchasing: The Determinanets of Joint Action in Buyer-Supplier Relationships.” Journal of Marketing Research 27:24-36.

Heider, Fritz. 1946. “Attitudes and Cognitive Organization.” Journal of Psychology 21:107-112.

Heimovics, Richard D., Robert D. Herman and Carole L. Jurkiewicz. 1993. “Executive Leadership and Resource Dependence in Nonprofit Organizations: A Frame Analysis.” Public Administration Review 53:419-427.

Heinemann, Maik. “Adaptive Learning of Rational Expectations Using Neural Networks.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, vol. 24, no. 5-7, June 2000, pp. 1007-26.

Heinrich, Claus with Bob Betts. 2003. Adapt or die: transforming your supply chain into an adaptive business network. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.

Heinz, John P. and Edward O. Laumann. 1983.Chicago Lawyers: The Social Structure of the Bar. New York, NY: Russell Sage Foundation.

Heinz, John P., Edward O. Laumann, Robert H. Salisbury and Robert L. Nelson. 1990. “Inner Circles or Hollow Cores? Elite Networks in National Policy Systems.” Journal of Politics 52:356-390.

Heinz, John P., Edward O. Laumann, Robert L. Nelson and Robert H. Salisbury. 1993. The Hollow Core: Private Interests in National Policymaking. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Heinz, John P; Laumann, Edward O; Salisbury, Robert H; Nelson, Robert L. “Inner Circles or Hollow Cores? Elite Networks in National Policy Systems.” Journal of Politics, 1990, 52, 2, May, 356-390.

Heinz, John P; Manikas, Peter M. “Networks among Elites in a Local Criminal Justice System.” Law and Society Review, 1992, 26, 4, 831-861.

Heinz, John P; Schnorr, Paul S; Laumann, Edward O; Nelson, Robert L. “Lawyers’ Roles in Voluntary Associations: Declining Social Capital?” Law & Social Inquiry, 2001, 26, 3, summer, 597-629.

Heinze, Thomas. 2002. “The Structure of the Network of Interlocking Directorates of Large German Enterprises between 1989 and 2001.” Zeitschrift fur Soziologie 31:391-410.

Heisler, William J., W. David Jones and Philip O. Benham, Jr. 1988. Managing Human Resources Issues: Confronting Challenges and Choosing Options. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Held, David, Anthony McGrew, David Goldblatt and Johnathan Perraton. 1999. Global Transformations: Politics, Economic and Culture. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Heller, Frank, Eugen Pusic, George Strauss and Bernhard Wilpert. 1998. Organizational Participation: Myth and Reality. New York: Oxford University Press.

Helm, Dieter. “The Assessment: European Networks--Competition, Interconnection, and Regulation.” Oxford Review of Economic Policy 17(3): Autumn 2001. 297-312.

Helper, Susan and David Levine. 1992. “Long-term Supplier Relations and Product-Market Structure.” Journal of Law, Economics and Organization 8:561-582.

Helper, Susan. 1990. “Comparative Supplier Relations in the U.S. and Japanese Auto Industries: An Exit-Voice Approach.” Business Economic History 19:153-162.

Helper, Susan. 1991. “Strategy and Irreversibility in Supplier Relations: The Case of the U.S. Automobile Industry.” Business History Review 65:781-824.

Helper, Susan. 1993. “An Exit-Voice Analysis of Supplier Relations: The Case of the US Automobile Industry.” Pp. 141-160 in The Embedded Firm, edited by Gernot Grabher. London: Routledge.

Helpman, Elhanan; Persson, Torsten. “Lobbying and Legislative Bargaining.” Advances in Economic Analysis and Policy, vol. 1, no. 1, 2001.

Helweg, Arthur W. “India’s Immigrant Professionals in Toronto, Canada: The Study of a Social Network.” Population Review, 1985, 29, 1-2, Jan-Dec, 67-79.

Henderson, Dylan. “Building Interactive Learning Networks: Lessons from the Welsh Medical Technology Forum.” Regional Studies, vol. 32, no. 8, November 1998, pp. 783-87.

Henderson, Jeffrey, Peter Dicken, Martin Hess, Neil Coe and Henry Wai-Chung Yeung. 2002. “Global Production Networks and the Analysis of Economic Development.” Review of International Political Economy 9:436-464.

Henderson, Rebecca M. and Kim B. Clark. 1990. “Architectural Innovation: The Reconfiguration of Existing Product Technology and the Failure of Established Firms.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:9-31.

Henderson, Sarah L. 2002. “Selling Civil Society: Western Aid and the Nongovernmental Organization Sector in Russia.” Comparative Political Studies 35(2):139-167.

Heng-Li Yang; Jih-Hsin Tang. “Team structure and team performance in IS development: a social network perspective. Information & Management, Jan2004. Vol. 41 Issue 3, p335, 15p.

Henly, Julia R. “Informal Support Networks and the Maintenance of Low-Wage Jobs.” Laboring Below the Line: The New Ethnography of Poverty, Low-Wage Work, and Survival in the Global Economy,

Hennart, Jean-Francois and Ming Zeng. “Cross-Cultural Differences and Joint Venture Longevity. Journal of International Business Studies 2002. V33 I4 P699(18)

Hennart, Jean-Francois and Sabine Reddy. 1997. “The Choice Between Mergers/Acquisitions and Joint Ventures: The Case of Japanese Investors in the United States.” Strategic Management Journal 18:1-12.

Hennart, Jean-Francois. 1988. “A Transaction Costs Theory of Equity Joint Ventures.” Strategic Management Journal 9:361-374.

Hennart, Jean-Francois. 1991. “The Transaction Costs Theory of Joint Ventures.” Management Science 37:483-497.

Hennart, Jean-Francois. 1993. “Explaining the Swollen Middle: Why Most Transactions are a Mix of ‘Market’ and ‘Hierarchy’.” Organization Science 4:529-547.

Henry, Claude. “Public Service and Competition in the European Community Approach to Communications Network.” Oxford Review of Economic Policy, vol. 9, no. 1, Spring 1993, pp. 45-66.

Hensel, Nayantara D. “Strategic Management of Cost Efficiencies in Networks: Cross-Country Evidence on European Branch Banking.” European Financial Management 9(3): 2003. 333-60.

Henson, Ralph; Essex, Stephen. “The Development, Design and Evaluation of Sustainable Local Transport Networks.” International Social Science Journal, 2003. 55, 2(176), June, 219-233.

Heracleous, Loizos. 2001. “An Ethnographic Study of Culture in the Context of Organizational Change.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 37:426-446.

Heracleous, Loizos. 2001. “An Ethnography Study of Culture in the Context of Organizational Change.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 37:426-446.

Hergert, M. and D. Morris (1988), Trends in International Collaborative Agreements, in: Contractor/Lorange (eds.), Cooperative Strategies in International Business, Lexington:

Herman, Edward S. 1981. Corporate Control, Corporate Power. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Herman, Stan (ed.). 2002. Rewiring organizations for the networked economy: organizing, managing, and leading in the information age. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass/Pfeiffer.

Hermens, Antoine. “Knowledge Exchange in Strategic Alliances: Learning in Tension. Creativity & Innovation Management 2001. Vol. 10 Issue 3, P189, 12p;

Hernan, Roberto, Pedro L. Marin and Georges Siotis. 2003. “An Empirical Evaluation of the Determinants of Research Joint Venture Formation.” Journal of Industrial Economics 51:75-89.

Hernandez Santana, Alba H. “Organizational Informality and Networks.” Convergencia 2003. 10, 32-Aug, 337-358.

Hernandez Santana, Alba H. “Organizational Informality and Networks.” Convergencia, 2003. 10, 32, May-Aug, 337-358.

Herrera, Geoffrey L. “The Politics of Bandwidth: International Political Implications of a Global Digital Information Network.” Review of International Studies 28: 2002. Pp. 93-122.

Herrera, Geoffrey L. “The Politics of Bandwidth: International Political Implications of a Global Digital Information Network.” Review of International Studies 28(1): 2002. 93-122.

Herrigel, Gary. 1993. “Power and the Redefinition of Industrial Districts; The Case of Baden-Württemberg.” Pp. 227-251 in The Embedded Firm, edited by Gernot Grabher. London: Routledge.

Herrigel, Gary. 1996. Industrial Constructions: The Sources of German Industrial Power. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Herriot, Peter. 2001. The Employment Relationship: A Psychological Perspective. Philidelphia, PA: Routledge.

Hert, Philippe. “The Art of Reading the Network: A Case Study of Technological Innovation and Its Daily Use in Science.” Reseaux: The French Journal of Communication 1998. 6, 2, autumn, 283-313.

Hert, Philippe. “The Art of Reading the Network: A Case Study of Technological Innovation and Its Daily Use in Science.” Reseaux: The French Journal of Communication 1998. 6, 2, autumn, 283-313.

Hertz, Susanne. “Dynamics of Alliances in Highly Integrated Supply Chain Networks. International Journal of Logistics: Research & Applications 2001. Vol. 4 Issue 2, P237, 20p;

Hertz, Susanne; Alfredsson, Monica. “Strategic Development of Third Party Logistics Providers. Industrial Marketing Management 2003. Vol. 32 Issue 2, P139, 11p;

Heydebrand, Wolf V. 1977. “Organizational Contradictions in Public Bureaucracies: Toward a Marxian Theory of Organizations.” Sociological Quarterly 18:83-107.

Heydebrand, Wolf V. 1984. “Innovative Strategy in Complex Organizations.” La Critica Sociologica 69(Jan-Mar):23-47.

Heydebrand, Wolf V. 1989. “New Organizational Forms.” Work and Occupations 16:323-57.

Heyman, Bob; Swain, John; Gillman, Maureen; Handyside, Elizabeth C; Newman, Wendy. “Alone in the Crowd: How Adults with Learning Disabilities Cope with Social Networks Problems.” Social Science and Medicine, 1997, 44, 1, Jan, 41-53.

Hibbitt, Karen; Jones, Peris; Meegan, Richard. “Tackling Social Exclusion: The Role of Social Capital in Urban Regeneration on Merseyside-From Mistrust to Trust?.” European Planning Studies, 2001, 9, 2, 141-161.

Hibbler, Dan K.; Shinew, Kimberly J. “Interracial Couples' Experience of Leisure: A Social Network Approach. Journal of Leisure Research, 2002 2nd Quarter, Vol. 34 Issue 2, p135, 22p.

Hickson, D.J., C.R. Hinings, C.A. Lee, R.E. Schneck and J.M. Pennings. 1971. “A Strategic Contingencies’ Theory of Intraorganizational Power.” Administrative Science Quarterly 16:216-229.

Hickson, David J. and Derek S. Pugh. 1995. Management Worldwide: The Impact of Societal Culture on Organizations Around the Globe. London: Penguin.

Higgins, Monica C. 2001. “Reconceptualizing Mentoring at Work: A Developmental Network Perspective.” Academy of Management Review 26:264-288.

Hill, C.W. 1990. “Cooperation, Opportunism, and the Invisible Hand: Implications for Transaction Cost Theory.” Academy of Management Review 15:500-513.

Hill, Charles W. and Thomas M. Jones. 1992. “Stakeholder-Agency Theory.” Journal of Management Studies 29:131-154.

Hill, Charles W. and Thomas M. Jones. 1992. “Stakeholder-Agency Theory.” Journal of Management Studies 29:131-154.

Hill, Charles W.L. and Frank T. Rothaermel. 2003. “The Performance of Incumbent Firms in the Face of Radical Technological Innovation.” Academy of Management Review 28:257-274.

Hill, M. Anne and June E. O’Neill. 1992. “Intercohort Change in Women’s Labor Market Status.” Research in Labor Economics 13:215-86.

Hill, R A; Dunbar, R I M. “Social Network Size in Humans.” Human Nature, 2003. 14, 1, 53-72.

Hill, Stephen. 1991. “Why Quality Circles Failed but Total Quality Management Might Succeed.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 29:541-568.

Hill, Stephen. 1995. “The Social Organization of Boards of Directors.” British Journal of Sociology 46:245-278.

Hillier, Jean. “Going Round the Back? Complex Networks and Informal Action in Local Planning Processes.” Environment and Planning A 32: 2000. Pp. 33-54.

Hillier, Jean. “Going Round the Back? Complex Networks and Informal Action in Local Planning Processes.” Environment and Planning A 32(1): 2000. 33-54.

Hillman, Amy J. Albert A. Cannella Jr. and Ramona L. Paetzold. 2000. “The Resource Dependence Role of Corporate Directors: Strategic Adaptation of Board Composition in Response to Environmental Change.” Journal of Management Studies 37:235-255.

Hillman, Amy J. and Thomas Dalziel. 2003. “Boards of Directors and Firm Performance: Integrating Agency and Resource Dependence Perspectives.” Academy of Management Review 28:383-396.

Hillman, Amy J., Gerald D. Keim and Rebecca A. Luce. 2001. “Board Composition and Stakeholder Performance: Do Stakeholder Directors Make a Difference?” Business and Society 40:295-314.

Hillman, Arye L; Long, Ngo Van; Soubeyran, Antoine. “Protection, Lobbying, and Market Structure.” Journal of International Economics, vol. 54, no. 2, August 2001, pp. 383-409.

Hinings, C.R. and Royston Greenwood. 2002. “Disconnects and Consequences in Organization Theory?” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:411-421.

Hinings, C.R. and Royston Greenwood. 2002. “Disconnects and Consequences in Organization Theory?” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:411-421.

Hinings, C.R., D.J. Hickson, J.M. Pennings and R.E. Schneck. 1974. “Structural Conditions of Intraorganizational Power.” Administrative Science Quarterly 19:22-44.

Hinings, C.R., Royston Greenwood, Patricia Reay and Roy Suddaby. 1997. “The Reconstruction of an Organizational Field: The Case of Business Services.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.

Hinterhuber, H.H. and B.M. Levin. 1994. “Strategic Networks: The Organization of the Future.” Long Range Planning 3:43-53.

Hipple, Steven. 1998. “Contingent Work: Results from the Second Survey.” Monthly Labor Review November:22-35.

Hira, Anil and Ron Hira. 2000. “The New Institutionalism: Contradictory Notions of Change.” American Journal of Economics and Sociology 59:267-282.

Hirsch, Barton J; Mickus, Maureen; Boerger, Rebecca. “Ties to Influential Adults among Black and White Adolescents: Culture, Social Class, and Family Networks.” American Journal of Community Psychology, 2002. 30, 2, Apr, 289-303.

Hirsch, Paul M. 1986. “From Ambushes to Golden Parachutes: Corporate Takeovers as an Instance of Cultural Framing and Institutional Integration.” American Journal of Sociology 91:801-837.

Hirsch, Paul M. 1997. “Sociology Without Social Structure: Neoinstitutional Theory Meets Brave New World.” American Journal of Sociology 102:1702-1723.

Hirsch, Paul M. and Michael Lounsbury. 1997. “Putting the Organization Back into Organization Theory: Action, Change, and the ‘New’ Institutionalism.” Journal of Management Inquiry 6:79-88.

Hirsch-Kreinsen, Hartmut. “Corporate Networks-Revisited.” Zeitschrift fur Soziologie, 2002. 31, 2, Apr, 106-124

Hirschman, Albert O. 1970. Exit, Voice, and Loyalty: Responses to Decline in Firms, Organizations, and States. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Hirst, Paul. 1995. “Quangos and Democratic Government.” Parliamentary Affairs 48:341-359.

Hirst, Paul. 1997. From Statism to Pluralism: Democracy, Civil Society, and Global Politics. London: UCL Press.

Hislop, Donald et al. “Networks, Knowledge and Power: Decision Making, Politics and the Process of Innovation.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 12, no. 3, September 2000. pp. 399-411.

Hislop, Donald; et al. “Networks, Knowledge and Power: Decision Making, Politics and the Process of Innovation.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 12, no. 3, September 2000, pp. 399-411.

Hislop, Donald; et al. “Networks, Knowledge and Power: Decision Making, Politics and the Process of Innovation.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management 12(3): 2000. 399-411.

Hite, Julie M. “Evolutionary Processes and Paths of Embedded Network Ties in Emerging Entrepreneurial Firms.” Academy of Management Proceedings, 2001. pB1, 6p

Hitt, Michael A.; Dacin, M. Tina; Levitas, Edward; Arregle, Jean-Luc; Borza, Anca. “Partner Selection in Emerging and Developed Market Contexts: Resource-Based and Organizational Learning Perspectives.” Academy of Management Journal 2000. Vol. 43 Issue 3, P449, 19p;

Hitt, Michael A.; Ho-Uk Lee; Yucel, Emre. “The Importance of Social Capital to the Management of Multinational Enterprises: Relational Networks Among Asian and Western Firms. Asia Pacific Journal of Management 2002. Vol. 19 Issue 2/3, P353, 20p;

Hjorth, D, Johannisson, B and Steyaert, C 2003 'Entrepreneurship as Discourse and Life Style.' In Czarniawska, G and Sevon, G (Eds.) Northern Light - Organization Theory in Scandinavia. Malmö: Liber. Pp 91-110.

Hlebec, Valentina. “Meta-Analysis of Reliability of Network Measurement Instruments for Measuring Social Support in Complete Networks.” Teorija in Praksa, 2001. 38, 1, Jan-Feb, 63-76.

Hlebec, Valentina; Ferligoj, Anuska. “Reliability of Social Network Measurement Instruments.” Field Methods, 2002. 14, 3, Aug, 288-306.

Hlebec, Valentina; Ferligoj, Anuska. “Respondent Mood and the Instability of Survey Network Measurements.” Social Networks, 2001. 23, 2, May, 125-139.

Ho, Elsie Seckyee. “Multi-Local Residence, Transnational Networks: Chinese ‘Astronaut’ Families in New Zealand.” Asian and Pacific Migration Journal, 2002. 11, 1, 145-164.

Hobday, Mike. “Innovation in Semiconductor Technology: The Limits of the Silicon Valley Network Model.” The handbook of industrial innovation. 1994. pp. 154-68.

Hobday, Mike. “Innovation in Semiconductor Technology: The Limits of the Silicon Valley Network Model.” The handbook of industrial innovation. 1994. pp. 154-68.

Hobday, Mike. “The Electronics Industries of the Asia-Pacific: Exploiting International Production Networks for Economic Development.” Asian-Pacific Economic Literature 15(1): 2001. 13-29.

Hochschild, Arlie with Anne Machung. 1989. The Second Shift: Working Parents and the Revolution at Home. New York: Viking.

Hodge, B.J. and William P. Anthony. 1991. Organization Theory: A Strategic Approach. Fourth Ed. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Hodgetts, Richard M., Fred Luthans and Sang M. Lee. 1994. “New Paradigm Organizations: From Total Quality to Learning to World-Class.” Organizational Dynamics 22(Winter):5-19.

Hodgkinson, Virginia and Murray Weitzman. 1997. Nonprofit Almanac 1996-97: Dimensions of the Independent Sector. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1991. “Economic Evolution: Intervention Contra Pangloss.” Journal of Economic Issues 25:519-533.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1991. “Economic Evolution: Intervention Contra Pangloss.” Journal of Economic Issues 25:519-533.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1993. “Institutional Economics: Surveying the ‘Old’ and the ‘New’.” Metroeconomica 44:1-28.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1993. “Theories of Economic Evolution: A Preliminary Taxonomy.” Manchester School of Economic and Social Studies 61(2):125-144.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1993. “Theories of Economic Evolution: A Preliminary Taxonomy.” Manchester School of Economic and Social Studies 61(2):125-144.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1993. “Transaction Costs and the Evolution of the Firm.” Pp. 77-100 in Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies, edited by Christos Pitelis. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1993. “Transaction Costs and the Evolution of the Firm.” Pp. 77-100 in Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies, edited by Christos Pitelis. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1993. Economics and Evolution: Bringing Life Back Into Economics. Cambridge, UK, and Ann Arbor, MI: Polity Press and University of Michigan Press.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1993. Economics and Evolution: Bringing Life Back Into Economics. Cambridge, UK, and Ann Arbor, MI: Polity Press and University of Michigan Press.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1994. Optimisation and Evolution: Winter’s Critique of Friedman Revisited.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 18(4):413-430.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1994. Optimisation and Evolution: Winter’s Critique of Friedman Revisited.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 18(4):413-430.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1995. “Varieties of Capitalism from the Perspectives of Veblen and Marx.” Journal of Economic Issues 29:575-584.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1996. “An Evolutionary Theory of Long-Term Economic Growth.” International Studies Quarterly 40(3):391-410.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1996. “An Evolutionary Theory of Long-Term Economic Growth.” International Studies Quarterly 40(3):391-410.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1996. “Corporate Culture and the Nature of the Firm.” Pp. 249-270 in Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond, edited by John Groenewegen. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1998. “Competence and Contract in the Theory of the Firm.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 35:179-201.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1998. “Competence and Contract in the Theory of the Firm.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 35:179-201.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1998. “Evolutionary and Competence-Based Theories of the Firm.” Journal of Economic Studies 25:25-56.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1998. “Evolutionary and Competence-Based Theories of the Firm.” Journal of Economic Studies 25:25-56.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1998. “On the Evolution of Thorstein Veblen’s Evolutionary Economics.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 22(4):415-431.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1998. “On the Evolution of Thorstein Veblen’s Evolutionary Economics.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 22(4):415-431.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1998. “The Approach of Institutional Economics.” Journal of Economic Literature 36:166-192.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1998. “The Approach of Institutional Economics.” Journal of Economic Literature 36:166-192.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1999. Evolution and Institutions: On Evolutionary Economics and the Evolution of Economics. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 1999. Evolution and Institutions: On Evolutionary Economics and the Evolution of Economics. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 2000. “What Is the Essence of Institutional Economics?” Journal of Economic Issues 34:317-329.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 2000. “What Is the Essence of Institutional Economics?” Journal of Economic Issues 34:317-.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 2002. “The Legal Nature of the Firm and the Myth of the Firm-Market Hybrid.” International Journal of the Economics of Business 9:37-60.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 2002. “The Legal Nature of the Firm and the Myth of the Firm-Market Hybrid.” International Journal of the Economics of Business 9:37-60.

Hodgson, Geoffrey M. 2003. “Darwinism and Institutional Economics.” Journal of Economic Issues 37(March):85-97.

Hodgson, Geoffrey. 1988. Economics and Institutions: A Manifesto for a Modern Institutional Economics. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Hodgson, Vivien; Watland, Philip. “Researching Networked Management Learning. Management Learning, Jun2004. Vol. 35 Issue 2, p99, 18p

Hodgson, Vivien; Watland, Philip. “The Social Constructionist Case for Researching Networked Management Learning. Management Learning, Jun2004. Vol. 35 Issue 2, p125, 8p

Hodson, Randy and Robert L. Kaufman. 1982 “Economic Dualism: A Critical Review.” American Sociological Review 47:727-739.

Hodson, Randy. 1978. “Labor Monopoly, Competitive, and State Sectors of Production.” Politics and Society 8:429-480.

Hodson, Randy. 1991. “The Active Worker: Compliance and Autonomy at the Workplace.” Journal of Contemporary Ethnography 20:47-78.

Hodson, Randy. 1996.” Dignity in the Workplace under Participative Management: Alienation and Freedom Revisited.” American Sociological Review 61:719-738.

Hodson, Randy. 1998. “Organizational Ethnographies: An Underutilized Resource in the Sociology of Work.” Social Forces 76: 1173-1208.

Hodson, Randy. 1999. “Organizational Anomie and Worker Consent.” Work and Occupations 26:292-323.

Hodson, Randy. 2001. “Disorganized, Unilateral, and Participative Organizations: New Insights from the Ethnographic Literature.” Industrial Relations 40:204-230.

Hodson, Randy. 2001. Dignity at Work. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Hoff, Peter D; Raftery, Adrian E; Handcock, Mark S. 2002. “Latent Space Approaches to Social Network Analysis.” Journal of the American Statistical Association 97(460):1090-98.

Hofferth, Sandra L. “Kin Networks, Race, and Family Structure.” Journal of Marriage and the Family, 1984, 46, 4, Nov, 791-806.

Hoffman, Alan N., Timothy M. Stearns and Charles B. Shrader. 1990. “Structure, Context, and Centrality in Interorganizational Networks.” Journal of Business Research 20:333-47.

Hoffman, Richard C.; Preble, John F. “Global Diffusion Of Franchising: A Country Level Examination.” Multinational Business Review, Spring2001. Vol. 9 Issue 1, P66, 11p;

Hoffmann, Werner H.; Schlosser, Roman. “Success Factors of Strategic Alliances in Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises--An Empirical Survey.” Long Range Planning 2001. Vol. 34 Issue 3, P357, 25p;

Hofstede, Geert, and Michael Harris Bond. 1988. “The Confucius Connection: From Cultural Roots to Economic Growth.” Organizational Dynamics, 16(4):4-21.

Hofstede, Geert, Bram Neuijen, Denise Daval Ohayv and Geert Sanders. 1990. “Measuring Organizational Cultures: A Qualitative and Quantitative Study Across Twenty Cases.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:286-316.

Hofstede, Geert. 1980. “Culture and Organizations.” International Studies of Management & Organization 10:5-41.

Hofstede, Geert. 1980. Culture’s Consequences. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Hofstede, Geert. 1983. “National Cultures in Four Dimensions.” International Studies of Management and Organization 13: 46-74.

Hofstede, Geert. 1983. “National Cultures Revisited.” Behavior Science Research 18:285-305.

Hofstede, Geert. 1983. “The Cultural Relativity of Organizational Practices and Theories.” Journal of International Business Studies 14:75-89.

Hofstede, Geert. 1998. “Attitudes, Values and Organizational Culture: Disentangling the Concepts.” Organization Studies 19:477-493.

Hofstede, Geert. 1998. “Identifying Organizational Subcultures: An Empirical Approach.” Journal of Management Studies 35:1-11.

Hogan, Dennis P; Hao, Ling-Xin; Parish, William L. “Race, Kin Networks, and Assistance to Mother-Headed Families.” Social Forces, 1990, 68, 3, Mar, 797-812.

Hogan, Mark. “The General Motors-Toyota Joint Venture: A General Motors Perspective. Antitrust Bulletin, Winter99, Vol. 44 Issue 4, P821, 19p;

Hojnacki, Marie. 1997. “Interest Groups’ Decisions to Join Alliances or Work Alone.” American Journal of Political Science 41:61-87.

Hojnacki, Marie; Kimball, David C. “Organized Interests and the Decision of Whom to Lobby in Congress.” American Political Science Review, vol. 92, no. 4, December 1998, pp. 775-90.

Holland, Paul W., Katherine B. Laskey and Samuel Leinhardt. 1983. “Stochastic Blockmodels: Some First Steps.” Social Networks 5:109-137.

Hollifield, Ann; McCain, Thomas A. “A National Network in the Global Village: U.S. Policy Goals for an International Network.” Social Science Computer Review 1995. 13:183-206.

Hollinger, Franz; Haller, Max. “Kinship and Social Networks in Modern Societies: A Cross-Cultural Comparison among Seven Nations.” European Sociological Review, 1990, 6, 2, Sept, 103-124.

Hollstein, Betina. “Understanding Network Changes. On the Interplay of Structures and Meanings.” Berliner Journal fur Soziologie, 2003. 13, 2, 153-174.

Holm, Andrew. “A (Social) Capital Idea.” Harvard International Review, Winter2004. Vol. 25 Issue 4, p24, 4p.

Holmes-Eber, Paula. “Migration, Urbanization, and Women’s Kin Networks in Tunis.” Journal of Comparative Family Studies, 1997, 28, 2, summer, 54-72.

Holmstrom, B.R. and J. Tirole. 1989. “The Theory of the Firm.” Pp. 61-133 in Handbook of Industrial Organization, Vol. 1, edited by R. Schmalensee and R.D. Willig. Amsterdam: North Holland.

Holmstrom, B.R. and J. Tirole. 1989. “The Theory of the Firm.” Pp. 61-133 in Handbook of Industrial Organization, Vol. 1, edited by R. Schmalensee and R.D. Willig. Amsterdam: North Holland.

Holmstrom, Mark. “A Cure for Loneliness? Networks, Trust and Shared Services in Bangalore.” Small-scale enterprises in developing and transitional economies. 2002. 185-213.

Holschuh, Jane and Steven P. Segal. 2002. “Factors Related to Multiplexity in Support Networks of Persons with Severe Mental Illness.” Advances in Medical Sociology 8:293-321.

Holt, Gary D.; Love, Peter E.D. “The Learning Organisation: Toward A Paradigm For Mutually Beneficial Strategic Construction Alliances. International Journal of Project Management 2000. Vol. 18 Issue 6, P415, 7p;

Holyoke, Thomas T. 2004. “Community Mobilization and Credit: The Impact of Nonprofits and Social Capital on Community Reinvestment Act Lending.” Social Science Quarterly 85:187-205.

Holyoke, Thomas T. 2004. “Community Mobilization and Credit: The Impact of Nonprofits and Social Capital on Community Reinvestment Act Lending.” Social Science Quarterly 85:187-205.

Holzer, Boris. “Transnational Protest and the Corporate Planet-The Case of Mitsubishi Corporation vs. the Rainforest Action Network.” Asian Journal of Social Science, 2001. 29, 1, 73-86.

Holzer, Harry J. 1990. “The Determinants of Employee Productivity and Earnings.” Industrial Relations 29:403-422.

Holzer, Harry J. and David Neumark. 1998. “Are Affirmative Action Hires Less Qualified? Evidence From Employer-Employee Data on New Hires.” Journal of Labor Economics 17: 534-569.

Homer. 1996. The Odyssey. Translated by Robert Fagles. New York: Viking.

Hong, Jianzhong and Yrjö Engeström. 2004 “Changing Principles of Communication Between Chinese Managers and Workers: Confucian Authority Chains and Guanxi as Social Networking.” Management Communication Quarterly 17:552-585.

Hooghe, Liesbet (ed.). 1996. Cohesion Policy and European Integration: Building Multi-Level Governance. Oxord: Clarendon Press.

Hooghe, Liesbet and Gary Marks. 2001. Multi-Level Governance and European Integration. Boulder, CO: Rowman & Littlefield.

Hopt, Klaus J. and Gunther Teubner (eds.) 1984. Corporate governance and directors’ liabilities: legal, economic, and sociological analyses on corporate social responsibility. New York: Walter de Gruyter.

Horan, Patrick M. 1978. “Is Status Attainment Research Atheoretical?” American Sociological Review 43:534-541.

Horowitz, Allan V. and Susan C. Reinhard. 1995. “Family and Social Network Supports for the Seriously Mentally Ill: Patient Perceptions.” Research in Community and Mental Health 205-232.

Horowitz, Carl. 1998. “Do We Have the Right Workers to Staff a High-Tech Economy?” Investor’s Business Daily: January 21.

Horschelmann, Kathrin. “Media Networks in Transition: The Politics of Cultural Production in Post-Unification Germany.” Social & Cultural Geography, 2002. 3, 2, June, 155-174.

Horwitz, Allan. “Family, Kin, and Friend Networks in Psychiatric Help-Seeking.” Social Science and Medicine, 1978, 12, 4A, July, 297-304.

Horwitz, Allan. “Family, Kin, and Friend Networks in Psychiatric Help-Seeking.” Social Science and Medicine, 1978, 12, 4A, July, 297-304.

Horwitz, Allan. “Family, Kin, and Friend Networks in Psychiatric Help-Seeking.” Social Science and Medicine, 1978, 12, 4A, July, 297-304.

Horwitz, Morton J. 1987. “Santa Clara Revisited: The Development of Corporate Theory.” Pp. 13-63 in Corporations and Society: Power and Responsibility, edited by Warren J. Samuels and Arthur S. Miller. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Hoskisson, Robert E. and Michael A. Hitt. 1994. Downscoping: How to Tame the Diversified Firm. New York: Oxford University Press.

Hosmer, L.T. 1995. “Trust: The Connecting Link Between Organisational Theory and Philosophical Ethics.” Academy of Management Review 20:379-403.

Hospers, Gert-Jan; Van Lochem, Marcel. “Social capital and prosperity. New Economy, Mar2002. Vol. 9 Issue 1, p52, 5p

Hostede, Geert. 1991. Cultures and Organizations: Software of the Mind. London: McGraw-Hill.

Houman Andersen, Poul. “The Embeddedness of Selfish Routines: How Routines are Replicated in Business Networks. Industry & Innovation, Jun2003. Vol. 10 Issue 2, p159, 19p;

House, James S., Karl R. Landis and Debra Umberson. 1988. “Social Relationships and Health.” Science 241:540-545.

Houtzager, Bregje; Baerveldt, Chris. “Just like Normal: A Social Network Study of the Relation between Petty Crime and the Intimacy of Adolescent Friendships.” Social Behavior and Personality, 1999, 27, 2, 177-192.

Hovenkamp, Herbert. 1991. Enterprise and American Law, 1836-1937. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Howard, Philip E. N., Lee Rainie and Steve Jones. 2001. “Days and Nights on the Internet: The Impact of a Diffusing Technology.” American Behavioral Scientist 45:383-404.

Howell, David R. and Susan S. Wieler. 1998. “Skill-Biased Demand Shifts and the Wage Collapse in the United States: A Critical Perspective.” Eastern Economic Journal 24:343-366.

Howell, Michael, Melanie Trull, Mark D. Dibner. “The Rise of European Venture Capital For Biotechnology. Nature Biotechnology 2003. V21 I11 P1287-1291

Howells, J. 1990. “The Internationalization of R&D and the Development of Global Research Networks.” Regional Studies 24:495-512.

Howells, J. 1990. “The Location and Organization of Research and Development: New Horizons.” Research Policy 19:133-146.

Howells, J. and M. Wood. 1993. The Globalisation of Production Technology. London, UK: Belhaven Press.

Howlett, Michael. “Complex Network Management and the Governance of the Environment: Prospects for Policy Change and Policy Stability over the Long Term.” Governing the environment: Persistent challenges, uncertain innovations. 2001. Pp. 303-44.

Howlett, Michael. “Complex Network Management and the Governance of the Environment: Prospects for Policy Change and Policy Stability over the Long Term.” Governing the environment: Persistent challenges, uncertain innovations. 2001. 303-44.

Howlett, Michael. 2000. “Managing the ‘Hollow State’: Procedural Policy Instruments and Modern Governance.” Canadian Public Administration 43:412-.

Howlett, Michael. 2000. “Managing the ‘Hollow State’: Procedural Policy Instruments and Modern Governance.” Canadian Public Administration 43:412-.

Hoyt, Danny R; Babchuk, Nicholas. “Adult Kinship Networks: The Selective Formation of Intimate Ties with Kin.” Social Forces, 1983, 62, 1, Sept, 84-101.

Hsiao, C. 1986. Analysis of panel data. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Hubbard, R. Glenn (ed.). 1990. Asymmetric Information, Corporate Finance, and Investment. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Huber, George P. 1991. “Organizational Learning: The Contributing Processes and Literatures.” Organization Science 2:88-115.

Huber, George P. 1991. “Organizational Learning: The Contributing Processes and Literatures.” Organization Science 2:88-115.

Huber, George P. 1991. “Organizational Learning: The Contributing Processes and Literatures.” Organization Science 2:88-115.

Huckfeldt, R Robert. “Social Contexts, Social Networks, and Urban Neighborhoods: Environmental Constraints on Friendship Choice.” American Journal of Sociology, 1983, 89, 3, Nov, 651-669.

Huckfeldt, Robert; Beck, Paul Allen. “Political environments, cohesive social groups, and the communication of public opinion. American Journal of Political Science, Nov95, Vol. 39 Issue 4, p1025, 30p

Hudson, Alan. “NGOs’ Transnational Advocacy Networks: From ‘Legitimacy’ to ‘Political Responsibility’?” Global Networks 1: 2001. Pp. 331-52.

Hudson, Alan. 2001. “NGOs’ Transnational Advocacy Networks: From ‘Legitimacy’ to ‘Political Responsibility’?” Global Networks 1(4):331-352.

Hudson, Darren; Herndon, Cary W. “Factors Influencing Probability and Frequency of Participation in Merger and Partnership Activity in Agricultural Cooperatives. Agribusiness, Spring2002. Vol. 18 Issue 2, P231, 16p;

Huggins, R. “Technology Policy, Networks and Small Firms in Denmark.” Regional Studies, vol. 30, no. 5, August 1996, pp. 523-26.

Huggins, Robert. “Inter-Firm Network Policies and Firm Performance: Evaluating the Impact of Initiatives in the United Kingdom.” Research Policy 30(3): 2001. 443-58.

Huggins, Robert. “Reviewing Conservative Government Local Economic Development Policy from the Perspective of Training and Enterprise Councils: Strategy, Funding and Network Approaches.” Policy Studies 19: 1998. Pp. 51-72.

Huggins, Robert. “The Success and Failure of Policy-Implanted Inter-firm Network Initiatives: Motivations, Processes and Structure.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 12(2): -June 2000. 111-35.

Huggins, Robert. 2000. “The Success and Failure of Policy-Implanted Inter-firm Network Initiatives: Motivations, Processes and Structure.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 12:111-35.

Huggins, Robert. 2000. “The Success and Failure of Policy-Implanted Inter-firm Network Initiatives: Motivations, Processes and Structure.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, 12(2):111-135.

Huggins, Robert. 2001. “Inter-Firm Network Policies and Firm Performance: Evaluating the Impact of Initiatives in the United Kingdom.” Research Policy 30:443-458.

Hugh Heclo. 1978. ““Issue Networks and the Executive Establishment.” Pp. 87-124 in The New American Political System, edited by Anthony King. Washington:American Enterprise Institute.

Hughes, Austin L. “Kin Networks and Political Leadership in a Stateless Society, the Toda of South India.” Ethology and Sociobiology, 1988, 9, 1, 29-44.

Hughes, James; John, Peter; Sasse, Gwendolyn. “From Plan to Network: Urban Elites and the Post-Communist Organisational State in Russia.” European Journal of Political Research, 2002. 41, 3, May, 395-420.

Hui, Chun and George Graen. 1997. “Guanxi and Professional Leadership in Contemporary Sino-American Joint Ventures in Mainland China.” Leadership Quarterly 8:451-465.

Huisman, Mark; Snijders, Tom A B. “Statistical Analysis of Longitudinal Network Data with Changing Composition.” Sociological Methods & Research, 2003. 32, 2, Nov, 253-287.

Hula, Kevin W. 1999. Lobbying Together: Interest Group Coalitions in Legislative Politics. Washington: Georgetown University Press.

Hulsen, Madeleine; De Bot, Kees; Weltens, Bert. “Between Two Worlds.” Social Networks, Language Shift, and Language Processing in Three Generations of Dutch Migrants in New Zealand.” International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 2002. 153, 27-52.

Hulsink, Willem. 1999. Privatisation and Liberalisation in European Telecommunications: comparing Britain, the Netherlands, and France. Londo: Routledge.

Human, Sherrie E. and Keith G. Provan. 1997. “An Emergent Theory of Structure and Outcomes in Small-Firm Strategic Manufacturing Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 40:368-403.

Human, Sherrie E. and Keith G. Provan. 2000. “Legitimacy Building in the Evolution of Small-firm Multilateral Networks: A Study of Success and Demise.” Administrative Science Quarterly 45:327-365.

Hummon, Norman P. “Organizational Structures and Network Processes.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1990. 15:149-161.

Hummon, Norman P. and Kathleen Carley. 1993. “Social Networks as Normal Science.” Social Networks 15:71-106.

Hummon, Norman P; Doreian, Patrick. 1990. “Computational Methods for Social Network Analysis.” Social Networks 12:273-288.

Hummon, Norman P; Doreian, Patrick. 2003. “Some Dynamics of Social Balance Processes: Bringing Heider Back into Balance Theory.” Social Networks 25: 17-49.

Hummon, Norman P; Fararo, Thomas J. 1995. “Actors and Networks as Objects.” Social Networks 17:1-26.

Humphrey, John. “Globalization and Supply Chain Networks: The Auto Industry in Brazil and India.” Global Networks 3(2): 2003. 121-41.

Humphreys, P.K.; Lai, M.K.; Sculli, D. “An Inter-Organizational Information System For Supply Chain Management. International Journal of Production Economics, 04/18/2001. Vol. 70 Issue 3, P245, 11p;

Hung, Shih-Chang. “Mobilising networks to achieve strategic difference. Long Range Planning, Dec2002. Vol. 35 Issue 6, p591, 23p;

Hunt, E. K. 1979. “The Importance of Thorstein Veblen for Contemporary Marxism.” Journal of Economic Issues 13:113-139.

Hunt, Shelby D. 1995. “The Resource-Advantage Theory of Competition: Toward Explaining Productivity and Economic Growth.” Journal of Management Inquiry 4:317-332.

Hunt, Shelby D. 1997. “Evolutionary Economics, Endogenous Growth Models, and Resource-Advantage Theory.” Eastern Economic Journal 23(4):427-441.

Hunt, Shelby D. 1997. “Resource-Advantage Theory and the Wealth of Nations.” Journal of Socio-Economics 26:335-357.

Hunt, Shelby D. 1997. “Resource-Advantage Theory: An Evolutionary Theory of Competitive Behavior?” Journal of Economic Issues 31(1):59-77

Hunt, Shelby D. and Robert M. Morgan. 1995. “A Comparative Advantage Theory of Competition.” Journal of Marketing 59(2):1-15

Hunt, Shelby D. and Robert M. Morgan. 1996. “The Resource-Advantage Theory of Competition: Dynamics, Path Dependencies, and Evolutionary Dimensions.” Journal of Marketing 60(3):107-114.

Hunt, Shelby D. and Robert M. Morgan. 1997. “Resource-Advantage Theory: A General Theory of Competition?” Journal of Marketing 61(4):74-82.

Hunt, Shelby D. and Robert M. Morgan. 1997. “The Resource-Advantage Theory: A Snake Swallowing Its Tail or a General Theory of Competition?” Journal of Marketing 61(3):74-82.

Hunter, Albert. 1993. “National Federations: The Role of Voluntary Organizations in Linking Macro and Micro Orders in Civil Society.” Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly 22(3):121-136.

Hunter, Floyd. 1953. Community Power Structure. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Hunter, Starling D., Arie Y. Lewin, Tomoaki Sakano and Timothy N. Carroll. 1997. “Information Technology and New Organization Forms: A Cross-Cultural Analysis of U.S. and Japanese Retailers.” Durham, NC: Fuqua School of Business, Duke University.

Huntoon, Laura. 2001. “Government Use of Nonprofit Organizations to Build Social Capital.” Journal of Socio-Economics 30:157-.

Hurlbert, Jeanne S. 1991. “Social Networks, Social Circles, and Job Satisfaction.” Work and Occupations 18:415-430.

Hurlbert, Jeanne S., Valerie A. Haines and John J. Beggs. 2000. “Core Networks and Tie Activation: What Kinds of Routine Networks Allocate Resources in Nonroutine Situations?” American Sociological Review 65:598-618.

Hurlbert, Jeanne S; Beggs, John J; Haines, Valerie A. 2001. “Social Networks and Social Capital in Extreme Environments.” in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald S. Burt. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Hurst, David K. 1995. Crisis and Renewal: Meeting the Challenge of Organizational Change. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Hurst, James W. 1970. The Legitimacy of the Business Corporation in the Law of the United States, 1780-1970. Charlottesville, VA: University of Virginia Press.

Huselid, Mark A. 1995. “The Impact of Human Resource Management Practices on Turnover, Productivity, and Corporate Financial Performance.” Academy of Management Journal 38:635-672.

Huselid, Mark A. and Brian E. Becker. 1996. “Methodological Issues in Cross-Sectional and Panel Estimates of the Human Resource-Firm Performance Link.” Industrial Relations 35:400-422.

Hutchins, E. 1995. Cognition in the Wild. The MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.

Hutchinson, James M; Lo, Andrew W; Poggio, Tomaso. “A Nonparametric Approach to Pricing and Hedging Derivative Securities via Learning Networks.” Journal of Finance, vol. 49, no. 3, July 1994, pp. 851-89.

Hutchison, Terence. 1991. “Institutionalist Economics Old and New.” Pp. 35-44 in The New Institutional Economics, edited by Erik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter. College Station, TX: Texas A&M University Press.

Hutt, Michael D.; Stafford, Edwin R. “Defining the Social Network of A Strategic Alliance. Sloan Management Review 2000. Vol. 41 Issue 2, P51, 12p;

Hylton, Maria O'Brien. 1996. “Legal and Policy Implications of the Flexible Employment Relationship.” Journal of Labor Research 17:583-593.

Hyman, James B. “Exploring Social Capital and Civic Engagement to Create a Framework for Community Building. Applied Developmental Science, Oct2002. Vol. 6 Issue 4, p196, 7p;

Hyman, Richard. 1987. “Strategy or Structure? Capital, Labour and Control.” Work, Employment and Society 1:25-55.

Hyvarinen, Matti. “A New Type of Political Party or a Network of Change?” Sosiologia, 1983, 20:273-284.

Iacobucci, Dawn and Amy Ostrom. 1996. “Commercial and Interpersonal Relationships: Using the Structure of Interpersonal Relationships to Understand Individual-to-Individual, Individual-to-Firm, and Firm-to-Firm Relationships in Commerce.” International Journal of Research in Marketing 13:53-72.

Iacobucci, Dawn and N. Hopkins. 1992. “Modeling Dyadic Interactions and Networks in Marketing.” Journal of Marketing Research 29:5-17.

Iacobucci, Dawn. 1996. Networks in Marketing. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Iansiti, Marco and Tarun Khanna. 1995. “Technological Evolution, System Architecture and the Obsolescence of Firm Capabilities.” Industrial and Corporate Change 4(2):333-361.

Ibarra, Herminia and Steven B. Andrews. 1993. “Power, Social Influence and Sense Making: Effects of Network Centrality and Proximity on Employee Perceptions.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:277-303.

Ibarra, Herminia. 1992. “Homophily and Differential Returns: Sex Differences in Network Structure and Access in an Advertising Firm.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:422-447.

Ibarra, Herminia. 1992. “Structural Alignments, Individual Strategies, and Managerial Action: Elements Toward a Network Theory of Getting Things Done.” Pp. 165-188 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Ibarra, Herminia. 1993. “Network Centrality, Power and Innovation Involvement: Determinants of Technical and Administrative Roles.” Academy of Management Journal 36:471-501.

Ibarra, Herminia. 1993. “Personal Networks of Women and Minorities in Management: A Conceptual Framework.” Academy of Management Review 18:56-87.

Ibarra, Herminia. 1993. “Untangling the Web of Interconnections: An Exploration of Competing Explanations for Gender Differences in Managerial Networks.” Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration mimeo.

Ibarra, Herminia. 1995. “Race, Opportunity, and Diversity of Social Circles in Managerial Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 38:673-701.

Ibarra, Herminia. 1997. “Paving an Alternative Route: Gender Differences in Managerial Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 60:91-102.

Icart, Ignasi Brunet; Eraso, Angel Belzunegui. “Around the Networks of Business and Territory.” Revista Espanola de Investigaciones Sociologicas, 2001. 95, July-Sept, 69-98.

Ichbiah, Daniel and Susan L. Knepper. 1991. The Making of Microsoft: How Bill Gates and His Team Created the World’s Most Successful Software Company. Rocklin, CA: Prima Publishing.

Ichniowski, Casey, David I. Levine, Craig Olson and George Strauss (eds.). 2000. The American Workplace: Skills, Compensation, and Employee Involvement. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Ichniowski, Casey, Kathryn Shaw and Giovanna Prennushi. 1997. “The Effects of Human Resource Management Practices on Productivity: A Study of Steel Finishing Lines.” American Economic Review 87:291-313.

Ichniowski, Casey, Thomas A. Kochan, David Levine, Craig Olson and George Strauss. 1996. “What Works at Work: Overview and Assessment.” Industrial Relations 35:299-333.

Idson, Todd L. 1989. “Establishment Size Differentials in Internal Mobility.” Review of Economics and Statistics 71:721-724.

Idson, Todd L. 1990. “Establishment Size, Job Satisfaction and the Structure of Work.” Applied Economics 22:1007-1018.

Idson, Todd L. and Daniel J. Feaster. 1990. “A Selectivity Model of Employer-Size Wage Differentials.” Journal of Labor Economics 8:99-122.

Iglic, Hajdeja. “Social Capital, Social Networks and Political Behavior: Empirical Study.” Druzboslovne Razprave, 2001. 17, 37-38, Aug-Dec, 167-190.

Illes, Louise Moser. 1996. Sizing Down: Chronicle of a Plant Closing. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Imada, Erika. “The Establishment and Dissolution of “Girl’s Networks” in a Girl’s Magazine: As Seen from the Readers’ Column of a Girl’s Magazine in 1931-1945.” Kyoiku-shakaigaku Kenkyu/Journal of Educational Sociology, 2002. 70, May, 185-202.

Immergut, Ellen M. 1998. “The Theoretical Core of the New Institutionalism.” Politics & Society 26:5-34.

Indergaard, Michael. “The Webs They Weave: Malaysia's Multimedia Super-Corridor and New York City's Silicon Alley. Urban Studies 2003. V40 I2 P379(23)

Ingber, Donald. 1998. “The Architecture of Life.” Scientific American (January):48-57

Ingram, Paul and Tal Simons. 1995. “Institutional and Resource Dependence Determinants of Responsiveness to Work-Family Issues.” Academy of Management Journal 5:1466-1482.

Ingram, Paul, and Joel A. C. Baum. 1997. “Opportunity and constraint: Organizations’ learning from the operating and competitive experience of industries.” Strategic

Ingram, Paul. 2002. “Interorganizational Learning.” Pp. 642-663 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Inkpen, A.C. 1998. Learning and knowledge acquisition through international strategic alliances. The Academy of Management Executive, 12(4): 69-80.

Inkpen, A.C., 2000, A note on the dynamics of learning alliances: competition, cooperation, and relative scope, Strategic Management Journal, 21(7): 775-779.

Inkpen, A.C., and Dinur, A. 1998. Knowledge management processes and international joint ventures. Organization Sciences, 9(4): 454-468.

Inkpen, Andrew C. and Beamish, Paul W. 1997. “Knowledge, Bargaining Power, and the Instability of International Joint Ventures.” Academy of Management Review 22:177-202.

Inkpen, Andrew C.; Ross, Jerry. “Why Do Some Strategic Alliances Persist Beyond Their Useful Life? California Management Review, Fall2001. Vol. 44 Issue 1, P132, 17p;

Inkpen, Andrew. 1995. The Management of International Joint Ventures: An Organizational Learning Perspective. London: Routledge.

Inose, Hiroshi. 1984. “Challenges for Policy of Network Oriented Society: A Japanese View.” Information Economics and Policy. 1:369-379.

Inskip, Robin. “The Marigold System: A Case Study of Community Planning Networks and Community Development.” Occasional Papers - Dalhousie University, School of Library and Information Studies, 1987, 41.

Institutional Analysis of the Danish Red Cross.” Pp. 67-90 in The Institutional Construction of Organizations, edited by W. Richard Scott and Søren Christensen. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Internal Revenue Service. 1996. “1995, Exempt Organizations and Other Entities Listed on Exempt Organizations and Business Master File. 1995 IRS Annual Data Book Report. Format 123 ver. 1a, Excel ver. 4.” (March 30, 2000).

Internal Revenue Service. 1999. “1994-1997. Exempt Organizations and Other Entities Listed on Exempt Organization Business Master File. 1997 IRS Annual Data Book. Format Lotus 123 ver. 1a, Excel ver. 4.” (March 30, 2000).

Ireland, Paddy. 1996. “Corporate Governance, Stakeholding, and the Company: Towards a Less Degenerate Capitalism?’ Journal of Law and Society 23(3):287-320.

Ireland, R. Duane; Hitt, Michael A.; Vaidyanath, Deepa. “Alliance Management as a Source of Competitive Advantage. Journal of Management, 2002. Vol. 28 Issue 3, P413, 34p;

Irwin, Sarah and Wendy Bottero. 2000. “Market Returns? Gender and Theories of Change in Employment Relations.” British Journal of Sociology 51:261-272.

Isabella, Lynn A. “Managing an Alliance Is Nothing Like Business as Usual. Organizational Dynamics 2002. Vol. 31 Issue 1, P47, 13p;

Isabella, Lynn A. 1989. “Downsizing: Survivors’ Assessments.” Business Horizons (May-June) 35-41.

Ishii-Kuntz, Masako; Maryanski, A R. “Conjugal Roles and Social Networks in Japanese Families.” Journal of Family Issues, 2003. 24, 3, Apr, 352-380.

Ishikawa, Kaoru. 1985. What is Total Quality Control? The Japanese Way. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Israel, Glenn D., Lionel J. Beaulieu and Glen Hartless. “The Influence of Family and Community Social Capital On Educational Achievement. Rural Sociology 2001. V66 I1 P43

Izushi, Hiro. “Conflict between Two Industrial Networks: Technological Adaptation and Inter-firm Relationships in the Ceramics Industry in Seto, Japan.” Regional Studies, vol. 31, no. 2, April 1997, pp. 117-29.

Izushi, Hiro; Henderson, Dylan. “Designing Learning Networks in Peripheral Regions: Comparison of Two Models.” Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy, vol. 18, no. 6, December 2000, pp. 697-710.

Jackman, Richard. 1995 “Unemployment and Wage Inequality in OECD.” London School of Economics, Centre for Economic Performance Discussion Paper: 235

Jackson, Matthew O. and Asher Wolinsky. 1996. “A Strategic Model of Social and Economic Networks.” Journal of Economic Theory 71:44-74.

Jackson, Matthew O; Watts, Alison. “The Evolution of Social and Economic Networks.” Journal of Economic Theory 106(2): 2002. 265-95.

Jackson, Tim. 1997. Inside Intel: Andy Grove and the Rise of the World’s Most Powerful Chip Company. New York: Dutton.

Jackson, Tony. 1998. “Shareholder Value: Obstacles May Be More Deep-Seated Than Expected.” Financial Times May 14:10.

Jackson-Elmoore, Cynthia and Richard C. Hula. 2001. “Emerging Roles of Nonprofit Organizations: An Introduction.” Policy Studies Review 18:1-5.

Jacob, Real. 1999. “The Employee Training and Development Function and Diffuse Innovation. Some Thoughts and Proposals.” (La Fonction formation et developpement de la main-d’oeuvre et l’innovation diffuse: Quelques Pistes de reflexion et d’action.) Relations industrielles/Industrial Relations 54:472-488.

Jacob, Varghese S; Marsden, James R. “A Networked Expert System Framework for Economic Policy Analysis.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control 14: 1990. Pp. 201-17.

Jacobs D.M., Useem M. and Zald M., 1991, Firms, Industries, and Politics, Research in Political Sociology 5

Jacobs, Brian D. “A Bureau-Political Model of Local Networks and Public/Private Partnerships: Responses to Crisis and Change.” Journal of Contingencies and Crisis Management 1996. 4:133-148.

Jacobs, David. 1974. “Dependency and Vulnerability: An Exchange Approach to the Control of Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 19:45-59.

Jacobs, Jerry A., Marie Lukens and Michael Useem. 1995. “Organizational, Job and Individual Determinants of Workplace Training: Evidence from the National Organizations Survey.” Social Science Quarterly 77:159-76.

Jacobson, C., S. Lenway and Peter Smith Ring. 1993. “The Political Embeddedness of Private Economic Transactions: Implications for Entry Mode Strategies.” Journal of Management Studies 30:453-478.

Jacobson, David; Heanue, Kevin; Mottiar, Ziene. “Industrial Districts and Networks: Different Modes of Development of the Furniture Industry in Ireland?” Public investment and regional economic development. 2001, pp. 92-108.

Jacobson, David; Heanue, Kevin; Mottiar, Ziene. “Industrial Districts and Networks: Different Modes of Development of the Furniture Industry in Ireland?” Public investment and regional economic development. 2001. 92-108.

Jacoby, Sanford M. 1990. “The New Institutionalism: What Can It Learn from the Old?” Industrial Relations 29:316-340.

Jacoby, Sanford. 1985. Employing Bureaucracy: Managers, Unions, and the Transformation of Work in American Industry, 1900-1945. New York: Columbia University Press.

Jacquier-Roux, Virginie; Bourgeois, Bernard. “New Networks of Technological Creation in Energy Industries: Reassessment of the Roles of Equipment Suppliers and Operators.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 14, no. 4, December 2002, pp. 399-417.

Jacquier-Roux, Virginie; Bourgeois, Bernard. “New Networks of Technological Creation in Energy Industries: Reassessment of the Roles of Equipment Suppliers and Operators.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management 14(4): 2002. 399-417.

Jaeger, David A. and Ann Huff Stevens. 1998. “Is Job Stability in the United States Falling? Reconciling Trends in the Current Population Survey and Panel Study of Income Dynamics.” Paper presented at the Russell Sage Foundation Conference on Job Stability and Security.

Jaffe, A. 1986. Technological opportunity and spillovers of R&D: Evidence from firms’ patents, profits and market value. American Economic Review, 76: 984-1001.

Jaffe, A. 1989. Characterizing the ‘technological position’ of firms, with application to quantifying technological opportunity and research spillovers. Research Policy, 18: 87-97.

Jaffe, Adam B. 1986. “Technological Opportunity and Spillovers of R&D: Evidence from Firms’ Patents, Profits, and Market Value.” American Economic Review 76(5):984-1002.

Jaffe, Adam, Manuel Trajtenberg, and Rebecca Henderson. 1993. “Geographic Localization of Knowledge Spillovers, as Evidence by Patent Citations.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 108: 577-598.

Jägers, H.P.M. and Jansen, W., Het ontwerpen van effectieve organisaties (Designing Effective Organizations), Stenfert Kroese, Leiden, 1991

Jägers, H.P.M., W. Jansen and G.C.A. Steenbakkers, Characteristics of Virtual Organizations, in: Organizational Virtualness, P.Sieber et al. (eds.), Simowa Verlag, Bern, 1998

James, Erika Hayes. 2000. “Race-Related Differences in Promotions and Support: Underlying Effects of Human and Social Capital.” Organization Science 11:493-.

James, Harvey S. 2003. “Employment Contracts, U.S. Common Law and the Theory of the Firm.” International Journal of the Economics of Business 10:49-66.

Jamison, Mark A. 1998. “Emerging Patterns in Global Telecommunications Alliances and Mergers.” Industrial and Corporate Change 7: 695-713.

Jang, Ha-Yong; Barnett, George A. “Cultural Differences in Organizational Communication: A Semantic Network Analysis.” BMS, Bulletin de Methodologie Sociologique 1994. 44 31-59.

Janis, I.L., 1972, Victims of groupthink, Boston, Mass., Houghton

Janjuha-Jivraj, Shaheena. “The Sustainability of Social Capital within Ethnic Networks. Journal of Business Ethics, Sep2003 Part 3, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p31, 13p;

Jann, Ben. 2003. “Old Boy Network. Military Service and Professional Success in Civilian Life in Switzerland.” Zeitschrift fur Soziologie 32:139-155.

Jansen, Leo. “Rediscovery of Politics by Problem-Oriented Learning: Regional Roundtables and Political Networks.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen 1996. 9:40-56.

Jansen, Leo. “Rediscovery of Politics by Problem-Oriented Learning: Regional Roundtables and Political Networks.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 1996, 9, 3, Sept, 40-56.

Jansen, W., H.P.M. Jägers and G.C.A. Steenbakkers, Knowledge, interdependence and Information Technology in Networks, an analysis of networks and virtual organizations, PrimaVera Working Paper 97-08, University of Amsterdam, May 1997.

Jansen, W., H.P.M. Jägers and G.C.A. Steenbakkers. 1998. “Coordination and Use of ICT in Virtual Organisations.” Paper presented to 14th EGOS Colloquium, Maastricht, The Netherlands.

Jansson, Hans; Saqib, M; Sharma, D Deo. “The state and transnational corporations: A network approach to industrial policy in India.” New Horizons in International Business series. Aldershot, UK: Elgar. 1995.

Jansson, Ingegerd. “Popularity Structure in Friendship Networks.” Social Networks, 1999, 21, 4, Oct, 339-359.

Jarillo, José Carlos. 1988. “On Strategic Networks.” Strategic Management Journal 9:31-41.

Jarillo, José Carlos. 1993. Strategic Networks: Creating the Borderless Organization. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann.

Jarley, Paul and Cheryl L. Maranto. 1990. “Union Corporate Campaigns: An Assessment.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 43:505-524.

Jarosz, Lucy. “Understanding Agri-food networks as Social Relations.” Agriculture and Human Values 17(3): 2000. 279-83.

Jarrell, Gregg A., James A. Brickley and Jeffrey N. Netter. 1988. “The Market for Corporation Control: The Empirical Evidence Since 1980.” Journal of Financial Economics 19:127-168.

Jarvenpaa, S.L. and T.R. Shaw, Global Virtual Teams: Integrating Models of Trust, in: Organizational Virtualness, P.Sieber et al. (eds.), Simowa Verlag, Bern, 1998

Jarvenpaa, S.L., and Leidner, D.E. 1998. Do you read me? The development and maintenance of trust in global virtual teams, INSEAD working paper 97/95/TM.

Jasic, Teo. 1998. “Testing for Nonlinearity and Deterministic Chaos in Monthly Japanese Stock Market Data.” Zagreb International Review of Economics and Business 1:61-82.

Jasper, James M; Poulsen, Jane D. “Recruiting Strangers and Friends: Moral Shocks and Social Networks in Animal Rights and Anti-Nuclear Protests.” Social Problems, 1995, 42, 4, Nov, 493-512.

Jasper, James M; Poulsen, Jane D. “Recruiting Strangers and Friends: Moral Shocks and Social Networks in Animal Rights and Anti-Nuclear Protests.” Social Problems, 1995, 42, 4, Nov, 493-512.

Jawahar, I.M. and Gary L. McLaughlin. 2001. “Toward a Descriptive Stakeholder Theory: An Organizational Life Cycle Approach.” Academy of Management Review 26:397-414.

Jehn, Karen A. 1997. “A Quantitative Analysis of Conflict Types and Dimensions in Organizational Groups.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:530-557.

Jelinek, Mariann and Claudia B. Schoonhoven. 1990. Innovation Marathon: Lessons from High Technology Firms. New Jersey: Blackwell,.

Jencks, Christopher, Susan Barlett et al. 1979. Who Gets Ahead? The Determinants of Economic Success in America. New York: Basic Books.

Jenkins, Alan. 2000. Employment Relations in France: Evolution and Innovation. Boston: Kluwer Academic

Jenkins, J Craig; Eckert, Craig M. “The Corporate Elite, the New Conservative Policy Network, and Reaganomics.” Critical Sociology, 1989, 16, 2-3, summer-fall, 121-144.

Jenkins, J. Craig. 1988. “Nonprofit Organizations and Public Advocacy.” Pp. 296-320 in The Nonprofit Sector: A Research Handbook, edited by Walter W. Powell. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Jennings, Daniel F.; Artz, Kendall; Gillin, L. Murray; Christodouloy, Christodoulos. “Determinants of Trust in Global Strategic Alliances: AMRAD and the Australian Biomedical Industry. Competitiveness Review, 2000. Vol. 10 Issue 1, P25, 20p;

Jennings, Edward T. and Jo Ann G. Ewalt. 1998. “Interorganizational Coordination, Administrative Consolidation, and Policy Performance.” Public Administration Review 58(5):417-28.

Jennings, Edward T. and Jo Ann G. Ewalt. 1998. “Interorganizational Coordination, Administrative Consolidation, and Policy Performance.” Public Administration Review 58(5):417-28.

Jensen, Michael C. 1988. “Takeovers: Their Causes and Consequences.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 2:21-48.

Jensen, Michael C. 1998. Foundations of Organizational Strategy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Jensen, Michael C. 1998. Foundations of Organizational Strategy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Jensen, Michael C. 2002. A Theory of the Firm: Governance, Residual Claims, and Organizational Forms. Cambridge: MA: Harvard University Press.

Jensen, Michael C. 2002. A Theory of the Firm: Governance, Residual Claims, and Organizational Forms. Cambridge: MA: Harvard University Press.

Jensen, Michael C. and Kevin J. Murphy. 1990. “Performance Pay and Top-Management Incentives.” Journal of Political Economy 98:225-264.

Jensen, Michael C. and Richard S. Ruback. 1983. “The Market for Corporate Control: The Scientific Evidence.” Journal of Financial Economics 11:5-50.

Jensen, Michael C. and William H. Meckling. 1976. “Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Cost and Ownership Structure.” Journal of Financial Economics 3:305-60.

Jensen, Michael C. and William H. Meckling. 1976. “Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Cost and Ownership Structure.” Journal of Financial Economics 3:305-60.

Jenssen, Jan Inge; Koenig, Harold F. “The Effect of Social Networks on Resource Access and Business Start-ups.” European Planning Studies, Dec2002. Vol. 10 Issue 8, p1039, 8p;

Jepperson, Ronald L. and John W. Meyer. 1991. “The Public Order and the Construction of Formal Organizations.” Pp. 204-231 in The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis, edited by Paul J. DiMaggio and Walter W. Powell. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Jereb, Eva. “Network Links as Telework Opportunity.” Organizacija, 2002. 35, 6, June, 348-353.

Jermier, John M. 1998. “Critical Perspectives on Organizational Control.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:235-256.

Jermier, John M., David Knights and Walter R. Nord (eds.). 1994. Resistance and Power in Organizations. London: Routledge.

Jinnett, Kimberly; Coulter, Ian; Koegel, Paul. “Cases, Contexts and Care: The Need for Grounded Network Analysis.” Advances in Medical Sociology, 2002. 8, 101-110.

Johal, Surjinder; Ulph, Alistair. “Globalization, Lobbying, and International Environmental Governance.” Review of International Economics, vol. 10, no. 3, August 2002, pp. 387-403.

Johannisson, B 2000 'Networking and Entrepreneurial Growth.' In Sexton, D and Landström, H (Eds.) Handbook of Entrepreneurship. London: Blackwell. Pp 368-386.

Johannisson, B l998 'Personal Networks in Emerging Knowledge-Based Firms: Spatial and Functional Patterns.' Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, Vol.10, No. 4, pp 297-312.

Johannisson, B, Alexanderson, O, Nowicki, K and Senneseth, K l994 'Beyond Anarchy and Organization - Entrepreneurs in Contextual Networks.' Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, Vol. 6, No. 4, pp 329-356.

Johannisson, B, Kantis, H and Ascua, R 2001 'Small Firm Clustering and Networking in Contrasting National Settings - Industrial Districts in Argentina and Sweden.' Paper presented at the E.A.R.I.E. Conference. Dublin, Ireland. August 30-September 2, 2001.

Johannisson, Bengt. 1987. “Anarchists and Organizers: Entrepreneurs in a Network Perspective.” International Studies of Management and Organization 17:49-63.

Johannisson, Bengt; Ramirez-Pasillas, Marcela; Karlsson, Gosta. “The Institutional Embeddedness of Local Inter-firm Networks: A Leverage for Business Creation.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 14(4): 2002. 297-315.

Johansen, Robert and Rob Swigart. 1994. Upsizing the Individual in the Downsized Organization:Managing in the Wake of Reengineering, Globalization, and Overwhelming Technological Change. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Johanson, J. and L.-G. Mattsson (1992), Network Positions and Strategic Action, in: B. Axelsson and G. Easton (eds.), Industrial Networks: A New View of Reality, Routledge pp. 350-359.

Johanson, J. and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1988. “Internationalisation in industrial systems, a network approach”, In N. Hood and J. E. Vahlne (Eds.), Strategies in Global Competition, pp. 287-314, Croom Helm, London.

Johanson, J. and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1992. “Network positions and strategic action, an analytical framework.” Pp. 205-217 in Industrial Networks. A New View of Reality, edited by B. Axelsson and G. Easton. London: Routledge.

Johanson, Jan and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1985. “Marketing and Market Investments in Industrial Networks.” International Journal of Research in Marketing 2(3):185-195.

Johanson, Jan and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1986. ‘Inter-organisational Relations in Industrial Systems - A Network Approach compared with the Transaction Cost approach, working paper from IMPG Uppsala, Sweden, later published in Thompson, G., Frances, J., Levacic, J. and Mitchell, J. (eds) (1991)

Johanson, Jan and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1987. “Interorganizational Relations in Industrial Systems: A Network Approach Compared with the Transaction-Cost Approach.” International Studies of Management and Organization 18:34-48.

Johanson, Jan and Lars-Gunnar Mattsson. 1994. “The Markets-as-Networks Tradition in Sweden.” Pp. in Research Traditions in Marketing, edited by G. Laurent, G. Lilien and B. Pras. Boston, MA: Kluwer.

Johansson, Borje; Quigley, John M. “Agglomeration and Networks in Spatial Economies Papers in Regional Science 83(1): 2004. 165-76.

Johansson, Borje; Westin, Lars. “Affinities and Frictions of Trade Networks.” Annals of Regional Science, vol. 28, no. 3, September 1994, pp. 243-61.

John Hagedoorn, Gert Duysters. “External Sources of Innovative Capabilities: the Preference For Strategic Alliances Or Mergers and Acquisitions. Journal of Management Studies 2002. V39 I2 P167(22)

John, Peter and Alistair Cole. 2000. “When Do Institutions, Policy Sectors, and Cities Matter? Comparing Networks of Local Policy Makers in Britain and France.” Comparative Political Studies 33:248-268.

John, Peter. “Urban Economic Policy Networks in Britain and France: A Sociometric Approach.” Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 16: 1998. Pp. 307-22.

John, Peter. 2001. “Policy Networks.” Pp. in Blackwell Companion to Political Sociology, edited by Kate Nash and Alan Scott. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

John, Peter. 2001. “Policy Networks.” Pp. in Blackwell Companion to Political Sociology, edited by Kate Nash and Alan Scott. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

John, Richard R. 2001. “Rendezvous with Information? Computers and Communications Networks in the United States.” Business History Review 75:1-13.

John, Robert. “Family Support Networks among Elders in a Native American Community: Contact with Children and Siblings among the Prairie Band Potawatomi.” Journal of Aging Studies, 1991, 5, 1, spring, 45-59.

Johnsen, Eugene C., H. Russell Bernard, Peter D. Killworth, Gene Ann Shelley and Christopher McCarty. 1995. “A Social Network Approach to Corroborating the Number of AIDS/HIV+ Victims in the U.S.” Social Networks 17: 167-187.

Johnsen, Eugene; Mintz, Beth. “Organizational versus Class Components of Director Networks.” Networks of power: Organizational actors at the national, corporate, and community levels. 1989, pp. 57-80.

Johnson, Cathleen; Gilles, Robert P. “Spatial Social Networks.” Review of Economic Design 5(3): 2000. 273-99.

Johnson, Chalmers. 1988. “Japanese-Style Management in America.” California Management Review 30(4):34-45.

Johnson, Ian. 1997. “Latest Merger Boom is Happening in China, and Bears Watching.” Wall Street Journal July 30:A1.

Johnson, James H; Jr et al. “Bridging Social Networks and Female Labor Force Participation in a Multiethnic Metropolis.” Prismatic metropolis: Inequality in Los Angeles. 2000. 383-416.

Johnson, James P., M. Audrey Korsgaard and Harry J. Sapienza. “Perceived Fairness, Decision Control, and Commitment in International Joint Venture Management Teams. Strategic Management Journal 2002. V23 I12 P1141-1160

Johnson, James. “Symbolic Action and the Limits of Strategic Rationality: On the Logic of Working-Class Collective Action.” Political Power and Social Theory, 1988. 7, 211-248.

Johnson, Jean L., John B. Cullen, Tomoaki Sakano and Hideyuki Takenouchi. 1996. “Setting the Stage for Trust and Strategic Integration in Japanese-U.S. Cooperative Alliances.” Journal of International Business Studies 27:981-1004.

Johnson, Jeffrey C; Borgatti, Stephen P; Luczkovich, Joseph J; Everett, Martin G. “Network Role Analysis in the Study of Food Webs: An Application of Regular Role Coloration.” Journal of Social Structure, 2001. 2, 3

Johnson, Jeffrey C; Boster, James S; Palinkas, Lawrence A. “Social Roles and the Evolution of Networks in Extreme and Isolated Environments.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2003. 27, 2-3, Apr-Sept, 89-121.

Johnson, Jeffrey C; Orbach, Michael K. “Perceiving the Political Landscape: Ego Biases in Cognitive Political Networks.” Social Networks, 2002. 24, 3, July, 291-310.

Johnson, LuAnne R. and David Knoke. 2004. “Activating Network Social Capital in Complex Collaborations.” Forthcoming in Advances in Interdisciplinary Studies of Work Teams.

Johnson, Mary B. “The Holistic Paradigm in Nursing: The Diffusion of an Innovation.” Research in Nursing and Health 1990. 13, 2, Apr, 129-139.

Johnson, Robert. 1999. “Some Employers Lift Hiring Standards Amid Labor Shortage, Weak Applicants.” Wall Street Journal February 17.

Johnson, Steven L. “Kin and Casinos: Changing Family Networks in Atlantic City.” Current Anthropology, 1985, 26, 3, June, 397-399.

Johnson, Thomas and F. J. Hebein. 1974. “Investment in Human Capital and the Growth of Personal Income.” American Economic Review 64:

Johnson, William B. and Arnold E. Packer. 1987. Workforce 2000: Work and Workers for the Twenty-First Century. Indianapolis, IN: Hudson Institute.

Johnston, David A.; Linton, Jonathan D. “Social Networks and the Implementation of Environmental Technology. IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management, Nov2000, Vol. 47 Issue 4, p465, 13p;

Johnston, M Francis. “Bridging Social Capital in Personal Networks: An Exploratory Analysis of Data from Urban China.” Issues & Studies, 2003. 39, 3, Sept, 177-195.

Johnston, R and P.R. Lawrence. 1988. “Beyond Verical Integration: The Rise of Value Adding Partnerships.” Harvard Business Review 66(4):94-101.

Jokinen, Pekka. “The European Union as a Suprastate in Agri-Environmental Issues: The Finnish Perspective.” Research in Social Problems and Public Policy 2002. 10, 105-120.

Jolink, Albert. 1996. The Evolutionist Economics of Lion Walras. London: Routledge.

Jolly, Ann M., S.Q. Muth, J.L. Wylie, and J.J. Potterat. 2001. “Sexual Networks and Sexually Transmitted Infections: A Tale of Two Cities.” Journal of Urban Health 78:433-445.

Jonard, N; Yildizoglu, M. “Technological Diversity in an Evolutionary Industry Model with Localized Learning and Network Externalities.” Structural Change and Economic Dynamics, vol. 9, no. 1, March 1998, pp. 35-53.

Jonard, Nicolas; Llerena, Patrick; Mehmanpazir, Babak. “Networks Competition under Local Interaction and Behavioral Learning.” The economics of networks: Interaction and behaviours. 1998, pp. 149-66.

Jonard, Nicolas; Yildizoglu, Murat. “Interaction of Local Interactions: Localized Learning and Network Externalities.” The economics of networks: Interaction and behaviours. 1998, pp. 189-204.

Jones, Candace and R.J. DeFillippi. 1996. “Back to the Future in Film: Combining Industry- and Self-Knowledge to Meet Career Challenges of the 21st century.” Academy of Management Executive 10(4):89-104.

Jones, Candace, William S. Hesterly and Stephen P. Borgatti. 1997. “A General Theory of Network Governance: Exchange Conditions and Social Mechanisms.” Academy of Management Review 22:911-945.

Jones, Candace. 1996. “Careers in Project Networks: The Case of the Film Industry.” Pp. 58-75 in The Boundaryless Career: A New Employment Principle for a New Organizational Era, edited by Michael B. Arthur and Denise M. Rousseau. New York: Oxford University Press.

Jones, Del. 1997. “Industries Crying Out for Help Wanted” USA Today: May 5.

Jones, Diane Carlson. “Parental Divorce, Family Conflict and Friendship Networks.” Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1992, 9, 2, May, 219-235.

Jones, Eli; Chonko, Lawrence B.; Roberts, James A. “Creating A Partnership-Oriented, Knowledge Creation Culture in Strategic Sales Alliances: A Conceptual Framework. Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing, 2003. Vol. 18 Issue 4/5, P336, 15p;

Jones, Eric C. “Class-Based Social Networks in Regional Economic Systems.” Research in Economic Anthropology, 2003. 22, 3-23.

Jones, Eric C. “Wealth-Based Trust and the Development of Collective Action.” World Development, vol. 32, no. 4, April 2004. pp. 691-711.

Jones, F.L. 1983. “On Decomposing the Wage Gap: A Critical Comment on Blinder’s Method.” Journal of Human Resources 18:126-130.

Jones, Oswald. 2000. “Scientific Management, Culture and Control: A First-Hand Account of Taylorism in Practice.” Human Relations 53:631-.

Jones, Ray and Audrey J. Murrell. 2001. “Signaling Positive Corporate Social Performance: An Event Study of Family-Friendly Firms.” Business and Society 40:5978.

Jones, S.R.H. 1997. “Transaction Costs and the Theory of the Firm: The Scope and Limitations of the New Institutional Approach.” Business History 39(4):9-25.

Jones, S.R.H. 1997. “Transaction Costs and the Theory of the Firm: The Scope and Limitations of the New Institutional Approach.” Business History 39(4):9-25.

Jones, Steve. “Music That Moves: Popular Music, Distribution and Network Technologies.” Cultural Studies, 2002. 16, 2, Mar, 213-232.

Jones, Thomas M. 1995. “Instrumental Stakeholder Theory: A Synthesis of Ethics and Economics.” Academy of Management Review 20:404-437.

Jones, Thomas M. 1995. “Instrumental Stakeholder Theory: A Synthesis of Ethics and Economics.” Academy of Management Review 20:404-437.

Jonsson, C. 1986. “Interorganization Theory and International Organization.” International Studies Quarterly 30:39-57.

Jonsson, Petur O. “Networks, Culture, Transaction Costs and Discrimination.” International Journal of Social Economics 28(10-11-12): 2001. 942-58.

Jordan, A.G. and J.J. Richardson. 1992. Government and Presure Groups in Britain. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Jordan, Grant and Klaus Schubert. 1992. “A Preliminary Ordering of Policy Network Labels.” European Journal of Political Research 21:7-27.

Jordan, Grant. 1990. “Sub-government, Policy Communities and Networks: Refilling the Old Bottles?” Journal of Theoretical Politics 2(3):319-338.

Jorgensen, Helene and Hans Riemer. 2000. “Permatemps: Young Temp Workers as Permanent Second Class Employees.” American Prospect 11(August 14):38-40.

Joshi, Aparna; Labianca, Giuseppe; Caligiuri, Paula M. “Getting Along Long Distance: Understanding Conflict in a Multinational Team through Network Analysis.” Journal of World Business 37(4): Winter 2002. 277-84.

Joshi, Ivlaheshkumar P.; Kashlak, Roger J.; Sherman, Hugh D. “How Alliances Are Reshaping Telecommunications. Long Range Planning, Aug98, Vol. 31 Issue 4, P542, 7p;

Joskow, P.L. 1987. Contract duration and relationship-specific investments: Empirical evidence from coal markets. American Economic Review, 77:168-185.

Joubert, Pierrea. 1977 “The ‘Network’ as an Approach to Social Relations in Organizations.” Recherches Sociographiques 18:287-294.

Jovanovic, Boyan; Rob, Rafael. “The Growth and Diffusion of Knowledge.” Review of Economic Studies, vol. 56, no. 4, October 1989, pp. 569-82.

Judge, Anthony J N. 1972. “The Nature of Organization in Transnational Networks.” Journal of Voluntary Action Research 1(3):14-24.

Judge, William Q. and Joel A. Ryman. 2001. “The Shared Leadership Challenge in Strategic Alliances: Lessons From the U.S. Healthcare Industry.” Academy of Management Executive 15(2):71-79.

Judis, John B. 1992. “The Pressure Elite: Inside the Narrow World of Advocacy Group Politics.” The American Prospect 9:15-29.

Jun, Sung Pyo and Gordon M. Armstrong. 1997. “The Bases of Power in Churches: An Analysis from a Resource Dependence Perspective.” Social Science Journal 34(2):105-130.

Juran, Joseph. Juran on Planning for Quality. New York: Free Press.

Jyun-Cheng Wang; Chen, Chi-Lu. “An Automated Tool for Managing Interactions in Virtual Communities -- Using Social Network Analysis Approach. Journal of Organizational Computing & Electronic Commerce, 2004. Vol. 14 Issue 1, p1, 26p;

Kabanoff, Boris. 1988. “Analyzing Organizational Conflicts Using a Model Based on Structural Role Theory.” Human Relations 41(11):841-870.

Kadushin, Charles. “Networking: No Panacea.” Social Policy, 1983, 13, 4, spring, 59-60.

Kadushin, Charles. “The Motivational Foundation of Social Networks.” Social Networks, 2002. 24, 1, Jan, 77-91.

Kadushin, Charles. 1966. “The Friends And Supporters of Psychotherapy: On Social Circles in Urban Life.” American Sociological Review 31:786-801.

Kadushin, Charles. 1968. “Power, Influence and Social Circles: A New Methodology for Studying Opinion Makers.” American Sociological Review 33:685-698.

Kadushin, Charles. 1995. “Friendship among the French Financial Elite.” American Sociological Review 60:202-221.

Kadushin, Charles; Jones, Delmos J. 1992. “Social Networks and Urban Neighborhoods in New York City.” City & Society 6:58-75.

Kahn, W. A., R. Cross, et al. 2003. “Layers of Diagnosis for Planned Relational Change in Organizations.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 39(3):258-280.

Kaika, Maria; Swyngedouw, Erik. “Fetishizing the Modern City: The Phantasmagoria of Urban Technological Networks.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, vol. 24, no. 1, March 2000, pp. 120-38.

Kale, Prashant, Harbir Singh and Howard Perlmutter. 2000. “Learning and Protection of Proprietary Assets in Strategic Alliances: Building Relational Capital.” Strategic Management Journal 21:217-237.

Kale, Prashant, Jeffrey H. Dyer and Harbir Singh. “Alliance Capability, Stock Market Response, and Long-Term Alliance Success: the Role of the Alliance Function. Strategic Management Journal 2002. V23 I8 P747(21)

Kali, Raja. “Business Networks in Transition Economies: Norms, Contracts, and Legal Institutions.” Assessing the value of law in transition economies. 2001. 211-28.

Kalleberg, Arne L. 2000. “Nonstandard Employment Relations: Part-time, Temporary and Contract Work.” Annual Review of Sociology 26:341-365.

Kalleberg, Arne L. 2003. “Flexible Firms and Labor Market Segmentation: Effects of Workplace Restructuring on Jobs and Workers.” Work and Occupations 30:154-175.

Kalleberg, Arne L. and Ivar Berg. 1987. Work and Industry: Structures, Markets and Processes. New York: Plenum.

Kalleberg, Arne L. and James R. Lincoln. 1998. “The Structure of Earnings Inequality in the United States and Japan.” American Journal of Sociology 94:S121-S153.

Kalleberg, Arne L. and Kathryn Schmidt. 1996. “Contingent Employment in Organizations: Part-Time, Temporary, and Subcontracting Relations.” Pp. 253-275 in Organizations in America: Analyzing Their Structures and Human Resource Practices, by Arne L. Kalleberg, David Knoke, Peter V. Marsden, and Joe L. Spaeth. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Kalleberg, Arne L. and Mark E. Van Buren. 1996. “Is Bigger Better? Explaining the Relationship Between Organization Size and Job Rewards.” American Sociological Review 61:47-66.

Kalleberg, Arne L., Barbara F. Reskin and Ken Hudson. 2000.” Bad Jobs in America: Standard and Nonstandard Employment Relations and Job Quality in the United States.” American Sociological Review 65: 256-278.

Kalleberg, Arne L., David Knoke and Peter V. Marsden. 1995. “Interorganizational Networks and the Changing Employment Contract.” Connections 18:32-49.

Kalleberg, Arne L., David Knoke, Peter V. Marsden, and Joe L. Spaeth. 1996. Organizations in America: Analyzing Their Structures and Human Resource Practices. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Kalleberg, Arne L., Jeremy Reynolds and Peter V. Marsden. 2000. “Externalizing Employment: Flexible Staffing Arrangements in U.S. Organizations.” University of North Carolina mimeo.

Kalleberg, Arne L., Michael Wallace and Robert P. Althauser. 1981. “Economic Segmentation, Worker Power, and Income Inequality.” American Journal of Sociology 87:651-683.

Kalleberg, Arne L., Peter V. Marsden, Howard E. Aldrich and James W. Cassell. 1990. “Comparing Organizational Sampling Frames.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:658-688.

Kalmijn, Matthijs. “Changes in Friendship Networks over the Life Course: A Test of the Dyadic Withdrawal Hypothesis.” Mens en Maatschappij, 2001, 76, 3, Sept, 221-239.

Kalmijn, Matthijs. “Changes in Friendship Networks over the Life Course: A Test of the Dyadic Withdrawal Hypothesis.” Mens en Maatschappij, 2001. 76, 3, Sept, 221-239.

Kalmijn, Matthijs. “Sex Segregation of Friendship Networks: Individual and Structural Determinants of Having Cross-Sex Friends.” European Sociological Review, 2002, 18, 1, Mar, 101-117.

Kalmijn, Matthijs. “Sex Segregation of Friendship Networks: Individual and Structural Determinants of Having Cross-Sex Friends.” European Sociological Review, 2002. 18, 1, Mar, 101-117.

Kalmijn, Matthijs. “Shared Friendship Networks and the Life Course: An Analysis of Survey Data on Married and Cohabiting Couples.” Social Networks, 2003, 25, 3, July, 231-249.

Kalmijn, Matthijs. “Shared Friendship Networks and the Life Course: An Analysis of Survey Data on Married and Cohabiting Couples.” Social Networks, 2003. 25, 3, July, 231-249.

Kambil A. & Short, J.E. (1994) “Electronic Integration and Business Network Redesign: A Roles Linkage Perspective” Journal of Management Information Systems Vol 10. No 4 (Spring 1994) pp59-83

Kamien, Morton I. and Israel Zang. “Competing Research Joint Ventures.” Journal of Economics and Management Strategy 2:23-40.

Kaminski, Bartlomiej; Smarzynska, Beata K. “Integration into Global Production and Distribution Networks through FDI: The Case of Poland.” Post-Communist Economies 13(3): 2001. 265-88.

Kanazawa, Satoshi. “A New Solution to the Collective Action Problem: The Paradox of Voter Turnout.” American Sociological Review 2000. 65, 3, June, 433-442.

Kandel, Denise; Davies, Mark. “Friendship Networks, Intimacy, and Illicit Drug Use in Young Adulthood: A Comparison of Two Competing Theories.” Criminology, 1991, 29, 3, Aug, 441-469.

Kang, David L. and Aage B. Sørensen. 1998. “Ownership and Firm Performance.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:121-144.

Kanigel, Robert. 1997. The One Best Way: Frederick Winslow Taylor and the Enigma of Efficiency. New York: Viking.

Kanigel, Robert. 1997. The One Best Way: Frederick Winslow Taylor and the Enigma of Efficiency. New York: Viking.

Kanter, R.M. (1994), Collaborative Advantage: The Art of Alliances, Harvard Business Review, July-August, S. 96-108.

Kanter, Rosabeth Moss and Paul S. Myers. 1991. “Interorganizational Bonds and Intraorganizational Behavior: How Alliances and Partnerships Change the Organizations Forming Them.” Pp. 329-44 in Socioeconomics: Toward a New Synthesis, edited by Amitai Etzioni and Paul R. Lawrence. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Kanter, Rosabeth Moss, Barry Stein and Todd Jick (eds.). 1992. The Challenge of Organizational Change: How Companies Experience It and Leaders Guide It. New York: Free Press.

Kanter, Rosabeth Moss, John Kao and Fred Wiersma. 1997. Innovation: Breakthrough Thinking at 3M, DuPont, GE, Pfizer and Rubbermaid. New York: HarperBusiness.

Kanter, Rosabeth Moss. 1977. Men and Women of the Corporation. New York: Basic Books.

Kanter, Rosabeth Moss. 1994. “Collaborative Advantage: The Art of Alliances.” Harvard Business Review (July-Aug.):96-112.

Kanter, Rosabeth Moss. 1997. On the frontiers of management. Harvard Business Press.

Kanungo, Shivraj. “An Empirical Study of Organizational Culture and Network-Based Computer Use.” Computers in Human Behavior 1998. 14, 1 79-91.

Kaounides, Lakis C. “New Technologies and International Business in the 21st Century: Technological Convergence, Networks and Global Competition.” International business: Emerging issues and emerging markets. 2000, pp. 130-55.

Kaounides, Lakis C. “New Technologies and International Business in the 21st Century: Technological Convergence, Networks and Global Competition.” International business: Emerging issues and emerging markets. 2000. 130-55.

Kaplan, E. L. and P. Meier. 1958. “Nonparametric Estimation from Incomplete Observations.” Journal of the American Statistical Association 53:457-481.

Kaplan, J. 1995. Startup! A Silicon Valley Adventure. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Kaplan, Nancy J.; Hurd, Jonathan. “Realizing the Promise of Partnerships.” Journal of Business Strategy, May/Jun2002. Vol. 23 Issue 3, P38, 5p;

Kaplan, Robert E. 1984. “Trade Routes: The Manager’s Network of Relationships.” Organizational Dynamics 12(Spring):37-52.

Kaplan, Steven N. 1994. “Top Executive Rewards and Firm Performance: A Comparison of Japan and the United States.” Journal of Political Economy 102:510-546.

Kaplan, Steven N. and Per Stromberg. “Financial Contracting Theory Meets the Real World: An Empirical Analysis of Venture Capital Contracts. Review of Economic Studies 2003. V70 I243 P281(35)

Kapor, Mitchell; Weitzner, Daniel. “Social and Industrial Policy for Public Networks: Visions for the Future.” Global networks: Computers and international communication. 1993. Pp. 299-310.

Kappelhoff, Peter and Franz Urban Pappi 1990. “Political Exchange on a Perfect Market? An Alternative Model and an Empirical Test.” Pp. 189-209 Governance and Generalized Exchange, in edited by Bernd Marin. Boulder/Frankfurt: Campus/Westview Press.

Kappelhoff, Peter. 1989. “Power in Exchange Networks: An Extension and Application of the Coleman Model of Collective Action.” Paper presented at first European Conference on Social Network Analysis, Groningen, The Netherlands.

Kappelhoff, Peter. 1992. “Strukturmodelle von Position und Rolle.” Pp. 243-268 in Theorie, Daten, Methoden, edited by H.-J. Andreß, J. Huinink, H. Meinken, D. Rumianek, W. Sodeur & G. Sturm. München: R. Oldenbourg Verlag.

Kappelhoff, Peter. 1993. Soziale Tauschsysteme. München: Oldenbourg.

Kappelhoff, Peter. 1995. “Interpenetration von Rationalität und Moralität: Die verborgene Systemtheorie in der individualistischen Soziologie.” Ethik und Sozialwissenschaften 6(1):57-67.

Kappelhoff, Peter. 1995. “Macht in Politiknetzwerken - Modellvergleich und Entwurf eines allgemeinen Entscheidungsmodells.” Pp. 24-51 in Netzwerke und Politikproduktion, edited by D. Jansen & K. Schubert. Marburg: Schüren Presseverlag.

Kappelhoff, Peter. 1995. “Soziale Interaktion als Tausch: Tauschhandlung, Tauschbeziehung, Tauschsystem, Tauschmoralität.” Ethik und Sozialwissenschaften 6(1):3-13.

Kappelhoff, Peter. 1997. “Rational Choice, Macht und die korporative Organisation der Gesellschaft.” Pp. 218-258 in Theorien der Organisation, edited by G. Ortmann, J. Sydow & K. Türk. Opladen: Westdeutscher.

Kappelhoff, Peter. 1999. “Der Netzwerkansatz als konzeptueller Rahmen für eine Theorie interorganisationaler Netzwerke.” Pp. in Steuerung von Netzwerken, edited by J. Sydow and A. Windeler. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag.

Kappelhoff, Peter. 1999. “Komplexitaetstheorie und Steuerung von Netzwerken.” Pp. in Steuerung von Netzwerken, edited by J. Sydow and A. Windeler. Opladen: Westdeutscher Verlag.

Kapur, Kanika and Burton A. Weisbrod. 2000. “The Roles of Government and Nonprofit Suppliers in Mixed Industries.” Public Finance Review 28:275-277.

Karathanos, P. H. 1994. “Communication Network Analysis and Dysfunctional Organizational Coalition.” Management Decision 32:15-19.

Karlsson, Charlie. “From Knowledge and Technology Networks to Network Technology.” Patterns of a network economy. 1994, pp. 207-28.

Karlsson, Charlie. “Innovation Adoption, Innovation Networks and Agglomeration Economies.” Technological change, economic development and space. 1995. pp. 184-207.

Karlsson, Charlie. “Innovation Adoption, Innovation Networks and Agglomeration Economies.” Technological change, economic development and space. 1995. pp. 184-207.

Karlsson, Charlie. “Product Development, Innovation Networks, Infrastructure and Agglomeration Economies.” Annals of Regional Science, vol. 31, no. 3, July 1997. pp. 235-58.

Karlsson, Charlie. “Product Development, Innovation Networks, Infrastructure and Agglomeration Economies.” Annals of Regional Science, vol. 31, no. 3, July 1997. pp. 235-58.

Karpoff, Jonathan M., Paul H Malatesta and Ralph A. Walking. 1996. “Corporate Governance and Shareholder Initiatives: Empirical Evidence.” Journal of Financial Economics 42:365-395.

Karuppasamy, M; Soni, Preeti. “Energy, Emissions and Technology Database Network.” Energy and environmental challenges in Central Asia and the Caucasus: Windows for co-operation. 1996, pp. 123-31.

Kash, Don E; Rycoft, Robert W. “ Patterns of Innovating Complex Technologies: A Framework for Adaptive Network Strategies.” Research Policy 29(7-8): 2000. 819-31.

Kash, Don E; Rycoft, Robert W. “Patterns of Innovating Complex Technologies: A Framework for Adaptive Network Strategies.” Research Policy, vol. 29, no. 7-8, August 2000, pp. 819-31.

Kassim, Hussein. 1994. “Policy networks, networks and European Union policy making: a sceptical view.” West European Politics 17(4):15-27.

Kassinis, George I. “Location, Networks and Firm Environmental Management Practices.” Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 44(6): 2001. 815-32.

Katherine Faust, B. Entwisle, R.R. Rindfuss, S.J. Walsh, & Y. Sawangdee, “Spatial Arrangement of Social and Economic Networks Among Villages in Nang Rong District, Thailand,” Social Networks 21 (1999): 311-37.

Katila, R. and Ahuja, G. 2002. Something old, something new: A longitudinal study of search behavior and new product introduction. Academy of Management Journal, 45: 1183-1194.

Katz, Daniel and Robert L. Kahn. 1966. The Social Psychology of Organizations. New York: Wiley.

Katz, Daniel and Robert L. Kahn. 1966. The Social Psychology of Organizations. New York: Wiley.

Katz, Elihu, Levin , Martin L and Hamilton, Herbert. 1963. “Traditions of Research on the Diffusion of Innovation.” American Sociological Review 28:237-252.

Katz, Elihu, Levin , Martin L and Hamilton, Herbert. 1963. “Traditions of Research on the Diffusion of Innovation.” American Sociological Review 28:237-252.

Katz, J. S., and Martin, B. R. 1997. What is Research Collaboration? Research Policy, 26: 1-18.

Katz, James E; Rice, Ronald E. “Social Consequences of Internet Use: Access, Involvement, and Interaction.” Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2002.

Katz, James E; Rice, Ronald E; Aspden, Philip. ”The Internet, 1995-2000: Access, Civic Involvement, and Social Interaction.” American Behavioral Scientist, 2001, 45, 3, Nov, 405-419.

Katz, Michael L; Shapiro, Carl. “Technology Adoption in the Presence of Network Externalities.” Journal of Political Economy, vol. 94, no. 4, August 1986, pp. 822-41.

Katz, Nancy, David Lazer, Holly Arrow and Noshir Contractor. 2004. “Network Theory and Small Groups.” Small Group Research 35:307-332.

Katzenbach, Jon R. 1998. Teams at the Top: unleahing the Potential of Both Teams and Individual Leaders. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Katzenbach, Jon R. and Douglas K. Smith. 1993. The Wisdom of Teams: Creating the High-Performance Organization. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Katzenstein, Peter J. and Takashi Shiraishi (eds.). 1997. Network Power: Japan and Asia. Ithaca and London: Cornell University Press.

Kauffman, Stuart A. 1969. “Metabolic Stability and Epigenesis in Randomly Constructed Genetic Nets.” Journal of Theoretical Biology 22:437-67.

Kauffman, Stuart A. 1993. The Origins of Order: Self-organization and Selection in Evolution. Oxford University Press, New York.

Kaufman, Allen M., Ernest J. Englander and Alfred A. Marcus. 1993. “Selecting an Organizational Structure for Implementing Issues Management: A Transaction Costs and Agency Theory Perspective.” Pp. 148-168 in Corporate Political Agency: The Construction of Competition in Public Affairs, edited by Barry M. Mitnick. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Kaufman, Allen, Lawrence Zacharias and Marvin Karson. 1995. Managers vs. Owners: The Struggle for Corporate Control in American Democracy. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kaufman, Herbert. 1985. Time, Chance and Organizations: Natural Selection in a Perilous Environment. Chatham, NJ:Chatham House.

Kaufman, Herbert. 1985. Time, Chance and Organizations: Natural Selection in a Perilous Environment. Chatham, NJ:Chatham House.

Kaufmann, A., Lehner, P and Todtling, F. “Effects of the Internet on the Spatial Structure of Innovation Networks.” Information Economics and Policy, vol. 15, no. 3, September 2003. pp. 402-24.

Kaufmann, A., Lehner, P and Todtling, F. “Effects of the Internet on the Spatial Structure of Innovation Networks.” Information Economics and Policy, vol. 15, no. 3, September 2003. pp. 402-24.

Kaufmann, A; Lehner, P; Todtling, F. “ Effects of the Internet on the Spatial Structure of Innovation Networks.” Information Economics and Policy 15(3): 2003. 402-24.

Kauser, Saleema; Shaw, Vivienne. “International Strategic Alliances: the Impact of Behavioral Characteristics On Success. Journal of Euromarketing, 2001. Vol. 10 Issue 1, P71, 28p;

Kauser, Saleema; Shaw, Vivienne. “The Influence of Behavioral and Organisational Characteristics On the Success of International Strategic Alliances. International Marketing Review, 2004. Vol. 21 Issue 1, P17, 36p;

Kavanaugh, Andrea L. and Scott J. Patterson. 2001. “The Impact of Community Computer Networks on Social Capital and Community Involvement.” American Behavioral Scientist 45:496-509.

Kavanaugh, Andrea L. and Scott J. Patterson. 2002. “The Impact of Community Computer Networks on Social Capital and Community Involvement in Blacksburg.” Pp. 325-344 in The Internet in Everyday Life, edited by Barry Wellman and Caroline Haythornthwaite. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Kawachi, Ichiro; Kennedy, Bruce P. “Social Capital and Self-Rated Health: A Contextual Analysis. American Journal of Public Health, Aug99, Vol. 89 Issue 8, p1187, 7p.

Kawachi, Ichiro; Kennedy, Bruce P. “Social capital, income inequality, and mortality. American Journal of Public Health, Sep97, Vol. 87 Issue 9, p1491, 8p.

Kay, Fiona M; Hagan, John. “Building Trust: Social Capital, Distributive Justice, and Loyalty to the Firm.” Law & Social Inquiry, 2003, 28, 2, spring, 483-519.

Kay, Ira T. 1992. Value at the Top: Solutions to the Executive Compendation Crisis. New York: HarperBusiness.

Kay, Ira T. 1992.Value at the top: solutions to the executive compensation crisis. New York: HarperBusiness.

Kay, John. 1995. Why Firms Succeed. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Kay, Neil M. 1992. “Markets, False Hierarchies and the Evolution of the Modern Corporation.” Journal of Economic Behaviour and Organization 17:315-33.

Kay, Neil M. 1992. “Markets, False Hierarchies and the Evolution of the Modern Corporation.” Journal of Economic Behaviour and Organization 17:315-33.

Kay, Neil M. 1997. Pattern in Corporate Evolution. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Kay, Neil M. 1997. Pattern in Corporate Evolution. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Kay, Neil M., Jean-Philippe Robe and Patrizia Zagnoli. 1987. An Approach to the Analysis of Joint Ventures. Florence: European University Institute.

Kaysen, Carl (ed.). 1996. The American Corporation Today. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kazak, Anne E. “Professional Helpers and Families with Disabled Children: A Social Network Perspective.” Marriage and Family Review, 1987, 11, 1-2, fall-winter, 177-191.

Keasey, Kevin and Mike Wright. 1997. Corporate Governance: Responsibilities, Risks and Remuneration. New York: Wiley.

Keasey, Kevin, Steve Thompson and Mike Wright (eds.). 1997. Corporate Governance: Economic and Financial Issues. New York: Oxford University Press.

Keating, Elizabeth K. and Peter Frumkin. 2003. “Reengineering Nonprofit Financial Accountability: Toward a More Reliable Foundation for Regulation.” Public Administration Review 63:3-15.

Keating, Norah; Otfinowski, Pamela; Wenger, Clare; Fast, Janet; Derksen, Linda. “Understanding the Caring Capacity of Informal Networks of Frail Seniors: A Case for Care Networks.” Ageing and Society, 2003. 23, 1, Jan, 115-127.

Keck, Margaret E. and Kathryn Sikkink. 1998. Activists Beyond Borders. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Keck, Margaret E. and Kathryn Sikkink. 1999. “Transnational Advocacy Networks in International and Regional Politics.” International Social Science Journal 159:89-101.

Keck, Margaret; Sikkink, Kathryn. 2000. “Historical Precursors to Modern Transnational Social Movements and Networks.” Pp. 35-53 in Globalization and Social Movements: Culture, Power, and the Transnational Public Sphere.

Kecskes, Robert. “Ethnic Homogeneity in Social Networks of Turkish Youth.” Zeitschrift fur Soziologie der Erziehung und Socialisation, 2003. 23, 1, 68-84.

Keeble, David; et al. “Collective Learning Processes, Networking and 'Institutional Thickness' in the Cambridge Region.” Regional Studies, vol. 33, no. 4, June 1999, pp. 319-32.

Keeble, David; et al. “Internationalisation Processes, Networking and Local Embeddedness in Technology-Intensive Small Firms.” Small Business Economics, vol. 11, no. 4, December 1998, pp. 327-42.

Keel, Monique R.; Drew, Neil M. “The Settlement Experiences of Refugees from the Former Yugoslavia: Acculturation, ethnic identity, ethnicity, community and social network development.” Community, Work & Family, Apr2004. Vol. 7 Issue 1, p95, 21p;

Keele, Reba. 1986. “Mentoring or Networking? Strong and Weak Ties in Career Development.” Pp. 53-68 in Not as Far as You Think: The Realities of Working Women, edited by Lynda L. Moore. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.

Keil, Thomas. “De-Facto Standardization through Alliances--Lessons From Bluetooth. Telecommunications Policy 2002. V26 I3-4 P204(9)

Keister, Lisa A. 1998. “Engineering Growth: Business Group Structure and Firm Performance in China’s Transitional Economy.” American Journal of Sociology 104:404-40.

Keith, Pat M.; Kim, Soyoung; Schafer, Robert B. “Informal Ties of the Unmarried in Middle and Later Life: Who Has Them and Who Does Not?” Sociological Spectrum, Apr-Jun2000, Vol. 20 Issue 2, p221, 18p

Kelley, Maryellen R. 1990. “New Proces Technology, Job Design, and Work Organization: A Contingency Model.” American Sociological Review 55:191-208.

Kelley, Maryellen R. 1996. “Participative Bureaucracy and Productivity in the Machined Porducts Sector.” Industrial Relations 35:374-399.

Kelley, Maryellen R. and Harvey Brooks. 1988. The State of Computerized Automation in U.S. Manufacturing. Cambridge, MA: Center for Business and Government, Harvard University.

Kelly, Dawn and Terry L. Amburgey. 1991. “Organizational Inertia and Momentum: A Dynamic Model of Strategic Change.” Academy of Management Journal 21:571-597.

Kelly, Mícheál J.; Schaan, Jean–Louis; Joncas, Hélène. “Managing Alliance Relationships: Key Challenges in the Early Stages of Collaboration. R & D Management 2002. Vol. 32 Issue 1, P11, 12p;

Kelly, Peter; Kenway, Jane. “Managing Youth Transitions in the Network Society.” British Journal of Sociology of Education, 2001. 22, 1, Mar, 19-33.

Kendall, Jeremy. 2003. The Voluntary Sector. London: Routledge.

Kenis, Patrick and David Knoke. 2002. “How Organizational Field Networks Shape Interorganizational Tie-Formation Rates.” Academy of Management Review 27:275-293.

Kenis, Patrick and Jörg Raab. 1997. “Inter-Organizational Networks as a Fall-Back Device: The Privatisation of the East German Steel and Shipbuilding Industry.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.

Kenis, Patrick and Volker Schneider. 1991. “Policy Networks and Policy Analysis: Scrutinizing a New Analytical Toolbox.” Pp. 25-62 in Policy Networks: Empirical Evidence and Theoretical Considerations, edited by Bernd Marin and Renate Mayntz. Boulder/Frankfurt: Campus/Westview Press.

Kennedy, Mark C. 1988. “The New Global Network of Corporate Power and the Decline of National Self-Determination.” Contemporary Crises 12(3):245-276.

Kennedy, Paul. “Making Global Society: Friendship Networks among Transnational Professionals in the Building Design Industry.” Global Networks, vol. 4, no. 2, April 2004, pp. 157-79.

Kennedy, Paul. “Making Global Society: Friendship Networks among Transnational Professionals in the Building Design Industry.” Global Networks, vol. 4, no. 2, April 2004, pp. 157-79.

Kennedy, Paul. 1987. The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers: Economic Change and Military Conflicts from 1500 to 2000. New York: Random House.

Kenney, Martin. 1986. Biotechnology: The University-Industry Complex. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Kenworthy, L. 1997. “Civic Engagement, Social Capital, and Economic Cooperation.” American Behavioral Scientist 40(5):645-656.

Keren, Michael. “Transforming Socialist Networks.” Privatization, corporate governance and the emergence of markets. 2000. 207-22.

Kerr, Steven. 1996. “Risky Business: The New Pay Game.” Fortune, July 22:94-96.

Kersh, Rogan. “State Autonomy & Civil Society: The Lobbyist Connection.” Critical Review, vol. 14, no. 2-3, 2000, pp. 237-58.

Kerwood, Hazel A. 1995. “Where Do Just-In-Time Manufacturing Networks Fit? A Typology of Networks and a Framework for Analysis.” Human Relations 48:927-950.

Kessels, Joseph W. M.; Poell, Rob F. “Andragogy and Social Capital Theory: The Implications for Human Resource Development. Advances in Developing Human Resources, May2004. Vol. 6 Issue 2, p146, 12p;

Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. and Danny Miller. 1986. “Personality, Culture, and Organization.” Academy of Management Review 11:266-279.

Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R., and Katharina Balazs. 1997. “The Downside of Downsizing.” Human Relations 50(1):11-50.

Kets de Vries, Manfred V.R. and Katharina Balazs. 1997. “The Downside of Downsizing.” Human Relations 50:11-50.

Khagram, Sanjeev James V. Riker and Kathryn Sikkink (eds.). 2002. Restructuring World Politics: Transnational Social Movements, Networks, and Norms. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.

Khandwalla, P.H. (1972), ‘Environment and its impact on the organization’. International Studies of Management and Organization, pp. 297-313.

Khanna, T., and Gulati, R., and Nohria, N., 1998. The dynamics of learning alliances: Competition, cooperation, and relative scope. Strategic Management Journal, 19: 193-210.

Khanna, Tarun, Ranjay Gulati and Nitin Nohria. 1998. “The Dynamics of Learning Alliances: Competition, Cooperation, and Relative Scope.” Strategic Management Journal 19:193-210.

Khanna, Tarun, Ranjay Gulati and Nitin Nohria. 1998. “The Dynamics of Learning Alliances: Competition, Cooperation, and Relative Scope.” Strategic Management Journal 19:193-210.

Khanna, Tarun, Ranjay Gulati and Nitin Nohria. 1998. “The Dynamics of Learning Alliances: Competition, Cooperation, and Relative Scope.” Strategic Management Journal 19:193-210.

Khanna, Tarun. 1995. “Racing Behavior: Technological Evolution in the High-End Computer Industry.” Research Policy 24:933-958.

Khanna, Tarun. 1995. “Racing Behavior: Technological Evolution in the High-End Computer Industry.” Research Policy 24:933-958.

Khazam, Jonathan; Mowery, David C. “Tails That Wag Dogs: The Influence of Software-Based "Network Externalities" on the Creation of Dominant Designs in RISC Technologies.” The international computer software industry: A comparative study of industry evolution and structure. 1996, pp. 86-103.

Kick, Edward and Byron L. Davis. 2001. “World-System Structure and Change: An Analysis of Global Networks and Mobility across Two Time Periods.” American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1561-1578.

Kick, Edward L. “World System Properties and Mass Political Conflict within Nations: Theoretical Framework.” Journal of Political and Military Sociology, 1980, 8, 2, fall, 175-190.

Kick, Edward L. “World-System Properties and Military Intervention-Internal War Linkages.” Journal of Political and Military Sociology, 1983, 11, 2, fall, 185-208.

Kick, Edward L; Burns, Thomas J; Davis, Byron; Murray, David A; Murray, Dixie A. “Impacts of Domestic Population Dynamics and Foreign Wood Trade on Deforestation: A World-System Perspective.” Journal of Developing Societies, 1996, 12, 1, June, 68-87.

Kick, Edward L; Davis, Byron L; Kiefer, David M; Burns, Thomas J. “A Cross-National Analysis of Militarization and Well-Being Relationships in Developing Countries.” Social Science Research, 1998, 27, 4, Dec, 351-370.

Kick, Edward L; Davis, Byron L; Lehtinen, Marlene; Burns, Thomas J. “World-System Position, National Political Characteristics and Economic Development Outcomes.” Journal of Political and Military Sociology, 2000, 28, 1, summer, 131-155.

Kick, Edward L; Nasser, Randa; Davis, Byron L; Bean, Lee. “Militarization and Infant Mortality in the Third World.” Journal of Political and Military Sociology, 1990, 18, 2, winter, 285-305.

Kickert, Walter J.M., Erik-Hans Klijn and Joop Koppenjan. 1997. Managing Complex Networks: Strategies for the Public Sector. London: Sage Publications.

Kickul, Jill and Lisa K. Gundry. 2001 Breaking through Boundaries for Organizational Innovation: New Managerial Roles and Practices in E-Commerce Firms.” Journal of Management 27:347-.

Kiefer, Nicholas M. 1982. “Identifying Restriction in Limited Information Analysis of the Schooling Coefficient in a Wage Equation.” Journal of Economterics 18:219-237.

Kikuchi, Toru. “Country-Specific Communications Networks and International Trade in a Model of Monopolistic Competition.” Japanese Economic Review 53(2): 2002. 167-76.

Kikuchi, Toru. “On the Interconnection of Networks and Gains from Trade in Business Services.” Journal of Economic Research 8(2): 2003. 179-86.

Kikuchi, Toru. 2003. “Interconnectivity of Communications Networks and International Trade.” Canadian Journal of Economics 36(1):155-67.

Kikuchi, Toru; Ichikawa, Tetsuro. “Congestible Communications Networks and International Trade.” Canadian Journal of Economics 35(2): 2002. 331-40.

Kikuchi, Toru; Kobayashi, Chiharu. “Communications Networks and Virtual Economic Integration: The Case of Three Countries.” International Advances in Economic Research 9(1): 2003. 1-6.

Kilbourne, Barbara Stanek, Paula England, George Farkas, Kurt Beron and Dorothea Weir. 1994. “Returns to Skill, Compensating Differentials, and Gender Bias: Effects of Occupational Characteristics on the Wages of White Women and Men.” American Journal of Sociology 100:689-719.

Kilduf, Martin and Krackhardt, David. 1994. “Bringing the Individual Back In: A Structural Analysis of the Internal Market for Reputation in Organizations.” Academy of Management Journal 37:87-108.

Kilduff, Martin and Wenpin Tsai. 2003. Social Networks and Organizations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Kilduff, Martin; Kelemen, Mihaela. “The Consolations of Organization Theory. British Journal of Management, Dec2001 Special Issue 1, Vol. 12 Issue 4, pS55, 6p;

Killen, Catherine P.; Hunt, Robert; Ayres, Bradley; Janssen, Christopher. “Strategic Alliances For World Competitiveness. International Journal of Technology Management, 2002. Vol. 24 Issue 5/6, P569, 14p;

Killing, J.P. 1983. Strategies for Joint Ventures. New York: Praeger.

Kim, Dong-Jae and Bruce Kogut. 1996. “Technological Platforms and Diversification.” Organization Science 7: 283.

Kim, Harris H; Laumann, Edward O. “Network Endorsement and Social Stratification in the Legal Profession.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations, 2003, 20, 243-266.

Kim, Hyojoung and Peter S. Bearman. “The Structure and Dynamics of Movement Participation.” American Sociological Review, 1997, 62, 1, Feb, 70-93.

Kim, Jeong-Yoo. “Product Compatibility as a Signal of Quality in a Market with Network Externalities.” International Journal of Industrial Organization 20(7): 2002. 949-64.

Kim, Kee S; Nelson, Walt A. “Assessing the Rental Value of Residential Properties: An Abductive Learning Networks Approach.” Journal of Real Estate Research, vol. 12, no. 1, 1996, pp. 63-77.

Kim, Sangmoon and Eui-Hang Shin. 2002. “A Longitudinal Analysis of Globalization and Regionalization in International Trade: A Social Network Approach.” Social Forces 81:445-471.

Kimberly, John and Robert H. Miles (eds.). 1980. The Organizational Life Cycle: Issues in the Creation, Transformation, and Decline of Organizations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Kimberly, John. 1976. “Organizational Size and the Structuralist Perspective: A Review, Critique, and Proposal.” Administrative Science Quarterly 21:577-97.

Kimberly, John. 1981. “Managerial Innovation.” In Handbook of Organizational Design, Vol. I, edited by Paul C. Nystrom and William H. Starbuck. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kimura, Kunihiro. “Large Groups and a Tendency towards Failure: A Critique of M. Olson’s Model of Collective Action.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 1989. 14, 4, 263-271.

Kindermann, Thomas. 1998. “Children's Development within Peer Groups: Using Composite Social Maps to Identify Peer Networks and to Study Their Influences.” New Directions for Child Development 80:55-82.

King, Jeanne C. and Allan W. Wicker. 1993. “Demography for Organizational Populations: Methodological Review and Applications.” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth 1:83-143.

King, Nancy C. “Social capital and nonprofit leaders. Nonprofit Management & Leadership, Summer2004. Vol. 14 Issue 4, p471, 16p

King, Stephen P; Lampe, Ryan. “Network Externalities, Price Discrimination and Profitable Piracy.” Information Economics and Policy 15(3): 2003. 271-90.

Kingdon, John W. 1984. Agendas, Alternatives, and Public Policies. Boston: Little, Brown.

Kingdon, John W. 1995. Agendas, Alternatives, and Public Policies. 2nd Ed. New York: Addison-Wesley.

Kinni T.B (1994) “Boundary Bursting Teamwork” Industry Week Vol 243 Issue 6 (March 21 1994) pp73-80

Kiong, Tong Chee and Yong Pit Kee. 1998. “Guanxi Bases, Xinyong and Chinese Business Networks.” British Journal of Sociology 49:75-96.

Kipling, Rudyard. 1913. The Writings in Prose and Verse of Rudyard Kipling. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

Kipping, Matthias. 1997. “Consultancies, Institutions and the Diffusion of Taylorism in Britain, Germany and France, 1920s to 1950s.” Business History 39:67-83.

Kirby, Erika L. and Kathleen J. Krone. 2002. “‘The Policy Exists But You Can’t Really Use It’: Communication and the Structuration of Work-Family Policies.” Journal of Applied Communication Research 30:50-77.

Kirchhoff, Bruce A. and Patricia G. Greene. 1998. “Understanding the Theoretical and Empirical Content of Critiques of U.S. Job Creation Research.” Small Business Economics 10:153-69.

Kirchsteiger, Georg; Prat, Andrea. “Inefficient Equilibria in Lobbying.” Journal of Public Economics, vol. 82, no. 3, December 2001, pp. 349-75.

Kirsch, Stuart. “Property Effects. Social Networks and Compensation Claims in Melanesia.” Social Anthropology, 2001. 9, 2, June, 147-163.

Kirschling, Jane Marie; Osmont, Kelly. 1992-93. “Bereavement Network: A Community Based Group.” Omega: Journal of Death and Dying 26(2):119-127 .

Kitts, James A. 2000. “Mobilizing in Black Boxes: Social Networks and Participation in Social Movement Organizations.” Mobilization 5:241-257.

Klandermans, Bert and Dirk Oegema. 1987. “Potentials, Networks, Motivations, and Barriers: Steps towards Participation in Social Movements.” American Sociological Review 52:519-531.

Klandermans, Bert. “How Group Identification Helps to Overcome the Dilemma of Collective Action.” American Behavioral Scientist 2002. 45, 5, Jan, 887-900.

Klawiter, Maren. 1999. “Racing for the Cure, Walking Women, and Toxic Touring: Mapping Cultures of Action within the Bay Area Terrain of Breast Cancer.” Social Problems 46:104-126.

Klein, April. 1998. “Firm Performance and Board Committee Structure.” Journal of Law and Economics 41:275-301.

Klein, Benjamin; Lerner, Andres V; Murphy, Kevin M. “The Economics of Copyright “Fair Use” in a Networked World.” American Economic Review 92(2): 2002. 205-08.

Klein, Katherine J. and Steve W.J. Kozlowski (ed.). 2000. Multilevel Theory, Research, and Methods in Organizations: Foundations, Extensions, and New Directions. New York: Wiley.

Klein, Katherine J. Henry Tosi and Albert A. Cannella, Jr. 1999. “Multilevel Theory Building: Benefits, Barriers, and New Developments.” Academy of Management Review 24:243-248.

Klein, Philip. 1987. “Power and Economic Performance: The Institutionalist View.” Journal of Economic Issues 21:1341-1377.

Klein, Renate. 2004. “Sickening Relationships: Gender-based Violence, Women’s Health, and the Role of Informal Third Parties.” Journal of Social & Personal Relationships 21:149-165.

Kleinert, Jorn. “Growing Trade in Intermediate Goods: Outsourcing, Global Sourcing, or Increasing Importance of MNE Networks?” Review of International Economics 11(3): 2003. 464-82.

Kleit, Rachel Garshick. “Job Search Networks and Strategies in Scattered-Site Public Housing.” Housing Studies, 2002. 17, 1, Jan, 83-100.

Kleit, Rachel Garshick. “The Role of Neighborhood Social Networks in Scattered-Site Public Housing Residents’ Search for Jobs.” Housing Policy Debate 12(3): 2001. 541-73.

Klijn, Erik-Hans. “Analyzing and Managing Policy Processes in Complex Networks: A Theoretical Examination of the Concept Policy Network and Its Problems.” Administration & Society 1996. 28:90-119.

Kling, Rob (1987) “Defining the Boundaries of Computing Across Complex Organisations” Chapter 13 in Boland & Hirschheim (1987)

Klovdahl, Alden S. 1981. “A Note on Images of Networks.” Social Networks 3:197-214.

Klovdahl, Alden S. 1985. “Social Networks and the Spread of Infectious Diseases: The AIDS Example.” Social Science Medicine 21(11):1203-1216.

Klovdahl, Alden S., Edward A Graviss and James M. Musser. 2002. “Infectious Disease Control: Combining Molecular Biological and Network Methods.” Advances in Medical Sociology 8:73-99.

Klovdahl, Alden S., Edward A. Graviss, Afshin Yaganehdoost, Michael M. Ross, A. Wanger, Gerald J. Adams, and James M. Musser. 2001. “Networks and Tuberculosis: An Undetected Community Outbreak Involving Public Places.” Social Science and Medicine 52:681-694.

Knack, Stephen. “Social Capital and the Quality of Government: Evidence From the States. American Journal of Political Science, Oct2002. Vol. 46 Issue 4, p772, 14p.

Knapp, Tim. 1989. “Hierarchies and Control: A New Interpretation and Reevaluation of Oliver Williamson’s Markets and Hierarchies Story.” Sociological Quarterly 30:425-440.

Kneer, Georg. 2001. “Organization and Society. On the Unresolved Relationship between Organizational and Function Systems in Luhmann's Theory of Social Systems.” Zeitschrift fur Soziologie 30:407-428.

Knight, Louise. “Network Learning: Exploring Learning by Interorganizational Networks.” Human Relations. 2002. 55, 4, Apr, 427-453.

Knight, Louise. “Network Learning: Exploring Learning by Interorganizational Networks.” Human Relations, 2002. 55, 4, Apr, 427-453.

Knights, David and Darren McCabe. 2000. “’Ain’t Misbehavin’? Opportunities for Resistance under New Forms of ‘Quality’ Management.” Sociology 34:421-436.

Knights, David and Darren McCabe. 2000. “’Ain’t Misbehavin’? Opportunities for Resistance under New Forms of ‘Quality’ Management.” Sociology 34:421-436.

Knights, David and Hugh C. Willmott. 1987. “Organizational Culture as Management Strategy: A Critique and Illustration from the Financial Services Industry.” International Studies of Management & Organization 17(3):40-63.

Knights, David and John Roberts. 1982. “The Power of Organization or the Organization of Power?” Organization Studies 3:47-63.

Knights, David, Murray, F., and Willmott, H. 1993. Networking as Knowledge Work - a Study of Strategic Interorganizational Development in the Financial Services Industry. Journal of Management Studies, 30(6), 975-995.

Knights, David. 1995. “Refocusing the Case Study: The Politics of Research and Researching Politics in IT Management.” Technology Studies 2:230-254.

Knights, David. 2001. “Chasing Shadows: Control, Virtuality and the Production of Trust.” Organization Studies 22:311-339.

Knoedler, Janet. 1995. “Transaction Cost Theories of Business Enterprise from Williamson and Veblen: Convergence, Divergence, and Some Evidence.” Journal of Economic Issues 29: 385-395.

Knoedler, Janet. 1995. “Transaction Cost Theories of Business Enterprise from Williamson and Veblen: Convergence, Divergence, and Some Evidence.” Journal of Economic Issues 29: 385-395.

Knoke, David and Arne L. Kalleberg. 1994. “Job Training in U.S. Organizations.” American Sociological Review 59:537-546.

Knoke, David and Christine Wright-Isak. 1982. “Individual Motives and Organizational Incentive Systems.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 1:209-254.

Knoke, David and David L. Rogers 1979. “A Blockmodel Analysis of Interorganizational Networks.” Sociology and Social Research 64:28-52.

Knoke, David and Franz Urban Pappi. 1991. “Organizational Action Sets in the U.S. and German Labor Policy Domains.” American Sociological Review 56:509-23.

Knoke, David and James H. Kuklinski. 1982. Network Analysis. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Knoke, David and Lisa Janowiec-Kurle. 1999. “Make or Buy? The Externalization of Company Job Training.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 16:85-106.

Knoke, David and Miguel Guilarte. 1994. “Networks in Organizational Structures and Strategies.” Current Perspectives in Social Theory, Supplement 1:77-115.

Knoke, David and Ronald S. Burt. 1983. “Prominence.” Pp. 195-222 in Applied Network Analysis, edited by Ronald S. Burt and Michael J. Minor. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Knoke, David and Song Yang. 2000. “Implications of Network Structures for Managing Strategic Alliances in the Global Information Sector.” Paper presented to EGOS Colloquium, Helsinki, Finland, July 2-4.

Knoke, David and Yoshito Ishio. 1994. “Occupational Training in Organizations: Job Ladders and Unions.” American Behavioral Scientist 37:992-1016.

Knoke, David and Yoshito Ishio. 1998. “The Gender Gap in Company Job Training.” Work and Occupations 25:141-167.

Knoke, David, Franz Urban Pappi, Jeffrey Broadbent and Yutaka Tsujinaka. 1996. Comparing Policy Networks: Labor Politics in the U.S., Germany, and Japan. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Knoke, David, Franz Urban Pappi, Jeffrey Broadbent and Yutaka Tsujinaka. 1996. “Finding Domain Actors.” Pp. 66-76 in Comparing Policy Networks: Labor Politics in the U.S., Germany, and Japan. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Knoke, David, Peter V. Marsden and Arne L. Kalleberg. 2002. “Survey Research Methods.” Pp. 781-804 in Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Knoke, David, Song Yang and Francisco J. Granados. 2002. “Dynamics of Strategic Alliance Networks in the Global Information Sector, 1989-2000.” Paper presenter to Inter-organisational Relations and Networks session at 17th EGOS Colloquium. Barcelona, Spain.

Knoke, David. 1990. “Networks of Political Action: Toward Theory Construction.” Social Forces 68:1041-1063.

Knoke, David. 1990. Organizing for Collective Action: The Political Economies of Associations. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Knoke, David. 1990. Political Networks: The Structural Perspective. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Knoke, David. 1994. “Cui Bono? Employee Benefits Packages.” American Behavioral Scientist 37:963-978.

Knoke, David. 1998. “The Organizational State: Origins and Prospects.” Research in Political Sociology 8:147-163.

Knoke, David. 1999. “Organizational Networks and Corporate Social Capital.” Pp. 17-42 in Corporate Social Capital and Liability, edited by Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. and Shaul M. Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Knoke, David. 2001. “Networks and Organizations.” Pp. 327-341 in Blackwell Companion to Sociology, edited by Judith R. Blau. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Knoke, David. 2001. “Theorizing About Organizations.” Pp.37-73 in Changing Organizations: Business Networks in the New Political Economy. Boulder, CO: Westview.

Knoke, David. 2001. Changing Organizations: Business Networks in the New Political Economy. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Knouse, Stephen B., Paula Phillips Carson and Kerry D. Carson. 1993. “W. Edwards Deming and Frederick Winslow Taylor: A Comparison of Two Leaders Who Shaped the World’s View of Management.” International Journal of Public Administration 16:1621-1658.

Knowlton, Amy R. “Informal HIV Caregiving in a Vulnerable Population: Toward a Network Resource Framework.” Social Science and Medicine, 2003. 56, 6, Mar, 1307-1320.

Kobayashi, Jun. “Unanimous Opinions in Social Influence Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2001. 25, 3, 285-297.

Koberg, Christine S. and Gerardo R. Ungson. 1987. “The Effects of Environmental Uncertainty and Dependence on Organizational Structure and Performance: A Comparative Study.” Journal of Management 13:725-737.

Koch, Andrew M. and Gerhard Fuchs. 2000. “Economic Globalization and Regional Penetration: The Failure of Networks in Baden-Wurttemberg.” European Journal of Political Research 37:57-75.

Koch, Jerome R; Johnson, D Paul. “The Ecumenical Outreach Coalition: A Case Study of Converging Interests and Network Formation for Church and Community Cooperation.” Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly, 1997, 26, 3, Sept, 343-358.

Kochan Thomas A. and Saul A. Rubinstein. 2000. “Toward a Stakeholder Theory of the Firm: The Saturn Partnership.” Organization Science 11:367-388.

Kochan, Thomas A. and Michael Useem. 1992. Transforming Organizations. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kochan, Thomas A. and Paul Osterman. 1991. “Human Resource Development and Utilization: Is There Too Little in the U.S.?” Cambridge, MA: MIT Sloan School of Management.

Kochan, Thomas A. and Saul A. Rubinstein. 2000. “Toward a Stakeholder Theory of the Firm: The Saturn Partnership.” Organization Science 11:367-388.

Kochan, Thomas A., Harry C. Katz and Robert B. McKersie. 1986. The Transformation of American Industrial Relations. New York: Basic Books.

Kochan, Thomas A., Harry C. Katz and Robert B. McKersie. 1994. The Transformation of American Industrial Relations. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Kochan, Thomas A., Russell D. Lansbury, John Paul MacDuffie (eds.). 1997. After Lean Production: Evolving Employment Practices in the World Auto Industry. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Kochan, Thomas and Robert McKersie. 1989. “Future Directions for American Labor and Human Resources Policy.” Relations Industrielles 44:224-248.

Kochen, Manfred (ed.). 1989. The Small World. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Kocsis, Eva. “Networks As Boundaryless Organisations.” Small economies’ adjustment to global challenges. 2000. 53-67.

Kodama, Mitsuru. “Business Innovation through Joint Ventures Supported by Major Businesses. Journal of Management Development, 1999. Vol. 18 Issue 7/8, P614, 14p;

Koehly, Laura M.; Shivy, Victoria A. “Social network analysis: A new methodology for couseling research. Journal of Counseling Psychology, Jan98, Vol. 45 Issue 1, p3, 15p.

Kogut, Bruce (ed.). 2003. “The Global Internet Economy.” Cambridge and London: MIT Press.

Kogut, Bruce and Gordon Walker. 2001. “The Small World of Germany and the Durability of National Networks.” American Sociological Review 66:317-335.

Kogut, Bruce and Udo Zander. 1992. “Knowledge of the Firm, Combinative Capabilities, and the Replication of Technology.” Organization Science 3, 3: 383-397.

Kogut, Bruce and Udo Zander. 1996. “What Do Firms Do? Coordination, Identity and Learning.” Organization Science 7:502-518.

Kogut, Bruce, Weijian Shan and Gordon Walker. 1992. “The Make-or-Cooperate Decision in the Context of an Industry Network.” Pp. 348-365 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Kogut, Bruce, Weijian Shan and Gordon Walker. 1993. “Knowledge in the Network and the Network as Knowledge.” Pp. 69-94 in The Embedded Firm, edited by G. Grabher. London: Routledge.

Kogut, Bruce. 1988. “A Study of the Life Cycle of Joint Ventures.” Pp. 169-185 in Cooperative Strategies in International Business, edited by F. J. Contractor and P. Lorange. Lexington Books, Lexington MA.

Kogut, Bruce. 1988. “Joint Ventures: Theoretical and Empirical Perspectives.” Strategic Management Journal 9:319-32.

Kogut, Bruce. 1989. “The Stability of Joint Ventures: Reciprocity and Competitive Rivalry.” Journal of Industrial Economics 38:183-198.

Kogut, Bruce. 1991. Joint ventures and the option to expand and acquire. Management Science, 37:19-34.

Kogut, Bruce. 1998. “Joint Ventures: Theoretical and Empirical Perspectives.” Strategic alliances. Pp. 302-15

Kogut, Bruce. 2000. “Making Networks Accountable.” French Politics, Culture & Society 18(3):123-128.

Kogut, Bruce. 2000. The network as knowledge. Generative rules and the emergence of structure. Strategic Management Journal, 21: 405-425.

Kogut, Bruce; et al. 1995. “Platform Technologies and National Industrial Networks.” Technical change and the world economy: Convergence and divergence in technology strategies. Pp. 58-82.

Kogut, Bruce; Kulatilaka, Nalin. “Operating Flexibility, Global Manufacturing, and the Option Value of a Multinational Network.” Real options and investment under uncertainty: Classical readings and recent contributions. 2001. 743-69.

Koh, Jeongsuk and N. Venkatraman. 1994. “Joint Venture Formations and Stock Market Reactions: An Assessment in the Information Technology Sector.” Pp. in Information Technology and the Corporation of the 1990s, edited by Thomas J. Allen and Michael S. Scott Morton. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kohler, Hans-Peter. “Learning in Social Networks and Contraceptive Choice.” Demography, vol. 34, no. 3, August 1997, pp. 369-83.

Kohler, Hans-Peter. “Learning in social networks and contraceptive choice.” Demography, Aug97, Vol. 34 Issue 3, p369, 15p

Kohler, Hans-Peter; Behrman, Jere R. “The Density of Social Networks and Fertility Decisions: Evidence from South Nyanza District, Kenya.” Demography, Feb2001. Vol. 38 Issue 1, p43, 16p.

Kohler, Hans-Peter; Behrman, Jere R; Watkins, Susan C. “The Density of Social Networks and Fertility Decisions: Evidence from South Nyanza District, Kenya.” Demography, 2001. 38, 1, Feb, 43-58.

Kohler, Hans-Peter; Behrman, Jere R; Watkins, Susan C. “The Density of Social Networks and Fertility Decisions: Evidence from South Nyanza District, Kenya.” Demography 38(1): 2001. 43-58.

Kohler, Hans-Peter; Hammel, Eugene A. “On the Role of Families and Kinship Networks in Pre-industrial Agricultural Societies: An Analysis of the 1698 Slavonian Census.” Journal of Population Economics, vol. 14, no. 1, 2001, pp. 21-49.

Kohler, Hans-Peter; Hammel, Eugene A. “On the Role of Families and Kinship Networks in Pre-industrial Agricultural Societies: An Analysis of the 1698 Slavonian Census.” Journal of Population Economics 14(1): 2001. 21-49.

Kojo Saffu; Aminu Mamman. “Contradictions in International Tertiary Strategic Alliances: the Case From Down Under. International Journal of Public Sector Management, 2000. Vol. 13 Issue 6, P508, 11p;

Koka, Balaji R. and John E. Prescott. 2002. “Strategic Alliances as Social Capital: A Multidimensional View.” Strategic Management Journal 23: 795-816.

Koka, Balaji R; Prescott, John E; Madhavan, Ravindranath. “Contagion Influence on Trade and Investment Policy: A Network Perspective.” Journal of International Business Studies 30: 1st Quarter 1999. Pp. 127-47.

Koliba, Christopher J. “Moral Language and Networks of Engagement: Service Learning and Civic Education.” American Behavioral Scientist. 2000. 43, 5, Feb, 825-838.

Kollman, Ken. 1998. Outside Lobbying: Public Opinion and Interest Group Strategies. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Kollock, Peter. 1994. “The Emergence of Exchange Structures: An Experimental Study of Uncertainty, Commitment and Trust.” American Journal of Sociology 100:313-345.

Komito, Lee. “Brokerage or Friendship? Politics and Networks in Ireland.” Economic and Social Review, vol. 23, no. 2, January 1992, pp. 129-45.

Kong, Kenneth C C. “‘Are You My Friend?’: Negotiating Friendship in Conversations between Network Marketers and Their Prospects.” Language in Society, 2003, 32, 4, Sept, 487-522.

König, C. and G. van Wijk. 1991. “Interfirm Alliances: The Role of Trust.” Chapter 9 in Microeconomic Contributions to Strategic Management, edited by R.A. Thietart and J. Thepob. North Holland: Elsevier.

König, Thomas and Thomas Bräuninger. 1998. “The Formation of Policy Networks: Preferences, Institutions and Actor’s Choices of Information and Exchange Relations.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 4:445-471.

König, Thomas. 1992. “Entscheidungen im Politiknetzwerk.” Wiesbaden: Deutscher Universitätsverlag.

König, Thomas. 1992. “Kollektive Entscheidungsfindung im Politikfeld ‘Arbeit’: Ein modellorientierter Politikfeldansatz.” Politische Vierteljahresschrift 4:597-621.

König, Thomas. 1993. “Die Bedeutung von Politik-Netzen in einem Modell politischer Entscheidung und politisch-privater Einflußnahme.” Journal für Sozialforschung 4:23-47.

Kono, Clifford, Donald Palmer, Roger Friedland, and Matthew Zafonte. 1998. “Lost in Space: the Geography of Corporate Interlocking Directorates.” American Journal of Sociology, 103:863-911.

Koot, Willem. 1983. “Organizational Dependence: An Exploration of External Power Relationships of Companies.” Organization Studies 4:19-38.

Koot, Willem; Leisink, Peter; Verweel, Paul, eds. “Organizational relationships in the networking age: The dynamics of identity formation and bonding.” New Horizons in Management. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, Mass.: Elgar, 2003.

Kopke, Ronald. “On the Compatibility of Northern Campaigns and Southern Networks.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 2002. 15, 1, Mar, 62-67.

Koppenjan, Johannes Franciscus Maria and E.H. Klijn. 2004. Managing Uncertainties in Networks: A Network Approach to Problem Solving and Decision Making. London: Routledge.

Koput, Kenneth W., Walter W. Powell and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1997. “Strategies of Learning and Industry Structure: The Evolution of Networks in Biotechnology.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:229-254.

Koput, Kenneth W., Walter W. Powell and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1998. “Interorganizational Relations and Elite Sponsorship: Mobilizing Resources in Biotechnology.” Manuscript under review.

Korac, Maja. “Cross-Ethnic Networks, Self-Reception System, and Functional Integration of Refugees from the Former Yugoslavia in Rome.” Journal of International Migration and Integration, 2001. 2, 1, winter, 1-26.

Kordesh, Richard S. “Esperanza Familiar: A University-Community Partnership as a Social Learning Network.” Cityscape: A Journal of Policy Development and Research, vol. 5, no. 1, 2000, pp. 75-90.

Kordesh, Richard S. “Esperanza Familiar: A University-Community Partnership as a Social Learning Network.” Cityscape: A Journal of Policy Development and Research, vol. 5, no. 1. 2000. pp. 75-90.

Korn, Helaine J. and Joel A. C. Baum. 1999. “Chance, Imitative, and Strategic Antecedents to Multimarket Contact.” Academy of Management Journal, In press.

Korn, Helaine J., and Joel A. C. Baum. 1997. “Multimarket contact as a competitive strategy? Random, ecological and adaptation perspectives.” Working paper, City

Korobkin, Russell B. and Thomas S. Ulen. 2000. “Law and Behavioral Science: Removing the Rationality Assumption from Law and Economics.” California Law Review 88(4):1051-1144.

Korpi, Tomas. “Good Friends in Bad Times? Social Networks and Job Search among the Unemployed in Sweden.” Acta Sociologica, 2001, 44, 2, 157-170.

Korpi, Tomas. 2001. “Good Friends in Bad Times? Social Networks and Job Search among the Unemployed in Sweden.” Acta Sociologica 44:157-170.

Korsgaard, M. Audrey, Susan E. Brodt and Ellen M. Whitener. “Trust in the Face of Conflict: the Role of Managerial Trustworthy Behavior and Organizational Context. Journal of Applied Psychology 2002. V87 I2 P312(8)

Korte, Charles and Stanley Milgram. 1970. “Acquaintance Linking Between White and Negro Populations: Application of the Small World Problem.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 15:101-18.

Koschatzky, Knut (ed.). “Technology-based firms in the innovation process: Management, financing and regional networks.” Series of the Fraunhofer Institute for Systems and Innovation Research (ISI): Technology, Innovation and Policy, vol. 5. Heidelberg: Physica 1997. pp. xii, 290.

Koschatzky, Knut (ed.). “Technology-based firms in the innovation process: Management, financing and regional networks.” Series of the Fraunhofer Institute for Systems and Innovation Research (ISI): Technology, Innovation and Policy, vol. 5. Heidelberg: Physica 1997. pp. xii, 290.

Koschatzky, Knut and Bross, Ulrike. “Innovation Networking in a Transition Economy: Experiences from Slovenia.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 127-52.

Koschatzky, Knut and Bross, Ulrike. “Innovation Networking in a Transition Economy: Experiences from Slovenia.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 127-52.

Koschatzky, Knut and Gundrum, Uwe. “Innovation Networks for Small Enterprises.” Technology-based firms in the innovation process: Management, financing and regional networks. 1997. pp. 203-24.

Koschatzky, Knut and Gundrum, Uwe. “Innovation Networks for Small Enterprises.” Technology-based firms in the innovation process: Management, financing and regional networks. 1997. pp. 203-24.

Koschatzky, Knut, ed. “Technology-based firms in the innovation process: Management, financing and regional networks.” Series of the Fraunhofer Institute for Systems and Innovation Research (ISI): Technology, Innovation and Policy, vol. 5. Heidelberg: Physica, 1997, pp. xii, 290.

Koschatzky, Knut, Kulicke, Marianne and Zenker, Andrea, eds. “Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective.” Series of the Fraunhofer Institute for Systems and Innovation Research (ISI): Technology, Innovation and Policy, vol. 12. Heidelberg and New York: Physica 2001. pp. xviii, 284.

Koschatzky, Knut, Kulicke, Marianne and Zenker, Andrea, eds. “Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective.” Series of the Fraunhofer Institute for Systems and Innovation Research (ISI): Technology, Innovation and Policy, vol. 12. Heidelberg and New York: Physica 2001. pp. xviii, 284.

Koschatzky, Knut. “Networking and Knowledge Transfer between Research and Industry in Transition Countries: Empirical Evidence from the Slovenian Innovation System.” Journal of Technology Transfer, vol. 27, no. 1, January 2002. pp. 27-38.

Koschatzky, Knut. “Networking and Knowledge Transfer between Research and Industry in Transition Countries: Empirical Evidence from the Slovenian Innovation System.” Journal of Technology Transfer, vol. 27, no. 1, January 2002. pp. 27-38.

Koschatzky, Knut. “Networking and Knowledge Transfer between Research and Industry in Transition Countries: Empirical Evidence from the Slovenian Innovation System.” Journal of Technology Transfer 27(1): 2002. 27-38.

Koschatzky, Knut. “Networks in Innovation Research and Innovation Policy: An Introduction.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 3-23.

Koschatzky, Knut. “Networks in Innovation Research and Innovation Policy--An Introduction.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 3-23.

Koschatzky, Knut. “Networks in Innovation Research and Innovation Policy--An Introduction.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. 3-23.

Koschatzky, Knut; Bross, Ulrike. “Innovation Networking in a Transition Economy: Experiences from Slovenia.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. 127-52.

Koschatzky, Knut; Kulicke, Marianne; Zenker, Andrea, eds. “Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective.” Series of the Fraunhofer Institute for Systems and Innovation Research (ISI): Technology, Innovation and Policy 12. Heidelberg and New York: Physica, 2001. xviii, 284.

Kosnik, Rita D. 1987. “Greenmail: A Study of Board Performance in Corporate Governance.” Administrative Science Quarterly (32):163-185.

Koster, Ferry; Sanders, Karin; Van Emmerik, Hetty. “Solidarity of Temporary Workers Effects of Temporal and Network Embeddedness on Solidarity of Ph.D. Students.” The Netherlands’ Journal of Social Sciences, 2002. 38, 1, 65-80.

Kostova, Tatiana and Kendall Roth. “Social Capital in Multinational Corporations and a Micro-Macro Model of Its Formation.” Academy of Management Review 2003. V28 I2 P297(21)

Kotabe, M., Martin, X and Domot, H. 2003. Gaining from vertical partnerships: knowledge transfer, relationship duration, and supplier performance improvement in the U.S. and Japanese automotive industries. Strategic Management Journal, 24: 293-316.

Kotabe, Masaaki; Aulakh, Preet S.; Santillan-Salgado, Roberto J.; Teegen, Hildy; Coutinho De Arruda, Maria Cecilia; Greene, Walter. “Strategic Alliances in Emerging Latin America: A View From Brazilian, Chilean, and Mexican Companies. Journal of World Business, Summer2000, Vol. 35 Issue 2, P114, 19p;

Kotter, John P. and James L. Heskett. 1992. Corporate Culture and Performance. New York: Free Press.

Kotz, David. 1978. Bank Control of Large Corporations in the United States. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Kovac, Jure. “Network Organizations.” Management 7(1): 2002. 51-65.

Kovac, Jure. “Network Organizations.” Management 7: 1 2002. Pp. 51-65.

Kovac, Jure. “Organisation and Management in Network Organisations.” Organizacija, 2002. 35, 6, June, 359-362.

Kowol, Uli. 1999. Innovation Networks. Technical Developments between Usage Visions and Applicational Practice.

Kowol, Uli. 1999. Innovation Networks. Technical Developments between Usage Visions and Applicational Practice.

Koza, Mitchell P.1999. “The Coevolution of Network Alliances: A Longitudinal Analysis of an International Professional Service Network” Organization Science 10:638-.

Koza, Mitchell; Lewin, Arie. “Managing Partnerships and Strategic Alliances: Raising the Odds of Success. European Management Journal 2000. Vol. 18 Issue 2, P146, 6p;

Kraatz, Matthew S. and Edward J. Zajac. 1996. “Exploring the Limits of the New Institutionalism: The Causes and Consequences of Illegitimate Organizational Change.” American Sociological Review 61:812-836.

Kraatz, Matthew S. and Edward J. Zajac. 2001. “How Organizational Resources Affect Strategic Change and Performance in Turbulent Environments: Theory and Evidence.” Organization Science 12:632-659.

Krackhardt, David and Daniel J. Brass. 1994. “Intraorganizational Networks: The Micro Side.” Pp. 207-229 in Advances in Social Network Analysis, edited by Stanley Wasserman and Joseph Galaskiewicz. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Krackhardt, David and Jeffrey R. Hanson. 1993. “Informal Networks: The Company Behind the Chart.” Harvard Business Review (July-August):104-111.

Krackhardt, David and Lyman W. Porter. 1985. “When Friends Leave: A Structural Analysis of the Relationship Between Turnover and Stayers’ Attitudes.” Administrative Science Quarterly 30:242-261.

Krackhardt, David and Lyman W. Porter. 1986. “The Snowball Effect: Turnover Embedded in Communication Networks.” Journal of Applied Psychology 71:50-55.

Krackhardt, David and Martin Kilduff. 1989. “Friendship Patterns and Culture: The Control of Organizational Diversity.” American Anthropologist 92:142-154.

Krackhardt, David, Jim Blythe, and Cathleen McGrath. 1995. KrackPlot 3.0 User’s Manual.

Krackhardt, David. 1987. “Cognitive Social Structures.” Social Network 9:109-134.

Krackhardt, David. 1988. “Predicting with Networks: Non-parametric Multiple Regression Analysis of Dyadic Data.” Social Networks 10:359-369.

Krackhardt, David. 1990. “Assessing the Political Landscape: Structure, Cognition and Power in Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:342-369.

Krackhardt, David. 1992. “The Strength of Strong Ties: The Importance of Philos in Organizations.” Pp. 216-239 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Krackhardt, David. 1994. “Graph Theoretical Dimensions of Informal Organizations.” Pp. 89-111 in Computational Organization Theory, edited by Kathleen M. Carley and Michael J. Prietula. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Krackhardt, David. 1995. “Entrepeneurial Opportunities in an Entrepreneurial Firm: A Structural Approach.” Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice 19:53-69.

Krackhardt, David. 1996. “Social Networks and the Liability of Newness for Managers.” Pp. 159-17 in Organizational Behavior Vol. 3(3), edited by C.L. Cooper and D.M.Rousseau. New York: Wiley.

Krackhardt, David. 1999. “The Ties That Torture: Simmelian Tie Analysis in Organizations.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 16:183-210.

Krackhardt, David; Stern, Robert N. “Informal Networks and Organizational Crises: An Experimental Simulation.” Social Psychology Quarterly 1988. 51:123-140.

Kram, K.E. 1985. Mentoring at Work. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

Kramer, M. W. 1996. “A Longitudinal Study of Peer Communication During Job Transfers: The Impact of Frequency, Quality, and Network Multiplexity on Adjustment.” Human Communication Research 23:59-86.

Kramer, Ralph. 1988. “Voluntary Agencies and the Personal Social Services.” Ch. 14 in W. W. Powell (Ed.). 1988. The Nonprofit Sector: A Research Handbook. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Kramer, Roderick M. 1999. “Trust and Distrust in Organizations: Emerging Perspectives, Enduring Questions.” Annual Review of Psychology 50:569-598.

Kramer, Roderick M. and Tom R. Tyler (eds.). 1996. Trust in Organizations: Frontiers of Theory and Research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Kranton, Rachel E; Minehart, Deborah F. “ A Theory of Buyer-Seller Networks.” American Economic Review 91(3): 2001. 485-508.

Kranton, Rachel E; Minehart, Deborah F. “ Networks versus Vertical Integration.” RAND Journal of Economics 31(3): Autumn 2000. 570-601.

Kranton, Rachel E; Minehart, Deborah F. “Competition for Goods in Buyer-Seller Networks.” Review of Economic Design 5(3): 2000. 301-31.

Krapfel, R. E., Salmond, D. and Spekman, R. (1991), “A strategic approach to managing buyer-seller relationships”, European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 25, pp. 22-37.

Krasner, Stephen. 1984. “Approaches to the State: Alternative Conceptions and Historical Dynamics.” Comparative Politics 16:223-246.

Kraut, R. E., Egido, C., and Galegher, J. 1990. Patterns of Contact and Communication in Scientific Research Collaboration. In R. E. Kraut, C. Egido, and J. Galegher (Eds.), Intellectual Team Work: Social and Technological Foundations of Cooperative Work: 149-171. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kraut, Robert. 1999. “Coordination and Virtualization: The Role of Electronic Networks and Personal Relationships.” Organization Science 10:722-.

Krauth, Brian V. 2004. “A Dynamic Model of Job Networking and Social Influences on Employment.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control 28:1185-1204.

Kravitz, Richard L., David Krackhardt, Joy Melnikow, Carol E. Franz, William M. Gilbert, Andra Zach, Debora A. Paterniti and Patrick S. Romano. 2003. “Networked for Change? Identifying Obstetric Opinion Leaders and Assessing Their Opinions on Caesarean Delivery.” Social Science Medicine 57(12): 2423-2434.

Krebs, Valdis E. “Uncloaking Terrorist Networks.” First Monday 7 (April 2002).

Krebs, Valdis. “Proxy Networks-Analyzing One Network to Reveal Another.” BMS, Bulletin de Methodologie Sociologique, 2003. 79, July, 61-70.

Krehbiel, Kieth. 1991. Information and Legislative Organization. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

Kreiner, K. and M. Schultz. 1993. “Informal Collaborations in RandD: The Formation of Networks Across Organizations.” Organization Studies 14(2):189-209.

Kreiner, Kristian; Schultz, Majken. “Informal Collaboration in R&D. The Formation of Networks across Organizations.” Organization Studies 1993. 14:189-209.

Krempel, Lothar. 1994. “Simple Representations of Complex Networks: Strategies for Visualizing Network Structure.” Köln, Germany: Max-Planck-Institut für Gesellschaftsforschung (July 15, 2002).

Krempel, Lothar. 1999. “International Division of Labor and Global Economic Processes: An Analysis of the International Trade of Cars with World Trade Data.” Köln, Germany: Max-Planck-Institut für Gesellschaftsforschung (July 15, 2002)

Kreps, D. 1990. Corporate culture and economic theory. In J. Alt and K. Shepsie (Eds.), Perspectives on positive political economy, 90-143. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Kreps, David M. 1996. “Markets and Hierarchies and (Mathematical) Economic Theory.” Industrial and Corporate Change 5:561-595.

Kreps, David M. 1996. “Markets and Hierarchies and (Mathematical) Economic Theory.” Industrial and Corporate Change 5:561-595.

Kretzschmar, Mirjam and Martina Morris. 1996. “Measures of Concurrency in Networks and the Spread of Infectious Disease.” Mathematical Biosciences 133:165-95.

Krippner, Greta R. 2001. “The Elusive Market: Embeddedness and the Paradigm of Economic Sociology.” Theory and Society 30:775-810.

Krishna, V V. “Science Policies to Innovation Strategies: “Local” Networking and Coping with Internationalism in the Developing Country Context.” Knowledge and Policy 1993-1994. 6, 3-4, fall-winter, 134-157.

Krishna, V V. “Science Policies to Innovation Strategies: “Local” Networking and Coping with Internationalism in the Developing Country Context.” Knowledge and Policy 1993-1994. 6, 3-4, fall-winter, 134-157.

Krishna, Venni V. “Networks of Cooperation: Understanding Innovation and ‘Success’ through Smart Technical Changes in Indian Cooperative Dairy Industry.” International Sociological Association (ISA) 1994.

Krishna, Venni V. “Networks of Cooperation: Understanding Innovation and ‘Success’ through Smart Technical Changes in Indian Cooperative Dairy Industry.” International Sociological Association (ISA) 1994.

Kroll, Luisa. 1998. “Catching Up.” Forbes May 18.

Kroll, Mark, Peter Wright, Leslie Toombs and Hadley Leavell. 1997. “Form of Control: A Critical Determinant of Acquisition Performance and CEO Rewards.” Strategic Management Journal 18(2):85-96.

Kron, Thomas; Schimank, Uwe; Lasarczyk, Christian W G. “Double Contingency and the Relevance of Networks for Communication Systems. Results of a Simulation Study.” Zeitschrift fur Soziologie, 2003. 32, 5, Oct, 374-395.

Kruglov, V. V. and M I. Dli. 2001. “Application of Neural Networks Notion to Analysis of Sociological Data.” Sotsiologicheskie Issledovaniya 27(9):112-114.

Krugman, Paul R. 1990. The Age of Diminished Expectations: U.S. Economic Policy in the 1990s. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Krugman, Paul R. 1994. Peddling Prosperity: Economic Sense and Nonsense in the Age of Diminished Expectations. New York: Norton.

Krugman, Paul R. and Robert Z. Lawrence. 1994. “Trade, Jobs and Wages.” Scientific American April: 44-49.

Kruse, Douglas. 1992. “Supervision, Working Conditions, and the Employer Size-Wage Effect.” Industrial Relations 31:229-249.

Kuada, John. “Collaboration Between Developed and Developing Country-Based Firms: Danish-Ghanaian Experience. Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing, 2002. Vol. 17 Issue 6, P538, 20p;

Kuan, Chung-Ming; Hornik, Kurt; White, Halbert. “A Convergence Result for Learning in Recurrent Neural Networks.” Department of Economics, UC San Diego, University of California at San Diego, Economics Working Paper Series, 1993.

Kubicek, Herbert and Rose M. Wagner. 2002. “Community Networks in a Generational Perspective: The Change of an Electronic Medium within Three Decades.” Information, Communication & Society 5:291-319.

Kubitschek, Warren N. and Maureen T. Hallinan. 1998. “Tracking and Students’ Friendships.” Social Psychology Quarterly 61:1-15.

Kuemmerle, W. 1997. “Building Effective R&D Capabilities Abroad.” Harvard Business Review March-April:61-70.

Kuhn, Randall. “Identities in Motion: Social Exchange Networks and Rural-Urban Migration in Bangladesh.” Contributions to Indian Sociology, 2003. 37, 1-2, Jan-Aug, 311-337.

Kuhnel, Wolfgang. 1995. “The Importance of Social Networks and Peer Group Relations for Violence in Juvenile Age.” Zeitschrift für Sozialisationsforschung und Erziehungssoziologie 15(2):122-144.

Kuhnel, Wolfgang; Matuschek, Ingo. 1994. “Social Networks and Group Processes of East-German Youth: A Substrate for Right Mobilization?” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen 7(4):42-53.

Kuhnert, Stephan. “An Evolutionary Theory of Collective Action: Schumpeterian Entrepreneurship for the Common Good.” Constitutional Political Economy, vol. 12, no. 1, March 2001. pp. 13-29.

Kulicke, Marianne. “Innovation Networks and Regional Venture Capital Companies in Germany--Experiences for Central and Eastern European Countries.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. Pp. 191-204.

Kulicke, Marianne. “Innovation Networks and Regional Venture Capital Companies in Germany: Experiences for Central and Eastern European Countries.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 191-204.

Kulicke, Marianne. “Innovation Networks and Regional Venture Capital Companies in Germany: Experiences for Central and Eastern European Countries.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 191-204.

Kulicke, Marianne. “Innovation Networks and Regional Venture Capital Companies in Germany--Experiences for Central and Eastern European Countries.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. 191-204.

Kulish, Nicholas. 2001. “Labor Market Continues to Be Tight Despite a Slowdown in U.S.” Wall Street Journal January 8:A2.

Kulmala, Harri I; Paranko, Jari; Uusi-Rauva, Erkki. “The Role of Cost Management in Network Relationships.” International Journal of Production Economics 79(1): 2002. 33-43.

Kumar, Keval J. “India and Pakistan: From Transitional to Network Societies?” Development 46(1): 2003. 41-48.

Kumar, Nirmalya. 1996. “The Power of Trust in Manufacturer-Retailer Relationships.” Harvard Business Review 74(6):92-106.

Kumar, Rajesh. “Managing Alliances in the Power Generation Industry. Journal of General Management, Summer2003. Vol. 28 Issue 4, P64, 19p;

Kumar, Rajesh; Worm, Verner. “Social capital and the dynamics of business negotiations between the northern Europeans and the Chinese. International Marketing Review, 2003. Vol. 20 Issue 3, p262, 24p.

Kumaresan, Nageswaran and Miyazaki, Kumiko. “An Integrated Network Approach to Systems of Innovation: The Case of Robotics in Japan.” Research Policy, vol. 28, no. 6, August 1999. pp. 563-85.

Kumaresan, Nageswaran and Miyazaki, Kumiko. “An Integrated Network Approach to Systems of Innovation: The Case of Robotics in Japan.” Research Policy, vol. 28, no. 6, August 1999. pp. 563-85.

Kumbhakar, Subal C. and Amy E. Dunbar. 1993. “The Elusive ESOP-Productivity Link: Evidence from U.S. Firm-Level Data.” Journal of Public Economics 52:273-83.

Kunda, Gideon. 1991. Engineering Culture: Control and Commitment in a High Tech Corporation. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

Kurtz, P. David. 1998. “A Case Study of a Network as a Learning Organization.” Administration in Social Work 22:57-73.

Kusa, Z. 1997. Social network analysis in sociological research. Sociologia, 29(5), 479-504.

Kwait, Jennafer; Valente, Thomas W; Celentano, David D. “Interorganizational Relationships among HIV/AIDS Service Organizations in Baltimore: A Network Analysis.” Journal of Urban Health 2001. 78, 3 468-487.

Kwoka, John E. 1980. “Establishment Size, Wages, and Job Satisfaction: The Trade-Offs.” Pp. 359-379 in The Economics of Firm Size, Market Structure, and Social Performance, edited by John J. Siegfried. Washington: Bureau of Economics, Federal Trade Commission.

Kwoka, John E. 1983. “Monopoly, Plant, and Union Effects on Worker Wages.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 36:251-257.

Kwon, Gi-Heon. “Retests on the Theory of Collective Action: The Olson and Zeckhauser Model and Its Elaboration.” Economics and Politics, vol. 10, no. 1, March 1998. pp. 37-62.

Kyle, David. “Transnational peasants: Migrations, networks, and ethnicity in Andean Ecuador.” Baltimore and London: Johns Hopkins University Press, 2000. xiii, 251.

La Porte, Todd R. “Shifting Vantage and Conceptual Puzzles in Understanding Public Organization Networks.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 1996. 6:49-74.

La Porte, Todd R. 1996. “Shifting Vantage and Conceptual Puzzles in Understanding Public Organization Networks.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:49-74.

Labianca, Giuseppe, Daniel J. Brass, and Barbara Gray. 1998. “Social Networks and Perceptions of Intergroup Conflict: The Role of Negative Relationships and Third Parties.” Academy of Management Journal 41:55-67.

Labianea, Giuseppe; Brass, Daniel J. “Exploring the Social Ledger: The Role of Negative Affective Ties in Social Networks.” Academy of Management Proceedings, 1997. p330, 5p.

Labich, Kenneth. 1996. “Making Diversity Pay.” Fortune, September 9: 177-80.

Labovitz, Sanford and Jon Miller. 1974. “Implications of Power, Conflict, and Change in an Organizational Setting.” Pacific Sociological Review 17:214-239.

Lacey, Robert. 1986. Ford: The Men and the Machine. Boston: Little, Brown.

Lach, Saul. 1995. “Patents and Productivity Growth at the Industry Level: A First Look.” Economics Letters 49:101-108.

Laffont, Jean-Jacques. “Efficient Network Access Pricing Rules for Developing and Transition Economies.” Second-generation reforms in infrastructure services. 2002. 177-91.

Laffont, Jean-Jacques; N’Gbo, Ake. “Cross-Subsidies and Network Expansion in Developing Countries.” European Economic Review 44(4-6): 2000. 797-805.

Lagerlof, Johan. “Lobbying, Information, and Private and Social Welfare.” European Journal of Political Economy, vol. 13, no. 3, September 1997, pp. 615-37.

Lahiri, Sajal; Raimondos-Moller, Pascalis. “Lobbying by Ethnic Groups and Aid Allocation.” Economic Journal, vol. 110, no. 462, March 2000, pp. C62-79.

Lahusen, Christian. “Politicizing European Policy. Lobbying in the EU.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 2003, 16, 3, Sept, 80-.

Lai, Gina, Nan Lin and Shu-Yin Leung. 1998. “Network Resources, Contact Resources, and Status Attainment.” Social Networks 20:159-178.

Lai, Gina. “Social Support Networks in Urban Shanghai.” Social Networks, 2001. 23, 1, Jan, 73-85.

Lajara, Bartolomé Marco. “The Role of Human Resource Management in the Cooperative Strategy Process. Human Resource Planning, 2002. Vol. 25 Issue 2, P34, 11p;

Lajara, Bartolomé Marco; Lillo, Francisco García; Sempere, Vicente Sabater. “Human Resources Management in the Formulation and Implementation of Strategic Alliances. Human Systems Management, 2002. Vol. 21 Issue 3, P205, 11p;

Lajara, Bartolomémarco; Lillo, Francisco Garcia; Sempere, Vicente Sabater. “Human Resources Management A Success and Failure Factor in Strategic Alliances. Employee Relations, 2003. Vol. 25 Issue 1, P61, 20p;

Lakshmanan, T R. “State Market Networks in Japan: The Case of Industrial Policy.” Patterns of a network economy. 1994. Pp. 99-109.

Lakshmanan, T R; Batten, David F. “Knowledge and Knowledge Networks: In Honor of Martin J. Beckmann.” Annals of Regional Science, vol. 27, no. 1, 1993, pp. 1-3.

Lakshmanan, T R; Okumura, Makoto. “The Nature and Evolution of Knowledge Networks in Japanese Manufacturing.” Regional dynamics. Volume 2. 1996, pp. 76-98.

Lakshmanan, T R; Okumura, Makoto. “The Nature and Evolution of Knowledge Networks in Japanese Manufacturing.” Papers in Regional Science, vol. 74, no. 1, January 1995, pp. 63-86.

Lam, Alice. 2003. “Organizational Learning in Multinationals: R&D Networks of Japanese and US MNEs in the UK.” Journal of Management Studies 40:673-.

Lambe, C. Jay, Robert E. Spekman, Shelby D. Hunt. “Alliance Competence, Resources, and Alliance Success: Conceptualization, Measurement, and Initial Test. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science Spring 2002. V30 I2 P141(18)

Lambert, Richard A., David F. Larker, and Keith Weigelt. 1993. “The structure of organizational incentives.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 38: 438-461.

Lammers, Cornleius J. 1997. “Does Drastic Environmental Change Require New Theory?” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.

Lamming, R. 1993. Beyond Partnership: Strategies for Innovation and Lean Supply. Engelwood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall.

Lamphere, Louise, Patricia Zavella, Felipe Gonzales with Peter B. Evans. 1993. Sunbelt Working Mothers: Reconciling Family and Factory. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Lampkin, Linda M. and Elizabeth T. Boris. 2002. “Nonprofit Organization Data: What We Have and What We Need.” American Behavioral Scientist 45:1675-1715.

Lan, Pei-Chia. “Networking Capitalism: Network Construction and Control Effects in Direct Selling.” The Sociological Quarterly, 2002. 43, 2, spring, 165-184.

Lan, Pei-Chia. “Networking Capitalism: Network Construction and Control Effects in Direct Selling.” Sociological Quarterly, Spring2002. Vol. 43 Issue 2, p165, 20p;

Lancaster, Hal. 1994. “You, and Only You, Must Stay in Charge of Your Employability.” Wall Street Journal November 15:B1.

Land Use versus Road Network Design in Community Transport.

Landa, Janet T. “Culture and Entrepreneurship in Less-Developed Countries: Ethnic Trading Networks as Economic Organizations.” The culture of entrepreneurship. 1991. Pp. 53-72.

Landabaso, Mikel, Oughton, Christine and Morgan, Kevin. “Innovation Networks and Regional Policy in Europe.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 243-73.

Landabaso, Mikel, Oughton, Christine and Morgan, Kevin. “Innovation Networks and Regional Policy in Europe.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 243-73.

Landabaso, Mikel; Oughton, Christine; Morgan, Kevin. “Innovation Networks and Regional Policy in Europe.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. 243-73.

Landes, Elizabeth M. 1977. “Sex Differences in Wages and Employment: A Test of the Specific Capital Hypothesis.” Economic Inquiry 15:523-538.

Landry, R., and Amara, N. 1998. The Impact of Transaction Costs on the Institutional Structuration of Collaborative Academic Research. Research Policy, 27(9): 901-913.

Lane, Christel (1998), Introduction: Theories and issues in the study of trust, in Christel Lane and Reinhard Bachmann (eds.), Trust within and between Organizations: Conceptual Issues and Empirical Applications, Oxford: Oxford University Press: 1-30.

Lane, Christel and Reinhard Bachmann (eds.). 1998. Trust Within and Between Organizations: Conceptual Issues and Empirical Applications. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lane, Christel and Reinhard Bachmann. 1996. “The Social Constitution of Trust: Supplier Relations in Britain and Germany.” Organization Studies 17:365-95.

Lane, Christel. 1995. “The Social Constitution of Supplier Relations in Britain and Germany: An Institutional Analysis.” Pp. XXX in The Changing European Firm, edited by R. Whitley and P.H. Kristensen. London: Routledge.

Lane, Christel. 1995. Industry and Society in Europe. Aldershot: Edward Elgar.

Lane, Christel. 1997. “Interorganizational Networks in a Changing Global Environment.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.

Lane, Christel. 1997. “The Social Regulation of Supplier Relations in Britain and Germany: Market Rules, Legal Norms and Technical Standards.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 17

Lane, P.J. and Lubatkin, M. 1998. Relative absorptive capacity and interorganizational learning. Strategic Management Journal, 19: 461-477.

Lane, P.J., and Lubatkin, M. 1998. Relative absorptive capacity and interorganizational learning. Strategic Management Journal, 19: 461-477.

Lane, Peter J. and Michael Lubatkin. 1998. “Relative Absorptive Capacity and Interorganizational Learning.” Strategic Management Journal 19:461-477.

Lane, Peter J. and Michael Lubatkin. 1998. “Relative Absorptive Capacity and Interorganizational Learning.” Strategic Management Journal 19:461-477.

Lane, Peter J. and Michael Lubatkin. 1998. “Relative Absorptive Capacity and Interorganizational Learning.” Strategic Management Journal 19:461-477.

Lang, Frieder R. “Endings and continuity of social relationships: Maximizing intrinsic benefits within personal networks when feeling near to death. Journal of Social & Personal Relationships, Apr2000, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p155, 28p;

Lang, James R. and Daniel E. Lockhart. 1990. “Increased Environmental Uncertainty and Changes in Board Linkage Patterns.” Academy of Management Journal 33:106-128.

Lang, Kevin and Paul A. Ruud. 1986. “Returns to Schooling, Implicit Discount Rates and Black-White Wage Differentials.” Review of Economics and Statistics 68:41-47.

Lang, Kevin and William T. Dickens. 1988. “Neoclassical and Sociological Perspectives on Segmented Labor Markets.” Pp. 65-88 in Industries, Firms, and Jobs: Sociological and Economic Approaches, edited by George Farkas and Paula England. New York: Plenum.

Lange, Rense; McDade, Sean; Oliva, Terence A. “Technological Choice and Network Externalities: A Catastrophe Model Analysis of Firm Software Adoption for Competing Operating Systems.” Structural Change and Economic Dynamics, vol. 12, no. 1, March 2001, pp. 29-57.

Langfield-Smith, Kim; Smith, David. “Management Control Systems and Trust in Outsourcing Relationships. Management Accounting Research 2003. Vol. 14 Issue 3, P281, 27p;

Lanois, Richard N. and P.L. Robertson. 1995. Firms, Markets, and Economic Change: A Dynamic Theory of Business Institutions. London: Routledge.

Lansbury, Russell D. 1987. “The Impact of Technological Change on Industrial Relations: An International Perspective.” Economic and Industrial Democracy 8: 411-420.

Lant, Theresa K., and Joel A. C. Baum. 1995. “Cognitive sources of socially constructed competitive groups: Examples from the Manhattan hotel industry.” In W.R. Scott and S. Christensen (eds.) The Institutional Construction of Organizations: 15-39. Thousand Oaks CA: Sage.

Lanzi, Diego. “Structural Reforms, Regulatory Compact and Competition in Network Industries: Review Essay.” Economic Notes 31(1): 2002. 179-90.

Lanzi, Diego. “Vertical Product Differentiation, Network Competition and Regulation of Connectivity.” RISEC: International Review of Economics and Business 49(1): 2002. 13-30.

Larance, Lisa Young. “Fostering Social Capital through NGO Design: Grameen Bank Membership in Bangladesh. International Social Work 2001. V44 I1 P7(12)

Laredo, Philippe and Mustar, Philippe. “The Technoeconomic Network: A Socioeconomic Approach to State Intervention in Innovation.” Technological collaboration: The dynamics of cooperation in industrial innovation. 1996. pp. 143-64.

Laredo, Philippe and Mustar, Philippe. “The Technoeconomic Network: A Socioeconomic Approach to State Intervention in Innovation.” Technological collaboration: The dynamics of cooperation in industrial innovation. 1996. pp. 143-64.

Larosse, Jan et al. “ICT Cluster Organisations in Flanders: Co-operation in Innovation in the New Networked Economy.” Innovative clusters: Drivers of national innovation systems. 2001. pp. 113-31.

Larosse, Jan et al. “ICT Cluster Organisations in Flanders: Co-operation in Innovation in the New Networked Economy.” Innovative clusters: Drivers of national innovation systems. 2001. pp. 113-31.

Larosse, Jan; et al. “ICT Cluster Organisations in Flanders: Co-operation in Innovation in the New Networked Economy.” Innovative clusters: Drivers of national innovation systems. 2001. 113-31.

Larson, Andrea and Jennifer Starr. 1992. “A Network Model of Organization Formation.” Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 17:5-15.

Larson, Andrea. 1991. “Partner Networks: Leveraging External Ties to Improve Entrepreneurial Peformance.” Journal of Business Venturing 6(3):173-188.

Larson, Andrea. 1992. “Network Dyads in Entrepreneurial Settings: A Study of the Governance of Exchange Relationships.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:76-104.

Larsson, Rikard and Michael Lubatkin. 2001. “Achieving Acculturation in Mergers and Acquisitions: An International Case Survey.” Human Relations 54:1573-1606.

Larsson, Rikard and Sydney Finkelstein. 1999. “Integrating Strategic, Organizational, and Human Resource Perspectives on Mergers and Acquisitions: A Case Survey of Synergy Realization.” Organization Science 10: 1-26.

Laschewski, Lutz; Phillipson, Jeremy; Gorton, Matthew. “The Facilitation and Formalisation of Small Business Networks: Evidence from the North East of England.” Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 20(3): 2002. 375-91.

Laschinger, Heather K. Spence. 1996. “A Theoretical Approach to Studying Work Empowerment in Nursing: A Review of Studies Testing Kanter’s Theory of Structural Power in Organizations.” Nursing Administration Quarterly 20(2):25-41.

Lassar, W., and Kerr, J. 1996. Strategy and Control in Supplier-Distributor Relationships - an Agency Perspective. Strategic Management Journal, 17(8), 613-632.

Latham, Mark. “The Network University.” Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management 23(1): 2001. 7-17.

Latkin, Carl A., Valerie Forman, Amy Knowlton and Susan Sherman. “Norms, Social Networks, and HIV-Related Risk Behaviors Among Urban Disadvantaged Drug Users. Social Science & Medicine 2003. V56 I3 P465(12)

Latkin, Carl A; Forman, Valerie; Knowlton, Amy. “Concordance between Drug Users’ and Their Network Members’ Reported Drug Use and HIV Status: Implications to HIV Prevention.” Advances in Medical Sociology, 2002. 8, 151-164.

Latkin, Carl A; Forman, Valerie; Knowlton, Amy; Sherman, Susan. “Norms, Social Networks, and HIV-Related Risk Behaviors among Urban Disadvantaged Drug Users.” Social Science and Medicine, 2003. 56, 3, Feb, 465-476.”

Lau, Chung-Ming David K. Tse and Zhou Nan. 2002. “Institutional Forces and Organizational Culture in China: Effects on Change Schemas, Firm Commitment and Job Satisfaction.” Journal of International Business Studies 33:533-550.

Laumann, Edward O. “Friends of Urban Men: An Assessment of Accuracy in Reporting Their Socioeconomic Attributes, Mutual Choice and Attitude Agreement.” Sociometry, 1969, 32:54-69.

Laumann, Edward O. 1973. Bonds of Pluralism: The Form and Substance of Urban Social Networks. New York: Wiley Interscience.

Laumann, Edward O. and David Knoke. 1987. “Study Design and Data Collection.” Pp. 94-108 in The Organizational State: A Perspective on the Social Organization of National Energy and Health Policy Domains. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Laumann, Edward O. and David Knoke. 1987. The Organizational State: A Perspective on the Social Organization of National Energy and Health Policy Domains. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Laumann, Edward O. and David Knoke. 1987. The Organizational State: Social Choice in National Policy Domains. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Laumann, Edward O. and Franz Urban Pappi. 1976. Networks of Collective Action: A Perspective on Community Influence Systems. New York: Academic Press.

Laumann, Edward O., John Gagnon, Robert Michael and Stuart Michaels. 1994. The Social Organization of Sexuality: Sexual Practices in the United States. Chicago, University of Chicago Press.

Laumann, Edward O., Joseph Galaskiewicz and Peter V. Marsden. 1978. “Community Structure as Interorganizational Linkages.” Annual Review of Sociology 4:455-84.

Laumann, Edward O., Peter V. Marsden and David Prensky. 1983. “The Boundary Specification Problem in Network Analysis.” Pp. 18-34 in Applied Network Analysis, edited by Ronald S. Burt and Michael J. Minor. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Laumann, Edward O., Tony Tam, John P. Heinz, Robert L. Nelson and Robert H. Salisbury. 1992. “The Social Organization of the Washington Establishment during the First Reagan Administration: A Network Analysis.” Research in Politics and Society 4:161-188.

Laumann, Edward O; Gagnon, John H; Michaels, Stuart; Robert, Michael T; Schumm, L Philip. “Monitoring AIDS and Other Rare Population Events: A Network Approach.” Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 1993, 34, 1, Mar, 7-22.

Laumann, Edward O; Galaskiewicz, Joseph; Marsden, Peter V. “Community Structure as Interorganizational Linkages.” Annual Review of Sociology, 1978, 4, 455-484.

Laumann, Edward O; Marsden, Peter V. “Microstructural Analysis in Interorganizational Systems.” Social Networks, 1982, 4, 4, Dec, 329-348.

Laumann, Edward O; Marsden, Peter V; Galaskiewicz, Joseph. “Community-Elite Influence Structures: Extension of a Network Approach.” American Journal of Sociology, 1977, 83, 3, Nov, 594-631.

Laumann, Edward O; Pappi, Franz Urban. “New Directions in the Study of Community Elites.” American Sociological Review, 1973, 38, 2, Apr, 212-230.

Laumann, Edward O; Tam, Tony; Heinz, John P; Nelson, Robert L; Salisbury, Robert H. “The Social Organization of the Washington Establishment during the First Reagan Administration: A Network Analysis.” Research in Politics and Society, 1992, 4, 161-188.

Laumann, Edward O; Verbrugge, Lois M; Pappi, Franz U. “A Causal Modelling Approach to the Study of a Community Elite’s Influence Structure.” American Sociological Review, 1974, 39, 2, Apr, 162-174.

Laurence, Don and Cohen Prusak. 2001. “How to Invest in Social Capital: The Need For People in an Organization to Know and Trust One Another.” Harvard Business Review 79(6):86-92.

Lauterbach, Karl. “Lobby versus Transparency and Patient-Participation for Public Health.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 2003, 16, 3, Sept, 48-52.

Lauterbach, U., and Sellin, B. (Eds.). 2000. Comparative Vocational Education and Training Research in Europe: Balance and Perspectives. Frankfurt/Thessaloniki: DIPF/CEDEFOP.

Lavie, Dovev. “The Competitive Advantage Of Interconnected Firms: An Extension Of The Resource-Based View.” Academy of Management Proceedings, 2002. Pc1, 6p;

Law, John and John Hassard (eds.). 1999. Actor Network Theory And After. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Law, John; Callon, Michel. 1988. “Engineering and Sociology in a Military Aircraft Project: A Network Analysis of Technological Change.” Social Problems 35, 3, June, 284-297

Lawler, Edward E. III, Susan A. Mohrman and Gerald E. Ledford. 1995. Creating High Performance Organizations: Practices and Results of Employee Involvement and Total Quality Management in Fortune 1000 Companies. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Lawler, Edward E. III, Susan A. Mohrman. 1985. “Quality Circles After the Fad.” Harvard Business Review 63(1):64-71.

Lawler, Edward E. III. 1992. The Ultimate Advantage: Creating the High-Involvement Organization. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Lawler, Edward E. III. 1996. From the Ground Up: Six Pinciples for Building the New Logic Corporation. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Lawler, Edward E., III, Susan Mohrman, and Gerald Ledford. 1992. Employee Involvement and Total Quality Management: Practices and Results in Fortune 500 Companies. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Lawler, Edward E., III. 1978. “The New Plant Revolution.” Organizational Dynamics 6(3):2-12.

Lawler, Edward E., III. 1990. “The New Plant Revolution Revisited.” Organizational Dynamics 19(2):5-14.

Lawler, Edward E., III. 1991. “The New Plant Approach: A Second Generation Approach.” Organizational Dynamics 20(1):5-15.

Lawler, Edward J. and Jeongkoo Yoon. 1996. “Commitment in Exchange Relations: Test of a Theory of Relational Cohesion.” American Sociological Review 61:89-108.

Lawler, Edward J. and Jeongkoo Yoon. 1998. “Network Structure and Emotion in Exchange Relations.” American Sociological Review, 63:871-894.

Lawler, Edward. “An Experimental Study of Factors Affecting the Mobilization of Revolutionary Coalitions.” Sociometry 38: 163-79. 1975.

Lawless, Michael W., and Rita A. Moore. 1989. “Interorganizational Systems in Public Service Delivery: A New Application of the Dynamic Network Framework.” Human Relations 42:1167-1184.

Lawrence, Kenneth D. and Gary R. Reeves (eds). 1995. Network Optimization. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Lawrence, Paul R. and Jay W. Lorsch. 1967. Organization and Environment. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Lawson, Ann M. 1997. “Benchmark Input-Output Accounts for the U.S. Economy, 1992 Make, Use, and Supplementary Tables.” Survey of Current Business (November)

Lawson, Clive, Barry Moore, David Keeble, Helen Lawton Smith and Frank Wilkinson. “Inter-Firm Links Between Regionally Clustered High-Technology SMEs: A Comparison of Cambridge and Oxford Innovation Networks.” ESRC Centre for Business Research, ESRC Centre for Business Research - Working Papers 1997.

Lawson, Clive, Barry Moore, David Keeble, Helen Lawton Smith and Frank Wilkinson. “Inter-Firm Links Between Regionally Clustered High-Technology SMEs: A Comparison of Cambridge and Oxford Innovation Networks.” ESRC Centre for Business Research, ESRC Centre for Business Research - Working Papers 1997.

Lazcano, Olga; Barrientos, Gustavo. “Ritual and Community Networks among Laborer Groups in Mexico.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 1999, 565, Sept, 207-217.

Lazcano, Olga; Barrientos, Gustavo. 1999. “Ritual and Community Networks among Laborer Groups in Mexico.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 565:207-217.

Lazear, Edward P. 1981. “Agency, Earnings Profiles, Productivity, and Hours Restrictions.” American Economic Review 71:606-620.

Lazega, Emmanuel and David Krackhardt. 2000. “Spreading and Shifting Costs of Lateral Control among Peers: A Structural Analysis at the Individual Level.” Quality and Quantity 34(2):153-175.

Lazega, Emmanuel and Marie-Odile Lebeaux. 1995. “Social Capital and Lateral Constraint.” Revue francaise de Sociologie 36:759-777.

Lazega, Emmanuel and Marijtje Van Duijn. 1997. “Position in Formal Structure, Personal Characteristics and Choices of Advisors in a Law Firm: A Logistic Regression Model for Dyadic Network Data.” Social Networks 19:375-397.

Lazega, Emmanuel and Philippa E. Pattison. 1999. “Multiplexity, Generalized Exchange and Cooperation in Organizations: A Case Study.” Social Networks 21:67-90.

Lazega, Emmanuel and Philippa E. Pattison. 2001. “Social Capital as Social Mechanisms and Collective Assets: The Example of Status Auctions among Colleagues.” Pp 185-208 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald Burt. Hawthorne,NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Lazega, Emmanuel and Stephane Vari. 1992. “Actors, Targets and Levers: Factor Analyzing Indirect Control Relationships in an American Law Firm.” BMS, Bulletin de Methodologie Sociologique 37:41-51.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 1990. “Internal Politics and the Interactive Elaboration of Information in Workgroups: An Exploratory Study.” Human Relations 43:87-101.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 1992. “A Network Study of a Collegial Organization: Business Lawyers.” Revue francaise de Sociologie 33:559-589.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 1992. The Micropolitics of Knowledge: Communication and Indirect Control in Workgroups. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 1994. “Conflicts of Interest in American Business Law Firms: Competition and Self-Regulation.” Sociologie du Travail 36:315-336.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 1994. “Network Analysis and Organization Sociology.” Revue francaise de Sociologie35:293-320.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 1995. “Competition, Cooperation and Advice Relationships in an American Corporate Law Firm.” Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Soziologie/Revue Suisse de sociologie 21:61-84.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 1996. “Contractual Arrangements and Relational Structures.” Revue francaise de Sociologie 37:439-456.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 1998. Reseaux Sociaux ey Structures Relationelles. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 1999. “The Collegial Phenomenon: A Structural Theory of Collective Action among Peers.” Revue francaise de Sociologie 40:639-670.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 2000. “Rule Enforcement among Peers: A Lateral Control Regime.” Organization Studies 21:193-214.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 2000. “Teaming Up and Out? Getting Durable Cooperation in a Collegial Organization.” European Sociological Review 16(3):245-266.

Lazega, Emmanuel. 2003. “Rationality, Social Discipline and Structure.” Revue francaise de Sociologie 44:305-329.

Lazer, David. “The Co-Evolution of Individual and Network.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2001. 25, 1, 69-108.

Lazerson, Mark H. 1988. “Organizational Growth of Small Firms: An Outcome of Markets and Hierarchies?” American Sociological Review 53:330-42.

Lazerson, Mark H. 1993. “Factory or Putting-out? Knitting Networks in Modena.” Pp. 203-226 in The Embedded Firm, edited by Gernot Grabher. London: Routledge.

Lazerson, Mark H. 1995. “A New Phoenix? Modern Putting-Out in the Modena Knitwear Industry.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:34-59.

Lazonick, William. 1993. “Industry Clusters versus Global Webs: Organizational Capabilities in the American Economy.” Industrial and Corporate Change 2:1-24.

Lazonick, William. 1993. Business Organization and the Myth of the Market Economy. NY: Cambridge University Press.

Lazonick, William. 1993. Business Organization and the Myth of the Market Economy. NY: Cambridge University Press.

Le Bas, Christian and Picard, Fabienne. “Reseaux technologiques et Innovametrie: L’apport de la statistique d’innovation a l’analyse des reseaux technologiques. (Technological Networks and Innovametrics. With English summary.).” Economies et Societes, vol. 29, no. 9, September 1995. pp. 69-98.

Le Bas, Christian, Picard, Fabienne and Suchecki, Bogdan, and .” .” .” .

Le Breton, Michel; Salanie, Francois. “Lobbying under Political Uncertainty.” Journal of Public Economics, vol. 87, no. 12, December 2003, pp. 2589-2610.

Le Heron, Richard; et al. “Global Supply Chains and Networking: A Critical Perspective on Learning Challenges in the New Zealand Dairy and Sheepmeat Commodity Chains.” Journal of Economic Geography, vol. 1, no. 4, October 2001, pp. 439-56.

Le Heron, Richard; et al. “Global Supply Chains and Networking: A Critical Perspective on Learning Challenges in the New Zealand Dairy and Sheepmeat Commodity Chains.” Journal of Economic Geography 1(4): 2001. 439-56.

Leblebici, Huseyin and Gerald R. Salancik. 1989. “The Rules of Organizing and the Managerial Role.” Organization Studies 10(3):301-325.

Leblebici, Huseyin, Gerald Salancik, Anne Copay and Tom King. 1991. “Institutional Change and the Transformation of Interorganizational Fields.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:333-363.

Leblebici, Huseyin. 1985. “Transactions and Organizational Form: A Reanalysis.” Organization Studies 6:97-115.

Leblebici, Huseyin; Whetten, David A. 1984. “The Concept of Horizontal Hierarchy and the Organization of Interorganizational Networks: A Comparative Analysis.” Social Networks 6:31-58.

Lechner, Christian; Dowling, Michael. “Firm Networks: External Relationships as Sources for the Growth and Competitiveness of Entrepreneurial Firms.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 15(1): 2003. 1-26.

Lechner, Christian; Dowling, Michael. “The Evolution of Industrial Districts and Regional Networks: The Case of the Biotechnology Region Munich/Martinsried.” Journal of Management and Governance, vol. 3, no. 4, 1999, pp. 309-38.

Lecoeuche, R., Robertson D, Barry, C., Mellish, C, 200, Evaluating focus theories for dialogue management, International journal of Human-computer Studies, 52, 23-76

Ledeneva, Alena V. 1997. “Practices of Exchange and Networking Russia.” Soziale Welt 48:151-170.

Ledeneva, Alena V. 1998. Russia’s Economy of Favours: Blat, Networking and Informal Exchange. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Ledeneva, Alena V., S. Lovell and A. Rogatchevsii (eds.). 200. Bribery and Blat in Russia. New York: Macmillan.

Lederberg, Joshua. “Network New York: How Does the Scientific Community Communicate?” The Sciences, 1980, 20, 10, Dec, 6-8.

Lederberg, Joshua. “Network New York: How Does the Scientific Community Communicate?”“The Sciences, 1980, 20, 10, Dec, 6-8.

Lederman, Daniel; Loayza, Norman; Menendez, Ana Maria. “Violent Crime: Does Social Capital Matter? Economic Development & Cultural Change, Apr2002. Vol. 50 Issue 3, p509, 31p;

Ledin, Hakan. “Building a Dynamic Intelligent Network: Lessons from the Telecommunications Revolution for the MNC Organization of the Future.” Managing the global firm. 1990. Pp. 326-53.

Lee, C., Lee, K., and Pennings, J.M. 2001. Internal capabilities, external networks, and performance: a study on technology-based ventures. Strategic Management Journal, 22: 615-640.

Lee, C.J. 1995. “The Industrial Networks of Taiwan’s Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises.” Journal of Industry Studies 2(2):75-87.

Lee, Hokyu. “Retrospective Technology Assessment: The Impacts of Computer Communications on the Structure of the Public Telephone Network.” Telecommunications Policy, vol. 21, no. 9-10, Nov.-Dec. 1997, pp. 845-59.

Lee, Jongseok, Jeho Lee and Habin Lee. 2003. “Exploration and Exploitation in the Presence of Network Externalities.” Management Science 49:553-570.

Lee, Joseph Tse-Hei. “The Overseas Chinese Networks and Early Baptist Missionary Movement across the South China Sea.” Historian, 2001. 63, 4, summer, 753-768.

Lee, Kyungmook and Johannes M. Pennings. 2002. “Mimicry and the Market: Adoption of a New Organizational Form.” Academy of Management Journal 45:144-163.

Lee, Lung-Fei. 1979. “Identification and Estimation in Binary Choice Models with Limited (Censored) Dependent Variables.” Econometrica 47:966-977.

Lee, Lung-Fei. 1983. “Generalized Econometric Models with Selectivity.” Economterica 51:507-512.

Lee, Meihua and George A. Barnett. 1997. “A Symbols-and-Meaning Approach to the Organizational Cultures of Banks in the United States, Japan, and Taiwan.” Communication Research 24:394-412.

Lee, Nick and John Hassard. 1999. “Organization Unbound: Actor-Network Theory, Research Strategy and Institutional Flexibility.” Organization 6:391-404.

Lee, Yong-Sook. “Business Networks and Suppliers’ Locational Choice.” Environment and Planning A 34(6): 2002. 1001-20.

Leeder, Stephen; Dominello, Amanda. “Social capital and its relevance to health and family policy. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Public Health, Aug99, Vol. 23 Issue 4, p424, 6p

Leenders, Roger Th A J. 2002. “Modeling Social Influence through Network Autocorrelation: Constructing the Weight Matrix.” Social Networks 24:21-47.

Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. 1995. Structure and Influence: Statistical Models for the Dynamics of Actor Attributes, Network Structure and Their Interdependence. Amsterdam: Thesis Publishers.

Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. 1996. “Evolution of Friendship and Best Friendship Choices.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 21:133-148.

Leenders, Roger Th. A. J. and Shaul M. Gabbay (eds.). 1999. Corporate Social Capital and Liability. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Leenders, Roger Th.A.J.; van Engelen, Jo M.L.; Kratzer, Jan. “Virtuality, communication, and new product team creativity: a social network perspective. Journal of Engineering & Technology Management, Mar-Jun2003. Vol. 20 Issue 1/2, p69, 24p

Leeuw, Frans L. 1997. “Solidarity between Public Sector Organizations: The Problem of Social Cohesion in the Asymmetric Society.” Rationality and Society 9:469-488.

Leffler, Ann; Krannich, Richard S; Gillespie, Dair L. “Contact, Support, and Friction: Three Faces of Networks in Community Life.” Sociological Perspectives, 1986, 29, 3, July, 337-355.

Legatski, Ted W., II. “Downsizing, Downscoping, and Restructuring: Classifying Organizational Change.” Research in Organizational Change and Development 11:253-270.

LeGrand, Julian and Will Bartlett (eds.). 1993. Quasi-Markets and Social Policy. London: Macmillan.

LeGrand, Julian and Will Bartlett (eds.). 1993. Quasi-Markets and Social Policy. London: Macmillan.

Lehenkari, Janne. “Studying Innovation Trajectories and Networks: The Case of Benecol Margarine.” Science Studies 2000. 13, 1, 50-67.

Lehenkari, Janne. 2000. “Studying Innovation Trajectories and Networks: The Case of Benecol Margarine.” Science Studies 13:50-67.

Lehenkari, Janne. 2000. “Studying Innovation Trajectories and Networks: The Case of Benecol.” Margarine Science Studies 13:50-67.

Lehmbruch, Gerhard. 1984. “Concertation and the Structure of Corporatist Networks.” Pp. 60-80 in Order and Conflict in Contemporary Capitalism.

Lehmbruch, Gerhard. 1989. “Institutional Linkages and Policy Networks in the Federal System of West Germany.” Publius 19(4):221-235.

Lehtonen, Markku. “The environmental–social interface of sustainable development: capabilities, social capital, institutions. Ecological Economics, Jun2004. Vol. 49 Issue 2, p199, 16p

Lei, David and John W. Slocum, Jr. 1992. “Global Strategy, Competence-Building and Strategic Alliances.” California Management Review 35(1):81-97.

Lei, David, John W. Slocum, Jr. and Robert A. Pitts. 1997. “Building Cooperative Advantage: Managing Strategic Alliances to Promote Organizational Learning.” Journal of World Business 32(3):203-223.

Lei, David, John W. Slocum, Jr. and Robert A. Pitts. 1997. “Building Cooperative Advantage: Managing Strategic Alliances to Promote Organizational Learning.” Journal of World Business 32(3):203-223.

Lei, David, John W. Slocum, Jr. and Robert A. Pitts. 1997. “Building Cooperative Advantage: Managing Strategic Alliances to Promote Organizational Learning.” Journal of World Business 32(3):203-223.

Leibovich, Mark. 1998. “Small Niche Firms Keeping Technology Corridor Alive.” Minneapolis Star Tribune April 5:D5

Leicht, Kevin T. and Mary L. Fennell. 1997. “The Changing Organizational Context of Professional Work.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:

Leighton, Barry. “The Community Concept in Criminology: Toward a Social Network Approach.” Journal of Research in Crime and Delinquency, 1988, 25, 4, Nov, 351-374.

Leighton, Patricia E. and Michel Syrett. 1989. New Work Patterns: Putting Policy into Practice. London: Pitman.

Leik, Robert K. 1992. “New Directions for Network Exchange Theory: Strategic Manipulation of Network Linkages.” Social Networks 14:309-323.

Leik, Robert K; Chalkley, Mary Anne. 1997. “On the Stability of Network Relations under Stress.” Social Networks 19:63-74.

Lemann, Nicholas. 2002. “The Chairman.” New Yorker October 7:48-55.

Lembcke, Jerry; Howe, Carolyn. “Organizational Structure and the Logic of Collective Action in Unions.” Current Perspectives in Social Theory, 1986, 7, 1-27.

Lemieux, Vincent. “Networks and Coalitions.” L’Annee sociologique 1997. 47, 1, 55-71.

Lentz, Carola. “Africans in Frankfurt-Migration, Networks, Identity Politics. Results of a Research Lesson.” Sociologus, 2003. 53, 1, 43-80.

Lenz, Markus; Zimmermann, Hans-Dieter; Heitmann, Mark. “Strategic Partnerships and Competitiveness of Business-To-Business E-Marketplaces: Preliminary Evidence From Europe. Electronic Markets 2002. Vol. 12 Issue 2, P100, 12p;

Leonard, Rosemary; Onyx, Jenny. “Networking through Loose and Strong Ties: An Australian Qualitative Study.” Voluntas: International Journal of Voluntary and Nonprofit Organizations, 2003. 14, 2, June, 189-203.

Leonardi, R. 1995. “Regional Development in Italy: Social Capital and the Mezzogiorno.” Oxford Review of Economic Policy 11(2):165-179.

Leoncini, Riccardo. 1998. “The Nature of Long-Run Technological Change: Innovation, Evolution and Technological Systems.” Research Policy 27:75-93.

Leoncini, Riccardo; Montresor, Sandro. “Network Analysis of Eight Technological Systems.” International Review of Applied Economics, vol. 14, no. 2, May 2000, pp. 213-34.

Leoncini, Riccardo; Montresor, Sandro. “Network Analysis of Eight Technological Systems.” International Review of Applied Economics 14(2): 2000. 213-34.

Lepera, Christine and Jeannie Costello. 1999. “The Use of Mediation in the New Millennium.” New York Law Journal May 6:3.

Lerman, Robert I. 1998. “The Labor Market for Information Technology Workers.” Washington, DC: Testimony before the Subcommittee on Immigration, Committee on the Judiciary, United States Senate.

Lerman, Robert I. and Stefanie R. Schmidt. 1999. “An Overview of Economic, Social, and Demographic Trends Affecting the U.S. Labor Market.” Washington: U.S. Department of Labor. Washington: Urban Institute.

Lerner, Bertha. 1979. “Classical Marxist Theory and the Problem of Bureaucracy.” Revista Mexicana de Sociologia 41:1317-1334.

Lesourne, Jacques and André Orléan (eds.). 1998. Advances in Self-Organization and Evolutionary Economics. London: Economica.

Lesourne, Jacques and André Orléan (eds.). 1998. Advances in Self-Organization and Evolutionary Economics. London: Economica.

Lester, Richard. 1967. “Pay Differentials by Size of Establishment.” Industrial Relations 7:57-67.

Letenyei, Laszlo. “Report on the ‘Subsidiary Conference’ of Spanish-Speaking Network Researchers in Budapest.” Szociologiai Szemle, 2001. 3, 148-150.

Leung, Yee. “Feedforward Neural Network Models for Spatial Data Classification and Rule Learning.” Recent developments in spatial analysis: Spatial statistics, behavioural modelling, and computational intelligence. 1997, pp. 336-59.

Levenson, Alec R. 1996. “Recent Trends in Part-time Employment.” Contemporary Economic Policy 14:78-89.

Levin, Boris M. “Strategic Networks: The Emerging Business Organization and Its Impact on Production Costs.” International Journal of Production Economics 56-57: 0 1998. Pp. 397-405.

Levin, Brian. “Cyberhate: A Legal and Historical Analysis of Extremists’ Use of Computer Networks in America.” American Behavioral Scientist, 2002. 45, 6, Feb, 958-988.

Levin, Mike. 1995. “Majors Take 50% Stake in Star’s TV Music Channel.” Billboard January 14:6.

Levin, R., Klevorick, A., Nelson, R. and Winter, S. 1987. Appropriating the returns from industrial research and development. Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, Microeconomics, 3:783-820.

Levine, David I. 1990. “Participation, Productivity, and the Firm’s Environment.” California Management Review 32(4):86-100.

Levine, David I. 1995. Reinventing the Workplace: How Business and Employees Can Both Win. Washington: Brookings Institution.

Levine, David I. Dale Belman, Gary Charness, Erica L Groshen, and K.C. O’Shaughnessy. 2002. “How New is the ‘New Employment Contract’? Evidence from North American Pay Practices.” Kalamazoo, MI: W.E. Upjohn Institute for Employment Research.

Levine, Rhonda F. “Class, Networks, and Identity: Replanting Jewish Lives from Nazi Germany to Rural New York.” Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield, 2001.

Levine, Rhonda F. 2001. Class, Networks, and Identity: Replanting Jewish Lives from Nazi Germany to Rural New York. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Levinson, Nanette and Asahi, Minoru. 1995. “Cross National Alliances and Interorganizational Learning.” Organizational Dynamics 24(Autumn):50-63.

Levinson, Nanette and Asahi, Minoru. 1995. “Cross National Alliances and Interorganizational Learning.” Organizational Dynamics 24(Autumn):50-63.

Levinson, Nanette, and Minoru Asahi. 1995. “Cross-National Alliances and Interorganizational Learning.” Organizational Dynamics 24: 50-64.

Levinthal, D., J.G. March, 1993, The myopia of learning. Strategic Management Journal, 14 (Winter special issue): pp. 95-112.

Levinthal, Daniel A. 1990. “Organizational Adaptation, Environmental Selection, and Random Walks.” Pp. 201-223 in Organizational Evolution: New Directions, edited by Jitendra Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Levinthal, Daniel A. 1990. “Organizational Adaptation, Environmental Selection, and Random Walks.” Pp. 201-223 in Organizational Evolution: New Directions, edited by Jitendra Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Levinthal, Daniel A. 1991. “Organizational Adaptation and Environmental Selection: Interrelated Processes of Change.” Organization Science 2:140-145.

Levinthal, Daniel A. 1991. “Organizational Adaptation and Environmental Selection: Interrelated Processes of Change.” Organization Science 2:140-145.

Levinthal, Daniel A. 1992. “Surviving Schumpeterian Environments: An Evolutionary Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change 1:427-443.

Levinthal, Daniel A. 1992. “Surviving Schumpeterian Environments: An Evolutionary Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change 1:427-443.

Levinthal, Daniel A. 1995. “Strategic Management and the Exploration of Diversity.” Pp. 19-42 in Resource Based and Evolutionary Theories of the Firm: Toward a Synthesis, edited by C. A. Montgomery. Boston, MA: Kluwer Academic.

Levinthal, Daniel A. 1995. “Strategic Management and the Exploration of Diversity.” Pp. 19-42 in Resource Based and Evolutionary Theories of the Firm: Toward a Synthesis, edited by C. A. Montgomery. Boston, MA: Kluwer Academic.

Levinthal, Daniel A. and James G. March. 1993. “The Myopia of Learning.” Strategic Management J. 14:95-112.

Levinthal, Daniel A. and James G. March. 1993. “The Myopia of Learning.” Strategic Management J. 14:95-112.

Levinthal, Daniel A. and James G. March. 1993. “The myopia of learning.” Strategic Management Journal (Special Issue), 14: 95-112.

Levitan, Sar, Garth L. Mangum and Ray Marshall. 1981. Human Resources and Labor Markets. New York: Harper and Row.

Levitt, B., J.G. March, 1988, Organizational Learning. Annual Review of Sociology, 14: pp. 319-40.

Levitt, Barbara and James G. March. 1988. “Organizational Learning.” Annual Review of Sociology 14:319-340.

Levitt, Barbara and James G. March. 1988. “Organizational Learning.” Annual Review of Sociology 14:319-340.

Levitt, Barbara and James G. March. 1988. “Organizational Learning.” Annual Review of Sociology 14:319-340.

Levy, Daniel C. 1995. “Latin America’s Think Tanks: The Roots of Nonprofit Privatization.” Studies in Comparative International Development 30(2):3-25.

Levy, Frank and Richard C. Michel. 1991. The Economic Future of American Families: Income and Wealth Trends. Washington: Urban Institute Press.

Levy, Frank. 1987. Dollars and Dreams: The Changing American Income Distribution. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Levy, Reynold. 1999. Give and Take: A Candid Account of Corporate Philanthropy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Levy-Storms, Lene and Wallace, Steven P. “Use of Mammography Screening among Older Samoan Women in Los Angeles County: A Diffusion Network Approach.” Social Science & Medicine 2003. 57, 6, Sept, 987-1000.

Levy-Storms, Lene and Wallace, Steven P. “Use of Mammography Screening among Older Samoan Women in Los Angeles County: A Diffusion Network Approach.” Social Science & Medicine 2003. 57, 6, Sept, 987-1000.

Levy-Storms, Lene; Wallace, Steven P. “Use of Mammography Screening among Older Samoan Women in Los Angeles County: A Diffusion Network Approach.” Social Science & Medicine, 2003. 57, 6, Sept, 987-1000.

Lewicki, R.J., D.J. McAllister and R.J. Bies. 1998. “Trust and Distrust: New Relationships and Realities.” Academy of Management Review 23:438-458

Lewin, Arie Y. 1999. “Application of Complexity Theory to Organization Science.” Organization Science 10:215-216.

Lewin, Arie Y. and Henk W. Volberda. 1999. “Prolegomena on Coevolution: A Framework for Research on Strategy and New Organizational Forms.” Organization Science 10:519-536.

Lewin, Arie Y. and Henk W. Volberda. 1999. “Prolegomena on Coevolution: A Framework for Research on Strategy and New Organizational Forms.” Organization Science 10(5):519-536.

Lewin, Arie Y., Chris P. Long and Timothy N. Carroll. 1999. “The Evolution of New Organization Forms.” Organization Science 10:535-552.

Lewin, Arie Y., Chris P. Long and Timothy N. Carroll. 1999. “The Evolution of New Organization Forms.” Organization Science 10:535-552.

Lewin, Jeffrey E. and Wesley J. Johnston. 2000. “The Impact of Downsizing and Restucturing on Organizational Competitiveness.” Competitiveness Review 10:45-.

Lewin, Kurt. 1943. “Cultural Reconstruction.” Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology 38:166-173.

Lewis, Charles. 1998. The Buying of the Congress: How Special Interests Have Stolen Your Right to Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness. New York: Avon Books.

Lewis, David. 1998. “Nongovernmental Organizations, Business, and the Management of Ambiguity.” Nonprofit Management and Leadership 9(2):135-151.

Lewis, H. Gregg. 1986. Union Relative Wage Effects: A Survey. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Lewis, Jordan D. 1990. Partnerships for Profit: Structuring and Managing Strategic Alliances. New York: Free Press.

Lewis, Jordan D. 1995. The Connected Corporation: How Leading Companies Win Through Customer-Supplier Alliances. New York: Free Press.

Lewis, Jordan D. and A. Weigert. 1985. “Trust as a Social Reality.” Social Forces 63:967-985.

Lewis, Michael. 1989. Liar’s Poker: Rising Through the Wreckage on Wall Street. New York: Norton.

Leyshon, Andrew. “Time-Space (and Digital): Compression: Software Formats, Musical Networks, and the Reorganisation of the Music Industry.” Environment and Planning A 33(1): 2001. 49-77.

Lhuillery, Stephane. “An Empirical Analysis of R&D Transactions: Surrogate Technological Networks and Firm Performance.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 4, no. 4, January 1997, pp. 301-19.

Li, Feng; Whalley, Jason; Williams, Howard. “Between Physical and Electronic Spaces: The Implications for Organisations in the Networked Economy.” Environment and Planning A 33(4): 2001. 699-716.

Li, Haiyang; Atuahene-Gima, Kwaku. “Product Innovation Strategy And The Performance Of New Technology Ventures In China.” Academy of Management Journal 2001. Vol. 44 Issue 6, P1123, 12p;

Li, Yaojun, Mike Savage and Andrew Pickles. “Social Capital and Social Exclusion in England and Wales (1972-1999).” British Journal of Sociology 2003. V54 I4 P497(30)

Liao, Jianwen; Welsch, Harold. “Social capital and entrepreneurial growth aspiration: a comparison of technology- and non-technology-based nascent entrepreneurs. Journal of High Technology Management Research, Spring2003. Vol. 14 Issue 1, p149, 22p;

Lichbach, Mark I. “Rethinking Rationality and Rebellion: Theories of Collective Action and Problems of Collective Dissent.” Rationality and Society 1994. 6, 1, Jan, 8-39.

Lichtenberg, Frank R. 1992. Corporate Takeovers and Productivity. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Liddick, Don. “Political Fund-Raising, Patron-Client Relations, and Organized Criminality: Two Case Studies. Journal of Contemporary Criminal Justice, Nov2001. Vol. 17 Issue 4, p346, 12p;

Liden, Robert C. and Sharon Arad. 1996. “A Power Perspective of Empowerment and Work Groups: Implications for Human Resources Management Research.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 14:205-251.

Liden, Robert C. and Sharon Arad. 1996. “A Power Perspective of Empowerment and Work Groups: Implications for Human Resources Management Research.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 14:205-251.

Liden, Robert C. and Sharon Arad. 1996. “A Power Perspective of Empowerment and Work Groups: Implcaitions for Human Resources Management Research.” Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management 14:205-251.

Lie, John. 1997. “Sociology of Markets.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:

Liebeskind, J. P. 1996. Knowledge, strategy, and the theory of the firm. Strategic Management Journal, 17 (Winter Special Issue): 93-107.

Liebeskind, J., Amalya Oliver, Lynne Zucker and M. Brewer. 1996. “Social Networks, Learning, and Flexibility: Sourcing Scientific Knowledge in New Biotechnology Firms.” Organization Science 7(4):428-442.

Liebeskind, J.P. 1996. Knowledge, strategy, and the theory of the firm. Strategic Management Journal, 17:93-108.

Liebeskind, Julia Porter, Amalya Lumerman Oliver, Lynne Zucker and Marilynn Brewer. 1996. “Social Networks, Learning, and Flexibility: Sourcing Scientific Knowledge in New Biotechnology Firms.” Organization Science 7(4):428-442.

Liebow, Edward B. “Category or Community? Measuring Urban Indian Social Cohesion with Network Sampling.” The Journal of Ethnic Studies, 1989, 16, 4, winter, 67-100.

Liebowitz, Stan J. and Stephen E. Margolis. 1999. Winners, Losers and Microsoft: Competition and Antitrust in High Technology. Oakland, CA: Independent Institute

Liebowitz, Stan; Margolis, Stephen E. “ Network Effects and the Microsoft Case.” Dynamic competition and public policy: Technology, innovation, and antitrust issues. 2001. 160-92.

Liedka, Raymond V. 1991. “Who Do You Know in the Group?: Location of Organizations in Interpersonal Networks.” Social Forces 70:455-474.

Light, Paul C. 1998. Sustaining Innovation: Creating Nonprofit and Government Organizations that Innovate Naturally. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Likert, Rensis. 1967. The Human Organization. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Lilja, Kari; Poulfelt, Flemming. “The Anatomy of Network Building in Management Consulting Firms.” Liiketaloudellinen Aikakauskirja 50(1): 2001. 98-115.

Lillard, Lee A. and Hong W. Tan. 1992. “Private Sector Training: Who Gets It and What are Its Effects?” Research in Labor Economics 13:1-62.

Lim, Byeong-Lak, Choi, Munkee and Park, Myeong-Cheol. “The Late Take-Off Phenomenon in the Diffusion of Telecommunication Services: Network Effect and the Critical Mass.” Information Economics and Policy, vol. 15, no. 4, December 2003. pp. 537-57.

Lim, Byeong-Lak, Choi, Munkee and Park, Myeong-Cheol. “The Late Take-Off Phenomenon in the Diffusion of Telecommunication Services: Network Effect and the Critical Mass.” Information Economics and Policy, vol. 15, no. 4, December 2003. pp. 537-57.

Lim, Byeong-Lak; Choi, Munkee; Park, Myeong-Cheol. “The Late Take-Off Phenomenon in the Diffusion of Telecommunication Services: Network Effect and the Critical Mass.” Information Economics and Policy 15(4): 2003. 537-57.

Limerick, David and Bert Cunnington. 1993. Managing the New Organization: A Blueprint for Networks and Strategic Alliances. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Lin, Chun-Wei R.; Chen, Hong-Yi S. “Dynamic Allocation of Uncertain Supply For the Perishable Commodity Supply Chain. International Journal of Production Research, 9/10/2003. Vol. 41 Issue 13, P3119, 20p;

Lin, Nan and May Dumin. 1986. “Access to Occupations through Social Ties.” Social Networks 8: 365-385.

Lin, Nan and Ronald S. Burt. 1975. “Differential Effects of Information Channels in the Process of Innovation Diffusion.” Social Forces 54:256-274.

Lin, Nan and Yanjie Bian. 1999. “Getting Ahead in Urban China.” American Journal of Sociology 97:657-688.

Lin, Nan, John C. Vaughn and Walter M. Ensel. 1981. “Social Resources and Occupational Status Attainment.” Social Forces 59:1163-1181.

Lin, Nan, Karen Cook and Ronald Burt (eds.). 2001. Social Capital: Theory and Research. New York: Aldine De Gruyter.

Lin, Nan, Mary W. Woelfel and Stephen C. Light. 1985. “The Buffering Effect of Social Support Subsequent to an Important Life Event.” Journal of Health and Social Behavior 26:247-263.

Lin, Nan, Walter M. Ensel and John C. Vaughn. 1981. “Social Resources and Strength of Ties: Structural Factors in Occupational Status Attainment.” American Sociological Review 46:393-405.

Lin, Nan, Yang-chih Fu and Ray-May Hsung. 2001. “The Position Generator: Measurement Techniques for Investigations of Social Capital.” Pp 57-81 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald Burt. New York: Aldine De Gruyter.

Lin, Nan. 1982. “Social Resources and Instrumental Action.” pp. 131-45 in Social Structure and Network Analysis, edited by Peter V. Marsden and Nan Lin. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Lin, Nan. 1995. “Institutions and Networks: The Infrastructure of Society.” Presentation to International Social Network Conference, London.

Lin, Nan. 1995. “Les Resources Sociales: Une Theorie du Capital Social.” (Social Resources: A Theory of Social Capital) Revue Francaise de Sociologie 36:685-704.

Lin, Nan. 1998. Social Resources and Social Action. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Lin, Nan. 1999. “Building a Network Theory of Social Capital.” Connections 22:28-51.

Lin, Nan. 1999. “Social Networks and Status Attainment.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:467-487.

Lin, Nan. 2000. “Inequality in Social Capital.” Contemporary Sociology 29:785-795.

Lin, Nan. 2001. “Building a Network Theory of Social Capital.” Pp. 3-29 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald Burt. New York: Aldine De Gruyter.

Lin, Nan. 2001. Social Capital: A Theory of Social Structure and Action. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Lin, Nan. 2003. “Social Capital: Current Paradigms and Their Conceptual and Empirical Validation.” Inchiesta 33(139):5-17.

Lin, Xiaohua and Richard Germain. 1998. “Sustaining Satisfactory Joint Venture Relationships: The Role of Conflict Resolution Strategy.” Journal of International Business Studies 29:179-96.

Lincoln, James R. “Intra- (and Inter-) Organizational Networks.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations, 1982:1-38.

Lincoln, James R. and Arne L. Kalleberg. 1985. “Work Organization and Workforce Commitment: A Study of Plants and Employees in the U.S. and Japan.” American Sociological Review 50:738-60.

Lincoln, James R. and Arne L. Kalleberg. 1990. Culture, Control, and Commitment: A Study of Work Organization and Work Attitudes in the United States and Japan. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Lincoln, James R. and Jon Miller. 1979. “Work and Friendship Ties in Organizations: A Comparative Analysis of Relational Networks.” Administrative Science Quarterly 24:181-199.

Lincoln, James R. and Kerry McBride. 1985. “Resources, Homophily, and Dependence: Organizational Attributes and Asymmetric Ties in Human Service Networks.” Social Science Research 14:1-30.

Lincoln, James R. and Michael L. Gerlach. 2002. Structure and Change in the Japanese Network Economy. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Lincoln, James R., Christina L. Ahmadjian, and Eliot Mason. 1998. “Organizational Learning and Purchase-Supply Relations in Japan: Hitachi, Matsushita and Toyota Compared.” California Management Review 24 (Spring):241-264.

Lincoln, James R., Michael L. Gerlach and Christina L. Ahmadjian. 1996. “Keiretsu Networks and Corporate Performance in the Japan.” American Sociological Review 61:67-88.

Lincoln, James R., Michael L. Gerlach and Peggy Takahashi. 1992. “Keiretsu Networks in the Japanese Economy: A Dyad Analysis of Intercorporate Ties.” American Sociological Review 57:561-85.

Lincoln, James R., Michael L. Gerlach, and Christina Ahmadjian. 1998. “Evolving Patterns of Keiretsu Organization and Action in Japan?” Research in Organizational Behavior 20:307-343.

Lincoln, James R; Ahmadjian, Christina. 2001. “Shukko (Employee Transfers): and Tacit Knowledge Exchange in Japanese Supply Networks.” Knowledge emergence: Social, technical, and evolutionary dimensions of knowledge creation. 247-269.

Lind, Christopher; Hickson, Louise; Worrall, Linda; Lovie-Kitchin, Jan; Yiu, Edwin; Barnett, Heather. “Hearing and Vision Impairment and the Social Networks of Older Australians.” Australasian Journal on Ageing, 2003. 22, 1, Mar, 20-25.

Lindbeck, Assar and Dennis J. Snower. 2000. “Multitask Learning and the Reorganization of Work: From Tayloristic to Holistic Organization.” Journal of Labor Economics 18: 353-376.

Lindbeck, Assar and Dennis J. Snower. 2000. “Multitask Learning and the Reorganization of Work: From Tayloristic to Holistic Organization.” Journal of Labor Economics 18: 353-376.

Lindenberg, Siegwart. 1996. “Multiple-tie Networks, Structural Dependence, and Path-dependency: Another Look at Hybrid Forms of Governance.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 152:188-196.

Lindsay, David H. and Annhenrie Campbell. 1996. “A Chaos Approach to Bankruptcy Prediction.” Journal of Applied Business Research 12(4):1-9.

Linton C. Freeman. 1996. “Cliques, Galois Lattices, and the Structure of Human Social Groups.” Social Networks 18:173-187.

Lipin, Steven and John J. Keller. 1997. WorldCom’s MCI Bid Alters Playing Field for Telecom Industry.” Wall Street Journal October 2:A1.

Lipin, Steven. 1998. “Murphy’s Law Doesn’t Apply: The Conditions Are Perfect for Continued Growth in Mergers.” Wall Street Journal January 2:R6.

Lipnack, J., Stamps, J. 1997. Virtual teams: reaching across space, time and organizations with technology. John Wiley and Sons, New York

Lipnack, Jessica and Jeffrey Stamps. 1994. The Age of the Network: Organizing Principles for the 21st Century. Essex Junction, VT: Omneo.

Lipparini, A. and M. Sobrero. 1994. “The Glue and the Pieces: Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Small-Firm Networks.” Journal of Business Venturing 9:125-140.

Lipparini, Andrea and Sobrero, Maurizio. “Co-ordinating Multi-firm Innovation Processes: Entrepreneur As Catalyst in Small-Firm Networks.” The formation of inter-organizational networks. 1999. pp. 199-219.

Lipparini, Andrea and Sobrero, Maurizio. “Co-ordinating Multi-firm Innovation Processes: Entrepreneur As Catalyst in Small-Firm Networks.” The formation of inter-organizational networks. 1999. pp. 199-219.

Lippman, John. 1999. “What’s a Talent Agent? Manager? Star Wars May Force Rewrite of Rules.” Wall Street Journal January 29:B6.

Lipshitz, Raanan, Micha Popper, Victor J. Friedman. 2002. “A Multifacet Model of Organizational Learning.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 38:78-98.

Litfin, Karen T. “Public Eyes: Satellite Imagery, the Globalization of Transparency, and New Networks of Surveillance.” Information technologies and global politics: The changing scope of power and governance. 2002. 65-89.

Little, Stephen E. 2000. “Networks and Neighbourhoods: Household, Community and Sovereignty in the Global Economy.” Urban Studies 37:1813-1825.

Littler, D., Leverick, F., and Bruce, M. 1995. Factors affecting the process of collaborative product development: A study of UK manufacturers of information and communications technology products. Journal of Product Innovation Management, 12: 16-32.

Littunen, Hannu. “Networks and Local Environmental Characteristics in the Survival of New Firms.” Small Business Economics 15(1): 2000. 59-71.

Littunen, Hannu. 2000. “Networks and Local Environmental Characteristics in the Survival of New Firms.” Small Business Economics 15:59-71.

Litwin, Howard. “Social Network Type and Morale in Old Age.” Gerontologist, 2001. 41, 4, Aug, 516-524.

Litwin, Howard. 2003. “The Association of Disability, Sociodemographic Background, and Social Network Type in Later Life.” Journal of Aging and Health 15:391-408.

Liu, Hong. “Globalization, Institutionalization and the Social Foundation of Chinese Business Networks.” Globalization of Chinese business firms. 2000. 105-25.

Liu, Shuang. 2003. “Cultures Within Culture: Unity and Diversity of Two Generations of Employees in State-Owned Enterprises.” Human Relations 56:387-417.

Livesay, Jeff. 2003. “The Duality of Systems: Networks as Media and Outcomes of Movement Mobilization.” Current Perspectives in Social Theory 22:185-221.

Livraghi, Giancarlo; Monti, Andrea. “The Network Society as Seen from Italy.” The Information Society, 2002. 18, 3, May-June, 165-179.

Lloyd, Heather L.E. and Richard J Varey. “Factors Affecting Internal Communication in a Strategic Alliance Project. Corporate Communications: An International Journal, 2003. Vol. 8 Issue 3, P197, 11p;

Lo, Hong K; Yip, C W; Wan, K H. “Modeling Transfer and Non-linear Fare Structure in Multi-modal Network.” Transportation Research: Part B: Methodological, vol. 37, no. 2, February 2003, pp. 149-70.

Lo, Ming-cheng M. and Eileen M. Otis. “Guanxi Civility: Processes, Potentials, and Contingencies.” Politics and Society 31:131-162.

Lo, Victor H.Y.; Yeung, Alice “Practical Framework For Strategic Alliance in Pearl River Delta Manufacturing Supply Chain: A Total Quality Approach. H.W. International Journal of Production Economics 2004. Vol. 87 Issue 3, P231, 10p;

Lochhead, Carolyn. 1994. “Landmark Legislation On Telecommunications.” San Francisco Chronicle February 21:A1.

Locke, Richard, Thomas Kochan and Michael Piore (eds). 1995. Employment Relations in a Changing World Economy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Lockett, Andy, and Steve Thompson. 2001. “The Resource-Based View and Economics.” Journal of Management 27:723-754.

Lockie, Stewart. “‘The Invisible Mouth’: Mobilizing ‘the Consumer’ in Food Production-Consumption Networks.” Sociologia Ruralis, 2002. 42, 4, Oct, 278-294.

Lodge, George and Richard Walton. 1989. “The American Corporation and Its New Relationships.” California Management Review 31(3):9-24.

Loewenstein, Mark A. and James R. Spletzer. 1998. “Dividing the Costs and Returns to General Training.” Journal of Labor Economics 16:142-171.

Lohmann, Susanne. “Information, Access, and Contributions: A Signaling Model of Lobbying.” Public Choice, vol. 85, no. 3-4, December 1995, pp. 267-84.

Lohr, Karin. 2003. “Organization and Society: Toward New Theoretical Perspectives in Industrial and Organizational Sociology?” Berliner Journal fur Soziologie 13:127-135.

Lohr, Steve and John Markoff. 1998. “Conquering the Internet.” New York Times November 24:A1.

Lohr, Steve. 1998. “Where Microsoft Wants to Go Today.” New York Times (January 5):D21.

Loilier, Thomas and Tellier, Alberic. “La configuration des reseaux d’innovation: Une approche par la proximite des acteurs. (Configuration of Innovation Networks: An Approach by Actors’ Proximity. With English summary.).” Revue d’Economie Regionale et Urbaine, vol. 0, no. 4, October 2001. pp. 559-80.

Loilier, Thomas and Tellier, Alberic. “La configuration des reseaux d’innovation: Une approche par la proximite des acteurs. (Configuration of Innovation Networks: An Approach by Actors’ Proximity. With English summary.).” Revue d’Economie Regionale et Urbaine, vol. 0, no. 4, October 2001. pp. 559-80.

Lombardi, Emilia L. “Integration within a Transgender Social Network and Its Effect upon Members’ Social and Political Activity.” Journal of Homosexuality 1999. 37:109-126.

Lombardini, Sandro. “Family, Kin, and the Quest for Community: A Study of Three Social Networks in Early-Modern Italy.” History of the Family, 1996, 1, 3, 227-257.

Lombardini, Sandro. “Family, Kin, and the Quest for Community: A Study of Three Social Networks in Early-Modern Italy.” History of the Family, 1996, 1, 3, 227-257.

Lomi, Alessandro and Erik R. Larsen. 1996. “Interacting Locally and Evolving Globally: A Computational Approach to the Dynamics of Organizational Populations.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1287-1321.

Lomi, Alessandro and Erik R. Larsen. 1996. “Interacting Locally and Evolving Globally: A Computational Approach to the Dynamics of Organizational Populations.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1287-1321.

Lomi, Alessandro. “Markets with Hierarchies and the Network Structure of Organizational Communities.” Journal of Management and Governance 1: 1 1997. pp. 49-66.

Lomi, Alessandro. 1997. “Markets with Hierarchies and the Network Structure of Organizational Communities.” Journal of Management and Governance 1:49-66.

Long, Ngo Van; Soubeyran, Antoine. “Lobbying for Protection by Heterogeneous Firms.” European Journal of Political Economy, vol. 12, no. 1, August 1996, pp. 19-32.

Long, Norman; Villarreal, Magdalena. “Small Product, Big Issues: Value Contestations and Cultural Identities in Cross-border Commodity Networks. Development & Change, Oct98, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p726, 26p;

Longhi, Christian. “Networks, Collective Learning and Technology Development in Innovative High Technology Regions: The Case of Sophia-Antipolis.” Regional Studies, vol. 33, no. 4, June 1999, pp. 333-42.

Longini, Ira M., Jr. 1988. “A Mathematical Model For Predicting the Geographic Spread of New Infectious Agents.” Mathematical Biosciences 90:367-83.

Longman, Roger. 1997. “Biotech Sidesteps Consolidation.” In Vivo 15(11):41-48.

Loosemore, M. “Social network analysis: using a quantitative tool within an interpretative context to explore the management of construction crises. Engineering Construction & Architectural Management Dec98, Vol. 5 Issue 4, p315, 12p.

Lopata, Helena Znaniecki. “Contributions of Extended Families to the Support Systems of Metropolitan Area Widows: Limitations of the Modified Kin Network.” Journal of Marriage and the Family, 1978, 40, 2, May, 355-364.

Loprest, Pamela J. 1992. “Gender Differences in Wage Growth and Job Mobility.” American Economic Review 82:526-532.

Lorange, Peter and Johan Roos. 1992. Strategic Alliances: Formation, Implementation, and Evolution. Cambridge, MA: Blackwell Business.

Lord, Michael D. “Constituency-Based Lobbying as Corporate Political Strategy: Testing an Agency Theory Perspective.” Business and Politics, vol. 2, no. 3, November 2000, pp. 289-308.

Lorence, Jon. 1987. “Intraoccupational Earnings Inequality: Human Capital and Institutional Determinants.” Work and Occupations 14:236-260.

Lorentzen, Jochen; Mollgaard, Peter; Rojec, Matija. “Host-Country Absorption of Technology: Evidence from Automotive Supply Networks in Eastern Europe.” Industry and Innovation, vol. 10, no. 4, December 2003, pp. 415-32.

Lorentzen, Jochen; Mollgaard, Peter; Rojec, Matija. “Host-Country Absorption of Technology: Evidence from Automotive Supply Networks in Eastern Europe.” Industry and Innovation 10(4): 2003. 415-32.

Lorenz, Edward H. “Neither Friends nor Strangers: Informal Networks of Subcontracting in French Industry.” Trust: Making and breaking cooperative relations. 1988, pp. 194-210.

Lorenz, Edward H. “Neither Friends nor Strangers: Informal Networks of Subcontracting in French Industry.” Trust: Making and breaking cooperative relations. 1988, pp. 194-210.

Lorenz, Edward H. 1993. “Flexible Production Systems and the Social Construction of Trust.” Politics and Society 21(3):307-324.

Lorenz, Edward H. 1993. “Neither Friends Nor Strangers: Informal Networks of Subcontracting in French Industry.” Pp. XXX in Markets, Hierarchies and Networks, edited by G. Thompson, J. Frances, R. Levacic and J. Mitchell. London: Sage Publications.

Lorenzoni, Gianni and C. Baden-Fuller. 1995. “Creating a Strategic Center to Manage a Web of Partners.” California Management Review 37(3):146-163.

Lorenzoni, Gianni and Oscar Ornati. 1988. “Constellations of Firms and New Ventures.” Journal of Business Venturing 3:41-57.

Lorrain, F. and Harrison C. White 1971. “Structural Equivalence of Individuals in Social Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1:49-80.

Lorsch, Jay W. 1995. “Empowering the Board” Harvard Business Review Jan.-Feb. 107-17.

Lorsch, Jay W. with Elizabeth MacIver1989. Pawns or Potentates: The Reality of America’s Corporate Boards. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Lorz, Oliver. “Capital Mobility, Tax Competition, and Lobbying for Redistributive Capital Taxation.” European Journal of Political Economy, vol. 14, no. 2, May 1998, pp. 265-79.

Loscocco, Karyn A. 1989. “The Interplay of Personal and Job Characteristics in Determining Work Commitment.” Social Science Research 18:370-394.

Loscocco, Karyn A. 1990. “Reactions to Blue-Collar Work: A Comparison of Women and Men.” Work and Occupations 17:152-177.

Loscocco, Karyn A. and Glenna Spitze. 1991. “The Organizational Context of Women’s and Men’s Pay Satisfaction.” Social Science Quarterly 72:3-19.

Lotka, A. J. 1926. The Frequency Distribution of Scientific Productivity. Journal of the Washington Academy of Science, 16: 317-323.

Louazel, Michel. “Theorie evolutionniste et reseau de l’innovation. (Evolutionist Theory and Innovation Network. With English summary.).” Innovations, vol. 0, no. 4 1996. pp. 37-59.

Louazel, Michel. “Theorie evolutionniste et reseau de l’innovation. (Evolutionist Theory and Innovation Network. With English summary.).” Innovations, vol. 0, no. 4 1996. pp. 37-59.

Lourenço-Lindell, Ilda. 2002. Walking the Tight Rope: Informal Livelihoods and Social Networks in a West African City. Stockholm: Almqvist & Wiksell International.

Loury, G. 1977. “A Dynamic Theory of Racial Income Differences.” Chapter 8 in Women, Minorities, and Employment Discrimination, edited by P.A. Wallace and A. LeMund. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.

Loury, G. 1987. “Why Should We Care About Group Inequality?” Social Philosophy and Policy 5:249-271.

Lovaglia, Michael J. “Local Networks and Global Markets.” Journal of Socio-Economics 29(3): 2000. 231-33.

Lovaglia, Michael J.; Skvoretz, John. “Negotiated exchanges in social networks. Social Forces, Sep95, Vol. 74 Issue 1, p123, 33p.

Lovaglia, Michael J; Skvoretz, John; Markovsky, Barry; Willer, David. “Assessing Fundamental Power Differences in Exchange Networks: Iterative GPI.” Current Research in Social Psychology 1995. 1, 2, 24 Oct, 8-15.

Lovaglia, Michael J; Skvoretz, John; Willer, David; Markovsky, Barry. “Negotiated Exchanges in Social Networks.” Social Forces 1995. 74, 1, Sept, 123-155.

Lovaglia, Michael J; Willer, Robb; Troyer, Lisa. “Power, Status, and Collective Action: Developing Fundamental Theories to Address a Substantive Problem.” Advances in Group Processes 2003. 20, 105-131.

Love, James H and Roper, Stephen. “Location and Network Effects on Innovation Success: Evidence for UK, German and Irish Manufacturing Plants.” Research Policy, vol. 30, no. 4, April 2001. pp. 643-61.

Love, James H and Roper, Stephen. “Location and Network Effects on Innovation Success: Evidence for UK, German and Irish Manufacturing Plants.” Research Policy, vol. 30, no. 4, April 2001. pp. 643-61.

Love, James H and Roper, Stephen. “The Determinants of Innovation: R&D, Technology Transfer and Networking Effects.” Review of Industrial Organization, vol. 15, no. 1, August 1999. pp. 43-64.

Love, James H and Roper, Stephen. “The Determinants of Innovation: R&D, Technology Transfer and Networking Effects.” Review of Industrial Organization, vol. 15, no. 1, August 1999. pp. 43-64.

Love, James H; Roper, Stephen. “Location and Network Effects on Innovation Success: Evidence for UK, German and Irish Manufacturing Plants.” Research Policy 30(4): 2001. 643-61.

Love, Peter E. D; Irani, Zahir; Cheng, Eddie; LI, Heng. “A Model For Supporting Inter-Organizational Relations in the Supply Chain. Engineering Construction & Architectural Management (Blackwell Publishing Limited) 2002. Vol. 9 Issue 1, P2, 14p;

Lovell, Anne M. “Risking Risk: The Influence of Types of Capital and Social Networks on the Injection Practices of Drug Users.” Social Science and Medicine, 2002. 55, 5, Sept, 803-821.

Loveman, Mara. “High-Risk Collective Action: Defending Human Rights in Chile, Uruguay, and Argentina.” American Journal of Sociology 1998. 104, 2, Sept, 477-525.

Lovering, John. “Science and Technology in the Defence Industries: The Growing Influence of Transnational Industrial-Governmental Networks.” The regulation of science and technology. 2002, pp. 201-20.

Lovering, John. “Science and Technology in the Defence Industries: The Growing Influence of Transnational Industrial-Governmental Networks.” The regulation of science and technology. 2002. 201-20.

Lovett, Tom. “Adult Education and Community Development a Network Approach.” Centro Sociale, 1973, 20, 109-111, Sum, 1-12.

Lovink, Geert. 2002. Uncanny networks: dialogues with the virtual intelligentsia. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Lowe, Graham S. 2000. The Quality of Work: A People-Centred Agenda. Toronto: Oxford University Press.

Lowe, Graham S. 2002. “Employment Relationships as the Centrepiece of a New Labour Paradigm.” Canadian Public Policy 28:93-104.

Lowe, Graham S. and Grant Schellenberg. 2001. “What's a Good Job? The Importance of Employment Relationships.” Study No. W-05. Ottawa, Canada: Canadian Policy Research Networks.

Lowery, David; Gray, Virginia. “Do Lobbying Regulations Influence Lobbying Registrations?.” Social Science Quarterly, vol. 75, no. 2, June 1994, pp. 382-84.

Lowery, David; Gray, Virginia. “How Some Rules Just Don't Matter: The Regulation of Lobbyists.” Public Choice, vol. 91, no. 2, April 1997, pp. 139-47.

Lowndes, Vivien and Chris Skelcher. 1998. “The Dynamics of Multi-Organizational Partnerships: An Analysis of Changing Modes of Governance.” Public Administration 76:313-333.

Lowndes, Vivien and David Wilson. “Social Capital and Local Governance: Exploring the Institutional Design Variable. Political Studies 2001. V49 I4 P629

Lozares Colina, Carlos; Verd Pericas, Joan Miquel; Marti Olive, Joel; Lopez Roldan, Pedro. “Relationships, Networks and Discourse: Revision and Proposals regarding Reticular Analysis of Textual Data.” Revista Espanola de Investigaciones Sociologicas, 2003. 101, Jan-Mar, 175-200.

Lu, Qiwen. 2000. China’s Leap into the Information Age: Innovation and Organization in the Computer Industry. New York: Oxford University Press.

Lubbers, Miranda J. “Group Composition and Network Structure in School Classes: A Multilevel Application of the p* Model.” Social Networks, 2003. 25, 4, Oct, 309-332.

Lubell, Mark. “Environmental Activism as Collective Action.” Environment & Behavior 2002. 34, 4, July, 431-454.

Lucas, Jeffrey W; Younts, C Wesley; Lovaglia, Michael J; Markovsky, Barry. “Lines of Power in Exchange Networks.” Social Forces, 2001. 80, 1, Sept, 185-214.

Luciak, Ilja A. 2002. “Women's Networking and Alliance Building in Post-war Central America.” Development 45:67-73.

Luhmann, Niklas. 1979. Trust and Power. Chichester, UK: Wiley.

Luker, W. Jr. and Lyons, D. 1997. Employment shifts in high-technology industries, 1988-96. Monthly Labor Review, June, 12-25.

Lulofs, J G. “The Theory of Collective Action (II): Critical Evaluation of Olson’s Theory.” Mens en Maatschappij, 1978, 53, 4, 410-441.

Lulofs, J G. “The Theory of Collective Action [I]. Olson’s Theory.” Mens en Maatschappij, 1978, 53, 2, 139-171.

Luna, Matilda. “Networks and Translators in the Configuration of Regional Systems of Innovation.” International Sociological Association, Brisbane, Australia (ISA) 2002.

Luna, Matilda. “Networks and Translators in the Configuration of Regional Systems of Innovation.” International Sociological Association, Brisbane, Australia (ISA) 2002.

Lundan, Sarianna M, ed. “Network knowledge in international business.” New Horizons in International Business. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, Mass.: Elgar. 2002. pp. xviii, 283.

Lundan, Sarianna M, ed. “Network knowledge in international business.” New Horizons in International Business. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, Mass.: Elgar, 2002. xviii, 283.

Lundan, Sarianna; Hagedoorn, John. “Alliances, Acquisitions and Multinational Advantage. International Journal of the Economics of Business 2001. Vol. 8 Issue 2, P229, 14p;

Lundberg, Craig C. 1995. “Are High Performing Systems an Existential Organizational Exemplar for Postindustrial Society?”Quarterly Journal of Ideology 18(3-4):31-48.

Lundgren, Anders. “Technological Innovation and the Emergence and Evolution of Industrial Networks: The Case of Digital Image Technology in Sweden.” Industrial networks. 1993. pp. 145-70.

Lundgren, Anders. “Technological Innovation and the Emergence and Evolution of Industrial Networks: The Case of Digital Image Technology in Sweden.” Industrial networks. 1993. pp. 145-70.

Lundin, R. A., and Hartman, F. 2000. Pervasiveness of Projects in Business. In R. A. Lundin, and F. Hartman (Eds.), Projects as Business Constituents and Guiding Motives: 1-10. Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Lundvall, B.A., 1992, National systems of innovation. Towards a theory of innovation and interactive learning.London: Pinter Publishers.

Lundvall, Bengt-Åke. 1988. “Innovation as an Interactive Process: From User-Producer Interaction to National System of Innovation.” in Technical Change and Economic Theory, edited by G. Dosi, C. Freeman, G. Silverberg and L. Soete. London, UK: Pinter Publishers.

Lundvall, Bengt-Åke. 1992. National Systems of Innovation: Towards a Theory of Innovation. London, UK: Pinter Publishers.

Lundvall, Bengt-Ake. 1993. “Explaining Interfirm Cooperation and Innovation: Limits of the Transaction-Cost Approach.” Pp. 52-64 in The Embedded Firm: On the Socioeconomics of Industrial Networks, edited by Gernot Grabher. New York: Routledge.

Lunnan, Randi; Haugland, Sven A. “Core Competencies in a Network Organization.” Rethinking the boundaries of strategy. 1996. Pp. 143-61.

Luo, Yadong. “Building Trust in Cross-Cultural Collaborations: Toward A Contingency Perspective. Journal of Management, 2002. Vol. 28 Issue 5, P669, 26p;

Luo, Yadong. “Contract, Cooperation, and Performance in International Joint Ventures. Strategic Management Journal 2002. V23 I10 P903-919

Luo, Yadong. “Product Diversification in International Joint Ventures: Performance Implications in an Emerging Market. Strategic Management Journal 2002. V23 I1 P1(20)

Lupia, Arthur; Sin, Gisela. “Which Public Goods Are Endangered?: How Evolving Communication Technologies Affect The Logic of Collective Action.” Public Choice, vol. 117, no. 3-4, December 2003. pp. 315-31.

Lury, Celia. “The Game of Loyalt(o)y: Diversions and Divisions in Network Society.” The Sociological Review, 2003. 51, 3, Aug, 301-320.

Luthans, Fred, Richard M. Hodgetts and Stuart A. Rosenkrantz. 1988. “Networking Activities.” Pp. 119-133 in Real Managers. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Lutz, A., Sydow, J., and Staber, U. 2003. TV Content Production in Media Regions: The Necessities and Difficulties of Public Policy Support for a Project-Based Industry. In T. Brenner, and D. Fornahl (Eds.), Cooperation, Networks and Institutions in Regional Innovations Systems: 194-219. Aldershot: Elgar.

Lütz, Susanne. 1997. “Learning through Intermediaries: The Case of Interfirm Research Collaborations.” Pp. 220-237 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lütz, Susanne. 1997. “Learning through Intermediaries: The Case of Interfirm Research Collaborations.” Pp. 220-237 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lütz, Susanne. 1997. “Learning through Intermediaries: The Case of Interfirm Research Collaborations.” Pp. 220-237 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lux, Thomas. 1998. “The Socio-economic Dynamics of Speculative Markets: Interacting Agents, Chaos, and the Fat Tails of Return Distributions.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 33:143-165.

Lyles, M., Schwenk, C., (1992), “Top Management, Strategy and Organizational Knowledge Structures.” Journal of Management Studies 29/2.

Lyles, Marjorie A. 1988. “Learning among Joint Venture Sophisticated Firms.” Management International Review 28 (Special Issue):85-98.

Lyles, Marjorie A. 1988. “Learning among Joint Venture Sophisticated Firms.” Management International Review 28 (Special Issue):85-98.

Lynall, Matthew D., Brian R. Golden and Amy J. Hillman. 2003. “Board Composition from Adolescence to Maturity: A Multitheoretic View.” Academy of Management Review 28:416-431.

Lynch, Lisa M. and Sandra E. Black. 1998. “Beyond the Incidence of Employer-Provided Training.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 52:64-81.

Lynn Smith-Lovin and J. Miller McPherson, “You Are Who You Know: A Network Approach to Gender,” pp. 223-51 in Paula England (ed.), Theory on Gender/Feminism on Theory (Aldine de Gruyter, 1993)

Lyon, Fergus. “Trust, Networks and Norms: The Creation of Social Capital in Agricultural Economies in Ghana.” World Development 28(4): 2000. 663-81.

Lyons, Bruce R. 1996. “Empirical Relevance of Efficient Contract Theory: Inter-firm Contracts.” Oxford Review of Economic Policy 12(4):27-52.

Ma, Ching-to Albert and Thomas G. McGuire. 2002. “Network Incentives in Managed Health Care.” Journal of Economics and Management Strategy 11:1-35.

Ma, Zhongdong. “Social-Capital Mobilization and Income Returns to Entrepreneurship: the Case of Return Migration in Rural China. (China's Restless Urban Landscapes, Part 2) Environment & Planning A 2002. V34 I10 P1763-1784

Mac Rae, Hazel. “Fictive Kin as a Component of the Social Networks of Older People.” Research on Aging, 1992, 14, 2, June, 226-247.

Macaulay, Stewart. 1963. “Non-Contractual Relations in Business: A Preliminary Study.” American Sociological Review 28:53-67.

Maccarini, Andrea M. “Network Universalism, II: After Conventionalism? Two Notes and Tentative Conclusion.” Sociologia e Politiche Sociali, 2001. 4, 1, 133-160.

Maccarini, Andrea M. 1999. “Network Universalism: Social Autonomy and the Constitution of the Globalizing Society.” Sociologia e Politiche Sociali 2(2):9-48.

MacDonald, John and Leatrice MacDonald. 1974. “Chain Migration, Ethnic Neighborhood Formation, and Social Networks.” Pp 226-236 in An Urban World, edited by Charles Tilly. Boston: Little, Brown.

Macdonald, Stuart. “Networks and Internationalization: Managing Complexity through Knowledge: Commentary.” Perspectives on strategic change. 1993, pp. 143-48.

MacDuffie, John Paul and Frits K. Pil. 1997. “Changes in Auto Industry Employment Practices: An International Overview.” Pp. 9-42 in After Lean Production: Evolving Employment Practices in the World Auto Industry, edited by Thomas A. Kochan, Russell D. Lansbury and John Paul MacDuffie. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

MacDuffie, John Paul. 1988. “The Japanese Auto Transplants: Challenges to Conventional Wisdom.” ILR Report 26(1):12-18.

Macgregor, R. C. “The Role of Strategic Alliances in the Ongoing Use of Electronic Commerce Technology in Regional Small Business. Journal of Electronic Commerce in Organizations, Jan-Mar2004. Vol. 2 Issue 1, P1, 14p,

Macinko, James and Barbara Starfield. 2001. “The Utility of Social Capital in Research on Health Determinants.” Milbank Quarterly 79:-.

Macioti, Manfredo. “Innovation and Technical Diffusion: The Development of the Printing Press.” La Critica Sociologica 1989. 90-91, July-Dec, 59-68.

Macioti, Manfredo. “Innovation and Technical Diffusion: The Development of the Printing Press.” La Critica Sociologica 1989. 90-91, July-Dec, 59-68.

MacKie-Mason, Jeffrey K. 1990. “Do Firms Care Who Provides Their Financing?” Pp. 63-103 in Asymmetric Information, Corporate Finance, and Investment, edited by R.G. Hubbard. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

MacKinnon, Danny; Chapman, Keith; Cumbers, Andrew. “Networking, Trust and Embeddedness amongst SMEs in the Aberdeen Oil Complex Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 16(2): 2004. 87-106.

MacLachlan, A. 1995. “Trusting Outsiders to Do Your Research: How Does Industry Learn to Do It?” Research Technology Management 38(6):48-53.

MacLachlan, A. 1995. “Trusting Outsiders to Do Your Research: How Does Industry Learn to Do It?” Research Technology Management 38(6):48-53.

Macleod, Gordon. “The Cult of Enterprise in a Networked, Learning Region? Governing Business and Skills in Lowland Scotland.” Regional Studies, 1996, 30, 8, Dec, 749-755.

Macneil, Ian R. 1978. “Contracts: Adjustment of Long-Term Economic Relations Under Classical, Neo-Classical, and Relational Contract Law.” Northwestern Law Review 72:854-906.

Macneil, Ian R. 1980. The New Social Contract. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Macri, Diego Maria; Tagliaventi, Maria Rita. “Sociometric location and innovation: how the social network intervenes between the structural..” Technovation, Jan2001. Vol. 21 Issue 1, p1, 13p, 5 diagrams, 4 graphs, 3bw; (AN 3975736)

Macy, Michael and John Skvoretz. 1998. “Trust and Cooperation Between Strangers.” American Sociological Review 63:638-660.

Macy, Michael W. “Chains of Cooperation: Threshold Effects in Collective Action.” American Sociological Review 1991. 56, 6, Dec, 730-747.

Macy, Michael W.; Willer, Robert. “FROM FACTORS TO ACTORS: Computational Sociology and Agent-Based Modeling. Annual Review of Sociology, 2002. Vol. 28 Issue 1, p143, 24p;

Macy, Michael W; Flache, Andreas. “Beyond Rationality in Models of Choice.” Annual Review of Sociology 1995. 21, 73-91.

Macy, Michael. “Natural Selection and Social Learning in Prisoner's Dilemma: Coadaptation with Genetic Algorithms and Artificial Neural Networks.” Sociological Methods and Research, 1996, 25, 1, Aug, 103-137.

Maddala, G.S. 1978. “Selectivity Problems in Longitudinal Research.” Annales de l’Insee 30-31:423-450.

Maddala, G.S. 1987. “Limited Dependent Variable Models Using Panel Data.” Journal of Human Resources 22:307-338.

Maddala, G.S. and Lung-fei Lee. 1976. “Recursive Models with Qualitative Endogenous Variables.” Annals of Economic and Social Measurement 5:525-544.

Maddison, Angus. 1987. “Growth and Slowdown in Advanced Capitalist Economies: Techniques of Quantitative Assessment.” Journal of Economic Literature 25:649-698.

Madhavan, Ravindranath, Balaji R. Koka and John E. Prescott. 1998. “Networks in Transition: How Industry Events (Re)shape Interfirm Relationships.” Strategic Management Journal 19:439-459.

Madhok, A. 2002. Reassessing the fundamentals and beyond: Ronald Coase, the transaction cost and resource-based theories of the firm and the institutional structure of production. Strategic Management Journal, 23: 535-550.

Madhok, Anoop. 1995. “Revisiting Multinational Firms’ Tolerance for Joint Ventures: A Trust-Based Approach.” Journal of International Business Studies 26:117-138.

Madhok, Anoop. 1997. “Cost, Value, and Foreign Entry Mode: The Transaction and the Firm.” Strategic Management Journal 18(1):39-62.

Madhok, Anoop. 1997. “Cost, Value, and Foreign Entry Mode: The Transaction and the Firm.” Strategic Management Journal 18(1):39-62.

Madhok, Anoop. 2002. “Reassessing the Fundamentals and Beyond: Ronald Coase, the Transaction Cost and Resource-Based Theories of the Firm and the Institutional Structure of Production.” Strategic Management Journal 23:535-550.

Madsen, Tammy, L. and Bill McKelvey. 1996. “Darwinian dynamic capabilities: Performance effects of balanced intrafirm selection processes.” Working paper, Anderson

Magdol, Lynn. “The people you know: The impact of residential mobility on mothers' social network ties. Journal of Social & Personal Relationships, Apr2000, Vol. 17 Issue 2, p183, 22p;

Magee, Christopher. “Endogenous Trade Policy and Lobby Formation: An Application to the Free-Rider Problem.” Journal of International Economics, vol. 57, no. 2, August 2002, pp. 449-71.

Maggioni, Mario A. “Intersectoral Innovation Flows within and between Nations and Regions: Network Analysis and Systems of Innovation.” European economies in transition: In search of a new growth path. 2000. pp. 148-73.

Maggioni, Mario A. “Intersectoral Innovation Flows within and between Nations and Regions: Network Analysis and Systems of Innovation.” European economies in transition: In search of a new growth path. 2000. pp. 148-73.

Maggioni, Mario A. “Intersectoral Innovation Flows within and between Nations and Regions: Network Analysis and Systems of Innovation.” European economies in transition: In search of a new growth path. 2000. 148-73.

Magnaval, R. “From Networking to Societal Demand: The European Community’s New Framework Programme for Research.” Foresight, vol. 1, no. 2, April 1999, pp. 173-76.

Magnusson, L. and J. Ottoson (eds.). 1997. Evolutionary Economics and Path Dependency Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Magnusson, L. and J. Ottoson (eds.). 1997. Evolutionary Economics and Path Dependency Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Magrini, Stefano; Martellato, Dino. “The Network Profile of the Milan-Venice Corridor.” Gateways to the global economy. 2000. 311-31.

Maguire, Brendan; Weatherby, Georgie Ann; Mathers, Richard A. “Network News Coverage of School Shootings.” The Social Science Journal, 2002. 39, 3, July, 465-470.

Mahajan, Vijay. and Sharma, Subhash. “A Simple Algebraic Estimation Procedure for Innovation Diffusion Models of New Product Acceptance.” Technological Forecasting and Social Change 1986, 30, 4, Dec, 331-345.

Mahajan, Vijay. and Sharma, Subhash. “A Simple Algebraic Estimation Procedure for Innovation Diffusion Models of New Product Acceptance.” Technological Forecasting and Social Change 1986, 30, 4, Dec, 331-345.

Mahanty, Sanghamitra. “Conservation and Development Interventions as Networks: The Case of the India Ecodevelopment Project, Karnataka.” World Development, 2002. 30, 8, Aug, 1369-1386.

Mahanty, Sanghamitra. “Conservation and Development Interventions as Networks: The Case of the India Ecodevelopment Project, Karnataka.” World Development 30(8): 2002. 1369-86.

Mahjler, Julianne. 1988. “The Quest for Organizational Meaning: Identifying and Interpreting the Symbolism in Organizational Stories.” Administration & Society 20:344-368.

Mahler, Alwin and Everett M.Rogers. 1999. “The Diffusion of Interactive Communication Innovations and the Critical Mass: The Adoption of Telecommunications Services by German Banks.” Telecommunications Policy 23: 719-740.

Mahler, Alwin and Everett M.Rogers. 1999. “The Diffusion of Interactive Communication Innovations and the Critical Mass: The Adoption of Telecommunications Services by German Banks.” Telecommunications Policy 23: 719-740.

Mahler, Julianne. 1997. “Influences of Organizational Culture on Learning in Public Agencies.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 7:519-540.

Mahler, Julianne. 1997. “Influences of Organizational Culture on Learning in Public Agencies.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 7:519-540.

Mahoney, J.T. 1992. “The Choice of Organizational Form: Veryical Ownership Versus Other Methods of Vertical Ingtegration.” Strategic Management Journal 13:559-584.

Maillat, Dennis, Crevoisier, Olivier and Lecoq, Bruno. “Innovation Networks and Territorial Dynamics: A Tentative Typology.” Patterns of a network economy. 1994. pp. 33-52.

Maillat, Dennis, Crevoisier, Olivier and Lecoq, Bruno. “Innovation Networks and Territorial Dynamics: A Tentative Typology.” Patterns of a network economy. 1994. pp. 33-52.

Maitland, Ian. 1987. “Collective versus Individual Lobbying: How Business Ends Up the Loser.” Pp. 95-104 in Business Strategy and Public Policy: Perspectives from Industry and Academia, edited by Alfred A. Marcus, Allen M. Kaufman and D.R. Bream. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.

Makhija, M.V., and Ganesh, U. 1997. The relationship between control and partner learning in learning-related joint ventures. Organization Science, 8(5): 508-527.

Makhija, Mona V. and Usha Ganesh. 1997. “The Relationship between Control and Partner Learning in Learning-related Joint Ventures.” Organization Science 8:508-527.

Makhija, Mona V. and Usha Ganesh. 1997. “The Relationship between Control and Partner Learning in Learning-related Joint Ventures.” Organization Science 8:508-527.

Makridakis, Spyros G. 1990. Foecasting, Planning, and Strategy for the 21st Century. New York: Free Press.

Malecki, Edward J. 1997. “Entrepreneurs, Networks, and Economic Development: A Review of Recent Research.” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth 3:57-118.

Malecki, Edward J. 2002. “Hard and Soft Networks for Urban Competitiveness.” Urban Studies 39(5-6):929-945.

Malecki, Edward J. 2002. “The Economic Geography of the Internet’s Infrastructure.” Economic Geography 78:399-424.

Malecki, Edward J. and Sean P. Gorman. 2001. “Maybe the Death of Distance, But Not the End of Geography: The Internet as a Network.” Pp. 87-105 in Worlds of Electronic Commerce: Economic, Geographical and Social Dimensions, edited by T.R. Leinbach and S.D. Brunn. New York: John Wiley.

Mallimaci, Fortunato. 1996. “Social Politics: Toward a New Relationship between the State and Civil Society. Development and Promotion of Nongovernmental Organizations.” Dialogica 1:15-42.

Maman, Daniel. 1997. “The Power Lies in the Structure: Economic Policy Forum Networks in Israel.” British Journal of Sociology 48:267-85.

Manacorda, Marco and Barbara Petrongolo. 1999. “Skill Mismatch and Unemployment in OECD Countries.” Economica 66:181-207.

Management Journal (Special Issue), 18: 75-98.

Management Journal, 13: 335-348.

Management Journal, 39:1287-1321.

Mandal, Purnendu; Love, Peter E.D.; Irani, Zahir. “Pre-Alliance Planning: Development of an Information System Infrastructure to Support Strategic Alliance Activities. Management Decision, 2003. Vol. 41 Issue 2, P132, 11p

Mandel, Ernest. 1971. The Marxist Theory of the State. New York: Pathfinder Press.

Mandel, Ernest. 1973. An Introduction to Marxist Economic Theory. New York: Pathfinder Press.

Mandel, Michael. 1996. The High-Risk Society: Peril and Promise in the New Economy. New York: Random House.

Mandell, Myrna P. “Community collaborations: Working through network structures. Policy Studies Review, Spring98, Vol. 16 Issue 1, p42, 23p;

Mandell, Myrna P. 1984. “Application of Network Analysis to the Implementation of a Complex Project.” Human Relations 37:659-679.

Manev, Ivan M. and William B. Stevenson. “Nationality, Cultural Distance, and Expatriate Status: Effects on the Managerial Network in a Multinational Enterprise.” Journal of International Business Studies 32(2): 2nd Quarter 2001. 285-303.

Manev, Ivan M. and William B. Stevenson. 2001. “Balancing Ties: Boundary Spanning and Influence in the Organization's Extended Network of Communication.” Journal of Business Communication 38:183-.

Maney, Gregory M. 2001. “Rival Transnational Networks and Indigenous Rights: The San Blas Kuna in Panama and the Yanomami in Brazil.” Research in Social Movements, Conflicts and Change 23:103-144.

Mangematin, V. 1996. “The Simultaneous Shaping of Organization and Technology within Cooperative Agreements.” Pp. 119-142 in Technological Collaboration: The Dynamics of Cooperation in Industrial Innovation, edited by R. Coombs, A. Richards, P.P. Saviotti and V. Walsh. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.

Mangun, William R. “Why Acid Rain Bills Did Not Become Law: The Role of Scientists, Lobbyists, and the Courts.” Research in public policy analysis and management. Volume 6. 1995, pp. 25-48.

Manigart, Philippe. 1986 “The Belgian Defense Policy Domain in the 1980s.” Armed Forces and Society 13:39-56.

Manley, Joan E. 2000. “Negotiating Quality: Total Quality Management and the Complexities of Transforming Professional Organizations.” Sociological Forum 15:457-484.

Manne, Henry G. 1965. “Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control.” Journal of Political Economy 73:110-120.

Manning, A., J. Wadsworth and D. Wilkinson. 1996. “Making Your Mind Up: Skill Mismatch in the UK.” London School of Economics: mimeo.

Manning, Nick. “Actor Networks, Policy Networks and Personality Disorder.” Sociology of Health and Illness 2002. 24,: Sept, 644-666.

Manning, Nick. 2002. “Actor Networks, Policy Networks and Personality Disorder.” Sociology of Health and Illness 24:644-666.

Manning, S. 2003. Binding Human Resources in Project Networks: Theoretical Concepts and Empirical Insights from the TV Industry. In H. Luczak, and K. J. Zink (Eds.), Human Factors in Organizational Design and Management: 305-310. Santa Monica, CA: IEA Press.

Manning, S. 2004. Managing Resource Dependencies in Project Networks: The Case of TV Production. Paper presented at the The International Research Network on Organizing by Projects IV, Turku.

Manning, S., and Sydow, J. 2003. Binding Customers to Project Networks: The Case of Content Production for Television. In M. Kleinaltenkamp, and M. Ehret (Eds.), Proceedings of the 7th Research Conference on Relationship Marketing and Customer Relationship Management. Berlin: Freie Universität Berlin.

Mansell, Robin. “Information, Organization and Competitiveness: Networking Strategies in the 1990s.” The economics of information networks. 1992. Pp. 217-28.

Manski, Charles F. 1989. “Anatomy of the Selection Problem.” Journal of Human Resources 24:343-360.

Marangudakis, Manussos. “New Social Movements: Between Civil Society and Communitarianism.” Sociological Spectrum, Jan2002. Vol. 22 Issue 1, p41, 30p;

Marcella, Albert J. 1995. Outsourcing, Downsizing, and Reengineering: Internal Control Implications. Altamonte Springs, FL: Institute of Internal Auditors.

March J.G. Organizational Consultants and Organizational Research. In: The Pursuit of Organizational Intelligence. 325-338. Blackwell 2000

March, J.G., J.P. Olsen, 1975, The uncertainty of the past: organizational learning under ambiguity. European Journal of Political Research, 3: pp. 147-171.

March, James G. 1962. “The Business Firm as a Political Coalition.” Journal of Politics 24:662-678.

March, James G. 1978. “Bounded Rationality, Ambiguity, and the Engineering of Choice.” Bell Journal of Economics 9:587-608.

March, James G. 1991. “Exploration and Exploitation in Organizational Learning.” Organization Science 2:71-87.

March, James G. 1991. “Exploration and Exploitation in Organizational Learning.” Organization Science 2:71-87.

March, James G. 1991. “Exploration and exploitation in organizational learning.” Organization Science, 2: 71-87.

March, James G. 1994. A Primer on Decision Making: How Decisions Happen. New York: Free Press.

March, James G. 1996. “Continuity and Change in Theories of Organizational Action.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:278-287.

March, James G. 1999. “The Evolution of Evolution.” Pp. 100-113 in The Pursuit of Organizational Intelligence. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

March, James G. 1999. “The Evolution of Evolution.” Pp. 100-113 in The Pursuit of Organizational Intelligence. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

March, James G. 1999. The Pursuit of Organizational Intelligence. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

March, James G. 1999. The Pursuit of Organizational Intelligence. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

March, James G. and Herbert A. Simon. 1958. Organizations. New York: Wiley.

March, James G. and Herbert A. Simon. 1958. Organizations. New York: Wiley.

March, James G. and Johan Olsen. 1986. “Garbage Can Models of Decision Making in Organizations.” Pp. 11-35 in Ambiguity and Command, edited by James and Roger Weissinger-Baylon. Marshfield, MA: Pitman.

March, James G. and Johan P. Olsen. 1976. Ambuiguity and Choice in Organizations. Bergen: Universitetsforlaget.

March, James G. and Johan P. Olsen. 1984. “The New Institutionalism: Organizational Factors in Political Life.” American Political Science Review 78:734-749.

March, James G. and Johan P. Olsen. 1989. Rediscovering Institutions: The Organizational Basis of Politics. New York: Free Press.

March, James G. and Roger Weissinger-Baylon (eds.). 1986. Ambiguity and Command: Organizational Perspectives on Military Decision Making. Marshfield, MA: Pitman.

Marchildon, Gregory P. (ed.) 1991. Mergers and Acqusitions. Hants, UK: Edward Elgar.

Marcoux, Alexei M. 2003. “A Fiduciary Argument Against Stakeholder Theory.” Business Ethics Quarterly 13:1-24.

Marcus, Alfred A., Allen M. Kaufman and D.R. Bream (eds.). 1987. Business Strategy and Public Policy: Perspectives from Industry and Academia. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.

Maremont, Mary. 1996. “Abuse of Power: The Astonishing Tale of Sexual Harassment at Astra USA.” Business Week May 13: 86-98.

Marginson, Paul, P. K. Edwards, Roderick Martin, John Purcell and Keith Sisson. 1989. “Beyond the Workplace: Managing Industrial Relations in the Multi-Establishment Enterprise.” Journal of Industrial Relations 31:434-435.

Marginson, Paul. 1991. “Beyond Size and Sector: A View from Overseas.” Journal of Industrial Relations 33:586-600.

Marginson, Paul. 1993. “Power and Efficiency in the Firm: Understanding the Employment Relationship.” Pp. 133-165 in Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies, edited by Christos Pitelis. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Marginson, Paul. 1998. “The Survey Tradition in British Industrial Relations Research: An Assessment of the Contribution of Large-Scale Workplace and Enterprise Surveys.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 36:361-88.

Marglin, Stephen. 1974. “What Do Bosses Do? The Origins and Functions of Hierarchy in Capitalist Production.” Review of Radical Political Economics 6(2):60-112.

Margolis, David N; Simonnet, Veronique. “Technical/Professional versus General Education, Labor Market Networks and Labor Market Outcomes.” International Journal of Manpower 23(5): 2002. 471-92.

Marin, Bernd and Renate Mayntz (eds.). 1991. Policy Networks: Empirical Evidence and Theoretical Considerations. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Marin, Bernd and Renate Mayntz (eds.). 1991. Policy Networks: Empirical Evidence and Theoretical Considerations. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Marin, Berndt (ed.). 1990. Generalized Political Exchange. Antagonistic Cooperation and Integrated Policy Circuits. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Marin, Berndt (ed.). 1990. Governance and Generalized Exchange. Self-Organizing Policy Networks in Action. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Marini, Giovanni; Pannone, Andrea. “Network Production, Efficiency and Technological Options: Toward a New Dynamic Theory of Telecommunications.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 7, no. 3, 1998, pp. 177-201.

Marino, Louis; Strandholm, Karen; Steensma, H. Kevin; Weaver, K. Mark. “The Moderating Effect of National Culture On the Relationship Between Entrepreneurial Orientation and Strategic Alliance Portfolio Extensiveness. Entrepreneurship: Theory & Practice, Summer2002. Vol. 26 Issue 4, P145, 16p;

Mariolis, Peter. 1975. “Interlocking Directorates and Control of Corporations.” Social Science Quarterly 56:425-439.

Marion, Russ. 1999. The Edge of Organization: Chaos and Complexity Theories of Formal Social Systems. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Mariti, P. and P.H. Smiley. 1983. “Co-operative Agreements and the Organization of Industry.” Journal of Industrial Economics 31:437-451.

Markels, Alex. 1995. “Restructuring Alters Middle-Manager Role But Leaves It Robust.” Wall Street Journal September 25:A1.

Markides, Constantinos C. 1995. Diversification, Refocusing, and Economic Performance. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Markoff, John and Geraldine Fabrikant. 1998. “TCI Seeks Variety in Software And Suppliers for TV Boxes.” New York Times (January 12):D1.

Markovsky, Barry, David Willer and Travis Patton. 1988. “Power Relations in Exchange Networks.” American Sociological Review 53:220-36.

Markovsky, Barry, David Willer, Brent Simpson and Michael J. Lovaglia. 1997. “Power in Exchange Networks: Critique of a New Theory.” American Sociological Review 62:833-837.

Markovsky, Barry, John Skvoretz, David Willer, Michael J. Lovaglia, and Jeffrey Erger. 1993. “The Seeds of Weak Power: An Extension of Network Exchange Theory.” American Sociological Review 58:220-236.

Marmaros, David and Bruce Sacerdote. “Peer and Social Networks in Job Search. European Economic Review 2002. P870(10)

Marmaros, David; Sacerdote, Bruce. 2002. “Peer and Social Networks in Job Search.” European Economic Review 46(4-5):870-79.

Marsden, Peter V. 1981. “Introducing Influence Processes into a System of Collective Action.” American Journal of Sociology 86: 1203-35.

Marsden, Peter V. 1981. “Models and Methods for Characterizing the Structural Parameters of Groups.” Social Networks 3:1-27.

Marsden, Peter V. 1983. “Restricted Access in Networks and Models of Power.” American Journal of Sociology 88: 686-717.

Marsden, Peter V. 1987. “Core Discussion Networks of Americans. American Sociological Review 52:122-131.

Marsden, Peter V. 1988. “Homogeneity in Confiding Relations.” Social Networks 10: 57-76.

Marsden, Peter V. 1990. “Network Data and Measurement.” Annual Review of Sociology 16:435-463.

Marsden, Peter V. 2001. “Interpersonal Ties, Social Capital, and Employer Staffing Practices.” Pp. 105-125 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen S. Cook, and Ronald S. Burt. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Marsden, Peter V. 2002. “Egocentric and Sociocentric Measures of Network Centrality.” Social Networks 24:407-422.

Marsden, Peter V. 2003. “Interviewer Effects in Measuring Network Size using a Single Name Generator.” Social Networks 25:1-16.

Marsden, Peter V. and Edward O. Laumann. 1977. “Collective Action in a Community Elite: Exchange, Influence Resources and Issue Resolution.” Pp. 199-250 in Power, Paradigms, and Community Research, edited by Roland J. Liebert and Allan W. Imersheim. London: Sage.

Marsden, Peter V. and Elizabeth H. Gorman. 2001. “Social Networks, Job Changes, and Recruitment.” Pp. 467-502 in Sourcebook on Labor Markets: Evolving Structures and Processes, edited by Ivar Berg and Arne L. Kalleberg. New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum.

Marsden, Peter V. and Karen Campbell. 1984. “Measuring Tie Strength.” Social Forces 63: 482-501.

Marsden, Peter V. and Noah E. Friedkin. 1994. “Network Studies of Social Influence.” Pp. 3-25 in Advances in Social Network Analysis: Research in the Social and Behavioral Sciences edited by Stanley Wasserman and Joseph Galaskiewicz. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Marsden, Peter V., Arne L. Kalleberg and David Knoke. 1999. “Surveying Organizational Structures and Human Resource Practices: The National Organizations Study.” Forthcoming in Handbook of Organizational Behavior, 2nd Edition, edited by Robert T. Golembiewski.

Marsden, Peter V., Cynthia R. Cook and Arne L. Kalleberg. 1994. “Organizational Structures: Coordination and Control.” American Behavioral Scientist 37:911-29.

Marsden, Peter V; Laumann, Edward O. “Mathematical Ideas in Social Structural Analysis.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 1984, 10, 3-4, Dec, 271-294.

Marsh, David and M. Smith. 2000. “Understanding Policy Networks: Towards a Dialectical Approach.” Political Studies 48(4):4-21.

Marsh, David and Martin Smith. 2000. “Understanding Policy Networks: Towards a Dialectical Approach.” Political Studies 48(4):4-21.

Marsh, David and R.A.W. Rhodes (eds.). 1992. Policy Networks in British Government. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Marsh, David and R.A.W. Rhodes. (eds.). 1992. Policy Networks in British Government. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Marsh, Robert M. 2003. “Social Capital, Guanxi, and the Road to Democracy in Taiwan.” Comparative Sociology 2:575-604.

Marshall, A H; et al. “Developing a Bayesian Belief Network for the Management of Geriatric Hospital Care.” Health Care Management Science 4(1): 2001. 25-30.

Marshall, Alfred. 1890. Principles of Economics. 8th Ed. Reprinted 1920. London: Macmillan.

Marshall, Alfred. 1927. Industry and Trade, 3rd Ed. London: Macmillan.

Marshall, Jonathan. 2004. Language Change and Sociolinguistics: Rethinking Social Networks. Basingstoke, Hampshire, UK: Palgrave Macmillan.

Marshall, Nancy L; Noonan, Anne E; McCartney, Kathleen; Marx, Fern; Keefe, Nancy. “It Takes an Urban Village: Parenting Networks of Urban Families.” Journal of Family Issues, 2001. 22, 2, Mar, 163-182.

Marshall, T.H. 1950. Citizenship and Social Class and Other Essays. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Marsteller, Jill A., Randall R. Bovbjerg and Len M. Nichols. 1998. “Nonprofit Conversion: Theory, Evidence, and State Policy Options.” Health Services Research 33:1495-1498.

Martel, Laurent and Jacques Legare. 2001. “With or Without the Support of Close Family Members in Old Age: A Description of the Elderly’s Informal Support Networks Based on the Presence or Absence of a Spouse and/or Children.” Cahiers quebecois de demographie 30:89-114.

Martin, Cathie Jo. 1994. “Business and the New Economic Activism: The Growth of Corporate Lobbies in the Sixties.” Polity 27:49-76.

Martin, Jack K. and Constance L. Shehan. 1989. “Education and Job Satisfaction: The Influence of Gender, Wage-Earning Status, and Job Values.” Work and Occupations 16:184-199.

Martin, Jack K. and Sandra L. Hanson. 1985. “Sex, Family Wage-Earning Status, and Satisfaction with Work.” Work and Occupations 12:91-109.

Martin, Joanne, and Caren Siehl. 1983. “Organizational Culture and Counterculture: An Uneasy Symbiosis.” Organizational Dynamics 12(2):52-64.

Martin, Joanne. 1990. “Deconstructing Organizational Taboos: The Suppression of Gender Conflict in Organizations.” Organization Science 1:339-359.

Martin, Joanne. 1992. Cultures in Organizations: Three Perspectives. New York: Oxford University Press.

Martin, Joanne. 2002. Organizational Culture: Mapping the Terrain. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Martin, John Levi. “Some Algebraic Structures for Diffusion in Social Networks.” The Journal of Mathematical Sociology 2002. 26, 3, July-Sept, 123-146.

Martin, John Levi; Wiley, James; Osmond, Dennis. “Social Networks and Unobserved Heterogeneity in Risk for AIDS.” Population Research and Policy Review 22(1): 2003. 65-90.

Martin, Patricia Yancey. 1980. “Multiple Constituencies, Differential Power, and the Question of Effectiveness in Human Service Organizations.” Journal of Sociology and Social Welfare 7:801-816.

Martin, Stephen. 1988. Joint Ventures and Market Performance in Oligopoly. San Domenico: European University Institute.

Martin, X. and R. Salomon. “Knowledge Transfer Capacity and Its Implications For the Theory of the Multinational Corporation. Journal of International Business Studies 2003. V34 I4 P356(18)

Martin, Xavier, Anand Swaminathan and Will Mitchell. 1998. “Organizational Evolution in the Interorganizational Environment: Incentives and Constraints on International Expansion Strategy.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:566-601.

Martin, Xavier, Anand Swaminathan and Will Mitchell. 1998. “Organizational Evolution in the Interorganizational Environment: Incentives and Constraints on International Expansion Strategy.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:566-601.

Martinez Garcia, Manuel F; Garcia Ramirez, Manuel; Maya Jariego, Isidro. “An Analytic Typology of the Social Networks of Support of African Immigrants in Andalucia.” Revista Espanola de Investigaciones Sociologicas, 2001. 95, July-Sept, 99-125.

Martocchio, Joseph J. 1998. Strategic Compensation: A Human Resource Management Approach. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Marwell, Gerald, and Pamela Oliver. 1993. The Critical Mass in Collective Action: A Micro-Social Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Marwell, Gerald, Pamela Oliver and Ralph Prahl. 1988. “Social Networks and Collective Action: A Theory of the Critical Mass III.” American Journal of Sociology 93:502-534.

Marwell, Gerald; Oliver, Pamela E; Prahl, Ralph. “Social Networks and Collective Action: A Theory of the Critical Mass. III.” American Journal of Sociology, 1988. 94, 3, Nov, 502-534.

Marwell, Gerald; Oliver, Pamela. “Collective Action Theory and Social Movements Research.” Research in Social Movements, Conflicts and Change, 1984, 7, 1-27.

Marx, Karl and Friedrich Engels. 1848. The Manifesto of the Communist Party.

Marx, Karl. 1978 [1844]. “Estranged Labour.” Pp. 70-81 in The Marx-Engels Reader, Second Edition, edited by Robert C. Tucker. New York: W.W. Norton.

Marx, Karl. 1978 [1849]. “Wage Labour and Capital.” Pp. 203-217 in The Marx-Engels Reader, Second Edition, edited by Robert C. Tucker. New York: W.W. Norton.

Maskell, Peter. “Knowledge Creation and Diffusion in Geographic Clusters: Regional Development Implications.” Public investment and regional economic development. 2001, pp. 59-74.

Mason, Colin M; Harrison, Richard T. 1997. “Business Angel Networks and the Development of the Informal Venture Capital Market in the UK: Is There Still a Role for the Public Sector?” Small Business Economics 9:111-123.

Mason, Geoff and David Finegold. 1995. “Productivity, Machiney and Skills in the United States and Western Europe: Precision Engineering.” Discussion Paper no. 89. London: National Institute of Economic and Social Research.

Mason, Robin. “Network Externalities and the Coase Conjecture.” European Economic Review 44(10): 2000. 1981-92.

Massingham, Peter. “Australia’s Federated Network Universities: What Happened?” Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management 23(1): 2001. 19-32.

Masters, Kim. 2000. The Keys to the Kingdom: How Michael Eisner Lost His Grip. New York: Morrow.

Masters, Stanley H. 1969. “An Interindustry Analysis of Wages and Plant Size.” Review of Economics and Statistics 51:341-345.

Mato, Daniel. 2000. “Transnational Networking and the Social Production of Representations of Identities by Indigenous Peoples’ Organizations of Latin America.” International Sociology 15:343-360.

Matsusaka, John G. 1993. “Takeover Motives During the Conglomerate Merger Wave.” Rand Journal of Economics 24:357-79.

Matsusaka, John G. 1993. “Target Profits and Managerial Discipline During the Conglomerate Merger Wave.” Journal of Industrial Economics 41(2):179-189.

Matthiessen, Christian Wichmann; Schwarz, Annette Winkel; Find, Soren. “The Top-Level Global Research System, 1997-99: Centres, Networks and Nodality: An Analysis Based on Bibliometric Indicators.” Urban Studies 39(5-6): 2002. 903-27.

Mattila, Mikko. “Hierarchy or Competition? The Interest Representation Network of Organized Labour in Finnish Social and Health Policy Making.” Acta Sociologica 1994. 37:371-381.

Matzat, Uwe. 2003. “Academic Communication and Internet Discussion Groups: Transfer of Information or Creation of Social Contacts?” Social Networks. Forthcoming.

Maula, Markku; Autio, Erkko; Murray, Gordon. “Prerequisites for the creation of social capital and subsequent knowledge acquisition in corporate venture capital. Venture Capital, Apr-Jun2003. Vol. 5 Issue 2, p117, 18p;

Maundeni, Tapologo. “The Role of Social Networks in the Adjustment of African Students to British Society: Students’ Perceptions.” Race, Ethnicity and Education, 2001. 4, 3, Sept, 253-276.

Maurer, Christine and Tara E. Sheets (eds.). 1999. Encylcopedia of Associations, 34th Ed. Detroit, MI: Gale Group.

Mauri, Alfredo J.; Mcmillan, G. Steven. “The Influence of Technology On Strategic Alliances: An Application of the Utterback and Abernathy Model of Product and Process Innovation. International Journal of Innovation Management 1999. Vol. 3 Issue 4, P367, 12p;

Mavin, Sharon; Bryans, Patricia. “Academic Women in the UK: Mainstreaming Our Experiences and Networking for Action.” Gender and Education, 2002. 14, 3, Sept, 235-250.

Maxwell, Nan L. 1987. “Occupational Differences in the Determination of U.S. Workers’ Earnings: Both the Human Capital and the Structured Labor Market Hypotheses Are Useful in Analysis.” American Journal of Economics and Sociology 46:431-443.

Maxwell, Nan L. 1990. Income Inequality in the United States, 1947-1985. New York: Greenwood Press.

May, Tim. 2001. “Power, Knowledge and Organizational Transformation: Administration as Depoliticization.” Social Epistemology 15(3):171-185.

Mayer, Colin. 1990. “Financial Systems, Corporate Finance, and Economic Development.” Pp. 307-332 in Asymmetric Information, Corporate Finance, and Investment, edited by R.G. Hubbard. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Mayer, Margit. “The Onward Sweep of Social Capital: Causes and Consequences For Understanding Cities, Communities and Urban Movements. International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 2003. V27 I1 P5(12)

Mayer, Robert N. 1989. The Consumer Movement: Guardians of the Marketplace. Boston: Twayne.

Mayer, Roger C., James H. Davis and F. David Schoorman. 1995. “An Integrative Model of Organizational Trust.” Academy of Management Review 20:709-734.

Mayer, Wolfgang. “Lobbying for Tariff Policies.” Review of International Economics, vol. 1, no. 3, October 1993, pp. 221-33.

Mayer, Wolfgang. “On the Efficiency of By-Product Lobbying.” Public Choice, vol. 112, no. 3-4, September 2002, pp. 275-92.

Mayer-Foulkes, David and Raul Anibal Feliz. 1996. “Nonlinear Dynamics in the Stock Exchange.” Revista de Analisis Economico 11:3-21.

Mayntz, Renate. 1993. “Modernization and the Logic of Interorganizational Networks.” Knowledge and Policy 6:3-16.

Mayntz, Renate. 1993. “Modernization and the Logic of Interorganizational Networks.” Knolwedge and Policy 6:3-16.

Mayntz, Renate. 1993. “Modernization and the Logic of Interorganizational Networks.” Pp. 3-18 in Social Change Between Market and Organization, edited by John Child, Michel Crozier and Renate Mayntz. Aldershort, England: Avebury.

Mayr Ernst and William B. Provine (eds.). 1988. The Evolutionary Synthesis: Perspectives on the Unification of Biology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Mayr Ernst and William B. Provine (eds.). 1988. The Evolutionary Synthesis: Perspectives on the Unification of Biology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Mayrhofer, Ulrike. “Franco-British Strategic Alliances: A Contribution to the Study of Intra-European Partnerships. European Management Journal 2002. Vol. 20 Issue 1, P10, 8p;

Mazarr, Michael J. 1999. Global Trends 2005: An Owner’s Manual for the Next Decade. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Mazey, Sonia and Jeremy Richardson (eds.). 1993. Lobbying in the European Community. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Mazey, Sonia, and Jeremy Richardson. 2001. “Institutionalizing Promiscuity: Commission-Interest Group Relations in the European Union.” Pp. 71-93 in The Institutionalization of Europe, edited by A. Stone-Sweet, W. Sandholtz, and N. Fligstein. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

Mazey, Sonia, and Jeremy Richardson. 2001. Filling the Hollow Core? Interest Intermediation in the European Union. London, UK: Routledge.

Mazey, Sonia. “Regional Lobbying in the New Europe.” The regions and the new Europe: Patterns in core and periphery development. 1995, pp. 78-102.

Maznevski, M. L., Chudoba, K.M. 2000. Bridging Space over Time: Global Virtual Team Dynamics and Effectiveness. Organization Science, Vol. 11, No. 5, 473-492

Mazzucato, Valentina; Niemeijer, David. “The Cultural Economy of Soil and Water Conservation: Market Principles and Social Networks in Eastern Burkina Faso.” Development and Change 31(4): 2000. 831-55.

McAdam, Doug and Roberto M. Fernandez. 1990. “Microstructural Bases of Recruitment to Social Movements.” Research in Social Movements, Conflicts and Change 12:1-33.

McAdam, Doug and Ronnelle Paulsen. 1993. “Specifying the Relationship between Social Ties and Activism.” American Journal of Sociology 99:640-667.

McAdam, Doug, Sidney Tarrow and Charles Tilly. 1996. “To Map Contentious Politics.” Mobilization 1:17-34.

McAdam, Doug. 1988. “Micromobilization Contexts and Recruitment to Activism.” International Social Movement Research 1:125-154.

McAdam, Doug. 1988. “Recruitment to High-Risk Activism: The Case of Freedom Summer.” American Journal of Sociology 92:64-90.

McAllister, Daniel J. 1995. “Affect- and Cognition-Based Trust as Foundations for Interpersonal Cooperation in Organizations.” Academy of Management Journal 38:24-59.

McCarthy, Kathleen D., Virginia A. Hodgkinson and Russy D. Sumariwalla (eds.). 1992. The Nonprofit Sector in the Global Community. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

McCarty, Christopher. “Structure in Personal Networks.” Journal of Social Structure, 2002. 3, 1.

McCarty, Christopher; Killworth, Peter D; Bernard, H Russell; Johnsen, Eugene C; Shelley, Gene A. “Comparing Two Methods for Estimating Network Size.” Human Organization, 2001. 60, 1, spring, 28-39.

McClellan, Steve. 1996. “MCA, Viacom Battle Over TV Land.” Broadcasting and Cable May 6:32.

McClelland, David C. and David H. Burnham. 1995. “Power is the Great Motivator.” Harvard Business Review Jan.-Feb.126-39.

McClintock, Brent. 1987. “Institutional Transaction Analysis.” Journal of Economic Issues 21:673-681.

McClintock, Brent. 1987. “Institutional Transaction Analysis.” Journal of Economic Issues 21:673-681.

McClurg, Scott D. “Social Networks and Political Participation: The Role of Social Interaction in Explaining Political Participation.” Political Research Quarterly 2003. 56:449-464.

McClurg, Scott D. “Social Networks and Political Participation: The Role of Social Interaction in Explaining Political Participation.” Political Research Quarterly, 2003. 56, 4, Dec, 449-464.

Mcclurg, Scott D. “Social Networks and Political Participation: the Role of Social Interaction in Explaining Political Participation. Political Research Quarterly 2003. V56 I4 P449(16)

McCormack, Kevin and William Johnson with William T. Walker. 2003. Supply chain networks and business process orientation: advanced strategies and best practices. Boca Raton, FL: St. Lucie Press.

McCray, W Patrick. “Creating Networks of Skill: Technology Transfer and the Glass Industry of Venice.” Journal of European Economic History, vol. 28, no. 2, Fall 1999, pp. 301-33.

McCune, Joseph T., Richard W. Beatty and Raymond V. Montagno. 19qq. “Downsizing: Practices in Manufacturing Firms.” Human Resources Management

McDaniel, S., Olson, G., Magee, J., 1996, Identifying and analyzing multiple threads in computer-mediated and face-to-face conversations. In Proceedings of the conference on computer-supported cooperative work , ACM press, Cambridge, MA, pp 473-492

McDermott, Gerald A. “Embedded politics: Industrial networks and institutional change in postcommunism.” Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 2002. x, 295.

McDermott, Gerald A. “The Embedded Politics of Entrepreneurship and Network Restructuring in East-Central Europe.” The new entrepreneurs of Europe and Asia: Patterns of business development in Russia, Eastern Europe and China. 2002. 214-55 .

McDermott, John. 1991. Corporate Society: Class, Property, and Contemporary Capitalism. Boulder, CO: Westview.

McDonald, Michael L.; Westphal, James D. “Getting by with the Advice of Their Friends: CEOs' Advice Networks and Firms' Strategic Responses to Poor Performance. Administrative Science Quarterly, Mar2003. Vol. 48 Issue 1, p1, 32p;

McElroy, J. C., and Shrader, C. B. 1986. “Attribution Theories of Leadership and Network Analysis.” Journal of Management 12:351-362.

McEvily, Bill and Ray Reagans. 2003. “Knolwedge Structure and Knowledge Transfer: The Effects of Cohesion and Range.” Administrative Science Quarterly 48:240-267.

McEvily, Bill and Zaheer, A. 1999. “Bridging ties: a source of firm heterogeneity in competitive capabilities.” Strategic Management Journal 20: 1133-1156.

McEvily, Bill, Perrone, V. and Zaheer A. 2003. “Trust as an organizing principle.” Organization Science 14: 91-103.

McFadden, Robert D. 1993. “2 Get Ready to Lock Horns at The Daily News.” New York Times January 12:B3.

McFarland, Daniel A. 2001. “Student Resistance: How the Formal and Informal Organization of Classrooms Facilitate Everyday Forms of Student Defiance.” American Journal of Sociology 107:612-678.

McGrath, Cathleen and David Krackhardt. 2003. “Network Conditions For Organizational Change.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 39:324-336

McGregor, Judy; Tweed, David. “Profiling a New Generation of Female Small Business Owners in New Zealand: Networking, Mentoring and Growth.” Gender, Work and Organization, 2002. 9, 4, Aug, 420-438.

McGuire, Gail M. “Gender, Race, and the Shadow Structure: A Study of Informal Networks and Inequality in a Work Organization.” Gender & Society 2002. 16:303-322.

McGuire, Gail M. “Gender, Race, and the Shadow Structure: A Study of Informal Networks and Inequality in a Work Organization.” Gender & Society, 2002. 16, 3, June, 303-322.

McGuire, Gail M. 2002. “Gender, Race, and the Shadow Structure: A Study of Informal Networks and Inequality in a Work Organization.” Gender & Society 16:303-322.

McGuire, Michael. “Managing Networks: Propositions on What Managers Do and Why They Do It.” Public Administration Review 62(5): 2002. 599-609.

McGuire, Steven. 1997. Airbus Industrie: Conflict and Cooperation in US-EC Trade Relations. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

McGuirk, Pauline M. “Power and Policy Networks in Urban Governance: Local Government and Property-Led Regeneration in Dublin.” Urban Studies 37: 2000. Pp. 651-72.

McIntosh, William Alex; Sykes, Dianne; Kubena, Karen S. “Religion and Community among the Elderly: The Relationship between the Religious and Secular Characteristics of Their Social Networks.” Review of Religious Research, 2002, 44, 2, Dec, 109-125.

McIntosh, William Alex; Sykes, Dianne; Kubena, Karen S. “Religion and Community among the Elderly: The Relationship between the Religious and Secular Characteristics of Their Social Networks.” Review of Religious Research, 2002. 44, 2, Dec, 109-125.

McKelvey, Bill and Howard Aldrich. 1983. “Populations, Natural Selection, and Applied Organizational Science.” Administrative Science Quarterly 28:101-128.

McKelvey, Bill and Howard Aldrich. 1983. “Populations, Natural Selection, and Applied Organizational Science.” Administrative Science Quarterly 28:101-128.

McKelvey, Bill. 1982. Organizational Systematics: Taxonomy, Evolution, Classification. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

McKelvey, Bill. 1982. Organizational Systematics: Taxonomy, Evolution, Classification. Berkeley. CA: University of California Press.

McKelvey, Bill. 1997. “Quasi-Natural Organization Science.” Organization Science 8:352-380.

McKelvey, Bill. 1997. “Quasi-Natural Organization Science.” Organization Science 8:352-380.

McKelvey, Bill. 1999. “Avoiding Complexity Catastrophe in Coevolutionary Pockets: Strategies for Rugged Landscapes.” Organization Science 10(3):294-322.

McKelvey, Bill. 1999. “Avoiding Complexity Catastrophe in Coevolutionary Pockets: Strategies for Rugged Landscapes.” Organization Science 10(3):294-322.

McKenna, Regis. 1989. Who’s Afraid of Big Blue: How Companies Are Challenging IBM – and Winning. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

McKibbin, S. “Network Building and the Institutional Environment: a Case Study of Innovation Strategies of the European Commission.” Institute of Social Studies - The Hague, Working Paper Series, Institute of Social Studies - The Hague, Working Paper Series 2000. 132 pages pp.

McKibbin, S. “Network Building and the Institutional Environment: a Case Study of Innovation Strategies of the European Commission.” Institute of Social Studies - The Hague, Working Paper Series, Institute of Social Studies - The Hague, Working Paper Series 2000. 132 pages pp.

McKinley, William, Mark A. Mone and Gyewan Moon. 1999. “Determinants and Development of Schools in Organization Theory.” Academy of Management Review 24:634-648.

McKinley, William, Mark A. Mone and Gyewan Moon. 1999. “Determinants and Development of Schools in Organization Theory.” Academy of Management Review 24:634-648.

McKinley, William.1993. “Organizational Decline and Adaptation: Theoretical Controversies.” Organization Science 4:1-9.

McKittrick, S. (1995) “AIREDI - EDI for Imports & Exports - Final Project Report” Tradegate Australia Limited, Sydney, December 1995

McKnight, D.H., L.L. Cummings and N.L. Chervany. 1998. “Initial Trust in New Organizational Relationships.” Academy of Management Review 23:473-490.

McKnight, Lee W., Paul M. Vaaler and Raul L. Katz (eds.). 2001. Creative Destruction: Business Survival Strategies in the Global Internet Economy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

McKoon, G., RatCliff, R.,1998. Memory based language processing: Psycholinguistic research in the 1990s, Annual review of Psychology, 49, 25-42

McLaughlin, Andrew M; Jordan, Grant; Maloney, William A. “Corporate Lobbying in the European Community.” Journal of Common Market Studies, vol. 31, no. 2, June 1993, pp. 191-212.

McLaughlin, Janice Paul Rosen, Andrew Webster and David Skinner (eds.). 1999. Valuing Technology: Organizations, Culture, and Change. London: Routledge.

McLaughlin, Janice. “Screening Networks: Shared Agendas in Feminist and Disability Movement Challenges to Antenatal Screening and Abortion.” Disability & Society, 2003. 18, 3, May, 297-310.

McLean, Carl A; Campbell, Catherine M. “Locating Research Informants in a Multi-Ethnic Community: Ethnic Identities, Social Networks and Recruitment Methods.” Ethnicity & Health, 2003, 8, 1, Feb, 41-61.

McLean, Carl A; Campbell, Catherine M. “Locating Research Informants in a Multi-Ethnic Community: Ethnic Identities, Social Networks and Recruitment Methods.” Ethnicity & Health, 2003. 8, 1, Feb, 41-61.

McLean, Paul D. “A Frame Analysis of Favor Seeking in the Renaissance: Agency, Networks, and Political Culture.” American Journal of Sociology 1998. 104:51-91.

McLoughlin, Ian and Jon Clark. 1994. Technological Change at Work. Second Ed. Buckingham, UK: Open University Press.

McManus, Patricia A. “Market, state, and the quality of new self-employment jobs among men in the U.S. and western Germany.” Social Forces v. 78 no3 (Mar. 2000) p. 865-905

Mcmichael, Celia and Lenore Manderson. 2004. “Somali Women and Well-Being: Social Networks and Social Capital Among Immigrant Women in Australia.” Human Organization 63:88-99.

McMillan, Charles J. 1996. The Japanese Industrial System. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

McMillan, G. Steven, Francis Narinand and David L. Deeds. 2000. “An Analysis of the Critical Role of Public Science in Innovation: The Case of Biotechnology.” Research Policy 29:1-8.

McNabb, Robert and Keith Whitfield. 2001. “Job Evaluation and High Performance Work Practices: Compatible or Conflictual?” Journal of Management Studies 38:293-312.

McNaughton, Rob B. and Milford B. Green (eds.). 2002. Global competition and local networks. Aldershot, Hampshire, England Burlington, VT: Ashgate.

McNelis, Paul D. “Money Demand and Seigniorage-Maximizing Inflation in Chile: Approximation, Learning, and Estimation with Neural Networks.” Revista de Analisis Economico, vol. 13, no. 2, November 1998, pp. 3-24.

McPhee, Paul and Hodgkinson, Ann. “New South Wales Regions and Globalisation--A Conceptual Analysis of Innovation Driven Network Structures.” Australasian Journal of Regional Studies, vol. 8, no. 3, Special Issue 2002. pp. 349-67.

McPhee, Robert D. “A Model of Social Network Development in Organizations.” Central States Speech Journal, 1986, 37:spring, 8-18.

McPhee, Robert D; Corman, Steven R. 1995. “An Activity-Based Theory of Communication Networks in Organizations, Applied to the Case of a Local Church.” Communication Monographs 62:132-151.

McPherson, J. Miller and Thomas Rotolo. 1996. “Testing a Dynamic Model of Social Composition: Diversity and Change in Voluntary Groups.” American Sociological Review, 61: 179-202.

McPherson, J. Miller, Pamela Popielarz, and Sonja Drobnic. 1992. “Social Networks and Organizational Dynamics.” American Sociological Review 57:153-170.

McPherson, J. Miller. 1982. “Hypernetwork Sampling: Duality and Differentiation Among Voluntary Organizations.” Social Networks 3:225-249.

McPherson, J. Miller. 1983. “An Ecology of Affiliation.” American Sociological Review 48:519-532.

McPherson, Miller; Lynn Smith-Lovin and James M. Cook. 2001. “Birds of a Feather: Homophily in Social Networks.” Annual Review of Sociology 27:415-444.

McWhirter, William. 1992. “Who’s in the Driver’s Seat?’ Time October 26:55.

Mead, Stephen P. “Using Social Network Analysis to Visualize Project Teams. Project Management Journal, Dec2001. Vol. 32 Issue 4, p32, 7p

Meagher, Kieron; Rogers, Mark. “Network Density and R&D Spillovers Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 53(2): 2004. 237-60.

Mechanic, David. 1962. “Sources of Power of Lower Participants in Complex Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 349-364.

Meckstroth, Alicia and Paul Arnsberger. 1998. “A 20-Year Review of the Nonprofit Sector, 1975-1995.” SOI Bulletin (Fall):149-171.

Medius, H.G. and U. Wendeling-Schoeder (eds.). 1991. Zuliefere im Netz: Neustrukturierung der Logistik am Beispiel der Automobolizulieferung. Cologne, Germany: Bund Verlag.

Medoff, James L. and Katharine G. Abraham. 1980. “Experience, Performance, and Earnings.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 95:703-736.

Medoff, James L. and Katharine G. Abraham. 1981. “Are Those Paid More Really More Productive? The Case of Experience.” Journal of Human Resources 16:186-216.

Meehan III, William F., Ron Lemmens, Matthew R. Cohler. “What Venture Trends Can Tell You.” Harvard Business Review 2003. V81 I7 P18(1)

Meeus, M.T.H., Oerlemans, L.A.G., Hage, J., 2002Interactive Learning between Industry and Knowledge Infrastructure. An exploration of an extended resource-based model in a high tech region. In: S. Bakker, F. Boekema, P. Maskell, R. Rutten (Eds.), Universities, Knowledge Infrastructure, and Learning Regions, Edward Elgar.

Meeus, M.T.H., Oerlemans, L.A.G., Hage, J.; 2001. Patterns of Interactive Learning in a High Tech Region. An empirical exploration of complementary and competing perspectives.

Meeus, M.T.H., Oerlemans, L.A.G., Hage, J.; 2001. Sectoral patterns of interactive learning. An empirical exploration of a case in a Dutch region. Technology Analysis and Strategic Management. Vol. 13:03, pp. 427-451.

Mehra, Ajay, Martin Kilduff and Daniel J. Brass. 2001. “The Social Networks of High and Low Self-Monitors: Implications for Workplace Performance.” Administrative Science Quarterly 46:121-146.

Mehra, Ajay, Martin Kilduff, and Daniel J. Brass. 1998. “At the Margins: A Distinctiveness Approach to the Social Identity and Social Networks of Underrepresented Groups.” Academy of Management Journal, 41: 441-452.

Mehra, Ajay. 2001. “The Social Networks of High and Low Self-Monitors: Implications for Workplace Performace.” Administrative Science Quarterly 46:121-149.

Mehta, Rajiv; Dubinsky, Alan J.; Anderson, Rolph E. “Leadership Style, Motivation and Performance in International Marketing Channels: An Empirical Investigation of the USA, Finland and Poland. European Journal of Marketing, 2003. Vol. 37 Issue 1/2, P50, 36p;

Mela, Alfredo. “Innovation, Communication Networks and Urban Milieus: A Sociological Approach.” Technological change, economic development and space. 1995. pp. 75-91.

Mela, Alfredo. “Innovation, Communication Networks and Urban Milieus: A Sociological Approach.” Technological change, economic development and space. 1995. pp. 75-91.

Melander, Anders; Nordqvist, Mattias. “Investing in Social Capital. International Studies of Management & Organization, Winter2002/2003. Vol. 32 Issue 4, p89, 20p;

Melbeck, Christian. 1998. “Comparing Local Policy Networks.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 10:531-552.

Melbeck, Christian. 1998. “Comparing Local Policy Networks.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 10:531-552.

Mele, Domenec. “Organizational Humanizing Cultures: Do They Generate Social Capital? Journal of Business Ethics June 15, 2003. V45 I1-2 P3(12)

Mele, Domenec. 2003. “Organizational Humanizing Cultures: Do They Generate Social Capital?” Journal of Business Ethics 45(2):3-14.

Melin, G. 2000. Pragmatism and Self-Organization: Research Collaboration on the Individual Level. Research Policy, 29: 31-40.

Mellow, Wesley. 1982. “Employer Size and Wages.” Review of Economics and Statistics 64:495-501.

Mellow, Wesley. 1983. “Employer Size, Unionism, and Wages.” Pp. in New Approaches to Labor Unions, edited by Joseph D. Reid. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Menahem, Gila. “Policy Paradigms, Policy Networks and Water Policy in Israel.” Journal of Public Policy 1998. 18:Sept-Dec, 283-310.

Menahem, Gila. “Water Policy in Israel 1948-2000: Policy Paradigms, Policy Networks and Public Policy.” Israel Affairs 2001. 7:summer, 21-44.

Menahem, Gila. “Water Policy in Israel 1948-2000: Policy Paradigms, Policy Networks and Public Policy.” Israel Affairs, 2001. 7, 4, summer, 21-44.

Menard, Claude. 1995. “Markets as Institutions Versus Organizations as Markets? Disentangling Some Fundamental Concepts.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 28:161-182.

Menard, Claude. 1996. “Why Organizations Matter: A Journey Away from the Fairy Tale.” Atlantic Economic Journal 24(4):281-300.

Menjivar, Cecilia. “Immigrant Kinship Networks and the Impact of the Receiving Context: Salvadorans in San Francisco in the Early 1990s.” Social Problems, 1997, 44, 1, Feb, 104-123.

Menjivar, Cecilia. “Immigrant Kinship Networks: Vietnamese, Salvadoreans and Mexicans in Comparative Perspective.” Journal of Comparative Family Studies, 1997, 28, 1, spring, 1-24.

Menjivar, Cecilia. “Kinship Networks among Immigrants: Lessons from a Qualitative Comparative Approach.” International Journal of Comparative Sociology, 1995, 36, 3-4, Dec, 219-232.

Menjivar, Cecilia. “The Ties That Heal: Guatemalan Immigrant Women’s Networks and Medical Treatment.” International Migration Review, 2002. 36, 2(138), summer, 437-466.

Meraviglia, Cinzia. “Fuzzy Logic and Artificial Neural Networks in Classification.” Sociologia e Ricerca Sociale, 2001. 22, 64, 61-83.

Mercier, Jean. 1994. “Looking at Organizational Culture, Hermeneutically.” Administration & Society 26:28-47.

Mercuro, Nicholas and Steven C. Medema. 1997. Economics and the Law: From Posner to Post Modernism. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Mercuro, Nicholas and Steven C. Medema. 1997. Economics and the Law: From Posner to Post Modernism. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Meredith, Roibyn. 1998. “Many at the Saturn Auto Factory are Finding Less to Smile About.” New York Times March 6:A1.

Merton, Robert K. 1961. “Bureaucratic Structure and Personality.” Pp. 47-59 in Complex Organizations: A Sociological Reader, edited by Amatai Etzioni. New York: Holt, Rinehart.

Merton, Robert K. 1961. “Bureaucratic Structure and Personality.” Pp. 47-59 in Complex Organizations: A Sociological Reader, edited by Amatai Etzioni. New York: Holt, Rinehart.

Mesch, Gustavo S; Levanon, Yael. “Community Networking and Locally-Based Social Ties in Two Suburban Localities.” City & Community, 2003, 2, 4, Dec, 335-351.

Mesch, Gustavo S; Levanon, Yael. “Community Networking and Locally-Based Social Ties in Two Suburban Localities.” City & Community, 2003. 2, 4, Dec, 335-351.

Messer-Davidow, Ellen. 1993. “Die Neue Rechte der USA im Kampf um die Hochschulen. Zum institutionellen Netzwerk einer Kampagne.” (“The American New Right’s Campaign to Control the Universities. On Its Institutional Network.” ) Das Argument 35, 6(202) Nov-Dec: 925-940.

Messmer, Max. “Expanding Your Professional Network. Strategic Finance, Sep2002. Vol. 84 Issue 3, p23, 2p.

Metcalfe, J. L. (1976), “Organizational strategies and interorganizational networks”, Human Relations, Vol. 29, pp. 327-343.

Metcalfe, Stan. 1997. “Technology Systems and Technological Policy in an Evolutionary Framework.” Pp. 268-296 in Technology, Globalization and Economic Performance, edited by D. Archibugi and J. Michie. Cambridge UK: Cambridge University Press.

Metz, Isabel and Phyllis Tharenou. 2001. “Women's Career Advancement: the Relative Contribution of Human and Social Capital.” Group & Organization Management 26:312-342.

Metzger, Jean-Luc. “What Is the Rational Basis for Collective Action?” Recherches Sociologiques 2003. 34, 3, 117-121.

Meyer, Alan D., Anne S. Tsui and C.R. Hinings. 1993. “Configurational Approaches to Organizational Analysis.” Academy of Management Journal 36:1175-1195.

Meyer, Bente. “Women’s Time, Women’s Space: Reflections on the International Network of Women’s Studies Journals Workshop, September 6-12, 2001.” NWSA Journal, 2002. 14, 2, summer, 148-152.

Meyer, Gordon W. 1994. “Social information processing and social networks: a test of social influence mechanisms.” Human Relations 47:1013-47.

Meyer, Jean-Baptiste. “Network Approach versus Brain Drain: Lessons from the Diaspora.” International Migration, 2001. 39, 5, 91-110.

Meyer, John C. 1995. “Tell Me a Story: Eliciting Organizational Values from Narratives.” Communication Quarterly 43:210-224.

Meyer, John W. 1977. “The Effects of Education as an Institution.” American Journal of Sociology 83:55-77.

Meyer, John W. 2000. “Globalization: Sources and Effects on National States and Societies.” International Sociology 15: 233-248.

Meyer, John W. and Brian Rowan. 1977. “Institutionalized Organizations: Formal Structure as Myth and Ceremony.” American Journal of Sociology 83:340-363.

Meyer, John W. and W. Richard Scott. 1983. Organizational Environments: Ritual and Rationality. Beverly Hills: Sage Publications.

Meyer, John W., John Boli, George M. Thomas and Francisco O. Ramirez. 1997. “World Society and the Nation-State.” American Journal of Sociology 103:144-181.

Meyer, John W., John Boli, George M. Thomas and Francisco O. Ramirez. 1997. “World Society and the Nation-State.” American Journal of Sociology 103:144-181.

Meyer, John W., W. Richard Scott and T.E. Deal. 1981. “Institutional and Technical Sources of Organizational Structure?” Pp. 151-78 in Organization and the Human Services, edited by Marshall W. Meyer. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

Meyer, Klaus E. “International Production Networks and Enterprise Transformation in Central Europe.” Comparative Economic Studies 42(1): Spring 2000. 135-50.

Meyer-Ohle, Hendrik. 1997. “The Changing Face of Networks in Japanese Distribution.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.

Meyers, Renee A; Brashers, Dale E. “Expanding the Boundaries of Small Group Communication Research: Exploring a Feminist Perspective.” Communication Studies, 1994, 45, 1, spring, 68-85.

Meyerson, D., Weick, K. E., and Kramer, R. M. 1996. Swift Trust and Temporary Groups. In R. M. Kramer, and T. R. Tyler (Eds.), Trust in Organizations: 166-195. Thousand Oaks: Sage.

Meyerson, Eva M. 1994. “Human Capital, Social Capital and Compensation: The Relative Contribution of Social Contacts to Managers’ Incomes.” Acta Sociologica 37(4):383-399.

Mezias, S.J. and Glynn, M.A. 1993. The three faces of corporate renewal: Institution, revolution, and evolution. Strategic Management Journal, 14: 77-101.

Mezias, Stephen J. and Alan B. Eisner. 1997. “Competition, Imitation, and Innovation: An Organizational Learning Approach.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:261-294.

Mezias, Stephen J. and Alan B. Eisner. 1997. “Competition, Imitation, and Innovation: An Organizational Learning Approach.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:261-294.

Meznar, Martin B. and Douglas Nigh. 1995. “Buffer or Bridge? Environmental and Organizational Determinants of Public Affairs Activities in American Firms.” Academy of Management Journal 38:975-996.

Mezzina, Roberto; Mazzuia, Pierpaolo; Vidoni, Daniela; Impagnatiello, Matteo. “Networking Consumers’ Participation in a Community Mental Health Service: Mutual Support Groups, ‘Citizenship’ and Coping Strategies.” International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 1992, 38, 1, spring, 68-73.

Mi, Ping-zhi. “Study of Problems and Changes of Social Communications in Network Times.” Dalian Ligong Daxue Xuebao (Shehui Kexue Ban)/Journal of Dalian University of Technology (Social Sciences Edition), 2002. 23, 1(91), Mar, 60-63.

Miceli,Marcia P. and Janet P. Near. 1988. “Individual and Situational Correlates of Whistle-Blowing.” Personnel Psychology 41:267-282.

Miceli,Marcia P. and Janet P. Near. 1992. Blowing the Whistle: The Organizational and Legal Implications for Companies and Employees. New York: Lexington Books.

Michael J. Mandel. 1983. “Local Roles and Social Networks.” American Sociological Review 48:376-386.

Michael J. Mandel. 1983. “Local Roles and Social Networks.” American Sociological Review 48:376-386.

Michael, Judd H.; Massey, Joseph G. “Modeling the communication network in a sawmill. Forest Products Journal, Sep97, Vol. 47 Issue 9, p25, 6p.

Michaelis, Peter. “Regulate Us, Please! On Strategic Lobbying in Cournot-Nash Oligopoly.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, vol. 150, no. 4, December 1994, pp. 693-709.

Michailova, Snejina and Verner Worm. 2003 “Personal Networking in Russia and China: Blat and Guanxi.” European Management Journal 21:509-519.

Michel, Philippe; Nyssen, Jules. “On Knowledge Diffusion, Patents Lifetime and Innovation Based Endogenous Growth.” Annales d'Economie et de Statistique, vol. 0, no. 49-50, Jan.-June 1998, pp. 77-103.

Michels, Robert. 1958. Political Parties: A Sociological Study of the Oligarchical Tendencies of Modern Democracy. Glencoe,IL: Free Press.

Michelsen, Anders. 2002. “The Network Society: Organization and Constitution.” Grus 23(66):73-98.

Michener, H Andrew; Au, Wing Tung. 1994. “A Probabilistic Theory of Coalition Formation in n-Person Sidepayment Games.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 3:165-188.

Michener, H Andrew; Cohen, Eugene D; Sorensen, Aage B. 1977. “Social Exchange: Predicting Transactional Outcomes in Five-Event, Four-Person Systems.” American Sociological Review 42:522-535.

Miettinen, Reijo. 1998. “Material and Social: Actor-Network Theory and Activity Theory as Frameworks for the Study of Innovations.” Sosiologia 35:28-42.

Miga, Andrew and Todd Wallack. 1999. “Database for Licenses Stirs Privacy Fears.” Boston Herald February 19:3.

Mike Beverland; Philip Bretherton. “The Uncertain Search For Opportunities: Determinants of Strategic Alliances. Qualitative Market Research: An International Journal, 2001. Vol. 4 Issue 2, P88, 12p;

Mikkelson, Wayne H. and M. Megan Partch. 1997. “The Decline of Takeovers and Disciplinary Managerial Turnover.” Journal of Financial Economics 44:205-228.

Milardo, Robert M. “Friendship Networks in Developing Relationships: Converging and Diverging Social Environments.” Social Psychology Quarterly, 1982, 45, 3, Sept, 162-172.

Milardo, Robert M. Families and Social Networks. Newbury Park, CA: Sage. 1988.

Miles, Grant; Preece, Stephen B.; Baetz, Mark C. “Dangers of Dependence: the Impact of Strategic Alliance Use by Small Technology-Based Firms. Journal of Small Business Management 1999. Vol. 37 Issue 2, P20, 10p;

Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1986. “Network Organizations: New Concepts for New Forms.” California Management Review 27(3):62-73.

Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1992. “Causes of Failure in Network Organizations.” California Management Review, Summer 34(4):53-72.

Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1994. Fit, Failure, and the Hall of Fame: How Companies Succeed or Fail. New York: Free Press.

Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1995. “The New Network Firm: A Spherical Structure Built on a Human Investment Philosophy.” Organizational Dynamics 23(Spring):5-18.

Miles, Raymond E. and Charles C. Snow. 1996. “Twenty-First-Century Careers.” Pp. 97-115 in The Boundaryless Career: A New Employment Principle for a New Organizational Era, edited by Michael B. Arthur and Denise M. Rousseau. New York: Oxford University Press.

Miles, Raymond, et al. “Cellular-Network Organizations.” Twenty-first century economics: Perspectives of socioeconomics for a changing world. 1999. Pp. 155-73.

Miles, Robert H. 1997. Corporate Comeback: The Story of Renewal and Transformation at National Semiconductor. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Milgram, Stanley. 1967. “The Small World Problem.” Psychology Today 2:60-67.

Milgrom, Paul and John Roberts. 1992. Economics, Organization and Management. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Milgrom, Paul and John Roberts. 1992. Economics, Organization and Management. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Miliband, Ralph. 1969. The State in Capitalist Society. New York: Basic Books.

Miliband, Ralph. 1970. “The Capitalist State: Reply to Nicos Poulantzas.” New Left Review 59:53-60.

Miliband, Ralph. 1983. “State Power and Class Interests.” New Left Review 138:37-68.

Miller, D. and P.H. Friesen, 1984, A quantum view. Prentice Hall: Englewood Cliffs, New York.

Miller, D., 1999. Selection processes inside organizations: the self-reinforcing consequences of success. In Joel A.C. Baum, Bill McKelvey (eds.) Variations in organization science: In honor of Donald T. Campbell. Sage Publication Inc.: Thousand Oaks. pp. 93-112.

Miller, D., M.J. Chen ,1994, Sources and consequences of competitive inertia. A study of the U.S. airline industry. Administrative Science Quarterly, 39, pp. 1-23.

Miller, D., P.H. Friesen, 1977, Strategy making in context: ten empirical archetypes. Journal of Management Studies, 14: pp. 253-280.

Miller, Danny and Jamal Shamsie. 1996. “The Resource-Based View of the Firm in Two Environments: The Hollywood Film Studios from 1936-1965.” Academy of Management Journal 39:519-543.

Miller, Danny, and Ming-Jer Chen 1994. “Sources and consequences of competitive inertia: A study of the U.S. airline industry.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 39: 1-23.

Miller, Danny, and Peter H. Friesen, 1982, ‘Innovation in conservative and entrepreneurial firms: Two models of strategic momentum’. Strategic Management Journal, 3: 1-25.

Miller, Danny. 1986. “Configurations of strategy and structure: Toward a synthesis.” Strategic Management Journal, 7: 233-249.

Miller, Danny. 1993 “The architecture of simplicity. Academy of Management Review, 18: 116-138.

Miller, David B; DiGiuseppe, David. “Fighting Social Problems with Information: The Development of a Community Database-The Violence Information Network.” Computers in Human Services, 1998, 15, 1, 21-34.

Miller, Fiona Alice. “Dermatoglyphics and the Persistence of ‘Mongolism’: Networks of Technology, Disease and Discipline.” Social Studies of Science, 2003. 33, 1, Feb, 75-94.

Miller, Jon. “Access to Interorganizational Networks as a Professional Resource.” American Sociological Review, 1980, 45, 3, June, 479-496.

Miller, Jon. 1980. “Access to Interorganizational Networks as a Professional Resource.” American Sociological Review 45:479-496.

Miller, Jon; Lincoln, James R; Olson, Jon. “Rationality and Equity in Professional Networks: Gender and Race as Factors in the Stratification of Interorganizational Systems.” American Journal of Sociology, 1981, 87, 2, Sept, 308-335.

Miller, Joseph A; Norling, Parry M. “DuPont: Gaining the Benefits of Global Networks--From the Science Base to the Market Place.” Managing global innovation: Uncovering the secrets of future competitiveness. 2000. 223-35.

Miller, Maureen; Neaigus, Alan. “Networks, Resources and Risk among Women Who Use Drugs.” Social Science and Medicine, 2001. 52, 6, Mar, 967-978.

Miller, Michael B. “The Business Trip: Maritime Networks in the Twentieth Century.” Business History Review 77(1): Spring 2003. 1-32.

Miller, Monty G.; Fitzgerald, Stephen P.; Preston, Joanne C.; Murrell, Kenneth L. “The Efficacy Of Appreciative Inquiry In Building Relational Capital In A Transcultural Strategic Alliance.” Academy of Management Proceedings, 2002. Pe1, 6p;

Miller, Robert A. 2001. “The Four Horsemen of Downsizing and the Tower of Babel.” Journal of Business Ethics (Jan):147-.

Milliken, Frances J. 1987. “Three types of perceived uncertainty about the environment: State, effect and response uncertainty.” Academy of Management Review, 12:133-143.

Millon, David. 1990. “Frontiers of Legal Thought I: Theories of the Corporation.” Duke Law Journal 1190:201-259.

Millon, David. 1990. “Frontiers of Legal Thought I: Theories of the Corporation.” Duke Law Journal 1190:201-259.

Mills, Albert J. 2002. “Studying the Gendering of Organizational Culture over Time: Concerns, Issues and Strategies.” Gender, Work and Organization 9(3):286-307.

Mills, C. Wright. 1956. The Power Elite. New York: Oxford University Press.

Mills, Mike. 1996. “Ushering In a New Age In Communications; Clinton Signs ‘Revolutionary’ Bill Into Law At a Ceremony Packed With Symbolism.” Washington Post February 9:C1.

Mills, Terry L., Craig A. Boylstein and Sandra Lorean. 2001. “‘Doing’ Organizational Culture in the Saturn Corporation.” Organization Studies 22:117-143.

Millstein, Ira M. and Paul W. MacAvoy. 1998. “The Active Board of Directors and Performance of the Large Publicly Traded Corporation.” Columbia Law Review 98:1283-1321.

Millstein, Ira M. and Salem M. Katsch. 1981. The Limits of Corporate Power: Existing Constraints on the Exercise of Corporate Discretion. New York: Macmillan.

Millward, Neil, Paul Marginson and Ron Callus. 1998. “Employer-based Surveys: Mapping, Monitoring and Theory Development in Large-scale National Surveys.” Pp.135-156 in Researching the World of Work, edited by Keith Whitfield and George Strauss. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Millward, Neil, Stephen Woodland, Alex Bryson and John Forth. 1998. The British Workplace Industrial Relations Survey Series: A Bibliography of Research Based on the WIRS. London: Policy Studies Institute.

Milofsky, Carl (ed.). 1988. Community Organizations: Studies in Resource Mobilization and Exchange. New York: Oxford University Press.

Milson, M.R., S.P. Raj and D. Wilemon. 1996. “Strategic Partnering and Development of New Products.” Research Technology Management 39(3):41-49.

Milward, H. Brinton and Gary L. Wamsley. 1985. “Policy Subsystems, Networks and the Tools of Public Management.” Pp. 105-130 in Policy Implementation in Federal and Unitary Systems, edited by Kenneth Hanf and Theo A.J. Toonen. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff.

Milward, H. Brinton and Gary L. Wamsley. 1985. “Policy Subsystems, Networks and the Tools of Public Management.” Pp. 105-130 in Policy Implementation in Federal and Unitary Systems, edited by Kenneth Hanf and Theo A.J. Toonen. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff.

Milward, H. Brinton and Gary L. Wamsley. 1985. “Policy Subsystems, Networks and the Tools of Public Management.” Pp. 105-130 in Policy Implementation in Federal and Unitary Systems, edited by Kenneth Hanf and Theo A.J. Toonen. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Martinus Nijhoff.

Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 1993. “The Hollow State: Private Provision of Public Services.” Pp. 222-237 in Public Policy for Democracy, edited by Helen Ingram and Steven Rathgeb Smith. Washington: Brookings Institution.

Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 1993. “The Hollow State: Private Provision of Public Services.” Pp. 222-237 in Public Policy for Democracy, edited by Helen Ingram and Steven Rathgeb Smith. Washington: Brookings Institution.

Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 1993. “The Hollow State: Private Provision of Public Services.” Pp. 222-237 in Public Policy for Democracy, edited by Helen Ingram and Steven Rathgeb Smith. Washington: Brookings Institution.

Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 1998. “Principles for Controlling Agents: The Political Economy of Network Structure.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 8(2):203-221.

Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 1998. “Principles for Controlling Agents: The Political Economy of Network Structure.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 8(2):203-221.

Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 1998. “Principles for Controlling Agents: The Political Economy of Network Structure.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 8(2):203-221.

Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 2000. “Governing the Hollow State.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 10:359-.

Milward, H. Brinton and Keith G. Provan. 2000. “Governing the Hollow State.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 10:359-.

Milward, H. Brinton and Louise Ogilvie Snyder. 1996. “Electronic Government: Linking Citizens to Public Organizations through Technology.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:261-275.

Milward, H. Brinton and Louise Ogilvie Snyder. 1996. “Electronic Government: Linking Citizens to Public Organizations through Technology.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:261-275.

Milward, H. Brinton and Provan, Keith G. forthcoming “How Networks Are Governed.” in The Empirical Study of Governance: Theories, Models and Methods, edited by Laurence E. Lynn, Jr., Carolyn J. Heinrich and Carolyn J. Hill. Washington: Georgetown University Press.

Milward, H. Brinton and Provan, Keith G. forthcoming “How Networks Are Governed.” in The Empirical Study of Governance: Theories, Models and Methods, edited by Laurence E. Lynn, Jr., Carolyn J. Heinrich and Carolyn J. Hill. Washington: Georgetown University Press.

Milward, H. Brinton, Keith G. Provan and Barbara A. Else. 1993. “What Does the Hollow State Look Like?” Pp. 309-322 in The State of the Art, edited by Barry Bozeman. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Milward, H. Brinton, Keith G. Provan and Barbara A. Else. 1993. “What Does the Hollow State Look Like?” Pp. 309-322 in The State of the Art, edited by Barry Bozeman. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Milward, H. Brinton, Keith G. Provan and Barbara A. Else. 1993. “What Does the Hollow State Look Like?” Pp. 309-322 in The State of the Art, edited by Barry Bozeman. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Milward, H. Brinton. 1994. “Nonprofit Contracting and the Hollow State.” Public Administration Review 54:73-77.

Milward, H. Brinton. 1994. “Nonprofit Contracting and the Hollow State.” Public Administration Review 54:73-77.

Milward, H. Brinton. 1994. “Nonprofit Contracting and the Hollow State.” Public Administration Review 54:73-77.

Milward, H. Brinton. 1996. “Symposium on the Hollow State: Capacity, Control and Performance in Interorganizational Settings.” Journal of Public Administration and Theory 62:193-195.

Milward, H. Brinton. 1996. “Symposium on the Hollow State: Capacity, Control and Performance in Interorganizational Settings.” Journal of Public Administration and Theory 62:193-195.

Milward, H. Brinton. 1996. “Symposium on the Hollow State: Capacity, Control and Performance in Interorganizational Settings.” Journal of Public Administration and Theory 62:193-195.

Milward, H. Brinton; Provan, Keith G. “Measuring network structure. Public Administration, Summer98, Vol. 76 Issue 2, p387, 21p

Milyo, Jeffrey. “Bribes and Fruit Baskets: What Does the Link between PAC Contributions and Lobbying Mean?.” Business and Politics, vol. 4, no. 2, August 2002, pp. 157-59.

Mincer, Jacob. 1958. “Investment in Human Capital and Personal Income Distribution.” Journal of Political Economy 66:1-32.

Mincer, Jacob. 1962. “On-the-Job Training: Costs, Returns, and Some Implications.” Journal of Political Economy (Supplement) 70:50-79.

Mincer, Jacob. 1994. “Human Capital: A Review.” Pp. 109-41 in Labor Economics and Industrial Relations: Markets and Institutions, edited by Clark Kerr and Paul D. Staudohar. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Minehart, Deborah; Neeman, Zvika. “Termination and Coordination in Partnerships. Journal of Economics & Management Strategy, Summer99, Vol. 8 Issue 2, P191, 31p;

Miner, Anne S. 1991. “Organizational Evolution and the Social Ecology of Jobs.” American Sociological Review 56:772-785.

Miner, Anne S. 1991. “Organizational Evolution and the Social Ecology of Jobs.” American Sociological Review 56:772-785.

Miner, Anne S. and Pamela R. Haunschild. 1995. “Population Level Learning.” Research in Organizational Behavior 17:115-166.

Miner, Anne S. and Pamela R. Haunschild. 1995. “Population Level Learning.” Research in Organizational Behavior 17:115-166.

Miner, Anne S. and Philip Anderson. 1999. “Industry and Population-Level Learning: Organizational, Interorganizational, and Collective Learning Processes.” Advances in Strategic Management 16:1-30.

Miner, Anne S. and Philip Anderson. 1999. “Industry and Population-Level Learning: Organizational, Interorganizational, and Collective Learning Processes.” Advances in Strategic Management 16:1-30.

Miner, Anne S., Terry L. Amburgey, and Timothy M. Stearns. 1990. “Interorganizational Linkages and Population Dynamics: Buffering and Transformational Shields.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:689-713.

Miner, Anne S., Terry L. Amburgey, Tim M. Stearns. 1990. “Interorganizational Linkages and Population Dynamics: Buffering and Transformational Shields.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:689-713.

Minshall, Tim. “A Resource-Based View of Alliances: the Case of the Handheld Computer Industry. International Journal of Innovation Management 1999. Vol. 3 Issue 2, P159, 25p;

Mintrom, Michael and Sandra Vergari. 1996. “Advocacy Coalitions, Policy Entrepreneurs, and Policy Change.” Policy Studies Journal 24:420-434.

Mintrom, Michael and Sandra Vergari. 1998. “Policy Networks and Innovation Diffusion: The Case of State Education Reforms.” Journal of Politics 60:126-148.

Mintrom, Michael and Sandra Vergari. 1998. “Policy Networks and Innovation Diffusion: The Case of State Education Reforms.” Journal of Politics 60:126-148.

Mintz, Beth and Michael Schwartz. 1981. “Interlocking Directorates and Interest Group Formation.” American Sociological Review 46:851-869.

Mintz, Beth and Michael Schwartz. 1985. The Power Structure of American Business. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Mintz, Beth. “Elites and Politics: The Corporate Elite and the Capitalist Class in the United States.” Research in Political Sociology, 2002, 11, 53-77.

Mintz, Beth. 1995. “ Business Participation in Health Care Policy Reform: Factors Contributing to Collective Action within the Business Community.” Social Problems 42:408-428.

Mintz, Beth; Palmer, Donald. “Business and Health Care Policy Reform in the 1980s: The 50 States.” Social Problems, 2000, 47, 3, Aug, 327-359.

Mintz, Beth; Schwartz, Michael. “Interlocking Directorates and Interest Group Formation.” American Sociological Review, 1981, 46, 6, Dec, 851-869.

Mintz, Beth; Schwartz, Michael. “The Structure of Intercorporate Unity in American Business.” Social Problems, 1981, 29, 2, Dec, 87-103.

Mintzberg, Henry. 1979. “The Five Basic Parts of the Organization.” Pp. 18-34 in The Structure of Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Mintzberg, Henry. 1979. “The Five Basic Parts of the Organization.” Pp. 18-34 in The Structure of Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Mintzberg, Henry. 1979. The Structure of Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Mintzberg, Henry. 1979. The Structure of Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Mintzberg, Henry. 1983. Power In and Around Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Mintzberg, Henry. 1984. “Power and Organization Life Cycles.” Academy of Management Review 9:207-224.

Mintzberg, Henry. 1994. The Rise and Fall of Strategic Planning. New York: Free Press.

Mirer, Thad W. 1979. “The Utilization of Earning Capacity.” Review of Economics and Statistics 61:466-469.

Mische, Ann and Harrison White. 1998. “Between Conversation and Situation: Public Switching Dynamics Across Network Domains.” Social Research 65: 695-724.

Mishal, Shaul. “The Pragmatic Dimension of the Palestinian Hamas: A Network Perspective.” Armed Forces & Society, 2003. 29, 4, summer, 569-589.

Mishel, Lawrence and Jared Bernstein. 1995. The State of Working America, 1994-95. Washington: Economic Policy Institute.

Mishel, Lawrence R. 1994. The State of Working America. M.E. Sharpe.

Mishira, A.K. 1996. Organizational responses to crisis. The centrality of trust. In R. M. Kramer and T. M. Tyler (Eds.), Trust in organizations: 261-287. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Mishra, Aneil K. and Gretchen M. Spreitzer. 1998. “Explaining How Survivors Respond to Downsizing: The Roles of Trust, Empowerment, Justice, and Work Redesign.” Academy of Management Review 23:567-588.

Mistri, Maurizio; Solari, Stefano. “Social networks and productive connectance: modeling the organizational form of the industrial district. Human Systems Management, 2001. Vol. 20 Issue 3, p223, 13p.

Misumi, K. 1989. “Communication Structure, Trust and the Free Rider Problem.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 14:273-282.

Misztal, B., 1996, Trust in modern societies, Cambridge, England, Polity Press

Mitchell, Clyde. 1994. “Situational Analysis and Network Analysis.” Connections 17:16-22.

Mitchell, J. Clyde. 1969. “The Concept and Use of Social Networks.” Pp. 1-50 in Social Networks in Urban Situations, edited by J. Clyde Mitchell. Manchester, UK: Manchester University Press.

Mitchell, J. Clyde. 1969. Social Networks in Urban Situations: Analyses of Personal Relationships in Central African Towns. Manchester: Manchester University Press.

Mitchell, Katharyne; Olds, Kris. “Chinese Business Networks and the Globalization of Property Markets in the Pacific Rim.” Globalization of Chinese business firms. 2000. 195-219.

Mitchell, Neil J. 1989. The Generous Corporation: A Political Analysis of Economic Power. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Mitchell, Neil J. 1997. The Conspicuous Corporation: Business, Public Policy and Representative Democracy. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

Mitchell, R.K., B.R. Agle and Donna J, Wood. 1997. “Toward a Theory of Stakeholder Indentification and Salience: Defining the Principle of Who and What Really Counts.” Academy of Management Review 22:853-886.

Mitchell, R.K., B.R. Agle and Donna J, Wood. 1997. “Toward a Theory of Stakeholder Indentification and Salience: Defining the Principle of Who and What Really Counts.” Academy of Management Review 22:853-886.

Mitchell, Wendy and Eileen Green. 2002. “‘I Don’t Know What I’d Do without Our Mam’ Motherhood, Identity and Support Networks.” Sociological Review 50:1-22.

Mitchell, William J. 2003. Me++: The Cyborg Self and the Networked City. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Mitchell-Weaver, Clyde. “Public-Private Partnerships, Innovation Networks, and Regional Development in Southwestern Pennsylvania.” Canadian Journal of Regional Science, vol. 15, no. 2, Summer 1992. pp. 273-88.

Mitchell-Weaver, Clyde. “Public-Private Partnerships, Innovation Networks, and Regional Development in Southwestern Pennsylvania.” Canadian Journal of Regional Science, vol. 15, no. 2, Summer 1992. pp. 273-88.

Mitev, N. N. (2003). Constructivist and critical approaches to an IS failure case study: Summetry, translation and power. Working Paper No. 127. London: London School of Economics.

Mitnick, Barry M. (ed.). 1993. Corporate Political Agency: The Construction of Competition in Public Affairs. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Mitnick, Barry M. 1992. “The Theory of Agency and Organizational Analysis.” Pp. 75-96 in Ethics and Agency Theory: An Introduction, edited by Norman E. Bowie and R. Edward Freeman. New York: Oxford University Press.

Mitnick, Barry M. 1992. “The Theory of Agency and Organizational Analysis.” Pp. 75-96 in Ethics and Agency Theory: An Introduction, edited by Norman E. Bowie and R. Edward Freeman. New York: Oxford University Press.

Mitra, Devashish. “Endogenous Lobby Formation and Endogenous Protection: A Long-Run Model of Trade Policy Determination.” American Economic Review, vol. 89, no. 5, December 1999, pp. 1116-34.

Mitter, Swasti (ed.). 1992. Computer-aided Manufacturing and Women’s Employment: The Clothing Industry in Four EC Countries. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Mixon, Franklin G, Jr. “Constitutional and Economic Determinants of Lobbyist Activity in a Representative Democracy.” Rivista Internazionale di Scienze Economiche e Commerciali, vol. 41, no. 12, December 1994, pp. 1043-51.

Mizell, Louis R. Jr. 1997. Masters of Deception: The Worldwide White-Collar Crime Crisis and Ways to Protect Yourself. New York: Wiley.

Mizruchi, Mark S. 1982. The American Corporate Network 1904-1974. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Mizruchi, Mark S. 1983. “Who Controls Whom? An Examination of the Relation Between Management and Boards of Directors in Large American Corporations.” Academy of Management Review 8:426-435.

Mizruchi, Mark S. 1984. “An Interorganizational Theory of Class Cohesion: Incorporating Resource Dependence Concepts into a Social Class Model of Intercorporate Relations.” Power and Elites 1:23-36.

Mizruchi, Mark S. 1989. “Similarity of Political Behavior Among Large American Corporations.” American Journal of Sociology 95:401-424.

Mizruchi, Mark S. 1992. The Structure of Corporate Political Action: Interfirm Relations and Their Consequences. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Mizruchi, Mark S. 1993. “Cohesion, Equivalence, and Similarity of Behavior: A Theoretical and Empirical Assessment.” Social Networks 15:275-307.

Mizruchi, Mark S. 1994. “Social Network Analysis: Recent Achievements and Current Controversies.” Acta Sociologica 37:329-343.

Mizruchi, Mark S. 1996. “What Do Interlocks Do? An Analysis, Critique, and Assessment of Research on Interlocking Directorates.” Annual Review of Sociology 22:271-298.

Mizruchi, Mark S. 2000. “The Stability of the American Business Elite: Discrimination, Competence or Connections?” Industrial & Corporate Change 9:545-553.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Blyden B. Potts. 1998. “Centrality and Power Revisited: Actor Success in Group Decision Making.” Social Networks 20:353-387.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Blyden B. Potts. 2000. “Social Networks and Interorganizational Relations: An Illustration and Adaptation of a Micro-Level Model of Political Decision Making.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 17:225-265.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Joseph Galaskiewicz. 1994. “Networks of Interorganizational Relations.” Pp. 230-253 in Advances in Social Network Analysis, edited by Stanley Wasserman and Joseph Galaskiewicz. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Linda B. Stearns. 1988. “A Longitudinal Study of the Formation of Interlocking Directorates.” Administrative Science Quarterly 33:194-210.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Linda Brewster Stearns. 1994. “A Longitudinal Study of Borrowing by Large American Corporations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:118-40.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Linda Brewster Stearns. 2001. “Getting Deals Done: The Use of Social Networks in Bank Decision-Making.” American Sociological Review 66:647-671.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Lisa C. Fein. 1999. “The Social Construction of Organizational Knowledge: A Study of the Uses of Coercive, Mimetic, and Normative Isomorphism.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:653-683.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Michael Schwartz (eds). 1987. Intercorporate Relations: The Structural Analysis of Business. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Michael Schwartz. 1987. “The Structural Analysis of Business: An Emerging Field.” Pp. 3-21 in Intercorporate Relations, edited by Mark Mizruchi and Michael Schwartz. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Mizruchi, Mark S. and Mina Yoo. 2002. “Interorganizational Power and Dependence.” Pp. 599-620 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Mizruchi, Mark S; Koenig, Thomas. “Size, Concentration, and Corporate Networks: Determinants of Business Collective Action.” Social Science Quarterly 1991. 72, 2, June, 299-313.

Mizutani, Fumitoshi; Urakami, Takuya. “Identifying Network Density and Scale Economies for Japanese Water Supply Organizations.” Papers in Regional Science 80: 2 2001. Pp. 211-30.

Moch, Michael. 1980. “Job Involvement, Internal Motivation, and Employees’ Integration into Networks of Work Relationships.” Organizational Behavior and Human Performance 25:15-31.

Mockler, Robert J. 1999. Multinational Strategic Alliances. New York: Wiley.

Modigliani, Franco and Merton H. Miller. 1958. “The Cost of Capital, Corporation Finance and the Theory of Investment.” American Economic Review 48:261-297.

Mody, Ashoka. 1993. “Learning Through Alliances.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 20:151-170.

Moe, Terry M. 1984. “The New Economics of Organization.” American Journal of Political Science 28:739-777.

Moe, Terry M. 1984. “The New Economics of Organization.” American Journal of Political Science 28:739-777.

Moe, Terry M. 1990. “Political Institutions: The Neglected Side of the Story: Comment.” Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 6:213-254.

Moe, Terry M. 1991. “Politics and the Theory of Organization.” Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 7(Sp):106-129.

Moe, Terry. 1980. The Organization of Interests: Incentives and the Internal Dynamics of Political Interest Groups. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Moe, Terry. 1980. The Organization of Interests: Incentives and the Internal Dynamics of Political Interest Groups. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Moen, Phyllis. 1986. “Women at Work: Commitment and Behavior Over the Life Course.” Sociological Forum 1:50-75.

Moeran, Brian. “Fields, Networks and Frames: Advertising Social Organization in Japan.” Global Networks 3: 3 2003. Pp. 371-86.

Moeran, Brian. “Fields, Networks and Frames: Advertising Social Organization in Japan.” Global Networks, 2003. 3, 3, July, 371-386.

Moerman, P A and Commandeur, H R. “Innovation and Network Management.” M&O 1991. 45, 6, Nov-Dec, 435-449.

Moerman, P A and Commandeur, H R. “Innovation and Network Management.” M&O 1991. 45, 6, Nov-Dec, 435-449.

Moghadam, Valentine M. 2000. “Transnational Feminist Networks: Collective Action in an Era of Globalization.” International Sociology 15:57-85.

Mohamed, Sherif. “Performance in International Construction Joint Ventures: Modeling Perspective. Journal of Construction Engineering and Management 2003. V129 I6 P619(8)

Mohr, Jakki and Robert Spekman. 1994. “Characteristics of Partnership Success, Partnership Attributes, Communication Behavior, and Conflict Resolution Techniques.” Strategic Management Journal 15:135-152.

Mohrman, S. A., R. V. Tenkasi, et al. 2003. “The Role of Networks in Fundamental Organizational Change.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 39(3):301-.

Mohrman, Susan Albers; Tenkasi, Ramkrishnan V.; Mohrman Jr., Allan M. “The Role of Networks in Fundamental Organizational Change. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, Sep2003. Vol. 39 Issue 3, p301, 23p;

Mohrman, Susan Albers; Tenkasi, Ramkrishnan V; Mohrman, Allan M , Jr. “The Role of Networks in Fundamental Organizational Change: A Grounded Analysis.” The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 2003. 39, 3 301-323.

Mohrman, Susan Albers; Tenkasi, Ramkrishnan V; Mohrman, Allan M , Jr. “The Role of Networks in Fundamental Organizational Change: A Grounded Analysis.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 2003. 39, 3, Sept, 301-323.

Mohtadi, Hamid; Roe, Terry. “Growth, Lobbying and Public Goods.” European Journal of Political Economy, vol. 14, no. 3, August 1998, pp. 453-73.

Molho, Anthony; Curto, Diogo Ramada. “Trade Networks in the Modern Era.” Annales, 2003. 58, 3, May-June, 569-579.

Molina, Edna. “Informal Non-Kin Networks among Homeless Latino and African American Men.” American Behavioral Scientist, 2000, 43, 4, Jan, 663-685.

Molina, Jose Luis. 1995. “Analysis of Networks and Organizational Culture: A Methodological Proposal.” Revista Espanola de Investigaciones Sociologicas 71-72:249-263.

Möller, Kristian and David Wilson (eds.). 1995. Business Marketing: An Interaction and Network Perspective. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Mollica, Kelly A. Barbara Gray and Linda K. Trevino. “Racial Homophily and Its Persistence in Newcomers' Social Networks. Organization Science 2003. V14 I2 P123(16)

Mollica, Kelly A.; Gray, Barbara; Treviño, Linda K. “Racial Homophily and Its Persistence in Newcomers' Social Networks. Organization Science Mar/Apr2003. Vol. 14 Issue 2, p123, 14p.

Molm, Linda D. 1990. “Structure, Action, and Outcomes: The Dynamics of Power in Social Exchange.” American Sociological Review 55:427-47.

Molm, Linda D. 2001. “Theories of Social Exchange and Exchange Networks.” Pp. 260-272 in Handbook of Social Theory, edited by George Ritzer and Barry Smart. London: Sage Publications.

Molm, Linda D. and Karen S. Cook. 1995. “Social Exchange and Exchange Networks.” Pp. 209-235 in Sociological Perspectives on Social Psychology, edited by Karen S. Cook, Gary Alan Fine and James S. House. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Molm, Linda D., Gretchen Peterson, and Nobuyuki Takahashi. 1999. “Power in Negotiated and Reciprocal Exchange.” American Sociological Review 64:876-890.

Molm, Linda D., Nobuyuki Takahashi, and Gretchen Peterson. 2000. “Risk and Trust in Social Exchange: An Experimental Test of a Classical Proposition.” American Journal of Sociology 105:1396-1427.

Molm, Linda D., Theron M. Quist, and Phillip A. Wiseley. 1994. “Imbalanced Structures, Unfair Strategies: Power and Justice in Social Exchange.” American Sociological Review 59:98-121.

Monaci, Massimiliano; Magatti, Mauro; Caselli, Marco. “Network, Exposure and Rhetoric: Italian Occupational Fields and Heterogeneity in Constructing the Globalized Self.” Global Networks, 2003. 3, 4, Oct, 457-480.

Monden, Yasuhiro. 1993. Toyota Production System: An integrated Approach to Just-in-Time. 2nd Edition. Norcross, GA: Industrial Engineering and Management Press.

Money, R. Bruce. “International Multilateral Negotiations and Social Networks. Journal of International Business Studies, 1998 4th Quarter, Vol. 29 Issue 4, p695, 16p.

Money, R. Bruce. 1998. “International Multilateral Negotiations and Social Networks.” Journal of International Business Studies 29:695-710.

Monge, Peter R. 1983. “Determinants of Communication Network Involvement: Connectedness and Integration.” Group and Organization Studies 8:83-111.

Monge, Peter R. 1990. “Theoretical and Analytical Issues in Studying Organizational Processes.” Organization Science 1:406-430.

Monge, Peter R. 1998. “Communication Structures and Processes in Globalization.” Journal of Communication 48(4):142-153.

Monge, Peter R. and E.M. Eisenberg. 1987. “Emergent Communication Networks.” Pp. 304-342 in Handbook of Organizational Communication, edited by F.M. Jablin, L.L. Putnam, K.H. Roberts and L.W. Porter. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Monge, Peter R. and Janet Fulk. 1999. “Communication Technology for Global Network Organizations.” Pp. 71-100 in Shaping Organizational Form: Communication, Connection and Community, edited by G. DeSanctis and J. Fulks. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications. 

Monge, Peter R. and Noshir S. Contractor. 2003. Theories of Communication Networks. New York: Oxford University Press.

Monks, Robert A.G. 1998. The Emperor’s Nightengale: Restoring the Integrity of the Corporation in the Age of Shareholder Activism. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Monks, Robert A.G. and Nell Minow. 1991. Power and Accountability. New York: HarperBusiness.

Monsuur, Herman; Storcken, Ton. “Centers in Connected Undirected Graphs: An Axiomatic Approach. Operations Research 2004. Vol. 52 Issue 1, P54, 11p

Monterola, Christopher; Lim, May; Garcia, Jerrold; Saloma, Caesar. “Feasibility of a Neural Network as Classifier of Undecided Respondents in a Public Opinion Survey.” International Journal of Public Opinion Research, 2002. 14, 2, summer, 222-229.

Montgomery, C. A. (ed.). 1995. Resource Based and Evolutionary Theories of the Firm: Toward a Synthesis. Boston: Kluwer Academic

Montgomery, Cynthia A. 1994. “Corporate Diversification.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 8(3):163-178.

Montgomery, James D. 1992. “Job Search and Network Composition: Implications of the Strength-of-Weak-Ties Hypothesis.” American Sociological Review 57: 586-96.

Montgomery, James D. 1998. “Toward a Role-Theoretic Conception of Embeddedness.” American Journal of Sociology 104:92-125.

Montgomery, Kathleen and Amalya L. Oliver. 1996. “Responses by Professional Organizations to Multiple and Ambiguous Institutional Environments: The Case of AIDS.” Organization Studies, 17:649-671.

Montgomery, Susanne B; Hyde, Justeen; De Rosa, Christine Johnson; Rohrbach, Louise Ann; Ennett, Susan; Harvey, S Marie; Clatts, Michael; Iverson, Ellen; Kipke, Michele D. 2002. “Gender Differences in HIV Risk Behaviors among Young Injectors and Their Social Network Members.” The American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse 28:453-475.

Montpetit, Eric. “Biotechnology, Life Sciences and Policy Networks in the European Union.” Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Politikwissenschaft, 2003. 9, 2, summer, 127-135.

Montpetit, Eric. “Biotechnology, Life Sciences and Policy Networks in the European Union.” Swiss Political Science Review 9(2): Summer 2003. 127-35.

Montpetit, Eric. “Public Consultations in Policy Network Environments: The Case of Assisted Reproductive Technology Policy in Canada.” Canadian Public Policy, vol. 29, no. 1, March 2003, pp. 95-110.

Montpetit, Eric. 2003. “Biotechnology, Life Sciences and Policy Networks in the European Union.” Schweizerische Zeitschrift für Politikwissenschaft 9(2):127-135.

Montuori, A. and Conti, I. 1993. From Power to Partnership. San Francisco: Harper.

Moody, Fred. 1995. I Sing the Body Electronic: A Year at Microsoft on the Multimedia Frontier. New York: Viking.

Moody, James and Douglas R. White. 2003. “Structural Cohesion and Embeddedness: A Hierarchical Concept of Social Groups.”American Sociological Review 68:103-127.

Moody, James. 1998. “Matrix Methods for Calculating the Triad Census.” Social Networks 20:291-299.

Moody, James. 2001. “Peer Influence Groups: Identifying Dense Clusters in Large Networks.” Social Networks 23:261-283.

Moody, James. 2001. “Race, School Integration, and Friendship Segregation in America.” American Journal of Sociology 107:679-716.

Moody, James. 2002. “The Importance of Relationship Timing for Diffusion.” Social Forces 81:25-56.

Moore, Gwen and J. Allen Whitt (eds.). 1992. The Political Consequences of Social Networks. Greenwich: JAI Press.

Moore, Gwen, Sarah Sobieraj, J. AllenWhitt, Olga Mayorova and Daniel Beaulieu. 2002. “Elite Interlocks in Three U.S. Sectors: Nonprofit, Corporate, and Government.” Social Science Quarterly 83:726-744.

Moore, Gwen. 1979. “The Structure of a National Elite.” American Sociological Review 44:673-691.

Moore, Gwen. 1990. “Structural Determinants of Men’s and Women’s Personal Networks.” American Sociological Review 55: 726-735.

Moore, Gwen. 1992. “Gender and Informal Networks in State Government.” Social Science Quarterly 73:46-61.

Moore, Gwen; Higley, John; Deacon, Desley; Carrick, David. “National Elite Networks in the United States and Australia.” The Australian and New Zealand Journal of Sociology, 1980, 16, 1, Mar, 14-23.

Moore, Gwen; Whitt, J Allen. “Gender and Networks in a Local Voluntary-Sector Elite.” Voluntas, 2000, 11, 4, Dec, 309-328.

Moore, James F. 1993. “Predators and Prey: A New Ecology of Competition.” Harvard Business Review May June 75-86.

Moore, Kelly. 1996. “Organizing Integrity: American Science and the Creation of Public Interest Organizations, 1955-1975.” American Journal of Sociology 6:1592-627.

Moore, Michael O; Suranovic, Steven M. “Lobbying vs. Administered Protection: Endogenous Industry Choice and National Welfare.” Journal of International Economics, vol. 32, no. 3-4, May 1992, pp. 289-303.

Moore, Thomas S. 1996 The disposable work force: worker displacement and employment instability in America. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Moore, William J., Robert J. Newman and James Cunningham. 1985. “The Effect of the Extent of Unionism on Union and Nonunion Wages.” Journal of Labor Research 6:21-44.

Moore, William L. and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 1980. “The Relationship between Departmental Power and Faculty Careers on Two Campuses: The Case for Structural Effects on Faculty Salaries.” Research in Higher Education 13:291-306.

Moorer, Peter; Suurmeijer, Theo P B M. “The Effects of Neighbourhoods on Size of Social Network of the Elderly and Loneliness: A Multilevel Approach.” Urban Studies, 2001. 38, 1, Jan, 105-118.

Moorer, Peter; Suurmeijer, Theo P B M. “The Effects of Neighbourhoods on Size of Social Network of the Elderly and Loneliness: A Multilevel Approach.” Urban Studies 38(1): 2001. 105-18.

Moorer, Peter; Suurmeijer, Theo P. B. M. “The Effects of Neighbourhoods on Size of Social Network of the Elderly and Loneliness: A Multilevel Approach. Urban Studies, Jan2001. Vol. 38 Issue 1, p105, 14p.

Moorman, Christine, Gerald Zaltman and Rohit Deshponde. 1992. “Relationships Between Providers and Users of Market Research: The Dynamics of Trust Within and Betweeen Organizations.” Journal of Marketing Research 29:314-328.

Morales, Laura and Diez De Ulzurrun. “Association Membership and Social Capital in Comparative Perspective: A Note On the Problems of Measurement. Politics & Society 2002. V30 I3 P497-523

Morasch, Karl. “Strategic Alliances: A Substitute For Strategic Trade Policy? Journal of International Economics 2000. Vol. 52 Issue 1, P37, 30p;

Moreno, Jacob L. 1934. Who Shall Survive? Washington, DC: Nervous and Mental Disease Publishing Co.

Morey, Nancy C. and Fred Luthans. 1984. “An Emic Perspective and Ethnoscience Methods for Organizational Research.” Academy of Management Review 9:27-36.

Morgan, Eleanor J; Crawford, Nick K. “The European Network of Regional Technology Advisory Centres: Service Provision to the Smaller Firm.” The strategy and organization of international business. 1998, pp. 89-109.

Morgan, Gareth. 1980. “Paradigms, Metaphors and Puzzle Solving in Organization Theory.” Administrative Science Quarterly 25:605-623.

Morgan, Gareth. 1998. Images of Organization. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Morgan, M Granger. “The Role of Research and New Technology in a Restructured Networked Energy System.” Designing competitive electricity markets. 1998, pp. 141-58.

Morgan, Robert M. and Shelby D. Hunt. 1994. “The Commitment-Trust Theory of Relationship Marketing.” Journal of Marketing 58:20-38.

Morgan, Stephen L. and Aage B. Sørensen. 1999. “Parental Networks, Social Closure, and Mathematics Learning: A Test of Coleman’s Social Capital Explanation of School Effects.” American Sociological Review 64:661-681.

Morgan, Stephen L. and Aage B. Sørensen. 1999. “Theory, Measurement, and Specification Issues in Models of Network Effects on Learning: Reply to Carbonaro and to Hallinan and Kubitschek.” American Sociological Review 64:694-700.

Moro, Giuseppe. “The Social Factors of Development: Social Capital, Trust and the Theory of Relationality.” Studi di Sociologia, 2000, 38, 2, Apr-June, 151-173.

Morra, Linda G. 1995. “Employment Discrimination: Most Private-Sector Employees Use Alternative Dispute Resolution.” Washington: Government Accounting Office Report

Morrill, Calvin. 1991. “The Customs of Conflict Management Among Corporate Executives.” American Anthropologist 94: 871-893.

Morrill, Calvin. 1995. The Executive Way. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Morris MacLean, Lauren. “State Social Policies and Social Support Networks: The Unintended Consequences of State Policymaking on Informal Networks in Ghana and Côte d'Ivoire. International Journal of Public Administration, 2003. Vol. 26 Issue 6, p665, 27p;

Morris, Betty. 1997. “Big Blue.” Fortune, April 14:68-81.

Morris, Martina and Mirjam Kretzschmar. 1995. “Concurrent Partnerships and Transmission Dynamics in Networks.” Social Networks 17:299-318. AIDS Education and Prevention 7:24-35.

Morris, Martina, Jane Zavisca and Dean, Laura. 1995. “Social and Sexual Networks: Their Role in the Spread of HIV/AIDS among Young Gay Men.” AIDS Education and Prevention 7(supplement):24-35.

Morris, Martina. 1993. “Epidemiology and Social Networks: Modeling Structured Diffusion.” Sociological Methods and Research 22:99-126.

Morris, Martina. 1997. “Sexual Networks and HIV.” AIDS 97: Year in Review. 11 (suppl A):209-216.

Morris, Martina. 2003. “Local Rules and Global Properties:  Modeling the Emergence of Network Structure.” in Dynamic Social Network Modeling and Analysis, edited by Ronald L. Breiger, Kathleen Carley, and Phillipa Pattison. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Morris, Michael H. 1998. Entrepreneurial Intensity: Sustainable Advantages for Individuals, Organizations, and Societies. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.

Morrison, Elizabeth Wolfe. 2002. “Newcomers’ Relationships: the Role of Social Network Ties During Socialization.” Academy of Management Journal, 45, 1149-1160.

Morrissey, Joseph P. 1983. “But Sociologists Do Apply: Policy and Practice in Mental Health Services.” Sociological Practice 4(2):113-129.”

Morrissey, Joseph P. and Howard H. Goldman. 1986. “Care and Treatment of the Mentally Ill in the United States: Historical Development and Reforms.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 484:12-27.”

Morrissey, Joseph P., Henry J. Steadman and Harold C. Kilburn, Jr. 1983. “Organizational Issues in the Delivery of Jail Mental Health Services.” Research in Community and Mental Health 3:291-317.”

Morrissey, Joseph P., M. Susan Ridgely, Howard H. Goldman and W. Todd Bartko. 1994. “Assessments of Community Mental Health Support Systems: A Key Informant Approach.” Community Mental Health Journal 30:565-579.”

Morrissey, Joseph P., Matthew C. Johnsen and Michael O. Calloway. 1997. “Evaluating Performance and Change in Mental Health Systems Serving Children and Youth: An Interorganizational Network Approach.” Journal of Mental Health Administration 24:4-22.”

Morrissey, Joseph P., Michael Calloway, W. Todd Bartko, M. Susan Ridgely, Howard H. Goldman and Robert I. Paulson. 1994. “Local Mental Health Authorities and Service System Change: Evidence from the Robert Wood Johnson Program on Chronic Mental Illness.” Milbank Quarterly 72:49-80.”

Morrow, David J. 2000. “Rise, and Fall, of ‘Life Sciences’: Drugmakers Scramble to Unload Agricultural Units.” New York Times January 20:C1.

Morrow, Virginia. “Conceptualising social capital in relation to the well-being of children and young people.” Sociological Review, Nov99, Vol. 47 Issue 4, p744, 22p;

Mortensen, Nils. 1979. “Impact of Technological and Market Changes in Organizational Functioning: The Conceptual Framework in Bourgeois and Marxist Theory and Research.” Acta Sociologica 22(2):135-159.

Mortished, Carl. 1999. “US Food Giants Thrown into the Mixer.” The Times (London) September 18: Business 1.

Morton, Lois Wright. “Small Town Services and Facilities: The Influence of Social Networks and Civic Structure on Perceptions of Quality.” City & Community, 2003. 2, 2, June, 101-120.

Moschandreas, Maria. 1997. “The Role of Opportunism in Transaction Cost Economics.” Journal of Economic Issues 31:39-57.

Mosler, Hans-Joachim; Tobias, Robert. “Organizing Collective Action through Influencing the Individual’s Decision to Participate. A Simulation Study.” Kolner Zeitschrift fur Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 2000. 52, 2, June, 264-290.

Moss, Philip and Chris Tilly. 1996. “‘Soft’ Skills and Race: An Investigation of Black Men’s Employment Problems.” Work and Occupations 23:252-276.

Mota, Joao Q; de Castro, Luis M. “Industrial Agglomerations as Localised Networks: The Case of the Portuguese Injection Mould Industry Environment and Planning A 36(2): 2004. 263-78.

Mouw, Ted. 2003. “Social Capital and Finding A Job: Do Contacts Matter?” American Sociological Review 68:868-898.

Mowday, R.T., L.W. Porter and R.M. Steers. 1982. Employee-Organization Linkages: The Psychology of Commitment, Absenteeism and Turnover. New York: Academic Press.

Mowery, David C. (ed.). 1988. International Collaborative Ventures in U.S. Manufacturing. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Mowery, David C. 1992. “Internatinal Collaborative Ventures and U.S. Firms’ Technology Strategies.” Pp. 209-232 in Technology Management and International Business: Internationalization of R&D and Technology, edited by O. Granstrand, L. Håkanson, and S. Sjölander. Chichester, UK: Wiley.

Mowery, David C. 1994. Science and Technology Policy in Interdependent Economies. Boston: Kluwer.

Mowery, David C. 1998. “The Changing Structure of the US National Innovation System: Implications for International Conflict and Cooperation in R&D Policy.” Research Policy 27:639-654.

Mowery, David C. and K. Pavitt. 1991. “Europe’s Technological Performance.” in Technology and the Future of Europe, edited by C. Freeman, M. Sharp, and W. Walker. London, UK: Pinter.

Mowery, David C. and K. Pavitt. 1991. “Large Firms in the Production of World’s Technology: An important Case of Non-Globalization.” International Journal of Business Studies 22:1-21.

Mowery, David C. and Nathan Rosenberg. 1982. “The Influence of Market Demand upon Innovation: A Critical Review of Some Recent Empirical Studies.” Pp. 193-241 in Inside the Black Box: Technology and Economics, edited by N. Rosemberg. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Mowery, David C., Joanne E. Oxley and Brian S. Silverman. 1996. “Strategic Alliances and Interfirm Knowledge Transfer.” Strategic Management Journal 17 (Winter Special Issue):77-91.

Mowery, David C., Joanne E. Oxley and Brian S. Silverman. 1996. “Strategic Alliances and Interfirm Knowledge Transfer.” Strategic Management Journal 17 (Winter Special Issue):77-91.

Mowery, David C; Simcoe, Timothy. “Is the Internet a US Invention?--An Economic and Technological History of Computer Networking.” Research Policy, vol. 31, no. 8-9, December 2002, pp. 1369-87.

Moyi, Eliud Dismas. “Networks, information and small enterprises: New technologies and the ambiguity of empowerment. Information Technology for Development, 2003. Vol. 10 Issue 4, p221, 12p.

Mrvar, Andrej. “Analysis of Large Social Networks.” Druzboslovne Razprave, 2001. 17, 36, Apr, 9-22.

Muckenberger, Ulrich. 1996. “Towards a New Definition of the Employment Eelationship.” International Labour Review 135:683-695.

Mueller, Dennis C. 1986. The Modern Corporation: Profits, Power, Growth and Performance. Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.

Mueller, R.K. 1986. Corporate Networking. New York: Free Press.

Mulhare, Eileen M. 1999. “Mindful of the Future: Strategic Planning Ideology and the Culture of Nonprofit Management.” Human Organization 58:323-330.

Mulhare, Eileen M. 1999. “Mindful of the Future: Strategic Planning Ideology and the Culture of Nonprofit Management.” Human Organization 58:323-330.

Muller-Jentsch, Walther. 2002. “Organization and Networks as Social Institutions or Organizational Sociology from a Social Theorists Perspective.” Soziologische Revue 25:418-434.

Mullins, Christopher W. and Richard Wright. “Gender, Social Networks, and Residential Burglary. Criminology 2003. V41 I3 P813(27)

Mullins, Nicholas C; Hargens, Lowell L; Hecht, Pamela K; Kick, Edward L. “The Group Structure of Cocitation Clusters: A Comparative Study.” American Sociological Review, 1977, 42, 4, Aug, 552-562.

Mumby, Dennis K. and Cynthia Stohl. 1991. “Power and Discourse in Organization Studies: Absence and the Dialectic of Control.” Discourse & Society 2(3):313-332.

Muncer, Steven J., Shirley Taylor and Jonathan Ling. 2001. “Lay and Professional Perspectives of the Causes of Health: A Comparative Network Approach.” Social Behavior and Personality 29: 365-374.

Muncer, Steven; Loader, Brian; Burrows, Roger; Pleace, Nicholas; Nettleton, Sarah. “Form and Structure of Newsgroups Giving Social Support: A Network Approach. CyberPsychology & Behavior, Dec2000, Vol. 3 Issue 6, p1017, 13p;

Munch, Allison; McPherson, J. Miller. “Gender, children, and social contact: The effects of childrearing for men and women. American Sociological Review, Aug97, Vol. 62 Issue 4, p509, 12p

Munch, Richard. 2002. “The Limits of the Self-Organization Civil Society. The American Debate on Multiculturalism, Public Spirit, and Social Capital from the Point of View of Modernization Theory.” Berliner Journal fur Soziologie 12:445-465.

Munns, A.K.; Aloquili, O. “Joint Venture Negotiation and Managerial Practices in the New Countries of the Former Soviet Union. International Journal of Project Management 2000. Vol. 18 Issue 6, P403, 11p;

Munshi, Kaivan. “Networks in the Modern Economy: Mexican Migrants in the U. S. Labor Market.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 118(2): 2003. 549-99.

Murdoch, Jonathan. 1995. “Actor-Networks and the Evolution of Economic Forms: Combining Description and Explanation in Theories of Regulation, Flexible Specialization, and Networks.” Environment and Planning 27:731-757.

Murdoch, Jonathan. 2001. “Ecologising Sociology: Actor-Network Theory, Co-Construction and the Problem of Human Exemptionalism.” Sociology 35:111-133.

Murnigham, J. Keith and Daniel J. Brass. 1991. “Intraorganizational Coalitions.” Research on Negotiations in Organizations 283-307.

Murphy, James T. “Networks, Trust, and Innovation in Tanzania’s Manufacturing Sector.” World Development, vol. 30, no. 4, April 2002. pp. 591-619.

Murphy, James T. “Networks, Trust, and Innovation in Tanzania’s Manufacturing Sector.” World Development, vol. 30, no. 4, April 2002. pp. 591-619.

Murphy, James T. “Networks, Trust, and Innovation in Tanzania’s Manufacturing Sector.” World Development 30(4): 2002. 591-619.

Murphy, James T. “Social Space and Industrial Development in East Africa: Deconstructing the Logics of Industry Networks in Mwanza, Tanzania.” Journal of Economic Geography 3(2): 2003. 173-98.

Murphy, Kevin J. and Jerold L. Zimmerman. 1993. “Financial Performance Surrounding CEO Turnover.” Journal of Accounting and Economics 16:273-316.

Murphy, Kevin M. and Finis Welch. 1990. “Empirical Age-Earnings Profiles.” Journal of Labor Economics 8:202-229.

Murray, Fiona. “Innovation as Co-evolution of Scientific and Technological Networks: Exploring Tissue Engineering.” Research Policy, vol. 31, no. 8-9, December 2002. pp. 1389-1403.

Murray, Fiona. “Innovation as Co-evolution of Scientific and Technological Networks: Exploring Tissue Engineering.” Research Policy, vol. 31, no. 8-9, December 2002. pp. 1389-1403.

Murray, Janet Y. “Strategic Alliance-Based Global Sourcing Strategy For Competitive Advantage: A Conceptual Framework and Research Propositions. Journal of International Marketing, 2001. Vol. 9 Issue 4, P30, 29p;

Murrell, Audrey, Faye J. Crosby and Robin J. Ely (eds.). 1998. Mentoring Dilemmas: Developmental Relationships Within Multicultural Organizations. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Earlbaum Associates.

Murtha, T.P. and S.A. Lenway. 1994. “Country Capabilities and the Strategic State: How National Political Institutions Affect Multinational Corporations’ Strategies.” Strategic Management Journal 15:113-129.

Murthy, C Siva Ram; Manimaran, G. “Resource management in real-time systems and networks.” Cambridge and London: MIT Press, 2001. xiv, 450.

Musella, Luigi. “Professionals in Politics. Clientelism and Networks.” Society and the Professions In Italy, 1860-1914, Malatesta, Maria [Ed], Cambridge, England: Cambridge U Press, 1995, pp 313-336.

Musgrave, J and Anniss, M (1996) Relationship Dynamics. Theory and Analysis. The Free Press.

Mutch, Alistair. “Actors and Networks or Agents and Structures: Towards a Realist View of Information Systems.” Organization, 2002. 9, 3, Aug, 477-496.

Mutinelli, Marco and Lucia Piscitello. 1998. “The Entry Mode Choice of MNEs: An Evolutionary Approach.” Research Policy 27:491-506.

Mutti, Antonio. “The Theory of Trust in Comparative Research on Social Capital.” Rassegna Italiana di Sociologia, 2003, 44, 4, Oct-Dec, 515-536.

Mutz, Diana C. “Cross-Cutting Social Networks: Testing Democratic Theory in Practice.” American Political Science Review 96(1): 2002. 111-26.

Mutz, Diana C. “Cross-Cutting Social Networks: Testing Democratic Theory in Practice.” American Political Science Review 2002. V96 I1 P111(16)

Myers, Daniel J. “The Diffusion of Collective Violence: Infectiousness, Susceptibility, and Mass Media Networks.” American Journal of Sociology 2000. 106, 1, July, 173-208.

Myers, Daniel J. “The Diffusion of Collective Violence: Infectiousness, Susceptibility, and Mass Media Networks.” American Journal of Sociology 2000. 106, 1, July, 173-208.

Myers, Gail P.; McGrady, Gene A. “Weapon carrying among black adolescents: A social network perspective. American Journal of Public Health, Jun97, Vol. 87 Issue 6, p1038, 3p

Myers, Stewart C. 1984. “The Capital Structure Puzzle.” Journal of Finance 39:575-592.

Myers, Stewart C. and Nicholas S. Majluf. 1984. “Corporate Financing and Investment Decisions When Firms have Information that Investors Do Not Have.” Journal of Financial Economics 13:187-221.

Mytelka, Lynn Krieger; Delapierre, Michel. “Strategic Partnerships, Knowledge-Based Networked Oligopolies, and the State.” Private authority and international affairs. 1999, pp. 129-49.

Nachum, Lilach; Keeble, David. “External networks and geographic clustering as sources of MNE advantages: Foreign and indigenous professional service firms in Central London.” ESRC Centre for Business Research, ESRC Centre for Business Research - Working Papers, 2001.

Nadel, S.F. 1957. The Theory of Social Structure. London: Cohen and West.

Nadler, Leonard and G.D. Wiggs. 1986. Managing Human Resource Development: A Practical Guide. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Nadler, Leonard and Zeace Nadler. 1989. Developing Human Resources. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Nadler, Leonard. 1984. “What Japan Learned from the U.S.—That We Forgot to Remember.” California Management Review 26:46-61.

Naffziger, Douglas. 1995. “Entrepreneurship: A Person Based Theory Approach.” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth 2:21-50.

Nagasaka, Itaru. “Kinship Networks and Child Fostering in Labor Migration from Ilocos, Philippines to Italy.” Asian and Pacific Migration Journal, 1998, 7, 1, 67-92.

Nagata, Mary Louise. “Migration and Networks in Early Modern Kyoto, Japan.” International Review of Social History, 2002. 47, 2, Aug, 243-259.

Nagurney, Anna and June Dong. 2002. Supernetworks: decision-making for the information age. Cheltenham, UK: E. Elgar.

Nagurney, Anna; Dong, June. “Financial Networks and Optimally-Sized Portfolios.” Computational Economics 17(1): 2001. 5-27.

Nagurney, Anna; Dong, June; Mokhtarian, Patricia L. “Multicriteria Network Equilibrium Modeling with Variable Weights for Decision-Making in the Information Age with Applications to Telecommuting and Teleshopping.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control 26(9-10): 2002. 1629-50.

Nagurney, Anna; Ke, Ke. “Financial Networks with Electronic Transactions: Modelling, Analysis and Computations.” Quantitative Finance 3(2): 2003. 71-87.

Nagurney, Anna; Zhang, Ding; Dong, June. “Spatial Economic Networks with Multicriteria Producers and Consumers: Statistics and Dynamics.” Annals of Regional Science 36(1): 2002. 79-105.

Nahapiet, J. and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1998. “Social Capital, Intellectual Capital, and the Organizational Advantage.” Academy of Management Review 23:242-266.

Naik, Gautam. 1997. “BT’s Plan to Be Global Telecom Player May Have Collapsed with Its MCI Bid.” Wall Street Journal November 11:B8.

Naisbitt, John. 1994. Global Paradox: The Bigger the World Economy, the More Powerful Its Smallest Players. New York: William Morrow.

Naito, Eiichi; et al. “A Proposal of a Fuzzy Connective with Learning Function and Query Networks for Fuzzy Retrieval Systems.” Fuzziness in database management systems. 1995, pp. 345-64.

Nakamura, Masao, J. Myles Shaver and Bernard Yeung. 1996. “An Empirical Investigation of Joint Venture Dynamics: Evidence from U.S.-Japan Joint Ventures.” International Journal of Industrial Organization 14:521-541.

Nakano, Tsutomu. “Acyclic Depth Partition of a Complex Subcontracting Network: Hierarchies among Industries Embedded in a Large-Scale Industrial District.” Riron to Hoho/Sociological Theory and Methods, 2003. 18, 1(33), Mar, 71-87.

Nalbantian, Haig (ed.). 1987. Incentives, Cooperation and Risk Sharing: Economic and Psychological Perspectives on Employment Contracts. Totowa, NJ: Rowman and Littlefield.

Nalbantian, Haig R. (ed.). 1987. Incentives, Cooperation, and Risk Sharing: Economic and Psychological Perspectives on Employment Contracts. Totowa, NJ: Rowman and Littlefield.

Nan Lin. “Social networks and status attainment. Annual Review of Sociology, 1999. Vol. 25 Issue 1, p467, 21p.

Nanda, A. and P.J. Williamson. 1995. “Corporate Restructuring: How Joint Ventures Can Help Ease the Pain.” Paris: INSEAD, Working Papers 95/82/EAC.

Nandi, Banani, Miklos A. Vasarhelyi, and Jae-Hyeon Ahn. 2000. “Network Demand Model and Global Internet Traffic Forecasting.” Pp. 87-99 in Convergence in Communications and Beyond.

Narayan, Deepa and Michael F. Cassidy. “A Dimensional Approach to Measuring Social Captial: Development and Validation of A Social Capital Inventory. Current Sociology 2001. V49 I2 P59(49)

Nardone, Thomas, Diane Herz, Earl Mellor, and Steven Hipple. 1993. “1992: Job Market in the Doldrums.” Monthly Labor Review (February): 3-14.

Narotzky, Susana. “A New Industrial Paternalism? Affective Ties in the Social Relations of Production of Regional Economic Networks.” Anthropologie et Societes, 2001. 25, 1, 117-140.

Narr, Wolf-Dieter. 1994. “How Far from Reality Can the Theory of Social Science Go? An Example: Civil Society.” Das Argument 36:587-597.

Narula, Rajneesh. “R&D Collaboration by SMEs: New Opportunities and Limitations in the Face of Globalisation. Technovation 2004. Vol. 24 Issue 2, P153, 9p

Narula, Rajneesh; Hagedoorn, John. “Innovating through Strategic Alliances: Moving Towards International Partnerships and Contractual. Technovation 1999. Vol. 19 Issue 5, P283, 12p;

Nasar, Sylvia. 1994. “Myth: Small Business as Job Engine.” New York Times March 25:C1.

National Science Foundation. 1999. Science and Engineering Indicators 1998. Wsahington: U.S. Government Printing Office.

Nau, Heino Heinrich and Philippe Steiner. 2002. “Schmoller, Durkheim, and Old European Institutionalist Economics.” Journal of Economic Issues 36:1005-1024.

Nauck, Bernhard; Schwenk, Otto G. “Did Societal Transformation Destroy the Social Networks of Families in East Germany?” American Behavioral Scientist, 2001. 44, 11, July, 1864-1878

Nauck, Bernhard; Suckow, Jana. “Social Networks and Intergenerational Relationships in Cross-Cultural Comparison. Social Relationships between Mothers and Grandmothers in Japan, Korea, China, Indonesia, Israel, Germany and Turkey.” Zeitschrift fur Soziologie der Erziehung und Socialisation, 2002. 22, 4, Oct, 374-392.

Naves, Marie-Cecile. “Democracy, Liberalism and Social Capital. An Interpretation of Trust by Francis Fukuyama.” Revue Internationale de Politique Comparee, 2003, 10, 3, 477-488.

Naville, Pierre. 1996. “A Critique of Bureaucracy.” Cahiers Internationaux de Sociologie 101:215-229.

Nayak, Meghana V. “The Struggle over Gender Meanings in India: How Indian Women’s Networks, the Hindu Nationalist Hegemonic Project, and Transnational Feminists Address Gender Violence.” Women & Politics, 2003. 25, 3, 71-96.

Neace, M B. “Entrepreneurs in Emerging Economies: Creating Trust, Social Capital, and Civil Society.” The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 1999, 565, Sept, 148-161.

Neaigus, A; Friedman, S R; Kottiri, B J; Des Jarlais, D C. “HIV Risk Networks and HIV Transmission among Injecting Drug Users.” Evaluation and Program Planning, 2001. 24, 2, May, 221-226.

Neal, Larry; Quinn, Stephen. “Networks of Information, Markets, and Institutions in the Rise of London as a Financial Centre, 1660-1720.” Financial History Review 8(1): 2001. 7-26.

Near, Janet P. and Marcia P. Miceli. 1995. “Effective Whistle-Blowing.” Academy of Management Review 20:679-708.

Near, Janet P., Terry Morehead Dworkin and Marcia P. Miceli. 1993. “Explaining the Whistle-Blowing Process: Suggestions from Power Theory and Justice Theory.” Organization Science 4:393-411.

Near, Janet P., Terry Morehead Dworkin and Marcia P. Miceli. 1993. “Explaining the Whistle-Blowing Process: Suggestions from Power Theory and Justice Theory.” Organization Science 4:393-411.

Nee, Victor and Paul Ingram. 1998. “Embeddedness and Beyond: Institutions, Exchange, and Social Structure.” Pp. 19-45 in The New Institutionalism in Sociology edited by Mary C. Brinton and Victor Nee. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Nee, Victor. “Norms and Networks in Economic and Organizational Performance.” American Economic Review 88: 2 1998. Pp. 85-89.

Nee, Victor; Sanders, Jimy. “Trust in Ethnic Ties: Social Capital and Immigrants.” Trust in society. 2001, pp. 374-92.

Neil, Cecily C. and William E. Snizek. 1988. “Gender as a Moderator of Job Satisfaction: A Multivariate Assessment.” Work and Occupations 15:201-219.

Neill, John D.; Pfeiffer, Glenn M.; Young-Ybarra, Candace E. “Technology R&D Alliances and Firm Value. Journal of High Technology Management Research, Autumn2001. Vol. 12 Issue 2, P227, 11p;

Nekvapil, Jiri; Leudar, Ivan. “Sequential Structures in Media Dialogical Networks.” Sociologicky Casopis, 2002. 38, 4, Aug, 483-499.

Nelson Richard R. 1995. “Recent Evolutionary Theorizing About Economic Change.” Journal of Economic Literature 33:48-90.

Nelson Richard R. 1995. “Recent Evolutionary Theorizing About Economic Change.” Journal of Economic Literature 33:48-90.

Nelson, Paul J. “Internationalising Economic and Environmental Policy: Transnational NGO Networks and the World Bank’s Expanding Influence.” Poverty in world politics: Whose global era? 2000. Pp. 148-79.

Nelson, Ralph L. 1959. Merger Movements in American Industry, 1895-1956. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Nelson, Reed E. 1989. “The Strength of Strong Ties: Social Networks and Intergroup Conflict in Organizations.” Academy of Management Journal 32:377-401.

Nelson, Reed E; Mathews, K Michael. “Cause Maps and Social Network Analysis in Organizational Diagnosis.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 1991. 27, 3 379-397.

Nelson, Reed Elliott. “Social Networks and Organizational Interventions: Insights from an Area-Wide Labor-Management Committee.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 1986, 22, 1 65-76.

Nelson, Richard N. 1991. “Why do firms differ, and how does it matter.” Strategic Management Journal (Special Issue), 12:61-74.

Nelson, Richard R. (ed.). 1993. National Innovation Systems: A Comparative Analysis. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

Nelson, Richard R. 1987. Understanding Technical Change as an Evolutionary Process. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

Nelson, Richard R. 1988. “Institutions Supporting Technical Change in the United States.” in Technical Change and Economic Theory, edited by G. D. e. al. London, UK: Pinter Publishers.

Nelson, Richard R. 1991. “Diffusion of Development: Post-World War II Convergence among Advanced Industrial Nations.” American Economic Review 81:271-275.

Nelson, Richard R. 1994. “Evolutionary Theorizing about Economic Change.” Pp. 108-136 in The Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by Neil Smelser and Richard Swedberg. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Nelson, Richard R. 1994. “The Co-Evolution of Technology, Industrial Structure, and Supporting Institutions.” Industrial and Corporate Change 3:47-64.

Nelson, Richard R. 1995. “Why Should Managers be Thinking about Technology Policy?” Strategic Management Journal 16:581-588.

Nelson, Richard R. and Nathan Rosenberg. 1993. “Technical Innovation and National Systems.” Pp. 1-21 in National Innovation Systems: A Comparative Analysis, edited by R. R. Nelson. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

Nelson, Richard R. and Paul M. Romer. 1996. “Science, Economic Growth, and Public Policy.” Challenge 39(2):9-21.

Nelson, Richard R. and Sidney G. Winter. 2002. “Evolutionary Theorizing in Economics.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 16:23-46.

Nelson, Richard R. and Sydney Winter. 1982. An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Nelson, Robert L; Heinz, John P; Laumann, Edward O; Salisbury, Robert H. “Lawyers and the Structure of Influence in Washington.” Law and Society Review, 1988, 22, 2, July, 237-300.

Nelson, Robert L; Heinz, John P; Laumann, Edward O; Salisbury, Robert H. “Private Representation in Washington: Surveying the Structure of Influence.” American Bar Foundation Research Journal, 1987, 1, winter, 141-193.

Nemeth, Roger J. and David A. Smith. 1985. “International Trade and World-System Structure: A Multiple Network Analysis.” Review 8(4):517-560.

Nesbitt, Stephen L. 1994. “Long-term Rewards from Shareholder Activism: A Study of the ‘CalPERS Effect.’” Journal of Applied Corporate Finance 6(4):75-80.

Nestmann, Frank and Klaus Hurrelmann (eds.). 1994. Social Networks and Social Support in Childhood and Adolescence. Berlin New York: Walter de Gruyter.

Neuman, Shoshana and Adrian Ziderman. 1986. “Testing the Dual Labor Market Hypothesis: Evidence from the Israel Labor Mobility Survey.” Journal of Human Resources 21:230-237.

Neurath, Wolfgang and Katzmair, Harald. “Innovations-Netzwerke in Osterreich: Potenziale und Anwendungen der Sozialen Netzwerkanalyse im Kontext der osterreichischen F&E-Politik. (Innovation Networks in Austria: Potential and Implementation of Social Network Analysis in the Context of the Austrian R&D Politics. With English summary.).” Wirtschaftspolitische Blatter, vol. 50, no. 3 2003. pp. 353-65.

Neustadtl, Alan and Dan Clawson. 1988. “Corporate Political Groupings: Does Ideology Unify Business Political Behavior?” American Sociological Review 53:172-190.

Nevaer, Louis E.V. and Steven A. Deck. 1990. Strategic Corporate Alliances: A Study of the Present, A Model for the Future. New York: Quorum Books.

New York Times. 1996. The Downsizing of America. New York: Times Books.

Newberry, Susan. “Network Structures, Consumers and Accountability in New Zealand.” Learning from international public management reform. 2001. 257-78.

Newburn, Tim. “The Commodification of Policing: Security Networks in the Late Modern City.” Urban Studies, 2001. 38, 5-6, May, 829-848.

Newburn, Tim. “The Commodification of Policing: Security Networks in the Late Modern City.” Urban Studies 38(5-6): 2001. 829-48.

Newell, Sue and Jacky Swan. 2000. “Trust and Inter-Organizational Networking.” Human Relations 53:1287-1328.

Newell, Sue; Clark, Peter. “The Importance of Extra-Organizational Networks in the Diffusion and Appropriation of New Technologies: The Role of Professional Associations in the United States and Britain.” Knowledge 1990. 12, 2 199-212.

Newell, Sue; Tansley, Carole; Huang, Jimmy. “Social Capital and Knowledge Integration in an ERP Project Team: The Importance of Bridging and Bonding.” British Journal of Management, Mar2004 Supplement 1, Vol. 15 Issue 1, p43, 15p

Newman, M E J. “Ego-Centered Networks and the Ripple Effect.” Social Networks, 2003. 25, 1, Jan, 83-95.

Newman, M. E. J. 2001. The Structure of Scientific Collaboration Networks. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 98(2): 404-409.

Newman, M.E.J. 2000. “Models of the Small World.” Journal of Statistical Physics 101:819-841.

Newman, M.E.J., D.J. Watts and S.H. Strogatz. 2002. “Random Graph Models of Social Networks.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States Feb 19. 99:2566-2572.

Newton, Catherine. “Strategic Alliances: Collaborate Or Evaporate. Journal of Financial Planning 2001. Vol. 14 Issue 3, P72, 7p;

Nicholls-Nixon, Charlene L. and Carolyn Y. Woo. “Technology Sourcing and Output of Established Firms in a Regime of Encompassing Technological Change. Strategic Management Journal 2003. V24 I7 P651-666

Nicholson, Nigel. 1997. “Evolutionary Psychology: Toward a New View of Human Nature and Organizational Society.” Human Relations 50:1053-1078.

Nickell, Stephen. 1995. “Labour Market Dynamics in OECD Countries.” London School of Economics, Centre for Economic Performance Discussion Paper No. 255.

Nickell, Stephen. and Brian Bell. 1995. “The Collapse in the Demand for Unskilled and Unemployment Across the OECD.” Oxford Review of Economic Policy 11:40-62.

Nickelsburg, Gerald. “Industrial Policy and the Diffusion of Knowledge.” Industrial policy and international trade. 1992, pp. 167-73.

Nicolaou, Nicos and Sue Birley. “Social Networks in Organizational Emergence: the University Spinout Phenomenon. Management Science 2003. V49 I12 P1702(24)

Nicolaou, Nicos; Birley, Sue. “Social Networks in Organizational Emergence: The University Spinout Phenomenon. Management Science, Dec2003. Vol. 49 Issue 12, p1702, 24p.

Nicolini, Rosella. “Local Networks and Regional Development: Features and Perspectives.” Environment and Planning A 35(2): 2003. 341-60.

Nicolson, Miklos S. 1972. Duties and liabilities of corporate officers and directors. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Niederkofler, Martin. 1991. “The Evolution of Strategic Alliances: Opportunities for Managerial Influence.” Journal of Business Venturing 6(4):237-257.

Niehoff, Brian P., Robert H. Moorman, Gerald Blakely and Jack Fuller. 2001. “The Influence of Empowerment and Job Enrichment on Employee Loyalty in a Downsizing Environment.” Group & Organization Management 26:93-113.

Nielsen, Bo Bernhard. “An Empirical Investigation of the Drivers of International Strategic Alliance Formation. European Management Journal 2003. Vol. 21 Issue 3, P301, 22p;

Nielsen, Francois; Salk, Jane. “The Ecology of Collective Action and Regional Representation in the European Union.” European Sociological Review 1998. 14, 3, Sept, 231-254.

Nielsen, Klaus. “Social capital and the evaluation of innovation policies. International Journal of Technology Management, 2003. Vol. 26 Issue 2-4, p205, 21p;

Nielsen, Klaus. 2001. “Institutionalist Approaches in the Social Sciences: Typology, Dialogue, and Future Challenges.” Journal of Economic Issues 35:505-516.

Nielsen, Richard P. “Corruption Networks and Implications for Ethical Corruption Reform. Journal of Business Ethics, Jan2003 Part 2, Vol. 42 Issue 2, p125, 25p;

Nieminen, Jarmo; Tornroos, Jan-Ake. “The Role of Learning in the Evolution of Business Networks in Estonia: Four Finnish Case Studies.” The nature of the international firm: Nordic contributions to international business research. 1997, pp. 189-229.

Niepce, Willem and Eric Molleman. 1998. “Work Design Issues in Lean Production from a Sociotechnical Systems Perspective: Neo-Taylorism or the Next Step in Sociotechnical Design?” Human Relations 51:259-287.

Nieuwbeerta, Paul and Henk Flap. 2000. “Crosscutting Social Circles and Political Choice: Effects of Personal Network Composition on Voting Behavior in the Netherlands.” Social Networks 22:313-335

Nijkamp, Peter. “Entrepreneurship in a Modern Network Economy.” Regional Studies 37(4): 2003. 395-405.

Nijsmans, Mia. 1991. “Professional Culture and Organizational Morality: An Ethnographic Account of a Therapeutic Organization.” British Journal of Sociology 42:1-19.

Nilan, Michael S. 1993. “Speculations on the Impact of Global Electronic Networks on Human Cognition and Human Organization.” Internet Research 3(3):47-56.

Nishiguchi, Toshihiro. 1993. Strategic Industrial Sourcing: The Japanese Advantage. New York: Oxford University Press.

Nissenbaum, Helen (2001), Securing trust online: wisdom or oxymoron?, Boston University Law Review, 81(3), 635-664.

Nixon, Howard L , II. “The Relationship of Friendship Networks, Sports Experiences, and Gender to Expressed Pain Thresholds.” Sociology of Sport Journal, 1996, 13, 1, 78-86.

Nkongolo-Bakenda, Jean-Marie. “Inter-firm Networking Propensity in Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs).” Journal of Entrepreneurial Finance and Business Ventures 1(1): 2001. 99-119.

Noam, Eli M. “Interconnecting the network of networks.” Cambridge and London: MIT Press, 2001. ix, 318.

Noble, Kenneth B. 1985. “In 50 Years, Unions Move from Fans to Foes of Labor Board.” New York Times July 9:A14.

Noe, Raymond A. 1988. “An Investigation of the Determinants of Successful Assigned Mentoring Relationships.” Personnel Psychology 41:457-479.

Noe, Raymond A. 1988. “Women and Mentoring: A Review and Research Agenda.” Academy of Management Review 13:65-78.

Nohria N. Is a Network Perspective a useful way of studying organizations ? In: Networks and Organizations. Nohria and Eccles (eds.) Harvard Business School Press. 1992

Nohria, Nitin and Carlos C. Garcia-Pont. 1991. “Global Strategic Linkages and Industry Structure.” Strategic Management Journal Special Issue 12:105-124.

Nohria, Nitin and J.D. Berkley. 1995. “From Structure to Structuring: A Pragmatic Perspective on Organizational Design.” Harvard Business School Working Paper #96-053.

Nohria, Nitin and Ranjay Gulati. 1996. “Firms and Their Environments.” In The Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by Neil J. Smelser and R. Swedberg. Princeton: Russell Sage.

Nohria, Nitin and Robert G. Eccles (eds.). 1992. Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Nohria, Nitin and S. Ghoshal. 1997. The Differentiated Network: A New Model for Organizing Multinational Corporations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Nohria, Nitin and S. Ghoshal. 1997. The Differentiated Network: A New Model for Organizing Multinational Corporations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Nohria, Nitin. 1992. “Is a Network Perspective a Useful Way of Studying Organizations?” Pp. 1-22 in N. Nohria and R.G. Eccles. (eds.) Networks and Organizations. Boston: Harvard University Press.

Nolan, Richard L. and David C. Croson. 1995. Creative Destruction: A Six-Stage Process for Transforming the Organization. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Nolke, Andreas. 2000. “Governance by Transnational Policy Networks? A Critical Appraisal of Post-National Governance Approaches from the Perspective of a Transnational Sociology of Organizations.” Zeitschrift fur Internationale Beziehungen 7:331-358.

Nonaka, I. And H. Takeuchi. 1995. The Knowledge-Creating Company. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Nooteboom, Bart, Hans Berger and Niels G. Noorderhaven. 1997. “Effects of Trust and Governance on Relational Risk.” Academy of Management Journal 40:308-338.

Nooteboom, Bart. 1992. “Towards a dynamic theory of transactions.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics 2: 281-299.

Nooteboom, Bart. 1993. “An Analysis of Specificity in Transaction Cost Economics.” Organization Studies 14:443-451.

Nooteboom, Bart. 1996. “Opportunism and Trust in Transaction Cost Economics.” Pp. 327-349 in Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond, edited by John Groenewegen. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Nooteboom, Bart. 1996. “Trust, Opportunism and Governance: A Process and Control Model.” Organization Studies 17:985-1010.

Nooteboom, Bart. 1997. “Cost, Quality and Learning Based Governance in Transactions,” Pp. XXX in The Changing Boundaries of Firms, edited by M. Colombo. London: Routledge.

Nooteboom, Bart. 1999. “The Dynamic Efficiency of Networks.” Pp. XXX in The Game of Networks, edited by Anna Grandori. London: Routledge.

Nooteboom, Bart. 1999. Inter-firm alliances: Analysis and design, London: Routledge.

Nooteboom, Bart. 2001. Learning and innovation in organization and economies. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Nooteboom, Bart. 2002. Trust: forms, foundations, functions, failures and figures, Cheltenham UK: Edward Elgar.

Nooteboom, Bart. 2004. Inter-firm collaboration, learning and networks: an integrated approach. London: Routledge.

Nooteboom, Bart; et al. 2000. “Network Interactions and Mutual Dependence: A Test in the Car Industry.” Industry and Innovation 7(1):117-44.

Nord, Walter R. 1974. “The Failure of Current Applied Behavioral Science: A Marxian Perspective.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 10:557-578.

Norman, Patricia M. “Are Your Secrets Safe? Knowledge Protection in Strategic Alliances. Business Horizons, Nov/Dec2001. Vol. 44 Issue 6, P51, 10p;

Norman, Paul. “Policing ‘High-Tech’ Crime within the Global Context: The Role of Transnational Policy Networks.” Crime and the Internet, Wall, David S. [Ed], London & New York: Routledge 2001. pp 184-194

Norman, Paul. “Policing ‘High-Tech’ Crime within the Global Context: The Role of Transnational Policy Networks.” Crime and the Internet, Wall, David S. [Ed], London & New York: Routledge, 2001. pp 184-194.

North, Douglass C. 1966. Growth and Welfare in the American Past. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

North, Douglass C. 1966. The Economic Growth of the United States. 1790-1860. New York: W. W. Norton.

North, Douglass C. 1978. “Structure and Performance: The Task of Economic History.” Journal of Economic Literature 16:963-997.

North, Douglass C. 1981. Structure and Change in Economic History. New York: Norton.

North, Douglass C. 1981. Structure and Change in Economic History. New York: W. W. Norton.

North, Douglass C. 1986. “The New Institutional Economics.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 142:230-237.

North, Douglass C. 1990. Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

North, Douglass C. 1991. “Institutions.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 5(Winter):97-112.

North, Douglass C. 1991. “Transaction Costs, Institutions, and Economic History.” Pp. 203-213 in The New Institutional Economics, edited by Erik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter. College Station, TX: Texas A&M University Press.

North, Douglass C. 1994. Economic Performance Through Time.” American Economic Review 84:359-368.

North, Douglass C., and Robert Paul Thomas. 1973. The Rise of the Western World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Norton, Andrew. “Filling the 20 Per Cent Gap: Francis Fukuyama on Trust and Social Capital.” Agenda, vol. 3, no. 3, 1996, pp. 351-58.

Norus, Jesper. 1997. “The role of personal and professional networks in the process of technological transformation.” The American Behavioral Scientist 40:514-22.

Notz, Gisela. “Women’s Networks in Political Education.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen 1996. 9:89-93.

Novak, Tim. 2000. “Federal Mole Gets 39 Months: Silver Shovel Corruption Probe Ends.” Chicago Sun-Times. March 18:3.

Novy, Andreas. 2001. “The Relationship between Theory and Practice: Civil Society, Nongovernment Organizations and Development Cooperation.” Journal fur Entwicklungspolitik 17(2):119-138.

Nowicki, Krzysztof and Tom A.B. Snijders. 2001. “Estimation and Prediction for Stochastic Blockstructures.” Journal of the American Statistical Association 96:1077-1087.

Nowland-Foreman, Garth. 1998. “Purchase-of-Service Contracting, Voluntary Organizations, and Civil Society.” American Behavioral Scientist 42:108-123.

Nownes, Anthony J. and Grant Neeley. 1996. “Public Interest Group Entrepreneurship and Theories of Group Mobilization.” Political Research Quarterly 49:119-46.

Nownes, Anthony J. and Grant Neeley. 1996. “Toward an Explanation for Public Interest Group Formation and Proliferation: ‘Seed Money,’ Disturbances, Entrepreneurship, and Patronage.” Policy Studies Journal 24:74-92.

Nownes, Anthony J; Freeman, Patricia K. “Female Lobbyists: Women in the World of "Good Ol' Boys".” Journal of Politics, 1998, 60, 4, Nov, 1181-1201.

Nueno, P., and Oosterveld, J. 1988. Managing technology alliances. Long Range Planning, 21 (3): 11-17.

Nugent, David. “State and Shadow State in Northern Peru circa 1900: Illegal Political Networks and the Problem of State Boundaries.” States and illegal practices. 1999. Pp. 63-98.

Nuget, N. and O’Donnell, R. eds. (1994), The European Business Environment. MacMillan Publishers.

Nunnally, J.C. 1978. Psychometric theory. Second Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Nutini, Hugo G; White, Douglas R. “Community Variations and Network Structure in the Social Functions of Compadrazgo in Rural Tlaxcala, Mexico.” Ethnology, 1977, 16, 4, Oct, 353-384.

Nyberg, David. 1993. The Varnished Truth. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Nyblom, Jukka, Borgatti, Steve, Roslakka, Juha, Salo, Mikko A. “Statistical Analysis of Network Data-An Application to Diffusion of Innovation.” Social Networks 2003. 25, 2, May, 175-195.

Nyblom, Jukka, Borgatti, Steve, Roslakka, Juha, Salo, Mikko A. “Statistical Analysis of Network Data-An Application to Diffusion of Innovation.” Social Networks 2003. 25, 2, May, 175-195.

Nyblom, Jukka; Borgatti, Steve; Roslakka, Juha; Salo, Mikko A. “Statistical Analysis of Network Data-An Application to Diffusion of Innovation.” Social Networks, 2003. 25, 2, May, 175-195.

Nyland, Chris. 1998. “Taylorism and the Mutual-Gains Strategy.” Industrial Relations (Oct):519-.

O’Brien, Richard. “The Global Network Knowledge Gap.” Global Networks 3(1): 2003. 1-6.

O’Connor, Brian C. “Working-Class Kinship Networks: A Marriage of Methods.” Journal of Urban History, 1984, 10, 2, Feb, 187-194.

O’Connor, Ellen S. 2000. “Plotting the Organization: The Embedded Narrative as a Construct for Studying Change.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 36(2):174-192.

O’Connor, Gerald G; McCord, Lyn. “Networking among Social Service Providers: An Expanded and Transformed Practice.” The Journal of Applied Social Sciences, 1990-1991, 15, 1, fall-winter, 7-29.

O’Connor, James. 1973. The Fiscal Crisis of the State. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

O’Connor, Marleen A. 1991. “Restructuring the Corporation’s Nexus of Contacts: Recognizing a Fiduciary Duty to Protect Displaced Workers.” North Carolina Law Review 69:1189.

O’Neill, Gerard K. 1981. 2081: A Hopeful View of the Human Future. London: Jonathan Cape.

O’Neill, Regina, Sylvia Horton and Faye J. Crosby. 1998. “Gender Issues in Developmental Relationships.” Pp. 63-80 in Mentoring Dilemmas: Developmental Relationships Within Multicultural Organizations, edited by Audrey Murrell, Faye J. Crosby and Robin J. Ely. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Earlbaum Associates.

O’Reilly Charles A. and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 2000. Hidden Value: How Great Companies Achieve Extraordinary Results with Ordinary People. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

O’Reilly Charles A. III, Jennifer Chatman and David F. Caldwell. 1991. “People and Organizational Culture: a profile comparison approach to assessing person-organization fit.” Academy of Management Journal 34:487-516.

O’Reilly, Brian. 1994. “The New Deal: What Companies and Employees Owe One Another.” Fortune, June 13:44-52.

O’Reilly, Charles, Brian G. Main and Graef Crystal. 1988. “CEO Compensation as Tournament and Social Comparison: A Tale of Two Theories.” Administrative Science Quarterly 33:257-274.

O’Reilly, Charles. 1989. “Corporations, Culture, and Commitment: Motivation and Social Control in Organizations.” California Management Review 31:9-26.

O’Reilly, Charles. 1989. “Corporations, Culture, and Commitment: Motivation and Social Control in Organizations.” California Management Review 31:9-25.

O’Sullivan, Jane. 1999. “O’Reilly Judged Poor Value for Heinz Salary.” The Irish Times April 13:14.

O’Toole, Laurence J. 1997. “Treating Networks Seriously: Practical and Research-Based Agendas in Public Administration.” Public Administration Review 57:45-52.

O’Toole, Laurence J., Jr. 1996. “Hollowing the Infrastructure: Revolving Loan Programs and Network Dynamics in the American States.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:225-242.

O’Toole, Laurence J., Jr. 1996. “Hollowing the Infrastructure: Revolving Loan Programs and Network Dynamics in the American States.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:225-242.

Oakes, Margaret G; Lucas, Faith. “How War Affects Daily Life: Adjustments in Salvadoran Social Networks.” Journal of Social Work Research and Evaluation, 2001. 2, 2, fall-winter, 143-155.

Obach, Brian. “The Wisconsin Labor-Environmental Network: A Case Study of Coalition Formation among Organized Labor and the Environmental Movement.” Organization and Environment, vol. 12, no. 1, March 1999. pp. 45-74.

Oberschall, Tony. “The Theory of Collective Action versus the Dodo.” Angewandte Sozialforschung 2001. 22, 1-2, 74-80.

Obitani, Hiroaki. “Social Conflict and Its Transformation in a Dam Construction Project: Focusing on Social Movement/Networks and Beneficiary-Victim Relationships.” Shakaigaku Hyoron/Japanese Sociological Review, 2002. 53, 2(210), Sept, 52-68.

O'Brien, Richard. “The Global Network Knowledge Gap.” Global Networks, vol. 3, no. 1, January 2003, pp. 1-6.

Ocasio, William and Hyosun Kim. 1999. “The Circulation of Corporate Control: Selection of Functional Backgrounds of New CEOs in Large U.S. Manufacturing Firms, 1981-1992.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:532-562.

Ocasio, William. 1994. “Political Dynamics and the Circulation of Power: CEO Succession in U.S. Industrial Corporations, 1960-1990.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:285-312.

Ocasio, William. 1997. “The attention-based view of the firm.” Strategic Management Journal (Special Issue) 18: 187-206.

Ocasio, William. 1999. “Institutionalized Action and Corporate Governance: The Reliance on Rules of CEO Succession.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:384-416.

Odasz, Frank. “Issues in the Development of Community Cooperative Networks.” Public access to the internet. 1995, pp. 115-36.

OECD. 1998. Institutional Investors in the New Financial Landscape.

Oerlemans, L.A.G., Meeus, M.T.H., 2001. R&D Cooperation in a Transaction Cost Perspective. The Review of Industrial Organization, Vol. 18, pp. 77-90,

Oerlemans, Leon A.G., Marius T.H. Meeus, 1998. High Performance Organizations. A comparison of firm characteristics. (in Dutch) Research Commissioned by the Dutch Ministry of Economic Affairs. Den Haag: MinEZ.

Oerlemans, Leon, 1996,‘The embedded firm: innovation in industrial networks’ (in Dutch)

Oerlemans, Natasja; Assouline, Gérald. “Enhancing farmers’ networking strategies for sustainable development. Journal of Cleaner Production, Jun2004. Vol. 12 Issue 5, p469, 10p;

O'Farrell, P.N.; Wood, P.A. “Formation of Strategic Alliances in Business Services: Towards A New Client-Oriented Conceptual. Service Industries Journal 1999. Vol. 19 Issue 1, P133, 19p;

Offe, Claus. 1974. “Structural Problems of the Capitalist State: Class Rule and the Political System. On the Selectiveness of Political Institutions.” Pp. 31-57 in German Political Studies, Vol. 1, edited by Klaus von Beyme. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Offe, Claus. 1975. “The Theory of the Capitalist State and the Problem of Policy Formation.” Pp. 125-44 in Stress and Contradiction in Modern Capitalism, edited by Leon Lindberg. Lexington, MA: DC. Heath,

Offe, Claus. 1984. Contradictions of the Welfare State. Cambridge, MA: M.I.T. Press.

Offe, Claus; Wiesenthal, Helmut. “Two Logics of Collective Action: Theoretical Notes on Social Class and Organizational Form.” Political Power and Social Theory, 1980, 1, 67-115.

Ogawa, Dennis Masaaki. “Small-Group Communication Stereotypes of Black Americans.” Journal of Black Studies, 1971, 1, 3, Mar, 273-281.

Ohata, Hiroshi. “Neighborhood Friendship Networks and Movement Participation.” Shakaigaku Hyoron/Japanese Sociological Review, 1985, 35, 4(140), Mar, 18-31.

Ohata, Hiroshi. “Neighborhood Friendship Networks and Movement Participation.” Shakaigaku Hyoron/Japanese Sociological Review, 1985, 35, 4(140), Mar, 18-31.

Ohmae, K. (1989), “The global logic of strategic alliances”, Harvard Business Review, Vol. 67, pp. 143-154.

Ohmae, The Global Logic of Strategic Alliances, in: BG92, S. 482-494 oder: BG95, Reading 4-1, S. 447-459.

Ohnishi, Yasuo. “What Is “Accuracy” of Social Network Cognition: A Comparative Study of Analytic Effectiveness of Consensus Structure and Locally Aggregated Structure in Local Politician’s Networks.” Riron to Hoho/Sociological Theory and Methods, 2003. 18, 1(33), Mar, 53-70.

Oi, Walter Y. 1983a. “Heterogeneous Firms and the Organization of Production.” Economic Inquiry 21:147-171.

Oi, Walter Y. 1983b. “The Fixed Employment Costs of Specialized Labor.” Pp. 63-122 in The Measurement of Labor Cost, edited by Jack E. Triplett. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Oi, Walter. 1990. “Employment Relations in Dual Labor Markets (It’s Nice Work If You Can Get It).” Journal of Labor Economics 8:S124-S149.

Oinas, Païvi and Edward J. Malecki. 2002. “The Evolution of Technologies in Time and Space: from National and Regional to Spatial Innovation Systems.” International Regional Science Review 25:102-131.

Okamoto, Dina G. “Toward a Theory of Panethnicity: Explaining Asian American Collective Action.” American Sociological Review 2003. 68, 6, Dec, 811-842.

Olalla, Marta Fossas. 1999. “The Resource-Based Theory and Human Resources.” International Advances in Economic Research 5:84-92.

Oliga, J. 1990. “Power in Organizations: A Contingent, Relational View.” Systems Practice 3(5):453-477.

Oliga, J. 1990. “Power-Ideology Matrix in Social Systems Control.” Systems Practice 3(1):31-49.

Oliver, Amalya L. 1997. “Networking for Intellectual Capital Between Universities and Industry in Biotechnology: Contrasting Metaphors of Organization and Organism.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.

Oliver, Amalya L. 1997. “On the Nexus of Organizations and Professions: Networking Through Trust.” Sociological Inquiry 67:227-245.

Oliver, Amalya L. 2001. “Strategic Alliances and the Learning Life-Cycle of Biotechnology Firms.” Organization Studies. 22:467-489.

Oliver, Amalya L. and Kathleen Montgomery. 1996. “A Network Approach to Outpatient Service Delivery Systems: Resources Flow and System Influence.” Health Services Research 30:771-789.

Oliver, Amalya L. and Kathleen Montgomery. 2000. “Creating a Hybrid Organizational Form from Parental Blueprints: The Emergence and Evolution of Knowledge Firms.” Human Relations 53:33-56.

Oliver, Amalya L. and Mark Ebers. 1998. “Networking Network Studies: An Analysis of Conceptual Configurations in the Study of Inter-organizational Relationships.” Organization Studies 19:549-583.

Oliver, Christine. 1990. “Determinants of Interorganizational Relationships: Integration and Future Directions.” Academy of Management Review 15:241-65.

Oliver, Christine. 1991. “Network Relations and Loss of Organizational Autonomy.” Human Relations 44:943-961.

Oliver, Christine. 1991. “Strategic Responses to Institutional Processes.” Academy of Management Review 16:145-179.

Oliver, Christine. 1996. “The Institutional Embeddedness of Economic Activity.” Advances in Strategic Management 13:163-186.

Oliver, Christine. 1997. “The Influence of Institutional and Task Environment Relationships on Organizational Performance: The Canadian Construction Industry.” Journal of Management Studies 34:99-124.

Oliver, Melvin L. “The Urban Black Community as Network: Toward a Social Network Perspective.” The Sociological Quarterly, 1988, 29, 4, Dec, 623-645.

Oliver, Nick and Blakeborough, Michelle. “Innovation Networks: The View from the Inside.” Globalization, growth, and governance: Creating an innovative economy. 1998. pp. 146-60.

Oliver, Nick and Blakeborough, Michelle. “Innovation Networks: The View from the Inside.” Globalization, growth, and governance: Creating an innovative economy. 1998. pp. 146-60.

Oliver, Pamela E. “Formal Models of Collective Action.” Annual Review of Sociology 1993. 19, 271-300.

Oliver, Pamela E. 1980. “Rewards and Punishments as Selective Incentives for Collective Action: Theoretical Investigations.” American Journal of Sociology 85:1356-1375.

Oliver, Pamela E. 1984. “‘If You Don’t Do It, Nobody Else Will’: Active and Token Contributors to Local Collective Action.” American Sociological Review 49:601-610.

Oliver, Pamela E; Marwell, Gerald. “The Paradox of Group Size in Collective Action: A Theory of the Critical Mass. II.” American Sociological Review, 1988. 53, 1, Feb, 1-8.

Oliver, Pamela. “Rewards and Punishments as Selective Incentives for Collective Action: Theoretical Investigations.” American Journal of Sociology, 1980, 85, 6, May, 1356-1375.

Oliver, Pamela; Marwell, Gerald; Teixeira, Ruy. “A Theory of the Critical Mass. I. Interdependence, Group Heterogeneity, and the Production of Collective Action.” American Journal of Sociology, 1985, 91, 3, Nov, 522-556.

Olk, P. Early, C. 2000. “Interpersonal Relationships in International Strategic Alliances: Cross-Cultural Exchanges and Contextual Factors”, in David Faulkner and Mark de Rond (eds.) Perspectives of Cooperation: Confronting Complexity in Interorganizational Collaborations. Oxford University Press.

Olk, Paul. 1999. “Explaining a Member Organizations Influence in an R&D Consortium: A Joint Test of the Dimensions of Task Characteristics and Organizing Routines and of the Level of Analysis.” Journal of High Technology Management Research 10:123-146.

Olk, Paul; Elvira, Marta. “Friends and Strategic Agents: The Role of Friendship and Discretion in Negotiating Strategic Alliances. Group & Organization Management, Jun2001. Vol. 26 Issue 2, p124, 41p

Olk, Paul; Elvira, Marta. “Friends and Strategic Agents: the Role of Friendship and Discretion in Negotiating Strategic Alliances. Group & Organization Management 2001. Vol. 26 Issue 2, P124, 41p;

Olle T.W., Hagelstein, J., MacDonald, I.G., Rolland, C., Sol H.G., Van Aassche, F.J.M. & Verrijn-Stuart A. (1988) “Information Systems Methodologies: A Framework for Understanding” Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1988

Olle T.W., Sol H.G. & Verrijn-Stuart A.A [Eds.] (1986) “Information Systems Design Methodologies: Improving the Practice” Proc. IFIP WG8.1 Working Conference on Comparative Review of Information Systems Design Methodologies, North Holland, 1986

Olmos, David R. 1995. “They’ve Been There, Done That -- And Now Their Passing It on to Others.” Los Angeles Times March 13:Business, Part 2:22.

Olsen, Johan P. 2001. “Garbage Cans, New Institutionalism, and the Study of Politics.” American Political Science Review 95:191-.

Olson, Craig A. 1995. “Health Benefits Coverage Among Male Workers.” Monthly Labor Review 118(3):55-61.

Olson, Craig A; Schwab, Andreas. “The Performance Effects of Human Resource Practices: The Case of Interclub Networks in Professional Baseball, 1919-1940.” Industrial Relations, vol. 39, no. 4, October 2000, pp. 553-77.

Olson, Mancur. 1965. The Logic of Collective Action: Public Goods and the Theory of Groups. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Olson, Randall. 2000. “High-Tech, Low-Profile: ‘New Economy’ Companies and Their Financial Backers Can Thrive in Minnesota, But a Stronger Network is Needed to Stitch Them Together.” Minneapolis Star Tribune May 1:Business 3.

Olwig, Karen Fog. 2002. “A Wedding in the Family: Home Making in a Global Kin Network.” Global Networks 2(3): 205-218.

Oncu, Ayse. 1979. “Inter-Organizational Networks and Social Structures: Turkish Chambers of Industry.” International Social Science Journal 31:646-660.

Opler, Tim C. and Jonathan Sokobin. 1995. “Does Coordinated Institutional Activism Work? An Analysis of the Activities of the Council of Institutional Investors.” Columbus, OH: Ohio State University mimeo.

Opp, Karl-Dieter. “ Social Networks and the Emergence of Protest Norms.” Social norms. 2001. 234-73.

Opp, Karl-Dieter. “Social Networks and the Emergence of Protest Norms.” Social Norms, Hechter, Michael, & Opp, Karl-Dieter [Eds], New York: Russell Sage Foundation, 2001. pp 234-273.

Opp, Karl-Dieter; Gern, Christiane. “Dissident Groups, Personal Networks, and Spontaneous Cooperation: The East German Revolution of 1989.” American Sociological Review, 1993, 58, 5, Oct, 659-680.

Organizations: 127-151. New York: Oxford University Press.

Orillard, Magali. 1997. “Cognitive Networks and Self-Organization in a Complex Socio-economic Environment.” Beyond market and hierarchy: Interactive governance and social complexity. Pp. 57-72.

Ornstein, Michael. “The Canadian Corporate Network in Comparative Perspective.” Comparative Sociology, 2003. 2, 1, 197-213.

Orr, J.E. 1990. Sharing knowledge, celebrating identity: community memory in a service culture. In Middleton, D., Edwards, D. (Ed.). Collective Remembering. 169-189. Sage, London.

Orru, Marco. 1991. “The Institutional Logic of Small-Firm Economies in Italy and Taiwan.” Studies in Comparative International Development 26:3-28.

Orsenigo, L; Pammolli, F; Riccaboni, Massimo. “Technological Change and Network Dynamics: Lessons from the Pharmaceutical Industry.” Research Policy 30(3): 2001. 485-508.

Orsenigo, Luigi; et al. “The Evolution of Knowledge and the Dynamics of an Industry Network.” Journal of Management and Governance, vol. 1, no. 2, 1997-1998, pp. 147-75.

Orsini, Deborah M; Courcelle, Michel; Brinkerhoff, Derick W. “Increasing Private Sector Capacity for Policy Dialogue: The West African Enterprise Network.” World Development 24 9, Special Issue 1996. Pp. 1453-66.

Orton, J. Douglas and Karl E. Weick. 1990. “Loosely Coupled Systems: A Reconceptualization.” Academy of Management Review 15:203-223.

Orwall, Bruce and Joann S. Lublin. 1998. “Investor Take Aim at Disney Board Again.” Wall Street Journal February 20:C1.

Osa, Maryjane. 2003. Solidarity and Contention: Networks of Polish Opposition. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.

Osberg, Lars. 1984. Economic Inequality in the United States. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Osborn, Richard N. and C. Christopher Baughn. 1990. “Forms of Interorganizational Governance for Multinational Alliances.” Academy of Management Journal 33:503-519.

Osborn, Richard N. and John Hagedoorn. 1997. “The Institutionalization and Evolutionary Dynamics of Interorganizational Alliances and Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 40:261-278.

Osborn, Richard N. and John Hagedoorn. 1997. “The Institutionalization and Evolutionary Dynamics of Interorganizational Alliances and Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 40:261-278.

Osborn, Richard N.; Hagedoorn, John. “Embedded Patterns of International Alliance Formation. Organization Studies 1998. Vol. 19 Issue 4, P617, 22p;

Osborne, David and Ted Gaebler. 1992. Reinventing Government: How the Entrepreneurial Spirit is Transforming the Public Sector. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Osborne, David and Ted Gaebler. 1992. Reinventing Government: How the Entrepreneurial Spirit is Transforming the Public Sector. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Ostergard Jr, Robert L; Tubin, Matthew; Altman, Jordan. “Stealing From the Past: Globalisation, Strategic Formation and the Use of Indigenous Intellectual Property in the Biotechnology Industry. Third World Quarterly 2001. Vol. 22 Issue 4, P643, 14p;

Osterle, Hubert; Fleisch, Elgar; Alt, Rainer. “Business networking: Shaping collaboration between enterprises.” Second edition. With contributions by Volker Bach et al. Heidelberg and New York: Springer, 2001. xvii, 403.

Osterle, Hubert; Fleisch, Elgar; Alt, Rainer. “Business networking: Shaping enterprise relationships on the Internet.” With contributions by Volker Bach et al. Heidelberg and New York: Springer, 2000. xv, 376.

Osterloh, Margit., Rota, Sandra and von Wartburg, Marc (2002), Open source - new rules in software development, available at , accessed 23 December, 2003.

Osterman, Paul (ed.). 1984. Internal Labor Markets. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Osterman, Paul (ed.). 1996. Broken Ladders: Managerial Careers in the New Economy. New York: Oxford University Press.

Osterman, Paul. 1975. “An Empirical Study of Labor Market Segmentation.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 28:508-523.

Osterman, Paul. 1987. “Choice Among Alternative Internal Labor Market Systems.” Industrial Relations 26:46-67.

Osterman, Paul. 1988. Employment Futures: Reorganization, Dislocation, and Public Policy. New York: Oxford University Press.

Osterman, Paul. 1991. “Impact of IT on Jobs and Skills.” Pp. 220-243 in The Corporation of the 1990s: Information Technology and Organizational Transformation, edited by Michael S. Scott Morton. New York: Oxford University Press.

Osterman, Paul. 1994. “How Common is Workplace Transformation and How Can We Explain Who Does It?” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 47:173-88.

Osterman, Paul. 1994. “Internal Labor Markets: Theory and Change.” Pp. 303-39 in Labor Economics and Industrial Relations: Markets and Institutions, edited by Clark Kerr and Paul D. Staudohar. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Osterman, Paul. 1995. “Skill, Training, and Work Organization in American Establishments.” Industrial Relations 34:125-146.

Osterman, Paul. 1995. “Work/Family Programs and the Employment Relationship.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:681-700.

Osterman, Paul. 1999. Securing Prosperity: The American Labor Market: How It Has Changed and What to Do About It. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Osterman, Paul. 2000 “Work Reorganization in an Era of Restructuring: Trends in Diffusion and Effects on Employee Welfare.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 53:179-196.

Ostrom, Eleanor. 1994. “Constituting Social Capital and Collective Action.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 6(4):527-562.

Ostrom, Elinor. “A Behavioral Approach to the Rational Choice Theory of Collective Action.” Polycentric games and institutions: Readings from the Workshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis. 2000. pp. 472-521.

Ostrom, Elinor. “A Behavioral Approach to the Rational Choice Theory of Collective Action.” American Political Science Review, vol. 92, no. 1, March 1998. pp. 1-22.

Ostrom, Elinor. 1990. Governing the Commons: Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action. NY: Cambridge University Press.

Ostrom, Elinor. 1998. “A Behavioral Approach to the Rational Choice Theory of Collective Action.” American Political Science Review 92:1-22.

Oswald, Andrew J. 1985. “The Economic Theory of Trade Unions: An Introductory Survey.” Scandinavian Journal of Economics 87:160-193.

Oswald, Lynda J. 1998. “Shareholders v. Stakeholders: Evaluating Corporate Constituency Statutes Under the Takings Clause.” Iowa Journal of Corporation Law 24:1-18.

Oswald, Ramona Faith. “Resilience within the Family Networks of Lesbians and Gay Men: Intentionality and Redefinition.” Journal of Marriage and the Family, 2002. 64, 2, May, 374-383.

Oswick, Cliff, Tom Keenoy and David Grant. 2002. “Metaphor and Analogical Reasoning in Organizational Theory: Beyond Orthodoxy.” Academy of Management Review 27:294-303.

Oswick, Cliff, Tom Keenoy and David Grant. 2002. Metaphor and Analogical Reasoning in Organizational Theory: Beyond Orthodoxy.” Academy of Management Review 27:294-303.

Otani, Shinsuke. “Personal Community Networks in Contemporary Japan.” Networks in the Global Village: Life in Contemporary Communities, Wellman, Barry [Ed], Boulder, CO: Westview, 1999, pp 279-297.

Otnes, Per. “A Renaissance for Gemeinschaft? On Community, Networks, Everyday Life.” Tidsskrift for samfunnsforskning, 1991, 32, 4, 291-311.

Ott, J. Steven (ed.). 1996. Classic Readings in Organizational Behavior. Second Edition. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Ott, J. Steven (ed.). 1996. Classic Readings in Organizational Behavior. Second Edition. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Ottaway, Marina. 2001. “Corporatism Goes Global: International Organizations, Nongovernmental Organization Networks, and Transnational Business.” Global Governance 7(3):265-.

Otte, Evelien and Ronald Rousseau. “Social Network Analysis: A Powerful Strategy, Also For the Information Sciences. Journal of Information Science 2002. V28 I6 P441(13)

Otte, Evelien; Rousseau, Ronald. “Social network analysis: a powerful strategy, also for the information sciences. Journal of Information Science, 2002. Vol. 28 Issue 6, p441, 13p.

Otto, Dianne. 1996. “Nongovernmental Organizations in the United Nations System: The Emerging Role of International Civil Society.” Human Rights Quarterly 18:107-141.

Ouchi, W. G., and Bolton, M. K. 1988. The logic of joint Research and Development. California Management Review, Spring: 9-33.

Ouchi, William G. 1980. “Markets, Bureaucracies, and Clans.” Administrative Science Quarterly 25:129-41.

Ouchi, William G. and Alan L. Wilkins. 1985. “Organizational Culture.” Annual Review of Sociology 11:457-483.

Ouchi, William G. and Alan L. Wilkins. 1985. “Organizational Culture.” Annual Review of Sociology 11:457-83.

Oum, T.H. and J. H. Park. 1997. “Airline Alliances: Current Status, Policy Issues, and Future Directions.” Journal of Air Transport Management 3:133-144.

Oum, Tae, Jong-Hun Park and Anming Zhang. 200. Globalization and Strategic Alliances: the Case of the Airline Industry. New York: Elsevier.

Owen-Smith, Jason, Massimo Riccaboni, Fabio Pammolli and Walter W. Powell. 2002. “A Comparison of U.S. and European University-Industry Relations in the Life Sciences.” Management Science 48:24-43.

Oy, Gottfried. “International Protest Networks and New Media.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 2002. 15, 1, Mar, 68-79.

Ozawa, Terutomo. 2001. “The Internet Revolution, Networking, and the ‘Flying Geese’ Paradigm of Structural Upgrading.” Global Economy Quarterly 2(1):1-18.

Padgett, John F. and Christopher K. Ansell. 1993. “Robust Action and the Rise of the Medici, 1400-1434.” American Journal of Sociology 98:1259-1319.

Padgett, John. 1980. “Managing Garbage Can Hierarchies.” Administrative Science Quarterly 25:583-604.

Padgett, John. 1992. “The Alchemist of Contingency Theory: Review Essay on Stinchcombe.” American Journal of Sociology 97:1462-1470.

Padoan, Pier Carlo. “Trade, Knowledge Accumulation and Diffusion: A Sectoral Perspective.” Structural Change and Economic Dynamics, vol. 9, no. 3, September 1998, pp. 349-72.

Paglin, Morton and Anthony M. Rufolo. 1990. “Heterogeneous Human Capital, Occupational Choice, and Male-Female Earnings Differences.” Journal of Labor Economics 8:123-144.

Palloni, Alberto, Douglas S. Massey, Miguel Ceballos and Kristin Espinosa, Michael Spittel. 2001. “Social Capital and International Migration: A Test Using Information On Family Networks.” American Journal of Sociology 106:1262-1298.

Palmer, Adrian; Barrett, Shirley. “A Behavioural Analysis of Co-Operative Marketing Organisations. Journal of Marketing Management 2000, Vol. 16 Issue 1-3, P273, 18p;.

Palmer, Donald and Brad M. Barber. 2001. “Challengers, Elites, and Owning Families: A Social Class Theory of Corporate Acquisitions in the 1960s. Administrative Science Quarterly 46:87-120.

Palmer, Donald, Brad Barber, Xueguang Zhou and Yasemin Soysal. 1995. “The Friendly and Predatory Acquisition of Large U.S. Corporations in the 1960s.” American Sociological Review 60:469-500.

Palmer, Donald, P. Devereaux Jennings and Xueguang Zhou. 1993. “Late Adoption of the Multidivisional Form by Large U.S. Corporations: Institutional, Political and Economic Accounts.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:100-131.

Palmer, Donald, Roger Friedland, P. Devereaux Jennings and Melanie E. Powers. 1987. “The Economics and Politics of Structure: The Multidivisional Form and the Large U.S. Corporation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 32:25-48.

Palmer, Donald. 1983. “Broken Ties: Interlocking Directorates and Intercorporate Coordination.” Administration Science Quarterly 28:40-55.

Palpacuer, Florence; Parisotto, Aurelio. “Global Production and Local Jobs: Can Global Enterprise Networks Be Used as Levers for Local Development? “ Global Networks 3(2): 2003. 97-120.

Pammolli, Fabio; Riccaboni, Massimo. 2002. “Technological Regimes and the Growth of Networks: An Empirical Analysis.” Small Business Economics 19(3):205-15.

Pan, Mei-Lin; Chang, Wei-An. “Flexible Production and Production Network: A Case Study from a Subcontractor’s Perspective.” Taiwanese Journal of Sociology, 2001. 25, June, 201-242.

Panda, Smita Mishra. “Kutchch Nav Nirman Abhiyan: An Evolving Network of NGOs in Gujarat, India.” Gender, Technology and Development, 2002. 6, 2, May-Aug, 313-317.

Pandey, Vivek, Theodor Kohers and Gerald Kohers. 1998. “Deterministic Nonlinearity in the Stock Returns of Major European Equity Markets and the United States.” Financial Review 33:45-63.

Panian, Zeljko. 1999. “Computer Networks as the Basis for Virtual Organizations Development.” Management 4:127-144.

Paolillo, John C. 2001. “Language Variation on Internet Relay Chat: A Social Network Approach.” Journal of Sociolinguistics 5: 180-213.

Papadas, Christos T; Hutchinson, W George. “Neural Network Forecasts of Input-Output Technology.” Applied Economics, vol. 34, no. 13, September 2002, pp. 1607-15.

Pappi, Franz Urban and Christian H.C.A. Henning. 1998. “Policy Networks: More Than a Metaphor?” Journal of Theoretical Politics 10:553-575.

Pappi, Franz Urban and Christian H.C.A. Henning. 1998. “Policy Networks: More Than a Metaphor?” Journal of Theorethical Politics 10:553-575.

Pappi, Franz Urban and Christian Melbeck. 1984. “Das Macht-potential von Organisationen in der Gemeindepolitik.” Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 36: 557-584.

Pappi, Franz Urban and Peter Kappelhoff. 1984. “Abhängigkeit, Tausch und kollektive Entscheidung in einer Gemeindeelite.” Zeitschrift für Soziologie 13: 87-117.

Pappi, Franz Urban and Thomas König. 1995. “Central Organizations in Policy-Domain Networks: The German and American Labor Policy Fields Compared.” Revue francaise de Sociologie 36:725-742.

Pappi, Franz Urban, Thomas König and David Knoke. 1995. Entscheidungsprozesse in der Arbeits- und Sozialpolitik. Der Zugang der Interessengruppen zum Regierungssystem über Politikfeldnetze: Ein deutsch-amerikanischer Vergleich. Frankfurt/NewYork: Campus Verlag.

Pappi, Franz Urban. 1984. “Boundary Specifications and Structural Models of Elite Systems: Social Circles Revisited.” Social Networks 6:79-95.

Paraskevopoulos, Christos J. “Social Capital, Learning and EU Regional Policy Networks: Evidence from Greece.” Government and Opposition 2001. 36:spring, 253-277.

Paraskevopoulos, Christos J. “Social Capital, Learning and EU Regional Policy Networks: Evidence from Greece.” Government and Opposition. 2001. 36, 2, spring, 253-277.

Paraskevopoulos, Christos J. “Social Capital, Learning and EU Regional Policy Networks: Evidence from Greece.” Government and Opposition, 2001. 36, 2, spring, 253-277.

Parcel, Toby L. and Charles W. Mueller. 1983. Ascription and Labor Markets: Race and Sex Differences in Earnings. New York: Academic Press.

Parcel, Toby L., Robert L. Kaufman and Leeann Jolly. 1991. “Going Up the Ladder: Multiplicity Sampling to Create Linked Macro-to-Micro Organizational Samples.” Sociological Methodology 21:43-79.

Parise, S.; Henderson, J. C. “Knowledge Resource Exchange in Strategic Alliances. IBM Systems Journal, 2001. Vol. 40 Issue 4, P908, 17p;

Park, Seung Ho and Gerardo R. Ungson. 1997. “The Effect of National Culture, Organizational Complementarity, and Economic Motivation on Joint Venture Dissolution.” Academy of Management Journal 40:279-307.

Park, Seung Ho and Yadong Luo. 2001. “Guanxi and Organizational Dynamics: Organizational Networking in Chinese Firms.” Strategic Management Journal 22(5):455-477.

Park, Seung Ho. 1996. “Managing an Interorganizational Network: A Framework of the Institutional Mechanism for Network Control.” Organization Studies 17(5):795-824.

Parker, Martin. 2000. “The Sociology of Organizations and the Organization of Sociology: Some Reflections on the Making of a Division of Labour.” Sociological Review 48:124-146.

Parker, Martin. 2000. “The Sociology of Organizations and the Organization of Sociology: Some Reflections on the Making of a Division of Labour.” Sociological Review 48:124-146.

Parker, Martin. 2000. Organizational Culture and Identity: Unity and Division at Work. London: Sage Publications.

Parker, Robert E. 1994. Flesh Peddlers and Warm Bodies: The Temporary Help Industry and Its Workers. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Parker, William N. “Technological Knowledge: Reproduction, Diffusion, Improvement.” Europe, America, and the wider world: Essays on the economic history of Western capitalism. Volume 2. America and the wider world. 1991, pp. 138-60.

Parker-Pope, Tara. 1996. “So Far Away.” Wall Street Journal April 11:R12.

Parkhe Arvind (1993) “Strategic Alliance Structuring: A Game Theoretic and Transaction Cost Examination of Interfirm Cooperation” Academy of Management Journal Vol 36 No 4 (August 1993) pp794-829.

Parkhe, Arvind. “Interfirm Diversity in Global Alliances. Business Horizons, Nov/Dec2001. Vol. 44 Issue 6, P2, 3p;

Parkhe, Arvind. 1991. “Interfirm Diversity, Organizational Learning, and Longevity in Global Strategic Alliances.” Journal of International Business Studies 22:579-601.

Parkhe, Arvind. 1991. “Interfirm Diversity, Organizational Learning, and Longevity in Global Strategic Alliances.” Journal of International Business Studies 22:579-601.

Parkhe, Arvind. 1993. “‘Messy’ Research, Methodological Predispositions, and Theory Development in International Joint Ventures.” Academy of Management Review 18:227-268.

Parkhe, Arvind. 1993. “Strategic Alliance Structuring: A Game Theoretic and Transaction Cost Examination of Interfirm Cooperation.” Academy of Management Journal 36:794-829.

Parkhe, Arvind. 2000. “The Structure of Optimal Trust: A Comment and Some Extensions.” Academy of Management Review 25:10-11.

Parlebas, Pierre. “Game and Sports Networks.” L’Annee sociologique, 2002. 52, 2, 315-349.

Parmar, Inderjeet. “American Foundations and the Development of International Knowledge Networks.” Global Networks. 2002. 2, 1, Jan, 13-30.

Parmar, Inderjeet. “American Foundations and the Development of International Knowledge Networks.” Global Networks 2(1): 2002. 13-30.

Parrino, Robert. 1997. “CEO Turnover and Outside Succession: A Cross-Sectional Analysis.” Journal of Financial Economics 46:165-197.

Parry, Charles D H; Bhana, Arvin; Pluddemann, Andreas; Myers, Bronwyn; Siegfried, Nandi; Morojele, Neo K; Flisher, Alan J; Kozel, Nicholas J. “The South African Community Epidemiology Network on Drug Use (SACENDU): Description, Findings (1997-99) and Policy Implications.” Addiction, 2002. 97, 8, Aug, 969-976.

Parsons, Talcott. 1956. “Suggestions for a Sociological Approach to the Theory of Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 1:63-85.

Parsons, Talcott. 1956. “Suggestions for a Sociological Approach to the Theory of Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 1:63-85.

Paskoff, Paul F. 1983. Industrial Evolution: Organization, Structure, and Growth of the Pennsylvania Iron Industry, 1750-1860. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Paskoff, Paul F. 1983. Industrial Evolution: Organization, Structure, and Growth of the Pennsylvania Iron Industry, 1750-1860. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Pasquero J. (1991) “Supra-organisational Collaboration: The Canadian Environmental Experiment” Journal of Applied Behavioural Science Vol 27 Issue 2 (June 1991) pp.38-64.

Passy, Florence and Marco Giugni. 2000. “Life-Spheres, Networks, and Sustained Participation in Social Movements: A Phenomenological Approach to Political Commitment.” Sociological Forum 15:117-144.

Passy, Florence and Marco Giugni. 2001. “Social Networks and Individual Perceptions: Explaining Differential Participation in Social Movements.” Sociological Forum 16:123-153.

Passy, Florence. 2001. “Socialization, Connection, and the Structure/Agency Gap: A Specification of the Impact of Networks on Participation in Social Movements.” Mobilization, , 6(2):173-192.

Pastor, Juan-Carlos. 2002. “A Network Effects Model of Charisma Attributions.” Academy of Management Journal 45:410-.

Pastor, Juan-Carlos; Meindl, James R.; Mayo, Margarita C. “A Network Effects Model of Charisma Attributions.” Academy of Management Journal, Apr2002. Vol. 45 Issue 2, p410, 11p;

Patrucco, Pier Paolo. “Institutional Variety, Networking and Knowledge Exchange: Communication and Innovation in the Case of the Brianza Technological District.” Regional Studies, vol. 37, no. 2, April 2003. pp. 159-72.

Patrucco, Pier Paolo. “Institutional Variety, Networking and Knowledge Exchange: Communication and Innovation in the Case of the Brianza Technological District.” Regional Studies, vol. 37, no. 2, April 2003. pp. 159-72.

Patrucco, Pier Paolo. 2003. “Institutional Variety, Networking and Knowledge Exchange: Communication and Innovation in the Case of the Brianza Technological District.” Regional Studies 37(2):159-72.

Pattison, Philippa and Garry Robins. 2002. “Neighborhood-Based Models for Social Networks.” Sociological Methodology 32:301-337.

Pattison, Philippa and Stanley Wasserman. 1995. “Constructing Algebraic Models for Local Social Networks Using Statistical Methods.” Journal of Mathematical Psychology 39:57-72.

Pattison, Philippa and Stanley Wasserman. 1999. “Logit Models and Logistic Regressions for Social Networks: II. Multivariate Relations.” British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology 52:169-193.

Pattison, Philippa E. and Ronald L. Breiger. 2002. “Lattices and Dimensional Representations: Matrix Decompositions and Ordering Structures.” Social Networks 24:423-444.

Pattison, Philippa, Stanley Wasserman, Garry Robins and A.M. Kanfer. 2000. “Statistical Evaluation of Algebraic Constraints for Social Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Psychology

Pattison, Philippa. 1993. Algebraic Models for Social Networks. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Pattison, Philippa. 2001. “Constructing Models for Social Space.” Melbourne, Australia: Dean’s Lecture Series (July 21, 2002)

Patton, Travis; Willer, David. “Connection and Power in Centralized Exchange Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1990. 16, 1, 31-49.

Paulson, S. 1985. “A Paradigm for the Analysis of Interorganizational Networks.” Social Networks 7:105-1126.

Pauly, Louis W. and Simon Reich. 1997. “National Structures and Multinational Corporate Behavior: Enduring Differences in the Age of Globalization.” International Organization 51:1-30.

Pavitt, Charles. “Does Communication Matter in Social Influence during Small Group Discussion? Five Positions.” Communication Studies, 1993, 44, 3-4, fall, 216-227.

Pawlowsky, P., 1992, Betriebliche Qualifikationsstrategien und organisationales Lernen. In W.H. Staehle and P. Conrad (eds.) Managementforschung (Vol. 2). Berlin: de Gruyter, pp. 177-237.

Paxton, Pamela. 1999. “Is Social Capital Declining in the United States? A Multiple Indicator Assessment.” American Journal of Sociology 105:88-127.

Paxton, Pamela. 2002. “Social Capital and Democracy: An Interdependent Relationship.” American Sociological Review 67:254-277.

Paxton, Susan J., Helena K. Schutz, Eleanor H. Wertheim, and Sharryn L. Muir. 1999. “Friendship Clique and Peer Influences on Body Image Concerns, Dietary Restraints, Extreme Weight-Loss Behaviors, and Binge Eating in Adolescent Girls.” Journal of Abnormal Psychology 108:255-266.

Payne, William H; Macarty, Matthew J. 2002. “The Anatomy of an Angel Investing Network: Tech Coast Angels.” Venture Capital 4:331-336.

Payton, Fay Cobb. “Rethinking the Digital Divide.” Communications of the ACM, Jun2003. Vol. 46 Issue 6, p89, 3p

Pearce, John A. II and A. DeNisi. 1983. “Dominant Coalition Formation as Interpreted through Attribution Theory.” Academy of Management Journal 26:119-128.

Pearce, John A. II. 1995. “A Structural Analysis of Dominant Coalitions in Small Banks.” Journal of Management 21:1075-1095.

Pearce, Neil and George Davey Smith. 2003. “Is Social Capital the Key to Inequalities in Health?” American Journal of Public Health 93:122-129.

Pearce, Robert and Papanastassiou, Marina. “R&D Networks and Innovation: Decentralised Product Development in Multinational Enterprises.” Transforming international organizations. 1998. pp. 560-78.

Pearce, Robert and Papanastassiou, Marina. “R&D Networks and Innovation: Decentralised Product Development in Multinational Enterprises.” Transforming international organizations. 1998. pp. 560-78.

Pearce, Robert D. 1989. The Internationalization of Research and Development. London, UK: Macmillan.

Pearce, Robert D. and Satwinder Singh. 1992. “Internationalisation of Research and Development among the World’s Leading Enterprises: Survey Analysis of Organisation and Motivation.” Pp. 137-162 in Technology Management and International Business: Internationalization of R&D and Technology, edited by O. Granstrand, L. Håkanson, and S. Sjölander. Chichester, UK: Wiley.

Pearce, Robert D. and Satwinder Singh. 1992. Globalising Research and Development. London, UK: Macmillan.

Pearson, Geoffrey. “Normal Drug Use: Ethnographic Fieldwork among an Adult Network of Recreational Drug Users in Inner London.” Substance Use & Misuse, 2001. 36, 1-2, 167-200.

Pearson, Michael; Michell, Lynn. “Smoke Rings: Social Network Analysis of Friendship Groups, Smoking and Drug-Taking.” Drugs: Education, Prevention and Policy, 2000, 7, 1, Feb, 21-37.

Pearson, Michael; Michell, Lynn. 2000. “Smoke Rings: Social Network Analysis of Friendship Groups, Smoking and Drug-Taking.” Drugs: Education, Prevention and Policy 7:21-37.

Pearson, Robin; Richardson, David. “Business Networking in the Industrial Revolution.” Economic History Review 54(4): 2001. 657-79.

Pearson, Ruth. “Argentina’s Barter Network: New Currency for New Times?” Bulletin of Latin American Research, 2003. 22, 2, Apr, 214-230.

Pecorino, Paul. “Can By-Product Lobbying Firms Compete?.” Journal of Public Economics, vol. 82, no. 3, December 2001, pp. 377-97.

Pecorino, Paul. “Exogenous Tariff Changes with an Endogenous Lobbying Response.” Public Choice, vol. 92, no. 1-2, July 1997, pp. 91-108.

Pecorino, Paul. “Is There a Free-Rider Problem in Lobbying? Endogenous Tariffs, Trigger Strategies, and the Number of Firms.” American Economic Review, vol. 88, no. 3, June 1998, pp. 652-60.

Pecorino, Paul. “Market Structure, Tariff Lobbying and the Free-Rider Problem.” Public Choice, vol. 106, no. 3-4, March 2001, pp. 203-20.

Peek, M. Kristen and Gregory S. O’Neill. 2001. “Networks in Later Life: An Examination of Race Differences in Social Support Networks.” International Journal of Aging and Human Development 52:207-229.

Peek, M. Kristen and Nan Lin. 1999. “Age Differences in the Effects of Network Composition on Psychological Distress.” Social Science and Medicine 49:621-636.

Peerenboom, Randall. “Social Networks, Rule of Law and Economic Growth in China: The Elusive Pursuit of the Right Combination of Private and Public Ordering.” Global Economic Review 31(2): 2002. 1-19.

Peirce, William S. “Innovation and Diffusion in the “Single Europe”: Institutional Structure and Industrial Prospects for the European Communities.” Technological Forecasting and Social Change 1991. 39, 1-2, Mar-Apr, 35-44.

Peirce, William S. “Innovation and Diffusion in the “Single Europe”: Institutional Structure and Industrial Prospects for the European Communities.” Technological Forecasting and Social Change 1991. 39, 1-2, Mar-Apr, 35-44.

Pekec, Aleksandar; Roberts, Fred S. “The Role Assignment Model Nearly Fits Most Social Networks.” Mathematical Social Sciences 41(3): 2001. 275-93.

Peli, Gabor, Jeroen Bruggeman, Michael Masuch and Breanndan O Nuallain. 1994. “A Logical Approach to Formalizing Organizational Ecology.” American Sociological Review 59:571-593.

Pelkmans, Jacques. “Making EU Network Markets Competitive.” Oxford Review of Economic Policy 17(3): Autumn 2001. 432-56.

Pelletiere, Danilo; Rodrigo, G Chris. “Economic Geography and Policy in the Network Age: A Survey of Data, Analysis, and Policy.” Innovation policy in the knowledge-based economy. 2001. Pp. 231-57.

Peltzman, Sam; Winston, Clifford. “Deregulation of Network Industries: Conclusion.” Deregulation of network industries: What’s next? 2000. 189-91.

Pendergast, Mark; Hayne, Stephen. “Groupware and social networks: Will life ever be the same again?” Information & Software Technology, 04/25/99, Vol. 41 Issue 6, p311, 8p.

Peng, Mike W. “The Resource-Based View and International Business. Journal of Management, 2001. Vol. 27 Issue 6, P803, 27p;

Peng, Yusheng. 2004. “Kinship Networks and Entrepreneurs in China’s Transitional Economy.” American Journal of Sociology 109:1045-1074.

Pennar, Karen. 1997. “The Ties that Lead to Prosperity.” Business Week, December 15:153-155.

Pennings, Johannes M and Harianto, Farid. “Technological Networking and Innovation Implementation.” Organization Science 1992. 3, 3, Aug, 356-382.

Pennings, Johannes M and Harianto, Farid. “Technological Networking and Innovation Implementation.” Organization Science 1992. 3, 3, Aug, 356-382.

Pennings, Johannes M. 1975. “The Relevance of the Structural-Contingency Model for Organizational Effectiveness.” Administrative Science Quarterly 20:393-410.

Pennings, Johannes M. 1980. Intelocking Directorates. San Francsico: Jossey Bass.

Pennings, Johannes M. 1981. “Strategically Interdependent Organizations.” Pp. 433-455 in Handbook of Organizational Design. Vol. 1, edited by P. Nystrom and W. H. Starbuck. New York: Oxford University Press.

Pennings, Johannes M. 1987. “Structural Contingency Theory: A Multivariate Test.” Organization Studies 8(3):223-240.

Pennings, Johannes M. and Arend Buitendam (eds.). 1988. New Technology as Organizational Innovation: The Development and Diffusion of Microelectronics.

Pennings, Johannes M. and Arend Buitendam (eds.). 1988. New Technology as Organizational Innovation: The Development and Diffusion of Microelectronics.

Pennings, Johannes M. and Christopher G. Gresov. 1986. “Technoeconomic and Structural Correlates of Organizational Culture.” Organization Studies 7:317-334.

Pennings, Johannes M., Kyungmook Lee and Arjen van Witteloostuijn. 1998. “Human Capital, Social Capital, and Firm Dissolution.” Academy of Management Journal 41:425-440.

Pennings, Johannes, M., Harry Barkema, and Sytse Douma. 1994. “Organizational learning and diversification.” Academy of Management Journal, 37: 608-640.

Penrose, Edith T. 1959. The Theory of the Growth of the Firm. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Pereira, Ines. “Networked Identities: The Construction of Identities and the Associative Movement.” Sociologia - Problemas e Praticas, 2002. 40, Sept-Dec, 107-121.

Peretti, Peter O. “Perceived Primary Group Criteria in the Relational Network of Closest Friendships.” Adolescence, 1980, 15, 59, fall, 555-565.

Peretti, Peter O. 1980. “Perceived Primary Group Criteria in the Relational Network of Closest Friendships.” Adolescence; v15 n59 p555-65 .

Perez-Aleman, Paola. “Decentralised Production Organisation and Institutional Transformation: Large and Small Firm Networks in Chile and Nicaragua.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 27(6): 2003. 789-805.

Perks, Helen; Halliday, Sue Vaux. “Sources, Signs and Signalling For Fast Trust Creation in Organisational Relationships. European Management Journal 2003. Vol. 21 Issue 3, P338, 13p;

Perlmutter, H. V., and Heenan, D. A. 1986. Cooperate to compete globally. Harvard Business Review, March-April: 136-152.

Perreault, Thomas. “Changing Places: Transnational Networks, Ethnic Politics, and Community Development in the Ecuadorian Amazon.” Political Geography, 2003, 22, 1, Jan, 61-88.

Perreault, Thomas. “Changing Places: Transnational Networks, Ethnic Politics, and Community Development in the Ecuadorian Amazon.” Political Geography, 2003. 22, 1, Jan, 61-88.

Perrow, Charles. 1972. Complex Organizations: A Critical Essay. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

Perrow, Charles. 1972. Complex Organizations: A Critical Essay. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

Perrow, Charles. 1984. Normal Accidents: Living with High-Risk Technologies. New York: Basic Books.

Perrow, Charles. 1986. “Economic Theories of Organization.” Theory and Society 15:11-45.

Perrow, Charles. 1986. “Economic Theories of Organization.” Theory and Society 15:11-45.

Perrow, Charles. 1986. “Economic Theories of Organizations.” Theory and Society 15:11-45.

Perrow, Charles. 1991. “A Society of Organizations.” Theory and Society 20:725-762.

Perrow, Charles. 1991. “A Society of Organizations.” Theory and Society 20:725-762.

Perrow, Charles. 1992. “Organisational Theorists in a Society of Organisations.” International Sociology 7:371-380.

Perrow, Charles. 1992. “Organizational Theorists in a Society of Organizations.” International Sociology 7:371-380.

Perrow, Charles. 1992. “Organizational Theorists in a Society of Organizations.” International Sociology 7:371-380.

Perrow, Charles. 1992. “Small-Firm Networks.” Pp. 445-79 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Perrow, Charles. 1995. “Society at Risk in a Society of Organizations.” Pp 19-35 in Populations at Risk in America: Vulnerable Groups at the End of the Twentieth Century, edited by George J. Demko and Michael C. Jackson. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Perrow, Charles. 2000. “An Organizational Analysis of Organizational Theory.” Contemporary Sociology 29:469-476.

Perrucci, Robert and Harry R. Potter (eds.). 1989. Networks of Power: Organizational actors at the National, Corporate, and Community Levels. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Perrucci, Robert and Mark Pilisuk. 1970. “Leaders and Ruling Elites: The Interorganizational Bases of Community Power.” American Sociological Review 35:1040-1057.

Perrucci, Robert. 1994. Japanese Auto Transplants in the Heartland. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Perrucci, Robert; Potter, Harry R, eds. “Networks of power: Organizational actors at the national, corporate, and community levels.” Social Institutions and Social Change series New York: Aldine de Gruyter, 1989, pp. viii, 136

Perry, M. 1996. “Network Intermediaries and Their Effectiveness.” International Small Business Journal 14:81-89.

Perry-Smith, Jill E. and Christina E. Shalley. “The Social Side of Creativity: A Static and Dynamic Social Network Perspective. Academy of Management Review 2003. V28 I1 P89(16)

Perry-Smith, Jill E.; Shalley, Christina E. “The Social Side of Creativity: A Static and Dynamic Social Network Perspective.” Academy of Management Review, Jan2003. Vol. 28 Issue 1, p89, 18p.

Pescosolido, Bernice A. “Bringing the "Community" into Utilization Models: How Social Networks Link Individuals to Changing Systems of Care.” Research in the Sociology of Health Care, 1996, 13(Part A), 171-197.

Pescosolido, Bernice A. “Bringing the ‘Community’ into Utilization Models: How Social Networks Link Individuals to Changing Systems of Care.” Research in the Sociology of Health Care, 1996, 13(Part A), 171-197.

Pescosolido, Bernice A. 1986. “Migration, Medical Care Preferences and the Lay Referral System: A Network Theory of Role Assimilation.” American Sociological Review 51:523-540.

Pescosolido, Bernice A. and Beth A. Rubin. 2000. “The Web of Group Affiliations Revisited: Social Life, Postmodernism, and Sociology.” American Sociological Review 65:52-76.

Pescosolido, Bernice A. and Eric R. Wright. 2004. “The View from Two Worlds: The Convergence of Social Network Reports Between Mental Health Clients and Their Ties.” Social Science & Medicine 58:1795-1806.

Pescosolido, Bernice A. and Judith A. Levy. 2002. “The Role of Social Networks in Health, Illness, Disease and Healing: The Accepting Present, the Forgotten Past, and the Dangerous Potential for a Complacent Future.” Advances in Medical Sociology 8:3-25.

Pescosolido, Bernice A. and Judith A. Levy. 2002. “The Role of Social Networks in Health, Illness, Disease and Healing: The Accepting Present, the Forgotten Past, and the Dangerous Potential for a Complacent Future.” Advances in Medical Sociology 8:3-25.

Pescosolido, Bernice A. and Sharon Georgianna. 1989. “Durkheim, Suicide, and Religion: Toward a Network Theory of Suicide.” American Sociological Review 54:33-48.

Pescosolido, Bernice. 1992. “Beyond Rational Choice: The Social Dynamics of How People Seek Help.” American Journal of Sociology 97:1096-1138.

Pessali, Huascar F. and Ramon G. Fernande. 1999. “Institutional Economics at the Micro Level? What Transaction Costs Theory Could Learn from Original Institutionalism (in the Spirit of Building Bridges).” Journal of Economic Issues 33(2):265-.

Peter E.D. Love; A. Gunasekaran. “Learning Alliances: A Customer-Supplier Focus For Continuous Improvement in Manufacturing. Industrial & Commercial Training, 1999. Vol. 31 Issue 3, P88, 9p;

Peter J. Taylor, D.R.F. Walker and J.V. Beaverstock, “Firms and Their Global Service Networks,” pp. 93-115 in Saskia Sassen (ed.), Global Networks, Linked Cities (New York: Routledge, 2002).

Peter Naudé and Peter W. Turnbull (eds.) 1998. Network dynamics in international marketing. Oxford: Pergamon.

Peteraf, Margaret A. 1993. “The Cornerstones of Competitive Advantage: A Resource-Based View.” Strategic Management Journal 14(3):179-191.

Peteraf, Margaret and Mark Shanley. 1997. “Social Learning and the ‘Fundamental Paradox’ of Transaction Cost Economics.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:193-222.

Peteraf, Margaret and Mark Shanley. 1997. “Social Learning and the ‘Fundamental Paradox’ of Transaction Cost Economics.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:193-222.

Peteraf, Margaret and Mark Shanley. 1997. “Social Learning and the ‘Fundamental Paradox’ of Transaction Cost Economics.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:193-222.

Peteraf, Margaret, and Mark Shanley. 1997. “Getting to know you; A theory of strategic group identity.” Strategic Management Journal (Special Issue) 18: 165-186.

Peters, B. Guy. 1994. “Managing the Hollow State.” International Journal of Public Administration 17:739-756.

Peters, B. Guy. 1994. “Managing the Hollow State.” International Journal of Public Administration 17:739-756.

Peters, B. Guy. 1996. “Political Institutions, Old and New.” Pp. 205-220 in A New Handbook of Political Science, edited by Robert Goodin and Hans-Dieter Klingemann. New York: Oxford University Press.

Peters, Lois, Peter Groenewegen and Nico Fiebelkorn. 1998. “A Comparison of Networks Between Industry and Public Sector Research in Materials Technology and Biotechnology.” Research Policy 27:255-271.

Peters, Lois; Groenewegen, Peter; Fiebelkorn, Nico. “A Comparison of Networks between Industry and Public Sector Research in Materials Technology and Biotechnology.” Research Policy, vol. 27, no. 3, July 1998, pp. 255-71.

Peters, T. 1992. Liberation Management. New York. Knopf

Petersen, M.A. and R.G. Rajan. 1994. “The Benefits of Lending Relationships: Evidence from Small Business Data.” Journal of Finance 49:3-38.

Petersen, Trond and Seymour Spilerman. 1990. “Job-Quits from an Internal Labor Market.” Pp. 69-95 in Event History Analysis in Life Course Research, edited by Karl U. Mayer and Nancy B. Tuma. Madison, WI: University of Wisconsin Press.

Petersen, Trond, Ishak Saporta and Marc-David L. Seidel. 2000. “Offering a Job: Meritocracy and Social Networks.” American Journal of Sociology 106:763-816.

Petersen, Trond. 1990. “Analyzing Event Histories.” Pp. 259-88 in New Statistical Methods in Longitudinal Research, Vol. 2, edited by A. von Eye. Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Petersen, Trond. 1991. “The Statistical Analysis of Event Histories.” Sociological Methods and Research 19:270-323.

Petersen, Trond. 1991. “Time-Aggregation Bias in Continuous-Time Hazard-Rate Models.” Sociological Methodology 21:263-290.

Peterson, John, and Margaret Sharp. 1998. Technology Policy in the European Union. London, UK: Macmillan Press.

Peterson, John. 1992. “The European Technology Community: Policy Networks in a Supranational Setting.” In Policy Networks in British Government, edited by David Marsh and R.A.W. Rhodes. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Peterson, John. 1995. “Policy Networks and European Union Policy Making: A Reply to Kassim.” West European Politics 18(2):389-407.

Peterson, John. 1997. “States, Societies and the European Union.” West European Politics 20(4):1-23.

Peterson, Richard A. 1979. “Revitalizing the Culture Concept.” Annual Review of Sociology 5:137-166.

Peterson, Richard A. 2000. “Two Ways Culture Is Produced.” Poetics 28(2-3):225-233.

Petro, Nicolai N. 2001. “Creating Social Capital in Russia: the Novgorod Model.” World Development 29:229-.

Pettigrew, Andrew M. 1979. “On Studying Organizational Cultures.” Administrative Science Quarterly 24:570-581.

Pettigrew, Andrew, Silvia Massini and Tsuyoshi Numagami, 2000, Innovative forms of organising in Europe and Japan, European Management Journal, 18:3, pp. 259-273.

Pettit, Becky and Sara McLanahan. 2003. “Residential Mobility and Children's Social Capital: Evidence from an Experiment.” Social Science Quarterly 84:632-649.

Pettit, Dean; Sheppard, Jerry Paul. “It’s Not Easy Being Green: The Limits of Green Consumerism in Light of the Logic of Collective Action.” Queen’s Quarterly 1992. 99, 2, summer, 328-350.

Pfaff, Steven; Kim, Hyojoung. “Exit-Voice Dynamics in Collective Action: An Analysis of Emigration and Protest in the East German Revolution.” American Journal of Sociology 2003. 109, 2, Sept, 401-444.

Pfaff, Steven; Yang, Guobin. “Double-Edged Rituals and the Symbolic Resources of Collective Action: Political Commemorations and the Mobilization of Protest in 1989.” Theory and Society 2001. 30, 4, Aug, 539-589.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Alison Davis-Blake. 1987. “Understanding Organizational Wage Structures: A Resource Dependence Approach.” Academy of Management Journal 30:437-455.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Alison Davis-Blake. 1990. “Unions and Job Satisfaction: An Alternative View.” Work and Occupations 17:259-283.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Anthony Leong. 1977. “Resource Allocations in United Funds: Examination of Power and Dependence.” Social Forces 55:775-790.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Gerald R. Salancik. 1974. “Organizational Decision Making as a Political Process: The Case of a University Budget.” Administrative Science Quarterly 19:135-151.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Gerald R. Salancik. 1978. The External Control of Organization: A Resource Dependence Perspective. New York: Harper and Row.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and James N. Baron. 1988. “Taking the Workers Back Out: Recent Trends in the Structuring of Employment.” Research in Organizational Behavior 10:257-303.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Jerry Ross. 1990. “Gender-Based Wage Differences: The Effects of Organizational Context.” Work and Occupations 17:55-78.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Philip Nowak. 1976. “Joint Ventures and Interorganizational Interdependence.” Aministrative Science Quarterly 21:398-418.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Robert I. Sutton. 2000. The Knowing-Doing Gap: How Smart Companies Turn Knowledge into Action. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey and Yinon Cohen. 1984. “Determinants of Internal Labor Markets in Organizations.” Aministrative Science Quarterly 29:550-572.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1972. “Merger as a Response to Organizational Interdependence.” Administrative Science Quarterly 17:382-394.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1973. “Executive Recruitment and the Development of Interfirm Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 18:449-461.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1978. “The Micropolitics of Organizations.” Pp. 29-50 in Environments and Organizations, edited by Marshall Meyer and Associates. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1981. Power in Organizations. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1982. “Marxist Analyses of Organizations.” Pp. 162-180 in Organizations and Organizational Theory. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1982. “Resource Dependence.” Pp. 192-207 in Organizations and Organization Theory. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1982. Organizations and Organizational Theory. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1982. Organizations and Organizational Theory. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1987. “A Resource Dependence Perspective on Intercorporate Relations.” Pp. 25-55 in Intercorporate Relations: The Structural Analysis of Business, edited by Mark Mizruchi and Michael Schwartz. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1987. “Bringing the environment back in: The social context of business strategy.” In David J. Teece (ed.) The Competitive Challenge: 119-135. San

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1991. “Organization Theory and Structural Perspectives on Management.” Journal of Management 17:789-803.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1992. “Understanding Power in Organizations.” California Management Review 34(2):29-50.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1992. “When It Comes to ‘Best Practices’--Why Do Smart Organizations Occasionally Do Dumb Things?” Organizational Dynamics 19(Summer):33-44.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1992. Managing with Power: Politics and Influence in Organizations. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1993. “Barriers to the Advance of Organizational Science: Paradigm Development as a Dependent Variable.” Academy of Management Review 18:599-620.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1993. “Barriers to the Advance of Organizational Science: Paradigm Development as a Dependent Variable.” Academy of Management Review 18:599-620.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1994. Competitive Advantage Through People: Unleashing the Power of the Workplace. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1997. “Developing and Exercising Power and Influence.” Pp. 136-155 in New Directions for Organization Theory: Problems and Prospects. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1997. “Organizations from a Critical Theory Perspective.” Pp. 177-188 in New Directions for Organization Theory: Problems and Prospects. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1997. “Structural Contingency Theory.” Pp. 158-163 in New Directions for Organization Theory: Problems and Prospects. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1997. New Directions for Organization Theory: Problems and Prospects. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Pfeffer, Jeffrey. 1998. The Human Equation: Building Profits by Putting People First. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Phan, Denis; Sommer, Thierry. “Governance and Technological Change: Transaction Costs in Telco-equipment Supplier Networks.” Convergence in communications and beyond. 2000, pp. 141-71.

Phan, Philip H.; Peridis, Theodore. “Knowledge Creation in Strategic Alliances: Another Look At Organizational Learning. Asia Pacific Journal of Management 2000. Vol. 17 Issue 2, P201, 22p;

Phillips, Bruce D. 1991. “The Increasing Role of Small Firms in the High-Technology Sector: Evidence from the 1980s.” Business Economics 26:40-47.

Phillips, Bruce D. 1993. “The Growth of Small Firm Jobs by State, 1984-88.” Business Economics 28(2):48-53.

Phillips, Diane M.; Phillips, Jason Keith. “A social network analysis of business logistics and transportation.” International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics Management, 1998. Vol. 28 Issue 5/6, p328, 21p;

Phillips, J L; Thompson, E G. 1977. “An Analysis of the Conceptual Representation of Relations: Components in a Network Model of Cognitive Organization.” Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour 7:161-184.

Phillips, Kevin. 1990. The Politics of Rich and Poor: Wealth and the American Electorate in the Reagan Aftermath. Nw York: Random House.

Phillips, Kevin. 1993. Boiling Point: Democrats, Republicans, and the Decline of Middle-Class Prosperity. New York: Random House.

Phillips, N., Lawrence, T. B., and Hardy, C. 2000. “Inter-Organizational Collaboration and the Dynamics of Institutional Fields.” Journal of Management Studies, 37(1): 23-43.

Phillips, Susan D. 1991. “Meaning and Structure in Social Movements: Mapping the Network of National Canadian Women's Organizations.” Canadian Journal of Political Science 24:755-782.

Phillipson, Chris; Bernard, Miriam; Phillips, Judith; Ogg, Jim. 1998. “The Family and Community Life of Older People: Household Composition and Social Networks in Three Urban Areas.” Ageing and Society 18:259-289.

Phoenix, Janet A. “Building Community Networks for Environmental Health.” Preventive strategies for living in a chemical world: A symposium in honor of Irving J. Selikoff. 1997, pp. 551-53.

Piazza-Georgi, Barbara. 2002. “The Role of Human and Social Capital in Growth: Extending Our Understanding.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 26:461-479.

Pichault, Francois. “A Political Model of Change in Network Organizations.” European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology 1998. 7:215-232.

Picker, Randal C. “Pursuing a Remedy in Microsoft: The Declining Need for Centralized Coordination in a Networked World.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 158(1): 2002. 113-54.

Pickvance, Chris. “Inaction, Individual Action and Collective Action as Responses to Housing Dissatisfaction: A Comparative Study of Budapest and Moscow.” Research in Social Movements, Conflicts and Change 2001. 23, 179-206.

Pickvance, Christopher G. “Democratisation and the Decline of Social Movements: The Effects of Regime Change on Collective Action in Eastern Europe, Southern Europe and Latin America.” Sociology 1999. 33, 2, May, 353-372.

Picot, Arnold, Tanja Ripperger and Birgitta Wolff. 1996. “The Fading Boundaries of the Firm: The Role of Information and Communication Technology.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 152:65-88.

Pierce, John C., Nicholas P. Lovrich and C. David Moon. “Social Capital and Government Performance: An Analysis of 20 American Cities. Public Performance and Management Review 2002. V25 I4 P341(18)

Pierson, Christopher. 1995. Socialism After Communism. University Park, PA: Pennsylvania State University Press.

Pil, F. K. and C.R. Leana. 2000. “Free-agency versus high involvement approaches to skill development: Enhancing relational wealth.” Pp. 116-129 in Relational Wealth The Advantages of Stability in a Changing Economy, edited by C. R. Leana and D. M. Rousseau. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Pil, Frits K. and John Paul MacDuffie. 1996. “The Adoption of High-Involvement Work Practices.” Industrial Relations 35:423-455.

Pildes, R.H. 1996. “The Destruction of Social Capital Through Law.” University of Pennsylvania Law Review 144(5):2055-2077.

Pilisuk, Marc. “A Job and a Home: Social Networks and the Integration of the Mentally Disabled in the Community.” American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 2001, 71, 1, Jan, 49-60.

Pilisuk, Marc. “A Job and a Home: Social Networks and the Integration of the Mentally Disabled in the Community.” American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 2001, 71, 1, Jan, 49-60.

Pilisuk, Marc. “A Job and a Home: Social Networks and the Integration of the Mentally Disabled in the Community.” American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 2001. 71, 1, Jan, 49-60.

Pilisuk, Marc; Froland, Charles. “Kinship, Social Networks, Social Support and Health.” Social Science and Medicine, 1978, 12, 4B, Oct, 273-280.

Pilisuk, Marc; Froland, Charles. “Kinship, Social Networks, Social Support and Health.” Social Science and Medicine, 1978, 12, 4B, Oct, 273-280.

Pilkington, Alan. 1996. “Learning from Joint Venture: The Rover-Honda Relationship.” Business History 38:90-114.

Pilkington, Alan. 1996. “Learning from Joint Venture: The Rover-Honda Relationship.” Business History 38:90-114.

Pinarcioglu, Melih; Isik, Oguz. “The Power-Based Network Relations among the Urban Poor after 1980: The Case of Sultanbeyli.” Toplum ve Bilim/Science & Society, 2001. 89, 31-61.

Pinch, Trevor J. and Wiebe E. Bijker. 1987. “The Social Construction of Facts and Artifacts.” in The Social Construction of Technological Systems, edited by W. E. Bijker, T. P. Hughes, and T. J. Pinch. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Pinderhughes, Ellen E; Nix, Robert; Foster, E Michael; Jones, Damon. “Parenting in Context: Impact of Neighborhood Poverty, Residential Stability, Public Services, Social Networks, and Danger on Parental Behaviors.” Journal of Marriage and the Family, 2001. 63, 4, Nov, 941-953.

Pinegar, J. Michael and Lisa Wilbricht. 1989. “What Managers Think of Capital Structure Theory: A Survey.” Financial Management 18:82-91.

Pinkerton, K David. 1998. “Network Similarity (NETSIM) as a Method of Assessing Structural Knowledge for Large Groups.” Journal of Interactive Learning Research; v9 n3-4 p249-69

Piore, Michael and Charles F. Sabel. 1984. The Second Industrial Divide: Possibilities for Prosperity. New York: Basic Books.

Piper, Nicola; Uhlin, Anders. “Transnational Advocacy Networks, Female Labor Migration and Trafficking in East and Southeast Asia: A Gendered Analysis of Opportunities and Obstacles.” Asian and Pacific Migration Journal, 2002. 11, 2, 171-195.

Pisano, Gary P. 1989. “Using Equity Participation to Support Exchange: Evidence from the Biotechnology Industry.” Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 5:109-126.

Pitelis, Christos (ed.). 1993. Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Pitelis, Christos (ed.). 1993. Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Pitelis, Christos. 1996. “Seven Reasons Why ‘Beyond’ Transaction Cost Economics to Thesmoecomonics.” Pp. 271-287 in Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond, edited by John Groenewegen. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Pitelis, Christos. 1996. “Seven Reasons Why ‘Beyond’ Transaction Cost Economics to Thesmoecomonics.” Pp. 271-287 in Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond, edited by John Groenewegen. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Plakans, Andrejs; Wetherell, Charles. “Households and Kinship Networks: The Costs and Benefits of Contextualization.” Continuity and Change, 2003, 18, 1, May, 49-76.

Plakans, Andrejs; Wetherell, Charles. “Households and Kinship Networks: The Costs and Benefits of Contextualization.” Continuity and Change, 2003. 18, 1, May, 49-76.

Platone, Maria Luisa. “Social Networks and Reflective Teams: The Application of a Model of Educational and Community Change in Venezuela.” Espacio abierto, 2000, 9, 2, Apr-June, 253-270.

Platt, Anthony M. 1972. The Child Savers: The Invention of Delinquency. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Pleschak, Franz; Stummer, Frank. “East German Industrial Research: Improved Competitiveness through Innovative Networks.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. 175-89.

Plouraboue, Franck; Steyer, Alexandre; Zimmermann, Jean-Benoit. “Learning Induced Critically in Consumers' Adoption Pattern: A Neural Network Approach.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 6, no. 1, 1998, pp. 73-90.

Podgursky, Michael. 1986. “Unions, Establishment Size, and Intra-Industry Threat Effects.” Industrial and Labor Relations 39:277-284.

Podolny, Joel M. 1993. “A Status-Based Model of Market Competition.” American Journal of Sociology 98:829-872.

Podolny, Joel M. 1994. “Market Uncertainty and the Social Character of Economic Exchange.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:458-483.

Podolny, Joel M. 2001. “Networks as the Pipes and Prisms of the Market.” American Journal of Sociology 107:33-60.

Podolny, Joel M. 2001. “Networks as the Pipes and Prisms of the Market.” American Journal of Sociology 107:33-60.

Podolny, Joel M. and D.J. Phillips. 1996. “The Dynamics of Organizational Status.” Industrial and Corporate Change 5:453-472.

Podolny, Joel M. and James N. Baron. 1997. “Relationships and Resources: Social Networks and Mobility in the Workplace.” American Sociological Review 62:673-693.

Podolny, Joel M. and Karen L. Page. 1998. “Network Forms of Organizations.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:57-76.

Podolny, Joel M. and Toby E. Stuart. 1995. “A Role-Based Ecology of Technological Change.” American Journal of Sociology 100:1224-1260.

Podolny, Joel M., Toby E. Stuart and Michael T. Hannan. 1996. “Networks, Knowledge, and Niches: Competition in the Worldwide Semiconductor Industry, 1984-1991.” American Journal of Sociology 102:659-689.

Podsakoff, Philip M. and Dan R. Dalton. 1987. “Research Methodology in Organizational Studies.” Journal of Management 13:419-441.

Poh-Kam, Wong. “Competing in the Global Electronics Industry: A Comparative Study of the Innovation Networks of Singapore and Taiwan.” Journal of Industry Studies 1995. 2, 2, Dec, 35-61.

Poh-Kam, Wong. “Competing in the Global Electronics Industry: A Comparative Study of the Innovation Networks of Singapore and Taiwan.” Journal of Industry Studies 1995. 2, 2, Dec, 35-61.

Poirier, Charles. 2004. The networked supply chain: applying breakthrough BPM technology to meet relentless customer demands. Boca Raton, FL: J. Ross Publishing.

Pol, Enric. “The Theoretical Background of the City-Identity-Sustainability Network.” Environment and Behavior, 2002. 34, 1, Jan, 8-25.

Pol, Enric; Castrechini, Angela. “City-Identity-Sustainability Research Network: Final Words.” Environment and Behavior, 2002. 34, 1, Jan, 150-160.

Pol, Enric; Moreno, Emilia; Guardia, Joan; Iniguez, Lupicinio. “Identity, Quality of Life, and Sustainability in an Urban Suburb of Barcelona: Adjustment to the City-Identity-Sustainability Network Structural Model.” Environment and Behavior, 2002. 34, 1, Jan, 67-80.

Polachek, Solomon. 1981. “Occupational Self-Selection: A Human Capital Approach to Sex Differences in Occupational Structure.” Review of Economics and Statistics 63:60-69.

Polanyi, M. (1962). Personal knowledge: Toward a post-critical philosophy. London: Routledge and Kegan.

Polivka, Anne E. 1996. “A Profile of Contingent Workers.” Monthly Labor Review October:10-21.

Pollack, Andrew. 1999. “Patenting Life: Biological Products Raise Genetic Ownership Issues.” New York Times November 26:A1.

Pollard, Jane S. “From Industrial District to 'Urban Village'? Manufacturing, Money and Consumption in Birmingham's Jewellery Quarter. Urban Studies, Jan2004. Vol. 41 Issue 1, p173, 21p;

Pollard, Tessa M., Leslie E. Carlin, Raj Bhopal, Nigel Unwin, Martin White and Colin Fischbacher. 2003. “Social Networks and Coronary Heart Disease Risk Factors in South Asians and Europeans in the UK.” Ethnicity & Health 8:263-275.

Pollitt, Michael. “The Economics of Trust, Norms and Networks.’ Business Ethics: A European Review 2002. V11 I2 P119(10)

Pollock, Timothy G., Joseph F. Porac, and James B. Wade. “Constructing Deal Networks: Brokers As Network ‘Architects’ in the U.S. IPO Market and Other Examples.” Academy of Management Review 2004. Vol. 29 Issue 1, P50, 23p

Pons, Christophe. “Networks of the Living, the Solidarity of the Dead: A Symbolic System in Iceland.” Terrain, 2002. 38, Mar, 127-140.

Pool, Ithiel De Sola and Manfred Kochen. 1978. “Contacts and Influence.” Social Networks 1:1-48.

Poole, Marshall S. 1985. “Comunication and Organizational Climates: Review, Critique, and a New Perspective.” Pp. 79-108 in Organizational Communication, edited by R.D. McPhee and P. K. Tompkins. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Poole, Marshall Scott. 1994. “Breaking the Isolation of Small Group Communication Studies.” Communication Studies 45:20-28.

Poorthuis A. e.a. Ketens en Netwerken. Een zoektocht naar samenhang. Lemma Utrecht.2003

Popielarz, Pamela A. 1999. “Organizational Constraints on Personal Network Formation.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 16:263-281.

Popielarz, Pamela A. and J. Miller McPherson. 1995. “On the Edge or In Between: Niche Position, Niche Overlap, and the Duration of Voluntary Association Memberships.” American Journal of Sociology 101:698-720.

Popper, Karl. 1959. The Logic of Scientific Discovery. New York: Basic Books.

Popping, Roel. “Knowledge Graphs and Network Text Analysis.” Social Science Information/Information sur les Sciences Sociales, 2003. 42, 1, Mar, 91-106.

Porac, Joseph F., and Howard Thomas. 1990. “Taxonomic mental models in competitor definition.” Academy of Management Review, 15: 224-240.

Porac, Joseph F., Howard Thomas, Fiona Wilson, Douglas Paton and Alaina Kanfer. 1995. “Rivalry and the Industry Model of Scottish Knitwear Producers.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:203-227.

Porac, Joseph F., James B. Wade and Timothy G. Pollock. 1999. “Industry Categories and the Politics of the Comparative Firm in CEO Compensation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:112-144.

Porac, Joseph, and Jose A. Rosa. 1996. “Rivalry, industry models, and the cognitive embeddedness of the comparable firm.” In J. Baum and J. Dutton (eds.) Advances in Strategic Management: The Embeddedness of Strategy: 363-388. Greenwich CT: JAI Press.

Poros, Maritsa V. “The Role of Migrant Networks in Linking Local Labour Markets: The Case of Asian Indian Migration to New York and London.” Global Networks, 2001. 1, 3, July, 243-259.

Porras Martinez, Jose Ignacio. “Policy Network or Public Policy Network: An Introduction to Its Research Methodology.” Estudios Sociologicos 2001. 19, 57, Sept-Dec, 721-745.

Porras Martinez, Jose Ignacio. “Policy Network or Public Policy Network: An Introduction to Its Research Methodology.” Estudios Sociologicos, 2001. 19, 57, Sept-Dec, 721-745.

Porter, Lyman W., Harold L. Angle and Robert W. Allen (eds.). 2003. Organizational Influence Processes, Second Edition. NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Porter, Michael and M.B. Fuller. 1986. “Coalitions and Global Strategy.” Pp. 315-44 in Competition in Global Industries, edited by Michael Porter. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Porter, Michael. 1985. Competitive Strategy. New York: Free Press

Porter, Michael. 1990. The Competitive Advantage of Nations. London: Macmillan.

Porter, Michael. 1991. “Toward a Dynamic Theory of Strategy.” Strategic Management Journal 12:95-117.

Portes, Alejandro and J. Sensenbrenner. 1993. “Embeddedness and Immigration: Notes on the Social Determinants of Economic Action.” American Journal of Sociology 98:1320-1350.

Portes, Alejandro and Patricia Landolt. 1996. “The Downside of Social Capital.” The American Prospect 26:18-21.

Portes, Alejandro. 1998. “Social Capital: Its Origins and Applications in Modern Sociology.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:1-24.

Posner, Richard A. 1993. “The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 149:73-87.

Posner, Richard A. 1993. “The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 149:73-87.

Post, J. E., W. C. Frederick, A. T. Lawrence, J. Weber. 1996. Business and Society: Corporate Strategy, Public Policy, and Ethics. McGraw Hill, New York.

Post, James E., Lee E. Preston and Sybille Sachs. 2002. “Managing the Extended Enterprise: The New Stakeholder View.” California Management Review 45:6-28.

Post, James E., William C. Frederick, Anne T. Lawrence and James Weber. 1996. Business and Society: Corporate Strategy, Public Policy, and Ethics. McGraw Hill, New York.

Post, Wendy; et al. “Reconstructing the Extended Kin-Network in the Netherlands with Genealogical Data: Methods, Problems, and Results.” Population Studies, vol. 51, no. 3, November 1997, pp. 263-78.

Post, Wendy; Van Poppel, Frans; Van Imhoff, Evert; Kruse, Ellen. “Reconstructing the Extended Kin-Network in the Netherlands with Genealogical Data: Methods, Problems, and Results.” Population Studies, 1997, 51, 3, Nov, 263-278.

Pothukuchi, Vijay, Fariborz Damanpour, Jaepil Choi, Chao C. Chen, Seung Ho Park. “National and Organizational Culture Differences and International Joint Venture Performance. Journal of International Business Studies Summer 2002. V33 I2 P243(23)

Potters, Jan; Van Winden, Frans. “Lobbying and Asymmetric Information.” Public Choice, 1992, 74, 3, Oct, 269-292.

Poulantzas, Nicos. 1969. “The Problem of the Capitalist State.” New Left Review 58:67-78.

Poulantzas, Nicos. 1978. Political Power and Social Classes. London: Verso.

Poulantzas, Nicos. 1978. State, Power, Socialism. London: NLB.

Pound, John. 1992. “Raiders, Targets, and Politics: The History and Future of American Corporate Control.” Journal of Applied Corporate Finance 5(3):6-18.

Powell Walter W. and Elizabeth S. Clemens (eds.). 1998. Private Action and the Public Good. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Powell, Kathleen H. and Margaret M. Dalton. 2003. “Co-Production, Service Exchange Networks, and Social Capital.” Social Policy Journal 2(2-3):89-106.

Powell, Walter W. (ed.). 1987. The Nonprofit Sector: A Research Handbook. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Powell, Walter W. 1987. “Hybrid Organizational Arrangements: New Form or Transitional Development?” California Management Review 30(1):67-87.

Powell, Walter W. 1990. “Neither Market Nor Hierarchy: Network Forms of Organizations.” Research in Organizational Behavior 12:295-366.

Powell, Walter W. 1996. “Inter-organizational Collaboration in the Biotechnology Industry.” Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics 152:197-216.

Powell, Walter W. 1996. “The Social Construction of an Organizational Field: The Case of Biotechnology.” International Journal of Technology Management

Powell, Walter W. 1996. “Trust-Based Forms of Governance.” Pp. 51-67 in Trust in Organizations: Frontiers of Theory and Research, edited by Roderick M. Kramer and Tom R. Tyler. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Powell, Walter W. and Dan Jones (eds.). 2000. How Institutions Change. University of Chicago Press.

Powell, Walter W. and Elisabeth S. Clemens (eds.). 1998. Private Action and Public Goods. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Powell, Walter W. and Jason Owen-Smith. 1998. “Commercialism in Universities: Life Sciences Research and its Linkage with Industry.” Journal of Policy Analysis and Management 17(2):253-277.

Powell, Walter W. and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1994. “Networks and Economic Life.” Pp. 368-402 in The Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by Neil Smelser and Richard Swedberg. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Powell, Walter W. and Paul J. DiMaggio (eds.). 1991. The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Powell, Walter W. and Peter Brantley. 1992. “Competitive Cooperation in Biotechnology: Learning Through Networks?” Pp. 366-94 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Powell, Walter W. and Peter Brantley. 1992. “Competitive Cooperation in Biotechnology: Learning Through Networks?” Pp. 366-94 in Networks and Organizations: Structure, Form and Action, edited by Nitin Nohria and Robert G. Eccles. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Powell, Walter W., Douglas R. White, Kenneth W. Koput and Jason Owen-Smith 2004. “Network Dynamics and Field Evolution: The Growth of Interorganizational Collaboration in the Life Sciences” Forthcoming in American Journal of Sociology. (August 6, 2004)

Powell, Walter W., Kenneth W. Koput, and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1996. “Interorganizational Collaboration and the Locus of Innovation: Networks of Learning in Biotechnology.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:116-145.

Powell, Walter W., Kenneth W. Koput, and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 1996. “Interorganizational Collaboration and the Locus of Innovation: Networks of Learning in Biotechnology.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:116-145.

Powell, Walter W., Kenneth W. Koput, James I. Bowie and Laurel Smith-Doerr. 2002. “The Spatial Clustering of Science and Capital: Accounting for Biotech Firm-Venture Capital Relationships.” Regional Studies 36:291-304.

Powell, Walter W., Kenneth W. Koput, Laurel Smith-Doerr and Jason Owen-Smith. 1999. “Network Position and Firm Perfomance: Organizational Returns to Collaboration in the Bioetchnology Industry.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 16:129-159.

Power, Carol. 1997. “Heinz Board Might Lack Some Essential Ingredients.” The Irish Times September 19:52.

Prahalad, C.K. and Gary Hamel. 1994. “Strategy as a Field of Study: Why Search for a New Paradigm?” Strategic Management Journal 15:17-34.

Prahl, Ralph; Marwell, Gerald; Oliver, Pamela E. “Reach and Selectivity as Strategies of Recruitment for Collective Action: A Theory of the Critical Mass, V.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1991. 16, 2, 137-164.

Prandi, Lelio. 2000. “Finding Work: The Relevance of Personal Contacts. Networks of Relationships as Links and Opportunities in the Process of Job and Status Attainment.” Quaderni di Sociologia 44:129-147.

Prange, Christiane. 1999. “Organizational Learning: Desperately Seeking Theory?” In Organizational Learning and the Learning Organization: Developments in Theory and Practice, edited by Mark Easterby-Smith, Luis Araujo and John Burgoyne. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Prather, Larry J. and Jae Hoon Min. 1998. “Testing of the Positive-Multinational Network Hypothesis: Wealth Effects of International Joint Ventures in Emerging Markets.” Multinational Finance Journal 2:151-165.

Pratt, John W. and Richard J. Zeckhauser (eds.). 1991. Principles and Agents: The Structure of Business. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Pratten, Stephen. 1997. “The Nature of Transaction Cost Economics.” Journal of Economic Issues 31:781-804.

Pratten, Stephen. 1997. “The Nature of Transaction Cost Economics.” Journal of Economic Issues 31:781-804.

Prechel, Harland and Boies, John. 1996. “Economic Decline, Risk and Change in the Corporate Form: From the Multi-Divisional to the Multi-Layered Subsidiary Form.” Paper presented to the American Sociological Association meetings.

Prechel, Harland, John Boies, and Tim Woods. 1997. “Debt, Mergers and Acquisitions, and Transformation to the Multilayered Subsidiary Form.” Toronto: Paper presented to the American Sociological Association meetings.

Prechel, Harland. 1997. “Corporate Form and the State: Business Policy and Change from the Multidivisional to the Multilayered Subsidiary Form.” Sociological Inquiry 67:151-174.

Prechel, Harland. 1997. “Corporate Transformation to the Multilayered Subsidiary Form: Changing Economic Conditions and State Business Policy.” Sociological Forum 12:405-439.

Preissl, Brigitte and Solimene, Laura. “The dynamics of clusters and innovation: Beyond systems and networks.” Contributions to Economics. Heidelberg and New York: Physica 2003. pp. vi, 244.

Preissl, Brigitte and Solimene, Laura. “The dynamics of clusters and innovation: Beyond systems and networks.” Contributions to Economics. Heidelberg and New York: Physica 2003. pp. vi, 244.

Preissl, Brigitte. “Strategic Use of Communication Technology--Diffusion Processes in Networks and Environments.” Information Economics and Policy, vol. 7, no. 1, April 1995. pp. 75-99.

Preissl, Brigitte. “Strategic Use of Communication Technology--Diffusion Processes in Networks and Environments.” Information Economics and Policy, vol. 7, no. 1, April 1995. pp. 75-99.

Preissl, Brigitte; Solimene, Laura. “The dynamics of clusters and innovation: Beyond systems and networks.” Contributions to Economics. Heidelberg and New York: Physica, 2003. vi, 244.

Prewitt, Kenneth and Alan Stone. 1973. The Ruling Elites: Elite Theory, Power, and American Democracy. New York: Harper and Row.

Price, Bob. “Social capital and factors affecting civic engagement as reported by leaders of voluntary associations. Social Science Journal, 2002. Vol. 39 Issue 1, p119, 9p

Price, James L. 1997. “Handbook of Organizational Measurement.” International Journal of Manpower 18:303-558.

Price, James L. and Charles W. Mueller. 1986. Handbook of Organizational Measurement. Marshfield, MA: Pitman.

PricewaterhouseCoopers. 2000. “Moneytree U.S. Report, Full Year & Q4 1999 Results.” < > March 31, 2000.

Proenca, E. Jose, Michael D. Rosko and Jacqueline S. Zinn. 2000. “Community Orientation in Hospitals: An Institutional and Resource Dependence Perspective.” Health Services Research 35:1011-.

Provan, Keith G. 1982. “Interorganizational Linkages and Influence Over Decision Making.” Academy of Management Review 25:443-51.

Provan, Keith G. 1983. “The Federation as an Interorganizational Linkage Network.” Academy of Management Review 8:79-89.

Provan, Keith G. 1984. “Interorganizational Cooperation and Decision-Making Autonomy in a Consortium Multihospital System.” Academy of Management Review 9:494-504.

Provan, Keith G. 1993. “Embeddedness, Interdependence, and Opportunism in Organizational Supplier-Buyer Networks.” Journal of Management 19:841-856.

Provan, Keith G. and H. Brinton Milward. 1991. “Institutional-Level Norms and Organizational Involvement in a Service-Implementation Network.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 1:391-417.

Provan, Keith G. and H. Brinton Milward. 1995. “A Preliminary Theory of Interorganizational Network Effectiveness: A Comparative Study of Four Community Mental Health Systems.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:1-33.

Provan, Keith G. and H. Brinton Milward. 2001. “Do Networks Really Work? A Framework for Evaluating Public-Sector Organizational Networks.” Public Administration Review 61:414-423.

Provan, Keith G. and Jule B. Gassenheimer. 1994. “Supplier Commitment in Relational Contract Exchanges with Buyers: A Study of Interorganizational Dependence and Exercised Power.” Journal of Management Studies 31:55-68.

Provan, Keith G. and S.J. Skinner. 1989. “Interorganizational Dependence and Control as Predictors of Opportunism in Dealer-Supplier Relations.” Academy of Management Journal 32:202-212.

Provan, Keith G., H. Brinton Milward and Kimberley Roussin. 1998 “Network Evolution to a System of Managed Care for Adults with Severe Mental Illness: A Case Study of the Tucson Experiment.” Research in Community Mental Health 89-113.

Provan, Keith G., Janice M. Beyer and Carlos Kruytbosch. 1980. “Environmental Linkages and Power in Resource Dependence Relations Between Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 25:200-225.

Pryor, David H. 1994. “EEOC’s Expanding Workload; Increasing in Age Discrimination and Other Charges Call for New Approach.” Washington: General Accounting Office Report HEHS-94-32.

Psacharopoulos, George. 1981. “Returns to Education: An Updated International Comparison.” Comparative Education 17:321-341.

Pucik, Vladimir. 1988. “Strategic Alliances, Organizational Learning, and Competitive Advantage: The HRM Agenda.” Human Resource Management 27(1):77-93.

Pugh, D.S. and D.J. Hickson. 1976. Organisational Structure in Its Context: The Aston Programme I. London: Saxon House.

Pugh, Derek S., David J. Hickson, C.R. Hinings and C. Turner. 1969. “The Context of Organizational Structures.” Administrative Science Quarterly 14:91-114.

Pugh, Derek S., David J. Hickson, C.R. Hinings. 1968. “An Empirical Taxonomy of Structures of Work Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 14:115-126.

Purdue, Derrick. “Neighbourhood Governance: Leadership, Trust and Social Capital.” Urban Studies, 2001, 38, 12, Nov, 2211-2224.

Putnam, Linda L. “Revitalizing Small Group Communication: Lessons Learned from a Bona Fide Group Perspective.” Communication Studies, 1994, 45, 1, spring, 97-102.

Putnam, Robert D. 1993. Making Democracy Work: Civic Traditions in Modern Italy. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Putnam, Robert d. 1995. “Bowling Alone: America’s Declining Social Capital. Journal of Democracy 6(1):65-78.

Putnam, Robert D. 2000. Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Putnam, Robert. 2001. “Social Capital Measurement and Consequences.” Canadian Journal of Policy Research 2(1):41-51.

Putterman, Louis and Randall S. Krosner (eds.). 1996. The Economic Nature of the Firm. NY: Cambridge University Press.

Putterman, Louis and Randall S. Krosner (eds.). 1996. The Economic Nature of the Firm. NY: Cambridge University Press.

Putterman, Louis. 1995. “Markets, Hierarchies, and Information: On a Paradox in the Economics of Organizations.” Journal of Economic Behaviour and Organization 26:373-90.

Puy, M Socorro. “Lobby Groups and the Financial Support of Election Campaigns.” Journal of Public Economic Theory, vol. 2, no. 3, July 2000, pp. 319-48.

Pyka, Andreas and Kuppers, Gunter, eds. “Innovation networks: Theory and practice.” New Horizons in the Economics of Innovation. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, Mass.: Elgar; distributed by American International Distribution Corporation, Williston, Vt. 2002. pp. xiii, 232.

Pyka, Andreas and Kuppers, Gunter, eds. “Innovation networks: Theory and practice.” New Horizons in the Economics of Innovation. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, Mass.: Elgar; distributed by American International Distribution Corporation, Williston, Vt. 2002. pp. xiii, 232.

Pyka, Andreas; Kuppers, Gunter, eds. “Innovation networks: Theory and practice.” New Horizons in the Economics of Innovation. Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, Mass.: Elgar; distributed by American International Distribution Corporation, Williston, Vt., 2002. xiii, 232.

Pyka, Andreas; Windrum, Paul. “the Self-Organisation Of Strategic Alliances.” Economics of Innovation & New Technology 2003. Vol. 12 Issue 3, P245, 24p;

Pyke Frank and W. Sengenberger (eds.). 1992. Industrial Districts and Local Economic Regeneration. Geneva: International Labor Office.

Pyke Frank, G. Becattini and W. Sengenberger (eds.). 1990. Industrial Districts and Inter-Firm Co-operation in Italy. Geneva: International Labor Office.

Pyke, Frank (ed.). 199x. Industrial Districts and Local Economic Regeneration. Geneva: International Labor Office.

Pyke, Frank. 1993. Industrial Development Through Small-Firm Cooperation: Theory and Practice. Geneva: International Labor Office.

Pyle, Jean L. “Sex, Maids, and Export Processing: Risks and Reasons for Gendered Global Production Networks.” International Journal of Politics, Culture and Society, 2001. 15, 1, fall, 55-76.

Quadros, Doacir Goncalves de; Moutinho, Leticia Clement Figueira; Kulaitis, Fernando. “MRIT: Integrated Metropolitan Work Network.” Revista Mediacoes, 2002. 7, 2, July-Dec, 63-86.

Quarterly, 39: 391-411.

Quarterly, 41: 659-684.

Quarterly, 42:472-500.

Quelin, Bertrand V; et al. “Standardisation of Network Technologies: Market Processes or the Result of Inter-firm Co-operation?” Journal of Economic Surveys, vol. 15, no. 4, September 2001, pp. 543-69.

Quinn, James Brian, Jordan J. Baruch and Karen Anne Zien. 1997. Innovation Explosion: Using Intellect and Software to Revolutionize Growth Strategies. New York: Free Press.

Quintanilla, Carl and Susan Carey. 1995. “Successful Northwest, KLM Partnership Hits the Skids.” Wall Street Journal November 2:B6.

Raab, Charles D. 1992. “Taking Networks Seriously: Education Policy in Britain.” European Journal of Political Research 21:60-90.

Raab, Charles D. 1992. “Taking Networks Seriously: Education Policy in Britain.” European Journal of Political Research 21:60-90.

Raab, Joerg. 2002. “Where Do Policy Networks Come From? Journal of Public Administration Research & Theory Vol. 12 Issue 4, P581, 42p;

Raab, Jörg. 2001. “Where Do Policy Networks Come From?” Paper presented at 6th National Public Management Research Conference. Bloomington, IN.

Raab, Jörg. 2002. “Where Do Policy Networks Come From?” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 12:581-622.

Rabellotti, Roberta. 1995. “Is There an ‘Industrial District Model’? Footwear Districts in Italy and Mexico Compared.” World Development 23:29-41.

Radosevic, Slavo. “Integration through Industrial Networks in the Wider Europe: An Assessment Based on Survey of Research.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. 153-74.

Radzicki, Michael J. 2003. “Mr. Hamilton, Mr. Forrester, and a Foundation for Evolutionary Economics.” Journal of Economic Issues 37:133-173.

Radzicki, Michael J. 2003. “Mr. Hamilton, Mr. Forrester, and a Foundation for Evolutionary Economics.” Journal of Economic Issues 37:133-173.

Raeburn, Nicole C. 1998. “The Rise of Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Rights in the Workplace: Synthesizing Social Movement and Institutional Approaches.” San Francisco: Paper presented to meetings of the American Sociological Association.

Raeburn, Nicole C. 2000. “The Rise of Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Rights in the Workplace.” Ph.D. dissertation, Ohio State University.

Raeburn, Nicole. 1997. “The Rise of Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Rights in the Workplace: Employee Activist Groups and Institutional Opportunity Structures.” Toronto: Paper presented to meetings of the American Sociological Association.

Raelin, Joseph A. 1986. The Clash of Cultures: Managers and Professionals. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.

Raff, D. M. G. 2000. “Superstores and the Evolution of Firm Capabilities in American Bookselling.” Strategic Management Journal 21:1043-1059.

Raff, D. M. G. 2000. “Superstores and the Evolution of Firm Capabilities in American Bookselling.” Strategic Management Journal 21:1043-1059.

Raffe, David. “The Social Construction of Cross-National Transition Research on Social and Professional Integration: The European Research Network on Transitions in Youth.” Education et Societes, 2001. 1(7), 111-129.

Raftery, Adrian E. “Statistics in Sociology, 1950-2000.” Journal of the American Statistical Association, Jun2000, Vol. 95 Issue 450, p654, 8p.

Ragins, Belle Rose and John L. Cotton. 1999. “Mentor Functions and Outcomes: A Comparison of Men and Women in Formal and Informal Mentoring Relationships.” Journal of Applied Psychology 84:529-50.

Ragins, Belle Rose and T.A. Scandura. 1994. “Gender Differences in Expected Outcomes of Mentoring Relationships.” Academy of Management Journal 37:957-971.

Ragins, Belle Rose. 1995. “Diversity, Power, and Mentorship in Organizations: A Cultural, Structural and Behavioral Perspective.” Pp. 91-132 in Diversity in Organizations, edited by M. Chemers, M. Costanzo and S. Oskamp. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Rago, William V. 1994. “Adapting Total Quality Management (TQM) to Government: Another Point of View.” Public Administration Review 54:61-64.

Rai, Arun, Santanu Borah and Arkalgud Ramaprasad. 1996. “Critical Success Factors for Strategic Alliances in the Information Technology Industry: An Empirical Study.” Decision Sciences 27:141-155.

Rai, Shirin M. “Networking across Borders: The South Asian Research Network on Gender, Law and Governance.” Global Networks, 2003. 3, 1, Jan, 59-74.

Raider, Holly J. and Ronald S. Burt. 1996. “Boundaryless Careers and Social Capital.” Pp. 187-200 in The Boundaryless Career: A New Employment Principle for a New Organizational Era, edited by Michael B. Arthur and Denise M. Rousseau. New York: Oxford University Press.

Raineri, Maria Luisa. “Teamwork and Networking in the Welfare Mix: Different Styles of Interaction and Coordination.” Sociologia e Politiche Sociali, 2001. 4, 3, 69-80.

Rainey, Hal G. and H. Brinton Milward. 1983. “Public Organizations: Policy Networks and Environments.” Pp. 133-146 in Organizational Theory and Public Policy, edited by Richard H. Hall and Robert E. Quinn. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Rallet, Alain and Torre, Andre. “Proximite geographique ou proximite organisationnelle? Une analyse spatiale des cooperations technologiques dans les reseaux localises d’innovation. (Geographical or Organisational Proximity? A Spatial Analysis of Technological Co-operation in Localised Innovation Networks. With English summary.).” Economie Appliquee, vol. 54, no. 1, March 2001. pp. 147-71.

Rama, Martin; Tabellini, Guido. “Lobbying by Capital and Labor Over Trade and Labor Market Policies.” European Economic Review, vol. 42, no. 7, July 1998, pp. 1295-1316.

Rama, Ruth; Ferguson, Deron; Melero, Ana. “Subcontracting Networks in Industrial Districts: The Electronics Industries of Madrid.” Regional Studies, vol. 37, no. 1, February 2003, pp. 71-88.

Rama, Ruth; Ferguson, Deron; Melero, Ana. “Subcontracting Networks in Industrial Districts: The Electronics Industries of Madrid.” Regional Studies 37(1): 2003. 71-88.

Ramachandran, K. and S. Ramnarayan. 1993. “Entrepreneurial Orientation and Networking: Some Indian Evidence.” Journal of Business Venturing 8:513-524.

Ramey, James W. 1975. “Intimate Groups and Networks: Frequent Consequence of Sexually Open Marriage.” Family Coordinator; 24; 4; 515-529; .

Ramkrishnan, Marshal C. and Chesmore Tenkasi. “Social Networks and Planned Organizational Change: the Impact of Strong Networks Ties On Effective Change Implementation and Use. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 2003. V39 I3 P281-300

Ramsey, James B. 1996. “If Nonlinear Models Cannot Forecast, What Use Are They?” Studies in Nonlinear Dynamics and Econometrics 1(2):65-86.

Rangan, Subramanian. “The Problem of Search and Deliberation in Economic Action: When Social Networks Really Matter.” Academy of Management Review, Oct2000, Vol. 25 Issue 4, p813, 16p.

Rankin, Katherine N. “Social Capital, Microfinance, and the Politics of Development. Feminist Economics, Mar2002. Vol. 8 Issue 1, p1, 24p;

Rankin, Tom. 1990. New Forms of Work Organization: The Challenge for North American Unions. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Ranson, B. 1987. “The Institutionalist Theory of Capital Formation.” Journal of Economic Issues 21:1265-1278.

Rao, Hayagreeva and Eric H. Nielsen. 1992. “An Ecology of Agency Arrangements: Mortality of Savings and Loan Associations, 1960-1987.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:448-470.

Rao, Hayagreeva and Kumar Sivakumar. 1999. “Institutional Sources of Boundary-Spanning Structures: The Establishment of Investor Relations Departments in the Fortune 500 Industrials.” Organization Science 10:27-42.

Rao, Hayagreeva and Robert Drazin. 2002. “Overcoming Resource Constraints on Product Innovation by Recruiting Talent from Rivals: A Study of the Mutual Fund Industry, 1986-94.” Academy of Management Journal 45:491-108.

Rao, Hayagreeva and Robert Drazin. 2002. “Overcoming Resource Constraints on Product Innovation by Recruiting Talent from Rivals: A Study of the Mutual Fund Industry, 1986-94.” Academy of Management Journal 45:491-108.

Rao, Hayagreeva, Henrich R. Greve and Gerald F. Davis. 2001. “Fool’s Gold: Social Proof in the Initiation and Abandonment of Coverage by Wall Street Analysts.” Administrative Science Quarterly 46:502-531.

Rao, Hayagreeva. 1994. “The Social Construction of Reputation: Certification Contests, Legitimation, and the Survival of Organizations in the American Automobile Industry: 1895-1912.” Strategic Management Journal 15:29-44.

Rao, Hayagreeva. 1998. “Caveat Emptor: The Construction of Nonprofit Consumer Watchdog Organizations.” American Journal of Sociology, 103: 912-961.

Rao, Hayagreeva. 1998. “Caveat Emptor: The Construction of Nonprofit Consumer Watchdog Organizations.” American Journal of Sociology 103: 912-961.

Rao, Hayagreeva; Morrill, Calvin; Zald, Mayer N. “Power Plays: How Social Movements and Collective Action Create New Organizational Forms.” Research in organizational behavior: An annual series of analytical essays and critical reviews. Volume 22. 2000. pp. 237-81.

Rapoport, Anatol. 1953. “Spread of Information through A Population With Socio-Structural Bias: I. Assumption of Transitivity.” Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics 15:523-33.

Rapoport, Anatol. 1953. “Spread of Information through A Population With Socio-Structural Bias: II. Various Model With Partial Transitivity.” Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics 15:535-46.

Rapoport, Anatol. 1957. “A Contribution to the Theory of Random and Biased Nets.” Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics 19:257-71.

Rapoport, Anatol. 1963. “Mathematical Models of Social Interaction.” Pp. 493-579 in Handbook of Mathematical Psychology, Vol. 2. Edited by R. R. Bush, R. D. Luce, and E. Galanter. New York: Wiley.

Raschka, Christine; Wei, Li; Lee, Sherman. “Bilingual Development and Social Networks of British-Born Chinese Children.” International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 2002. 153, 9-25.

Rasheed, Howard S. and Scott W. Geiger. 2001. “Determinants of Governance Structure for the Electronic Value Chain: Resource Dependency and Transaction Costs Perspectives.” Journal of Business Strategies 18(2):159-176.

Raub, Werner and Jeroen Weesie. 1990. “Reputation and Efficiency in Social Interactions: An Example of Network Effects.” American Journal of Sociology 96:626-654.

Raub, Werner; Voss, Thomas; Weesie, Jeroen. “On the Usefulness of Game Theory for the Resolution of Real-World Collective Action Problems.” Rationality and Society 1992. 4, 1, Jan, 95-102.

Rauch, James E. “Networks versus Markets in International Trade.” Journal of International Economics, vol. 48, no. 1, June 1999, pp. 7-35.

Rauch, James E. 2001. “Black Ties Only? Ethnic Business Networks, Intermediaries, and African American Retail Entrepreneurship.” Pp. 270-309 in Networks and Markets, edited by James E. Rauch and Alessandra Casella. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Rauch, James E. 2001. “Business and Social Networks in International Trade.” Journal of Economic Literature 39:1177-1203.

Rauch, James E. and Alessandra Casella (eds.). 2001. Networks and Markets. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Rauch, James E. and Vitor Trindade. 2002 “Ethnic Chinese Networks in International Trade.” Review of Economics and Statistics 84:116-30.

Rauch, James E; Hamilton, Gary G. “ Networks and Markets: Concepts for Bridging Disciplines.” Networks and markets. 2001. 1-29.

Rauch, James E; Watson, Joel. “Network Intermediaries in International Trade Journal of Economics and Management Strategy 13(1): Special Issue Spring 2004. 69-93.

Ravasi, Davide; Marchisio, Gaia. “Going Public and the Enrichment of a Supportive Network.” Small Business Economics 21(4): 2003. 381-95.

Ravenscraft, David J. 1987. “The 1980s Merger Wave: An Overview.” Pp. 17-37 in The Merger Boom, edited by Lynn E. Browne and Eric S. Rosengren. Boston: Federal Reserve Bank.

Ravenscraft, David J. and Frederic M. Scherer. 1987. Mergers, Sell-offs, and Economic Efficiency. Washington, D.C.: Brookings Institution

Ray, Glen E; Cohen, Robert; Secrist, Mary E. “Best Friend Networks of Children across Settings.” Child Study Journal, 1995, 25, 3, Sept, 169-188.

Ray, Kathryn, Mike Savage, Gindo Tampubolon, Alan Warde, Brian Longhurst and Mark Tomlinson. 2003. “The Exclusiveness of the Political Field: Networks and Political Mobilization.” Social Movement Studies 2:37-60.

Ray, Kathryn; Savage, Mike; Tampubolon, Gindo; Warde, Alan; Longhurst, Brian; Tomlinson, Mark. “The Exclusiveness of the Political Field: Networks and Political Mobilization.” Social Movement Studies 2003. 2:37-60.

Raynaud, Dominique. “The Effects of the Network in Preinstitutional Science: The Case of Medieval Optics.” Archives Europeennes de Sociologie, 2001. 42, 3, 483-505.

Raz, Aviad E. 2002. Emotions at Work: Normative Control, Organizations, and Culture in Japan and America. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Ready, Joe (1994) “US/Canadian Customs Railroad EDI Interface Initiative - Details of Design and Implementation” Proc. 7th International EDI-IOS Conference, ‘Electronic Commerce - Electronic Partnership’, Bled, Slovenia, June 1994.

Reagans, Ray and Zuckerman, E. W. 2001. “Networks, Diversity, and Productivity: The Social Capital of Corporate R&D Teams.” Organization Science 12:502-517.

Rebick, Marcus E. “The Importance of Networks in the Market for University Graduates in Japan: A Longitudinal Analysis of Hiring Patterns.” Oxford Economic Papers 52(3): 2000. 471-96.

Rebitzer, James B. 1986. “Establishment Size and Job Tenure.” Industrial Relations 25:292-302.

Redding, Stephen. 2002. “Path Dependence, Endogenous Innovation, and Growth.” International Economic Review 43:1215-1248.

Reddy, N. Mohan and M.V. Hayagreeva Rao. 1990. “The Industrial Market as an Interfirm Organization.” Journal of Management Studies 27:43-59.

Reed, Michael and Michael Hughes. 1992. Rethinking Organization: New Directions in Organization Theory and Analysis. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Reed, Richard, David J. Lemak and Joseph C. Montgomery. 1996. “Beyond Process: TQM Content and Firm Performance.” Academy of Management Review 21:173-202.

Rees, Albert. 1966. “Information Networks in Labor Markets.” American Economic Review 56:559-566.

Reese, Ellen; Newcombe, Garnett. “Income Rights, Mothers’ Rights, or Workers’ Rights? Collective Action Frames, Organizational Ideologies, and the American Welfare Movement.” Social Problems 2003. 50, 2, May, 294-318.

Reeves-Ellington, Richard H. 1998. “A Mix of Cultures, Values, and People: An Organizational Case Study.” Human Organization 57:94-107.

Reger, Guido. “Technology Foresight in Companies: From an Indicator to a Network and Process Perspective.” Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, vol. 13, no. 4, December 2001, pp. 533-53.

Reger, Rhonda K. and Anne S. Huff. 1993. “Strategic groups: A cognitive perspective.” Strategic Management Journal, 14: 103-124.

Reggiani, Aura; Nijkamp, Peter; Sabella, Enrico. “A Comparative Analysis of the Performance of Evolutionary Algorithms and Logit Models in Spatial Networks.” Spatial economic science: New frontiers in theory and methodology. 2000. 331-54.

Regini, Marino, Jim Kitay and Martin Baethge. 1999. From Tellers to Sellers: Changing Employment Relations in Banks. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Reid, Calvin. 1996. “Outcry Over Telecom Anti-smut Act; ACLU Files Free Speech Suit.” Publishers Weekly Febuary 12:16.

Reimann, Kim D. “Building Networks from the Outside In: Japanese NGOs and the Kyoto Climate Change Conference.” Globalization and Resistance: Transnational Dimensions of Social Movements, Smith, Jackie & Johnston, Hank [Eds], Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield, 2002. pp 173-187.

Reimann, Kim D. 2001. “Building Networks from the Outside In: International Movements, Japanese NGOs and the Kyoto Climate Change Conference.” Mobilization 6:69-82.

Reingold, David A. “Social Networks and the Employment Problem of Urban Poor.” Urban Studies, Oct99, Vol. 36 Issue 11, p1907, 26p

Reis, Bruno Pinheiro W. “The Concept of Social Class and the Logic of Collective Action.” Dados 1991. 34, 3, 415-441.

Reisig, Michael D.; Holtfreter, Kristy; Morash, Merry. “Social Capital Among Women Offenders: Examining the Distribution of Social Networks and Resources. Journal of Contemporary Criminal Justice, May2002. Vol. 18 Issue 2, p167, 21p

Reisman, David. 1990. Theories of Collective Action: Downs, Olson and Hirsch. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Reiss, David; Oliveri, Mary Ellen. “The Family’s Construction of Social Reality and Its Ties to Its Kin Network: An Exploration of Causal Direction.” Journal of Marriage and the Family, 1983, 45, 1, Feb, 81-91.

Renting, Henk; Marsden, Terry K; Banks, Jo. “Understanding Alternative Food Networks: Exploring the Role of Short Food Supply Chains in Rural Development.” Environment and Planning A 35(3): 2003. 393-411.

Repetti, Rena L. and Kathryn A. Cosmas. 1991. “The quality of the social environment at work and job satisfaction.” Journal of Applied Social Psychology 21:840-54.

Requena Santos, Felix. “Friendship, Happiness and Family Networks.” Revista Espanola de Investigaciones Sociologicas, 1994, 66, Apr-June, 73-89.

Requena Santos, Felix. “Gender, Friendship Networks and Academic Outcome.” Papers: Revista de sociologia, 1998, 56, 233-242.

Requena Santos, Felix; Avila Munoz, Antonio Manuel. “Social Networks and Sociolinguistics.” Estudios de Sociolinguistica, 2002. 3, 1, 71-90.

Requena, Felix. “Social Capital, Satisfaction and Quality of Life in the Workplace.” Social Indicators Research 2003. V61 I3 P331(30)

Reskin, Barbara F. 1998. The Realities of Affirmative Action in Employment. Washington: American Sociological Association.

Reuer, Jeffrey J. 1997. “Shareholder Wealth Effects of Joint Venture Termination: A Transaction Cost Analysis.” Paris: INSEAD Working Paper 97/79/SM.

Reuer, Jeffrey J. 1997. “The Dynamics and Effectiveness of International Joint Ventures.” Paris: INSEAD Working Paper 97/108/SM.

Reuer, Jeffrey J. 2000. “Parent Firm Performance across International Joint Venture Life-Cycle Stages.” Journal of International Business Studies 31:1-20.

Reuer, Jeffrey J.; Ariño, Africa. “Contractual Renegotiations in Strategic Alliances. Journal of Management, 2002. Vol. 28 Issue 1, P47, 22p;

Reuer, Jeffrey J.; Zollo, Maurizio; Singh, Harbir. “Post-Formation Dynamics in Strategic Alliances. Strategic Management Journal 2002. Vol. 23 Issue 2, P135, 17p

Reuer, Jeffrey. “Overview: Managing the Dynamics of Strategic Alliances. European Management Journal 2000. Vol. 18 Issue 2, P144, 2p;

Reuer, Jeffrey; Shen, Jung-Chin. “The Extended Merger and Acquisition Process: Understanding the Rôle of Ipos in Corporate Strategy. European Management Journal 2003. Vol. 21 Issue 2, P192, 7p;

Reuer, Jeffrey; Zollo, Maurizio. “Managing Governance Adaptations in Strategic Alliances. European Management Journal 2000. Vol. 18 Issue 2, P164, 9p;

Reuter, E. (1994), Strategische Allianzen und konglomerate Zusammenschlüsse, Zeitschrift für Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaften, Beiheft 3, S. 41-52.

Reve, T. (1990), The Firm as a Nexus of Internal and External Contracts, in: M. Aoki et al. (eds.), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, Sage und in: WM94, S. 343-350.

Reve, T. (1992), “Horizontal and vertical alliances in industrial marketing channels”, Advances in Distribution Channel Research, Vol. 1, pp. 235-257.

Reve, Torger. 1990. “The Firm as a Nexus of Internal and External Contracts.” Pp. 133-161 in The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, edited by Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafson and Oliver Williamson. London: Sage Publications.

Reynolds, Laura T. “Consumer/Producer Links in Fair Trade Coffee Networks.” Sociologia Ruralis, 2002. 42, 4, Oct, 404-424.

Reynolds, Paul D. 1986. “Organizational Culture as Related to Industry, Position and Performance.” Journal of Management Studies 23:333-345.

Reynolds, Paul D. and Sammis B. White. 1997. The Entrepreneurial Process; Economic Growth, Men, Women, and Minorities. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.

Reynolds, Taylor; Kenny, Charles; Liu, Jia; Qiang, Christine Zhen-Wei. “Networking for foreign direct investment: the telecommunications industry and its effect on investment. Information Economics & Policy, Jun2004. Vol. 16 Issue 2, p159, 6p;

Rhodes, R. A. W. 1985. “Power Dependence, Policy Communities and Inter-Governmental Networks.” Public Administration Bulletin 49:4-29.

Rhodes, R. A. W. 1985. “Power Dependence, Policy Communities and Inter-Governmental Networks.” Public Administration Bulletin 49:4-29.

Rhodes, R. A. W. 1990. “Policy Networks: A British Perspective.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 2(3):293-317.

Rhodes, R. A. W. 1990. “Policy Networks: A British Perspective.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 2(3):293-317.

Rhodes, R. A. W. 1994. “The Hollowing Out of the State: The Changing Nature of the Public Service in Britain.” Political Quarterly 65:138-151.

Rhodes, R. A. W. 1996. “The New Governance: Governing without Government.” Political Studies 44:652-667.

Rhodes, R. A. W. 1997. Understanding Governance: Policy Networks, Governance, Reflexivity and Accountability. Buckingham, UK: Open University Press.

Rhodes, R. A. W. and D. Marsh. 1992. “New Directions in the Study of Policy Networks.” European Journal of Political Research 21:181-205.

Riah-Belkaoui, Ahmed. 1995. The Nature and Cosnequences of the Multidivisional Structure. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.

Riccaboni, Massimo; Pammolli, Fabio. “On Firm Growth in Networks.” Research Policy 31(8-9): 2002. 1405-16.

Ricci, David M. 1993. The Transformation of American Politics: The New Washington and the Rise of Think Tanks. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Rice, Ronald E. and Carol Aydin. 1991. “Attitudes Toward New Organizational Technology: Network Proximity as a Mechanism for Social Information Processing.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:219-244.

Rice, Ronald E; Borgman, Christine L; Reeves, Byron. “Citation Networks of Communication Journals, 1977-1985: Cliques and Positions, Citations Made and Citations Received.” Human Communication Research, 1988, 15, 2, winter, 256-283.

Rice, Ronald E; Grant, August E; Schmitz, Joseph; Torobin, Jack. “Individual and Network Influences on the Adoption and Perceived Outcomes of Electronic Messaging.” Social Networks, 1990, 12, 1, Mar, 27-55.

Rice, Ronald E; Katz, James E. “The Internet and Political Involvement in 1996 and 2000.” Society Online: The Internet in Context, Howard, Philip N., & Jones, Steve [Eds], Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 2004, pp 103-120.

Rich, Michael K. “Requirements For Successful Marketing Alliances.” Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing, 2003. Vol. 18 Issue 4/5, P447, 10p;

Rich, P. 1992. “The Organizational Taxonomy: Definition and Design.” Academy of Management Review 17:758-781.

Rich, Richard C. “A Cooperative Approach to the Logic of Collective Action: Voluntary Organizations and the Prisoners’ Dilemma.” Journal of Voluntary Action Research, 1988. 17, 3-4, July-Dec, 5-18.

Richard C. Hula, Cynthia Jackson-Elmoore. 2001. “Nonprofit Organizations as Political Actors: Avenues for Minority Political Incorporation.” Policy Studies Review 18:27-51.

Richardson, Charley. “Computers Don’t Kill Jobs, People Do: Technology and Power in the Workplace.” The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 1996, 544, Mar, 167-179.

Richardson, Douglas B. 1994. Networking. National business employment weekly. New York: Wiley.

Richardson, Jack. 1987. “Directorship Interlocks and Corporate Profitability.” Administrative Science Quarterly 32:367-386.

Richardson, Jeremy J; Maloney, William A; Rudig, Wolfgang. “The Dynamics of Policy Change: Lobbying and Water Privatization.” Privatization and public policy. Volume 1. 2000, pp. 401-19.

Richardson, Jeremy. 2000. “Government, Interests Groups and Policy Change.” Political Studies 48:1006-1025.

Richardson, R J; Erickson, Bonnie H; Nosanchuk, T A. “Community Size, Network Structure, and the Flow of Information.” Canadian Journal of Sociology 1979, 4, 4, fall, 379-392.

Richter, Frank-Jurgen; Haley, Usha C V. “ Restructuring Asian Network Groups: Managing around Core Competencies As a Way Out of the Crisis.” The East Asian development model: Economic growth, institutional failure and the aftermath of the crisis. 2000. 313-31.

Riemens, Patrice; Lovink, Geert. “Local Networks: Digital City Amsterdam.” Global Networks, Linked Cities, Sassen, Saskia [Ed], New York: Routledge, 2002. pp 327-345.

Riggins, F., Kriebel, C., and Mukhopadhyay, T. 1994. The Growth of Interorganizational Systems in the Presence of Network Externalities. Management Science, 40(8), 984-998.

Riggio, Eliana; Kilbane, Theresa. “The International Secretariat for Child-Friendly Cities: A Global Network for Urban Children.” Environment and Urbanization, 2000, 12, 2, Oct, 201-205.

Riley, Nancy E. 1994. “Interwoven Lives: Parents, Marriage, and Guanxi in China.” Journal of Marriage and the Family 56:791-803.

Riley, William, Douglas R. Wholey, Amy Wilson and David Knoke. 2004. “Informal Consultation in Medical Clinics: Intra- and Inter-Professional Talk.” Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota School of Public Health.

Rill, James F. 1997. “Why Bill Gates Is Wrong.” Wall Street Journal November 20:A22.

Rinehart, James, Christopher Huxley and David Robertson. 1997. Just Another Car Factory? Lean Production and Its Discontents. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.

Ring, Peter S. 1997. “Processes Facilitating Reliance on Trust in Inter-organizational Networks.” Pp. 113-145 in The Formation of Inter-Organizational Networks, edited by Mark Ebers. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ring, Peter S., and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1992. “Structuring cooperative relationships between organizations.” Strategic Management Journal, 13:483-498.

Ring, Peter Smith and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1992. “Structuring Cooperative Relationships Between Organizations.” Strategic Management Journal 13:483-498.

Ring, Peter Smith and Andrew H. Van de Ven. 1994. “Developmental Processes of Cooperative Interorganizational Relationships.” Academy of Management Journal 19:90-118.

Ring, Peter Smith. “The Three T's of Alliance Creation: Task, Team and Time. European Management Journal 2000. Vol. 18 Issue 2, P152, 12p;

Ring, Peter Smith. 1996. “Fragile and Resilient Trust and Their Roles in Economic Exchange.” Business and Society 35:148-175.

Ring, Peter Smith. 1997. “The Role of the State in the Production of Trust and the Reduction of Transaction Costs.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.

Riolo, Christopher S., James S. Koopman and Stephen E. Chick. 2001. “Methods and Measures for the Description of Epidemiologic Contact Networks.” Journal of Urban Health 78:446-457.

Ritter, Thomas; Gemünden, Hans Georg. “The impact of a company's business strategy on its technological competence, network competence and innovation success. Journal of Business Research, May2004. Vol. 57 Issue 5, p548, 9p;

Ritzer, George. 1989. “The Permanently New Economy: The Case for Reviving Economic Sociology.” Work and Occupations 16:243-272.

Ritzer, George. 1995. The McDonaldization of Society: An Investigation Into the Changing Character of Contemporary Social Life. Revised Edition. London: Sage Publications.

Ritzer, George. 1997. The McDonaldization Thesis: Explorations and Extensions. London: Sage Publications.

Rivard, Jeanne C., Matthew C. Johnsen, Joseph P. Morrissey and Barbara E. Starrett. 1999. “The Dynamics of Interagency Collaboration: How Linkages Develop for Child Welfare and Juvenile Justice Sectors in a System of Care Demonstration.” Journal of Social Service Research 25(3):61-82.”

Riviere, Carole. “Telephone Sociability Networks.” Revue francaise de Sociologie, 2002. 43, supplement, 67-98

Rizopoulos, Yorgos. “Inter-organizational Networks and the Dynamics of Economic Transformation.” East-West Series in Economics, Business, and the Environment 2: 1-2 1999. pp. 132-43.

Rizzo, Helen; Meyer, Katherine; Ali, Yousef. “Women’s Political Rights: Islam, Status and Networks in Kuwait.” Sociology 2002. 36:639-662.

Rizzo, Helen; Meyer, Katherine; Ali, Yousef. “Women’s Political Rights: Islam, Status and Networks in Kuwait.” Sociology, 2002. 36, 3, Aug, 639-662.

Rob, Rafael; Zemsky, Peter. “Social capital, corporate culture, and incentive intensity. RAND Journal of Economics, Summer2002. Vol. 33 Issue 2, p243, 15p

Robbins, Harvey and Michael Finley. 1995. Why Teams Don’t Work: What Went Wrong and How to Make It Right. Princeton NJ: Peterson’s.

Robbins, Harvey and Michael Finley. 1997. Why Change Doesn’t Work.

Robbins, Harvey. 1990. Turf Wars: Moving From Competition to Collaboration. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

Robbins, Michael, Manuel Szapocznik, Deanne Samuels, Gail Ironson and Michael Antoni. 2003. “The Protective Role of the Family and Social Support Network in a Sample of HIV-Positive African American Women: Results of A Pilot Study.” Journal of Black Psychology 29:17-37.

Roberts, Antonia. “Community Car Share Network: A Practical Alternative to Car Dependency.” Local Economy, vol. 16, no. 2, May 2001, pp. 166-68.

Roberts, Joanne (2000), From know-how to show-how? Questioning the role of information and communication technologies in knowledge transfer, Technology Analysis and Strategic Management, 12(4), 429-443.

Roberts, John H.; Morrison, Pamela D. “Assessing Market Structure and Company Fit Based On Consumer Perceptions in Dynamic Information Technology Markets. Journal of Business Research 2002. Vol. 55 Issue 8, P679, 8p;

Roberts, John M , Jr. “Connections between A.K. Romney’s Analyses of Endogamy and Other Developments in Log-Linear Models and Network Analysis.” Social Networks, 2002. 24, 3, July, 185-199.

Roberts, N.C. & Bradley R.T. (1991) “Stakeholder Collaborations and Innovation” Journal of Applied Behavioural Science Vol 27 Issue 2 (June 1991) pp. 209-227.

Roberts, Peter W. and Royston Greenwood. 1997. “Integrating Transaction Cost and Institutional Theories: Toward a Constrained-Efficiency Framework for Understanding Organizational Design Adoption.” Academy of Management Review 22:346-373.

Roberts-DeGennaro, Maria. “A Study of Youth Services Networks from a Political-Economy Perspective.” Journal of Social Service Research, 1988, 11, 4, 61-73.

Roberts-DeGennaro, Maria. 1988. “A Study of Youth Services Networks from a Political-Economy Perspective.” Journal of Social Service Research 11:61-73.

Robertson, Chris and Paul A. Fadil. 1999. “Ethical Decision Making in Multinational Organizations: A Culture-based Model.” Journal of Business Ethics 19:385-392.

Robertson, Paul L; Singleton, John. “The Commonwealth as an Economic Network.” Australian Economic History Review 41(3): 2001. 241-66.

Robey, Daniel Dana L. Farrow and Charles R. Franz. 1989. “Group Process and Conflict in System Development.” Management Science 35:1172-1191.

Robins, Garry; Elliott, Peter; Pattison, Philippa. “Network Models for Social Selection Processes.” Social Networks, 2001. 23, 1, Jan, 1-30.

Robins, Garry; Pattison, Philippa. “Random Graph Models for Temporal Processes in Social Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2001. 25, 1, 5-41.

Robins, James A. 1987. “Organizational Economics: Notes on the Use of Transaction-Cost Theory in the Study of Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 32:68-86.

Robins, James A. 1987. “Organizational Economics: Notes on the Use of Transaction-Cost Theory in the Study of Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 32:68-86.

Robins, James A. 1993. “Organization as Strategy: Restructuring Production in the Film Industry.” Strategic Management Journal 14:103-118.

Robins, James A., Stephen Tallman and Karin Fladmoe-Lindquist. “Autonomy and Dependence of International Cooperative Ventures: An Exploration of the Strategic Performance of US Ventures in Mexico. Strategic Management Journal 2002. V23 I10 P881-901

Robinson, J.C. and L.R. Casalino. 1996. “Vertical Integration and Organisational Networks in Health Care.” Health Affairs 15(Spring):7-22.

Robinson, John. 1988. “Who’s Doing the Housework?” American Demographics 10:24-8.

Robinson, Sandra L., Matthew S. Kraatz and Denise M. Rousseau. 1994. “Changing Obligations and the Psychological Contract.” Academy of Management Journal 37:137-52.

Robison, Lindon J., A. Allan Schmid and Marcelo E. Siles. 2002. “Is Social Capital Really Capital?” Review of Social Economy 60:1-21.

Robson, Geoffrey B. 1996. “Unravelling the Facts about Job Generation.” Small Business Economics 8:409-17.

Robson, Matthew J. “Partner Selection in Successful International Strategic Alliances: the Role of Co-Operation. . Journal of General Management, Fall2002. Vol. 28 Issue 1, P1, 15p;

Robson, Matthew J.; Paparoidamis, Nicholas; Ginoglu, Dimitrios. “Top Management Staffing in International Strategic Alliances: A Conceptual Explanation of Decision Perspective and Objective Formation. International Business Review 2003. Vol. 12 Issue 2, P173, 19p

Roch, Christine H.; Scholz, John T.; McGraw, Kathleen M. “Social Networks and Citizen Response to Legal Change. American Journal of Political Science, Oct2000, Vol. 44 Issue 4, p777, 15p.

Roche, John P. 1984. The History and Impact of Marxist-Leninist Organizational Theory. Cambridge, MA: Institute for Foreign Policy Analysis.

Rochlin, G.I. 1989. Organizational self-design is a crisis-avoidance strategy: U.S. naval flight operations at sea. Naval War College Review, 40 (4), 76-90.

Rockart, John F. and James E. Short. 1991. “The Networked Organization and the Management of Interdependence.” Pp. 189-219 in The Corporation of the 1990s: Information Technology and Organizational Transformation, edited by Michael S. Scott Morton. New York: Oxford University Press.

Rodan, Simon; Galunic, Charles. “More Than Network Structure: How Knowledge Heterogeneity Influences Managerial Performance And Innovativeness.” Strategic Management Journal, Jun2004. Vol. 25 Issue 6, p541, 22p;

Rodgers, Charles. 1992. “The Flexible Workplace: What Have We Learned?” Human Resource Management 31:183-200.

Rodriguez, Carlos M. and David T. Wilson. “Relationship Bonding and Trust as a Foundation For Commitment in U.S.-Mexican Strategic Alliances: A Structural Equation Modeling Approach. Journal of International Marketing, 2002. Vol. 10 Issue 4, P53, 24p

Rodriguez, Francisco. “Global Networks and Local Contexts: Interactions and Interpenetrations.” Espacio abierto, 2002. 11, 1, Jan-Mar, 49-61.

Roe, Mark. 1990. “Political and Legal Restraints on Ownership and Control of Public Companies.” Journal of Financial Economics 27:7-41.

Roe, Mark. 1991. “A Political Theory of American Corporate Finance.” Columbia Law Review 91:10-67.

Roe, Mark. 1993. “Takeover Politics.” Pp. 321-380 in The Deal Decade, edited by Margaret M. Blair. Washington: Brookings Institution.

Roe, Mark. 1994. Strong Managers, Weak Owners. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Roethlisberger, F.J. and William J. Dickson. 1939. Management and the Worker. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Rogers, Alisdair and Steven Vertovec (eds.). 1995. The Urban Context: Ethnicity, Social Networks, and Situational Analysis. Oxford, UK: Berg Publishers.

Rogers, David L. and David A. Whetten. 1982. Interorganizational Coordination: Theory, Research and Implementation. Ames, IA: Iowa State University Press.

Rogers, Everett and Argawala-Rogers, R. 1995. “Communication Networks in Organizations.” Pp. 333-348 in Foundations of Organizational Communication: A Reader, edited by S. R. Corman, S. P. Banks, C. R. Bantz and M. E. Mayer. White Plains, NY: Longman.

Rogers, Everett M. “New Product Adoption and Diffusion.” Journal of Consumer Research, vol. 2, no. 4, March 1976, pp. 290-301.

Rogers, Everett M. “The Diffusion of Home Computers among Households in Silicon Valley.” Marriage and Family Review 1985, 8, 1-2, spring, 89-101.

Rogers, Everett M. “The Role of the Research University in the Spin-off of High-Technology Companies.” Innovation: A cross-disciplinary perspective. 1988. pp. 443-55.

Rogers, Everett M. 1988. Diffusion of Innovation. Fourth Ed. New York: Free Press.

Rogers, Everett M. 1995. Diffusion of Innovation. Fifth Ed. New York: Free Press.

Rogers, Everett M. and D. Lawrence Kincaid. 1982. Communication Networks: Toward a New Paradigm for Research.

Rogers, Everett M. and Katherine Larsen. 1984. Silicon Valley Fever. New York: Basic.

Rogers, Everett M. and Valente, Thomas W. 1991. “Technology Transfer in High-Technology Industries.” Pp. 103-20 in Technology transfer in international business.

Rogers, Mark. 2004. “Networks, Firm Size and Innovation Small Business Economics 22(2):141-53.

Rolle, Daniel; Blattel-Mink, Birgit. “Networks in Organization Research: A New Bottle for Old Wine?” Osterreichische Zeitschrift fur Soziologie 1998. 23:66-87.

Rollins, Thomas and Darryl Roberts. 1998. Work, Culture, Organizational Performance and Business Success: Measurement and Management. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.

Romanelli, Elaine and Michael L. Tushman. 1994. “Organizational Transformation as Punctuated Equilibrium: An Empirical Test.” Academy of Management Journal 37:1141-1166.

Romanelli, Elaine. 1991. “The Evolution of New Organizational Forms.” Annual Review of Sociology 17:79-103.

Romano, Roberta (ed.). 1993. Foundations of Corporate Law. New York: Oxford University Press.

Romano, Roberta. 1988. “The Future of Hostile Takeovers: Legislation and Public Opinion.” Cincinnati Law Review 73:111-199.

Romano, Roberta. 1993. “Public Pension Fund Activism in Corporate Governance Reconsidered.” Columbia Law Review 93:795-853.

Romer, Thomas and James M. Snyder, Jr. 1994. “An Empirical Investigation of the Dynamics of PAC Contributions.” American Journal of Political Science 38:745-769.

Romero, Alberto. “Information Networks and Their Importance in Scientific Research.” Revista Venezolana de Gerencia, 2002. 7, 19, July-Sept, 425-441.

Romhild, Regina. “Practised Imagination. Tracing Transnational Networks in Crete and Beyond.” Anthropological Journal on European Cultures, 2002. 11, 159-190.

Romijn, Henny and Albu, Mike. “Innovation, Networking and Proximity: Lessons from Small High Technology Firms in the UK.” Regional Studies, vol. 36, no. 1, February 2002. pp. 81-86.

Romijn, Henny and Albu, Mike. “Innovation, Networking and Proximity: Lessons from Small High Technology Firms in the UK.” Regional Studies, vol. 36, no. 1, February 2002. pp. 81-86.

Romijn, Henny; Albu, Mike. “Innovation, Networking and Proximity: Lessons from Small High Technology Firms in the UK.” Regional Studies 36(1): 2002. 81-86.

Romo, Frank P. and Michael Schwartz. 1995. “Structural Embeddedness of Business Decisions: A Sociological Assessment of the Migration Behavior of Plants in New York State Between 1960 and 1985.” American Sociological Review 60:874-907.

Rondinelli, Dennis A.; Black, Sylvia Sloan. “Multinational Strategic Alliances and Acquisitions in Central and Eastern Europe: Partnerships in Privatization. Academy of Management Executive 2000. Vol. 14 Issue 4, P85, 14p;

Rondinelli, Dennis A.; London, Ted. “How Corporations and Environmental Groups Cooperate: Assessing Cross-Sector Alliances and Collaborations. Academy of Management Executive 2003. Vol. 17 Issue 1, P61, 16p;

Ronit, Karsten and Volker Schneider. 1999. “Global Governance Through Private Organizations.” Governance 12(3):243-266.

Rooks, Gerrit, Werner Raub, Robert Selten, and Frits Tazelaar. 2000. “How Inter-Firm Co-Operation Depends on Social Embeddedness: A Vignette Study.” Acta Sociologica 43:123-137.

Root, F. R. (1994), Entry Strategies for International Markets, Lexington Books, New York.

Roper, Stephen. “.” .” .” .” Innovation, Networks and Plant Location: Some Evidence for Ireland.” Regional Studies, vol. 35, no. 3, May 2001. pp. 215-28.

Roper, Stephen. 2001. “Innovation, Networks and Plant Location: Some Evidence for Ireland.” Regional Studies 35(3):215-228.

Rosanas, Josep M. and Manuel Velilla. “Loyalty and Trust as the Ethical Bases of Organizations. Journal of Business Ethics 15, 2003. V44 I1 P49(11)

Roschelle, Anne R. “Declining Networks of Care: Ethnicity, Migration, and Poverty in a Puerto Rican Community.” Race, Gender & Class, 1997, 4, 2, 107-126.

Roschelle, Anne R. “No More Kin: Exploring Race, Class, and Gender in Family Networks.” Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage, 1997.

Rose, Frank. 1989. West of Eden: The End of Innocence at Apple Computer. New York: Viking.

Rose, Mary B. “Firms, networks and business values: The British and American cotton industries since 1750.” Cambridge Studies in Modern Economic History 8. Cambridge; New York and Melbourne: Cambridge University Press, 2000. xii, 352. Seabright, Paul, ed. “The vanishing rouble: Barter networks and non-monetary transactions in post-Soviet societies.” .

Rose, Richard and Craig Weller. 2001. What Does Social Capital Add to Democratic Values? Glasgow: Centre for the Study of Public Policy, University of Strathclyde.

Rose, Richard. 2000. “Getting Things Done in an Antimodern Society: Social Capital Networks in Russia.” Pp. 147-71 in Social Capital: A Multifaceted Perspective.

Rose, Richard; Mishler, William; Haerpfer, Christian. “Social capital in civic and stressful societies. Studies in Comparative International Development, Fall97, Vol. 32 Issue 3, p84, 27p

Rose, Suzanna M. “Professional Networks of Junior Faculty in Psychology.” Psychology of Women Quarterly, 1985, 9, 4, Dec, 533-547.

Rosecrance, R. 1996. “The Rise of the Virtual State.” Foreign Affairs 75:45-61.

Rosen, Michael. 1991. “Coming to Terms with the Field: Understanding and Doing Organizational Ethnography.” Journal of Management Studies 28:1-23.

Rosen, Sherwin. 1979. “Human Capital: A Survey of Empirical Research.” Research in Labor Economics 1:3-39.

Rosen, Sherwin. 1981. “The Economics of Superstars.” American Economic Review 71:845-858.

Rosenau, James N. “Information Technologies and the Skills, Networks, and Structures That Sustain World Affairs.” Information technologies and global politics: The changing scope of power and governance. 2002, pp. 275-87.

Rosenau, James N. 2002. “Information Technologies and the Skills, Networks, and Structures That Sustain World Affairs.” Pp. 275-287 in Information technologies and global politics: The changing scope of power and governance.

Rosenbaltt, Zehava, Kathryn S. Rogers andWalter R. Nord. 1993. “Toward a Political Framework for Flexible Management of Decline.” Organization Science 4:76-91.

Rosenbaum, Eckehard F. “Towards a Theory of Markets: Networks, Communication and Knowledge.” Privatization, corporate governance and the emergence of markets. 2000, pp. 223-36.

Rosenbaum, Eckehard F. “Towards a Theory of Markets: Networks, Communication and Knowledge.” Privatization, corporate governance and the emergence of markets. 2000. 223-36.

Rosenbaum, James E. and Amy Binder. 1997. “Do Employers Really Need More Educated Youth?” Sociology of Education 70: 68-85.

Rosenberg, Hilary. 1999. “Hark! The Shareholders Are Restless in Europe>“New York Times December 12(3):4

Rosenberg, Nathan. 1994. Exploring the Black Box. Technology, Economics, and History. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rosenfeld S.A. (1994) “Danish Modern 1994: Designing Networks to North America” CMA Magazine Vol 68 Issue 3 (April 1994) pp.24-6.

Rosenfeld, Rachel A. 1980. “Race and Sex Differences in Career Dynamics.” American Sociological Review 45:583-609.

Rosenheck, Robert A, Sandra G. Resnick and Joseph P. Morrissey. 2003. “Closing Service System Gaps for Homeless Clients with a Dual Diagnosis: Integrated Teams and Interagency Cooperation.” Journal of Mental Health Policy and Economics 6(2):77-87.”

Rosenkopf, Lori and Michael L. Tushman. 1998 “The Coevolution of Community Networks and Technology: Lessons from the Flight Simulation Industry.” Industrial and Corporate Change 7:311-346.

Rosenkopf, Lori and Michael L. Tushman. 1998 “The Coevolution of Community Networks and Technology: Lessons from the Flight Simulation Industry.” Industrial and Corporate Change 7:311-346.

Rosenkopf, Lori and P. Almeida. 2003. “Overcoming local search through alliances and mobility.” Management Science, 49:751-766.

Rosenkopf, Lori, Anca Metiu and Varghese George. 2001. “From the Bottom Up? Technical Committee Activity and Alliance Formation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 46:748-772.

Rosenkopf, Lori, Anca Metiu and Varghese George. 2001. “From the Bottom Up? Technical Committee Activity and Alliance Formation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 46:748-772.

Rosenthal, Anton. “Urban Networks, Global Processes, and the Construction of Public Life in Nineteenth-Century Buenos Aires.” Journal of Urban History, 2003. 29, 6, Sept, 760-766.

Rosenthal, Naomi, Meryl Fingrutd, Michele Ethier, Roberta Karant and David McDonald. 1985.” Social Movements and Network Analysis: A Case Study of Nineteenth-Century Women's Reform in New York State.” American Journal of Sociology 90:1022-1054.

Rosenzweig, Mark R. 1976. “Non-linear Earnings Functions, Age, and Experience: A Non-dogmatic Reply and Some Additional Evidence.” Journal of Human Resources 11:23-27.

Rosner, David and Gerald Markowitz (eds.). 1987. Dying for Work: Workers’ Safety and Health in Twentieth-Century. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

Roson, Roberto; van den Bergh, Jeroen C J M. “Network Markets and the Structure of Networks.” Annals of Regional Science 34(2): 2000. 197-211.

Ross, Anthony D. “Performance-Based Strategic Resource Allocation in Supply Networks.” International Journal of Production Economics 63(3): 2000. 255-66.

Ross, Christopher O. “Organizational Dimensions of Metropolitan Dominance: Prominence in the Network of Corporate Control, 1955-1975.” American Sociological Review, 1987, 52, 2 258-267.

Rotberg, Robert I. (ed.). 2001. Patterns of Social Capital: Stability and Change in Historical Perspective. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rothaermel, Frank T. “Incumbent's Advantage Through Exploiting Complementary Assets Via Interfirm Cooperation. Strategic Management Journal, Jun/Jul2001. Vol. 22 Issue 6/7, P687, 13p;

Rothaermel, Frank T. “Technological Discontinuities and Interfirm Cooperation: What Determines A Startup's Attractiveness as Alliance Partner? IEEE Transactions On Engineering Management 2002. V49 I4 P388(10)

Rothaermel, Frank T. 2001. “Complementary Assets, Strategic Alliances, and the Incumbent's Advantage: An Empirical Study of Industry and Firm Effects in the Biopharmaceutical Industry.” Research Policy 30:1235-1251.

Rothaermel, Frank T.; Deeds, David L. “More Good Things Are Not Necessarily Better: An Empirical Study Of Strategic Alliances, Experience Effects, And Innovative Output In High-Technology Start-Ups. Academy of Management Proceedings, 2001. Pf1, 6p;

Rothenberg, Lawrence S. 1988. “Organizational Maintenance and the Retention Decision in Groups.” American Political Science Review 82:1129-1152.

Rothenberg, Richard, Julie Baldwin, Robert Trotter and Stephen Muth. 2001. “The Risk Environment for HIV Transmission: Results from the Atlanta and Flagstaff Network Studies.” Journal of Urban Health 78:419-432.

Rothschild, Joyce and Terance D. Miethe. 1994. “Whistleblowing as Resistance in Modern Work Organizations: The Politics of Revealing Organizational Deception and Abuse.” Pp. 252-273 in Resistance and Power in Organizations, edited by John M. Jermier, David Knights and Walter R. Nord. London: Routledge.

Rothschild, Joyce and Terance D. Miethe. 1994. “Whistleblowing as Resistance in Modern Work Organizations: The Politics of Revealing Organizational Deception and Abuse.” Pp. 252-273 in Resistance and Power in Organizations, edited by John M. Jermier, David Knights and Walter R. Nord. London: Routledge.

Rothstein, Bo. “Social Capital in the Social Democratic Welfare State. Politics & Society 2001. V29 I2 P207(3)

Rothstein, Bo. “Social Capital, Economic Growth and Quality of Government: The Causal Mechanism. New Political Economy, Mar2003. Vol. 8 Issue 1, p49, 23p;

Rothstein, Mitchell G; Burke, Ronald J; Bristor, Julia M. “Structural Characteristics and Support Benefits in the Interpersonal Networks of Women and Men in Management.” The International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 2001. 9, 1, Jan, 4-25.

Rotolo, Thomas. “Town Heterogeneity and Affiliation: A Multilevel Analysis of Voluntary Association Membership.” Sociological Perspectives, Summer2000, Vol. 43 Issue 2, p271, 19p.

Rousseau, Denise M. 1977. “Technological Differences in Job Characteristics, Employee Satisfaction, and Motivation: A Synthesis of Job Design Research and Sociotechnical Systems Theory.” Organizational Behavior and Human Performance 19:18-42.

Rousseau, Denise M. 1995. Psychological Contracts in Organizations: Understanding Written and Unwritten Agreements. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Rousseau, Denise M. and K.A. Wade-Benzoni. 1994. “Linking Strategy and Human Resource Practices: How Employee and Customer Contracts Are Created.” Human Resource Management 33:463-489.

Rousseau, Denise M. S.B. Sitkin, Ronald S. Burt and C. Camerer. 1998. “Not So Different After All: A Cross-Disciplinary View of Trust,” Academy of Management Review 23:393-404.

Routledge, Bryan R.; von Amsberg, Joachim. “Social capital and growth. Journal of Monetary Economics, Jan2003. Vol. 50 Issue 1, p167, 27p;

Roux, Manfred; Gassmann, Oliver. “IBM: Using Global Networks for Virtual Development.” Managing global innovation: Uncovering the secrets of future competitiveness. 2000. 381-94.

Rowan, Brian. 1982. “Organizational Structure and the Institutional Environment: The Case of Public Schools.” Administrative Science Quarterly 27:259-279.

Rowley, Chris, Tae-Won Sohn and Johngseok Bae (eds.). 2002. Managing Korean Business: Organization, Culture, Human Resources and Change. London: Frank Cass Publishers.

Rowley, T., Behrens, D., and Krackhardt, D. 2000. Redundant governance structures: An analysis of structural and relational embeddedness in the steel and semiconductor industries. Strategic Management Journal, 21: 369-386.

Rowley, Timothy J. 1997. “Moving Beyond Dyadic Ties: A Network Theory of Stakeholder Influences.” Academy of Management Review 22:887-910.

Rowley, Timothy J. 1997. “Redundant Governance Structures: An Analysis of Structural and Relational Embeddedness in the Steel and Semiconductor Industries.” Strategic Management Journal 21:369-386.

Rowley, Timothy J. and Mihnea Moldoveanu. 2003. “When Will Stakeholder Groups Act? An Interest- and Identity-Based Model of Stakeholder Group Mobilization.” Academy of Management Review 28:204219.

Roy, William G. 1981. “The Vesting of Interests and the Determinants of Political Power: Size, Network Structure, and Mobilization of American Industries, 1886-1905.” American Journal of Sociology 86:1287-1310.

Roy, William G; Parker-Gwin, Rachel. “How Many Logics of Collective Action?.” Theory and Society 1999. 28, 2, Apr, 203-237.

Roy, William. 1997. Socializing Capital: The Rise of the Large Industrial Corporation in America. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Royall, Frederic. “Building Solidarity across National Boundaries: The Case of Affiliates of the European Network of the Unemployed.” Journal of European Area Studies, 2002. 10, 2, Nov, 243-258.

Rubenstein, Saul A. “Unions As Value-Adding Networks: Possibilities for the Future of U.S. Unionism.” Journal of Labor Research 22(3): Summer 2001. 581-98.

Rubery, Jill, Fang Lee Cooke, Jill Earnshaw and Mick Marchington. 2003. “Inter-Organizational Relations and Employment in a Multi-Employer Environment.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 41:265-289.

Rubery, Jill, Jill Earnshaw, Mick Marchington, Fang Lee Cooke and Steven Vincent. 2002. “Changing Organizational Forms and the Employment Relationship.” Journal of Management Studies 39:645-672.

Rubinstein, Saul A. 2001. “Unions as value-adding networks: Possibilities for the future of U.S. unionism.” Journal of Labor Research 22:581-598.

Rudd, Murray A. “Live Long and Prosper: Collective Action, Social Capital and Social Vision.” Ecological Economics, vol. 34, no. 1, July 2000. pp. 131-44.

Rudolph, Thomas J. 1999. “Corporate and Labor PAC Contributions in House Elections: Measuring the Effects of Majority Party Status.” Journal of Politics 61:195-206.

Ruef, Martin and W. Richard Scott. 1998. “A Multidimensional Model of Organizational Legitimacy: Hospital Survival in Changing Institutional Environments.” Administrative Science Quarterly Dec 43:877-.

Ruef, Martin, Peter Mendel and W. Richard Scott. 1998. “An Organizational Field Approach to Resource Environments in Health Care: Comparing Entries of Hospitals and Home Health Agencies in the San Francisco Bay Region.” Health Services Research 32:775-803.

Ruef, Martin. “Strong ties, weak ties and islands: structural and cultural predictors of organizational innovation. Industrial & Corporate Change, Jun2002. Vol. 11 Issue 3, p427, 23p

Rueschemeyer, Dietrich, Evelyne Huber Stephens and John D. Stephens. 1992. Capitalist Development and Democracy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Ruf, Bernadette M., Krishnamurty Muralidhar, Robert M. Brown, Jay J. Janney and Karen Paul. 2001. “An Empirical Investigation of the Relationship Between Change in Corporate Social Performance and Financial Performance: A Stakeholder Theory Perspective.” Journal of Business Ethics 32:143-.

Ruggiero, Vincenzo. 1996. Organized and Corporate Crime in Europe: Offers That Can’t Be Refused. Brookfield, VT: Dartmouth Publishing.

Ruigrok, W. and R. van Tulder. 1995. The Logic of International Restructuring. London: Routledge.

Ruigrok, Winfried and Hardy Wagner. 2003. “Internationalization and Performance: An Organizational Learning Perspective.” Management International Review 43:63-83.

Rullani, Enzo. “Networks and Internationalization: Managing Complexity through Knowledge.” Perspectives on strategic change. 1993, pp. 107-42.

Rumelt, Richard P. 1974. Strategy, Structure and Economic Performance. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.

Rumelt, Richard P. 1991. “How Much Does Industry Matter?” Strategic Management Journal 12:167-185.

Rumelt, Richard P., Dan E. Schendel, and David J. Teece. 1994. “Fundamental issues in strategy.” In R.P Rumelt, D. E. Schendel, and D. J. Teece (eds.) Fundamental Issues

Rumford, Chris. “The Organization of European Space: Regions, Networks, and Places: Review Essay International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 28(1): 2004. 225-29.

Runger, George; Wasserman, Stanley. “Longitudinal Analysis of Friendship Networks.” Social Networks, 1979-80, 2, 2, Apr, 143-154.

Rus, Andrej. “Interpersonal Dynamics in Network Organizations.” Druzboslovne Razprave 2003. 19, 42 21-46.

Rus, Andrej. “Interpersonal Dynamics in Network Organizations.” Druzboslovne Razprave, 2003. 19, 42, Apr, 21-46.

Rushing, William A. 1966. “Organizational Size and Administration: The Problems of Causal Homogeneity and a Heterogeneous Category.” Pacific Sociological Review 9:100-108.

Russell, John J. 1997. National Trade and Professional Associations of the United States. 32nd Edition. New York: Columbia Books.

Russett, Bruce. 1984. “Dimensions of Resource Dependence: Some Elements of Rigor in Concept and Policy Analysis.” International Organization 38:481-499.

Russo, M. V., and P. A. Fouts 1997. “A Resource-based Perspective on Corporate Environmental Performance and Profitability.” Academy of Management Journal 40:534-559.

Rutashobya, Lettice; Jaensson, Jan-Erik. “Small Firms’ Internationalization for Development in Tanzania: Exploring the Network Phenomenon International Journal of Social Economics 31(1-2)(Special Issue): 2004. 159-72.

Rutherford, Malcolm H. 1996. Institutions in Economics: The Old and the New Institutionalism. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Rutherford, Malcolm. 1995. “The Old and New Institutionalism: Can Bridges Be Built?” Journal of Economic Issues 29:443-451.

Rutherford, Tod, Rob Imrie and Jonathan Morris. 1995. “Subcontracting Flexibility? Recruitment, Training and New Production Relations.” International Journal of Manpower 16(8):3-21.

Rutstrom, E Elisabet; Redmond, Willie J. “A Quantification of Lobbying Benefits with an Application to the Common Agricultural Policy.” Journal of Policy Modeling, vol. 19, no. 6, December 1997, pp. 635-59.

Rutten, Roel. “Innovation in Regional Supplier Networks: The Case of KIC.” Knowledge, innovation and economic growth: The theory and practice of learning regions. 2000. pp. 217-41.

Rutten, Roel. “Innovation in Regional Supplier Networks: The Case of KIC.” Knowledge, innovation and economic growth: The theory and practice of learning regions. 2000. pp. 217-41.

Ryan, Kathleen D. and Daniel K. Oestreich. 1998. Driving Fear Out of the Workplace: Creating the High-Trust, High-Performance Organization. Second Edition. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Rycroft, Robert W. “Technology-Based Globalization Indicators: The Centrality of Innovation Network Data.” Technology in Society 2003. 25, 3, Aug, 299-317.

Rycroft, Robert W. “Technology-Based Globalization Indicators: The Centrality of Innovation Network Data.” Technology in Society 2003. 25, 3, Aug, 299-317.

Rycroft, Robert W. “Technology-Based Globalization Indicators: The Centrality of Innovation Network Data.” Technology in Society, 2003. 25, 3, Aug, 299-317.

Rydin, Yvonne. “Policy Networks, Local Discourses and the Implementation of Sustainable Development.” The politics of sustainable development: Theory, policy and practice within the European Union. 1997. Pp. 152-74.

Saari, Donald G. “Some Consequences of 'Recurrence and Expansion': What Can We Learn about Logistic Networks from Chaos?” The cosmo-creative society: Logistical networks in a dynamic economy. 1993, pp. 67-80.

Sabar, Naama. “Kibbutz L.A.: A Paradoxical Social Network.” Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 2002. 31, 1, Feb, 68-94.

Sabato, Larry J. 1984. PAC Power: Inside the World of Political Action Committees. New York: Norton.

Sabato, Larry J. and Glenn R. Simpson. 1996. Dirty Little Secrets: The Persistence of Corruption in American Politics. New York: Times Books.

Sabbagh, Karl. 1996. 21st Century Jet: The Making and Marketing of the Boeing 777. New York Scribner.

Sabel, Charles F. 1989. “Flexible Specialization and the Re-emergence of Regional Economies.” Pp. 17-70 in Reversing Industrial Decline: Industrial Structure and Policy in Britain and Her Competitors, edited by P. Hirst and J. Zeitlin. Oxford, UK: Berg.

Sabel, Charles F. and J. Zeitlin (eds.). 1997. World of Possibilities: Flexible and Mass Production in Western Industrialization. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Sacchetti, Silvia; Sugden, Roger. “The Governance of Networks and Economic Power: The Nature and Impact of Subcontracting Relationships.” Journal of Economic Surveys 17(5): 2003. 669-91.

Sachdev, Ameet. 2000. “Florida Progress CEO Gets $15-Million.” St. Petersburg Times March 7:1A.

Sacher, Seth; Silvia, Louis. “Physician Networks, Integration and Efficiency.” Antitrust Bulletin 45(3): Fall 2000. 761-85.

Sackmann, Sonja A. 1991. “Uncovering Culture in Organizations.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 27:295-217.

Sackmann, Sonja A. 1992. “Culture and Subcultures: An Analysis of Organizational Knowledge.” Administrative Science Quarterly 37:140-161.

Sacks, Michael Alan, Marc J. Ventresca and Brian Uzzi. 2000. “Stateness and System in the Global Structure of Trade: A Network Approach to Assessing Nation Status.” Pp. 33-49 in Questioning Geopolitics: Political Projects in a Changing World System, edited by Georgi M. Derluguian and Scott Greer. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Sacks, Michael Alan, Marc J. Ventresca and Brian Uzzi. 2001. “Global Institutions and Networks: Contingent Change in the Structure of World Trade Advantage, 1965-1980.” American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1579-1601.

Sadikin, S W. “The Diffusion of Agricultural Research Knowledge and Advances in Rice Production in Indonesia.” Sharing innovation: Global perspectives on food, agriculture, and rural development. Papers and proceedings of a colloquium organized by the Smithsonian Institution. 1990, pp. 106-23.

Saffold, Guy S. III. 1988. “Culture Traits, Strength, and Organizational Performance: Moving Beyond ‘Strong’ Culture.” Academy of Management Review 13:546-558.

Saffu, Kojo; Mamman, Aminu. “Strategic Motives For International Alliance Formation: the Case of Australian Universities. International Journal of Management 2000. Vol. 17 Issue 3, P303, 8p;

Sage, Colin. “Social Embeddedness and Relations of Regard: Alternative ‘Good Food’ Networks in South-West Ireland.” Journal of Rural Studies, 2003. 19, 1, Jan, 47-60.

Sage, George H. 1999. “Justice Do It! The Nike Transnational Advocacy Network: Organization, Collective Actions, and Outcomes.” Sociology of Sport Journal 16(3):206-235.

Sakamoto, Arthur and Meikchu D. Chen. 1991. “Further Evidence on Returns to Schooling by Establishment Size.” American Sociological Review 56:765-771.

Sako, Mari. 1992. Prices, Quality and Trust: Inter-firm Relations in Britain and Japan. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Salamon, Lester M. (ed.). 2002. The State of Nonprofit America. Washington: DC: Brookings Institution Press.

Salamon, Lester M. 1981. “Rethinking Public Management: Third-Party Government and the Changing Forms of Government Action.” Public Policy 29:255-75.

Salamon, Lester M. 1981. “Rethinking Public Management: Third-Party Government and the Changing Forms of Government Action.” Public Policy 29:255-75.

Salamon, Lester M. 1993. “The Marketization of Welfare: Changing Nonprofit and For-Profit Roles in the American Welfare State.” Social Service Review 67:16-39.

Salamon, Lester M. 1997. Holding the Center: America’s Nonprofit Sector at a Crossroads. New York: Nathan Cummings Foundation.

Salamon, Lester M. 1999. America’s Nonprofit Sector: A Primer (Second Edition). New York: Foundation Center.

Salamon, Lester M. 2001. “Scope and Structure: The Anatomy of America’s Nonprofit Sector.” Pp. 23-39 in The Nature of the Nonprofit Sector, edited by J. Steven Ott. Boulder, CO: Westview.

Salamon, Lester M. 2001. “The Current Crisis.” Pp. 420-432 in The Nature of the Nonprofit Sector, edited by J. Steven Ott. Boulder, CO: Westview.

Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier (eds.). 1997. Defining the Nonprofit Sector: A Cross-National Analysis. Manchester, UK: Manchester University Press.

Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1996. The Emerging Nonprofit Sector: An Overview. New York: Manchester University Press.

Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1997. “The Civil Society Sector.” Society 34(2):60-65.

Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1997. Defining the Nonprofit Sector: A Cross-national Analysis. New York: Manchester University Press.

Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1998. “Conclusion: Toward an Understanding of the Nonprofit Sector in the Developing World.” Pp. 353-363 in The Nonprofit Sector in the Developing World, edited by Helmut K. Anheier and Lester M. Salamon. Manchester, UK: Manchester University Press.

Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1998. “Social Origins of Civil Society: Explaining the Nonprofit Sector Cross-Nationally.” Voluntas 9(3):213-.

Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1998. “Social Origins of Civil Society: Explaining the Nonprofit Sector Cross-Nationally.” Voluntas 9(3):213-248; Comments by Steinberg & Young; Ragin; reply by Salamon & Anheier: 249-281.

Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. 1998. The Nonprofit Sector in the Developing World: A Comparative Analysis. New York: Manchester University Press.

Salamon, Lester M. and Helmut K. Anheier. The Emerging Nonprofit Sector: An Overview. Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1996.

Salamon, Lester M. Partners in Public Service: Government-Nonprofit Relations in the Modern Welfare State. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1995.

Salamon, Lester M., Helmut K. Anheier, Regina List, S. Stefan Toepler, S. Wojciech Sokolowski, and Associates. 1999. Global Civil Society: Dimensions of the Nonprofit Sector. Baltimore: Center for Civil Society Studies.

Salancik, Gerald R. and Jeffrey Pfeffer. 1978. “Who Gets Power--and How They Hold on to It: A Stragetic-Contingency Model of Power.” Organizational Dynamics 5:3-21.

Salancik, Gerald R., and James Meindl. 1984. “Corporate attributions as strategic illusions of management control.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 29:238-254.

Salancik, Gerald R., Jeffrey Pfeffer and J. Patrick Kelly. 1978. “A Contingency Model of Influence in Organizational Decision-Making.” Pacific Sociological Review 21:239-256.

Salancik, Gerald. 1995. “Wanted: A Good Network Theory of Organization.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:345-349

Salazar, Abran J. “Ambiguity and Communication Effects on Small Group Decision-Making Performance.” Human Communication Research, 1996, 23, 2, Dec, 155-192.

Salazar, Abran J. “Communication Effects on Small Group Decision-Making: Homogeneity and Task as Moderators of the Communication-Performance Relationship.” Western Journal of Communication, 1997, 61, 1, winter, 35-65.

Saldanha, Arun. 2003. “Actor-Network Theory and Critical Sociology.” Critical Sociology 29:419-432.

Salem, Deborah A., Pennie G. Foster-Fishman and Jessica R. Goodkind. 2002. “The Adoption of Innovation in Collective Action Organizations.” American Journal of Community Psychology 30:681-710.

Salisbury, Joseph and George Barnett. 2002. “The World System of International Monetary Flows: A Network Analysis.” Information Society 15:31-49.

Salisbury, Robert H. 1969. “An Exchange Theory of Interest Groups.” Midwest Journal of Political Science 13:1-32.

Salisbury, Robert H. 1969. “An Exchange Theory of Interest Groups.” Midwest Journal of Political Science 13:1-32.

Salisbury, Robert H. 1984. “Interest Representation: The Dominance of Institutions.” American Political Science Review 78:64-76.

Salisbury, Robert H. 1994. “Interest Structures and Policy Domains: A Focus for Research.” In Representing Interests and Interest Group Representation, edited by William Crotty, Mildred A. Schwartz and John C. Green. Washington: University Press of America.

Salk, Jane E. 2000. “National Culture, Networks, and Individual Influence in a Multinational Management Team.” Academy of Management Journal 43:191-202.

Salloway, Jeffrey Colman; Dillon, Patrick B. “A Comparison of Family Networks and Friend Networks in Health Care Utilization.” Journal of Comparative Family Studies, 1973, 4, 1, Spr, 131-142.

Salloway, Jeffrey Colman; Dillon, Patrick B. “A Comparison of Family Networks and Friend Networks in Health Care Utilization.” Journal of Comparative Family Studies, 1973, 4, 1, Spr, 131-142.

Sally, R. 1994. “Multinational Enterprises, Political Economy and Institutional Theory: Domestic Embeddedness in the Context of Internationalization.” Review of International Political Economy 1:161-92.

Salmon, Gilly. “Developing Managers through Networked Technologies.” The current state of business disciplines. Volume 5. Management--II. 2000, pp. 2475-84.

Saloner, Garth; Shepard, Andrea. “Adoption of Technologies with Network Effects: An Empirical Examination of the Adoption of Automated Teller Machines.” RAND Journal of Economics, vol. 26, no. 3, Autumn 1995, pp. 479-501.

Salvaggio, Jerry L. (ed). 1989. The Information Society: Economic, Social and Structural Issues.

Salzman, Harold. 1998. “Restructuring and Skill Needs: Will Firms Train?” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 559(Sept.):125-140.

Sampson, R. 2004. The cost of misaligned governance in R&D alliances. Forthcoming in Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization.

Sampson, Robert J., Jeffrey D. Morenoff, and Felton Earls. 1999. “Beyond Social Capital: Spatial Dynamics of Collective Efficacy for Children.” American Sociological Review, 64:633-660.

Samuels, Warren J. and Arthur S. Miller (eds.). 1987. Corporations and Society: Power and Responsibility. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Samuels, Warren. 1995. “The Present State of Institutional Economics.” Cambridge Journal of Economics 19:569-590.

Samuelson, Robert J. 1995. The Good Life and Its Discontents: The American Dream in the Age of Entitlement 1945-1995. New York: Random House.

San, Samuel H.T. and Walter W.C. Chung. “A Model For Assessing Ideas For New Venture Products. Business Process Management Journal, 2003. Vol. 9 Issue 1, P60, 9p;

Sanchez, Ron, Aime Heene and Howard Thomas (eds.). 1996. Dynamics of Competence-Based Competition: Theory and Practice in the New Strategic Managemeny. Oxford: Elsevier Science.

Sand, Inger-Johanne. 1998. “The Challenges of the Knowledge Society and New Forms of Organization of State and Civil Society.” Grus 54:5-22.

Sandefur, Rebecca L. and Edward O. Laumann. 1998. “A Paradigm for Social Capital.” Rationality and Society 10:481-501.

Sandell, Rickard and Charlotta Stern. 1998. “Group Size and the Logic of Collective Action: A Network Analysis of a Swedish Temperance Movement 1896-1937.” Rationality and Society 10:327-345.

Sandell, Rickard. 1999. “Organizational Life Aboard the Moving Bandwagons: A Network Analysis of Dropouts from a Swedish Temperance Organization, 1896-1937.” Acta Sociologica 42:3-15.

Sandell, Steven and David Shapiro. 1978. “The Theory of Human Capital and the Earnings of Women: A Re-examination of the Evidence.” Journal of Human Resources 13:103-117.

Sandell, Steven H. and David Shapiro. 1980. “Work Expectations, Human Capital Accumulation, and the Wages of Young Women” Journal of Human Resources 15:335-353.

Sander, Thomas H. “Social Capital and New Urbanism: Leading a Civic Horse to Water? National Civic Review, Fall2002. Vol. 91 Issue 3, p213, 22p;

Sanders, Jimy M. and Victor Nee. 1996. “Immigrant Self-Employment: The Family as Social Capital and the Value of Human Capital.” American Sociological Review, 61:231-249.

Sanders, Jimy; Nee, Victor; Sernau, Scott. 2002. “Asian Immigrants' Reliance on Social Ties in a Multiethnic Labor Market. Social Forces Vol. 81 Issue 1, p281, 34p;

Sandler, Todd. “Collective action: Theory and applications.” Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press 1992.

Sandler, Todd. “Global and Regional Public Goods: A Prognosis for Collective Action.” Fiscal Studies, vol. 19, no. 3, August 1998. pp. 221-47.

Sandoval Forero, Eduardo Andres. “Convergencia, a Social Sciences Journal: A Beginning for a Latin American Network.” Espacio abierto, 2002. 11, 2, Apr-June, 171-185.

Sandoval Forero, Eduardo Andres. “Convergencia: Construction of a Latin American Network.” Convergencia, 2002. 9, 28, May-Aug, 19-33.

Sandoval Forero, Eduardo Andres; Aguado Lopez, Eduardo. “A Network of Scientific Journals of Latin America and the Caribbean in the Social Sciences and Humanities Red AlyC.” Convergencia, 2002. 9, 30, Sept-Dec, 317-322

Sandoval Forero, Eduardo. “Network of Mexican Social Science Journals.” Convergencia, 2003. 10, 32, May-Aug, 359-362.

Santoro, Michael D. and Patrick A. Saparito. “The Firm's Trust in Its University Partner as a Key Mediator in Advancing Knowledge and New Technologies. IEEE Transactions On Engineering Management 2003. V50 I3 P362(12)

Sanyal, Bishwapriya. 1997. “NGOs’ Self-Defeating Quest for Autonomy.” Annals of American Academy of Political and Social Science 554 (November):21-32

Sapelli, Giulio. 1993. “Enterprises and Political Parties in the Network of Corruptions.” Quaderni di Sociologia 37(5):51-67.

Sarason, Seymour B. and Elizabeth Lorentz. 1979. The Challenge of the Resource Exchange Network: From Concept to Action. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Sargent, Joseph. 1999. “Incurring Shareholder Wrath.” Global Finance 13(3):8.

Sassen, Saskia (ed.). 2002. Global Networks, Linked Cities. New York: Routledge.

Sastry, M. Anjaly. 1997. “Problems and Paradoxes in a Model of Punctuated Organizational Change.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:237-275.

Sattenspiel, Lisa and Carl P. Simon. 1988. “The Spread and Persistence of Infectious Diseases in Structured Populations.” Mathematical Biosciences 90:341-66.

Savage, Joanne; Kanazawa, Satoshi. “Social Capital, Crime, and Human Nature. Journal of Contemporary Criminal Justice, May2002. Vol. 18 Issue 2, p188, 24p;

Savicki, Victor; Kelley, Merle; Lingenfelter, Dawn. “Gender, Group Composition, and Task Type in Small Task Groups Using Computer-Mediated Communication.” Computers in Human Behavior, 1996, 12, 4, winter, 549-565.

Saviotti, Pier Paolo. “Networks, National Innovation Systems and Self-Organisation.” Knowledge, complexity and innovation systems. 2001. pp. 21-45.

Saviotti, Pier Paolo. “Networks, National Innovation Systems and Self-Organisation.” Knowledge, complexity and innovation systems. 2001. pp. 21-45.

Saviotti, Pier Paolo. “Networks, National Innovation Systems and Self-Organisation.” Knowledge, complexity and innovation systems. 2001. 21-45.

Sawyer, Malcolm C. 1993. “The Nature and Role of the Market.” Pp. 20-40 in Transaction Costs, Markets and Hierarchies, edited by Christos Pitelis. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Saxenian, Anna L. 1999. Silicon Valley’s New Immigrant Entrepreneurs. San Francisco, CA: Public Policy Institute of California.

Saxenian, AnnaLee. 1990. “Regional Networks and the Resurgence of Silicon Valley.” California Management Review 33(10):89-112.

Saxenian, AnnaLee. 1991. “The Origins and Dynamics of Production Networks in Silicon Valley.” Research Policy 20:423-438.

Saxenian, AnnaLee. 1994. Regional Advantage: Culture and Competition in Silicon Valley and Route 128. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Saxenian, AnnaLee. 2000. “Inside-Out: Regional Networks and Industrial Adaptation in Silicon Valley and Route 128.” Systems of innovation: Growth, competitiveness and employment. Volume 1. 201-20.

Saxenian, AnnaLee. 2002. “Transnational Communities and the Evolution of Global Production Networks: The Cases of Taiwan, China and India.” Industry and Innovation 9(3): 183-202.

Saxton, Todd. 1997. “The Effects of Partner and Relationship Characteristics on Alliance Outcomes.” Academy of Management Journal 40:443-462.

Scandura, Terri A. 1992. “Mentorship and Career Mobility: An Empirical Investigation.” Journal of Organizational Behavior 13:169-174.

Scandura, Terri A. and Chester A. Schriesheim. 1994. “Leader-Member Exchange and Supervisor Career Mentoring as Complementary Constructs in Leadership Research.” Academy of Management Journal 37:1588-1602.

Scarf, Philip A; Martin, Harry H. “A Framework for Maintenance and Replacement of a Network Structured System.” International Journal of Production Economics 69(3): 2001. 287-96.

Schaefer, Scott. 1998. “The Dependence of Pay-Performance Sensitivity on the Size of the Firm.” Review of Economics and Statistics 436-443.

Schafft, Kai A. and David L. Brown. 2003. “Social Capital, Social Networks, and Social Power.” Social Epistemology 17(4):329-342.

Scharf, Miri; Hertz-Lazarowitz, Rachel. “Social Networks in the School Context: Effects of Culture and Gender.” Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 2003. 20, 6, Dec, 843-858.

Schechter, Michael G. 1999. “Globalization and Civil Society.” Pp. 61-101 in The Revival of Civil Society: Global and Comparative Perspectives, edited by Michael G. Schechter. New York: St. Martin’s Press. JC336.R48 1999

Schein, Edgar H. 1984. “Coming to a New Awareness of Organizational Culture.” Sloan Management Review Winter 25:3-14.

Schein, Edgar H. 1990. “Organizational Culture.” The American Psychologist 45(2):109-119.

Schein, Edgar H. 1992. Organizational Culture and Leadership, 2d ed. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Schein, Edgar H. 1992. Organizational Culture and Leadership. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Schein, Edgar H. 1993. “Legitimating Clinical Research in the Study of Organizational Culture.” Journal of Counseling and Development 71:703-708.

Schein, Edgar H. 1994. “Cultures in Organizations: Three Perspectives.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:339-342.

Schein, Edgar H. 1996. “Culture: The Missing Concept in Organization Studies.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:229-240.

Schein, Edgar H. 1996. “Three Cultures of Management: The Key to Organizational Learning.” Sloan Management Review 38:9-20.

Schein, Edgar H. 1999. The Corporate Culture Survival Guide: Sense and Nonsense about Culture Change. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Schein, Edgar. 1993. “On Dialogue, Culture, and Organizational Learning.” Organizational Dynamics (Winter):40-51.

Schenk, K.-E. (1992), Internationale Kooperationen und Joint Ventures, in: S. Schoppe (ed.), Kompendium der Internationalen Betriebswirtschaftslehre, München: Oldenbourg, pp. 153-189.

Schenk, Michael, Dahm, Hermann and Sonje, Deziderio. “The Importance of Social Networks in the Diffusion of New Communication Technology.” Kolner Zeitschrift fur Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 1997. 49, 1, Mar, 35-52.

Schenk, Michael, Dahm, Hermann and Sonje, Deziderio. “The Importance of Social Networks in the Diffusion of New Communication Technology.” Kolner Zeitschrift fur Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 1997. 49, 1, Mar, 35-52.

Schenk, Michael. 1995. Soziale Netzwerke und Massenmedien: Untersuchungen zum Einfluss der persönlichen Kommunikation. Tübingen: J.C.B. Mohr.

Schensul, Jean J; Radda, Kim; Weeks, Margaret; Clair, Scott. “Ethnicity, Social Networks and HIV Risk in Older Drug Users.” Advances in Medical Sociology, 2002. 8, 167-197.

Scher, Mark J. 1997. “The Limitations of ‘Trust-Based’ Theories of Japan’s Inter-Organizational Networks in the Era of Globalization.” Paper presented at 13th EGOS Colloquium, Budapest.

Scher, Mark J. 1997. Japanese Interfirm Networks and Their Main Banks. London: Macmillan.

Scherer, Clifford W.; Cho, Hichang. “A Social Network Contagion Theory of Risk Perception.” Risk Analysis Apr2003. Vol. 23 Issue 2, p261, 7p;

Scherer, Frederic M. 1988. “Corporate Takeovers: The Efficiency Arguments.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 2:69-82.

Scherer, Frederic M. 1992. International High-technology Competition. Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press.

Schiesel, Seth. 1998. “For Local Bells, a Bright Side to the AT&T Deal.” New York Times June 26:D3.

Schiesel, Seth. 1998. “Venture Promises Far Faster Speeds for Internet Data.” New York Times January 20:A1.

Schiff, Aaron. “Open and Closed Systems of Two-Sided Networks Information Economics and Policy 15(4): 2003. 425-42.

Schiff, Maurice. “Love thy neighbor: trade, migration, and social capital. European Journal of Political Economy, Mar2002. Vol. 18 Issue 1, p87, 21p;

Schiffman, Susan, M. Lance Reynolds and Forrest W. Young. 1981., Introduction to Multidimensional Scaling:Theory, Methods and Applications New York: Academic Press.

Schilling Melissa A. 2002. “Technology Success and Failure in Winner-Take-All Markets: The Impact of Learning Orientation, Timing, and Network Externalities.” Academy of Management Journal 45:387-.

Schilling Melissa A. 2002. “Technology Success and Failure in Winner-Take-All Markets: The Impact of Learning Orientation, Timing, and Network Externalities.” Academy of Management Journal 45:387-.

Schilling, M.A. 2004. A “small-world” network model of cognitive insight. New York University Working Paper.

Schilling, M.A. and Steensma, K. 2001. The use of modular organizational forms: An industry-level analysis. Academy of Management Journal, 44:1149-1169.

Schilling, Oliver; Wahl, Hans-Werner. “Family Networks and Life Satisfaction of Older Adults in Rural and Urban Regions.” Kolner Zeitschrift fur Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 2002. 54, 2, June, 304-317.

Schleifer, Andrei and Robert W. Vishny. 1988. “Management Buyouts as a Response to Market Pressure.” Pp. 87-102 in Knights, Raiders, and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover, edited by John C. Coffee Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman. New York: Oxford University Press.

Schleifer, Andrei and Robert W. Vishny. 1988. “Value Maximization and the Acquisition of Trust.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 2:69-82.

Schleifer, Andrei and Robert W. Vishny. 1994. “Politicians and Firms.” Quarterly Journal of Economics 109:995-1025.

Schlosberg, David. “Networks and Mobile Arrangements: Organisational Innovation in the US Environmental Justice Movement.” Environmental Politics 1999. 8, 1, spring, 122-148.

Schlosberg, David. “Networks and Mobile Arrangements: Organisational Innovation in the US Environmental Justice Movement.” Environmental Politics 1999. 8, 1, spring, 122-148.

Schlozman, Kay Lehman and John T. Tierney. 1986. Organized Interests and American Democracy. New York: Harper and Row.

Schlozman, Kay Lehman and John T. Tierney. 1986. Organized Interests and American Democracy. New York: Harper and Row.

Schmalensee R., 1988, Industrial Economics: An Overview, The Economic Journal, 98

Schmalensee, R. 1995. “Do Markets Differ Much?” American Economic Review 75:341-350.

Schmidt, Gert. 1990. “New Production Concepts and Social Change of Organizations. From Class Society to Organization Society.” Osterreichische Zeitschrift fur Soziologie 15(2):3-16.

Schmidt, Stefanie R. Svorny, Shirley V. “Recent trends in job security and stability.” Journal of Labor Research v. 19 no4 (Fall ‘98) p. 647-68

Schmitter, Philippe C. and Wolfgang Streeck. 1999. The Organization of Business Interests: Studying the Associative Action of Business in Advanced Industrial Societies. Köln, Germany Discussion Paper 99-1, Max-Planck-Institut für Gesellschaftsforschung.

Schmitz, Hubert and Bernard Musyck. 1994. “Industrial Districts in Europe: Policy Lessons for Developing Countries?” World Development 22:889-910.

Schmitz, Hubert. 1995. “Small Shoemakers and Fordist Giants: Tale of a Supercluster.” World Development 23:9-28.

Schmookler, J. 1966. Invention and economic growth. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Schmookler, Jacob. 1972. Invention and Economic Growth. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Schmookler, Jacob. 1972. Patents, Invention and Economic Change: Data and Selected Essays. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Schneider, Jo Anne. “Pathways to opportunity: The role of race, social networks, institutions, and neighborhood in. Human Organization, Spring2000, Vol. 59 Issue 1, p72, 14p.

Schneider, Marguerite. 2002. “A Stakeholder Model of Organizational Leadership.” Organization Science 13:209-221.

Schneider, Volker. 1985. “From the Democratic Ideal to the Reconstruction of Traditional Forms of Political Power: Observations on an often Overlooked Trend in the ‘Political Development’ Debate.” Journal für Sozialforschung 25:269-283.

Schneider, Volker. 1986. “Exchange Networks in the Development of Policy. Regulation of Chemicals in the OECD, EEC, and the Federal Republic of Germany.” Journal für Sozialforschung 26:383-416.

Schneider, Volker. 1990. “Control as a Generalized Exchange Medium within the Policy Process? A Theoretical Interpretation of a Policy Analysis on Chemicals Control.” Pp. 171-87 in Governance and generalized exchange: Self-organizing policy networks in action.

Schneider, Volker. 1992. “The Structure of Policy Networks: A Comparison of the ‘Chemicals Control’ and ‘Telecommunications’ Policy Domains in Germany.” European Journal of Political Research 21:109-129.

Schneider, Volker. 2001. “Institutional Reform in Telecommunications: The European Union in Transnational Policy Diffusion.” Pp. 60-78 in Transforming Europe: Europeanization and domestic change.

Schneider, Volker; Charon, Jean-Marie; Miles, Ian; Thomas, Graham; Vedel, Thierry. 1991. “The Dynamics of Videotex Development in Britain, France and Germany: A Cross-National Comparison.” European Journal of Communication 6:187-212.

Schneider, Volker; Dang-Nguyen, Godefroy; Werle, Raymund. 1994. “Corporate Actor Networks in European Policy-Making: Harmonizing Telecommunications Policy.” Journal of Common Market Studies 32:473-498.

Schneider, Volker; Vedel, Thierry; Miller, James. 1991. “The State and New Forms of Communication: The Introduction of Videotex in Europe and North America.” Pp. 159-83 in State policies and techno-industrial innovation.

Schoemaker, P.J.H. and R. Amit. 1994. “Investments in Strategic Assets: Industry and Firm-Level Perspectives.” Advances in Strategic Management 10:3-33.

Scholes, Myron S. and Mark A. Wolfson. 1989. “Employee Stock Ownership Plans and Corporate Restructuring: Myths and Realities.” Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper 3094.

Schonewille, Mark. 2001. “Does Training Generally Work? Explaining Labour Productivity Effects from Schooling and Training.” International Journal of Manpower 22: 158-172.

Schoonhoven, Claudia Bird and Elaine Romanelli (eds.). 2001. The Entrepreneurship Dynamic: Origins of Entrepreneurship and the Evolution of Industries. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Schoonhoven, Claudia Bird. 1981. “Problems with Contingency Theory: Testing Assumptions Hidden Within the Language of Contingency Theory.” Administrative Science Quarterly 26:349-378.

Schopler, Janice H. 1987. “Interorganizational Groups: Origins, Structure and Outcomes.” Academy of Management Review 12:702-13.

Schott, Thomas. 1988. “International Influence in Science: Beyond Center and Periphery.” Social Science Research 17:219-238.

Schrader, S. (1993), Kooperation, in: J. Hauschildt und O. Grün (eds.), Ergebnisse empirischer betriebswirtschaftlicher Forschung, Stuttgart: Schäffer-Poeschel, S. 221-254.

Schrader, Stephan. 1992. “Informal Technology Transfer Between Firms: Cooperation Through Information Trading.” Research Policy 20:153-70.

Schulstad, Paul. “Knowledge Diffusion in an Endogenous Growth Model.” Economics Letters, vol. 42, no. 2-3, 1993, pp. 275-78.

Schultz, Beatrice. “Communicative Correlates of Perceived Leaders in the Small Group.” Small Group Behavior, 1986, 17, 1, Feb, 51-65.

Schultz, Majken and Mary Jo Hatch. 1996. “Living with Multiple Paradigms: The Case of Paradigm Interplay in Organizational Culture Studies.” Academy of Management Review 21:529-557.

Schultz, Theodore W. 1961. “Investment in Human Capital.” American Economic Review 52:1-17.

Schulz, Markus S. “Collective Action across Borders: Opportunity Structures, Network Capacities, and Communicative Praxis in the Age of Advanced Globalization.” Sociological Perspectives 1998. 41, 3, fall, 587-616.

Schulz,. Martin. 2001. “The Uncertain Relevance Of Newness: Organizational Learning And Knowledge Flows.” Academy of Management Journal 44:661-680.

Schulze, William S. 1994. “The Two Schools of Thought in Resource-Based Theory.” Advances in Strategic Management 10:127-151.

Schummer, James; Vohra, Rakesh V. “Strategy-Proof Location on a Network.” Journal of Economic Theory 104(2): 2002. 405-28.

Schumpeter, Hoseph. 1942. Capitalism, Socialism, and Democracy. New York: Harper & Row.

Schumpeter, J.A. 1934. The theory of economic development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Schuster, Jay R. and Patrick K. Zingheim. 1992. The New Pay: Linking Employee and Organizational Performance. New York: Lexington Books.

Schutjens, V and Stam, E. 2003. The evolution of young firm networks: a longitudinal perspective. Small Business Economics, 21(2):115-134.

Schutjens, Veronique; Stam, Erik. “The Evolution and Nature of Young Firm Networks: A Longitudinal Perspective.” Small Business Economics 21(2): 2003. 115-34.

Schutt, Russell K; Fennell, Mary L. “Shelter Staff Satisfaction with Services, the Service Network, and Their Jobs: The Influence of Disposition and Situation.” Current Research on Occupations and Professions, 1992, 7, 177-200.

Schutze, Yvonne. “Social Networks of Immigrants-Russian Jews in Berlin.” Berliner Journal fur Soziologie, 2003. 13, 2, 239-253.

Schuurman, Frans J. “Social Capital: the politico-emancipatory potential of a disputed concept. Third World Quarterly, Dec2003. Vol. 24 Issue 6, p991, 20p;

Schwab, Donald P. 1999. Research Methods for Organizational Studies. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Schwandt, David R. 1997. “Integrating Strategy and Organizational Learning: A Theory of Action Perspective.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:337-359.

Schwandt, David R. 1997. “Integrating Strategy and Organizational Learning: A Theory of Action Perspective.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:337-359.

Schwandt, David R. 1997. “Integrating Strategy and Organizational Learning: A Theory of Action Perspective.” Advances in Strategic Management Research 14:337-359.

Schwark, Matthias. “Hamburg Beacon: The Professional Care Network for People Who Are HIV-Positive and Who Are Sick with AIDS.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 1996, 9, 2, June, 104-109.

Schwartz, Ann E., Ruth G. McRoy and A. Chris Downs. 2004. “Adolescent Mothers in a Transitional Living Facility: An Exploratory Study of Support Networks and Attachment Patterns.” Journal of Adolescent Research 19: 85-112.

Schwartz, Hugh. 1998. Rationality Gone Awry? Decision Making Inconsistent with Economic and Financial Theory. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Schwartz, Hugh. 1998. Rationality Gone Awry? Decision Making Inconsistent with Economic and Financial Theory. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Schwartz, Michael. “Markets, Networks, and the Rise of Chrysler in Old Detroit, 1920-1940.” Enterprise and Society 1(1): 2000. 63-99.

Schwartzman, Helen B. 1993. Ethnography in Organizations. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Schweiger, David M; Atamer, Tugrul; Calori, Roland. “Transnational Project Teams and Networks: Making the Multinational Organization More Effective.” Journal of World Business 38: 2 2003. Pp. 127-40.

Schweinberger, Michael; Snijders, Tom A B. “Settings in Social Networks: A Measurement Model.” Sociological Methodology, 2003. 33, 307-341.

Schweizer, Thomas; Klemm, Elmar; Schweizer, Margarete. “Ritual as Action in a Javanese Community: A Network Perspective on Ritual and Social Structure.” Social Networks, 1993, 15, 1, Mar, 19-48.

Schweizer, Thomas; Schnegg, Michael; Berzborn, Susanne. “Personal Networks and Social Support in a Multiethnic Community of Southern California.” Social Networks, 1998, 20, 1, Jan, 1-21.

Schweizer, Thomas; Schnegg, Michael; Berzborn, Susanne. “Personal Networks and Social Support in a Multiethnic Community of Southern California.” Social Networks, 1998, 20, 1, Jan, 1-21.

Schwenk, C R (1984) “Cognitive Simplification Processes in Strategic Decision- Making,” Strategic Management Journal, 5: 111-128

Schwenk, Charles R. 1990. “Conflict in Organizational Decision Making: An Exploratory Study of Its Effects in For-Profit and Not-for-Profit Organizations.” Management Science April 36(4):436-448.

Sciarini, Pascal. “Elaboration of the Swiss Agricultural Policy for the GATT Negotiations: A Network Analysis.” Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Soziologie/Revue Suisse de sociologie 1996. 22:85-115.

Sciolla, Loredana. “What Social Capital? Participation in Associations, Trust, and Civic Spirit.” Rassegna Italiana di Sociologia, 2003, 44, 2, Apr-June, 257-289.

Scott Morton, Michael S. (ed.). 1991. The Corporation of the 1990s: Information Technology and Organizational Transformation. New York: Oxford University Press.

Scott, A.J. and D.P. Angel. 1987. “The U.S. Semiconductor Industry: A Locational Analysis.” Environment and Planning A 19:875-912.

Scott, Allen J. 1988. New Industrial Spaces: Flexible Production Organization and Regional Development in North America and Western Europe. London: Pion.

Scott, Allen J. 1993. Technopolis: High-Technology Industry and Regional Development in Southern California. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Scott, Allen J. 1998. Regions and the World Economy: The Coming Shape of Global Production, Competition, and Political Order. New York: Oxford University Press.

Scott, Allen J. 1998. Regions and the World Economy: The Coming Shape of Global Production, Competition, and Political Order. New York: Oxford University Press.

Scott, James H., Jr. 1977. “On the Theory of Conglomerate Mergers.” Journal of Finance 32:1235-1250.

Scott, James K; Johnson, Thomas G. “The Community Policy Analysis Network: A National Infrastructure for Community Policy Decision Support.” Journal of Regional Analysis and Policy, vol. 28, no. 2, 1998, pp. 49-63.

Scott, James K; Johnson, Thomas G. “The Community Policy Analysis Network: A National Infrastructure for Community Policy Decision Support.” Journal of Regional Analysis and Policy 28 2 1998. pp. 49-63.

Scott, James K; Johnson, Thomas G. “The Community Policy Analysis Network: A National Infrastructure for Community Policy Decision Support.” Journal of Regional Analysis and Policy, vol. 28, no. 2, 1998, pp. 49-63.

Scott, James Wesley. “A Networked Space of Meaning? Spatial Politics as Geostrategies of European Integration.” Space & Polity, 2002. 6, 2, Aug, 147-167.

Scott, John. “A toolkit for social network analysis. Acta Sociologica (Taylor & Francis Ltd), 1996, Vol. 39 Issue 2, p211, 6p;

Scott, John. 1991. “Networks of Corporate Power: A Comparative Assessment.” Annual Review of Sociology 17:181-203.

Scott, John. 1991. Social Network Analysis: A Handbook. London: Sage Publications.

Scott, John. 1997. Corporate Business and Capitalist Classes. New York: Oxford University Press.

Scott, John. 2000. Social Network Analysis: A Handbook. London: Sage Publications.

Scott, Richard and John Meyer. 1991. “The Organization of Societal Sectors: Propositions and Early Evidence.” Pp. 108-140 in The New Institutionalism in Organizational Analysis, edited by Walter W. Powell and Paul J. DiMaggio. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Scott, Richard and John Meyer. 1994. Institutional Environments and Organizations: Structural Complexity and Individualism. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Scott, W. Richard and Soren Christensen (eds.). 1995. The Institutional Construction of Organizations: International and Longitudinal Studies. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Scott, W. Richard, Martin Ruef, Peter J. Mendel and Carol A. Caronna. 2000. Institutional Change and Healthcare Organizations: From Professional Dominance to Managed Care. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Scott, W. Richard. 1987. “The Adolescence of Institutional Theory.” Administrative Science Quarterly 32:493-511.

Scott, W. Richard. 1991. “Unpacking Institutional Arguments.” Pp. 164-182 in The New The New Institutionalism, edited by Walter Powell and Paul DiMaggio. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Scott, W. Richard. 1992. Organizations: Rational, Natural, and Open Systems. 3rd Ed. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Scott, W. Richard. 1993. “Organizational Sociology.” Acta Sociologica 36:63-68.

Scott, W. Richard. 1993. “Organizational Sociology.” Acta Sociologica 36:63-68.

Scott, W. Richard. 1995. Institutions and Organizations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Scott, W. Richard. 1996. “The Mandate is Still Being Honored: In Defense of Weber’s Disciples.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:163-171.

Scott, W. Richard. 1996. “The Mandate is Still Being Honored: In Defense of Weber’s Disciples.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:163-171.

Scott, W. Richard. 1998. Organizations: Rational, Natural, and Open Systems. 4th Ed. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Scott, W. Richard. 2001. Institutions and Organizations, Second Edition. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Scott, W. Richard. 2002. Organizations: Rational, Natural, and Open Systems. 5th Ed. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Scott, W. Richard. 2002. Organizations: Rational, Natural, and Open Systems. 5th Ed. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Seabright, Mark A., Daniel A. Levinthal and Mark Fichman. 1992. “Role of Individual Attachments in the Dissolution of Interorganizational Relationships.” Academy of Management Journal 35:122-160.

SEARCH BUSINESS SOURCE PREMIERE; EXPANDED ACADEMIC; SOCABS

Seckler, David. 1975. Thorstein Veblen and the Institutionalists. London: Macmillan.

Seeman, Melvin, Teresa Seeman and Marnie Sayles. 1985. “Social Networks and Health Status: A Longitudinal Analysis.” Social Psychology Quarterly 48:237-248.

Seeman, Teresa and Lisa F. Berkman. 1988. “Structural Characteristics of Social Networks and Their Relationship with Social Support in the Elderly: Who Provides Support.” Social Science and Medicine 26:737-749.

Segalen, Martine. “Family Change and Social Uses of Kinship Networks in France.” Historical Social Research/Historische Sozialforschung, 1985, 34, Apr, 22-29.

Segalen, Martine. “Mean Age at Marriage and Kinship Networks in a Town under the Influence of the Metropolis: Nanterre 1800-1850.” Journal of Family History, 1991, 16, 1, Jan, 65-78.

Segil, Larraine. “Fast Alliances Are the Key to Dot-Com Success. Journal For Quality & Participation, Fall2000, Vol. 23 Issue 4, P40, 3p;

Segil, Larraine. 1998. “Strategic alliances for the 21st century.” Strategy & Leadership 26(4):12.

Seglin, Jeffrey L. 1996. “The Happiest Workers in the World.” Inc. Magazine special issue on The State of Small Business, Vol. 18, No. 7:62-76.

Seibel, Wolfgang; Raab, Jorg. “Networks of Persecution. On the Measurement of Division of Labor and Differentiation of Power within the Persecution Apparatus during the Holocaust.” Kolner Zeitschrift fur Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 2003. 55, 2, June, 197-230.

Seibert, Scott E., Maria L. Kraimer and Robert C. Liden. 2001. “A Social Capital Theory of Career Success.” Academy of Management Journal 44:219-238.

Seibold, David R. “More Reflection or More Research? To (Re)Vitalize Small Group Communication Research, Let's ‘Just Do It’.” Communication Studies, 1994, 45, 1, spring, 103-110.

Seidel, Marc-David L., Jeffrey T. Polzer and Katherine J. Stewart. 2000. “Friends in High Places: The Effects of Social Networks on Discrimination in Salary Negotiations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 45:1-24.

Seidel, Marc-David L.; Westphal, James D. “Research Impact: Social Network Research, Framing, and Change in Board Network Ties.” Academy of Management Proceedings, 2002. pL1, 6p;

Seifert, Bruce; Morris, Sara A.; Bartkus, Barbara R. “Comparing Big Givers and Small Givers: Financial Correlates of Corporate Philanthropy. Journal of Business Ethics, Jul2003 Part 1, Vol. 45 Issue 3, p195, 17p

Seikkula, Jaakko; Arnkil, Tom Erik; Eriksson, Esa. “Postmodern Society and Social Networks: Open and Anticipation Dialogues in Network Meetings.” Family Process, 2003. 42, 2, summer, 185-203.

Sellers, Rick (1994) “Getting It Together in the Electronic Marketplace” Bank Management Journal Vol 7 (Jan/Feb 1994).

Selman, Paul; Wragg, Amanda. “Networks of Co-operation and Knowledge in 'Wider Countryside' Planning.” Journal of Environmental Planning and Management, vol. 42, no. 5, September 1999, pp. 649-69.

Selwyn, Neil. “Schooling the Mobile Generation: The Future for Schools in the Mobile-Networked Society.” British Journal of Sociology of Education, 2003. 24, 2, Apr, 131-144.

Selznick, Philip. 1948. “Foundations of the Theory of Organization.” American Sociological Review 13:25-35.

Selznick, Philip. 1949. TVA and the Grass Roots: A Study in the Sociology of Formal Organization. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Selznick, Philip. 1952. The Organizational Weapon. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Selznick, Philip. 1957 Leadership in Administration. New York: Harper and Row.

Selznick, Philip. 1969 Law, Society, and Industrial Justice. New York: Russell Sage.

Selznick, Philip. 1992 The Moral Commonwealth: Social Theory and the Promise of Community. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Selznick, Philip. 1996. “Institutionalism ‘Old’ and ‘New’.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:270-277.

Seninger, Stephen F. 2001. “Information Linkages in Regional Market Networks with Applications to Healthcare Markets.” Papers in Regional Science 80(1):87-102.

Senker, Jacqueline and Faulkner, Wendy. “Networks, Tacit Knowledge and Innovation.” Technological collaboration: The dynamics of cooperation in industrial innovation. 1996. pp. 76-97.

Senker, Jacqueline. “Networks and Tacit Knowledge in Innovation.” Economies et Societes, vol. 29, no. 9, September 1995. pp. 99-118.

Seth A. and H. Thomas, 1994, Theories of the Firm: Implications for Strategy Research, Journal of Management Studies, 31: 165-191.

Seung Ho Park; Ungson, Gerardo R. “Interfirm Rivalry and Managerial Complexity: A Conceptual Framework of Alliance Failure. Organization Science 2001. Vol. 12 Issue 1, P37, 17p;

Sewell, Graham and Barry Wilkinson. 1992. “‘Someone to Watch Over Me’: Surveillance, Discipline and the Just-in-Time Labour Process.” Sociology 26:271-289.

Sforzi, Fabio. 1989. “The Geography of Industrial Districts in Italy.” Pp. 153-173 in Small Firms and Industrial Districts in Italy, edited by Edward Goodman and Julia Bamford. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Sgroi, D; Zizzo, D J. “Strategy Learning in 3x3 Games by Neural Networks.” Department of Applied Economics, University of Cambridge, Cambridge Working Papers in Economics, 2002.

Shachar, Joseph; Zuscovitch, Ehud. “Learning Patterns within a Technological Network: The Case of the European Space Program.” Perspectives in industrial organization. 1990, pp. 133-50.

Shachmurove, Yochanan; Witkowska, Dorota. “Dynamic Interrelations among Major World Stock Markets: A Neural Network Analysis.” International Journal of Business 6(1): 2001. 1-22.

Shafritz, Jay M. and J. Steven Ott (eds.). 1996. Classics of Organization Theory. Fourth Edition. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Shah, Dhavan V., Nojin Kwak and R. Lance Holbert. 2001. “‘Connecting’ and ‘Disconnecting’ With Civic Life: Patterns of Internet Use and the Production of Social Capital.” Political Communication 18(2):141-162.

Shah, Dhavan, Michael Schmierbach, Joshua Hawkins, Rodolfo Espino and Janet Donavan. 2002. “Nonrecursive Models of Internet Use and Community Engagement: Questioning Whether Time Spent Online Erodes Social Capital.” Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly 79:964,-987.

Shah, Priti Pradhan. 1998. “Who Are Employees’ Social Referents? Using a Network Perspective to Determine Referent Others.” Academy of Management Journal 41:249-268.

Shah, Priti Pradhan. 2000. “Network Destruction: The Structual Implications of Downsizing.” Academy of Management Journal 43:101-112.

Shan, W. 1990. An Empirical Analysis of Organizational Strategies By Entrepreneurial High-Technology, Strategic Management Journal, 11:129-39.

Shan, W., Walker, G. and Kogut, B. 1994. Interfirm cooperation and startup innovation in the biotechnology industry. Strategic Management Journal, 15:387-394.

Shane, Scott and Toby Stuart. 2002. “Organizational Endowments and the Performance of University Start-Ups.” Management Science 48:154-170.

Shane, Scott Daniel Cable. “Network Ties, Reputation, and the Financing of New Ventures. Management Science 2002. V48 I3 P364(18)

Shane, Scott. 2001. “Technology Opportunity and Firm Formation.” Management Science 47(2):205-220.

Shanley, Mark. 1996. “Straw Men and M-Form Myths: Comment on Freeland.” American Journal of Sociology 102:527-536.

Shapiro, Carl; Varian, Hal R. “Information rules: A strategic guide to the network economy.” Boston: Harvard Business School Press, 1999.

Shapiro, S. 1987. “The Social Control of Impersonal Trust.” American Journal of Sociology 93:623-658.

Sharda, Bam Dev and George A. Miller. 2001. “Culture and Organizational Structure in the Middle East: A Comparative Analysis of Iran, Jordan and the USA.” International Review of Sociology/Revue Internationale de Sociologie 11:309-324.

Sharfman M.P., Gray, B. & Yen A. (1991) “Context of Interorganisational Collaboration in the Garment Industry: An Institutional Perspective” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science Vol 27 Issue 2 (June 1991) pp181-208.

Sharma, D. (ed.) 1993. Advances in International Marketing: Industrial Networks. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Sharp, Jeff S. “Locating the Community Field: A Study of Interorganizational Network Structure and Capacity for Community Action.” Rural Sociology, 2001, 66, 3, Sept, 403-424.

Sharp, Jeff S. “Locating the Community Field: A Study of Interorganizational Network Structure and Capacity for Community Action.” Rural Sociology, 2001, 66, 3, Sept, 403-424.

Sharp, Jeff S. “Locating the Community Field: A Study of Interorganizational Network Structure and Capacity for Community Action.” Rural Sociology, 2001. 66, 3, Sept, 403-424.

Sharp, John M., Eui Hang Shin and LeRoy F. Smith, “A Network Analysis of Departmental Prestige Based on Origins of Faculty Degrees.” Behavioral Science 27 (1982): 12-25.

Sharpe, Patricia A. and Cathleen M. Connell. 1995. “Measurement of Social Interaction in Change of Health Behavior.” Psychological Reports 77:867-871.

Shavit, Yossi; Fischer, Claude S; Koresh, Yael. “Kin and Nonkin under Collective Threat: Israeli Networks during the Gulf War.” Social Forces, 1994, 72, 4, June, 1197-1215.

Shaw, Alan; Shaw, Michelle. “Social Empowerment through Community Networks.” High technology and low-income communities: Prospects for the positive use of advanced information technology. 1999, pp. 315-35.

Shaw, B. 1994. “User-Supplier Links in Innovation.” Pp.275-284 in The Handbook of Industrial Innovation, edited by M. Dodgson and R. Rothwell. Aldershot: Edward Elgar.

Shaw, James B. and Elaine Barrett-Power. 1997. “A Conceptual Framework for Assessing Organization, Work Group, and Individual Effectiveness During and After Downsizing.” Human Relations 50(2):109-127.

Shaw, Vivienne; Kauser, Saleema. “The Changing Patterns of International Strategic Alliance Activity by British Firms. Journal of General Management, Summer2000, Vol. 25 Issue 4, P51, 19p;

Shelley, Gene A., H. Russell Bernard, Peter C. Killworth, Eugene C. Johnsen and Christopher McCarty. 1995. “Who Knows Your HIV Status? What HIV+ Patients and Their Network Members Know About Each Other.” Social Networks 17:189-217.

Shelly, Robert K.; Wagner, David G. 1998. “Chaos in Social Theory: Explaining Complex Events with Simple Ideas.” Sociological Focus 31:357-372.

Shemtov, Ronit. “Social Networks and Sustained Activism in Local NIMBY Campaigns.” Sociological Forum, 2003. 18, 2, June, 215-244.

Shenhav, Yehouda. 1995. “From Chaos to Systems: The Engineering Foundations of Organization Theory, 1879-1932.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:557-586.

Shenkar, Oded; Jiatao Li. “Knowledge Search in International Cooperative Ventures. Organization Science 1999. Vol. 10 Issue 2, P134, 10p;

Shepard, Jon M and James G. Hougland, Jr. 1984. “Organizational Size and Worker Satisfaction.” Pp. 59-78 in The Impact of the Modern Corporation, edited by Betty Bock, Harvey J. Goldschmid, Ira M. Millstein, and F.M. Scherer. New York: Columbia University Press.

Sheppard, B.H. and D.M. Sehrman 1998. “The Grammars of Trust: A Model and General Implications.” Academy of Management Review 23:422-437.

Sheppard, Blair H; Tuchinsky, Marla. “Micro-OB and the Network Organization.” Trust In Organizations: Frontiers of Theory and Research, Kramer, Roderick M., & Tyler, Tom R. [Eds], Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage 1996. pp 140-165.

Sheppard, Eric. “The Spaces and Times of Globalization: Place, Scale, Networks, and Positionality.” Economic Geography 78(3): 2002. 307-30.

Sheppard, Jerry Paul. 1995. “A Resource Dependence Approach to Organizational Failure.” Social Science Research 24:28-62.

Sheremata, Willow A. “Barriers to Innovation: A Monopoly, Network Externalities, and the Speed of Innovation.” Antitrust Bulletin, vol. 42, no. 4, Winter 1997. pp. 937-72.

Sherer, Peter D. and Kyungmook Lee. 2002. “Institutional Change in Large Law Firms: A Resource Dependency and Institutional Perspective.” Academy of Management Journal 45:102-119.

Sheridan, John E. 1992. “Organizational Culture and Employee Retention.” Academy of Management Journal 35:1036-1055.

Sherman, Howard J. 1991. The Business Cycle: Growth and Crisis Under Capitalism. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Sherman, Howard J. 1995. Reinventing Marxism. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins.

Sherman, Howard J. 2002. “Marxist Institutionalism.” Review of Social Economy 60:603-608.

Sherman, J Daniel; Smith, Howard L; Mansfield, Edward R. 1986. “The Impact of Emergent Network Structure on Organizational Socialization.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 22:53-63.

Sherman, Joe. 1994. In the Rings of Saturn. New York: Oxford University Press.

Sherman, Stralford. 1992. “Are Strategic Alliances Working?” Fortune (September):77-78.

Shichijo, Tatsuhiro; Nakano, Yasuto. “Properties of Learning Models in Collective Action: Rationality of Backward-Looking Players.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 2002. 26, 1-2, Jan-June, 57-69.

Shields, Todd G. “Network News Construction of Homelessness: 1980-1993.” Communication Review, 2001. 4, 2, 193-218.

Shilony, Yuval. “Diversity and Ingenuity in Voluntary Collective Action.” European Journal of Political Economy, vol. 16, no. 3, September 2000. pp. 429-43.

Shin, Dong-Myeon. “Social and economic policies in Korea: Ideas, networks and linkages.” Advances in Korean Studies 3. London and New York: RoutledgeCurzon, 2003. xix, 241.

Shin, Eui Hang; Oh, Joong-Hwan. “Changing Patterns of Social Network Structure in Composer-Singer Relationships: A Case Study of the Korean Popular Music Industry, 1927-1997.” East Asia: An International Quarterly, 2002. 20, 1, spring, 24-53.

Shin, Ilsoon. “Use of Information Network and Organizational Productivity: Firm-Level Evidence in Korea.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology 9: 5 2000. pp. 447-63.

Shin, Ilsoon. “Use of Information Network and Organizational Productivity: Firm-Level Evidence in Korea.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology 9(5): 2000. 447-63.

Shingo, Shigeo. 1987. Non-Stock Production. Cambridge, MA: Productivity Press.

Shiomi, Haruhito. “The Formation of Assembler Networks in the Automobile Industry: The Case of Toyota Motor Company (1955-80).” The economic development of modern Japan, 1945-1995: From occupation to the bubble economy. Volume 2. 2001. 96-116.

Shleifer, Andrei and Vishny, Robert W. 1997. “A Survey of Corporate Governance.” Journal of Finance 52: 737-783.

Shokeid, Moshe. “Social Networks And Innovation In The Division Of Labour Between Men And Women In The Family And In The Community: A Study Of Moroccan Immigrants In Israel.” La Revue Canadienne de Sociologie et d’Anthropologie/The Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology, 1971, 8, 1, FEB, 1-17.

Shokeid, Moshe. “Social Networks And Innovation In The Division Of Labour Between Men And Women In The Family And In The Community: A Study Of Moroccan Immigrants In Israel.” La Revue Canadienne de Sociologie et d’Anthropologie/The Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology 1971, 8, 1, FEB, 1-17.

Shokeid, Moshe. “Social Networks And Innovation In The Division Of Labour Between Men And Women In The Family And In The Community: A Study Of Moroccan Immigrants In Israel.” La Revue Canadienne de Sociologie et d’Anthropologie/The Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology 1971, 8, 1, FEB, 1-17.

Shorrock, Tim. 1995. “Business Groups to Fight Campaigns by Unions.” Journal of Commerce September 22:2B.

Shrader, Charles B., James R. Lincoln and Alan N. Hoffman. 1989. “The Network Structures of Organizations: Effects of Task Contingencies and Distributional Form.” Human Relations 42:43-66.

Shriver, Thomas E; Webb, Gary R; Adams, Brent. “Environmental Exposures, Contested Illness, and Collective Action: The Controversy over Gulf War Illness.” Humboldt Journal of Social Relations 2002. 27, 1, 73-105.

Shrum, Wesley and Robert Wuthnow. 1988. “Reputational Status of Organizations in Technical Systems.” American Journal of Sociology 94:882-912.

Shrum, Wesley. 1989. Organized Technology: Networks and Innovation in Technical Systems.

Shrum, Wesley. 1989. Organized Technology: Networks and Innovation in Technical Systems.

Shrum, Wesley; Bankston, Carl. 1993-1994 “Organizational and Geopolitical Approaches to International Science and Technology Networks.” Knowledge and Policy 6(3-4):119-133.

Shrum, Wesley; Beggs, John J. “Methodology for Studying Research Networks in the Developing World: Generating Information for Science and Technology Policy.” Knowledge and Policy 1997. 9:winter, 62-85.

Shy, Oz. “Technology Revolutions in the Presence of Network Externalities.” International Journal of Industrial Organization, vol. 14, no. 6, October 1996, pp. 785-800.

Shy, Oz. “The economics of network industries.” Cambridge; New York and Melbourne: Cambridge University Press, 2001. xiii, 315.

Shy, Oz. 2001.The economics of network industries. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Si, Steven X. and Garry D. Bruton. 1999. “Knowledge Transfer in International Joint Ventures in Transitional Economies: The China Experience.” Academy of Management Executive 13:83-90.

Sibley, Edgar H. (1986) “The Evolution of Approaches to Information Systems Design Methodology” in Olle, Sol et al., 1986.

Sicherman, Nachum and Oded Galor. 1990. “A Theory of Career Mobility.” Journal of Political Economy 98:169-192.

Sidebotham, Peter; Heron, Jon; Golding, Jean; ALSPAC Study Team. “Child Maltreatment in the ‘Children of the Nineties’: Deprivation, Class, and Social Networks in a UK Sample.” Child Abuse and Neglect, 2002. 26, 12, Dec, 1243-1259.

Siggelkow, Nicolaj. 2002. “Evolution Toward Fit.” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:125-160.

Siggelkow, Nicolaj. 2002. “Evolution Toward Fit.” Administrative Science Quarterly 47:125-160.

Siisiainen, Martti. “One Concept, Two Approaches: Putnam's and Bourdieu's Social Capital.” Sosiologia, 2003, 40, 3, 204-218.

Sik, Endre and Barry Wellman. 1999. “Network Capital in Capitalist, Communist, and Postcommunist Countries.” Pp. 225-254 in Networks in the Global Village, edited by Barry Wellman. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Silliman, Jael. 1999. “Expanding Civil Society: Shrinking Political Spaces-The Case of Women's Nongovernmental Organizations.” Social Politics 6:23-53.

Silver, A. David. 1993. Strategic Partnering. New York: McGraw Hill.

Silverman, Brian S. and Joel A. C. Baum. 2002. “Alliance-Based Competitive Dynamics.” Academy of Management Journal 45:791-806.

Silverman, Brian S., Jack A. Nickerson and John Freeman. 1997. “Profitability, Transactional Alignment, and Organizational Mortality in the U.S. Trucking Industry.” Strategic Management Journal 18:31-52.

Silvey, Rachel and Rebecca Elmhirst. 2003. “Engendering Social Capital: Women Workers and Rural-Urban Networks in Indonesia’s Crisis.” World Development 31(5):865-879.

Silvey, Rachel. “Spaces of Protest: Gendered Migration, Social Networks, and Labor Activism in West Java, Indonesia.” Political Geography, 2003. 22, 2, Feb, 129-155.

Sim, A. B. and Yunus Ali. 1998. “Performance of International Joint Ventures from Developing and Developed Countries: An Empirical Study in a Developing Country Context.” Journal of World Business 33:357-77.

Simison, Robert L. and Rebecca Blumenstein. 1997. “Smale May Stay on GM Board Beyond Age 70.” Wall Street Journal December 22:B1.

Simmel, Georg. 1955. Conflict and the Web of Group Affiliations. Translated by KurtH. Wolff and Reinhard Bendix. New York: Free Press.

Simmie, James (ed.). 1998. Innovation, Networks and Learning Regions?

Simmie, James (ed.). 1998. Innovation, Networks and Learning Regions?

Simmie, James et al. “Innovation in Europe: A Tale of Networks, Knowledge and Trade in Five Cities.” Regional Studies, vol. 36, no. 1, February 2002. pp. 47-64.

Simmie, James et al. “Innovation in Europe: A Tale of Networks, Knowledge and Trade in Five Cities.” Regional Studies, vol. 36, no. 1, February 2002. pp. 47-64.

Simmie, James; et al. “Innovation in Europe: A Tale of Networks, Knowledge and Trade in Five Cities.” Regional Studies 36(1): 2002. 47-64.

Simon, Herbert A. 1957. Administrative Behavior. NY: MacMillan.

Simon, Herbert A. 1978. “Rationality as Process and Product of Thought.” American Economic Review 68:1-16.

Simon, Herbert A. 1985. “Human Nature in Politics: The Dialogue of Psychology with Political Science.” American Political Science Review 79:293-304.

Simon, Herbert A. 1991. “Organizations and Markets.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 5:25-44.

Simon, Herbert A. 1993. “Strategy and Organizational Evolution.” Strategic Management Journal Winter 14:131-142.

Simon, Herbert. 1957. Models of Man: Social and Rational. New York: Wiley.

Simonin, Bernard L. 1999. “Ambiguity and the process of knowledge transfer in strategic alliances.” Strategic Management Journal, 20: 595-623.

Simonin, Bernard L. 1999. “Transfer of Marketing Know-How in International Strategic Alliances: An Empirical Investigation of the Role and Antecedents of Knowledge Ambiguity.” Journal of International Business Studies 30:463-90.

Simpson, Brent and Michael W. Macy. 2001. “Collective Action and Power Inequality: Coalitions in Exchange Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 64:88-100.

Simpson, Brent; Macy, Michael W. “Collective Action and Power Inequality: Coalitions in Exchange Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 2001. 64, 1, Mar, 88-100.

Sinclair, Armanda. 1992. “The Tyranny of a Team Ideology.” Organization Studies 13:611-626.

Sinclair, Timothy J. “Reinventing Authority: Embedded Knowledge Networks and the New Global Finance.” Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy, vol. 18, no. 4, August 2000, pp. 487-502.

Sinclair, Timothy J. “Reinventing Authority: Embedded Knowledge Networks and the New Global Finance.” . Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 18(4): 2000. 487-502.

Sinclair, Upton. 1096. The Jungle. New York: The Jungle Publishing Co.

Singh, Jitendra V. (ed.) 1990. Organizational Evolution: New Directions. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Singh, Jitendra V. (ed.). 1990. Organizational Evolution: New Directions. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Singh, Jitendra V. and Charles J. Lumsden. 1990. “Theory and Research in Organizational Ecology.” Annual Review of Sociology 16:161-195.

Singh, Kulwant. 1997. “The Impact of Technological Complexity and Interfirm Cooperation on Business Survival.” Academy of Management Journal 40:339-367.

Singh, Robert P. 2000. Entrepreneurial opportunity recognition through social networks. New York: Garland.

Singhapakdi, Anusorn. 1993. “Ethical Perceptions of Marketers: The Interaction Effects of Machiavellianism and Organizational Ethical Culture.” Journal of Business Ethics 12:407-418.

Sirbu, Marvin A; Jr ; et al. “Advances in Network Technology.” After the breakup: Assessing the new post-AT&T divestiture era. 1991, pp. 326-54.

Sisson, Keith and John Storey. 2000. The Realities of Human Resource Management: Managing the Employment Relationship. Buckingham, UK: Open University Press.

Sitkin, S.B. and N.L. Roth. 1993. “Explaining the Limited Effectiveness of Legalistic ‘Remedies’ for Trust/Distrust.” Organization Science 4:367-392.

Sivadas, Eugene; Dwyer, F. Robert. “An Examination of Organizational Factors Influencing New Product Success in Internal and Alliance-Based Processes. Journal of Marketing 2000. Vol. 64 Issue 1, P31, 19p;

Skiadas, Christos H. “Innovation Diffusion Models Expressing Asymmetry and/or Positively or Negatively Influencing Forces.” Technological Forecasting and Social Change 1986, 30, 4, Dec, 313-330.

Skiadas, Christos H. “Innovation Diffusion Models Expressing Asymmetry and/or Positively or Negatively Influencing Forces.” Technological Forecasting and Social Change 1986, 30, 4, Dec, 313-330.

Skidmore, Dan and Davita Silfen Glasberg. 1996. “State Theory and Corporate Welfare: The Crisis and Bailout of the Savings and Loan Industry from a Contingency Perspective.” Political Power and Social Theory 10:149-191.

Skinner, W. 1985. Manufacturing: The Formidable Competitive Weapon. New York: Wiley.

Skocpol, Theda. 1980. “Political Respons to Capitalist Crisis: Neo-Marxist Theories of the State and the Case of the New Deal.” Politics and Society 10:155-201.

Skvoretz, John and David Miller. “Exclusion and Power in Exchange Networks.” American Sociological Review 58: 801-818. 1993.

Skvoretz, John and David Willer. 1993. “Exclusion and Power: A Test of Four Theories of Power in Exchange Networks.” American Sociological Review, 58: 801-18.

Skvoretz, John and Thomas J. Fararo. 1992. “Power and Network Exchange: An Essay toward Theoretical Unification.” Social Networks 14:325-344.

Skvoretz, John and Thomas J. Fararo. 1996. “Status and Participation in Task Groups: A Dynamic Network Model.” American Journal of Sociology, 101: 1366-1414.

Skvoretz, John. 1985. “Random and Biased Networks: Simulations and Approximations.” Social Networks 7:225-61.

Skvoretz, John; Burkett, Tracy. “Information and the Distribution of Power in Exchange Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1994. 19, 4, 263-278.

Skvoretz, John; Willer, David. “Power in Exchange Networks: Setting and Structural Variations.” Social Psychology Quarterly 1991. 54, 3, Sept, 224-238.

Skvoretz, John; Willer, David; Fararo, Thomas J. “Toward Models of Power Development in Exchange Networks.” Sociological Perspectives 1993. 36, 2, summer, 95-115.

Skyrms, Brian. 2004. The Stag Hunt and the Evolution of Social Structure. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Slapper, Gary and Steve Tombs. 1999. Corporate Crime. Harlow, UK: Longman.

Slater, Robert. 1997. Ovitz: The Inside Story of Hollywood’s Most Controversial Power Broker. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Slikker, Marco and Anne van den Nouweland. 2001. Social and Economic Networks in Cooperative Game Theory. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Slikker, Marco; et al. “Potential Maximizers and Network Formation.” Mathematical Social Sciences 39(1): 2000. 55-70.

Slikker, Marco; van den Nouweland, Anne. “Network Formation Models with Costs for Establishing Links.” Review of Economic Design 5(3): 2000. 333-62.

Sloan, Alfred P. 1964. My Years With General Motors. Garden City, NJ:Doubleday.

Sloan, Allan. 199. “CEOs Display Their Spring Green: It’s the Season of Financial Disclosure.” International Herald Tribune March 10:19.

Sloof, Randolph. “Interest Group Lobbying and the Delegation of Policy Authority.” Economics and Politics, vol. 12, no. 3, November 2000, pp. 247-74.

Sloof, Randolph; van Winden, Frans. “Show Them Your Teeth First! A Game-Theoretic Analysis of Lobbying and Pressure.” Public Choice, vol. 104, no. 1-2, July 2000, pp. 81-120.

Smart, Alan. “Sharp Edges, Fuzzy Categories and Transborder Networks: Managing and Housing New Arrivals in Hong Kong.” Ethnic and Racial Studies, 2003. 26, 2, Mar, 218-233.

Smart, Barry. 2000. “A Political Economy of New Times? Critical Reflections on the Network Society and the Ethos of Informational Capitalism.” European Journal of Social Theory 1:51-65.

Smart, Christopher J. 1988. “Takeover Damages and Non-Shareholders: Who Should Be Our Brothers’ Keeper?” Columbia Business Law Review 301-339.

Smart, Tim.1997. “O’Reilly Retires After 10 Years As Chief Executive of Heinz.” Washington Post December 3:B13.

Smircich, Linda. 1983. “Concepts of Culture and Organizational Analysis.” Administrative Science Quarterly 28: 339-358.

Smith, Adrian. “Policy Networks and Advocacy Coalitions: Explaining Policy Change and Stability in UK Industrial Pollution Policy?” Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 18: 2000. Pp. 95-114.

Smith, Adrian. “Policy Networks and Advocacy Coalitions: Explaining Policy Change and Stability in UK Industrial Pollution Policy?” Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 18(1): 2000. 95-114.

Smith, Christian. “Religious Participation and Network Closure among American Adolescents.” Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 2003. 42, 2, June, 259-267.

Smith, David A; Timberlake, Michael. “World Cities: A Political Economy/Global Network Approach.” Research in Urban Sociology, 1993, 3, 181-207.

Smith, David and Douglas White. 1992. “Structure and Dynamics of the Global Economy: Network Analysis of International Trade 1965-1980.” Social Forces 70:857-893.

Smith, David and Michael Timberlake. 2001. “World City Networks and Hierarchies, 1977-1997.” American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1656-1678.

Smith, David and Michael Timberlake. 2002. “Hierarchies of Dominance among World Cities: A Network Approach.” Pp. 117-141 in Global Networks, Linked Cities, edited by Saskia Sassen. New York: Routledge.

Smith, David Horton and Ce Shen. 2002. “The Roots of Civil Society: A Model of Voluntary Association Prevalence Applied to Data on Larger Contemporary Nations.” International Journal of Comparative Sociology 43:93-133.

Smith, David Horton. 1997. “Grassroots Associations Are Important: Some Theory and a Review of the Impact Literature.” Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly 26:269-306.

Smith, David Horton. 1997. “The International History of Grassroots Associations.” International Journal of Comparative Sociology 38(3-4):189-216.

Smith, David Horton. 1997. “The Rest of the Nonprofit Sector: Grassroots Associations as the Dark Matter Ignored in Prevailing ‘Flat Earth’ Maps of the Sector.” Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly, 26(June):114-131.

Smith, David Horton. 1999. “Researching Volunteer Associations and Other Nonprofits: An Emergent Interdisciplinary Field and Possible New Discipline.” American Sociologist 30(4):5-33.

Smith, David Horton. 2000. Grassroots Associations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Smith, Helen Lawton, Keith Dickson and Stephen Lloyd Smith. 1991. “‘There Are Two Sides to Every Story’: Innovation and Collaboration within Networks of Large and Small Firms.” Research Policy 20:457-468.

Smith, Jackie. 1998. “Global Civil Society? Transnational Social Movement Organizations and Social Capital.” American Behavioral Scientist 42:93-107.

Smith, James Allen. 1991. The Idea Brokers: Think Tanks and the Rise of the New Policy Elites. New York: Free Press.

Smith, Joel J. 2000. “Dealmaker Gets Big Payoff: DCX Co-chairman is Rewarded with Huge Stock Options.” Detroit News January 27:A1.

Smith, Kate A. and Jatinder N.D. Gupta (eds.). 2002. Neural Networks in Business: Techniques and Applications. Hershey, PA: Idea Group/Information Science.

Smith, Ken G., Stephen J. Carroll and Susan J. Ashford. 1995. “Intra- and Interorganizational Cooperation: Toward a Research Agenda.” Academy of Management Journal 38:7-23.

Smith, L Ripley. 1999. “Intercultural Network Theory: A Cross-Paradigmatic Approach to Acculturation.” International Journal of Intercultural Relations 23:629-658.

Smith, L Ripley. 2002. “The Social Architecture of Communicative Competence: A Methodology for Social-Network Research in Sociolinguistics.” International Journal of the Sociology of Language 153:133-160.

Smith, Marc A. and Peter Kollock. 1999. Communities in Cyberspace. London: Routledge.

Smith, Marc. 1999. “Invisible Crowds in Cyberspace: Mapping the Social Structure of the Usenet.” Pp. 195-219 in Communities in Cyberspace, edited by Mark Smith and Peter Kollock. London: Routledge.

Smith, Merritt Roe and Leo Marx (eds.). 1994. Does Technology Drive History: The Dilemma of Technological Determinism. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Smith, Michael P. 1996. “Shareholder Activism by Institutional Investors: Evidence from CalPERS.” Journal of Finance 51:227.

Smith, Michael R. 1999 “What Is the Effect of Technological Change on Earnings Inequality?” International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy 19:9-11, 24-59.

Smith, Michael R. 2001. “Technological Change, the Demand for Skills, and the Adequacy of Their Supply.” Canadian Public Policy 27:1-22.

Smith, P C; Laage-Hellman, J. 1992. “Small Group Analysis in Industrial Networks.” Industrial networks: A new view of reality. pp. 37-61.

Smith, Peter and Michael Polanyi. 2003. “Social norms, social behaviours and health: an empirical examination of a model of social capital. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Public Health 27:456-463.

Smith, R. David. 1995. “The Inapplicability Principle: What Chaos Means for Social Science.” Behavioral Science 40:22-40.

Smith, Richard G. “World City Actor-Networks.” Progress in Human Geography, 2003. 27, 1, Feb, 25-44.

Smith, Roy C. 1990. The Money Wars: The Rise and Fall of the Great Buyout Boom of the 1980s. New York: Dutton.

Smith, Sandra Susan. “Exploring the Efficacy of African-Americans’ Job Referral Networks: A Study of the Obligations of Exchange around Job Information and Influence.” Ethnic and Racial Studies, 2003. 26, 6, Nov, 1029-1045.

Smith, Sandra Susan. “Exploring the Efficacy of African-Americans' Job Referral Networks: A Study of the Obligations of Exchange Around Job Information and Influence. Ethnic and Racial Studies 2003. V26 I6 P1029(17)

Smith, Stephen Samuel and Jessica Kulynych. 2002. “It May Be Social, But Why Is It Capital? the Social Construction of Social Capital and the Politics of Language.” Politics & Society 30:149-187.

Smith, Steven Rathgeb and Judith Smyth. 1996. “Contracting for Services in a Decentralized System.”

Smith, Steven Rathgeb and Judith Smyth. 1996. “Contracting for Services in a Decentralized System.” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 6:277-296.

Smith, Steven Rathgeb and Michael Lipsky. 1993. Nonprofits for Hire: The Welfare State in the Age of Contracting. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Smith, Steven Rathgeb and Michael Lipsky. 1993. Nonprofits for Hire: The Welfare State in the Age of Contracting. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Smith, Steven Rathgeb. 2001. “Nonprofit Organizations in Urban Politics and Policy.” Policy Studies Review 18:7-26.

Smith, Thomas and Gregory Stevens. 1999. “The Architecture of Small Networks: Strong Interaction and Dynamic Organization in Small Social Systems.” American Sociological Review 64:403-420.

Smith, Tom W. “An Experimental Comparison of Knowledge Networks and the GSS.” International Journal of Public Opinion Research, 2003. 15, 2, winter, 167-179.

Smith, Vicki. 1994. “Institutionalizing Flexibility in a Service Firm: Multiple Contingencies and Hidden Hierarchies.” Work and Occupations 21:251-283.

Smith, Vicki. 1996. “Employee Involvement, Involved Employees: Participative Work Arrangements in a White-Collar Service Occupation.” Social Problems 43:166-179.

Smith, Vicki. 1997. “New Forms of Work Organization.” Annual Review of Sociology 23:315-339.

Smith, Wanda J., Richard E. Wokutch, K. Vernard Harrington and Bryan S. Dennis. 2001. “An Examination of the Influence of Diversity and Stakeholder Role on Corporate Social Orientation.” Business and Society 40:206-234.

Smith, William S; Vickers, Jerry. “Sociometric Choice in Small Group Communication.” Journal of Applied Communication Research, 1973, 1, 2, summer-fall, 97-103.

Smith-Doerr, L., J. Owen-Smith, K.W. Koput, and W.W. Powell 1999. Networks and knowledge production: Collaboration and patenting in biotechnology. In R. Leenders and S. Gabbay (Eds.), Corporate Social Capital, 331-350. Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Smith-Doerr, Laurel, Jason Owen-Smith, Kenneth W. Koput and Walter W. Powell. 1999. “Networks and Knowledge Production: Collaboration and Patenting in Biotechnology.” Pp. 390-408 in Corporate Social Capital, edited by R.T.A.J. Leenders and S. Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Smith-Doerr, Laurel; Manev, Ivan M.; Rizova, Polly. “The meaning of success: network position and the social construction of project outcomes in an R&D lab. Journal of Engineering & Technology Management, Mar-Jun2004. Vol. 21 Issue 1/2, p51, 31p;

Smithey, Lee A; Kurtz, Lester R. “Parading Persuasion: Nonviolent Collective Action as Discourse in Northern Ireland.” Research in Social Movements, Conflicts and Change 2003. 24, 319-359.

Smitka, Michael. 1991. Competitive Ties: Subcontracting in the Japanese Automotive Industry. New York: Columbia University Press.

Smoyer, Divonne. 1999. “Business World’s Preference for ADR is Growing.” Legal Times February 22:S38.

Snijders, Tom A B; Baerveldt, Chris. “A Multilevel Network Study of the Effects of Delinquent Behavior on Friendship Evolution.” The Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2003, 27, 2-3, Apr-Sept, 123-151.

Snijders, Tom A B; Baerveldt, Chris. “A Multilevel Network Study of the Effects of Delinquent Behavior on Friendship Evolution.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2003. 27, 2-3, Apr-Sept, 123-151.

Snijders, Tom A B; Zeggelink, Evelien P H; Stokman, Frans N. “Parameters in Collective Decision Making Models: Estimation and Sensitivity.” Mathematiques, Informatique et Sciences Humaines 1997. 35, 137, spring, 81-99.

Snijders, Tom A.B. 1996. “Stochastic Actor-Oriented Dynamic Analysis.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 21:149-172.

Snijders, Tom A.B. 1999. “Prologue to the Measurement of Social Capital.” The Tocqueville Review 20(1):27-44.

Snijders, Tom A.B. 2001. “The Statistical Evaluation of Social Network Dynamics.” Sociological Methdology 31:361-395.

Snow, Charles C., Raymond E. Miles, and Henry J. Coleman, Jr. 1992. “Managing 21st Century Network Organizations.” Organizational Dynamics 20(Winter):5-20.

Snow, David A., E. Burke Rochford, Jr., Steven K. Worden and Robert D. Benford. 1986. “Frame Alignment Processes, Micromobilization, and Movement Participation.” American Sociological Review 51:464-481.

Snow, David A., Louis A. Zurcher, Jr. and Sheldon Ekland-Olson. 1980. “Social Networks and Social Movements: A Microstructural Approach to Differential Recruitment.” American Sociological Review 45:787-801.

Snow, David A., Louis A. Zurcher, Jr. and Sheldon Ekland-Olson. 1983. “Further Thoughts on Social Networks and Movement Recruitment.” Sociology 17:112-120.

Snow, David A; Cress, Daniel M; Downey, Liam; Jones, Andrew W. “Disrupting the “Quotidian”: Reconceptualizing the Relationship between Breakdown and the Emergence of Collective Action.” Mobilization 1998. 3, 1, Mar, 1-22.

Snyder, David and Edward L. Kick. 1979. “Structural Position in the World System and Economic Growth 1955-1970: A Multiple-Network Analysis of Transnational Interactions.” American Journal of Sociology 84:1096-1126.

Sobel, Joel. “Can We Trust Social Capital?.” Journal of Economic Literature, vol. 40, no. 1, March 2002, pp. 139-54.

Sobel, Robert. 1981. IBM: Colossus in Transition. New York: Times Books.

Sobel, Robert. 1984. The Rise and Fall of the Conglomerate Kings. New York: Stein and Day

Sobels, Jonathan; Curtis, Allan; Lockie, Stewart. “The Role of Landcare Group Networks in Rural Australia: Exploring the Contribution of Social Capital.” Journal of Rural Studies, 2001. 17, 3, July, 265-276.

Sobrero, Maurizio. “Structural Constraints, Strategic Interactions and Innovative Processes: Measuring Network Effects in New Product Development Projects.” Journal of Management and Governance 4(3): 2000. 239-63.

Soda, G., Usai A., Zaheer, A. 2004. Network Memory: the influence of past and current networks on performance, working paper

Soderbaum, Fredrik. “Networking and Capacity Building: The Role of Regional Research Networks in Africa.” European Journal of Development Research 13(2): 2001. 144-63.

Soderbaum, Peter. 1993. “Values, Markets, and Environmental Policy: An Actor-Network Approach.” Journal of Economic Issues 27:387-408.

Soete, L. 1987. “The Impact of Technological Innovation on International Trade Patterns: The Evidence Reconsidered.” Research Policy 16:101-130.

Soh, P. 2003. The role of networking alliances in information acquisition and its implications for new product performance. Journal of Business Venturing, 18:727-57.

Soh, Pek-Hooi; Roberts, Edward B. “Networks of Innovators: A Longitudinal Perspective.” Research Policy 32(9): 2003. 1569-88.

Solmon, Lewis C. and Alec R. Levenson (eds.). 1994. Labor Markets, Employment Policy, and Job Creation. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Solmonoff, Ray and Anatol Rapoport. 1951. “Connectivity of Random Nets.” Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics 13:107-17.

Solomon, Robert. 1994. The Transformation of the World Economy, 1980-93. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

Solomonoff, R. and Rapoport, A. 1951. Connectivity of Random Nets. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics 13:107-17

Solow, Robert. 1997. “How Did Economics Get That Way and What Way Did It Get?” Daedalus 126:39-59.

Solow, Robert. 1997. “How Did Economics Get That Way and What Way Did It Get?” Daedalus 126:39-59.

Solvell, Orjan; Zander, Ivo. “International Diffusion of Knowledge: Isolating Mechanisms and the Role of the MNE.” The dynamic firm: The role of technology, strategy, organization, and regions. 1998, pp. 402-16.

Song, Dong-Wook; Panayides, Photis M “A Conceptual Application of Cooperative Game Theory to Liner Shipping Strategic Alliances. Maritime Policy & Management 2002. Vol. 29 Issue 3, P285, 17p;

Song, X.M., and Parry, M.E. 1997. A cross-national comparative study of new product development process: Japan and the United States. Journal of Marketing, 61: 1-19.

Sonnenwald, Diane H ; Pierce, Linda G. 2000. “Information Behavior in Dynamic Group Work Contexts: Interwoven Situational Awareness, Dense Social Networks and Contested Collaboration in Command and Control.” Information Processing & Management; v36 n3 p461-479.

Sonnenwald, Diane H.; Pierce, Linda G. “Information behavior in dynamic group work contexts: interwoven situational awareness, dense social networks and contested collaboration in command and control. Information Processing & Management, May2000, Vol. 36 Issue 3, p461, 19p.

Sorauf, Frank J. 1992. Inside Campaign Finance: Myths and Realities. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Sørensen, Aage B. 1996. “The Structural Basis of Social Inequality.” American Journal of Sociology 101:1333-1365.

Sørensen, Aage B. 1998. “On Kings, Pietism and Rent-Seeking in Scandinavian Welfare States.” Acta Sociologica 41:363-375.

Sørensen, Jesper and Toby Stuart. 2000. “Aging, Obsolescence, and Organizational Innovation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 45:81-112.

Sorensen, John H; Mileti, Dennis S; Copenhaver, Emily. 1985 “Inter and Intraorganizational Cohesion in Emergencies.” International Journal of Mass Emergencies and Disasters 3(3):27-52.

Sorenson, Olav. 2003. “Interdependence and Adaptability: Organizational Learning and the Long-Term Effect of Integration.” Management Science 49:446-463.

Sorenson, Olav. 2003. “Social Networks and Industrial Geography.” Journal of Evolutionary. Economics 13(5):513-27.

Sorenson, Olav; Stuart, Toby E. “Syndication Networks and the Spatial Distribution of Venture Capital Investments.” American Journal of Sociology, 2001. 106, 6, May, 1546-1588.

Southerton, Dale. “‘Squeezing Time’: Allocating Practices, Coordinating Networks and Scheduling Society.” Time & Society, 2003. 12, 1, Mar, 5-25.

Spaeth, Joe L. and Diane P. O’Rourke. 1996. “Design of the National Organizations Survey.” Pp. 23-44 in Organizations in America: Analyzing Their Structures and Human Resource Practices, by Arne L. Kalleberg, David Knoke, Peter V. Marsden, and Joe L. Spaeth. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Sparke, Matthew. “Networking Globalization: A Tapestry of Introductions: Review Essay.” Global Networks 1(2): 2001. 171-79.

Sparrowe, Raymond T. 2001. “Social Networks and the Performance of Individuals and Groups.” Academy of Management Journal 44:316-325.

Sparrowe, Raymond T. and Pamela Popielarz. 1995. “Weak Ties and Structural Holes: The Effects of Networks Structure on Careers.” Chicago: University of Illinois at Chicago.

Sparrowe, Raymond T., Robert C. Liden and Maria L. Kraimer. “Social Networks and the Performance of Individuals and Groups. Academy of Management Journal 2001. V44 I2 P316(10)

Sparrowe, Raymond T.; Liden, Robert C.; Wayne, Sandy J.; Kraimer, Maria L. “Social Networks and the Performance of Individuals and Groups.” Academy of Management Journal, Apr2001. Vol. 44 Issue 2, p316, 10p;

Specter, Michael. 2000. “The Pharmageddon Riddle.” New Yorker April 10:58-71.

Spence, Laura J. and Rene Schmidpeter. “SMEs, Social Capital and the Common Good.” Journal of Business Ethics June 15, 2003. V45 I1-2 P93(16)

Spence, Laura J.; Schmidpeter, René; Habisch, André. “Assessing Social Capital: Small and Medium Sized Enterprises in Germany and the UK Journal of Business Ethics, Sep2003 Part 3, Vol. 47 Issue 1, p17, 13p;

Spence, Michael. 1974. Market Signalling: Information Transfer in Hiring and Related Processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Spencer, J W. “Global Gatekeeping, Representation, and Network Structure: A Longitudinal Analysis of Regional and Global Knowledge-Diffusion Networks.” Journal of International Business Studies, vol. 34, no. 5, September 2003. pp. 428-42.

Spencer, J W. “Global Gatekeeping, Representation, and Network Structure: A Longitudinal Analysis of Regional and Global Knowledge-Diffusion Networks.” Journal of International Business Studies, vol. 34, no. 5, September 2003. pp. 428-42.

Spencer, J W. “Global Gatekeeping, Representation, and Network Structure: A Longitudinal Analysis of Regional and Global Knowledge-Diffusion Networks.” Journal of International Business Studies 34(5): 2003. 428-42.

Spencer, J.W. 2003. Global gatekeeping, representation, and network structure: a longitudinal analysis of regional and global knowledge-diffusion networks. Journal of International Business Studies, 34:428-

Spender, J.C., 1994, Knowing, managing and learning: a dynamic managerial epistemology. Management Learning, 25: 387-412

Spender, J.C., 1996, Making knowledge the basis of a dynamic theory of the firm, Strategic Management Journal, 17 (S2): 45-62

Sperling, Liz; Bretherton, Charlotte. 1996. “Women’s Policy Networks and the European Union.” Women’s Studies International Forum 19:303-314.

Sperling, Valerie; Ferree, Myra Marx; Risman, Barbara. “Constructing Global Feminism: Transnational Advocacy Networks and Russian Women’s Activism.” Signs, 2001. 26, 4, summer, 1155-1186.

Sporleder, Thomas L; Moss, LeeAnn E. “Knowledge Management in the Global Food System: Network Embeddedness and Social Capital.” American Journal of Agricultural Economics, vol. 84, no. 5. 2002. pp. 1345-52.

Sporleder, Thomas L; Moss, LeeAnn E. “Knowledge Management in the Global Food System: Network Embeddedness and Social Capital.” American Journal of Agricultural Economics 84(5): 2002. 1345-52.

Sprecher, Susan; Felmlee, Diane. “The Influence of Parents and Friends on the Quality and Stability of Romantic Relationships: A Three-Wave Longitudinal Investigation.” Journal of Marriage and the Family, 1992, 54, 4, Nov, 888-900.

Sproull, Lee, Stephen Weiner, and David Wolf. 1978. Organizing an Anarchy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Sproull, Lee; Kiesler, Sara. “Connections: New ways of working in the networked organization.” Cambridge, Mass. and London: MIT Press, 1991.

Squire, Lyn. “The World Development Report and the Global Development Network.” Journal of International Development 13(7): 2001. 813-21.

Sridharan, Uma V. 1996. “CEO Influence and Executive Compensation.” Financial Review 31:51-66.

St. Anthony, Neal. 199. “Twin Cities Can Weather Buyouts, as Past Shows.” Minneapolis Star Tribune June 13:1A.

Staber, Udo, Norbert V. Schaefer and Basu Sharma (eds.) 1996. Business Networks: Prospects for Regional Development. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

Staber, Udo. “Interfirm Networks.” The current state of business disciplines. Volume 4. Management--I. 2000. 1487-1504.

Staber, Udo. 1996. “Accounting for Variations in the Performance of Industrial Districts: The Case of Baden-Württemberg.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research June:299-316.

Staber, Udo. 2001. “The Structure of Networks in Industrial Districts.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 25:537-552.

Stacey-Konnert, Candace; Pynoos, Jon. “Friendship and Social Networks in a Continuing Care Retirement Community.” Journal of Applied Gerontology, 1992, 11, 3, Sept, 298-313.

Stacey-Konnert, Candace; Pynoos, Jon. “Friendship and Social Networks in a Continuing Care Retirement Community.” Journal of Applied Gerontology, 1992, 11, 3, Sept, 298-313.

Stallings, D.T. 2002. “A Brief History of the United States Department of Education: 1979-2002.” Durham, NC: Duke Univeristy Center for Child and Family Policy.

Stanley, Dick. “What Do We Know about Social Cohesion: The Research Perspective of the Federal Government’s Social Cohesion Research Network.” Canadian Journal of Sociology/Cahiers canadiens de sociologie, 2003. 28, 1, winter, 5-17.

Stanley, Thomas J. 1993. Networking with the affluent and their advisors. Homewood, IL: Business One Irwin.

Stanton-Salazar, Ricardo D. 2001. Manufacturing Hope and Despair: The School and Kin Support Networks of U.S.-Mexican Youth. New York: Teachers College Press.

Stark, David. 1986. “Rethinking Internal Labor Markets: New Insights From a Comparative Perspective.” American Sociological Review 51:492-504.

Starkey, Ken. 2000. “Beyond Networks and Hierarchies: Latent Organizations in the UK Television Industry.” Organization Science 11:299-.

Starnes, Becky J. “Achieving Competitive Advantage through the Application of Open Systems Theory and the Development of Strategic Alliances: A Guide For Managers of Nonprofit Organizations. Journal of Nonprofit & Public Sector Marketing, 2000. Vol. 8 Issue 2, P15, 13p;

Starr, J.A. and I.C. MacMillan. 1990. “Resource Cooptation Via Social Contracting: Resource Acquisition Strategies for New Ventures.” “Strategic Management Journal 11:79-92.

Starr, Martin, K. (1991) “Global Corporate Alliances and the Competitive Edge” Quorum Books, 1991.

Starr, Paul. 1982. The Social Transformation of American Medicine: The Rise of a Sovereign Profession and the Making of a Vast Industry. New York: Basic Books.

Staudt, Kathleen and Núria Homedes. 2004. “Investing or Squandering Social Capital? Community-Based Organizations for Indigent Health Care.” International Journal of Public Administration 27:109-126.

Staveren, Irene van. “Beyond Social Capital in Poverty Research. Journal of Economic Issues, Jun2003. Vol. 37 Issue 2, p415, 9p;

Steagall, Jeffrey W. and Ken Jennings. 1996. “Unions, PAC Contributions, and the NAFTA Vote.” Journal of Labor Researc 17:515-521.

Stearns, Linda B., and Kenneth D. Allan. 1996. “Economic behavior in institutional environments: The corporate merger wave of the 1980s.” American Sociological Review, 61: 699-718.

Stearns, Linda Brewster and Kenneth D. Allan. 1996. “Economic Behavior in Institutional Environments: The Corporate Merger Wave of the 1980s.” American Sociological Association 61:699-718.

Stearns, Linda Brewster and Mark Mizruchi. 1993. “Board Composition and Corporate

Stearns, Linda Brewster. 1982. “Corporate Dependency and the Structure of the Capital Market: 1880-1980.” Ph.D. dissertation, State University of New York at Stony Brook.

Stebbins, Robert A. “Music among Friends: The Social Networks of Amateur Musicians.” Revue Internationale de Sociologie/International Review of Sociology, 1976, 12, 1-2, Apr-Aug, 52-73.

Steeh, C. 1981. Trends in nonresponse rates 1952-1979. Public Opinion Quarterly, 45: 40-57.

Steensma, H. Kevin and Marjorie A. Lyles. 2000. “Explaining IJV Survival in a Transitional Economy Through Social Exchange and Knowledge-Based Perspectives.” Strategic Management Journal 21:831-851.

Steensma, H.K., and Corley, K.G. 2000. On the performance of technology-sourcing partnerships: the interaction between partner interdependence and technology attributes. Academy of Management Journal, 43(6): 1045-1067.

Steers, Richard M., Yoo Keun Shin and Gerardo Ungson. 1989. The Chaebol: Korea’s New Industrial Might. New York: Harper and Row.

Stefanic, Jean and Richard Delgado. 1996. No Mercy: How Conservative Think Tanks and Foundations Changed America’s Social Agenda. Phialdelphia, PA: Temple University Press.

Stefano Fiori. 2002. “Alternative Visions of Change in Douglass North’s New Institutionalism.” Journal of Economic Issues 36:1025-1043.

Steffens, Lincoln. 1904. The Shame of the Cities. New York: McClure, Phillips.

Stefik, Mark. “The Internet edge: Social, legal, and technological challenges for a networked world.” Cambridge and London: MIT Press, 1999, pp. xviii, 320.

Stehr, Nico. 2000. “Deciphering Information Technologies: Modern Societies as Networks.” European Journal of Social Theory 3:83-94.

Steier, Lloyd. 2000. “Entrepreneurship and the Evolution of Angel Financial Networks.” Organization Studies 21:163-192.

Steil, Ben, David G. Victor and Richard R. Nelson (eds.). 2002. Technological Innovation and Economic Performance. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Stein, Howard F. 1997. “Death Imagery and the Experience of Organizational Downsizing: Or, Is Your Name on Schindler's List?” Administration & Society 29:222-247.

Stein, Janice Gross; Stren, Richard. “Knowledge Networks in Global Society: Pathways to Development.” Networks of knowledge: Collaborative innovation in international learning. 2001, pp. 3-28.

Stein, Janice Gross; Stren, Richard. “Knowledge Networks in Global Society: Pathways to Development.” Networks of knowledge: Collaborative innovation in international learning. 2001. 3-28.

Steinberg, Marc W. “The Talk and Back Talk of Collective Action: A Dialogic Analysis of Repertoires of Discourse among Nineteenth-Century English Cotton Spinners.” American Journal of Sociology 1999. 105, 3, Nov, 736-780.

Steinberg, Marc W. “Tilting the Frame: Considerations on Collective Action Framing from a Discursive Turn.” Theory and Society 1998. 27, 6, Dec, 845-872.

Steiner, Michael; Hartmann, Christian. “Interfirm Co-operation and Learning within SME Networks: Two Case Studies from the Styrian Automotive Cluster.” Innovation, networks and localities. 1999, pp. 85-106.

Steinmetz, Greg and Gregory L. White. 1998. “Chrysler Pay Draws Fire Overseas.” Wall Streetjournal May 26:B1.

Steinmetz, Linda. 1996. “The Spread of Right-Wing Ideologies through Computer Networks: Support Columns of a Right-Wing Movement?” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen 9:59-69.

Steins, Nathalie A. “New Directions in Natural Resource Management: The Offer of Actor-Network Theory.” IDS Bulletin, 2001. 32, 4, Oct, 18-25.

Stepan-Norris, Judith and Zeitlin, Maurice. 1995. “Union Democracy, Radical Leadership, and the Hegemony of Capital.” American Sociological Review 60:829-850.

Stephenson, Karen and David Lewin. 1996. “Managing Workforce Diversity: Macro and Micro Level HR Implications of Network Analysis.” International Journal of Manpower 17(4-5):168-96.

Stephenson, Karen and Marvin Zelen. 1989. “Rethinking Centrality: Methods and Examples.” Social Networks 11:1-37

Stern, Gabriella and Steven Lipin. 1998. “Proposed Chrysler, Daimler-Benz Merger Could Spark Reshuffling of Auto Industry.” Wall Street Journal May 7:A10.

Stern, Philip M. 1992. Still the Best Congress Money Can Buy. Washington: Regnery Gateway.

Stern, Robert N. 1979. “The Development of an Interorganizational Control Network: The Case of Intercollegiate Athletics.” Administrative Science Quarterly 24:267-284.

Stern, Robert N. and Stephen R. Barley. 1996. “Organizations and Social Systems: Organization Theory’s Neglected Mandate.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:146-162.

Stern, Robert N. and Stephen R. Barley. 1996. “Organizations and Social Systems: Organization Theory’s Neglected Mandate.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:146-162.

Stertz, Bradley A. and Dave Phillips. 1996. “Chrysler, Kerkorian Call 5-year Truce.” Detroit News February 9:A1.

Stevens, Micahel J. and Michael E. Yarish. 1999. “Training for Team Effectiveness.” Pp. 126-156 in Supporting Work Team Effectiveness: Best Management Practices for Fostering High Performance, edited by Eric Sundstrom. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

Stevenson, William B. “Formal Structure and Networks of Interaction within Organizations.” Social Science Research 1990. 19:113-131.

Stevenson, William B. 1990. “ Formal structure and networks of interaction within organizations.” Social Science Research 19:113-31.

Stevenson, William B. 2000. “Agency and Social Networks: Strategies of Action in a Social Structure of Position, Opposition, and Opportunity.” Administrative Science Quarterly 45:651-678.

Stevenson, William B. and Gilly, Mary C. 1993. “Problem-Solving Networks in Organizations: Intentional Design and Emergent Structure.” Social Science Research 22:92-113.

Stevenson, William B. and Jean M. Bartunek. 1996. “Power, Interaction, Position, and the Generation of Cultural Agreement in Organizations.” Human Relations 49:75-104.

Stevenson, William B.; Greenberg, Danna. “Agency and Social Networks: Strategies of Action in a Social Structure of Position, Opposition, and Opportunity. Administrative Science Quarterly, Dec2000, Vol. 45 Issue 4, p651, 28p.

Stevenson, William B; Gilly, Mary C. “Problem-Solving Networks in Organizations: Intentional Design and Emergent Structure.” Social Science Research 1993. 22, 1 92-113.

Steward, Fred and Conway, Steve. “Situating Discourse in Environmental Innovation Networks.” Organization 1998. 5, 4, Nov, 479-502.

Steward, Fred and Conway, Steve. “Situating Discourse in Environmental Innovation Networks.” Organization 1998. 5, 4, Nov, 479-502.

Steward, Fred; Conway, Steve. “Building Networks for Innovation Diffusion in Europe: Learning from the SPRINT Programme. Enterprise & Innovation Management Studies, Sep-Dec2000, Vol. 1 Issue 3, p281, 21p;

Stewart, Gordon. 1999. “International and Comparative Employment Relations: A Study of Industrialised Market Economies.” Asia Pacific Journal of Human Resources 37:120-.

Stewart, Thomas A. 1991. “GE Keeps Those Ideas Coming.” Fortune August 12:40-47.

Stigler, George J. “Free Riders and Collective Action: An Appendix to Theories of Economic Regulation.” Public choice theory. Volume 1: Homo economicus in the political market place. 1993. pp. 357-63.

Stigler, George J. 1962. “Information in the Labor Market.” Journal of Political Economy 70:94-105.

Stigler, George. 1961. “Economics of Information.” Journal of Political Economy 69:213-25.

Stiglitz, Joseph and Andrew Weiss. 1981. “Credit Rationing in Markets With Imperfect Information.” American Economic Review 71:393-410.

Stiglitz, Joseph E. 1974. “On the Irrelevance of Corporate Financial Policy.” American Economic Review 64:851-866.

Stiglitz, Joseph E. 1975. “The Theory of ‘Screening,’ Education, and the Distribution of Income.” American Economic Review 65:283-300.

Stiles, Janine. “A Philosophical Justification for a Realist Approach to Strategic Alliance Research. Qualitative Market Research: An International Journal, 2003. Vol. 6 Issue 4, P263, 9p;

Stillerman, Joel. “Transnational Activist Networks and the Emergence of Labor Internationalism in the NAFTA Countries.” Social Science History, 2003. 27, 4, winter, 577-601.

Stilson, Anne E. Conaway. 1995. “Reexamining the Fiduciary Paradigm at Corporate Insolvency and Dissolution: Defining Directors’ Duties to Creditors.” Delaware Journal of Corporate Law 20:1

Stinchcombe, Arthur L. 1965. “Social Structure and Organizations.” Pp. 142-193 in Handbook of Organizations, edited by James G. March. Chicago: Rand McNally.

Stinchcombe, Arthur L. 1986. “Norms of Exchange.” Pp. 231-67 in Stratification and Organization, New York: Cambridge University Press.

Stinchcombe, Arthur L. 1990. Information and Organization. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Stinchcombe, Arthur L. and Carol A. Heimer. 1985. Organization Theory and Project Management: Administering Uncertainty in Norwegian Offshore Oil. Oslo: Norwegian University Press (distributed by Oxford University Press).

Stockdale, Aileen. “Out-Migration from Rural Scotland: The Importance of Family and Social Networks.” Sociologia Ruralis, 2002. 42, 1, Jan, 41-64.

Stocker, Rob; Cornforth, David; Bossomaier, T R J. “Network Structures and Agreement in Social Network Simulations.” Journal of Artificial Societies and Social Simulation, 2002. 5, 4, Oct.

Stocker, Rob; Green, David G; Newth, David. “Consensus and Cohesion in Simulated Social Networks.” Journal of Artificial Societies and Social Simulation, 2001. 4, 4, Oct.

Stoessel, Saskia. “Investigating the Role of Social Networks in Language Maintenance and Shift.” International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 2002. 153, 93-131.

Stohl, Cynthia; Schell, Susan E. “A Communication-Based Model of Small-Group Dysfunction.” Management Communication Quarterly, 1991, 5, 1, Aug, 90-110.

Stokman, Frans and Jaco Berveling. 1998. “Dynamic Modelling of Policy Networks in Amsterdam.” Journal of Theoretical Politics 10:577-601.

Stokman, Frans N. “Modeling Conflict and Exchange in Collective Decision Making.” BMS, Bulletin de Methodologie Sociologique 1995. 49, Dec, 7-22.

Stokman, Frans N. and Evelien P. H. Zeggelink. 1996. “Is Politics Power or Policy Oriented? A Comparative Analysis of Dynamic Access Models in Policy Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 21:77-111.

Stokman, Frans N. and Reinier Van Oosten. 1994. “The Exchange of Voting Positions: An Object-Oriented Model of Policy Networks.” Pp. 105-127 in European Community Decision Making: Models, Applications, and Comparisons, edited by Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Frans N. Stokman. New Haven. CT: Yale University Press.

Stokman, Frans N., Rolf Ziegler and John Scott. 1985. Networks of Corporate Power. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Stokman, Frans N; Stokman, Jasper V. “Strategic Control and Interests, Its Effects on Decision Outcomes.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1995. 20, 4, 289-317.

Stokman, Frans N; Van Assen, Marcel A L M; Van der Knoop, Jelle; Van Oosten, Reinier C H. “Strategic Decision Making.” Advances in Group Processes 2000. 17, 131-153.

Stokman, Frans N; Van den Bos, Jan M M. 1994. “The Exchange of Voting Positions in the EC Council.” Pp. 161-84 in European Community Decision Making: Models, Applications, and Comparisons, edited by Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Frans N. Stokman. New Haven. CT: Yale University Press.

Stokman, Frans N; Van Oosten, Reinier. “The Exchange of Voting Positions: An Object-Oriented Model of Policy Networks.” European community decision making: Models, applications, and comparisons. 1994. Pp. 105-27.

Stokman, Frans N; Zeggelink, Evelien P H. “‘Self-Organizing’ Friendship Networks.” Frontiers in social dilemmas research. 1996, pp. 385-418.

Stokowski A.. 1994. Leisure in society: a network structural perspective. Patricia London New York: Mansell.

Stoller, Eleanor Palo and Amy A. Wisniewski. 2003. “The Structure of Lay Consultation Networks: Managing Illness in Community Settings.” Journal of Aging and Health 15:482-507.

Stoller, Eleanor Palo; Miller, Baila; Guo, Shenyang. “Shared Ethnicity and Relationship Multiplexity within the Informal Networks of Retired European American Sunbelt Migrants: A Case Study.” Research on Aging, 2001. 23, 3, May, 304-325.

Stoller, Eleanor Palo; Pugliesi, Karen L. “Informal Networks of Community-Based Elderly: Changes in Composition over Time.” Research on Aging, 1988, 10, 4, Dec, 499-516.

Stoller, Eleanor Palo; Pugliesi, Karen L. “Size and Effectiveness of Informal Helping Networks: A Panel Study of Older People in the Community.” Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 1991, 32, 2, June, 180-191.

Stoller, Eleanor Palo; Wisniewski, Amy A. “The Structure of Lay Consultation Networks: Managing Illness in Community Settings.” Journal of Aging and Health, 2003, 15, 3, Aug, 482-507.

Stoller, Eleanor Palo; Wisniewski, Amy A. “The Structure of Lay Consultation Networks: Managing Illness in Community Settings.” Journal of Aging and Health, 2003, 15, 3, Aug, 482-507.

Stoloff, Jennifer A., Jennifer L. Glanville and Elisa Jayne Bienenstock. 1999. “Women’s Participation in the Labor Force: The Role of Social Networks.” Social Networks 21:91-108.

Stolpe, Michael. “Determinants of Knowledge Diffusion as Evidenced in Patent Data: The Case of Liquid Crystal Display Technology.” Research Policy, vol. 31, no. 7, September 2002, pp. 1181-98.

Stolzenberg, Ross M. 1975. “Occupations, Labor Markets and the Process of Wage Attainment.” American Sociological Review 40:645-665.

Stolzenberg, Ross M. 1978. “Bringing the Boss Back In: Employer Size, Employee Schooling, and Socioeconomic Achievement.” American Sociological Review 43:813-828.

Stolzenberg, Ross M. and Daniel A. Relles. 1990. “Theory Testing in a World of Constrained Research Design: The Significance of Heckman’s Censored Sampling Bias Correction for Nonexperimental Research.” Sociological Methods and Research 18:395-415.

Stone, Deborah A. “The durability of social capital. Journal of Health Politics, Policy & Law, Fall95, Vol. 20 Issue 3, p689, 6p;

Stone, Diane. “Introduction: Global Knowledge and Advocacy Networks.” Global Networks, vol. 2, no. 1, January 2002, pp. 1-11.

Stone, Diane. “Introduction: Global Knowledge and Advocacy Networks.” Global Networks 2(1): 2002. 1-11.

Stone, Diane. “Think Tanks, Global Lesson-Drawing and Networking Social Policy Ideas.” Global Social Policy 1: 2001. Pp. 338-60.

Stone, Diane. “Think Tanks, Global Lesson-Drawing and Networking Social Policy Ideas.” Global Social Policy 1(3): 2001. 338-60.

Storey, David J. 1995. “Symposium on Harrison’s ‘Lean and Mean’: A Job Generation Perspective.” Small Business Economics 7:337-40.

Storper, Michael and Bennett Harrison. 1991. “Flexibility, Hierarchy and Regional Development: The Changing Structure of Industrial Production Systems and Their Forms of Governance in the 1990s.” Research Policy 20:407-422.

Storper, Michael and Susan Christopherson. 1987. “Flexible Specialization and Regional Industrial Agglomeration: The Case of the U.S. Motion Picture Industry.” Annals of the Association of American Geographers 77:104-107.

Strain, Laurel A; Blandford, Audrey A. “Caregiving Networks in Later Life: Does Cognitive Status Make a Difference?” Canadian Journal on Aging/La Revue Canadienne du Vieillissement, 2003. 22, 3, fall, 261-273.

Straits, Bruce C. 1996. “Ego-net Diversity: Same- and Cross-Sex Coworker Ties.” Social Networks 18:29-45.

Strang, David and John W. Meyer. 1993. “Institutional Conditions for Diffusion.” Theory and Society 22:487-511.

Strang, David and Sarah A. Soule. 1998. “Diffusion in Organizations and Social Movements: From Hybrid Corn to Poison Pills.” Annual Review of Sociology 24:265-290.

Strangleman, Tim. “Networks, Place and Identities in Post-Industrial Mining Communities.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research, 2001. 25, 2, June, 253-267.

Strassmann, Paul A. 1997. The Squandered Computer. New Canaan, CT: The Info Economics Press.

Strebel, Paul. 1996. “Why Do Employees Resist Change?” Harvard Business Review May-June 86-92.

Streeten, Paul. 1997. “Nongovernmental Organizations and Development.” Annals of American Academy of Political and Social Science 554 (November):193-210.

Streitfeld, David. 1998. “Paper Money on the Net: Rewrites Bookselling Script.” International Herald Telephone July 11-12:11.

Stren, Richard. “Knowledge Networks and New Approaches to ‘Development.’.” Networks of knowledge: Collaborative innovation in international learning. 2001. 133-50.

Strijker, D; Sijtsma, F J; Wiersma, D. “Evaluation of Nature Conservation: An Application to the Dutch Ecological Network.” Environmental and Resource Economics 16(4): 2000. 363-78.

Strogatz, Steven H. and Ian Stewart. 1993. “Coupled Oscillators and Biological Synchronization.” Scientific American 269 (6): 102-9.

Stroh, Linda K. and Anne H. Reilly. 1997. “Loyalty in the Age of Downsizing.” Sloan Management Review 38(4):83-88.

Stross, Randell E. 1993. Steve Jobs and the NeXT Big Thing. New York: Atheneum.

Stross, Randell E. 1996. The Microsoft Way: The Real Story of How the Company Outsmarts Its Competition. New York: Addison-Wesley.

Stroup, Richard L. “Free Riders and Collective Action Revisited.” Independent Review, vol. 4, no. 4, Spring 2000. pp. 485-500.

Strutton, Daivd; Herndon, Neil; Pelton, Lou E. “Competition, Collusion, and Confusion: the Impact of Current Antitrust Guidelines On Competition. Industrial Marketing Management 2001. Vol. 30 Issue 2, P243, 11p;

Struyk, Raymond J. “Management of Transnational Think Tank Networks.” International Journal of Politics, Culture and Society, 2002. 15, 4, summer, 625-638

Struyk, Raymond J. “Transnational Think-Tank Networks: Purpose, Membership and Cohesion.” Global Networks 2(1): 2002. 83-90.

Stuart, Toby E. 1998. “Network Positions and Propensities to Collaborate: An Investigation of Strategic Alliance Formation in a High-technology Industry.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:668-698.

Stuart, Toby E. 2000. “Interorganizational Alliances and the Performance of Firms: A Study of Growth and Innovation Rates in a High-Technology Industry.” Strategic Management Journal 21:791-811.

Stuart, Toby E. 2000. “Interorganizational Alliances and the Performance of Firms: A Study of Growth and Innovation Rates in a High-Technology Industry.” Strategic Management Journal 21:791-811.

Stuart, Toby E. and Joel M. Podolny. 1996. “Local Search and the Evolution of Technological Capabilities.” Strategic Management Journal 17:21-38.

Stuart, Toby E. and Joel M. Podolny. 1996. “Local Search and the Evolution of Technological Capabilities.” Strategic Management Journal 17:21-38.

Stuart, Toby E., and Joel M. Podolny. 1995. “Local search and the evolution of technological capabilities.” Strategic Management Journal (Special Issue), 17: 21-38.

Stuart, Toby E., Ha Hoang, and Ralph C. Hybels. 1999. “Interorganizational Endorsements and the Performance of Entrepreneurial Ventures.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 44:315-349.

Stuart, Toby E., Ha Hoang, and Ralph C. Hybels. 1999. “Interorganizational Endorsements and the Performance of Entrepreneurial Ventures.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 44:315-349.

Stuart, Toby E.; Hoang, Ha; Hybels, Ralph C. “Interorganizational Endorsements and the Performance of Entrepreneurial Ventures. Administrative Science Quarterly 1999. Vol. 44 Issue 2, P315, 35p;

Studnicki-Gizbert, Daviken. “The Portuguese ‘Nation’: Commercial Networks in the Early Modern Atlantic World.” Annales, 2003. 58, 3, May-June, 627-648.

Stummer, Christian et al. 2004. “Determining Location and Size of Medical Departments in a Hospital Network: A Multiobjective Decision Support Approach.” Health Care Management Science 7:63-71.

Sturgeon, Timothy J. “Modular Production Networks: A New American Model of Industrial Organization.” Industrial and Corporate Change 11: 3 2002. Pp. 451-96.

Sturgeon, Timothy J. “Modular Production Networks: A New American Model of Industrial Organization.” Industrial and Corporate Change 11(3): 2002. 451-96.

Sturgeon, Timothy J. “What Really Goes on in Silicon Valley? Spatial Clustering and Dispersal in Modular Production Networks.” Journal of Economic Geography 3(2): 2003. 199-225.

Su, Tieting. “Changes in World Trade Networks: 1938, 1960, 1990.” Review, 1995, 18, 3, summer, 431-457.

Su, Tieting. “Myth and Mystery of Globalization: World Trade Networks in 1928, 1938, 1960, and 1999.” Review - Fernand Braudel Center, 2002, 25, 4, fall, 351-392.

Su, Tieting. “Myth and Mystery of Globalization: World Trade Networks in 1928, 1938, 1960, and 1999.” Review - Fernand Braudel Center, 2002. 25, 4, fall, 351-392.

Su, Tie-ting; Clawson, Dan. “Trade Networks, Trade Blocs, and Hegemonic Conflict.” Sociological Inquiry, 1994, 64, 4, fall, 415-437.

Su, Tie-ting; Neustadtl, Alan; Clawson, Dan. “Business and the Conservative Shift: Corporate PAC Contributions, 1976-1986.” Social Science Quarterly, vol. 76, no. 1, March 1995, pp. 20-40.

Su, Tie-Ting; Neustadtl, Alan; Clawson, Dan. “The Coalescence of Corporate Conservatism from 1976 to 1980: The Roots of the Reagan Revolution.” Research in Politics and Society, 1992, 4, 135-160.

Suarez-Villa, Luis. “Southern California As a Global Gateway Region: Polycentricity and Network Segmentation As Competitive Advantages.” Gateways to the global economy. 2000. 83-104.

Suarez-Villa, Luis. “The E-Economy and the Rise of Technocapitalism: Networks, Firms, and Transportation.” Growth and Change 34(4): Special Issue Fall 2003. 390-414.

Suarez-Villa, Luis. 1998. “The Structures of Cooperation: Downscaling, Outsourcing and the Networked Alliance.” Small Business Economics 10:5-16.

Subramaniam, Mangala; Gupte, Manjusha; Mitra, Debarashmi. “Local to Global: Transnational Networks and Indian Women’s Grassroots Organizing.” Mobilization: An International Journal, 2003. 8, 3, Oct, 335-352.

Suchman, Mark C. 1994. “On the Advice of Counsel: Legal and Financial Firms as Information Intermediaries in the Structuration of Silicon Valley.” Unpublished doctoral dissertaion, Department of Sociology, Stanford University, Stanford, CA.

Suchman, Mark C. 1995. “Managing Legitimacy: Strategic and Institutional Approaches.” Academy of Management Review 20:571-610.

Suchman, Mark C. 2003. “Contract as Social Artifact.” Law and Society Review 37:91-142.

Suchman, Mark C. and Edelman, Lauren B. 1996. “Legal Rational Myths: The New Institutionalism and the Law and Society Tradition.” Law & Social Inquiry 21:903-941.

Suchman, Mark C. and Mia L. Cahill. 1996. “The Hired-Gun as Facilitator: Lawyers and the Suppression of Business Disputes in Silicon Valley.” Law and Social Inquiry 21:679-712.

Suitor, J Jill; Keeton, Shirley. “Once a Friend, Always a Friend? Effects of Homophily on Women’s Support Networks across a Decade.” Social Networks, 1997, 19, 1, Jan, 51-62.

Suitor, Jill, Karl Pillemer and Shirley Keeton. 1995. “When Experience Counts: The Effects of Experiential and Structural Similarity on Patterns of Support and Interpersonal Stress.” Social Forces 73(4):1573-1588.

Suk-Young Chwe, Michael. 2000. “Communication and Coordination in Social Networks.” Review of Economic Studies 67(230):1-16.

Sullivan, Daniel P. and Donald E. Conlon. 1997. “Crisis and Transition in Corporate Governance Paradigms: The Role of the Chancery Court of Delaware.” Law and Society Review 31(4):713-762.

Sullivan, John L; Borgida, Eugene; Jackson, Melinda S; Riedel, Eric; Oxendine, Alina; Gangl, Amy. “Social Capital and Community Electronic Networks.” American Behavioral Scientist, 2002, 45, 5, Jan, 868-886.

Sullivan, John L; Borgida, Eugene; Jackson, Melinda S; Riedel, Eric; Oxendine, Alina; Gangl, Amy. “Social Capital and Community Electronic Networks.” American Behavioral Scientist, 2002. 45, 5, Jan, 868-886.

Sullivan, Teresa A. 1981. “Sociological Views of Labor Markets: Some Missed Opportunities and Neglected Directions.” Pp. 329-346 in Sociological Perspectives on Labor Markets, edited by Ivar Berg. New York: Academic Press.

Sundstrom, Eric (ed.). 1999. Supporting Work Team Effectiveness: Best Management Practices for Fostering High Performance. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

Sutton, John R. 1983. “Social Structure, Institutions, and the Legal Status of Children in the United States.” American Journal of Sociology 88:915-947.

Sutton, John R. 1990. “Bureaucrats and Entrepreneurs: Institutional Responses to Deviant Children in the United States, 1890-1920s.” American Journal of Sociology 95:1367-1400.

Sutton, John R. and Frank Dobbin. 1996. “The Two Faces of Governance: Responses to Legal Uncertainty in U.S. Firms, 1955 to 1985.” American Sociological Review 61: 794-811.

Sutton, John R. and Frank Dobbin. 1996. “The Two Faces of Governance: Responses to Legal Uncertainty in U.S. Firms, 1955-1985.” American Sociological Review 61:794-811.

Sutton, John R., Frank Dobbin, John W. Meyer and W. Richard Scott. 1994. “The Legalization of the Workplace.” American Journal of Sociology 99:944-71.

Sverrisson, Arni. “Digital Photography: Technical and Visual Innovations, Perspectives and Social Networks.” Sociologisk Forskning, 2002. 39, 2, 40-66.

Sverrisson, Arni. “Translation Networks, Knowledge Brokers and Novelty Construction: Pragmatic Environmentalism in Sweden.” Acta Sociologica, 2001. 44, 4, 313-327.

Swaminathan, Anand and Gabriele Wiedenmayer. 1991. “Does the Pattern of Density Dependence in Organizational Mortality Rates Vary Across Levels of Analysis? Evidence from the German Brewing Industry.” Social Science Research 20:45-73.

Swaminathan, Anand. 1995. “The Proliferation of Specialist Organizations in the American Wine Industry, 1941-1900.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:653-680.

Swaminathan, Anand. 1995. “The proliferation of specialist organizations in the American wine industry, 1941-1990.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 40: 653-680.

Swaminathan, Anand. 1996. “Environmental Conditions at Founding and Organizational Mortality: A Trial-by-Fire Model.” Academy of Management Journal 39:1350-1377.

Swan, Peter F. and John E. Ettlie. 1997. “U.S.-Japanese Manufacturing Equity Relationships.” Academy of Management Journal 40:463-479.

Swank, Eric. 1998. “Clinton’s Domestic Policy Makers: Big Business, Think Tanks, and Welfare Reform.” Journal of Poverty 2:55-78.

Swann, Dennis. 1988. The Retreat of the State: Deregulation and Privatization in the UK and US. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press.

Swann, G M Peter. “The Functional Form of Network Effects.” Information Economics and Policy 14(3): 2002. 417-29.

Swann, G.M. Peter, Martha Prevezer and David Stout. 1998. The Dynamics of Industrial Clustering: International Comparisons in Computing and Biotechnology. New York: Oxford University Press.

Swartz, Nikki. “U.S. Anti-Terrorism Network Enables Data Sharing. Information Management Journal, May/Jun2004. Vol. 38 Issue 3, p12,

Swatman P.M.C. & Swatman P.A. (1992) “EDI System Integration: A Definition and Literature Survey” The Information Society 8 (1992) pp.169-205.

Swenson, Tami and Mary Zey. 1999. “Corporate Multisubsidiarization, Diversification, and Performance: A Panel Analysis of the 1976 Fortune 500.” Chicago: Paper presented to the American Sociological Association meetings.

Swenson, Tami and Mary Zey. 1999. “Corporate Multisubsidiarization, Diversification, and Performance: A Panel Analysis of the 1976 Fortune 500.” Chicago: Paper presented to the American Sociological Association meetings.

Swidler, Ann. 1986. “Culture in Action: Symbols and Strategies.” American Sociological Review 51:273-286.

Swinterton, Kenneth A. and Howard Wial. 1995. “Is Job Stability Declining in the U.S. Economy?” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 48:293-304.

Swoboda, Frank. 1993. “Growing Ranks of Part-Time Workers Are Finding Fewer Benefits.” Washington Post September 12.

Swoboda, Frank. 1998. “A Matter of Organization; Labor Confronts Need to Boost Numbers.” Washington Post September 8:D9.

Sydow, J. 1992. Strategische Netzwerke: Evolution und Organisation. Wiesbaden:.

Sydow, J. and A. Windeler. 1996. “Managing Inter-Firm Networks: A Structuralist Perspective.” Pp. XXX in Anthony Giddens: Critical Assessments, edited by C. Bryant and D. Jary. London:.

Sydow, J., and Manning, S. 2004. Projects, Paths, and Relationships: Binding Processes in Television Production. Paper presented at the International Workshop “Studying New Forms of Work: Concepts and Practices in Cultural Industries and Beyond”, Berlin.

Sydow, J., and Windeler, A. 1999. Projektnetzwerke: Management von (mehr als) temporären Systemen. In J. Engelhard, and E. Sinz (Eds.), Kooperation im Wettbewerb: 211-235. Wiesbaden: Gabler.

Sydow, J., Windeler, A., Krebs, M., Loose, A. and van Well, B. 1995. Organisation von Netzwerken. Opladen.

Sydow, Jog; Staber, Udo. “The Institutional Embeddedness of Project Networks: The Case of Content Production in German Television.” Regional Studies 36(3): 2002. 215-27.

Sykes, Alan O. 2002. “New Directions in Law and Economics.” American Economist. 46:10-21.

Sykes, Alan O. 2002. “New Directions in Law and Economics.” American Economist. 46:10-21.

Szanyi, M. “Subcontracting and Outward Processing Trade as a Form of Networking in Hungary.” Acta Oeconomica 52(3): 2002. 347-69.

Szmatka, Jacek; Willer, David. “Exclusion, Inclusion, and Compound Connection in Exchange Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 1995. 58, 2, June, 123-132.

Szmatka, Jacek; Willer, David; Uhl, Izabella. “Structural Determinants of Power in Exchange Networks. Cross-National Test of Theoretical Universality.” Studia Socjologiczne 1996. 3(142), 59-90.

Szulanski, G. 1996. Exploring internal stickiness: Impediments to the transfer of best practice within the firm. Strategic Management Journal, 17(winter special issue): 27-43.

Tacke, Veronika. 1999. “Economic Organization as a Problem of Reflection. The Relationship between New Institutionalism and Systems Theory.” Soziale Systeme 5:55-81.

Taggart, Robert A. 1998. “The Growth of the ‘Junk’ Bond Market and Its Role in Financing Takeovers.” Pp. 5-24 in Knights, Raiders, and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover, edited by John C. Coffee Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman. New York: Oxford University Press.

Tajima, Junko. “Chinese Newcomers in the Global City Tokyo: Social Networks and Settlement Tendencies.” International Journal of Japanese Sociology, 2003. 12, Nov, 68-78.

Takahashi, Dean. 1997. “How the Competition Got Ahead of Intel in Making Cheap Chips.” Wall Street Journal February 12:A1.

Takai, Yukari. “The Family Networks and Geographic Mobility of French Canadian Immigrants in Early-Twentieth-Century Lowell, Massachusetts.” Journal of Family History, 2001. 26, 3, July, 373-394.

Takashi, Inoguchi. “Social Capital in 10 Asian Societies: Is Social Capital a Good Concept for Gauging Democratic, Developmental and Regionalizing Trends in Asia? Economy, Culture & History Japan Spotlight Bimonthly, May/Jun2004. Vol. 23 Issue 3, p34, 3p

Takii, Katsuya. “A Barrier to the Diffusion of Tacit Knowledge.” Review of Development Economics, vol. 8, no. 1, February 2004, pp. 81-90.

Talbert, Jeffery C., Bryan D. Jones and Frank R Baumgartner. 1995. “Nonlegislative Hearings and Policy Change in Congress.” American Journal of Political Science 39:383-406.

Talhami, Ghada Hashem. “Whither the Social Network of Islam.” Muslim World Fall 2001. V91 I3-4 P311(14)

Talmud, Ilan and Gustavo S. Mesch. 1997. “Market Embeddedness and Corporate Instability: The Ecology of Inter-Industrial Networks.” Social Science Research 26:419-441.

Talmud, Ilan. 1994. “Relations and Profits: The Social Organization of Israeli Industrial Competition.” Social Science Research 23:109-135.

Tamas, Tamas. “Evolution of a Global Community: New Jersey Hungarians in a Trans-National Ethnic Network.” International Journal of Politics, Culture and Society, 1997, 10, 4, summer, 615-634.

Tambini, Damian. 2001. “The Civic Networking Movement: The Internet as a New Democratic Public Space?” Pp 238-260 in Citizenship, Markets, and the State, edited by Colin Crouch, Klaus Eder and Damian Tambini. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Taner, Tuna; Tutek, Hulya; Oncu, Semra; Ay, Canan. “Join Ventures in Globalization: A Perspective From Turkey.” Advances in International Marketing 2000. Issue 10, P191, 26p;

Tanikawa, Miki. 1998. “Shareholder Rights? In Japan?” Business November 9:70E12.

Tannenbaum, S I., J E. Mathieu, E Salas and J A. Cannonbowers. 1991. “Meeting Trainees’ Expectations: The Influence of Training Fulfillment on the Development of Commitment, Self-Efficacy and Motivation.” Journal of Applied Psychology 76:759-769.

Tarbell, Ida M. 1904. The History of the Standard Oil Company. New York: McClure, Phillips.

Tarrow, Sidney. “Collective Action and Political Opportunity Structure in Waves of Mobilization: Some Theoretical Perspectives.” Kolner Zeitschrift fur Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 1991. 43, 4, Dec, 647-670.

Taudes, Alfred, Michael Trcka and Martin Lukanowicz. 2002. “Organizational Learning in Production Networks.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 47:141-163.

Tausig, Mark. “Detecting ‘Cracks’ in Mental Health Service Systems: Application of Network Analytic Techniques.” American Journal of Community Psychology, 1987, 15, 3, June, 337-351.

Tavasszy, L A; Ruijgrok, C J; Thissen, M J P M. “Emerging Global Logistics Networks: Implications for Transport Systems and Policies.” Growth and Change 34(4): Special Issue Fall 2003. 456-72.

Tayeb, Monir. 1994. “Organizations and National Culture: Methodology Considered.” Organization Studies 15:429-446.

Taylor, Curtis R. “The Old-Boy Network and the Young-Gun Effect.” International Economic Review 41(4): 2000. 871-91.

Taylor, Frederick W. 1911. The Principles of Scientific Management. New York: Harper Brother.

Taylor, Frederick W. 1911. The Principles of Scientific Management. New York: Harper Brother.

Taylor, Ian. “Conflict in Central Africa: Clandestine Networks & Regional/Global Configurations.” Review of African Political Economy 30 (95): 2003. 45-55.

Taylor, M 2000 'The Small Firm as a Temporay Coalition.' Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, Vol. 11, No. 1, pp 1-19.

Taylor, P J; Catalano, G; Walker, D R F. “Exploratory Analysis of the World City Network.” Urban Studies 39(13): 2002. 2377-94.

Taylor, P J; Catalano, G; Walker, D R F. “Measurement of the World City Network.” Urban Studies 39(13): 2002. 2367-76.

Taylor, Patricia A. 1985. “Institutional Job Training and Inequality.” Social Science Quarterly 66:67-78.

Taylor, Peter J; Walker, D R F; Beaverstock, J V. “Firms and Their Global Service Networks.” Global Networks, Linked Cities, Sassen, Saskia [Ed], New York: Routledge, 2002. pp 93-115.

Taylor, Verta and Leila J. Rupp. 2002. “Loving Internationalism: The Emotion Culture of Transnational Women’s Organizations, 1888-1945.” Mobilization 7(2):141-158.

Taylor, Verta and Nicole C. Raeburn. 1995. “Identity Politics as High-Risk Activism: Career Consequences for Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Sociologists.” Social Problems 42:252-273.

Tchurakov, Alexander M. “Analysis of Social Networks.” Sotsiologicheskie Issledovaniya, 2001. 27, 1, 109-121.

Te’eni, Dov; Young, Dennis R. “The Changing Role of Nonprofits in the Network Economy.” Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly 32(3): 2003. 397-414.

Teague, Paul. 2001. “Converging Divergences and European Employment Relations.” Industrial and Labor Relations Review 54:688-.

Teece, D. J. 1992. “Competition, Cooperation, and Innovation: Organizational Arrangements for Regimes of Rapid Technological Progress.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 18:1-25.

Teece, D., Pisano, G., and Shuen, A. 1997. Dynamic capabilities and strategic management. Strategic Management Journal, 18: 509-533.

Teece, David J. “The Diffusion of an Administrative Innovation.” Management Science 1980, 26, 5, May, 464-470.

Teece, David J. “The Diffusion of an Administrative Innovation.” Management Science 1980, 26, 5, May, 464-470.

Teece, David J. 1986. “Profiting from Technological Innovation: Implications for Integration, Collaboration, Licensing, and Public Policy.” Research Policy 15:286-305.

Teece, David J. 1986. “Profiting from Technological Innovation: Implications for Integration, Collaboration, Licensing, and Public Policy.” Research Policy 15:286-305.

Teece, David J. 1987. “Profiting from Technological Innovation: Implications for Integration, Collaboration, Licensing and Public Policy.” Pp. 185-200 in The Competitive Challenge, edited by David E. Teece. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Teece, David J. 1992. “Competition, Cooperation, and Innovation: Organizational Arrangements for Regimes of Rapid Technological Progress.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization 18:1- 25.

Teece, David J. and Gary Pisano. 1994. “The Dynamic Capabilities of Firms: An Introduction.” Industrial and Corporate Change 3(3):537-556.

Teece, David J. and Gary Pisano. 1994. “The Dynamic Capabilties of Firms: An Introduction.” Industrial and Corporate Change 3(3):537-556.

Teece, David J., Richard Rumelt, Giovanni Dosi and Sidney Winter. “Understanding Corporate Coherence: Theory and Evidence.” Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization

Teegen, Hildy. “International NGOs as global institutions: using social capital to impact multinational enterprises and governments. Journal of International Management, 2003. Vol. 9 Issue 3, p271, 15p;

Temin, Peter. 1987. The Fall of the Bell System: A Study in Prices and Politics. New York: Cambridge University Press.

ten Dam, Hans W. “A Historical Overview of the Closing of the Oosterschelde Estuary: An Organizational Network Analysis of a Public Issue.” Mens en Onderneming, 1982, 36:7-39.

Teng, James T.C., Varun Grover and Wolfgang Guttler. 2002. “Information Technology Innovations: General Diffusion Patterns and Its Relationships to Innovation Characteristics.” IEEE Transactions on Engineering Management 49:13-27.

Tenkasi, Ramkrishnan V.; Chesmore, Marshal C. “Social Networks and Planned Organizational Change. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, Sep2003. Vol. 39 Issue 3, p281, 20p;

Tenkasi, Ramkrishnan V; Chesmore, Marshal C. “Social Networks and Planned Organizational Change: The Impact of Strong Network Ties on Effective Change Implementation and Use.” The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science 2003. 39, 3 281-300.

Tenkasi, Ramkrishnan V; Chesmore, Marshal C. “Social Networks and Planned Organizational Change: The Impact of Strong Network Ties on Effective Change Implementation and Use.” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 2003. 39, 3, Sept, 281-300.

Teramoto, Yoshiya; Benton, Caroline. “Networking Knowledge for Value Creation.” Intangibles in competition and cooperation: Euro-Asian perspectives. 2001, pp. 163-76.

Teramoto, Yoshiya; Iwasaki, Naoto; Takai, Toru. “Role of Inter-organizational Networks: The Case of Japanese Corporate Groups.” Japanese management in the low growth era: Between external shocks and internal evolution. 1999. Pp. 37-58.

Tetrick Lois. and Julian Barling (eds). 1996. Changing Employment Relations: Behavioral and Social Perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Teubal, Morris; Zuscovitch, Ehud. “Demand Revealing and Knowledge Differentiation through Network Evolution.” Patterns of a network economy. 1994, pp. 15-31.

Tevlin, Jon. 1997. “Kinder, Gentler Union Busting.” Minneapolis Star Tribune November 3:D1.

Tevlin, Jon. 1997. “Non-compete Clauses Are a Growing Trend.” Minneapolis Star Tribune May 23:D1.

Thatcher, Mark. 1998. “The Development of Policy Network Analysis. From Modest Origins to Overarching Frameworks” Journal of Theoretical Politics 10(4):389-446.

Thatcher, Mark. 1998. “The Development of Policy Network Analysis. From Modest Origins to Overaching Frameworks” Journal of Theoretical Politics 10(4):389-446.

Thoenig, Jean-Claude. 2000. “New Institutionalism and Organizational Theory: A Review Article.” Public Administration 78:455-460.

Thomas, David. 1993. “Racial Dynamics in Cross-Race Developmental Relationships.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:169-194.

Thomas, David. 1998. “Beyond the Simple demography-Power Hypothesis: How Blacks in Power Influence White-Mentor-Black-Protégé Developmental Relationships.” Pp. 157-170 in Mentoring Dilemmas: Developmental Relationships Within Multicultural Organizations, edited by Audrey Murrell, Faye J. Crosby and Robin J. Ely. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Earlbaum Associates.

Thomas, George M. 2002. “Religious Movements, World Civil Society, and Social Theory.” Hedgehog Review 4(2):50-65.

Thomas, George M., John W. Meyer, Francisco O. Ramirez and John Boli.1987. Institutional Structure: Constituting State, Society, and the Individual. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Thomas, J.R., and Nelson, J.K. 1985. Introduction to research in health, physical education, recreation, and dance. Champaign. IL: Human Kinetics Publishers, Inc.

Thomas, James B., Stephanie Watts Sussman and John C. Henderson. 2001. “Understanding ‘Strategic Learning’: Linking Organizational Learning, Knowledge Management, and Sensemaking.” Organization Science 12:331-347.

Thomas, James, Dennis A. Gioia and David J. Ketchen, Jr. 1997. “Strategic Sense-Making: Learning Through Scanning, Interpetation, Action, and Performance.” Advances in Strategic Management 14:299-329.

Thomas, James, Dennis A. Gioia and David J. Ketchen, Jr. 1997. “Strategic Sense-Making: Learning Through Scanning, Interpetation, Action, and Performance.” Advances in Strategic Management 14:299-329.

Thomas, R. Roosevelt, Jr. 1990. “From Affirmative Action to Affirming Diversity.” Harvard Business Review March-April: 107-17

Thomas, Randall S. and Kenneth J. Martin. 1999. “The Effect of Shareholder Proposals on Executive Compensation.” University of Cincinnati Law Review 67:1021-1081.

Thomas, Richard; Ford, David. “Strategic Action in Networks: The Role of Technological Resources.” International marketing and purchasing. 1999, pp. 19-42.

Thomlins, Christopher L. 1985. The State and the Unions: Labor Relations, Law and the Organized Labor Movement in America, 1880-1960. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Thompson, G., J. Frances, R. Levacic and J. Mitchell (eds.). 1991. Markets, Hierarchies and Networks. London: Sage Publications.

Thompson, Grahame (ed.). 1991. Markets, hierarchies, and networks: the coordination of social life. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Thompson, Grahame F. 2003. Between Hierarchies and Markets: The Logic and Limits of Network Forms of Organization. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Thompson, H. and R.W. Scalpone. 1985. “Managing the Human Resource in the Factory of the Future.” Human Systems Management 5:221-230.

Thompson, James D. 1956. “On Building an Administrative Science.” Administrative Science Quarterly 1:102-111.

Thompson, James D. 1956. “On Building an Administrative Science.” Administrative Science Quarterly 1:102-111.

Thompson, James D. 1967. Organizations in Action: Social Science Bases of Administrative Theory. NY: McGraw Hill.

Thompson, James D. 1967. Organizations in Action: Social Science Bases of Administrative Theory. NY: McGraw Hill.

Thomson, Robert, Frans Stokman and Rene Torenvlied. 2003. “Models of Collective Decision-Making: Introduction.” Rationality and Society 15:5-14.

Thorelli, Hans B. 1986. “Networks: Between Markets and Hierarchies.” Strategic Management Journal 7:37-51.

Thornton, David Weldon.1995. Airbus Industrie: The Politics of an International Industrial Collaboration. New York: St. Martin’s Press,

Thornton, Patricia H. 2002. “The Rise of the Corporation in a Craft Industry: Conflict and Conformity in Institutional Logics.” Academy of Management Journal 45:81-101.

Thornton, Patricia H. and William Ocasio. 1999. “Institutional Logics and the Historical Contingency of Power in Organizations: Executive Succession in the Higher Education Publishing Industry, 1958-1990.” American Journal of Sociology 105:801-843.

Thornton, Patricia. 1998. “The Sociology of Entrepreneurship.” Annual Review of Sociology 25:

Thorpe, Kenneth, and Charles Brecher. 1988. “The Social Role of Nonprofit Organizations: Hospital Provision of Charity Care.” Economic Inquiry 29:472-484.

Thuen, Frode. “Received Social Support from Informal Networks and Professionals in Bereavement.” Psychology, Health & Medicine, 1997, 2, 1, Feb, 51-63.

Thum, Marcel. “Network Externalities, Technological Progress, and the Competition of Market Contracts.” International Journal of Industrial Organization, vol. 12, no. 2, June 1994, pp. 269-89.

Thunert, Martin. 1999. “Think Tanks als Ressourcen der Politikberatung: Bundesdeutsche Rahmenbedingungen und Perspektiven.” (“Think Tanks as Resources for Political Consultation: Preconditions and Perspectives for the Federal Republic of Germany.” ) Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen 12(3, Sept.):10-19.

Thurik, A. Roy. 1999. “Entrepreneurship, Industrial Transformation, and Growth.” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Innovations and Economic Growth 11:29-65.

Thurmaier, Kurt and Curtis Wood. “Interlocal Agreements as Overlapping Social Networks: Picket-Fence Regionalism in Metropolitan Kansas City. Public Administration Review 2002. V62 I5 P585(14)

Thurmaier, Kurt; Wood, Curtis. “Interlocal Agreements as Overlapping Social Networks: Picket-Fence Regionalism in Metropolitan Kansas City.” Public Administration Review 62(5): 2002. 585-98.

Thurmaier, Kurt; Wood, Curtis. “Interlocal Agreements as Overlapping Social Networks: Picket–Fence Regionalism in Metropolitan Kansas City. Public Administration Review, Sep/Oct2002. Vol. 62 Issue 5, p585, 14p.

Thurman, Blake. 1979. “In the Office: Networks and Coalitions.” Social Networks 2:47-63.

Thurner, Stefan; Hanel, Rudolf; Pichler, Stefan. “Risk Trading, Network Topology and Banking Regulation.” Quantitative Finance 3(4): 2003. 306-19.

Thurow, L.C. 1997. Needed: A new system of intellectual property rights. Harvard Business Review, 75 (5): 94-103.

Thurow, Lester C. 1975. Generating Inequality: Mechanisms of Distribution in the U.S. Economy. New York: Basic Books.

Thurow, Lester C. 1983. Dangerous Currents: The State of Economics. New York: Random House.

Thurow, Lester C. 1996. The Future of Capitalism: How Today’s Economic Forces Shape Tomorrow’s World. New York: William Morrow.

Tichy N. And C. Fombrun. Network Analysis in Organizational Settings. Human Relations, volume 32, nr. 11. 1979

Tichy, Noel. 1981. “Networks in Organizations.” Pp. 225-249 in Handbook of Organizational Design: Remodeling Organizations and Their Environments, Vol. 2, edited by William H. Starbuck and Paul C. Nystrom. New York: Oxford University Press.

Tichy, Noel; Fombrun, Charles. 1979. “Network Analysis in Organizational Settings.” Human Relations 32:923-965.

Tienda, Marta; Raijman, Rebeca. “Ethnic Ties and Entrepreneurship: Comment on “Black Ties Only? Ethnic Business Networks, Intermediaries, and African American Retail Entrepreneurship.” Networks and markets. 2001. 310-27.

Tillman, Hoyt Cleveland. “Does Confucianism Have a Role in East Asian Economy, Social Networks and Civil Society? Some Reflections from the Perspective of the Song Era and the 20th Century.” Global Economic Review 31(1): 2002. 13-26.

Tillock, Harriet; Morrison, Denton E. “Group Size and Contributions to Collective Action: An Examination of Olson’s Theory Using Data from Zero Population Growth, Inc.” Research in Social Movements, Conflicts and Change, 1979, 2, 131-158.

Tilly, Charles. “Trust and Rule.” Theory and Society, 2004, 33, 1, Feb, 1-30.

Tilly, Chris. 1990. “Short Hours, Short Shrift: Causes and Consequences of Part-time Work.” Washington: Economic Policy Institute.

Tilly, Chris. 1996. Half a Job: Bad and Good Part-time Jobs in a Changing Labor Market. Philadelphia: Temple University Press.

Timmons, J.A. 1995. New Venture Creation: Entrepreneurship for the 21st Century. Burr Ridge, IL: Irwin.

Tindall, D B; Wellman, Barry. “Canada as Social Structure: Social Network Analysis and Canadian Sociology.” Canadian Journal of Sociology/Cahiers canadiens de sociologie, 2001. 26, 3, summer, 265-308.

Tindall, D.B. and Barry Wellman. “Canada as Social Structure: Social Network Analysis and Canadian Sociology.” Canadian Journal of Sociology 2001. V26 I3 P265 (17552 Words)

Tindall, David B. 2002. “Social Networks, Identification and Participation in an Environmental Movement: Low-Medium Cost Activism within the British Columbia Wilderness Preservation Movement.” Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology 39(4):413-452.

Tinker, Tony. 2002. “Specters of Marx and Braverman in the Twilight of Postmodernist Labour Process Research.” Work, Employment & Society 16:251-281.

Tobin, James. 1958. “Estimation of Relationships for Limited Dependent Variables.” Econometrica 26:24-36.

Tobin, James. 1969. “A General Equilibirum Approach to Monetary Theory.” Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking 1:15-29.

Todeva, Emanuela and David Knoke. (Forthcoming). “Strategic Alliances and Corporate Social Capital.” Kölner Zeitschrift für Sociologie und Socialpsychologie.

Todeva, Emanuela. “Comparative Business Networks in Eastern Europe.” Journal of East-West Business 6(2): 2000. 95-129.

Todeva, Emanuela. 1998. “Network Structures in International Business: A Review of the Research Agenda.” Paper presenred to 25th annual conference of the Academy of International Business. London.

Tödtling, Franz. 1992. “Technological Change at the Regional Level: The Role of Location, Firm Structure, and Strategy.” Environment and Planning 24:1565-84.

Tödtling, Franz. 1994. “The Uneven Landscape of Innovation Poles: Local Embeddedness and Global Networks.” Pp. 68-90 in Globalization, Institutions, and Regional Development in Europe, edited by Ash Amin and Nigel Thrift. New York: Oxford University Press.

Tolbert, Pamela S. 1985. “Institutional Environments and Resource Dependence: Sources of Administrative Structure in Institutions of Higher Education.” Administrative Science Quarterly March 30:1-13.

Tolbert, Pamela S. and Lynne G. Zucker. 1996. “The Institutionalization of Institutional Theory.” Pp. Xx in The Handbook of Organization Studies, edited by Stewart R. Clegg Cynthia Hardy and Walter R. Nord. London: Sage Publications.

Tolbert, Pamela, and Lynne Zucker. 1983. “Institutional Sources of Change in the Formal Structure of Organizations: The Diffusion of Civil Service Reform, 1880-1935.” Administrative Science Quarterly 28:22-39.

Tolentino, Paz Estrella. “Hierarchical Pyramids and Heterarchical Networks: Organisational Strategies and Structures of Multinational Corporations and Its Impact on World Development.” Contributions to Political Economy 21: 2002. 69-89.

Tomassini, Cecilia; Wolf, Douglas A. “Shrinking Kin Networks in Italy Due to Sustained Low Fertility.” European Journal of Population/Revue europeenne de demographie, 2000, 16, 4, Dec, 353-372.

Tomer, John F. 2001. “Understanding High-Performance WorkSystems: The Joint Contribution of Economics and Human Resource Management.” Journal of Socio-Economics 30:63-73.

Tomoff, Kiril. “‘Most Respected Comrade...’: Patrons, Clients, Brokers and Unofficial Networks in the Stalinist Music World.” Contemporary European History, 2002. 11, 1, Feb, 33-65.

Tompkins, Emma; Adger, W Neil; Brown, Katrina. “Institutional Networks for Inclusive Coastal Management in Trinidad and Tobago.” Environment and Planning A 34(6): 2002. 1095-1111.

Tompkins, Phillip K. and George Cheney. 1985 “Communication and Unobtrusive Control in Contemporary Organizations.” Pp. 179-210 in Organizational Communication: Traditional Themes and New Directions, edited by Robert D. McPhee and Phillip K. Tompkins. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Tonn, Bruce E; Zambrano, Persides; Moore, Sheila. “Community Networks or Networked Communities?”Social Science Computer Review, 2001, 19, 2, summer, 201-212.

Tonn, Bruce E; Zambrano, Persides; Moore, Sheila. “Community Networks or Networked Communities?” Social Science Computer Review, 2001. 19, 2, summer, 201-212

Tool, Marc. 1981. “The Compulsive Shift to Institutional Analysis.” Journal of Economic Issues 15:569-592.

Topper, Curtis M; Carley, Kathleen M. “A Structural Perspective on the Emergence of Network Organizations.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 1999. 24:67-96.

Toren, Nina. “Professional-Support and Intellectual-Influence Networks of Russian Immigrant Scientists in Israel.” Social Studies of Science, 1994, 24, 4, Nov, 725-743.

Torres, Ann M. “Marketing Networks as a Form of Strategic Alliance Among Craft Enterprises. International Journal of Nonprofit & Voluntary Sector Marketing 2002. Vol. 7 Issue 3, P229, 15p;

Torres, Lisa; Huffman, Matt L. “Social Networks and Job Search Outcomes among Male and Female Professional, Technical, and Managerial Workers.” Sociological Focus, 2002, 35, 1, Feb, 25-42.

Torres, Lisa; Huffman, Matt L. “Social Networks and Job Search Outcomes among Male and Female Professional, Technical, and Managerial Workers.” Sociological Focus, 2002. 35, 1, Feb, 25-42.

Toruno, Mayo C. 2002. “Marxism, Institutionalism and Social Evolution.” Review of Social Economy 60:279-283.

Tosi, Henry L. Jr. and Luis Gomez-Mejia. 1989. “The Decoupling of CEO Pay and Performance: An Agency Theory Perspective.” Administrative Science Quarterly 34:169-189.

Tovey, Robert; Savicki, Victor; White, Christopher. “Electronic Networking in Human Service Agencies: A Developmental Analysis.” Child Welfare, 1990, 69, 2, Mar-Apr, 115-128.

Towers Perrin. 2000. 1999 Worldwide Total Remuneration Survey. (April 24, 2000)

Town, Robert and Gregory Vistnes. 2001. “Hospital Competition in HMO Networks.” Journal of Health Economics 20:733-53.

Townley, Barbara. 2002. “The Role of Competing Rationalities in Institutional Change.” Academy of Management Journal 45:163-179.

Townsend, Anthony M. “? Class and Collective Action in the Electronic Village.” Journal of Labor Research, vol. 21, no. 3, Summer 2000. pp. 393-405.

Townsend, Anthony M. 2001. “Network Cities and the Global Structure of the Internet.” American Behavioral Scientist 44:1697-1716.

Tracey, Paul and Clark, Gordon L. “Alliances, Networks and Competitive Strategy: Rethinking Clusters of Innovation.” Growth and Change, vol. 34, no. 1, Winter 2003. pp. 1-16.

Tracey, Paul and Clark, Gordon L. “Alliances, Networks and Competitive Strategy: Rethinking Clusters of Innovation.” Growth and Change, vol. 34, no. 1, Winter 2003. pp. 1-16.

Tracey, Paul; Clark, Gordon L. “Alliances, Networks and Competitive Strategy: Rethinking Clusters of Innovation.” Growth and Change 34(1): Winter 2003. 1-16.

Trajtenberg, M. 1987. “Patents, citations, and innovations: Tracing the links.” Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, Working Paper No.2457.

Travers, J. and Stanley Milgram. 1969. “An Experimental Study of the Small World Problem.” Sociometry 32:425-443.

Traxler, Franz. “Business Associations and Labor Unions in Comparison: Theoretical Perspectives and Empirical Findings on Social Class, Collective Action and Associational Organizability.” The British Journal of Sociology 1993. 44, 4, Dec, 673-691.

Traxler, Franz. “Political Exchange, Collective Action and Interest Governance: Towards a Theory of the Genesis of Industrial Relations and Corporatism.” Governance and generalized exchange: Self-organizing policy networks in action. 1990. pp. 37-67.

Treiman, Donald J. and Heidi I. Hartmann (eds.). 1981. Women, Work, and Wages: Equal Pay for Jobs of Equal Value. Washington: National Academy Press.

Tremblay, Diane-Gabrielle. “New Types of Careers in the Knowledge Economy? Networks and Boundaryless Jobs as a Career Strategy in the ICT and Multimedia Sector.” Communications and Strategies, vol. 0, no. 49, 1st Quarter 2003, pp. 81-106.

Tremblay, Diane-Gabrielle. “New Types of Careers in the Knowledge Economy? Networks and Boundaryless Jobs as a Career Strategy in the ICT and Multimedia Sector.” Communications and Strategies 49(1): 2003. 81-106.

Trenz, Hans-Jorg. “Protest Mobilization and Networks. Revitalization or Blockade of Civil Protest in the EU?” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 2001. 14, 1, 87-98.

Trevizo, Dolores. “Dispersed Communist Networks and Grassroots Leadership of Peasant Revolts in Mexico.” Sociological Perspectives, 2002. 45, 3, fall, 285-315.

Triantis, John E. 1999. Creating Successful Acquisition and Joint Venture Projects: A Process and Team Approach. Westport, CT: Quorum.

Trice, Harrison and Janice Beyer. 1993. The Cultures of Work Organizations. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Trice, Harrison and Janice Beyer. 1993. The Cultures of Work Organizations. New York: Prentice Hall.

Trigilia, Carlo. “Social Capital and Local Development. European Journal of Social Theory, Nov2001. Vol. 4 Issue 4, p427, 16p;

Tripathi, Micky; Ansolabehere, Stephen; Snyder, James M, Jr. “Are PAC Contributions and Lobbying Linked? New Evidence from the 1995 Lobby Disclosure Act.” Business and Politics, vol. 4, no. 2, August 2002, pp. 131-55.

Trivellato, Francesca. “Jews of Leghorn, Italians of Lisbon, and Hindus of Goa. Merchant Networks and Cross-Cultural Trade in the Early Modern Period.” Annales, 2003. 58, 3, May-June, 581-603.

Truex, Gregory F. “Kinship and Network: A Cognitive Model of Interaction.” Social Networks, 1981, 3, 1, 25 May, 53-70.

Truman, David B. 1951. The Governmental Process. New York: Knopf.

Tsai, Wenpin and Sumantra Ghoshal. 1998. “Social Capital and Value Creation: The Role of Intrafirm Networks.” Academy of Management Journal 41:464-476.

Tsai, Wenpin. 2001. “Knowledge Transfer in Intraorganizational Networks: Effects of Network Position and Absorptive Capacity on Business Unit Innovation and Performance.” Academy of Management Journal 44:996-1004.

Tsai, Wenpin. 2002. “Social Structure of ‘Coopetition’ within a Multiunit Organization: Coordination, Competition, and Intraorganizational Knowledge Sharing.” Organization Science 13:179-191.

Tsang, Eric W. K. “A Preliminary Typology of Learning in International Strategic Alliances. Journal of World Business, Fall99, Vol. 34 Issue 3, P211, 19p;

Tsang, Eric W. K. 1999. “A Preliminary Typology of Learning in International Strategic Alliances.” Journal of World Business 34:211-229.

Tsang, Eric W. K. 1999. “A Preliminary Typology of Learning in International Strategic Alliances.” Journal of World Business 34:211-229.

Tse, Chung Yi. “The Diffusion of Knowledge and the Productivity and Appropriability of R&D Investment.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, vol. 26, no. 2, February 2002, pp. 303-31.

Tse, Edison. “Grabber-Holder Dynamics and Network Effects in Technology Innovation.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, vol. 26, no. 9-10, August 2002, pp. 1721-38.

Tse, Edison. “Grabber-Holder Dynamics and Network Effects in Technology Innovation.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, vol. 26, no. 9-10, August 2002. pp. 1721-38.

Tse, Edison. “Grabber-Holder Dynamics and Network Effects in Technology Innovation.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control 26(9-10): 2002. 1721-38.

Tseng, Winston. “Asian Community Based Organizations, Social Capital, and Social Networks.” Society for the Study of Social Problems (SSSP), 2001.

Tsivacou, Ioanna. 1997. “The Rationality of Distinctions and the Emergence of Power: A Critical Systems Perspective of Power in Organizations.” Systems Research and Behavioral Science 14:21-34.

Tsui, Anne S. and Jiing-Lih Larry Farh. 1997. “Where Guanxi Matters: Relational Demography and Guanxi in the Chinese Context.” Work and Occupations 24:56-79.

Tsuji, G Y. “Network Management and Information Dissemination for Agrotechnology Transfer.” Understanding options for agricultural production. 1998, pp. 367-81.

Tsuji, Ryuhei. “Social Network Analysis by Wasserman and Faust: Its Value and Position in Social Network Analysis.” Riron to Hoho/Sociological Theory and Methods, 2001. 16, 2(30), Oct, 253-259.

Tsuru, Shigeto. 1993. Institutional Economics Revisited. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Tuckman, Alan. 1994. “The Yellow Brick Road: Total Quality Management and the Restructuring of Organizational Culture.” Organization Studies 15:727-751.

Tuckman, Howard P. 1998. “Competition, Commercialization, and the Evolution of Nonprofit Organizational Structures.” Journal of Policy Analysis & Management 17:175-194.

Tuckman, Howard P. 1998. “Competition, Commercialization, and the Evolution of Nonprofit Organizational Structures.” Journal of Policy Analysis and Management 17:175-194.

Tully, Claus J. “On the Use of Gadgets and Technical Networks in the Everyday Life of the “@ Generation”.” DISKURS, 2002. 12, 2, 65-68.

Tuma, Nancy B. 1976. “Rewards, Resources and the Rate of Mobility: A Nonstationary Multivariate Stochastic Model.” American Sociological Review 41:338-360.

Tuma, Nancy B. and D. Crockford. 1976. Invoking RATE. Menlo Park, CA: Stanford Research Institute.

Tuma, Nancy B. and Michael T. Hannan. 1979. “Approaches to the Censoring Problem in the Analysis of Event Histories.” Sociological Methodology 1979 11:208-240.

Tuma, Nancy B. and Michael T. Hannan. 1984. Social Dynamics: Models and Methods. Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Tuma, Nancy Brandon; Hallinan, Maureen T. “The Effects of Sex, Race, and Achievement on Schoolchildren’s Friendships.” Social Forces, 1979, 57, 4, June, 1265-1285.

Tuomi, Ilkka. 2002. Networks of Innovation: Change and Meaning in the Age of the Internet. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Turban, Daniel B. and Thomas W. Dougherty. 1994. “Role of Protégé Personality in Recepit of Mentoring and Career Success.” Academy of Management Journal 37:688-702.

Turnbull, Peter, Nick Oliver and Barry Wilkinson. 1992. “Buyer-Supplier Relations in the UK Automotive Industry: Strategic Implications of the Japanese Manufacturing Model.” Strategic Management Journal 13:159-168.

Turpin, Tim et al. “Technology and Innovation Networks in the People’s Republic of China.” Journal of Industry Studies, vol. 2, no. 2, December 1995. pp. 63-74.

Turpin, Tim et al. “Technology and Innovation Networks in the People’s Republic of China.” Journal of Industry Studies, vol. 2, no. 2, December 1995. pp. 63-74.

Turpin, Tim; et al. “Technology and Innovation Networks in the People's Republic of China.” Journal of Industry Studies, vol. 2, no. 2, December 1995, pp. 63-74.

Tushman, Michael and Elaine Romanelli. 1985. “Organizational Evolution: A Metamorphosis Model of Convergence and Reorientation.” Research in Organizational Behavior 7:171-222.

Tushman, Michael and Elaine Romanelli. 1985. “Organizational Evolution: A Metamorphosis Model of Convergence and Reorientation.” Research in Organizational Behavior 7:171-222.

Tushman, Michael and Lori Rosenkopf. 1992. “Organizational Determinants of Technological Change: Toward a Sociology of Technological Evolution.” Research on Organizational Behavior 14:311-347.

Tushman, Michael and Lori Rosenkopf. 1992. Organizational Determinants of Technological Change: Toward a Sociology of Technological Evolution. Research on Organizational Behavior 14:311-347.

Tushman, Michael and Philip Anderson. 1986. “Technological Discontinuities and Organizational Environments.” Administrative Science Quarterly 31:439-465.

Tushman, Michael and Philip Anderson. 1986. “Technological Discontinuities and Organizational Environments.” Administrative Science Quarterly 31:439-465.

Tushman, Michael L. and Charles A. O'Reilly. 1997. Winning Through Innovation: A Practical Guide to Leading Organizational Change and Renewal. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Tushman, Michael L. and Richard R. Nelson. 1990. “Introduction: Technology, Organizations, and Innovations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:1-8.

Tushman, Michael L. and Richard R. Nelson. 1990. “Introduction: Technology, Organizations, and Innovations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:1-8.

Tushman, Michael, William H. Newman and Elaine Romanelli. 1986. “Convergence and Upheaval: Managing the Unsteady Pace of Organizational Evolution.” California Management Review 23:29-44.

Tushman, Michael, William H. Newman and Elaine Romanelli. 1986. “Convergence and Upheaval: Managing the Unsteady Pace of Organizational Evolution.” California Management Review 23:29-44.

U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1978. “Money Income in 1976 of Families and Persons in the United States.” Series P-60, No. 114. Washington: U.S. Department of Commerce

U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1991. “Money Income of Households, Families, and Persons in the United States: 1990. Series P-60, No. 174. Washington: U.S. Department of Commerce

U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1994. 1992 Census of Governments. Volume 1. No. 1. Government Organization. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1996. Statistical Abstract of the United States 1996. 116th edition. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Bureau of the Census. 1999. Statistical Abstract of the United States 1999. 119th edition. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Department of Labor. 1991. What Work Requires of Schools: A Secretary’s Commission on Achieving Necessary Skills Report for America 2000. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Department of Labor. 1992. New Century Workforce. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Department of Labor. 1992. Outlook: 1990-2005. Bureau of Labor Statistics Bulletin 2402. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Department of Labor. 200l. “Replace with a Database: O NET Replaces the Dictionary of Occupational Titles.” (December 1, 2001).

U.S. Office of Management and Budget, Statistical Policy Division. 1987. Standard Industrial Classification Manual 1987. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Small Business Administration. 1994. The State of Small Business: A Report to the President. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Small Business Administration. 1997. Facts About Small Business. Washington: SBA Office of Advocacy.

Udehn, Lars. “Twenty-Five Years with The Logic of Collective Action.” Acta Sociologica 1993. 36, 3, 239-261.

Uesugi, Shiro. “Microdesic Network: Structuring Digital Communication Network with Community Participation. (In Japanese. With English summary.).” Osaka Economic Papers, vol. 49, no. 3-4, March 2000, pp. 27-42.

Uhlenberg, Peter; Gierveld, Jenny De Jong. “Age-Segregation in Later Life: An Examination of Personal Networks.” Ageing & Society, 2004. 24, 1, Jan, 5-28.

Uhlenbruck, Klaus, Klaus E. Meyer and Michael A. Hitt. 2003. “Organizational Transformation in Transition Economies: Resource-Based and Organizational Learning Perspectives.” Journal of Management Studies 40:257-.

Uhlendorff, Harald. “Parents’ and Children’s Friendship Networks.” Journal of Family Issues, 2000, 21, 2, Mar, 191-204.

Uhlendorff, Harald; Oswald, Hans. “Friendship Networks and Cliques in Early Adolescence.” Berliner Journal fur Soziologie, 2003, 13, 2, 197-212.

Uhlendorff, Harald; Oswald, Hans. “Friendship Networks and Cliques in Early Adolescence.” Berliner Journal fur Soziologie, 2003. 13, 2, 197-212.

Uimonen, Paula. “Networks of Global Interaction.” Cambridge Review of International Affairs, 2003. 16, 2, July, 273-286.

Ulrich Jürgens, Thomas Malsch, Knuth Dohse. 1993. Breaking from Taylorism: Changing Forms of Work in the Automobile Industry. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Ulrich, Dave. 1987. “The Population Perspective: Review, Critique, and Relevance.” Human Relations 40(3):137-151.

Ulrich, Dave. 1987. “The Population Perspective: Review, Critique, and Relevance.” Human Relations 40(3):137-151.

Ulrich, David and Jay B. Barney. 1984. “Perspectives in Organizations: Resource Dependence, Efficiency, and Population.” Academy of Management Review 9:471-81.

Umphress, Elizabeth Eve; Labianca, Giuseppe; Brass, Dabiel J.; Kass, Edward; Scholten, Lotte. “The Role of Instrumental and Expressive Social Ties in Employees' Perceptions of Organizational Justice. Organization Science Nov/Dec2003. Vol. 14 Issue 6, p738, 16p;

Un, C. Annique. 2001. “The Flexible Firm: Capability Management in Network Organizations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 46:787-790.

United Nations. 1994. International Trade Statistics Yearbook. 44 V. 2: Trade by Commodity. New York: United Nations.

United Nations. 1997. International Trade Statistics Yearbook. 46 V. 2: Trade by Commodity. New York: United Nations.

University of New York and University of Toronto.

Unsworth, K. L. 2001. Unpacking Creativity. Academy of Management Review, 26(2): 286-297.

Upton, David M. 1995. “What Really Makes Factories Flexible?” Harvard Business Review 73(July-August):74-84.

Upton, David M. and Andrew McAfee. 1996. “The Real Virtual Factory.” Harvard Business Review 74(July-August):123-133.

Upton, James N; Fonow, Mary Margaret. “Community Organizations and Networking: Strategies for Influencing Public Policy.” Urban Education; v19 n3 p201-14 Oct 1984.

Urry, John. “Social networks, travel and talk. British Journal of Sociology, Jun2003. Vol. 54 Issue 2, p155, 21p;

Urry, John. “Social Networks, Travel and Talk.” British Journal of Sociology, 2003. 54, 2, June, 155-175.

Urry, John. “Social Networks, Travel and Talk.” British Journal of Sociology 2003. V54 I2 P155(21)

Ursprung, Heinrich W. “Lobbying and Political Polarization.” Rivista di Politica Economica, vol. 93, no. 1-2, Jan.-Feb. 2003, pp. 19-46.

Useem, Bert. “Breakdown Theories of Collective Action.” Annual Review of Sociology 1998. 24, 215-238.

Useem, Bert; Resig, Michael D. “Collective Action in Prisons: Protests, Disturbances, and Riots.” Criminology 1999. 37, 4, Nov, 735-759.

Useem, Michael. 1979. “The Social Organization of the American Business Elite and Participation of Corporate Directors in the Governance of American Institutions.” American Sociological Review 44:553-571.

Useem, Michael. 1984. The Inner Circle: Large Corporations and the Rise of Business Political Activity in the U.S. and UK New York: Oxford University Press.

Useem, Michael. 1993. Executive Defense: Shareholder Power and Corporate Reorganization. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Useem, Michael. 1996. Investor Capitalism: How Money Managers Are Changing the Face of Corporate America. New York: Basic Books.

Useem, Michael. 1998. “Wagner Dodge Retreats in Mann Gulch.” Pp. 43-64 in The Leadership Moment: Nine True Stories of Triumph and Disaster and Their Lessons for Us All. New York: Times Books/Random House.

Usher, A. 1954. A history of mechanical inventions. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Uslaner, Eric M. “Trust but Verify: Social Capital and Moral Behavior.” Social Science Information/Information sur les Sciences Sociales, 1999, 38, 1, Mar, 29-55.

Usui, Chikako and Richard A. Colignon. 1996. “Corporate Restructuring: Converging World Pattern or Societally Specific Embeddedness?” Sociological Quarterly 37:551-578.

Uttal, Lynet. “Using Kin for Child Care: Embedment in the Socioeconomic Networks of Extended Families.” Journal of Marriage and the Family, 1999, 61, 4, Nov, 845-857.

Uzzi, B., and Gillespie, J.J. 2002. Knowledge spillover in corporate financing networks: Embeddedness and the firm’s debt performance. Strategic Management Journal, 23: 595-618.

Uzzi, B., and Lancaster, R. 2003. Relational embeddedness and learning: the case of bank loan managers and their clients. Management Science, 49: 383-399.

Uzzi, Brian and James J. Gillespie. 1999. “Corporate Social Capital and the Cost of Financial Capital: An Embeddedness Approach.” Pp. 446-459 in Corporate Social Capital and Liability, edited by R. J. Leenders and S. Gabbay. Boston: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Uzzi, Brian and Ryon Lancaster. “Relational Embeddedness and Learning: the Case of Bank Loan Managers and Their Clients. Management Science 2003. V49 I4 P383(17)

Uzzi, Brian and Zoe Barsness. 1997. “Inside Out Employment Arrangements in the British Firms: The Structural and Organizational Determinants of the Use of Externalized Workers.” Social Forces

Uzzi, Brian and Zoe I. Barsness. “Contingent Employment in British Establishments: Organizational Determinants of the Use of Fixed-term Hires and Part-time Workers.” Social Forces 76:967-1005.

Uzzi, Brian. “Social Structure and Competition in Interfirm Networks: The Paradox of Embeddedness.” The sociology of economic life. 2001. 207-38.

Uzzi, Brian. 1996. “Coase Encounters of a Sociological Kind: A Sociological Perspective on Strategy.” In J. Dutton and J.A.C. Baum (eds.) The Embeddedness of Strategy 13 . JAI Press.

Uzzi, Brian. 1996. “The Sources and Consequences of Embeddedness for the Economic Performance of Organizations: The Network Effect.” American Sociological Review 61:674-698.

Uzzi, Brian. 1997. “Social Structure and Competition in Interfirm Networks: The Paradox of Embeddedness.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:35-67.

Uzzi, Brian. 1997. “Towards a Network Perspective on Organizational Decline.” International Journal of Sociology and Social Policy 17:111-155.

Uzzi, Brian. 1999. “ Embeddedness and the Making of Finance Capital: How Social Relations and Networks Benefit Firms Seeking Financing.” American Sociological Review 64:481-505.

Valdis E. Krebs. 2001. “Mapping Networks of Terrorist Cells.” Connections 24 (December): 43-52.

Valente, Thomas W. 1993. “Diffusion of Innovations and Policy Decision-Making.” Journal of Communication 43:30-45.

Valente, Thomas W. 1995. Network Models of the Diffusion of Innovations. Cresskill, NJ: Hampton Press.

Valente, Thomas W. 1996. “Social Network Thresholds in the Diffusion of Innovations.” Social Networks 18:69-89.

Valente, Thomas W. 2001. “Evaluating Communication Campaigns.” Pp. 105-124 in Public Communication Campaigns (3rd ed.), edited by Ronald E. Rice and Charles K. Atkin. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Valente, Thomas W. and Davis, Rebecca L. 1999. “Accelerating the Diffusion of Innovations Using Opinion Leaders.” Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 566, Nov, 55-67.

Valente, Thomas W. and Everett M. Rogers. 1995. “The Origins and Development of the Diffusion of Innovations Paradigm as an Example of Scientific Growth.” Science Communication 16:242-273.

Valente, Thomas W. and Foreman, Robert K. “Integration and Radiality: Measuring the Extent of an Individual’s Connectedness and Reachability in a Network.” Social Networks 1998 20, 1, Jan, 89-105.

Valente, Thomas W., Beth R. Hoffman, Annamara Ritt-Olson, Kara Lichtman and C. Anderson Johnson. 2003. “Effects of a Social-Network Method for Group Assignment Strategies on Peer-Led Tobacco Prevention Programs in Schools.” American Journal of Public Health 93:1837-1843.

Valentine, Sean and Gary Fleischman. “The Impact of Self-Esteem, Machiavellianism, and Social Capital On Attorneys’ Traditional Gender Outlook. Journal of Business Ethics 2003. V43 I4 P323(13)

Valocchi, Steve. “Riding the Crest of a Protest Wave? Collective Action Frames in the Gay Liberation Movement, 1969-1973.” Mobilization 1999. 4, 1, Apr, 59-73.

van Acker, Elizabeth. “Industry Policy Options for the Australian Fashion Industry: The Potential of Institutional Networking.” Journal of Australian Political Economy (47): 2001. 73-95.

Van Aelst, Peter; Walgrave, Stefaan. “The End of Pillarization? Kontich 12 Years Later: A Replication Study of Organizational Networks and Political Parties.” Tijdschrift voor Sociologie 1998. 19:55-87.

Van Assen, Marcel A L M. “Exchange Networks: An Analysis of All Networks Up to Size 9.” Advances in Group Processes, 2003. 20, 67-103.

Van Assen, Marcel; Stokman, Frans; Van Oosten, Reinier. “Conflict Measures in Cooperative Exchange Models of Collective Decision-Making.” Rationality and Society 2003. 15, 1, Feb, 85-112.

Van Audenrode, Marc A. 1994. “Short-time Compensation, Job Security, and Employment Contracts: Evidence from Selected OECD Countries.” Journal of Political Economy 102:76-102.

Van Buren, Harry J. III. 2000. “The Bindingness of Social and Psychological Contracts: Toward a Theory of Social Responsibility in Downsizing.” Journal of Business Ethics 25:205-219.

Van de Bunt, G.G., M.A.J. Van Duijn and T.A.B. Snijders. 1999. “Friendship Networks Through Time: An Actor-Oriented Dynamic Statistical Network Model.” Computational Mathematical Organization Theory 5:167-92.

Van de Bunt, Gerhard G. 1997. “The Challenge of (Longitudinal) Intra-Organizational Social Network Research (in the Netherlands).” BMS, Bulletin de Methodologie Sociologique 56:50-70.

van de Rijt, H. “Organizational Networks in Japan: "Japan Incorporated" as an Instance of Optimal Usage of Organizational Opportunities.” M&O, 1984, 38, 4-Aug, 296-310.

Van de Ven, A. H., and Garud, R. 1989. A Framework for Understanding the Emergence of New Industries. In R. Rosenbloom, and R. Burgelman (Eds.), Research on Technological Innovation and Management Policy, Vol. 4: 195-226. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Van de Ven, A.H., Angle, H.L., and Scott Poole, M. (Eds.), 1989, Research on the management of innovation: The Minnesota studies. New York: Harper Row.

Van de Ven, A.H., Polley, D.E., Garud, R., Venkatamaran, S., 1999. The Innovation Journey, New York: Oxford University Press.

Van de Ven, Andrew H. 1976. “On the Nature, Formation and Maintenance of Relations among Organizations.” Academy of Management Review 1:

Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Diane L. Ferry. 1980. Measuring and Assessing Organizations. New York: Wiley.

Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Gordon Walker. 1984. “The Dynamics of Interorganizational Coordination.” Administrative Science Quarterly 29:598-621.

Van de Ven, Andrew H. and M. Scott Poole. 2002. “Field Research Methods.” Pp. 867-888 in Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Marshall Scott Poole. 1995. “Explaining Development and Change in Organizations.” Academy of Management Review 20:510-540.

Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Marshall Scott Poole. 1995. “Explaining Development and Change in Organizations.” Academy of Management Review 20:510-540.

Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Raghu Garud. 1993. “The Coevolution of Technical and Institutional Events in the Development of an Innovation.” Pp. 425-443 in Evolutionary Dynamics of Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum and Jitendra V. Singh. New York: Oxord University Press.

Van de Ven, Andrew H. and Raghu Garud. 1993. “The Coevolution of Technical and Institutional Events in the Development of an Innovation.” Pp. 425-443 in Evolutionary Dynamics of Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum and Jitendra V. Singh. New York: Oxord University Press.

Van de Ven, Andrew H., Gordon Walker and J. Liston. 1979. “Coordination Patterns within an Interorganizational Network.” Human Relations 32:19-36.

Van de Ven, Andrew H., Raghu Garud, Douglas E. Polley and Sankaran Venkataraman. 1999. The Innovation Journey. New York: Oxford University Press.

Van de Ven, Andrew H., Raghu Garud, Douglas E. Polley and Sankaran Venkataraman. 1999. The Innovation Journey. New York: Oxford University Press.

Van den Bosch, Frans A.J., Henk W. Volberda and Michiel de Boer. 1999. “Coevolution of Firm Absorptive Capacity and Knowledge Environment: Organizational Forms and Combinative Capabilities.” Organization Science 10(5):551-570.

Van den Bosch, Frans A.J., Henk W. Volberda, Michiel de Boer. 1999. “Coevolution of Firm Absorptive Capacity and Knowledge Environment: Organizational Forms and Combinative Capabilities.” Organization Science 10(5):551-570.

van der Heijden, Beatrice I.J.M. “Individual career initiatives and their influence upon professional expertise development throughout the career. International Journal of Training & Development, Jun2002. Vol. 6 Issue 2, p54, 26p;

Van der Krogt, Ferd J. 1998. “Learning Network Theory: The Tension between Learning Systems and Work Systems in Organizations.” Human Resource Development Quarterly 9:157-77.

Van der Krogt, Ferd J. and J. Warmerdam. 1995. “Learning Networks in Different Types of Organizations: A Network Approach to the Analysis of Learning in Labor Organizations.” M&O 49:472-490.

Van Der Merwe, Rian and Leyland Pitt. 2003. “Pushing Elusive Alliances into the Light: Discovering the Value of Informal Networks on the Internet.” Journal of Electronic Commerce in Organizations 1(2):14-31.

Van Der Merwe, Rian Leyland Pitt and Pierre Berthon. 2004. “Elucidating Elusive Ensembles: The Strategic Value of Informal Internet Networks.” European Management Journal22:12-26.

van der Poel, Mart. 1993. “Delineating Personal Support Networks.” Social Networks 15: 49-70.

Van Der Vleuten, Erik. 2003. “In Search of the Networked Nation: Transforming Technology, Society and Nature in the Netherlands during the Twentieth Century.” European Review of History 10:59-78.

Van Deth, Jan W. 1997. Private Groups and Public Life: Social Participation, Voluntary Associations and Political Involvement in Representative Democracies. London: Routledge.

Van Deth, Jan W. 2003. “Measuring Social Capital: Orthodoxies and Continuing Controversies.” International Journal of Social Research Methodology 6:79-92.

Van Duijn, Marijtje A. J., Evelien P. H. Zeggelink, Mark Huisman, Frans N. Stokman and Frans W. Wasseur. 2003. “Evolution of Sociology Freshmen into a Friendship Network.” The Journal of Mathematical Sociology 27(2-3):153-191.

Van Gils, M. R. 1984. “Interorganizational Relations and Networks.” Pp. 1073-1100 in Handbook of Work and Organizational Psychology, edited by P.J.D. Drenth, et al. Chicester:.

Van Groenou, Marjolein I Broese. 2003. “Network Size and Support in Old Age: Differentials by Socio-Economic Status in Childhood and Adulthood.” Ageing & Society 23:625-645.

Van House, Nancy A. “Digital Libraries and Practices of Trust: Networked Biodiversity Information.” Social Epistemology, 2002. 16, 1, Jan-Mar, 99-114.

Van Hove, Erik. “Networking neighborhoods.” Social Problems and Social Issues series. Columbia: University of South Carolina Press, 2001. xii, 148.

Van Kooij, Eric. 1990. “Industrial Networks in Japan.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 2:279-301.

Van Loon, Joost. 2000. “Organizational Spaces and Networks.” Space and Culture 4-5:109-112.

Van Loon, Joost. 2000. “Organizational Spaces and Networks.” Space and Culture 4-5:109-112.

Van Maanen, John, and Stephen R. Barley 1984 “Occupational Communities: Culture and Control in Organizations.” Research in Organizational Behavior 6: 287-365.

Van Poucke, Willy. 1979-80. “Network Constraints on Social Action: Preliminaries for a Network Theory.” Social Networks 2:181-190.

van Rixtel, Adrian A R J M; Hassink, Wolter H J. “Monitoring the Monitors: Are Old Boys Networks Being Used to Monitor Japanese Private Banks? “ Journal of the Japanese and International Economies 16(1): 2002. 1-30.

Van Rossem, Ronan. 1996. “The World System Paradigm as General Theory of Development: A Cross-National Test.” American Sociological Review 61:508-527.

van Staveren, Irene. 1999. “Chaos Theory and Institutional Economics: Metaphor or Model?” Journal of Economic Issues 33:141-168.

Van Til, Jon. 2000. Growing Civil Society: From Nonprofit Sector to Third Space. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press.

van Tilburg, Theo and Marjolein Broese van Groenou. 2002. “Network and Health Changes among Older Dutch Adults.” Journal of Social Issues 58: 697-713.

Van Waarden, Frans. “The Historical Institutionalization of Typical National Patterns in Policy Networks between State and Industry: A Comparison of the USA and the Netherlands.” European Journal of Political Research 1992. 21, 1-2, Feb, 131-162.

Van Waarden, Frans. 1992. “Dimensions and Types of Policy Networks.” European Journal of Political Research 21:29-52.

Van Waarden, Frans. 1992. “Dimensions and Types of Policy Networks.” European Journal of Political Research 21:29-52.

van Wetering, Wilhelmina. “An Informal Supportive Network: Quasi-Kin Groups, Religion, and Social Order among Surinam Creoles in the Bijlmermeer [Netherlands].” Sociologische Gids, 1986, 33, 4, July-Aug, 233-252.

van Wetering, Wilhelmina. “Informal Supportive Networks: Quasi-Kin Groups, Religion and Social Order among Surinam Creoles in the Netherlands.” Netherlands Journal of Sociology/Sociologia Neerlandica, 1987, 23, 2, Oct, 92-101.

Van Willigen, John; Chadha, N K. “Social Networks of Old People in India: Research and Policy.” Journal of Aging & Social Policy 2003. 15, 2-3, 109-124.

Van Willigen, John; Chadha, N K. “Social Networks of Old People in India: Research and Policy.” Journal of Aging & Social Policy, 2003. 15, 2-3, 109-124.

Vanberg, Viktor. “Collective Goods and Collective Action: The Meaning of Recent Economic Theory Developments for Sociology.” Kolner Zeitschrift fur Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 1978, 30, 4, Dec, 652-679.

Vanberg, Viktor. “Markets and Organizations: Towards an Individualistic Theory of Collective Action.” Mens en Maatschappij, 1978, 53, 3, 259-299.

Vandenberghe, Frederic. 2001. “Reconfiguration and Redemption of Networked Actors: A Humanist Critique of Bruno Latour’s Actor Network Sociology.” La Revue du Mauss 17:117-136.

Vandenberghe, Frederic. 2002. “Reconstructing Humants: A Humanist Critique of Actant-Network Theory.” Theory, Culture & Society 19(5-6):51-67.

Vandervoort, Debra J. and Vladimir B. Skorikov. 2002. “Physical Health and Social Network Characteristics as Determinants of Mental Health Across Cultures.” Current Psychology 21:50-67.

Vanhaverbeke, Wim. “Realizing New Regional Core Competencies: Establishing a Customer-Oriented SME Network.” Entrepreneurship and Regional Development 13(2): -June 2001. 97-116.

Vanhaverbeke, Wim. 2001. “Competition between Alliance Blocks: The Case of the RISC Microprocessor Technology.” Organization Studies 22:1-31.

Vanhaverbeke, Wim; Duysters, Geert; Noorderhaven, Niels. “External Technology Sourcing through Alliances Or Acquisitions: An Analysis of the Application-Specific Integrated Circuits Industry. Organization Science: A Journal of the Institute of Management Sciences 2002. Vol. 13 Issue 6, P714, 20p;

Vanhaverbeke, Wim; Noorderhaven, Niels G. “Competition Between Alliance Blocks: the Case of the RISC Microprocessor Technology. Organization Studies 2001. Vol. 22 Issue 1, P1, 30p;

VanWynsberghe, Robert. “The ‘Unfinished Story’: Narratively Analyzing Collective Action Frames in Social Movements.” Qualitative Inquiry 2001. 7, 6, Dec, 733-744.

Varallo, Gregory V. and Daniel A. Dreisbach 1996. Fundamentals of Corporate Governance: A Guide for Directors and Corporate Counsel. Chicago: Section of Business Law, American Bar Association.

Varga, Barbara. “The Millennial “Orchestral Score” in Sociology. Some Idea from Manuel Castells’s Network Society Model.” Szociologiai Szemle, 2002. 1, 134-148.

Varian, Hal R. “Market Structure in the Network Age.” Understanding the digital economy: Data, tools, and research. 2000. 137-50.

Varian, Hal R. 1988. “Symposium on Takeovers.” Journal of Economic Perspectives 2:3-5.

Varian, Hal R; MacKie-Mason, Jeff. “Pricing Congestible Network Resources.” Variants in economic theory: Selected works of Hal R. Varian. 2000. 332-51.

Varughese, George; Ostrom, Elinor. “The Contested Role of Heterogeneity in Collective Action: Some Evidence from Community Forestry in Nepal.” World Development 2001. 29, 5, May, 747-765.

Vasara, Petri; Krebs, Valdis; Peuhkuri, Laura; Eloranta, Eero. “Arachne—Adaptive Network Strategy in a Business Environment.” Computers in Industry 2003. Vol. 50 Issue 2, P127, 14p;

Vasconcelos, Pedro. 2002. “Family Support Networks and Social Inequality: Class Strategies.” Analise Social 37(163):507-544.

Vasi, Ion Bogdan; Macy, Michael. “The Mobilizer’s Dilemma: Crisis, Empowerment, and Collective Action.” Social Forces 2003. 81, 3, Mar, 979-998.

Vasi, Ion Bogdan; Macy, Michael. “The Mobilizer’s Dilemma: Crisis, Empowerment, and Collective Action.” Social Forces 2003. 81, 3, Mar, 979-998.

Vasudevan, Ash, et al. 2001. “The Changing Face of Alliance Management: Managerial Imperatives for the Network Economy.” Pp. 9-24 in The allianced enterprise: Global strategies for corporate collaboration.

Vasudevan, Ash; et al. “The Changing Face of Alliance Management: Managerial Imperatives for the Network Economy.” The allianced enterprise: Global strategies for corporate collaboration. 2001. 9-24.

Vaughan, Diane. 1990. “Autonomy, Interdependence, and Social Control: NASA and the Space Shuttle Challenger.” Administrative Science Quarterly 35:225-257.

Vaughan, Diane. 1996. The Challenger Launch Decision: Risky Technology, Culture, and Deviance at NASA. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Vaughan, Diane. 1997. “The Trickle-Down Effect: Policy Decisions, Risky Work, and the Challenger Tragedy.” California Management Review 39(2):80-102.

Vaughn, William M. “Transnational Policy Programme Networks in the European Community: The Example of European Competition Policy.” Journal of Common Market Studies, vol. 11, no. 1, Sept. 1972, pp. 36-60.

Vaughn, William M. “Transnational Policy Programme Networks in the European Community: The Example of European Competition Policy.” Journal of Common Market Studies 11: Sept. 1972. Pp. 36-60.

Vaughn, William M. “Transnational Policy Programme Networks in the European Community: The Example of European Competition Policy.” Journal of Common Market Studies, vol. 11, no. 1, Sept. 1972, pp. 36-60.

Vayrynen, Raimo. “The Theory of Collective Goods, Military Alliances and International Security.” International Social Science Journal, vol. 28, no. 2, 1976, pp. 288-305.

Veblen, Thorstein B. 1899. The Theory of the Leisure Class: An Economic Study in the Evolution of Institutions. New York: Macmillan.

Veblen, Thorstein. 1898. “Why is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?” Quarterly Journal of Economics July:373-397.

Veblen, Thorstein. 1898. “Why is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?” Quarterly Journal of Economics July:373-397.

Veblen, Thorstein. 1904. The Theory of Business Enterprise. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons.

Veblen, Thorstein. 1914. The Instinct of Workmanship and the State of the Industrial Arts. Reprinted 1964. New York: Augustus M. Kelley.

Veblen, Thorstein. 1919. The Place of Science in Modern Civilization. New York: B.W. Huebsch.

Veblen, Thorstein. 1920. The Vested Interests and the Common Man. New York: Huebsch.

Veblen, Thorstein. 1921. The Engineers and the Price System. Reprinted 1965. New York: Augustus M. Kelley.

Veblen, Thorstein. 1923. Absentee Ownership and Business Enterprise in Recent Times. New York: Huebsch.

Veblen, Thorstein. 1994 [1898]. “Why Is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?” Pp. 56-81 in The Place of Science in Modern Civilisation and Other Essays. London, U.K: Routledge.

Veenstra, Gerry. 2002. “Social Capital and Health.” Social Science & Medicine 15:849-868.

Vega, William A., Bohdan Kolody, Ramon Valle and Judy Weir. 1991. “Social Networks, Social Support, and Their Relationship to Depression Among Immigrant Mexican Women.” Human Organization 50:154-162.

Venkatraman, Mahadevan; Singh, Munindar P. “An Adaptive Social Network F\for Information Access: Theoretical and Experimental Results.” Applied Artificial Intelligence, Jan2003. Vol. 17 Issue 1, p21, 18p;

Venkatraman, N. and Lee, C. 2004. Network evolution and preferential attachment: A conceptual model and empirical test in the U.S. video game sector. Boston University Working Paper.

Venkatraman, N., Lawrence Loh and Jeongsuk Koh. 1994. “The Adoption of Corporate Governance Mechanisms: A Test of Competing Diffusion Models.” Management Science 40:496-507.

Venkatraman, S. 1997. “The Distinctive Domain of Entrepreneurship Research.” Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence, and Growth 3:119-138.

Ventresca, Marc J. and John W. Mohr. 2002. “Archival Research Methods.” Pp. 805-828 in Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Verba, Sidney, Kay Lehman Schlozman and Henry E. Brady. 1995. Voice and Equality: Civic Voluntarism in American Politics. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Verbeke, Willem, Marco Volgering and Marco Hessels. 1998. “Exploring the Conceptual Expansion within the Field of Organizational Behaviour: Organizational Climate and Organizational Culture.” Journal of Management Studies 35:303-329.

Verdier, Daniel. 1995. “The Politics of Public Aid to Private Industry: The Role of Policy Networks.” Comparative Political Studies 28:3-42.

Verma, A. and R. Chaykowski (eds.). 1999. Contract and Commitment: Employment Relations in the New Economy. Kingston: IRC Press.

Versaevel, Bruno. “Co-ordination Costs and Vertical Integration in Production Franchise Networks: A Common Agency Model.” Research in Economics 56(2): 2002. 157-86.

Vetschera, Rudolf. “Economic Analysis of Network Organizations: Possibilities, Limitations and Open Questions.” Central European Journal of Operations Research 7: 4 2000. pp. 225-47.

Vickery, Graham and Duncan Campbell. 1989. “Advanced Manufacturing Technology and the Organisation of Work.” STI Review 6:105-146.

Victor, B. and C. Stephens. 1994. “The Dark Side of the New Organizational Forms: An Editorial Essay.” Organization Science 5:479-482.

Ville, Simon. 1996. “Networks and Venture Capital in the Australasian Pastoral Sector before World War Two.” Business History 38:48-63.

Ville, Simon; Fleming, Grant. “The Nature and Structure of Trade-Financial Networks: Evidence from the New Zealand Pastoral Sector.” Business History 42(1): 2000. 41-58.

Villemez, Wayne J. and William P. Bridges. 1988. “When Bigger is Better: Differences in the Individual-Level Effect of Firm and Establishment Size.” American Sociological Review 53:237-255.

Vince, Russ. 2001. “Power and Emotion in Organizational Learning.” Human Relations 54:1325-1351.

Vince, Russ. 2001. “Power and Emotion in Organizational Learning.” Human Relations 54:1325-1351.

Vincent, Carol Hardy. 1995. “Committees of the United States Senate” and “Committees of the United States House of Representatives.” Washington: Library of Congress Congressional Research Service. and (December 14, 2002).

Vipraio, Patrizia Tiberi. “From Local to Global Networking: The Restructuring of Italian Industrial Districts.” Journal of Industry Studies, vol. 3, no. 2, December 1996, pp. 135-51.

Virnoche, Mary E; Marx, Gary T. “’Only Connect’-E. M. Forster in an Age of Electronic Communication: Computer-Mediated Association and Community Networks.” Sociological Inquiry, 1997, 67, 1, winter, 85-100.

Vogel, David. 1978. “Why Businessmen Distrust Their State: The Political Consciousness of American Corporate Executives.” British Journal of Political Science 8:45-78.

Vogel, David. 1989. Fluctuating Fortunes: The Political Power of Business in America. New York: Basic Books.

Vogel, David. 1996. Kindred Strangers: The Uneasy Relationship Between Politics and Business in America. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Vogel, Ezra. 1979. Japan as No. 1. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Vogt, Stephen C. 1994. “The Role of Internal Financial Sources in Firm Financing and Investment Decisions.” Review of Financial Economics 4:1-24.

Volberda, H. and :Lewin, A. 2002. Special Issue of Organization Studies on Co-evolution.

Volberda, H., 1998. Building the flexible firm. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Volberda, Henk W. 1996. “Toward the Flexible Form: How to Remain Vital in Hypercompetitive Environments.” Organization Studies 7(4):359-374.

Volberda, Henk W. 1996. “Toward the Flexible Form: How to Remain Vital in Hypercompetitive Environments.” Organization Studies 7(4):359-374.

Volberda, Henk W. 1998. Building the Flexible Firm: How to Remain Competitive. New York: Oxford University Press.

Völker, Beate and Henk D. Flap. 1998. “Getting Ahead in the GDR: Social Capital and the Status Attainment Process Under Communism.” Acta Sociologica.

Volkmer, Ingrid. “The Global Network Society and the Global Public Sphere.” Development, 2003, 46, 1, Mar, 9-16.

Volkmer, Ingrid. “The Global Network Society and the Global Public Sphere.” Development 46(1): 2003. 9-16.

Vollenwyder, Nathalie; Bickel, Jean-Francois; Lalive d’Epinay, Christian; Maystre, Carole. “The Elderly and Their Families, 1979-94: Changing Networks and Relationships.” Current Sociology/La Sociologie Contemporaine, 2002. 50, 2, Mar, 263-280.

von Burg, Urs; Kenney, Martin. “Venture Capital and the Birth of the Local Area Networking Industry.” Research Policy 29(9): 2000. 1135-55.

von Burg, Urs; Kenney, Martin. 2000. “Venture Capital and the Birth of the Local Area Networking Industry.” Research Policy 29:1135-1155.

Von Hippel, E. 1987. Cooperation between rivals: Informal know-how trading. Research Policy, 16: 291-302.

Von Stange, Gary. 1994. “Corporate Social Responsibility through Constituency Statutes: Legend or Lie?” Hofstra Labor Law Journal 11:461-497.

von Winter, Thomas. “From Corporatism to Etatism. Changes in the Structure of the German Poverty Policy Network.” Zeitschrift fur Politikwissenschaft, 2001. 11, 4, 1573-1608.

von Winter, Thomas. 2001. “From Corporatism to Etatism: Changes in the Structure of the German Poverty Policy Network.” Zeitschrift fur Politikwissenschaft 11:1573-1608.

Vonortas, N.S. 1997. Research joint ventures in the US. Research Policy, 26:577-595.

Vonortas, Nicholas S. 2000. “Multimarket Contact and Inter-firm Cooperation in R&D.” Journal of Evolutionary Economics 10:243-71.

Vosko, L.F. 2000. Temporary Work: The Gendered Rise of a Precarious Employment Relationship. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Voss, Glenn B., Daniel M. Cable and Zannie Giraud Voss. 2000. “Linking Organizational Values to Relationships with External Constituents: A Study of Nonprofit Professional Theatres.” Organization Science 11:330-350.

Vredenburgh, Donald and Yael Brender. 1998. “The Hierarchical Abuse of Power in Work Organizations.” Journal of Business Ethics 17:1337-1347.

Wachter, Michael L. and Randall D. Wright. 1990. “The Economics of Internal Labor Markets.” Industrial Relations 29:240-262.

Wade, Cynthia K; Howell, Frank M; Wells, J Gipson. “Turning to Family, Friends, or Others: A Model of Social Network Usage during Stressful Events.” Sociological Spectrum, 1994, 14, 4, Oct-Dec, 385-407.

Wade, James. 1995. “Dynamics of Organizational Communities and Technological Bandwagons: An Empirical Investigation of Community Evolution in the Microprocessor Market.” Strategic Management Journal 16:111-133.

Wade, James. 1995. “Dynamics of Organizational Communities and Technological Bandwagons: An Empirical Investigation of Community Evolution in the Microprocessor Market.” Strategic Management Journal 16:111-133.

Wagner, Roland M. “Changes in the Friend Network during the First Year of Single Parenthood for Mexican American & Anglo Women.” Journal of Divorce, 1987, 11, 2, winter, 89-109.

Walk, Heike; Brunnengraber, Achim. “Global Governance and NGO Networks: A Challenge for National States and the International System of Institutions.” Forschungsjournal Neue Soziale Bewegungen, 1997, 10, 4, Dec, 91-94.

Walker, Alan. “Enlarging the Caring Capacity of the Community: Informal Support Networks and the Welfare State.” International Journal of Health Services, 1987, 17, 3, 369-386.

Walker, Alan. “Enlarging the Caring Capacity of the Community: Informal Support Networks and the Welfare State.” International Journal of Health Services, 1987, 17, 3, 369-386.

Walker, Catherine. “Philanthropy, social capital or strategic alliance? The involvement of senior UK business executives with the voluntary sector and implications for corporate fundraising. International Journal of Nonprofit & Voluntary Sector Marketing, Aug2002. Vol. 7 Issue 3, p219, 10p;

Walker, Gordon and Laura Poppo. 1990. “Profit Centers, Single-Source Suppliers, and Transaction Costs.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:66-87.

Walker, Gordon, Bruce Kogut and Weijian Shan. 1997. “Social Capital, Structural Holes and the Formation of an Industry Network.” Organization Science 8(2):109-125.

Walker, Gordon. 1985. “Network Position and Cognition in a Computer Firm.” Administrative Science Quarterly 30:103-130.

Walker, Gordon. and D. Webster. 1984. “A Transaction Cost Approach to Make-or-Buy Decisions.” Administrative Science Quarterly 29:373-391.

Walker, Henry A., Shane R. Thye, Brent Simpson, Michael J. Lovaglia, David Willer and Barry Markovsky. 2000. “Network Exchange Theory: Recent Developments and New Directions.” Social Psychology Quarterly 63:324-337.

Walker, Jack L. 1983. “The Origins and Maintenance of Interest Groups in America.’ American Political Science review 77:390-406.

Walker, M.A., Joshi, A.K., Prince, E.F. (Eds.), 1998. Centering Theory in discourse, New York: Oxford

Wall Street Journal. 1999. “Controversy Besetting New Pension Plan Rises with IBM’s Retreat.” September 20:A1.

Wall, Karin, Sofia Aboim, Vanessa Cunha and Pedro Vasconcelos. 2001. “Families and Informal Support Networks in Portugal: The Reproduction of Inequality.” Journal of European Social Policy 11(3):213-233.

Wallis, Joe and Brian Dollery. “Social Capital and Local Government Capacity. Australian Journal of Public Administration 2002. V61 I3 P76(10)

Wallis, Joe; Killerby, Paul; Dollery, Brian. “Social economics and social capital. International Journal of Social Economics, 2004. Vol. 31 Issue 3, p239, 20p;

Wallman, Steven M. H. 1991. “The Proper Interpretation of Corporate Constituency Statutes and Formulation of Director Duties” Stetson Law Review 21:163.

Walsh, David J. 1993. “The Labor Movement as an Interorganizational Network.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 12:245-278.

Walsh, Kieron, Bob Hinings, Royston Greenwood and Stewart Ranson. 1981. “Power and Advantage in Organizations.” Organization Studies 2(2):131-152.

Walter, Gunter H and Bross, Ulrike. “The Adaptation of German Experiences to Building Up Innovation Networks in Central and Eastern Europe.” Technology-based firms in the innovation process: Management, financing and regional networks. 1997. pp. 263-86.

Walter, Gunter H and Bross, Ulrike. “The Adaptation of German Experiences to Building Up Innovation Networks in Central and Eastern Europe.” Technology-based firms in the innovation process: Management, financing and regional networks. 1997. pp. 263-86.

Walter, Gunter H. “Implementation of a Network Based Innovation Policy in Central and Eastern European Countries: Slovenia as an Example.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 111-26.

Walter, Gunter H. “Implementation of a Network Based Innovation Policy in Central and Eastern European Countries: Slovenia as an Example.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. pp. 111-26.

Walter, Gunter H. “Implementation of a Network Based Innovation Policy in Central and Eastern European Countries--Slovenia as an Example.” Innovation networks: Concepts and challenges in the European perspective. 2001. 111-26.

Walters, William. “Social Capital and Political Sociology: Re-Imagining Politics? Sociology 2002. V36 I2 P377(21)

Walton, John. “Urban Conflict and Social Movements in Poor Countries: Theory and Evidence of Collective Action.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 1998. 22, 3, Sept, 460-481.

Wan, Thomas T. H. and Bill B. L. Wang. 2003. “Integrated Healthcare Networks’ Performance: A Growth Curve Modeling Approach.” Health Care Management Science 6(2):117-24.

Wang, Xiaoyun; Kanugo, Rabindra N. “Nationality, social network and psychological well-being: expatriates in China. International Journal of Human Resource Management, Jun/Aug2004. Vol. 15 Issue 4/5, p775, 19p

Wang, Zhi H.; Evans, Michael. “Strategic Classification and Examination of the Development of Current Airline Alliance Activities. Journal of Air Transportation, 2002. Vol. 7 Issue 2/3, P73, 29p;

Wang, Zhong-Ming and Frank A. Heller. 1993. “Patterns of Power Distribution in Managerial Decision Making in Chinese and British Industrial Organizations.” International Journal of Human Resource Management 4:113-128.

Wank, David L. “Cigarettes and Domination in Chinese Business Networks: Institutional Change during the Market Transition.” The consumer revolution in urban China. 2000. 268-86.

Warburton, John. “Corruption as a Social Process: From Dyads to Networks.” Corruption and Anti-Corruption, Larmour, Peter, & Wolanin, Nick [Eds], Canberra, Australia: Asia Pacific, 2001. pp 221-237.

Warburton, John. “Corruption as a Social Process: From Dyads to Networks.” Corruption and anti-corruption. 2001. 221-37.

Ward, Ralph D. 1997. 21st Century Board. New York: Wiley.

Ward, Stephen; Williams, Richard. “From Hierarchy to Networks? Sub-central Government and EU Urban Environment Policy.” Journal of Common Market Studies 35: 1997. Pp. 439-64.

Warde, Alan and Gindo Tampubolon. 2002. “Social Capital, Networks and Leisure Consumption.” Sociological Review 50:155-180.

Warde, Alan; Tampubolon, Gindo; Longhurst, Brian; Ray, Kathryn; Savage, Mike; Tomlinson, Mark. “Trends in Social Capital: Membership of Associations in Great Britain, 1991-98. British Journal of Political Science, Jul2003. Vol. 33 Issue 3, p515, 11p

Warglein, Massimo. 2002. “Intraorganizational Evolution.” Pp. 98-118 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A.C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Waring, Stephen P. 1991. Taylorism Transformed: Scientific Management Theory Since 1945. Chapel Hill, NC: University of North Carolina Press.

Warner, Jessica; Ivis, Frank. “Informers and Their Social Networks in Eighteenth-Century London: A Comparison of Two Communities.” Social Science History, 2001. 25, 4, winter, 563-587.

Warren, Roland. 1967. “The Interorganizational Field as a Focus for Investigation.” Administrative Science Quarterly 12:396-419.

Wasserman, Stanley and Dawn Iacobucci. 1988. “Sequential Social Network Data.” Psychometrika 53:261-282.

Wasserman, Stanley and Joseph Galaskiewicz (eds.). 1994. Advances in Social Network Analysis. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Wasserman, Stanley and Katherine Faust. 1994. Social Network Analysis: Methods and Applications. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Wasserman, Stanley and Phillipa Pattison. 1996. “Logit Models and Logistic Regressions for Social Networks: I. An Introduction to Markov Random Graphs and p*” Psychometrika 60:401-426.

Waterman Richard W. and Kenneth J. Meier. 1998. “Principal-Agent Models: An Expansion?” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 8(2):173-202.

Waterman Richard W. and Kenneth J. Meier. 1998. “Principal-Agent Models: An Expansion?” Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 8(2):173-202.

Waterman, Robert H., Jr., Judith A. Waterman and Betsey A. Collard. 1994. “Toward a Career Resilient Workforce.” Harvard Business Review (July-August):87-95.

Watson, George W., Jon M. Shepard, Carroll U. Stephens and John C. Christman. 1999. “Ideology and the Economic Social Contract in a Downsizing Environment.” Business Ethics Quarterly 9:659-672.

Watt, Susan E., Martin Lea and Russell Spears. 2002. “How Social is Internet Communication? A Re-appraisal of Bandwidth and Anonymity Effects.” Pp. 61-77 in Virtual Society? Technology, Cyberbole, Reality, edited by Steve Woolgar. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Watts, Alison. “A Dynamic Model of Network Formation.” Games and Economic Behavior 34(2): 2001. 331-41.

Watts, Duncan and Steven Strogatz. 1998. “Collective Dynamics of ‘Small-World’ Networks.” Nature June 4:440-442.

Watts, Duncan J. 1999. “Networks, Dynamics, and the Small-World Phenomenon.” American Journal of Sociology 105:493-528.

Watts, Duncan J. 1999. Small Worlds: the Dynamics of Networks Between Order and Randomness. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.

Watts, Duncan J. 2002. “A Simple Model of Global Cascades On Random Networks.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States 99:5766-5771.

Watts, Duncan J. 2003. Six Degrees: The Science of a Connected Age. New York: Norton.

Watts, Duncan J., Peter Sheridan Dodds and M.E.J. Newman. 2002. “Identity and Search in Social Networks.” Science May 17:1302-1305.

Wayne, Leslie. 1998. “Companies Used to Getting Their Way.” New York Times December 4:C1.

Weatherford, M Stephen. “Interpersonal Networks and Political Behavior.” American Journal of Political Science, 1982, 26:117-143.

Webbink, D. 1988. “The Institutional Nuclear Energy Lobby. A Network Analysis of the Nuclear Energy Sector.” Mens en Maatschappij 63(4):347-365.

Weber, David. “Networking best practices. Physician Executive, Jan/Feb2000, Vol. 26 Issue 1, p60, 2p

Weber, Karin. “Consumer Perceptions and Behavior: Neglected Dimensions in Research On Strategic Airline Alliances. Journal of Travel & Tourism Marketing, 2002. Vol. 13 Issue 4, P27, 19p;

Weber, Max. 1947. “Bureaucracy.” Pp.196-244 in From Max Weber, edited by Gunther Roth and C. Wright Mills. New York: Oxford University Press.

Weber, Max. 1947. The Theory of Social and Economic Organization. New York: Free Press.

Weber, Max. 1952. The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism. New York: Scribner.

Weber, Max. 1981. General Economic History. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction Books.

Weber, Rachel; Schnell, Susanne. “Contracting In: How a Business Intermediary Sought to Create Supplier Networks and Jobs in the Inner City.” Economic Development Quarterly 17(2): 2003. 148-64.

Weber, Roberto A. and Colin F. Camerer. 2003. “Cultural Conflict and Merger Failure: An Experimental Approach.” Management Science 49:400-15.

Weber, Thomas E. and Rebecca Quick. 1997. “Would WorldCom-MCI Deal Lift Tolls on Net?” Wall Street Journal October 2:B1.

Webster, J. (1995) “Networks of Collaboration or Conflict? Electronic Data Interchange and Power in the Supply Chain” Journal of Strategic Information Systems 4, 1 (April 1995) pp.31-42.

Webster, Juliette. “The Shaping of Software Systems in Manufacturing: The Implementation of Network Technologies in British Industries.” Country competitiveness: Technology and the organizing of work. 1993, pp. 140-55.

Wedel, Janine R. “Dirty Togetherness: Institutional Nomads, Networks, and the State-Private Interface in Central and Eastern Europe and the Former Soviet Union.” Polish Sociological Review, 2003. 2(142), 139-159.

Weeks, Margaret R; Clair, Scott; Borgatti, Stephen P; Radda, Kim; Schensul, Jean J. “Social Networks of Drug Users in High-Risk Sites: Finding the Connections.” AIDS and Behavior, 2002. 6, 2, June, 193-206.

Wegner, D. 1986. Transactive memory: A contemporary analysis of the group mind. In Mullen, B. and Goethals, G.R. (Eds), Theories of group behaviour: 185--208. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Wegner, D., P. Raymond and R. Erber. 1991. “Transactive Memory in Close Relationships.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 61:923-929.

Weick, Karl E. 1985. “The Significance of Corporate Culture.” Pp. 381-389 in Organizational Culture, edited by P. J. Frost. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage Publications.

Weick, Karl E. 1987. “Organizational Culture as a Source of High Reliability.” California Management Review 29(2):112-127.

Weick, Karl E. 1993. “The Collapse of Sensemaking in Organizations: The Mann Gulch Disaster.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:628-652.

Weick, Karl E. 1995. Sensemaking in Organizations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Weick, Karl E. 1996. “Drop Your Tools: An Allegory for Organizational Studies.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:301-312.

Weick, Karl E. 1999. Review of “New Directions for Organization Theory: Problems and Prospects.” Administrative Science Quarterly 44:639-642.

Weick, Karl E. and K.H. Roberts. 1993. “Collective Mind in Organizations: Heedful Interrelating on Flight Decks.” Administrative Science Quarterly 38:357-381.

Weick, Karl E. and Kathleen M. Sutcliffe 2003. “Hospitals as Cultures of Entrapment: A Re-analysis of the Bristol Royal Infirmary.” California Management Review 45:73-84.

Weick, Karl. 1979. The Social Psychology of Organizing. 2nd Ed. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Weidenbaum, M. and S. Hughes. 1996. The Bamboo Network. New York: Free Press.

Weiler, Stephan; Bernasek, Alexandra. “Dodging the Glass Ceiling? Networks and the New Wave of Women Entrepreneurs.” The Social Science Journal, 2001. 38, 1, Jan, 85-103.

Weiman, Gabriel. “Network Analysis in a Kibbutz Community.” The Kibbutz, 1985, 11, 37-46.

Weimann, Gabriel. 1982. “On the Importance of Marginality: One More Step into the Two-Step Flow of Communication.” American Sociological Review 47:764-773.

Weimann, Gabriel. 1994. The Influentials: People Who Influence People. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.

Weinstein, James. 1968. The Corporate Ideal in the Liberal State: 1900-1918. Boston: Beacon Press.

Weinstein, James. 1968. The Corporate Ideal in the Liberal State: 1900-1918. Boston: Beacon Press.

Weisbach, Michael S. 1988. “Outside Directors and CEO Turnover.” Journal of Financial Economics 20:431-460.

Weisbach, Michael S. 1995. “CEO Turnover and the Firm’s Investment Decisions.” Journal of Finacnial Economics 37:159-188.

Weisbrod, Burton A. (ed.). 1998. To Profit or Not to Profit: The Commercial Transformation of the Nonprofit Sector. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Weisbrod, Burton A. 1988. The Nonprofit Economy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Weisbrod, Burton A. 1988. The Nonprofit Economy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Weisbrod, Burton A. 1989. “Rewarding Performance That Is Hard to Measure: The Private Nonprofit Sector.” Science 244:541-546.

Weiss, Rick. 1999. “Biotech vs.’Bambi’ Of Insects? Gene-Altered Corn May Kill Monarchs.” Washington Post May 20:A3.

Weitzman, Elissa R.; Kawachi, Ichiro. 2000. “Giving Means Receiving: The Protective Effect of Social Capital on Binge Drinking on College Campuses.” American Journal of Public Health 90:1936-1939.

Wejnert, Barbara. 2002. “Integrating Models of Diffusion of Innovations: A Conceptual Framework. Annual Review of Sociology 28:297-326.

Welch, Michael R; Leege, David C; Woodberry, Robert. “Pro-Life Catholics and Support for Political Lobbying by Religious Organizations.” Social Science Quarterly, vol. 79, no. 3, September 1998, pp. 649-63.

Wellman, Barry (ed.). 1999. Networks in the Global Village. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Wellman, Barry and Kenneth A. Frank. 2001. “Network Capital in a Multilevel World: Getting Support from Personal Communities.” Pp. 233-273 in Social Capital: Theory and Research, edited by Nan Lin, Karen Cook and Ronald S. Burt. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine de Gruyter.

Wellman, Barry and Milena Gulia. 1999. “Net-Surfers Don’t Ride Alone: Virtual Communities as Communities.” Pp. 331-366 in Networks in the Global Village, edited by Barry Wellman. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Wellman, Barry and S.D. Berkowitz (eds.). 1997. Social Structures: A Network Approach. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Wellman, Barry and Scott Wortley. 1990. “Different Strokes from Different Folks: Community Ties and Social Support.” American Journal of Sociology 96:558-88.

Wellman, Barry, Anabel Quan Haase, James Witte and Keith Hampton. 2001. “Does the Internet Increase, Decrease, Or Supplement Social Capital? Social Networks, Participation, and Community Commitment.” American Behavioral Scientist 45: 436-455

Wellman, Barry, Janet Salaff, Dimitrina Dimitrova, Laura Garton, Milena Gulia and Caroline Haythornthwaite. 1996. “Computer Networks as Social Networks: Collaborative Work, Telework, and Virtual Community.” Annual Review of Sociology 22:213-238.

Wellman, Barry, Ove Frank, Vincente Espinoza, Staffan Lundquist and Craig Wilson. 1991. “Integrating Individual, Relational and Structural Analysis.” Social Networks 13:223-249.

Wellman, Barry. “From Little Boxes to Loosely Bounded Networks: The Privatization and Domestication of Community.” Sociology for the twenty-first century: Continuities and cutting edges. 1999, pp. 94-114.

Wellman, Barry. “From Little Boxes to Loosely Bounded Networks: The Privatization and Domestication of Community.” Sociology for the Twenty-First Century, Abu-Lughod, Janet L. [Ed], Chicago: U Chicago Press, 1999, pp 94-114

Wellman, Barry. 1979. “The Community Question: The Intimate Networks of East Yorkers.” American Journal of Sociology 84:1201-1231.

Wellman, Barry. 1988. “Structural Analysis: From Method and Metaphor to Theory and Substance.” Pp. 19-61 in Social Structures: A Network Approach, edited by Barry Wellman and Steven D. Berkowitz. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Wellman, Barry. 1990. “The Place of Kinfolk in Personal Community Networks.” Marriage and Family Review 15:195-228.

Wellman, Barry. 1997. “Structural Analysis: From Method and Metaphor to Theory and Substance.” Pp. 19-61 in Social Structures: A Network Approach edited by Barry Wellman and Steven D. Berkowitz. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Wellman, Barry. 1999. “The Network Community: An Introduction.” Pp. 1-48 in Networks in the Global Village, edited by Barry Wellman. Boulder: Westview Press.

Wellman, Barry. 2000. “Networking Network Analysts: How INSNA (the Internal Network for Social Network Analysis) Came to Be.” Connections 23(1):20-31.

Wellman, Barry. 2000. “The Place of Kinfolk in Personal Community Networks.” Sotsiologicheskie Issledovaniya 6:78-87.

Wellman, Barry. 2001. “Computer Networks as Social Networks.” Science Sept 14:2031-2034.

Wellman, Barry. 2001. “Physical Place and Cyberplace: The Rise of Personalized Networking.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 25(2):227-252.

Wellman, Barry; Leighton, Barry. “Networks, Neighborhoods, and Communities: Approaches to the Study of the Community Question.” Urban Affairs Quarterly, 1979, 14, 3, Mar, 363-390.

Wellman, Barry; Wortley, Scot. “Brothers’ Keepers: Situating Kinship Relations in Broader Networks of Social Support.” Sociological Perspectives, 1989, 32, 3, fall, 273-306.

Wellman, Beverly. 2000. “Partners in Illness: Who Helps When You Are Sick.” In Complementary and Alternative Medicine Challenge and Change, edited by Merrijoy Kelner, Beverly Wellman, Bernice Pescosolido and Mike Saks. Reading, UK: Gordon and Breach.

Wells, H.G. 1933. The Shape of Things to Come. London: White Lion Publishers.

Wen, Jiang; Kobayashi, Shinichi. “Exploring Collaborative R&D Network: Some New Evidence in Japan.” Research Policy 30(8): 2001. 1309-19.

Wenger, E. 1996. “Communities of Practice: The Social Fabric of a Learning Organization.” Healthcare Forum Journal 39(4):20-26.

Wenger, Etienne. 1996. “Communities of Practice: The Social Fabric of a Learning Organization.” Healthcare Forum Journal 39(4):20-26.

Wenger, Etienne. 1996. “How to Optimize Organizational Learning.” Healthcare Forum Journal July/August: 22-23.

Wenger, Etienne. 1996. “How to Optimize Organizational Learning.” Healthcare Forum Journal July/August: 22-23.

Wenger, Etienne. 1998. Communities of Practice: Learning Meaning and Identity. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Wenger, Etienne. 1998. Communities of Practice: Learning Meaning and Identity, New York: Cambridge University Press.

Wenger, G Clare; St Leger, Fred. “Community Structure and Support Network Variations.” Ageing and Society, 1992, 12, 2, June, 213-236.

Wenger, G Clare; St Leger, Fred. “Community Structure and Support Network Variations.” Ageing and Society, 1992, 12, 2, June, 213-236.

Werbner, Pnina. “Metaphors of Spatiality and Networks in the Plural City: A Critique of the Ethnic Enclave Economy Debate.” Sociology, 2001. 35, 3, Aug, 671-693.

Werner, Steve and Henry Tosi. 1995. “Other People’s Money: The Effects of Ownership on Compensation Strategy and Managerial Pay.” Academy of Management Journal 38:1672-1691.

Wernerfelt, Birger. 1984. “A Resource-Based View of the Firm.” Strategic Management Journal 5:171-180.

West, Elizabeth; Barron, David N; Dowsett, Juliet; Newton, John N. “Hierarchies and Cliques in the Social Networks of Health Care Professionals: Implications for the Design of Dissemination Strategies.” Social Science and Medicine, 1999, 48, 5, Mar, 633-646.

West, Jackie; Austrin, Terry. “From Work as Sex to Sex as Work: Networks, ‘Others’ and Occupations in the Analysis of Work.” Gender, Work and Organization, 2002. 9, 5, Nov, 482-503.

West, Jonathan, 2000, Institutions, information processing, and organization structure in research and development: evidence from the semiconductor industry, Research Policy (29)3: pp. 349-373.

Westhoff, Frank H; Yarbrough, Beth V; Yarbrough, Robert M. “Harassment versus Lobbying for Trade Protection.” International Trade Journal, vol. 9, no. 2, Summer 1995, pp. 203-24.

Westley, F. & Vredenburg, H. (1991) “Strategic Bridging: Collaboration Between Environment and Business in Marketing of Green Products” Journal of Applied Behavioral Science Vol 27 Issue 1 (May 1991) pp.65-90.

Westlund, Hans and Roger Bolton. 2003. “Local Social Capital and Entrepreneurship.” Small Business Economics 21(2):77-113.

Westphal, James D. 1998. “Board Games: How CEOs Adapt to Increases in Structural Board Independence from Management.” Administrative Science Quarterly 43:511-537.

Westphal, James D. and Edward J. Zajac. 1994. “Substance and Symbolism in CEO’s Long-term Incentive Plans.” Administrative Science Quarterly 39:367-390.

Westphal, James D. and Edward J. Zajac. 1995. “Who Shall Govern? CEO/Board Power, Demographic Similarity, and New Director Selection.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:60-83.

Westphal, James D. and Edward J. Zajac. 1997. “Defections from the Inner Circle: Social Exchange, Reciprocity, and the Diffusion of Board Independence in U.S. Corporations.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:161-183.

Westphal, James D. and Laurie P. Milton. 2000. “How Experience and Network Ties Affect the Influence of Demographic Minorities on Corporate Boards.” Administrative Science Quarterly 45:366-398.

Westphal, James D., Marc-David L. Seidel and Katherine J. Stewart 2001. “Second-Order Imitation: Uncovering Latent Effects of Board Network Ties.” Administrative Science Quarterly 46:717-747.

Westphal, James D., Ranjay Gulati and Stephen M. Shortell. 1997. “Customization or Conformity? An Institutional and Network Perspective on the Content and Consequences of TQM Adoption.” Administrative Science Quarterly 42:366-394.

Westphal, James D.; Milton, Laurie P. “How Experience and Network Ties Affect the Influence of Demographic Minorities on Corporate Boards. Administrative Science Quarterly, Jun2000, Vol. 45 Issue 2, p366, 33p;

Wetherell, Charles; Plakans, Andrejs; Wellman, Barry. “Social Networks, Kinship, and Community in Eastern Europe.” The Journal of Interdisciplinary History, 1994, 24, 4, spring, 639-663.

Wetherell, Charles; Plakans, Andrejs; Wellman, Barry. “Social Networks, Kinship, and Community in Eastern Europe.” The Journal of Interdisciplinary History, 1994, 24, 4, spring, 639-663.

Whaites, Alan. 1996. “Let’s Get Civil Society Straight: NGOs and Political Theory.” Development in Practice 6:240-244.

Whetten, David A. 1981. “Interorganizational Relations: A Review of the Field.” Journal of Higher Education 52:1-28.

Whipple, Judith M.; Frankel, Robert. “Strategic Alliance Success Factors. Journal of Supply Chain Management: A Global Review of Purchasing & Supply, Summer2000, Vol. 36 Issue 3, P21, 8p;

White, Doublas R. and Karl P. Reitz. 2000. “Graph and Semigroup Homomorphisms on Network Relations.” Politica y Sociedad 33:149-165

White, Douglas R. and Frank Harary. 2001. “The Cohesiveness of Blocks in Social Networks: Node Connectivity and Conditional Density.” Sociological Methodology 31:305-359.

White, Douglas R; Batagelj, Vladimir; Mrvar, Andrej. “Anthropology: Analyzing Large Kinship and Marriage Networks with Pgraph and Pajek.” Social Science Computer Review, 1999, 17, 3, fall, 245-274.

White, Douglas R; Jorion, Paul. “Kinship Networks and Discrete Structure Theory: Applications and Implications.” Social Networks, 1996, 18, 3, Aug, 267-314.

White, Halbert. “Artificial neural networks: Approximation and learning theory.” With A. R. Gallant et al. Cambridge and Oxford: Blackwell, 1992, pp. x, 329.

White, Halbert. “Connectionist Nonparametric Regression: Multilayer Feedforward Networks Can Learn Arbitrary Mappings.” Artificial neural networks: Approximation and learning theory. 1992, pp. 160-90.

White, Halbert. “Learning in Artificial Neural Networks: A Statistical Perspective.” Artificial neural networks: Approximation and learning theory. 1992, pp. 90-131.

White, Halbert. “Neural Network Learning and Statistics.” Artificial neural networks: Approximation and learning theory. 1992, pp. 81-89.

White, Halbert. “Some Asymptotic Results for Learning in Single Hidden-Layer Feedforward Network Models.” Journal of the American Statistical Association, vol. 84, no. 408, December 1989, pp. 1003-13.

White, Halbert; Gallant, A Ronald. “On Learning the Derivatives of an Unknown Mapping with Multilayer Feedforward Networks.” Artificial neural networks: Approximation and learning theory. 1992, pp. 206-23.

White, Halbert; Stinchcombe, Maxwell B. “Approximating and Learning Unknown Mappings Using Multilayer Feedforward Networks with Bounded Weights.” Artificial neural networks: Approximation and learning theory. 1992, pp. 41-54.

White, Harrison C. 1963. An Anatomy of Kinship: Mathematical Models for Structures of Cumulated Roles. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

White, Harrison C. 1981. “Where Do Markets Come From?” American Journal of Sociology 87:517-547.

White, Harrison C. 1992. Identity and Control: A Structural Theory of Social Action. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

White, Harrison C. 1993. “Markets in Production Networks.” Pp. 161-175 in Explorations in Economic Sociology, edited by R. Swedberg. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

White, Harrison C. 2000. “Constructing Social Organizations as Multiple Networks.” Politica y Sociedad 33:97-103.

White, Harrison C. 2002. Market from Networks: Socioeconomic Models of Production. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

White, Harrison C., Scott A. Boorman and Ronald L. Breiger. 1976. “Social Structure from Multiple Networks, I: Blockmodels of Roles and Positions.” American Journal of Sociology 81:730-780.

White, Harrison. 1970. “Search Parameters for the Small World Problem.” Social Forces 49:259-64.

White, Howard D.; Weliman, Barry; Nazer, Nancy. “Does Citation Reflect Social Structure? Longitudinal Evidence From the “Globenet” Interdisciplinary Research Group. Journal of the American Society for Information Science & Technology, 2004. Vol. 55 Issue 2, p111, 16p;

White, Howard. “Social Organization, Civic Responsibility and Collective Action: Game Theory Models of Community Participation in Development Projects.” Oxford Development Studies, vol. 31, no. 2, June 2003. pp. 149-58.

White, Leroy and Bob Cant. 2003. “Social Networks, Social Support, Health and HIV-Positive Gay Men.” Health & Social Care in the Community 11:329-334.

White, Leroy. 2002. “Connection Matters: Exploring the Implications of Social Capital and Social Networks For Social Policy.” Systems Research and Behavioral Science 19:255-269.

White, Michael C., Daniel B. Marin, Deborah V. Brazeal and William H. Friedman. 1997. “The Evolution of Organizations: Suggestions from Complexity Theory About the Interplay Between Natural Selection and Adaptation.” Human Relations 50:1383-1401.

White, Michael C.; Marin, Daniel B.; Brazeal, Deborah V. “The evolution of organizations: suggestions from complexity theory about the interplay between natural selection and adaptation.” Human Relations v. 50 (Nov. ‘97) p. 1383-401.

White, Michael, Stephen Hill, Patrick McGovern, Colin Mills and Deborah Smeaton. 2003. “‘High-Performance’ Management Practices, Working Hours and Work-Life Balance.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 41:175-195.

White, P Chris J. RaVaradaraand Peter A. Dacin. 2003. “Market Situation Interpretation and Response: The Role of Cognitive Style, Organizational Culture, and Information Use.” Journal of Marketing 67:63-79.

White, Robert W. and Robert P. Althauser. 1984. “Internal Labor Markets, Promotions, and Worker Skill: An Indirect Test of Skill ILMs.” Social Science Research 13:373-392.

Whitfield, Keith, Paul Marginson and William Brown. 1994. “Workplace Industrial Relations under Different Regulatory Systems: A Survey-Based Comparison of Australia and Britain.” British Journal of Industrial Relations 32:319-338.

Whitfield, Keith. 2000. “High-Performance Workplaces, Training, and the Distribution of Skills.” Industrial Relations 39:1-25.

Whiting, Vicki R. and Suzanne C. de Janasz. 2004. “Mentoring in the 21st Century: Using the Internet to Build Skills and Networks.” Journal of Management Education 28:275-293.

Whitley, Richard D. and Per H. Kristensen. 1997. Governance at Work: The Social Regulation of Economic Relations. New York: Oxford University Press.

Whitley, Richard. 1992. Business Systems in East Asia: Firms, Markets and Societies. London: Sage Publications.

Whitmeyer, Joseph M. 1994. “Social Structure and the Actor: The Case of Power in Exchange Networks.” Social Psychology Quarterly 57(3):177-189.

Whitmeyer, Joseph M. 2001. “Measuring Power in Exchange Networks.” Sociological Perspectives 44(2):141-162.

Whitmeyer, Joseph M. 2002. “A Deductive Approach to Friendship Networks.” The Journal of Mathematical Sociology 26(3):147-165.

Whitmeyer, Joseph. 1997. “Applying General Equilibrium Analysis and Game Theory to Exchange Networks.” Current Research in Social Psychology 2(2):13-23.

Whitnah, Donald R. 1998. U. S. Department of Transportation: a Reference History. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Wholey Douglas R. and Huonker J.W. 1993. “Effects of Generalism and Niche Overlap on Network Linkages among Youth Service Agencies.” Academy of Management Journal 36:349-372.

Wholey, Douglas R., Jon B. Christianson and Susan M. Sanchez. 1993. “The Effects of Physician and Corporate Interests on the Formation of Health Maintenance Organizations.” American Journal of Sociology 99:164-200.

Whyte, William H. Jr. 1957. The Organization Man. New York: Doubleday Anchor Books.

Wiatrowski, William J. 1994. “Small Business and Their Employees.” Monthly Labor Review 117(10):29-35.

Wiatrowski, William J. 1995. “Who Really Has Access to Employer-Provided Health Benefits.” Monthly Labor Review 118(6):36-44.

Widmer, Eric, Jean Kellerhals and Rene Levy. “Types of Conjugal Networks, Conjugal Conflict and Conjugal Quality.” European Sociological Review, 2004. 20, 1, Feb, 63-77.

Wiener, Yoash. 1988. “Forms of Value Systems: A Focus on Organizational Effectiveness and Cultural Change and Maintenance.” Academy of Management Review 13:534-545.

Wier, Thomas G; Phoha, Vir V. “Neural Networks and Regional Science Modeling: A Survey of Techniques for Complex Spatial Analysis.” Review of Regional Studies 32(2): Summer-Fall 2002. 309-24.

Wiersma, Margarethe F., and Karen A. Bantel 1992. “Top management team demography and corporate strategic change.” Academy of Management Journal, 35: 91-121.

Wierzbicki, Susan. 2004. Beyond the immigrant enclave: network change and assimilation. New York: LFB Scholarly.

Wiese, Harald. 2002. “Strategic Trade Policy in the Presence of Network Effects.” German Economic Review 3:155-183.

Wiewel, Wim and Albert Hunter. 1985. “The Interorganizational Network as a Resource: A Comparative Case Study on Organizational Genesis.” Administrative Science Quarterly 30:482-496.

Wiklund, Hakan and Pia Sandvik Wiklund. 2002. “Widening the Six Sigma Concept: An Approach to Improve Organizational Learning.” Total Quality Management 13:233-239.

Wiklund, Ingrid. “Social Networks from a Sociolinguistic Perspective: The Relationship between Characteristics of the Social Networks of Bilingual Adolescents and Their Language Proficiency.” International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 2002. 153, 53-92.

Wildman, Steven S. “Information Technology, Private Networks, and Productivity.” Private networks, public objectives. 1996, pp. 327-41.

Wilhite, A. 2001. Bilateral trade and “small-world” networks. Computational Economics, 18(1):49-64.

Wilkins, Alan L. 1984 “The Creation of Company Cultures: The Role of Stories and Human Resource Systems.” Human Resource Management 23:41-60.

Wilkins, Alan L. and William G. Ouchi. 1983. “Efficient Cultures: Exploring the Relationship Between Culture and Organizational Performance.” Administrative Science Quarterly 28:468-481.

Wilkinson, Barry; et al. “International Production Networks and Human Resources: The Case of the Malaysian Electronics Industry.” Global change: The impact of Asia in the twenty-first century. 2001. 366-85.

Wilkinson, I F; Mattsson, L -G; Easton, G. “International Competitiveness and Trade Promotion Policy from a Network Perspective.” Journal of World Business, vol. 35, no. 3, Fall 2000, pp. 275-99.

Wilkinson, I. F., L-G Mattsson and G. Easton. 2000. “International Competitiveness and Trade Promotion Policy from a Network Perspective.” Journal of World Business 35(3):275-299.

Wilks, Stephen and Maurice Wright (eds.). 1987. Government-Industry Relations: West Europe, U.S. and Japan. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Wilks, Stephen and Maurice Wright. 1991. “The Promotion and Regulation of Industry in Japan: Conclusion: Policy Issues and Policy Networks.” Pp. 311-344 in The Promotion and Regulation of Industry in Japan.

Willer, David and John Skvoretz. 1997. “Games and Structures.” Rationality and Society 9:5-35.

Willer, David and John Skvoretz. 1997. “Network Connection and Exchange Ratios: Theory, Predictions, and Experimental Tests.” Advances in Group Processes 14:199-234.

Willer, David and Travis Patton. 1987. “The Development of Network Exchange Theory.” Advances in Group Processes. 4:199-242.

Willer, David, Henry A. Walker, Barry Markovsky, Robb Willer, Michael Lovaglia, Shane Thye and Brent Simpson. 2002. “Network Exchange Theory.” Pp. 109-144 in New Directions in Contemporary Sociological Theory, edited by Joseph Berger and Morris Zelditch, Jr. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Willer, David, Michael J. Lovaglia and Barry Markovsky. 1997. “Power and Influence: A Theoretical Bridge.” Social Forces 76:571-603.

Willer, David. 1992. “Predicting Power in Exchange Networks: A Brief History and Introduction to the Issues.” Social Networks 14:187-211.

Willer, David. 2003. “Power-at-a-Distance.” Social Forces 81:1295-1334.

Willer, Robb and David Willer. 2000. “Exploring Dynamic Networks: Hypotheses and Conjectures.” Social Networks 22:251-272.

Williams, Allan M.; Baláǽ, Vladimir “International Petty Trading: Changing Practices in Trans–Carpathian Ukraine…” International Journal of Urban & Regional Research, Jun2002. Vol. 26 Issue 2, p323, 20p;

Williams, Allan P.O. 2001. “A Belief-Focused Process Model of Organizational Learning.” Journal of Management Studies 38:67-85.

Williams, Blair R. 1996. Manufacturing for Survival: The How-to Guide for Practitioners and Managers. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Williams, Holly Ann. 1995. “There Are No Free Gifts! Social Support and the Need for Reciprocity.” Human Organization 54:401-409.

Williams, Jeffrey R., Betty Lynn Paez and Leonard Sanders. 1988. “Conglomerates Revisited.” Strategic Management Journal 9:403-414.

Williams, Johnny E. “Linking Beliefs to Collective Action: Politicized Religious Beliefs and the Civil Rights Movement.” Sociological Forum 2002. 17, 2, June, 203-222.

Williams, Rhys H; Benford, Robert D. “Two Faces of Collective Action Frames: A Theoretical Consideration.” Current Perspectives in Social Theory 2000. 20, 127-151.

Williamson, Oliver E. (ed.) 1995. Organization Theory: From Chester Barnard to the Present and Beyond. Second Ed. NY: Oxford University Press.

Williamson, Oliver E. “Transaction Cost Economics: How It Works: Where It Is Headed.” De Economist; v146 n1 April 1998. pp. 23-58.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1975. Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications. New York: Free Press.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1975. Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications. New York: Free Press.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1979. “Transaction Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations.” Journal of Law and Economics 22:3-61.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1981. “The Economics of Organization: The Transaction Cost Approach.” American Journal of Sociology 87:548-577.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1981. “The Economics of Organization: The Transaction Cost Approach.” American Journal of Sociology 87:548-577.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1981. “The Modern Corporation: Origins, Evolution, Attributes.” Journal of Economic Literature 19:1537-1568.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1981. “The Modern Corporation: Origins, Evolution, Attributes.” Journal of Economic Literature 19:1537-1568.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1983. “Organization Form, Residual Claimants, and Corporate Control.” Journal of Law and Economics 26(2):351-366.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1988. “Corporate Finance and Corporate Governance.” Journal of Finance 43:567-591.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1990. “The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties: An Introduction.” Pp. 1-25 in The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, edited by Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafson and Oliver Williamson. London: Sage Publications.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1991. “Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:269-296.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1991. “Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives.” Administrative Science Quarterly 36:269-296.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1992. “The Modern Corporation: Origins, Evolution, Attributes.” Pp. 131-62 in The Rise of Big Business, edited by Barry E. Supple. International Library of Critical Writings in Business History, Vol. 5. Aldershot, UK: Elgar. Distributed in the U.S. by Ashgate, Brookfield, VT.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1993. “Calculativeness, Trust, and Economic Organization.” Journal of Law and Economics 36:453-486.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1993. “Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations.” Pp. 113-32 in Monopoly and Competition Policy. Vol. 2, edited by Frederic M. Scherer. Elgar Reference Collection. International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, vol. 30. Aldershot, UK: Elgar. Distributed in the U.S. by Ashgate, Brookfield, VT.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1993. “Opportunism and Its Critics.” Managerial and Decision Economics 14:94-107.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1995. “Hierarchies, Markets and Power in the Economy: An Economic Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change 4:21-49.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1996. “Efficiency, Power, Authority and Economic Organization.” Pp. 11-42 in Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond, edited by John Groenewegen. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1996. “Efficiency, Power, Authority and Economic Organization.” Pp. 11-42 in Transaction Cost Economics and Beyond, edited by John Groenewegen. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1996. “Revisiting Legal Realism: The Law, Economics, and Organization Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change 5:383-420.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1996. “Revisiting Legal Realism: The Law, Economics, and Organization Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change 5:383-420.

Williamson, Oliver E. 1996. The Mechanisms of Governance. New York: Oxford University Press.

Williamson, Oliver E. 2000. “The New Institutional Economics: Taking Stock, Looking Ahead.” Journal of Economic Literature 38:595-613.

Williamson, Oliver E. and Scott E., Masten (ed.) 1995. “Transaction Cost Economics.” Volume 1. Theory and concepts. Volume 2. Policy and applications Elgar Reference Collection. International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, vol. 54. Aldershot, UK: Elgar. Distributed in the U.S. by Ashgate, Brookfield, VT.

Williamson, Oliver E.” The Institutions of Governance.” American Economic Review; v88 n2 May 1998. pp. 75-79.

Williamson, Oliver. 1985. The Economic Institutions of Capitalism: Firms, Markets, Relational Contracting. New York: Free Press.

Williamson, Oliver. 1987. “Comment: Shareholders and Managers--A Risk-Neutral Perspective.” Pp. 159-167 in Knights, Raiders, and Targets: The Impact of the Hostile Takeover, edited by John C. Coffee Jr., Louis Lowenstein and Susan Rose-Ackerman. New York: Oxford University Press.

Williamson, Oliver. 1994. “Transaction Cost Economics and Organization Theory.” Pp. 77-107 in The Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by Neil J. Smelser and Richard Swedberg. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Williamson, Oliver. 1994. “Transaction Cost Economics and Organization Theory.” Pp. 77-107 in The Handbook of Economic Sociology, edited by Neil J. Smelser and Richard Swedberg. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Williamson, Oliver. 1994. “Visible and Invisible Governance.” American Economic Review 84(2):323-326.

Williamson, Oliver. 1996. “Economic Organization: The Case for Candor.” Academy of Management Review 21:48-57

Willis, R. 1987. “What’s Happened to America’s Middle Managers.” Management Review 76:24-33.

Willmott, Robert. 2000. “The Place of Culture in Organization Theory: Introducing the Morphogenetic Approach.” Organization 7:95-128.

Wills, G. 1994. “Networking and Its Leadership Processes.” Leadership and Organization Development Journal 15(7):19-27.

Wilms, Wellford W. Alan J. Hardcastle and Deone M. Zell. 1994. “Cultural Transformation at NUMMI. (New United Motor Manufacturing Inc.).” Sloan Management Review 36:99-114.

Wilson, Earl R., Susan Convery Kattelus and Leon Edwards Hay. 2001. Accounting for Governmental and Nonprofit Entities. 12th Ed. Boston: McGraw-Hill Irwin.

Wilson, Frank L. 1987. Interest-Group Politics in France. Cambridge: Cambridge UniversityPress.

Wilson, James Q. 1973. Political Organizations. New York: Basic Books.

Wilson, James Q. 1973. Political Organizations. New York: Basic Books.

Wilson, James Q. 1996. “The Corporation as Political Actor.” Pp. 413-435 in The American Corporation Today, edited by Carl Kaysen. New York: Oxford University Press.

Wilson, Laura A. and Robert F. Durant. 1994. “Evaluating TQM: The Case for a Theory Driven Approach.” Public Administration Review 54:137-146.

Wimmer, Andreas. “Ethnic Communities or Ethnicization? Social Categories and Network Structures in Three Swiss Immigrant Neighborhoods.” Zeitschrift fur Soziologie, 2002. 31, 1, Feb, 4-26.

Winch, G. M. 2000. The Management of Projects as a Generic Business Process. In R. A. Lundin, and F. Hartman (Eds.), Projects as Business Constituents and Guiding Motives: 117-130. Norwell, MA: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Winch, Graham M. 1994. Managing Production: Engineering Change and Stability. Oxford, UK: Clarendon Press.

Windeler, Arnold and Jorg Sydow. 2001. “Project Networks and Changing Industry Practices-Collaborative Content Production in the German Television Industry.” Organization Studies, 22:1035-1060.

Windolf, Paul and J. Beyer. 1996. “Co-operative Capitalism: Corporate Networks in Germany and Britain.” British Journal of Sociology 47(2):205-231.

Windolf, Paul and Michael Nollert. 2001. “Institutions, Interests, and Corporate Networks: A Comparative Analysis in International Perspective.” Politische Vierteljahresschrift 42:51-78.

Windolf, Paul and Sebastian Schief. 1999. “Corporate Networks in East Germany.” Kolner Zeitschrift fur Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie 51:260-282.

Windolf, Paul. 1989. “Productivity Coalitions and the Future of European Corporatism.” Industrial Relations 28:1-20.

Windolf, Paul. 1990. “Productivity Coalitions and the Future of Unionism: Disintegration of Generalized Political Exchange?” Pp. 289-313 in Governance and generalized exchange: Self-organizing policy networks in action.

Windolf, Paul. 1994. “Power and Property in Corporate Networks. An Analysis of the Market for Corporate Control.” Zeitschrift fur Soziologie 23(2):79-92.

Windolf, Paul. 1998. “Elite Networks in Germany and Britain.” Sociology 32:321-351.

Windolf, Paul. 2002. Corporate Networks in Europe and the United States. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Wineburg, Robert J. “A Community Study of the Ways Religious Congregations Support Individuals and the Local Human Services Network.” The Journal of Applied Social Sciences, 1990-1991, 15, 1, fall-winter, 51-74.

Wineburg, Robert J. “A Community Study of the Ways Religious Congregations Support Individuals and the Local Human Services Network.” The Journal of Applied Social Sciences, 1990-1991, 15, 1, fall-winter, 51-74.

Winick, Charles. “The Diffusion of an Innovation Among Physicians in a Large City.” Sociometry 1961, 24, 4, DEC, 384-396.

Winick, Charles. “The Diffusion of an Innovation Among Physicians in a Large City.” Sociometry 1961, 24, 4, DEC, 384-396.

Winn, Jane K. “Social Networks and Electronic Commerce in China.” Global Economic Review 31(2): 2002. 21-34.

Winner, Langdon. 1978. Autonomous Technology: Technics out of Control as a Theme in Political Thought. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Winocur, Rosalia. 2001. “Virtual Networks and Internet Communities: New Nuclei of Sociability and Reorganization of the Public Sphere.” Perfiles Latinoamericanos 10(18):75-92.

Winston, William J. 1994. “Initiating Change through Alliance and Network-Building: Part One: The Changing Environment: Introduction.” Health Marketing Quarterly 12:5-10.

Winston, William J. 1995. “Initiating Change through Alliance and Network-Building: Part Two.” Health Marketing Quarterly 12:5-12.

Winter, Sidney G. 2000. “The Satisficing Principle in Capability Learning.” Strategic Management Journal 21:981-996.

Winter, Sidney. 1964. “Economic Natural Selection and the Theory of the Firm.” Yale Economic Essays 4:225-272.

Winter, Sidney. 1964. “Economic Natural Selection and the Theory of the Firm.” Yale Economic Essays 4:225-272.

Winter, Sidney. 1990. “Survival, Selection, and Inheritance in Evolutionary Theories of Organization.” Pp. 269-297 in Organizational Evolution: New Directions, edited by Jitendra V. Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Winter, Sidney. 1990. “Survival, Selection, and Inheritance in Evolutionary Theories of Organization.” Pp. 269-297 in Organizational Evolution: New Directions, edited by Jitendra V. Singh. Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.

Winters, Paul; de Janvry, Alain; Sadoulet, Elisabeth. “Family and Community Networks in Mexico-U.S. Migration.” Journal of Human Resources, vol. 36, no. 1, Winter 2001, pp. 159-84.

Winters, Paul; de Janvry, Alain; Sadoulet, Elisabeth. “Family and Community Networks in Mexico-U.S. Migration.” Journal of Human Resources, 2001, 36, 1, winter, 159-184.

Winters, Paul; de Janvry, Alain; Sadoulet, Elisabeth. “Family and Community Networks in Mexico-U.S. Migration.” Journal of Human Resources, 2001. 36, 1, winter, 159-184.

Winters, Paul; de Janvry, Alain; Sadoulet, Elisabeth. “Family and Community Networks in Mexico-U.S. Migration.” Journal of Human Resources 36(1): Winter 2001. 159-84.

Wirl, Franz. “The Dynamics of Lobbying--A Differential Game.” Public Choice, vol. 80, no. 3-4, September 1994, pp. 307-23.

Wise, David A. 1975. “Academic Achievement and Job Performance.” American Economic Review 65:350-366.

Wise, Dena and Mary Zey. 1999. “The Convergence of Production and Financial Organizations: KKR’s Integration of Corporate Control for Continued Profits in the 1990s.” Social Science Quarterly 80:487-503.

Wiseman, Robert M. and Luis R. Gomez-Mejia. 1998. “A Behavioral Agency Model of Managerial Risk Taking.” Academy of Management Review 23:133-153.

Witte, Jan Martin, Wolfgang H. Reinicke and Thorsten Benner. 2000. “Beyond Multilateralism: Global Public Policy Networks.” Internationale Politik und Gesellschaft 2:176-188.

Witte, Jan Martin, Wolfgang H. Reinicke and Thorsten Benner. 2000. Beyond Multilateralism: Global Public Policy Networks.Internationale Politik und Gesellschaft 2/2000.

Witte, Jan Martin; Reinicke, Wolfgang H; Benner, Thorsten. 2000. “Beyond Multilateralism: Global Public Policy Networks.” Internationale Politik und Gesellschaft 2:176-188.

Wittek, Rafael. “Closed Structures, Open Structures, Stable Structures: Explaining Structural Form and Temporal Stability of Informal Social Networks in Organizations.” BMS, Bulletin de Methodologie Sociologique 1999. 63, 5-28.

Wittek, Rafael. “Mimetic Trust and Intra-Organizational Network Dynamics.” The Journal of Mathematical Sociology 2001. 25:109-138.

Wittek, Rafael. “Mimetic Trust and Intra-Organizational Network Dynamics.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2001. 25, 1, 109-138.

Wittek, Rafael. 2001. “Mimetic Trust and Intra-Organizational Network Dynamics.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 25:109-138.

Wittel, Andreas. “Toward a Network Sociality.” Theory, Culture & Society, 2001. 18, 6, Dec, 51-76.

Woelfel, Joseph. “Artificial Neural Networks in Policy Research: A Current Assessment.” Journal of Communication 1993. 43:winter, 63-80.

Wohlstetter, John C. “The Vulnerability of Networks.” Regulation 24(4): Winter 2001. 50-52.

Wolf, Joachim, William G. Egelhoff, 2002. Research notes and commentaries. A reexamination and extension of international strategy-structure theory. Strategic Management Journal, 23: pp. 181-189.

Wolf, Joachim. “From ‘Starworks’ to Networks and Heterarchies? Theoretical Rationale and Empirical Evidence of HRM Organization in Large Multinational Corporations.” Transforming international organizations. 1998. Pp. 517-41.

Wolf, Ronald Charles. 2000. Effective International Joint Venture Management: Practical Legal Insights for Successful Organization and Implementation. Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe.

Wolfe, Mark R. “The Wired Loft: Lifestyle Innovation Diffusion and Industrial Networking in the Rise of San Francisco’s Multimedia Gulch.” Urban Affairs Review 1999. 34, 5, May, 707-728.

Wolfe, Mark R. “The Wired Loft: Lifestyle Innovation Diffusion and Industrial Networking in the Rise of San Francisco’s Multimedia Gulch.” Urban Affairs Review 1999. 34, 5, May, 707-728.

Wolfe, Mark R. “The Wired Loft: Lifestyle Innovation Diffusion and Industrial Networking in the Rise of San Francisco’s Multimedia Gulch.” Urban Affairs Review 1999. 34, 5, May, 707-728.” .” .” .

Wolfe, Richard A. and Daniel S. Putler. 2002. “How Tight Are the Ties That Bind Stakeholder Groups?” Organization Science 13:64-82.

Wolff, Edward N. 1985. “The Magnitude and Causes of the Recent Productivity Slowdown in the United States: A Survey of Recent Studies.” Pp. 29-57 in Productivity, Growth, and U.S. Competitiveness, edited by William J. Baumol and Kenneth McLennan. New York: Oxford University Press.

Wolff, M.F. 1994. “Building Trust in Alliances.” Research Technology Management 37(3):12-15.

Wolman, William and Anne Colamosca. 1997. The Judas Economy: The Triumph of Capital and the Betrayal of Work. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Wolski-Prenger, Friedhelm. “Unemployment Organizations in Germany: Origin, Network, Perspectives.” Berliner Journal fur Soziologie 1992. 2:195-214.

Womack, James P. and Daniel T. Jones. 1994. “From Lean Production to the Lean Enterprise.” Harvard Business Review March-April 93-103.

Womack, James P. and Daniel T. Jones. 1996. “Beyond Toyota: How to Root Out Waste and Pursue Perfection.” Harvard Business Review Sept.-Oct. 140-58.

Womack, James P., Daniel T. Jones and Daniel Roos. 1990. The Machine That Changed the World. New York: Rawson Associates.

Womack, James P., Daniel T. Jones and Daniel Roos. 1991. The Machine That Changed the World: The Story of Lean Production. New York: Harper.

Wong, Peter Leung-Kwong; Ellis, Paul. “Social Ties and Partner Identification in Sino-Hong Kong International Joint Ventures. Journal of International Business Studies, 2002 2nd Quarter, Vol. 33 Issue 2, p265, 23p

Wong, Poh-Kam. “Competing in the Global Electronics Industry: A Comparative Study of the Innovation Networks of Singapore and Taiwan.” Journal of Industry Studies, vol. 2, no. 2, December 1995. pp. 35-61.

Wong, Poh-Kam. “Competing in the Global Electronics Industry: A Comparative Study of the Innovation Networks of Singapore and Taiwan.” Journal of Industry Studies, vol. 2, no. 2, December 1995. pp. 35-61.

Wood, Graham, Peter Mcdermott and Will Swan. “The Ethical Benefits of Trust-Based Partnering: the Example of the Construction Industry. Business Ethics: A European Review 2002. V11 I1 P4(10)

Woodard, Katherine L; Doreian, Patrick. “Utilizing and Understanding Community Service Provision Networks: A Report of Three Case Studies Having 583 Participants.” Journal of Social Service Research, 1994, 18, 3-4, 1-41.

Woodard, Katherine L; Doreian, Patrick. “Utilizing and Understanding Community Service Provision Networks: A Report of Three Case Studies Having 583 Participants.” Journal of Social Service Research, 1994, 18, 3-4, 1-41.

Woodbury, S.A. 1983. “Substitution Between Wages in the Presence of Fringe Benefits: An Expanded Model.” American Economic Review 73:166-182.

Woodward, Alison E. “Policy Networks in Europe: Challenges for Democratic Organization and Citizen Voice in the European Process.” The making of the European Union: Contributions of the social sciences. 2001. 199-219.

Woodward, Alison E. 2001. “Policy Networks in Europe: Challenges for Democratic Organization and Citizen Voice in the European Process.” Pp. 199-219 in The Making of the European Union: Contributions of the Social Sciences.

Woodward, Joan. 1958. Management and Technology. London: HMSO.

Woodward, Joan. 1958. Management and Technology. London: HMSO.

Woolcock, Michael. 1998. “Social Capital and Economic Development: Toward a Theoretical Synthesis and Policy Framework.” Theory and Society 27:151-208.

World Bank. 1996. World Development Report 1996: From Plan to Market. New York: Oxford University Press.

World Bank. 1999. World Development Report 1999/2000: Entering the 21st Century - Development. New York: Oxford University Press.

Woroch, Glenn A. 1998. “Facilities Competition and Local Network Investment: Theory, Evidence and Policy Implications.” Industrial and Corporate Change 7:601-614.

Worpole, Ken. 1998. “Think-Tanks, Consultancies and Urban Policy in the UK.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 22:147-155.

Wrege, Charles D. and Richard M. Hodgetts. 2000. “Frederick W. Taylor’s 1899 Pig Iron Observations: Examining Fact, Fiction, and Lessons for the New Millennium.” Academy of Management Journal 43:1283-.

Wright, David W. and Earl Wysong. 1998. “Family Friendly Workplace Benefits: Policy Mirage, Organizational Contexts, and Worker Power.” Critical Sociology 24:244-276.

Wright, Eric R. and Robert E. Connoley. 2002. “Empowering Forces: Professional Careworkers in the Support Networks of Gay, Lesbian, and Bisexual Youth.” Pp. 159-173 in Child Care and Inequality: Rethinking Carework for Children and Youth, edited by Francesca M. Cancian., Demie Kurz, Andrew S. London, Rebecca Reviere, and Mary C. Tuominen. New York: Routledge.

Wright, Eric R; Connoley, Robert E. “Empowering Forces: Professional Careworkers in the Support Networks of Gay, Lesbian, and Bisexual Youth.” Child Care and Inequality: Rethinking Carework for Children and Youth, Cancian, Francesca M., Kurz, Demie, London, Andrew S., Reviere, Rebecca, & Tuominen, Mary C. [Eds], New York: Routledge, pp 159-173.

Wright, Eric R; Pescosolido, Bernice A. “‘Sorry, I Forgot’: The Role of Recall Error in Longitudinal Personal Network Studies.” Advances in Medical Sociology, 2002. 8, 113-129.

Wright, Gavin. “Can a Nation Learn? American Technology as a Network Phenomenon.” Learning by doing in markets, firms, and countries. 1999, pp. 295-326.

Wright, John Paul, Francis T. Cullen and Jeremy T. Miller. 2001. “Family Social Capital and Delinquent Involvement.” Journal of Criminal Justice 29:1-.

Wright, John R. 1990. “Contributions, Lobbying, and Committee Voting in the U.S. House of Representatives.” American Political Science Review 84:417-438.

Wright, John R. 1996. Interest Groups and Congress: Lobbying, Contributions, and Influence. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Wright, Maurice. “Policy Community, Policy Network and Comparative Industrial Policies.” Industrial policy. 1995, pp. 18-37.

Wright, Maurice. “Policy Community, Policy Network and Comparative Industrial Policies.” Industrial policy. 1995. Pp. 18-37.

Wright, Maurice. “Policy Community, Policy Network and Comparative Industrial Policies.” Industrial policy. 1995, pp. 18-37.

Wright, Mike and Andy Lockett. “The Structure and Management of Alliances: Syndication in the Venture Capital Industry. Journal of Management Studies 2003. V40 I8 P2073-2104

Wright, Mike and Ken Robbie (eds). 1997. Venture Capital. Aldershot, UK: Dartmouth.

Wruck, Eric G. and Karen H. Wruck. 2002. “Restructuring Top Management: Evidence from Corporate Spinoffs.” Journal of Labor Economics 20:S176-218.

Wu, Chunchi; Wang, Xu-Ming. “A Neural Network Approach for Analyzing Small Business Lending Decisions.” Review of Quantitative Finance and Accounting 15(3): 2000. 259-76.

Wu, Jieh-Min. 2001 “State Policy and Guanxi Network Adaptation in China: Local Bureaucratic Rent-Seeking.” Issues & Studies 37:20-48.

Wuthnow, Robert and Marsha Witten. 1988. “New Directions in the Study of Culture.” Annual Review of Sociology 14:49-67.

Wyatt Company. 1993. “Measuring Change in the Attitudes of the American Workforce.” New York: Wyatt WorkUSA, Wyatt Company.

Wysong, Earl and Robert Perrucci. 1992. “Influence Networks, Professional Societies, and Occupational Health Policy.” Research in Politics and Society 4:189-218.

Xueguang Zhou; Qiang Li; Wei Zhao; He Cai. “Embeddedness and Contractual Relationships in China's Transitional Economy.” American Sociological Review, Feb2003. Vol. 68 Issue 1, p75, 28p.

Yago, Glenn. 1991. Junk Bonds: How High Yield Securities Restructured Corporate America. New York: Oxford University Press.

Yamagishi, Toshio and Karen Cook. 1993. “Generalized Exchange and Social Dilemmas.” Social Psychology Quarterly 56:235-48.

Yamagishi, Toshio, Marry R. Gilmore, and Karen S. Cook. 1988. “Network Connections and the Distribution of Power in Exchange Networks.” American Journal of Sociology 93:833-351.

Yamaguchi, Kazuo. 1994. “Some Accelerated Failure-Time Regressive Models Derived From Diffusion Process Models: An Application to Network Diffusion Analysis.” Sociological Methodology 24:267-300.

Yamaguchi, Kazuo. 1994. “The Flow of Information through Social Networks Diagonal-Free Measures of Inefficiency and the Structural Determinants of Inefficiency.” Social Networks 16:57-86.

Yamaguchi, Kazuo. 1996. “Power in Networks of Substitutable and Complementary Exchange Relations: A Rational-Choice Model and an Analysis of Power Centralization.” American Sociological Review 61:308-332.

Yamaguchi, Kazuo. 1999. “Power in Mixed Exchange Networks.” Riron to Hoho/Sociological Theory and Methods 13:137-153.

Yamaguchi, Kazuo. 2000. “Power in Mixed Exchange Networks: A Rational Choice Model.” Social Networks 22:93-121.

Yamaguchi, Kazuo. 2000. “Subjective Rationality of Initiators and of Threshold-Theoretical Behavior of Followers in Collective Action: Theoretical Insight from Non-Expected Utility Models.” Rationality and Society 12:185-225.

Yamaguchi, Kazuo. 2002. “The Structural and Behavioral Characteristics of the Smallest-World Phenomenon: Minimum Distance Networks.” Social Networks 24:161-182.

Yamaguchi, Kazuo. 2003. “A Liang-Zeger Method for Modeling Dyadic Interdependence in the Analysis of Social Networks.” Sociological Methodology 33:343-380.

Yamin, Mo “Understanding ‘Strategic Alliances’: The Limits of Transaction Cost Economics.” 1996pp. 165-79 in The dynamics of cooperation industrial innovation. Coombs, Rod, et al., eds. Technological collaboration: Cheltenham, UK: Elgar; distributed by Ashgate, Brookfield, VT.

Yan, Aimin and Barbara Gray. 1994. “Bargaining Power, Management Control, and Performance in United States-China Joint Ventures: A Comparative Case Study.” Academy of Management Journal 37:1478-1517.

Yan, Aimin and Ming Zeng. 1999. “International Joint Venture Instability: A Critique of Previous Research, a Reconceptualization, and Directions for Future Research.” Journal of International Business Studies 30:397-414.

Yang, Hai; Meng, Qiang. “Highway Pricing and Capacity Choice in a Road Network under a Build-Operate-Transfer Scheme.” Transportation Research: Part A: Policy and Practice, vol. 34, no. 3, April 2000, pp. 207-22.

Yang, Mayfair Mei-hui. 2002. “The Resilience of Guanxi and Its New Deployments: A Critique of Some New Guanxi Scholarship.” China Quarterly 170(June):459-476.

Yang, Xiaohua; Taylor, Marilyn. “Assessing the Effects of Structural and Project Characteristics On R&D Strategic Alliance. Journal of High Technology Management Research, Spring99, Vol. 10 Issue 1, P105, 17p;

Yang, Zheng. “Urban Kin Network and State Policy in China-Through Questionnaire Research of Child Care Practices in Three Cities.” Kazoku Shakaigaku Kenkyu/Japanese Journal of Family Sociology, 2003, 14, 2, 88-98.

Yang, Zheng. “Urban Kin Network and State Policy in China-Through Questionnaire Research of Child Care Practices in Three Cities.” Kazoku Shakaigaku Kenkyu/Japanese Journal of Family Sociology, 2003. 14, 2, 88-98.

Yannelis, Demetrius. “On Access Pricing with Network Externalities.” Atlantic Economic Journal 30(2): 2002. 186-90.

Yannelis, Demetrius. “On the Simple Welfare Economics of Network Externalities.” International Journal of Social Economics 28(3-4): 2001. 344-48.

Yao, Shuntian. “Walrasian Equilibrium Computation, Network Formation, and the Wen Theorem.” Review of Development Economics 6(3): 2002. 415-27.

Yarbrough, B.V. and R.M. Yarbrough. 1987. “Institutions for the Governance of Opportunism in International Trade.” Journal of Law, Economics and Organization 3:129-129.

Yeatts, E. and C. Hyten. 1998. High-Performing Self-Managed Work Teams. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Yeheskel, Orly. “Cooperative Wealth Creation: Strategic Alliances in Israeli Medical-Technology Ventures. Academy of Management Executive 2001. Vol. 15 Issue 1, P16, 10p;

Yenerall, Joseph, Richard A. Colignon and Timothy Casey. 1994. “The Power of Lower Status Participants in Educational Organizations.” Sociological Focus 27(2):161-172.

Yeung, Arthur K., David O. Ulrich, Stephen W. Nason and Mary Ann Von Glinow. 1999. Organizational Learning Capability. New York: Oxford.

Yeung, Arthur K., David O. Ulrich, Stephen W. Nason and Mary Ann Von Glinow. 1999. Organizational Learning Capability. New York: Oxford.

Yeung, Arthur K., David O. Ulrich, Stephen W. Nason and Mary Ann Von Glinow. 1999. Organizational Learning Capability. New York: Oxford.

Yeung, Henry Wai-Chung. “A Crisis of Industrial and Business Networks in Asia?” Environment and Planning A 32(2): 2000. 191-200.

Yeung, Henry Wai-Chung. “Embedding Foreign Affiliates in Transnational Business Networks: The Case of Hong Kong Firms in Southeast Asia.” Environment and Planning A 32(2): 2000. 201-22.

Yildiz, Birol. “Predication of Financial Failure with Artificial Neural Network Technology and an Empirical Application on Publicly Held Companies.” ISE Review, vol. 5, no. 17, Jan.-Feb.-March 2001, pp. 47-62.

Yildiz, Birol. “Predication of Financial Failure with Artificial Neural Network Technology and an Empirical Application on Publicly Held Companies.” ISE Review 5(17): 2001. 47-62.

Yilmaz, Serdar; Haynes, Kingley E; Dinc, Mustafa. “Geographic and Network Neighbors: Spillover Effects of Telecommunications Infrastructure.” Journal of Regional Science 42(2): 2002. 339-60.

Ying, Yu-Wen; Lee, Peter A; Tsai, Jeanne L; Lee, Yu J; Tsang, Malisa. “Network Composition, Social Integration, and Sense of Coherence in Chinese American Young Adults.” Journal of Human Behavior in the Social Environment, 2001. 3, 3-4, 83-98.

Yli-Renko, H., Autio, E., and Sapienza, H. 2001. “Social capital, knowledge acquisition, and knowledge exploitation in young technology-based firms.” Strategic Management Journal, 22: 587-613.

Yli-Renko, H.; Autio, E.; Tontti, V. “Social capital, knowledge, and the international growth of technology-based new firms.” International Business Review, Jun2002. Vol. 11 Issue 3, p279, 26p.

Yli-Renko, Helena; Autio, Erkko. “The Network Embeddedness of New, Technology-Based Firms: Developing a Systemic Evolution Model.” Small Business Economics, vol. 11, no. 3, November 1998, pp. 253-67.

Yoffie, David B. (ed.). 1997. Competing in the Age of Digital Convergence. Boston, MA: Harvard Business School Press.

Yoffie, David B. and Michael A. Cusumano. 1998. Competing on Internet Time: Lessons From Netscape and Its Battle With Microsoft. New York: Free Press.

Yoffie, David B. and Michael A. Cusumano. 1999. “Building a Company on Internet Time: Lessons From Netscape.” California Management Review 41(3):8-28.

Yokopenic, Patricia A; Bourque, Linda Brookover; Brogan, Donna. “Professional Communication Networks: A Case Study of Women in the American Public Health Association.” Social Problems, 1975, 22, 4, APR, 493-509.

Yoo, Jin-Kyung. “Utilization of Social Networks for Immigrant Entrepreneurship: a Case Study of Korean Immigrants in the Atlanta Area. International Review of Sociology, Nov2000, Vol. 10 Issue 3, p347, 17p.

Yoshino, Michael Y. and U. Srinivasa Rangan. 1995. Strategic Alliances: An Entrepreneurial Approach to Globalization. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Youm, Yoosik; Laumann, Edward O. “The Effect of Structural Embeddedness on the Division of Household Labor: A Game-Theoretic Model Using a Network Approach.” Rationality and Society, 2003, 15, 2, May, 243-280.

Youm, Yoosik; Laumann, Edward O. “The Effect of Structural Embeddedness on the Division of Household Labor: A Game-Theoretic Model Using a Network Approach.” Rationality and Society, 2003. 15, 2, May, 243-280.

Young, David W. 2000. “The Six Levers for Managing Organizational Culture.” Business Horizons 43:19-.

Young, Dennis R. 1998. “Commercialism in Nonprofit Social Service Associations: Its Character, Significance, and Rationale.” Journal of Policy Analysis & Management 17:278-297.

Young, Oran R. 1995. “System and Society in World Affairs: Implications for International Organizations.” International Social Science Journal 47:197-212.

Young, Ruth. 1988. “Is Population Ecology a Useful Paradigm for the Study of Organizations?” American Journal of Sociology 94:1-24.

Young, S. 1989. International Market Entry and Development: Strategies and Management. Hertfordshire, UK: Harvester Wheatsheaf.

Young, Stacy L. “Where Silenced Voices Speak Out: The Hidden Power of Informal Communication Networks.” Women & Language, 1998, 21, 2, fall, 21-30.

Young-Ybarra, Candace and Margarethe Wiersema. 1999. “Strategic Flexibility in Information Technology Alliances: The Influence of Transaction Cost Economics and Social Exchange Theory.” Organization Science 10(4): 439-459.

Yu, Chwo-Ming Joseph. “Restructuring of Production Networks in Foreign Countries: The Case of Taiwanese Firms.” Foreign direct investment. 2000. 96-114.

Yu, Larry. 2002. “How Location Clusters Affect Innovation: The Tacit Knowledge Shared among Geographically Agglomerated Companies May Have More to Do with Marketing Than Technology.” MIT Sloan Management Review 44:16-.

Yuan-Chieh Chang, Juliana Hsuan. “Benefits of Co-Operation On Innovative Performance: Evidence From Integrated Circuits and Biotechnology Firms in the UK and Taiwan. R & D Management 2003. Vol. 33 Issue 4, P425, 13p;

Yuchung J. Wang and George Y. Wong, “Stochastic Blockmodels for Directed Graphs.” Journal of the American Statistical Association 82 (1987): 8-19.

Yun, Chunji. “International Production Networks and the Role of the State: Lessons from East Asian Developmental Experience.” European Journal of Development Research 15(1): 2003. 170-93.

Zachary, G. Pascal. 1994. “Microsoft Will Remain Dominant Despite Pact in Antitrust Dispute.” Wall Street Journal July 18:A1.

Zaheer, Akbar and N. Venkatraman. 1995. “Relational Governance as an Interorganizational Strategy: An Empirical Test of the Role of Trust in Economic Exchange.” Strategic Management Journal 16:373-392.

Zaheer, Akbar and Sri Zaheer. 1997. “Catching the Wave: Alertness, Responsiveness, and Market Influence in Global Electronic Networks” Management Science 43(11):1493-1509.

Zaheer, Akbar, Bill McEvily, and Vincenzo Perrone. 1998. “Does Trust Matter? Exploring the Effects of Interorganizational and Interpersonal Trust on Performance.” Organizational Science 9:1-20.

Zahra, Shaker A., Donald O. Neubaum and Galal M. El-Hagrassey. “Competitive Analysis and New Venture Performance: Understanding the Impact of Strategic Uncertainty and Venture Origin. Entrepreneurship: Theory and Practice Fall 2002. V27 I1 P1(28)

Zajac, Edward J. and Cyrus Olsen. 1993. “From Transaction Cost to Transactional Value Analysis: Implications for the Study of Interorganizational Strategies.” Journal of Management Studies 30:132-145.

Zajac, Edward J. and James D. Westphal. 1995. “Accounting for the Explanations of CEO Compensation: Substance and Symbolism.” Administrative Science Quarterly 40:283-308.

Zajac, Edward J. and James D. Westphal. 1996. “Director Reputation, CEO-Board Power, and the Dynamics of Board Interlocks.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:507-529.

Zajac, Edward J. and James D. Westphal. 2002. “Intraorganizational Economics.” Pp. 233-255 in The Blackwell Companion to Organizations, edited by Joel A. C. Baum. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Zajac, Edward J., and Max H. Bazerman. 1991. “Blind spots in industry and competitor analysis.” Academy of Management Review, 16, 37-56.

Zald, Mayer N. 1987. “Review Essay: The New Institutional Economics.” American Journal of Sociology 93:701-708.

Zald, Mayer N. 1993. “Organization Studies as a Scientific and Humanistic Enterprise: Toward a Reconceptualization of the Foundations of the Field.” Organization Science 4:513-528.

Zald, Mayer N. 1996. “More Fragmentation? Unfinished Business in Linking the Social Sciences and the Humanities.” Administrative Science Quarterly 41:251-261.

Zald, Mayer N. and Michael A. Berger. 1978. “Social Movements in Organizations: Coup d’Etat, Insurgency, and Mass Movements.” American Journal of Sociology 83:823-861.

Zander, Ivo. “How Do You Mean ‘Global’? An Empirical Investigation of Innovation Networks in the Multinational Corporation.” Research Policy, vol. 28, no. 2-3, March 1999. pp. 195-213.

Zander, Ivo. “How Do You Mean ‘Global’? An Empirical Investigation of Innovation Networks in the Multinational Corporation.” Research Policy, vol. 28, no. 2-3, March 1999. pp. 195-213.

Zander, Ivo. “The Formation of International Innovation Networks in the Multinational Corporation: An Evolutionary Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change, vol. 11, no. 2, April 2002. pp. 327-53.

Zander, Ivo. “The Formation of International Innovation Networks in the Multinational Corporation: An Evolutionary Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change, vol. 11, no. 2, April 2002. pp. 327-53.

Zander, Ivo. 2002. “The Formation of International Innovation Networks in the Multinational Corporation: An Evolutionary Perspective.” Industrial and Corporate Change 11(2):327-353.

Zander, Udo and Bruce Kogut. 1995. “Knowledge and the Speed of Transfer and Imitation of Organizational Capabilities: An Empirical Test.” Organization Science 6:76-92.

Zang, Xiaowei. “Network Resources and Job Search in Urban China.” Journal of Sociology, 2003. 39, 2, June, 115-129.

Zang, Xiaowei. 1995. “Resource Dependency and Inter-Firm Relations in Singapore.” Journal of Developing Societies. 11(2):233-251.

Zapranis, Achilleas; Ginoglou, Demetrios. “Forecasting Corporate Failure with Neural Network Approach: The Greek Case.” Journal of Financial Management and Analysis 13(2): 2000. 11-20.

Zarin-Nejadan, Milad; Murier, Thierry. “Internal Migration and Immigrant Networks: Some Empirical Evidence for Switzerland.” Schweizerische Zeitschrift fur Soziologie/Revue Suisse de sociologie, 2001. 27, 1, 151-157.

Zeggelink, Evelien P H; Van Oosten, Reinier; Stokman, Frans N. “Object Oriented Modeling of Social Networks.” Computational and Mathematical Organization Theory 1996. 2, 2, summer, 115-138.

Zeggelink, Evelien P. H., Frans N. Stokman and Gerhard G. Van de Bunt. 1996. “The Emergence of Groups in the Evolution of Friendship Networks.” Journal of Mathematical Sociology 21:29-55.

Zeggelink, Evelien P.H. 1994. “Dynamics of Structure: An Individual Oriented Approach.” Social Networks 16:295-333.

Zeggelink, Evelien. “Evolving Friendship Networks: An Individual-Oriented Approach Implementing Similarity.” Social Networks, 1995, 17, 2, Apr, 83-110.

Zeitlin, Maurice. 1974. “Corporate Ownership and Control: The Large Corpration and Capitalist Class.” American Journal of Sociology 79:1073-1119.

Zeitlin, Maurice. 1989. “Who Owns America? The Same Old Gang.” Pp. 142-161 in The Large Corporation and Contemporary Classes, by Maurice Zeitlin. New Brusnwick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Zeitz Gerald. 1980. “Interorganizational Dialectics.” Administrative Science Quarterly, 25:

Zeitz, G., Mittal, V., and McAulay, B. 1999. Distinguishing Adoption and Entrenchment of Management Practices: A Framework for Analysis. Organization Studies, 20(5): 741-776.

Zemljic, Barbara; Hlebec, Valentina. “Reliability of Measures of Centrality and Prominence in Social Networks.” Druzboslovne Razprave, 2001. 17, 37-38, Aug-Dec, 191-212.

Zenger, T.R. and William S. Hersterly. 1997. “The Disaggregation of U.S. Corporation: Selective Intervention, High-Powered Incentives and Molecular Units.” Organizational Science 8:209-222.

Zey, Mary and Brande Camp. 1996. “The Transformation from Multidimensional Form to Corporate Groups of Subsidies in the 1980s: Capital Crisis Theory.” Sociological Quarterly, 1996 37:327-351.

Zey, Mary and Tami Swenson. 1998. “Corporate Tax Laws, Corporate Restructuring, and Subsidiarization of Corporate Form, 1981-1995.” Sociological Quarterly 39:555-81.

Zey, Mary. “The Subsidiarization of the Securities Industry and the Organization of Securities Fraud Networks to Return Profits in the 1980s.” Work and Occupations 1999. 26, 1 50-76.

Zey, Mary. 1984. The Mentor Connection. Homewood, IL: Dow Jones-Irwin.

Zey, Mary. 1993. Banking on Fraud: Drexel, Junk Bonds, and Buyouts. Hawthorne, NY: Aldien de Gruyter.

Zey, Mary. 1998. “The Transformation of Corporate Control to Owners and Form to the Multisubsidiary: 1981-1993.” Research in Organizational Change and Development 11:271-312.

Zey, Mary. 1998. Rational Choice Theory and Organizational Theory: A Critique. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

Zey, Mary. and Tami Swenson. 1999. “The Transformation of the Dominant Corporate Form from Multidivisional to Multisubsidiary: The Role of the 1986 Tax Reform Act.” Sociological Quarterly 40:241-267.

Zey-Ferrell, Mary. 1981. “Criticisms of the Dominant Perspective on Organizations.” Sociological Quarterly 22:181-205.

Zhang, Haiyan; Van Den Bulcke, Daniel. “Internationalization of Ethnic Chinese-Owned Enterprises: A Network Approach.” Globalization of Chinese business firms. 2000. 126-49.

Zhang, Li. 2001. Strangers in the City: Reconfigurations of Space, Power, and Social Networks Within China's Floating Population. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Zhang, Wei-Bin. “Multiregional Dynamics Based on Creativity and Knowledge Diffusion.” Annals of Regional Science, vol. 25, no. 3, October 1991, pp. 179-91.

Zhang, Xiaobo and Guo Li. 2003. “Does Guanxi Matter to Nonfarm Employment?” Journal of Comparative Economics 31:315-331.

Zhao, L. and J.D. Aram. 1995. “Networking and Growth of Young Technology: Intensive Ventures in China.” Journal of Business Venturing 10:349-370.

Zhao, Liming; Aram, John D. “Networking and Growth of Young Technology-Intensive Ventures in China.” Advances in entrepreneurship. Volume 1. 2000, pp. 358-79.

Zhao, Shaoping. 1999. “Joint Ventures for Entry Deterrence.” Managerial and Decision Economics 20:25-35.

Zhao, Yaohui. “The Role of Migrant Networks in Labor Migration: The Case of China.” Contemporary Economic Policy 21(4): 2003. 500-511.

Zhao, Zhongwei. “The Demographic Transition in Victorian England and Changes in English Kinship Networks.” Continuity and Change, 1996, 11, 2, Aug, 243-272.

Zhou, Xianming. 2002 “A Graphical Approach to the Standard Principal-Agent Model.” The Journal of Economic Education 33(3):265-276.

Zhou, Xueguang. 1993. “The Dynamics of Organizational Rules.” American Journal of Sociology 98:1134-1166.

Ziegler, Bart. 1997. “Gerstner’s IBM Revival: Impressive, Incomplete.” Wall Street Journal March 25:B1.

Zijlstra, Gerrit Jan. “Networks in Public Policy: Nuclear Energy in the Netherlands.” Social Networks, 1979, 1:359-389.

Ziman, John (ed.). 2000. Technological Innovation as an Evolutionary Process. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Zimmer, Catherine; Aldrich, Howard. “Resource Mobilization through Ethnic Networks: Kinship and Friendship Ties of Shopkeepers in England.” Sociological Perspectives, 1987, 30, 4, Oct, 422-445.

Zimmer, Catherine; Aldrich, Howard. “Resource Mobilization through Ethnic Networks: Kinship and Friendship Ties of Shopkeepers in England.” Sociological Perspectives, 1987, 30, 4, Oct, 422-445.

Zineldin, Mosad; Bredenlöw, Torbjörn “Strategic Alliance: Synergies and Challenges: A Case of Strategic Outsourcing Relationship “SOUR”. International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics Management, 2003. Vol. 33 Issue 5, P449, 15p;

Zinn, Jacqueline S. Robert J. Weech and Diane Brannon. 1998. “Resource Dependence and Institutional Elements in Nursing Home TQM Adoption.” Health Services Research 33:261-273.

Zollo, Maurizio and Sidney G. Winter. 2002 “Deliberate Learning and the Evolution of Dynamic Capabilities.” Organization Science 13:339-352.

Zollo, Maurizio, Jeffrey J. Reuer and Harbir Singh. 2002. “Interorganizational Routines and Performance in Strategic Alliances.” Organization Science 13:701-713

Zook, Matthew A. 2001. “Old Hierarchies or New Networks of Centrality? The Global Geography of the Internet Content Market.” American Behavioral Scientist 44(10):1679-1696.

Zucker, Lynne G. (ed.). 1988. Institutional Patterns and Organizations: Culture and Environment. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Zucker, Lynne G. 1983. “Organizations as Institutions.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 2:1-47.

Zucker, Lynne G. 1986. “Production of Trust: Institutional Sources of Economic Structure, 1840-1920.” Research in Organizational Behavior 8:53-111.

Zucker, Lynne G. 1987. “Institutional Theories of Organization.” Annual Review of Sociology 13:443-464.

Zucker, Lynne G. 1989. “Combining Institutional Theory and Population Ecology: No Legitimacy, No History.” American Sociolgical Review 54:542-545.

Zucker, Lynne G. 1991. “Markets for Bureaucratic Authority and Control: Information Quality in Professions and Services.” Research in the Sociology of Organizations 8 157-190.

Zucker, Lynne G. and Carolyn Rosenstein. 1981. “Taxonomies of Institutional Structure: Dual Economy Reconsidered.” American Sociological Review 46:869-884.

Zucker, Lynne G. Michael R. Darby, Jeff S. Armstrong. 2002. “Commercializing Knowledge: University Science, Knowledge Capture, and Firm Performance in Biotechnology.” Management Science 48:138-153.

Zucker, Lynne G., Marilynn B. Brewer, Michael R. Darby and Y. Peng. 1996. “Collaboration Structure and Information Dilemmas in Biotechnology: Organizational Boundaries as Trust Production.” Pp. XXX in Trust in Organizations: Frontiers of Theory and Research, edited by Roderick M. Kramer and Tom R. Tyler. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Zucker, Lynne G., Michael R. Darby and Marilynn B. Brewer. 1994. “Intellectual Capital and the Birth of U.S. Biotechnology Enterprises.” Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research Working Paper #465.

Zuckerman, Alan S; Valentino, Nicholas A; Zuckerman, Ezra W. “A Structural Theory of Vote Choice: Social and Political Networks and Electoral Flows in Britain and the United States.” Journal of Politics 1994. 56:1008-1033.

Zuckerman, Ezra W.; Kim, Tai-Young; Ukanwa, Kalinda; Rittmann, James von. “Robust Identities or Nonentities? Typecasting in the Feature-Film Labor Market. American Journal of Sociology, Mar2003. Vol. 108 Issue 5, p1018, 57p

Zuehlke, Thomas W. and Allen R. Zeman. 1991. “A Comparison of Two-Stage Estimators of Censored Regression Models.” Review of Economics and Statistics 73:185-188.

Zukin, Sharon and Paul DiMaggio (eds.). 1990. Structures of Capital: The Social Organization of the Economy. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Zupanov, Josip. 1982. “Alternative Strategies for Changing the Power Structure of Work Organization.” Sociologija 24:119-122.

Zuscovitch, Ehud. “Networks and Sustainable Differenciation.” Economies et Societes 35(4): 2001. 517-39.

Zuscovitch, Ehud; Cohen, Gerald. “Network Characteristics of Technological Learning: The Case of the European Space Program.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 3, no. 2, 1994, pp. 139-60.

Zuscovitch, Ehud; Cohen, Gerald. “Network Characteristics of Technological Learning: The Case of the European Space Program.” Economics of Innovation and New Technology, vol. 3, no. 2, 1994, pp. 139-60.

Zweigenhaft, Richard L. and G. William Domhoff. 1991. Blacks in the White Establishment? A Study of Race and Class in America. New Haven, CT: Yale U Press.

Zweigenhaft, Richard L. and G. William Domhoff. 1998. Diversity in the Power Elite: Have Women and Minorities Reached the Top? New Haven, CT: Yale U Press.

Zweigenhaft, Richard L. and G. William Domhoff. 2003. Blacks in the White Elite: Will the Progress Continue? Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield.

Zwick, Thomas. “Supply of Human Capital in Times of Skill Biased Technological Change.” Jahrbucher fur Nationalokonomie und Statistik v221, n3 (May 2001): 322-35.

................
................